CHAPTER I.

THE BOOK

OF

SCOTTISH STORY:

_HISTORICAL, HUMOROUS, LEGENDARY, AND IMAGINATIVE_.

SELECTED FROM THE

Works of Standard Scottish Authors.

“_Stories to read are delitable,

Suppose that they be nought but fable;

Then should stories that soothfast were,

And they were said on gude manner,

Have double pleasance in hearing._”

BARBOUR.

EDINBURGH:

THE EDINBURGH PUBLISHING COMPANY.

LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, & CO.

EDINBURGH:

PRINTED BY THE COMMERCIAL PRINTING COMPANY,

22 HOWE STREET.

PREFACE.

Next to its Ballads and Songs, the Stories of Scottish Literature are

the most characteristic exponents of the national spirit. Allowing for

the changes which time and the progress of civilization have effected in

the national manners and character since the beginning of the present

century—the era to which the Stories chiefly refer—they shall be found

to delineate the social and domestic features of Scottish life as

faithfully as the Ballads do the spirit and sentiment of an earlier age;

or as the daily press reflects, rather than portrays, those of the

present day. While Songs—the simple expressions of feelings and

sentiments, musically rendered—change, in so far as they exhibit habits

and manners, yet their form is lasting. Not so the Ballads, whose true

historical successors are Prose Stories, as Novels are those of

Romances.

Whether we account for it on the theory that a larger infusion of the

imaginative and romantic elements, characteristic of the Celtic race,

gives additional fervour to the Scottish character, or otherwise, it is

a fact that in no other community, on the same social level as that of

the peasantry and working-classes of Scotland, has this form of

literature had so enthusiastic a reception. There can be no doubt that

this widely diffused and keen appreciation, by an earnest and

self-respecting people, of Stories which are largely graphic

delineations of their own national features, has been the chief stimulus

to the production of so large and excellent a supply as our literature

contains.

The present Selection is made on the principle of giving the best

specimens of the most popular authors, with as great a variety, as to

subjects, as is compatible with these conditions.

The favourable reception of the issue in the serial form, both by the

press and the public, is looked upon by the projectors as an earnest—now

that the book is completed—that its further reception will be such as to

assure them that they have not fallen short of the aim announced in

their prospectus, viz., to form a Collection of Standard Scottish Tales

calculated to delight the imagination, to convey interesting

information, and to elevate and strengthen the moral principles of the

young.

EDINBURGH, _August 1876_.

CONTENTS.

The Henpecked Man, _John Mackay Wilson_

Duncan Campbell, _James Hogg_

The Lily of Liddisdale, _Professor Wilson_

The Unlucky Present, _Robert Chambers_

The Sutor of Selkirk “_The Odd Volume_,”

Elsie Morrice, _Aberdeen Censor_,

How I won the Laird’s Daughter, _Daniel Gorrie_

Moss-Side, _Professor Wilson_

My First Fee, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

The Kirk of Tullibody, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

The Progress of Inconstancy, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

Adam Bell, _James Hogg_

Mauns’ Stane; or, Mine Host’s Tale, _Aberdeen Censor_,

The Freebooter of Lochaber, _Sir Thomas Dick

Lauder_

An Hour in the Manse, _Professor Wilson_

The Warden of the Marches, _Edin. Literary

Gazette_,

The Alehouse Party, “_The Odd Volume_,”

Auchindrane; or, the Ayrshire Tragedy, _Sir Walter Scott_

A Tale of the Plague in Edinburgh, _Robert Chambers_

The Probationer’s First Sermon, _Daniel Gorrie_

The Crimes of Richard Hawkins, _Thomas Aird_

The Headstone, _Professor Wilson_

The Widow’s Prediction, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

The Lady of Waristoun, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

A Tale of Pentland, _James Hogg_

Graysteel _John o’ Groat

Journal_,

The Billeted Soldier, _Eminent Men of Fife_,

Bruntfield, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

Sunset and Sunrise, _Professor Wilson_

Miss Peggy Brodie, _Andrew Picken_

The Death of a Prejudice, _Thomas Aird_

Anent Auld Grandfaither, &c., _D. M. Moir_

John Brown; or, the House in the Muir, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

Traditions of the Old Tolbooth of Edinburgh, _Robert Chambers_

The Lover’s Last Visit, _Professor Wilson_

Mary Queen of Scots and Chatelar, _Literary Souvenir_,

A Night in Duncan M‘Gowan’s, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

The Miller and the Freebooter, _Sir Thomas Dick

Lauder_

Benjie’s Christening, _D. M. Moir_

The Minister’s Widow, _Professor Wilson_

The Battle of the Breeks, _Robert Macnish_

My Sister Kate, _Andrew Picken_

Wat the Prophet, _James Hogg_

The Snow-Storm, _Professor Wilson_

Love at one Glimpse, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

Nanny Welsh, the Minister’s Maid, _Daniel Gorrie_

Lady Jean, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

The Monkey, _Robert Macnish_

The Ladder-Dancer, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

The Elder’s Death-Bed, _Professor Wilson_

A Highland Feud, _Sir Walter Scott_

The Resurrection Men, _D. M. Moir_

Mary Wilson, _Aberdeen Censor_,

The Laird of Cassway, _James Hogg_

The Elder’s Funeral, _Professor Wilson_

Macdonald, the Cattle-Riever, _Literary Gazette_,

The Murder Hole, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

The Miller of Doune, “_The Odd Volume_,”

The Headless Cumins, _Sir Thomas Dick

Lauder_

The Lady Isabel, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

The Desperate Duel, _D. M. Moir_

The Vacant Chair, _John Mackay Wilson_

Colkittoch, _Literary Gazette_,

The Covenanters, _Robert Macnish_

The Poor Scholar, _Professor Wilson_

The Crushed Bonnet, _Glasgow Athenæum_,

The Villagers of Auchincraig, _Daniel Gorrie_

Perling Joan, _John Gibson Lockhart_

Janet Smith, _Professor Thomas

Gillespie_

The Unlucky Top Boots, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

My First and Last Play, _D. M. Moir_

Jane Malcolm, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

Bowed Joseph, _Robert Chambers_

The Laird of Wineholm, _James Hogg_

An Incident in the Great Moray Floods of 1829, _Sir Thomas Dick

Lauder_

Charlie Graham, the Tinker, _George Penny_

The Snowing-up of Strath Lugas, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

Ezra Peden, _Allan Cunningham_

Young Ronald of Morar, _Literary Gazette_,

The Broken Ring, “_The Odd Volume_,”

A Passage of My Life, _Paisley Magazine_,

The Court Cave, _Drummond Bruce_

Helen Waters, _John Malcolm_

Legend of the Large Mouth, _Robert Chambers_

Richard Sinclair; or, the Poor Prodigal, _Thomas Aird_

The Barley Fever—and Rebuke, _D. M. Moir_

Elphin Irving, the Fairies’ Cupbearer, _Allan Cunningham_

Choosing a Minister, _John Galt_

The Meal Mob, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

The Flitting, “_My Grandfather’s

Farm_,”

Ewen of the Little Head, _Literary Gazette_,

Basil Rolland, _Aberdeen Censor_,

The Last of the Jacobites, _Robert Chambers_

The Grave-Digger’s Tale, “_The Auld Kirk Yard_,”

The Fairy Bride, _Edin. Literary

Journal_,

The Lost Little Ones, “_The Odd Volume_,”

An Orkney Wedding, _John Malcolm_

The Ghost with the Golden Casket, _Allan Cunningham_

Ranald of the Hens, _Literary Gazette_,

The French Spy, _John Galt_

The Minister’s Beat, _Blackwood’s Magazine_,

A Scottish Gentlewoman of the Last Century, _Miss Ferrier_

The Faithless Nurse, _Edin. Literary

Gazette_,

Traditions of the Celebrated Major Weir, _Robert Chambers_

The Windy Yule, _John Galt_

Grizel Cochrane, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

The Fatal Prayer, _Literary Melange_,

Glenmannow, the Strong Herdsman, _William Bennet_

My Grandmother’s Portrait, _Daniel Gorrie_

The Baptism, _Professor Wilson_

The Laird’s Wooing, _John Galt_

Thomas the Rhymer, _Sir Walter Scott_

Lachlan More, _Literary Gazette_,

Alemoor, _Chambers’s Edin.

Journal_,

Tibby Fowler, _John Mackay Wilson_

Daniel Cathie, Tobacconist, _Edin. Literary

Almanac_,

The Haunted Ships, _Allan Cunningham_

A Tale of the Martyrs, _James Hogg_

The Town Drummer, _John Galt_

The Awful Night, _D. M. Moir_

Rose Jamieson, _Anon._

A Night at the Herring Fishing, _Hugh Miller_

The Twin Sisters, _Alexander Balfour_

Albert Bane, _Henry Mackenzie_

The Penny Wedding, _Alexander Campbell_

Peat-Casting Time, _Thomas Gillespie_

An Adventure with the Press-Gang, _Paisley Magazine_,

The Laird of Cool’s Ghost, _Old Chap Book_,

Allan-a-Sop, _Sir Walter Scott_

John Hetherington’s Dream, _Old Chap Book_,

Black Joe o’ the Bow, _James Smith_

The Fight for the Standard, _James Paterson_

Catching a Tartar, _D. M. Moir_

THE BOOK OF

SCOTTISH STORY.

THE HENPECKED MAN.

BY JOHN MACKAY WILSON.

Every one has heard the phrase, “Go to Birgham!” which signifies much

the same as bidding you go to a worse place. The phrase is familiar not

only on the borders, but throughout all Scotland, and has been in use

for more than five hundred years, having taken its rise from Birgham

being the place where the Scottish nobility were when they dastardly

betrayed their country into the hands of the first Edward; and the

people, despising the conduct and the cowardice of the nobles, have

rendered the saying, “Go to Birgham!” an expression of contempt until

this day. Many, however, may have heard the saying, and even used it,

who know not that Birgham is a small village, beautifully situated on

the north side of the Tweed, about midway between Coldstream and Kelso;

though, if I should say that the village itself is beautiful, I should

be speaking on the wrong side of the truth. Yet there may be many who

have both heard the saying and seen the place, who never heard of little

Patie Crichton, the bicker-maker. Patie was of diminutive stature, and

he followed the profession (if the members of the _learned_ professions

be not offended at my using the term) of a cooper, or bicker-maker, in

Birgham for many years. His neighbours used to say of him, “The puir

body’s henpecked.”

Patie was in the habit of attending the neighbouring fairs with the

water-cogs, cream-bowies, bickers, piggins, and other articles of his

manufacture. It was Dunse fair, and Patie said he “had done

extraordinar’ weel—the sale had been far beyond what he expeckit.” His

success might be attributed to the circumstance that, when out of the

sight and hearing of his better half, for every bicker he sold he gave

his customers half-a-dozen jokes into the bargain. Every one, therefore,

liked to deal with little Patie. The fair being over, he retired with a

crony to a public-house in the Castle Wynd, to crack of old stories over

a glass, and inquire into each other’s welfare. It was seldom they met,

and it was as seldom that Patie dared to indulge in a single glass; but,

on the day in question, he thought they could manage another gill, and

another was brought. Whether the sight of it reminded him of his

domestic miseries, and of what awaited him at home, I cannot tell; but

after drinking another glass, and pronouncing the spirits excellent, he

thus addressed his friend:—

“Ay, Robin” (his friend’s name was Robin Roughead), “ye’re a happy

man—ye’re maister in your ain hoose, and ye’ve a wife that adores and

_obeys_ ye; but I’m nae better than naebody at my ain fireside. I’ll

declare I’m waur: wife an’ bairns laugh at me—I’m treated like an

outlan’ body an’ a fule. Though without me they micht gang an’ beg,

there is nae mair respeck paid to me than if I were a pair o’ auld

bauchels flung into a corner. Fifteen years syne I couldna believed it

o’ Tibby, though onybody had sworn it to me. I firmly believe that a

gude wife is the greatest blessin’ that can be conferred upon a man on

this earth. I can imagine it by the treasure that my faither had in my

mither; for, though the best may hae _words_ atween them occasionally,

and I’m no saying that they hadna, yet they were just like passin’

showers, to mak the kisses o’ the sun upon the earth mair sweet after

them. Her whole study was to please him and to mak him comfortable. She

was never happy but when he was happy; an’ he was just the same wi’ her.

I’ve heard him say that she was worth untold gold. But, O Robin! if I

think that a guid wife is the greatest blessin’ a man can enjoy, weel do

I ken that a scoldin’, domineerin’ wife is his greatest curse. It’s a

terrible thing to be snooled in your ain house—naebody can form an idea

o’t but they wha experience it.

“Ye remember when I first got acquainted wi’ Tibby, she was doing the

bondage work at Riselaw. I first saw her coming out o’ Eccles kirk ae

day, and I really thocht that I had never seen a better-faured or a more

gallant-looking lass. Her cheeks were red and white like a half-ripe

strawberry, or rather, I should say, like a cherry; and she seemed as

modest and meek as a lamb. It wasna very lang until I drew up; and

though she didna gie me ony great encouragement at first, yet, in a week

or twa, after the ice was fairly broken, she became remarkably ceevil,

and gied me her oxter on a Sunday. We used to saunter about the

loanings, no saying meikle, but unco happy; and I was aye restless whan

I was out o’ her sight. Ye may guess that the shoemaker was nae loser by

it during the six months that I ran four times a-week, wet or dry,

between Birgham and Riselaw. But the term-time was drawing nigh, and I

put the important question, and pressed her to name the day. She hung

her head, and she seemed no to ken weel what to say; for she was sae mim

and sae gentle then, that ye wad hae said ‘butter wadna melt in her

mouth.’ And when I pressed her mair urgently—

“‘I’ll just leave it to yoursel, Peter,’ says she.

“I thocht my heart wad louped out at my mouth. I believe there never was

a man sae beside himsel wi’ joy in this warld afore. I fairly danced

again, and cut as many antics as a merryandrew. ‘O Tibby,’ says I,

‘I’m ower happy now!—Oh, haud my head!

This gift o’ joy is like to be my dead.’

“‘I hope no, Peter,’ said she; ‘I wad rather hae ye to live than dee for

me.’

“I thocht she was as sensible as she was bonny, and better natured than

baith.

“Weel, I got the house set up, the wedding-day cam, and everything

passed ower as agreeably as onybody could desire. I thocht Tibby turning

bonnier and bonnier. For the first five or six days after the weddin’,

everything was ‘hinny,’ and ‘my love,’ and ‘Tibby, dear,’ or ‘Peter,

dear.’ But matters didna stand lang at this. It was on a Saturday nicht,

I mind, just afore I was gaun to drap work, that three or four

acquaintances cam into the shop to wush me joy, and they insisted I

should pay off for the weddin’. Ye ken I never was behint hand; and I

agreed that I wad just fling on my coat and step up wi’ them to Orange

Lane. So I gaed into the house and took down my market coat, which was

hangin’ behint the bed; and after that I gaed to the kist to tak out a

shilling or twa; for, up to that time, Tibby had not usurped the office

of Chancellor o’ the Exchequer. I did it as cannily as I could; but she

had suspected something, and heard the jinkin’ o’ the siller.

“What are ye doing, Patie?’ says she; ‘whar are ye gaun?’

“I had never heard her voice hae sic a sound afore, save the first time

I drew up to her, when it was rather sharp than agreeable.

“‘Ou, my dear,’ says I, ‘I’m just gaun up to Orange Lane a wee while.’

“‘To Orange Lane!’ says she; ‘what in the name of fortune’s gaun to tak

ye there?’

“‘O hinny,’ says I, ‘it’s just a neebor lad or twa that’s drapped in to

wush us joy, and, ye ken, we canna but be neebor-like.’

“‘Ay! the sorrow joy them!’ says she, ‘and neebor too!—an’ how meikle

will that cost ye?’

“‘Hoot, Tibby,’ says I, for I was quite astonished at her, ‘ye dinna

understand things, woman.’

“‘No understand them!’ says she; ‘I wish to gudeness that ye wad

understand them though! If that’s the way ye intend to mak the siller

flee, it’s time there were somebody to tak care o’t.’

“I had put the siller in my pocket, and was gaun to the door mair

surprised than I can weel express, when she cried to me—

“‘Mind what ye spend, and see that ye dinna stop.’

“‘Ye need be under nae apprehensions o’ that, hinny,’ said I, wishing to

pacify her.

“‘See that it be sae,’ cried she, as I shut the door.

“I joined my neebors in a state of greater uneasiness o’ mind than I had

experienced for a length o’ time. I couldna help thinkin’ but that Tibby

had rather early begun to tak the upper hand, and it was what I never

expected from her. However, as I was saying, we went up to Orange Lane,

and we sat doun, and ae gill brocht on anither. Tibby’s health and mine

were drunk; we had several capital sangs; and, I daresay, it was weel on

for ten o’clock afore we rose to gang awa. I was nae mair affected wi’

drink than I am at this moment. But, somehow or ither, I was uneasy at

the idea o’ facing Tibby. I thought it would be a terrible thing to

quarrel wi’ her. I opened the door, and, bolting it after me, slipped

in, half on the edge o’ my fit. She was sitting wi’ her hand at her

haffit by the side o’ the fire, but she never let on that she either saw

or heard me—she didna speak a single word. If ever there was a woman—

Nursing her wrath to keep it warm,

it was her that nicht. I drew in a chair, and, though I was half-feared

to speak—

“‘What’s the matter, my pet?’ says I—‘what’s happened ye?’

“But she sat looking into the fire, and never let on she heard me.

‘E’en’s ye like, Meg Dorts,’ thought I, as Allan Ramsay says; but I

durstna say it, for I saw that there was a storm brewing. At last, I

ventured to say again—

“‘What ails ye, Tibby, dear?—are ye no weel?’

“‘Weel!’ cried she—‘wha can be weel? Is this the way ye mean to carry

on? What a time o’ nicht is this to keep a body to, waiting and fretting

on o’ ye, their lane? Do you no think shame o’ yoursel?’

“‘Hoot, woman,’ says I, ‘I’m surprised at ye; I’m sure ye hae naething

to mak a wark about—it’s no late yet.’

“‘I dinna ken what ye ca’ late,’ said she; ‘it wadna be late amang yer

cronies, nae doubt; but if it’s no late, it’s early, for I warrant it’s

mornin’.’

“‘Nonsense!’ says I.

“‘Dinna tell me it’s nonsense,’ said she, ‘for I’ll be spoken to in nae

sic way—I’ll let you ken that. But how meikle has it cost ye? Ye wad be

treating them, nae doubt—and how meikle hae ye spent, if it be a fair

question?’

“‘Toots, Tibby!’ said I, ‘whar’s the cause for a’ this? What great deal

could it cost me?’

“‘But hair by hair maks the carle’s head bare,’ added she—‘mind ye that;

and mind ye that ye’ve a house to keep aboon your head noo. But, if ye

canna do it, I maun do it for ye—sae gie me the key o’ that kist—gie me

it instantly; and I’ll tak care how ye gang drinkin’ wi’ ony body and

treatin’ them till mornin’ again.’

“For the sake o’ peace I gied her the key; for she was speakin’ sae loud

that I thocht a’ the neebors wad hear—and she had nae suner got it, than

awa she gaed to the kist and counted every shilling. I had nae great

abundance then mair than I’ve now; and—

“‘Is that a’ ye hae?’ said she; ‘an’ yet ye’ll think o’ gaun drinkin’

and treatin’ folk frae Saturday nicht till Sabbath mornin’! If this is

the life ye intend to lead, I wush to gudeness I had ne’er had onything

to say to ye.’

“‘And if this is the life ye intend to lead me,’ thought I, ‘I wush the

same thing.’

“But that was but the beginnin’ o’ my slavery. From that hour to this

she has continued on from bad to worse. No man livin’ can form an idea

o’ what I’ve suffered but mysel. In a mornin’, or rather, I may say, in

a forenoon, for it was aye nine or ten o’clock afore she got up, she sat

doun to her tea and white scones and butter, while I had to be content

wi’ a scrimpit bicker o’ brose and sour milk for kitchen. Nor was this

the warst o’t; for, when I cam in frae my wark for my breakfast, mornin’

after mornin’, the fire was black out; and there had I, before I could

get a bite to put in my mouth, to bend doun upon my knees and blaw it,

and blaw it, till I was half-blind wi’ ashes—for we hadna a pair o’

bellowses; and there wad she lie grumblin’ a’ the time, ca’in’ me

useless _this_, and useless _that_; and I just had to put up wi’ it. But

after our first bairn was born, she grew far worse, and I becam mair and

mair miserable every day. If I had been sleeping through the nicht, and

the bairn had begun a kickin’, or whingin’—then she was at the scoldin’,

and I was sure to be started out o’ my sleep wi’ a great drive atween

the shouthers, and her cryin’—

“‘Get up, ye lazy body, ye—get up, and see what’s the maiter wi’ this

bairn.’

“An’ this was the trade half-a-dizen o’ times in a nicht.

“At last, there was ae day, when a’ that I had dune was simply saying a

word about the denner no bein’ ready, and afore ever I kenned whar I

was, a cracky-stool that she had bought for the bairn cam fleein’ across

the room, and gied me a dirl on the elbow, that made me think my arm was

broken. Ye may guess what a stroke it was, when I tell ye I couldna lift

my hand to my head for a week to come. Noo, the like o’ that, ye ken,

was what mortal man couldna stand.

“‘Tibby,’ said I, and I looked very desperate and determined, ‘what do

ye mean by this conduct? By a’ that’s gracious, I’ll no put up wi’ it

ony langer!’

“‘Ye’ll no put up wi’ it, _ye cratur_!’ said she; ‘if ye gie me ony mair

o’ yer provocation, I’ll pu’ yer lugs for ye—wull ye put up wi’ that?’

“It was terrible for a man to hear his ain wife ca’ him _a cratur_!—just

as if I had been a monkey or a laup-doug!

“‘O ye disdainfu’ limmer,’ thought I; ‘but if I could humble your proud

spirit, I wad do it!’ Weel, there was a grand new ballant hawkin’ about

the country at the time—it was ca’d ‘Watty and Meg’—ye have nae doubt

seen’t. Meg was just such a terrible termagant as my Tibby; and I

remembered the perfect reformation that was wrought upon her by Watty’s

bidding her fareweel, and threatenin’ to list. So it just struck me that

I wad tak a leaf out o’ the ballant. Therefore, keeping the same serious

and determined look, for I was in no humour to seem otherwise—‘Tibby,’

says I, ‘there shall be nae mair o’ this. But I will gang and list this

very day, and ye’ll see what will come ower ye then—ye’ll maybe repent

o’ yer conduct whan it’s ower late.’

“‘List! ye _totum_ ye!’ said she; ‘do ye say _list_?’ and she said this

in a tone and wi’ a look o’ derision that gaed through my very soul.

‘What squad will ye list into?—what regiment will tak ye? Do ye intend

to list for a fifer laddie?’ And as she said this, she held up her

oxter, as if to tak me below’t.

“I thought I wad hae drapped doun wi’ indignation. I could hae strucken

her, if I durst. Ye observe, I am just five feet twa inches and an

eighth, upon my stockin’-soles. That is rather below the army

standard—and I maun say it’s a very foolish standard; for a man o’ my

height stands a better chance to shoot anither than a giant that wad

fire ower his head. But she was aware that I was below the mark, and my

threat was of no avail; so I had just to slink awa into the shop,

rubbin’ my elbow.

“But the cracky-stool was but the beginning o’ her drivin’; there wasna

a week after that but she let flee at me whatever cam in the way,

whenever I by accident crossed her cankered humour. It’s a wonder that

I’m in the land o’ the living; for I’ve had the skin peeled off my

legs—my arms maistly broken—my head cut, and ither parts o’ my body a’

black and blue, times out o’ number. I thought her an angel when I was

courtin’ her; but, O Robin! she has turned out—I’ll no say what—an

adder!—a teeger!—a she fury!

“As for askin’ onybody into the house, it’s a thing I durstna do for the

life that’s in my body. I never did it but ance, and that was when an

auld schulefellow, that had been several years in America, ca’ed at the

shop to see me. After we had cracked a while—

“‘But I maun see the wife, Patie,’ says he.

“Whether he had heard aboot her behaviour or no, I canna tell; but, I

assure ye, his request was onything but agreeable to me. However, I took

him into the house, and I introduced him wi’ fear and tremblin’.

“‘Tibby, dear,’ said I—and I dinna think I had ca’ed her _dear_ for ten

years afore—‘here’s Mr W——, an auld schulefellow o’ mine, that’s come a’

the way frae America, an’ ca’ed in to see ye.’

“‘Ye’re aye meetin’ wi’ auld schulefellows, or some set or ither, to tak

ye aff yer wark,’ muttered she, sulkily, but loud enough for him to

hear.

“I was completely at a loss what to do or say next; but, pretending as

though I hadna heard her, I said, as familiarly and kindly as I could,

though my heart was in a terrible swither—‘Bring out the bottle, lass.’

“‘Bottle!’ quo’ she, ‘what bottle?—what does the man mean?—has he

pairted wi’ the little sense that he ever had?’ But had ye seen her as

she said this!—I’ve seen a cloud black when driven wi’ a hurricane, and

I’ve seen it awfu’ when roarin’ in the agony o’ thunder; but never did I

see onything that I was mair in fear o’ than my wife’s face at that

moment. But, somehow or ither, I gathered courage to say—‘Hoots, woman,

what’s the use o’ behavin’ that way? I’m sure ye ken weel aneugh it’s

the speerit bottle.’

“‘The speerit bottle!’ cried she, wi’ a scream; ‘and when was there a

speerit bottle within this door? Dinna show yoursel off to your American

freend for a greater man than ye are, Patie. I think, if wi’ a’ that ye

bring in I get meat and bits o’ duds for your bairns, I do very weel.’

“This piece o’ impudence completely knocked me stupid, for, wad ye

believe it, Robin? though she had lang driven a’ my freends frae about

the house, yet, did ony o’ _her_ freends ca’,—and that was maistly every

Sunday, and every Coldstream market-day,—there was the bottle out frae

the cupboard, which she aye kept under lock and key; and a dram, and a

bit short-bread nae less, was aye and to this day handed round to every

ane o’ them. They hae discovered that it’s worth while to make Patie the

bicker-maker’s a half-way house. But if I happen to be in when they ca’,

though she pours out a fu’ glass a-piece for them, she takes aye gude

care to stand in afore me when she comes to me, between them and me, so

that they canna see what she is doing, or how meikle she pours out; and,

I assure ye, it is seldom a thimblefu’ that fa’s to my share, though she

hauds the bottle lang up in her hand—mony a time, no a weetin’; and

again and again have I shoved my head past her side, and said, ‘Your

health, Mrs So-and-so’—or, ‘Yours, Mr Such-a-thing,’ wi’ no as meikle in

my glass as wad droun a midge. Or, if I was sae placed that she durstna

but, for shame, fill a glass within half-an-inch o’ the tap or sae, she

wad gae me a look, or a wink, or mak a motion o’ some kind, which weel

did I ken the meanin’ o’, and which was the same as saying—‘Drink it if

ye daur!’ O Robin, man! it’s weel for ye that kens no what it is to be a

footba’ at your ain fireside. I daresay, my freend burned at the bane

for me; for he got up, and—

“‘I wish you good-day, Mr Crichton,’ said he; ‘I have business in Kelso

to-night yet, and can’t stop.’

“I was perfectly overpowered wi’ shame; but it was a relief to me when

he gaed awa—and I slipped out after him, and into the shop again.

“But Tibby’s isna the only persecution that I hae to put up wi’; for we

hae five bairns, and she’s brought them a’ up to treat me as she does

hersel. If I offer to correct them, they cry out—‘I’ll tell my

mither!’—and frae the auldest to the youngest o’ them, when they speak

aboot me, it is _he_ did this, or _he_ did that—they for ever talk o’ me

as _him!—him!_ I never get the name o’ _faither_ frae ane o’ them—and

it’s a’ her doings. Now, I just ask ye simply if ony faither would put

up wi’ the like o’ that? But I maun put up wi’t. If I were offering to

lay hands upon them for’t, I’m sure and persuaded she wad rise a’

Birgham about me—my life wadna be safe where she is—but, indeed, I

needna say that, for it never is.

“But there is ae thing that grieves me beyond a’ that I hae mentioned to

ye. Ye ken my mither, puir auld body, is a widow now. She is in the

seventy-sixth year o’ her age, and very frail. She has naebody to look

after her but me—naebody that has a natural right to do it; for I never

had ony brothers, as ye ken; and, as for my twa sisters, I daresay they

have just a sair aneugh fecht wi’ their ain families, and as they are at

a distance, I dinna ken how they are situated wi’ their gudemen—though I

maun say for them, they send her a stane o’ oatmeal, an ounce o’

tobacco, or a pickle tea and sugar, now and then, which is very likely

as often as they hae it in their power; and that is a great deal mair

than I’m _allowed_ to do for her—me that has a right to protect and

maintain her. A’ that she has to support her is fifteenpence a-week aff

the parish o’ Mertoun. O Robin, man!—Robin, man!—my heart rugs within

me, when I talk to you about this. A’ that I hae endured is naething to

it! To see my puir auld mither in a state o’ starvation, and no to be

allowed to gie her a saxpence! O Robin, man!—Robin, man!—is it no awfu’?

When she was first left destitute, and a widow, I tried to break the

matter to Tibby, and to reason wi’ her.

“‘O Tibby, woman!’ said I, ‘I’m very distressed. Here’s my faither laid

in the grave, and I dinna see what’s to come o’ my mither, puir body—she

is auld, and she is frail—she has naebody to look after or provide for

her but me.’

“‘You!’ cried Tibby—‘you! I wush ye wad mind what ye are talkin’ about!

Ye have as many dougs, I can tell ye, as ye hae banes to pike! Let your

mither do as ither widows hae done afore her—let the parish look after

her.’

“‘O Tibby, woman!’ said I; ‘but if ye’ll only consider—the parish money

is very sma’, and, puir body, it will mak her heart sair to receive a

penny o’t; for she weel kens that my faither would rather hae dee’d in a

ditch than been behauden to either a parish or an individual for a

saxpence.’

“‘An’ meikle they hae made by their pride,’ said Tibby. ‘I wush ye wud

haud your tongue.’

“‘Ay, but Tibby,’ says I, for I was nettled mair than I durst show it,

‘but she has been a gude mother to me, and ye ken yoursel that she’s no

been an ill gude-mother to ye. She never stood in the way o’ you an’ me

comin’ thegither, though I was payin’ six shillings a-week into the

house.’

“‘And what am I obliged to her for that?’ interrupted my Jezebel.

“‘I dinna ken, Tibby,’ says I; ‘but it’s a hard thing for a son to see a

mother in want, when he can assist her. Now, it isna meikle she

takes—she never was used wi’ dainties; and, if I may just tak her hame,

little will serve her, and her meat will ne’er be missed.’

“‘Ye born idiot!’ cried Tibby. ‘I aye thought ye a fule—but ye are warse

than a fule! Bring your mither here! An auld, cross-grained,

faut-finding wife, that I ne’er could hae patience to endure for ten

minutes in my days! Bring her here, say ye! No! while I live in this

house, I’ll let ye ken that I’ll be mistress.’

“Ay, and maister too, thought I. I found it was o’ nae use to argue wi’

her. There was nae possibility o’ gettin’ my mither into the house; and

as to assisting her wi’ a shillin’ or twa at a time by chance, or paying

her house rent, or sending her a load o’ coals, it was perfectly out o’

the question, and beyond my power. Frae the nicht that I went to Orange

Lane to this moment, I hae never had a saxpence under my thumb that I

could ca’ my ain. Indeed, I never hae money in my hands, unless it be on

a day like this, when I hae to gang to a fair, or the like o’ that; and

even then, before I start, her leddyship sees every bowie, bicker, and

piggin, that gangs into the cart—she kens the price o’ them as weel as I

do; and if I shouldna bring hame either money or goods according to her

valuation, I actually believe she wad murder me. There is nae cheatin’

her. It is by mere chance that, having had a gude market, I’ve

outreached her the day by a shillin’ or twa; and ane o’ them I’ll spend

wi’ you, Robin, and the rest shall gang to my mither. O man! ye may

bless your stars that ye dinna ken what it is to hae a termagant wife.”

“I am sorry for ye, Patie,” said Robin Roughead; “but really I think, in

a great measure, ye hae yoursel to blame for it a’!”

“Me!” said Patie—“what do ye mean, Robin?”

“Why, Patie,” said Robin, “I ken it is said that every ane can rule a

bad wife but he that has her—and I believe it is true. I am quite

convinced that naebody kens sae weel where the shoe pinches as they that

hae it on; though I am quite satisfied that, had my case been yours, I

wad hae brought her to her senses long afore now, though I had

Dauded her lugs wi’ Rab Roryson’s bannet,

or gien her a _hoopin’_, like your friend the cooper o’ Coldingham.”

“Save us, man!” said Patie, who loved a joke, even though at secondhand,

and at his own expense; “but ye see the cooper’s case is not in point,

though I am in the same line; for, as I hae observed, I am only five

feet twa inches and an eighth in height—my wife _is not the weaker

vessel_—that I ken to my sorrow.”

“Weel, Patie,” said Robin, “I wadna hae ye to lift your hand—I was but

jokin’ upon that score, it wadna be manly;—but there is ae thing that ye

can do, and I am sure it wad hae an excellent effect.”

“Dear sake! what is that?” cried Patie.

“For a’ that has happened ye,” said Robin, “ye hae just yoursel to

blame, for giein’ up the key and the siller to her management that nicht

ye gaed to Orange Lane. That is the short and the lang o’ a’ your

troubles, Patie.”

“Do you think sae?” inquired the little bicker-maker.

“Yes, I think sae, Peter, and I say it,” said Robin; “and there is but

ae remedy left.”

“And what is that?” asked Patie, eagerly.

“Just this,” said Robin—“_stop the supplies_.”

“_Stop the supplies!_” returned Patie—“what do you mean, Robin? I canna

say that I fully comprehend ye.”

“I just mean this,” added the other; “be your ain banker—your ain

cashier—be maister o’ your ain siller—let her find that it is to you she

is indebted for every penny she has the power to spend; and if ye dinna

bring Tibby to reason and kindness within a month, my name’s no Robin

Roughead.”

“Do ye think that wad do it?” said Patie.

“If that wadna, naething wad,” answered Robin; “but try it for a

twelvemonth—begin this very nicht; and if we baith live and be spared to

this time next year, I’ll meet ye again, and I’ll be the death o’ a

mutchkin, but that ye tell me Tibby’s a different woman—your bairns

different—your hale house different—and your auld mither comfortable.”

“O man, if it might be sae,” said Patie; “but this very nicht, the

moment I get hame, I’ll try it—and, if I succeed, I’ll try ye wi’ a

bottle o’ wine, and I believe I never drank ane in my life.”

“Agreed,” said Robin; “but mind ye’re no to do things by halves. Ye’re

no to be feared out o’ your resolution because Tibby may fire and storm,

and let drive the things in the house at ye—nor even though she should

greet.”

“I thoroughly understand ye,” said Patie; “my resolution’s ta’en, and

I’ll stand by it.”

“Gie’s your hand on’t,” said Robin; and Patie gave him his hand.

Now, the two friends parted, and it is unnecessary for me either to

describe their parting, or the reception which Patie, on his arriving at

Birgham, met with from his spouse.

Twelve months went round, Dunse fair came again, and after the fair was

over, Patie Crichton once more went in quest of his old friend, Robin

Roughead. He found him standing in the horse market, and—

“How’s a’ wi’ ye, my freend?” says Patie.

“Oh, hearty, hearty,” cries the other; “but how’s a’ wi’ ye?—how is yer

family?”

“Come and get the bottle o’ wine that I’ve to gie ye,” said Patie, “and

I’ll tell ye a’ about it.”

“I’ll do that,” said Robin, “for my business is dune.”

So they went into the same house in the Castle Wynd where they had been

twelve months before, and Patie called for a bottle of wine; but he

found that the house had not the wine license, and was therefore content

with a gill of whisky made into toddy.

“O, man,” said he to Robin, “I wad pay ye half-a-dizen bottles o’ wine

wi’ as great cheerfulness as I raise this glass to my lips. It was a

grand advice that o’ yours—_stop the supplies_.”

“I am glad to hear it,” said Robin; “I was sure it was the only thing

that would do.”

“Ye shall hear a’ about it,” said Patie. “After parting wi’ ye, I

trudged hame to Birgham, and when I got to my house—before I had the

sneck o’ the door weel out o’ my hand—

“‘What’s stopped ye to this time o’ nicht, ye fitless, feckless cratur,

ye?’ cried Tibby—‘whaur hae ye been? Gie an account o’ yoursel.’

“An account o’ mysel!’ says I; and I gied the door a drive ahint me, as

if I wad driven it aff the hinges—‘for what should I gie an account o’

mysel?—or wha should I gie it to? I suppose this house is my ain, and I

can come in and gang out when I like!’

“‘Yours!’ cried she; ‘is the _body_ drunk?’

“‘No,’ says I, ‘I’m no drunk, but I wad hae you to be decent. Where is

my supper?—it is time that I had it.’

“‘Ye micht hae come in in time to get it then,’ said she; ‘folk canna

keep suppers waitin’ on you.’

“‘But I’ll gang whar I can get it,’ said I; and I offered to leave the

house.

“‘I’ll tak the life o’ ye first,’ said she. ‘Gie me the siller. Ye had

five cogs, a dizen o’ bickers, twa dizen o’ piggins, three bowies, four

cream dishes, and twa ladles, besides the wooden spoons that I packed up

mysel. Gie me the siller—and, you puir profligate, let me see what ye

hae spent.’

“‘Gie you the siller!’ says I; ‘na, na, I’ve dune that lang aneugh—_I

hae stopped the supplies_, my woman.’

“‘Stop your breath!’ cried she; ‘gie me the siller, every farthin’, or

wo betide ye!’

“It was needless for her to say _every farthin’_; for, had I dune as I

used to do, I kenned she wad search through every pocket o’ my claes the

moment she thocht me asleep—through every hole and corner o’ them, to

see if I had cheated her out o’ a single penny—ay, and tak them up, and

shake them, and shake them, after a’ was dune. But I was determined to

stand fast by your advice.

“‘Do as ye like,’ says I; ‘I’ll bring ye to your senses—_I’ve stopped

the supplies_.’

“She saw that I wasna drunk, and my manner rather dumfoundered her a

little. The bairns—wha, as I have tauld you, she aye encouraged to mock

me—began to giggle at me, and to mak game o’ me, as usual. I banged out

o’ the house, and into the shop, and took down the belt o’ the bit

turning-lathe, and into the house I goes again wi’ it in my hand.

“‘Wha maks a fule o’ me now?’

“And they a’ laughed thegither, and I up wi’ the belt, and loundered

them round the house and round the house, till ane screamed and anither

screamed, and even their mither got clouts in trying to run betwixt them

and me; and it was wha to squeel loudest. Sae, after I had brocht them

a’ to ken what I was, I awa yont to my mither’s, and gaed her five

shillin’s, puir body; and after stoppin’ an hour wi’ her, I gaed back to

the house again. The bairns were a’ abed, and some o’ them were still

sobbin’, and Tibby was sittin’ by the fire; but she didna venture to say

a word—I had completely astonished her—and as little said I.

“There wasna a word passed between us for three days; I was beginning to

carry my head higher in the house; and on the fourth day I observed that

she had nae tea to her breakfast. A day or twa after, the auldest lassie

cam to me ae morning about ten o’clock, and says she—

“‘Faither, I want siller for tea and sugar.’

“‘Gae back to them that sent ye,’ says I, ‘and tell them to fare as I

do, and they’ll save the tea and sugar.’

“But it is of nae use dwellin’ on the subject. I did stop the supplies

most effectually. I very soon brocht Tibby to ken wha was her

bread-winner. An’ when I saw that my object was accomplished, I showed

mair kindness and affection to her than ever I had dune. The bairns

becam as obedient as lambs, and she soon cam to say—‘Peter, should I do

this thing?’—or, ‘Peter, should I do that thing?’ So, when I had brocht

her that far—‘Tibby,’ says I, ‘we hae a but and a ben, and it’s grievin’

me to see my auld mither starvin’, and left by hersel wi’ naebody to

look after her. I think I’ll bring her hame the morn—she’ll aye be o’

use about the house—she’ll can knit the bairns’ stockin’s, or darn them

when they are out o’ the heels.’

“‘Weel, Peter,’ said Tibby, ‘I’m sure it’s as little as a son can do,

and I’m perfectly agreeable.’

“I banged up—I flung my arms round Tibby’s neck—‘Oh! bless ye, my dear!’

says I; ‘bless ye for that!—there’s the key o’ the kist and the

siller—from this time henceforth do wi’ it what ye like.’

“Tibby grat. My mother cam hame to my house the next day. Tibby did

everything to mak her comfortable-a’ the bairns ran at her biddin’—and,

frae that day to this, there isna a happier man on this wide world than

Patie Crichton, the bicker-maker o’ Birgham.”

DUNCAN CAMPBELL.

BY JAMES HOGG, THE “ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

Duncan Campbell came from the Highlands, when six years of age, to live

with an old maiden aunt in Edinburgh, and attend the school. His mother

was dead; but his father had supplied her place by marrying his

housekeeper. Duncan did not trouble himself about these matters, nor,

indeed, about any other matters, save a black foal of his father’s and a

large sagacious collie, named Oscar, which belonged to one of the

shepherds. There being no other boy save Duncan about the house, Oscar

and he were constant companions; with his garter tied round Oscar’s

neck, and a piece of deal tied to his big bushy tail, Duncan would often

lead him about the green, pleased with the idea that he was conducting a

horse and cart. Oscar submitted to all this with great cheerfulness, but

whenever Duncan mounted to ride on him, he found means instantly to

unhorse him, either by galloping, or rolling himself on the green. When

Duncan threatened him, he looked submissive and licked his face and

hands; when he corrected him with the whip, he cowered at his feet.

Matters were soon made up. Oscar would lodge nowhere during the night

but at the door of the room where his young friend slept, and woe be to

the man or woman who ventured to enter it at untimely hours.

When Duncan left his native home he thought not of his father, nor any

of the servants. He was fond of the ride, and some supposed that he

scarcely even thought of the black foal; but when he saw Oscar standing

looking him ruefully in the face, the tears immediately blinded both his

eyes. He caught him round the neck, hugged and kissed him—“Good-bye,

Oscar,” said he, blubbering; “good-bye. God bless you, my dear Oscar.”

Duncan mounted before a servant, and rode away—Oscar still followed at a

distance, until he reached the top of the hill—he then sat down and

howled; Duncan cried till his little heart was like to burst.

“What ails you?” said the servant.

“I will never see my poor honest Oscar again,” said Duncan, “an’ my

heart canna bide it.”

Duncan stayed a year in Edinburgh, but he did not make great progress in

learning. He did not approve highly of attending the school, and his

aunt was too indulgent to compel his attendance. She grew extremely ill

one day—the maids kept constantly by her, and never regarded Duncan. He

was an additional charge to them, and they never loved him, but used him

harshly. It was now with great difficulty that he could obtain either

meat or drink. In a few days after his aunt was taken ill she died. All

was in confusion, and poor Duncan was like to perish with hunger. He

could find no person in the house; but hearing a noise in his aunt’s

chamber, he went in, and beheld them dressing the corpse of his kind

relation. It was enough. Duncan was horrified beyond what mortal breast

was able to endure; he hasted down the stair, and ran along the High

Street and South Bridge, as fast as his feet could carry him, crying

incessantly all the way. He would not have entered that house again if

the world had been offered to him as a reward. Some people stopped him,

in order to ask what was the matter; but he could only answer them by

exclaiming, “O! dear! O! dear!” and struggling till he got free, held on

his course, careless whither he went, provided he got far enough from

the horrid scene he had so lately witnessed. Some have supposed, and I

believe Duncan has been heard to confess, that he then imagined he was

running for the Highlands, but mistook the direction. However that was,

he continued his course until he came to a place where two ways met, a

little south of Grange Toll. Here he sat down, and his frenzied passion

subsided into a soft melancholy; he cried no more, but sobbed

excessively, fixed his eyes on the ground, and made some strokes in the

dust with his finger.

A sight just then appeared which somewhat cheered, or at least

interested his heavy and forlorn heart—it was a large drove of Highland

cattle. They were the only creatures like acquaintances that Duncan had

seen for a twelvemonth, and a tender feeling of joy, mixed with regret,

thrilled his heart at the sight of their white horns and broad dew-laps.

As the van passed him, he thought their looks were particularly gruff

and sullen; he soon perceived the cause, they were all in the hands of

Englishmen;—poor exiles like himself—going far away to be killed and

eaten, and would never see the Highland hills again! When they were all

gone by, Duncan looked after them and wept anew; but his attention was

suddenly called away to something that softly touched his feet; he

looked hastily about—it was a poor, hungry, lame dog, squatted on the

ground, licking his feet, and manifesting the most extravagant joy.

Gracious heaven! it was his own beloved and faithful Oscar! starved,

emaciated, and so crippled that he was scarcely able to walk. He was now

doomed to be the slave of a Yorkshire peasant (who, it seems, had either

bought or stolen him at Falkirk), the generosity and benevolence of

whose feelings were as inferior to those of Oscar, as Oscar was inferior

to him in strength and power. It is impossible to conceive a more tender

meeting than this was; but Duncan soon observed that hunger and misery

were painted in his friend’s looks, which again pierced his heart with

feelings unfelt before. “I have not a crumb to give you, my poor Oscar!”

said he—“I have not a crumb to eat myself, but I am not so ill as you

are.” The peasant whistled aloud. Oscar well knew the sound, and,

clinging to the boy’s bosom, leaned his head upon his thigh, and looked

in his face, as if saying, “O Duncan, protect me from yon ruffian.” The

whistle was repeated, accompanied by a loud and surly call. Oscar

trembled, but, fearing to disobey, he limped away reluctantly after his

unfeeling master, who, observing him to linger and look back, imagined

he wanted to effect his escape, and came running back to meet him. Oscar

cowered to the earth in the most submissive and imploring manner, but

the peasant laid hold of him by the ear, and, uttering many

imprecations, struck him with a thick staff till he lay senseless at his

feet.

Every possible circumstance seemed combined to wound the feelings of

poor Duncan, but this unmerited barbarity shocked him most of all. He

hasted to the scene of action, weeping bitterly, and telling the man

that he was a cruel brute, and that if ever he himself grew a big man he

would certainly kill him. He held up his favourite’s head that he might

recover his breath, and the man, knowing that he could do little without

his dog, waited patiently to see what would be the issue. The animal

recovered, and staggered away at the heels of his tyrant without daring

to look behind. Duncan stood still, but kept his eyes eagerly fixed upon

Oscar; and the farther he went from him, the more strong his desire grew

to follow him. He looked the other way, but all there was to him a

blank,—he had no desire to stand where he was, so he followed Oscar and

the drove of cattle.

The cattle were weary and went slowly, and Duncan, getting a little goad

in his hand, assisted the men greatly in driving them. One of the

drivers gave him a penny, and another gave him twopence; and the lad who

had charge of the drove, observing how active and pliable he was, and

how far he had accompanied him on the way, gave him sixpence. This was a

treasure to Duncan, who, being extremely hungry, bought three penny

rolls as he passed through a town; one of these he ate himself, another

he gave to Oscar; and the third he carried below his arm in case of

further necessity. He drove on all the day, and at night the cattle

rested upon a height, which, by his description, seems to have been that

between Gala Water and Middleton. Duncan went off at a side, in company

with Oscar, to eat his roll, and, taking shelter behind an old earthen

wall, they shared their dry meal most lovingly between them. Ere it was

quite finished, Duncan, being fatigued, dropped into a profound slumber,

out of which he did not awake until the next morning was far advanced.

Englishmen, cattle, and Oscar, all were gone. Duncan found himself alone

on a wild height, in what country or kingdom he knew not. He sat for

some time in a callous stupor, rubbing his eyes and scratching his head,

but quite irresolute what was farther necessary for him to do, until he

was agreeably surprised by the arrival of Oscar, who (although he had

gone at his master’s call in the morning) had found means to escape and

seek the retreat of his young friend and benefactor. Duncan, without

reflecting on the consequences, rejoiced in the event, and thought of

nothing else but furthering his escape from the ruthless tyrant who now

claimed him. For this purpose he thought it would be best to leave the

road, and accordingly he crossed it, in order to go over a waste moor to

the westward. He had not got forty paces from the road, until he beheld

the enraged Englishman running towards him without his coat, and having

his staff heaved over his shoulder. Duncan’s heart fainted within him,

knowing it was all over with Oscar, and most likely with himself. The

peasant seemed not to have observed them, as he was running and rather

looking the other way; and as Duncan quickly lost sight of him in a

hollow place that lay between them, he crept into a bush of heath, and

took Oscar in his bosom. The heath was so long that it almost closed

above them. The man had observed from whence the dog started in the

morning, and hasted to the place, expecting to find him sleeping beyond

the old earthen dyke; he found the nest, but the birds were flown;—he

called aloud; Oscar trembled and clung to Duncan’s breast; Duncan peeped

from his purple covert, like a heath-cock on his native waste, and again

beheld the ruffian coming straight towards them, with his staff still

heaved, and fury in his looks. When he came within a few yards he stood

still, and bellowed out: “Oscar, yho, yho!” Oscar quaked, and kept still

closer to Duncan’s breast; Duncan almost sank in the earth. “D——n him,”

said the Englishman, “if I had hold of him I should make both him and

the little thievish rascal dear at a small price; they cannot be far

gone,—I think I hear them.” He then stood listening, but at that instant

a farmer came up on horseback, and having heard him call, asked him if

he had lost his dog? The peasant answered in the affirmative, and added,

that a blackguard boy had stolen him. The farmer said that he met a boy

with a dog about a mile forward. During this dialogue, the farmer’s dog

came up to Duncan’s den,—smelled upon him, and then upon Oscar,—cocked

his tail, walked round them growling, and then behaved in a very

improper and uncivil manner to Duncan, who took all patiently, uncertain

whether he was yet discovered. But so intent was the fellow upon the

farmer’s intelligence, that he took no notice of the discovery made by

the dog, but ran off without looking over his shoulder.

Duncan felt this a deliverance so great that all his other distresses

vanished; and as soon as the man was out of his sight, he arose from his

covert, and ran over the moor, and ere long, came to a shepherd’s house,

where he got some whey and bread for his breakfast, which he thought the

best meat he had ever tasted, yet shared it with Oscar.

Though I had his history from his own mouth, yet there is a space here

which it is impossible to relate with any degree of distinctness or

interest. He was a vagabond boy, without any fixed habitation, and

wandered about Heriot Moor, from one farmhouse to another, for the space

of a year, staying from one to twenty nights in each house, according as

he found the people kind to him. He seldom resented any indignity

offered to himself; but whoever insulted Oscar, or offered any

observations on the impropriety of their friendship, lost Duncan’s

company the next morning.

He stayed several months at a place called Dewar, which he said was

haunted by the ghost of a piper; that piper had been murdered there many

years before, in a manner somewhat mysterious, or at least

unaccountable; and there was scarcely a night on which he was not

supposed either to be seen or heard about the house. Duncan slept in the

cowhouse, and was terribly harassed by the piper; he often heard him

scratching about the rafters, and sometimes he would groan like a man

dying, or a cow that was choked in the band; but at length he saw him at

his side one night, which so discomposed him, that he was obliged to

leave the place, after being ill for many days. I shall give this story

in Duncan’s own words, which I have often heard him repeat without any

variation.

“I had been driving some young cattle to the heights of Willenslee—it

grew late before I got home—I was thinking, and thinking, how cruel it

was to kill the poor piper! to cut out his tongue, and stab him in the

back. I thought it was no wonder that his ghost took it extremely ill;

when, all on a sudden, I perceived a light before me;—I thought the wand

in my hand was all on fire, and threw it away, but I perceived the light

glide slowly by my right foot, and burn behind me;—I was nothing afraid,

and turned about to look at the light, and there I saw the piper, who

was standing hard at my back, and when I turned round, he looked me in

the face.”

“What was he like, Duncan?” “He was like a dead body! but I got a short

view of him; for that moment all around me grew dark as a pit!—I tried

to run, but sank powerless to the earth, and lay in a kind of dream, I

do not know how long. When I came to myself, I got up, and endeavoured

to run, but fell to the ground every two steps. I was not a hundred

yards from the house, and I am sure I fell upwards of a hundred times.

Next day I was in a high fever; the servants made me a little bed in the

kitchen, to which I was confined by illness many days, during which time

I suffered the most dreadful agonies by night, always imagining the

piper to be standing over me on the one side or the other. As soon as I

was able to walk, I left Dewar, and for a long time durst neither sleep

alone during the night, nor stay by myself in the daytime.”

The superstitious ideas impressed upon Duncan’s mind by this unfortunate

encounter with the ghost of the piper, seem never to have been

eradicated—a strong instance of the power of early impressions, and a

warning how much caution is necessary in modelling the conceptions of

the young and tender mind, for, of all men I ever knew, he is the most

afraid of meeting with apparitions. So deeply is his imagination tainted

with this startling illusion, that even the calm disquisitions of reason

have proved quite inadequate to the task of dispelling it. Whenever it

wears late, he is always on the look-out for these ideal beings, keeping

a jealous eye upon every bush and brake, in case they should be lurking

behind them, ready to fly out and surprise him every moment; and the

approach of a person in the dark, or any sudden noise, always deprives

him of the power of speech for some time.

After leaving Dewar he again wandered about for a few weeks; and it

appears that his youth, beauty, and peculiarly destitute situation,

together with his friendship for his faithful Oscar, had interested the

most part of the country people in his behalf; for he was generally

treated with kindness. He knew his father’s name, and the name of his

house; but as none of the people he visited had ever before heard of

either the one or the other, they gave themselves no trouble about the

matter.

He stayed nearly two years in a place called Cowhaur, until a wretch,

with whom he slept, struck and abused him one day. Duncan, in a rage,

flew to the loft and cut all his Sunday hat, shoes, and coat in pieces;

and, not daring to abide the consequences, decamped that night.

He wandered about for some time longer among the farmers of Tweed and

Yarrow; but this life was now become exceedingly disagreeable to him. He

durst not sleep by himself, and the servants did not always choose to

allow a vagrant boy and his great dog to sleep with them.

It was on a rainy night, at the close of harvest, that Duncan came to my

father’s house. I remember all the circumstances as well as the

transactions of yesterday. The whole of his clothing consisted only of a

black coat, which, having been made for a fullgrown man, hung fairly to

his heels; the hair of his head was rough, curly, and weather-beaten;

but his face was ruddy and beautiful, bespeaking a healthy body and a

sensible, feeling heart. Oscar was still nearly as large as himself, and

the colour of a fox, having a white stripe down his face, with a ring of

the same colour round his neck, and was the most beautiful collie I have

ever seen. My heart was knit to Duncan at the first sight, and I wept

for joy when I saw my parents so kind to him. My mother, in particular,

could scarcely do anything else than converse with Duncan for several

days. I was always of the party, and listened with wonder and

admiration; but often have these adventures been repeated to me. My

parents, who soon seemed to feel the same concern for him as if he had

been their own son, clothed him in blue drugget, and bought him a smart

little Highland bonnet, in which dress he looked so charming that I

would not let them have peace until I got one of the same. Indeed, all

that Duncan said or did was to me a pattern; for I loved him as my own

life. At my own request, which he persuaded me to urge, I was permitted

to be his bedfellow, and many a happy night and day did I spend with

Duncan and Oscar.

As far as I remember, we felt no privation of any kind, and would have

been completely happy if it had not been for the fear of spirits. When

the conversation chanced to turn upon the Piper of Dewar, the Maid of

Plora, or the Pedlar of Thirlestane Mill, often have we lain with the

bed-clothes drawn over our heads till nearly suffocated. We loved the

fairies and the brownies, and even felt a little partiality for the

mermaids, on account of their beauty and charming songs; but we were a

little jealous of the water-kelpies, and always kept aloof from the

frightsome pools. We hated the devil most heartily, although we were not

much afraid of him; but a ghost! oh, dreadful! the names, ghost, spirit,

or apparition, sounded in our ears like the knell of destruction, and

our hearts sank within us, as if pierced by the cold icy shaft of death.

Duncan herded my father’s cows all the summer—so did I: we could not

live asunder. We grew such expert fishers, that the speckled trout, with

all his art, could not elude our machinations; we forced him from his

watery cove, admired the beautiful shades and purple drops that were

painted on his sleek sides, and forthwith added him to our number

without reluctance. We assailed the habitation of the wild bee, and

rifled her of all her accumulated sweets, though not without

encountering the most determined resistance. My father’s meadows

abounded with hives; they were almost in every swath—in every hillock.

When the swarm was large, they would beat us off, day after day. In all

these desperate engagements Oscar came to our assistance, and, provided

that none of the enemy made a lodgment in his lower defiles, he was

always the last combatant of our party on the field. I do not remember

of ever being so much diverted by any scene I ever witnessed, or

laughing as immoderately as I have done at seeing Oscar involved in a

moving cloud of wild bees, wheeling, snapping on all sides, and shaking

his ears incessantly.

The sagacity which this animal possessed is almost incredible, while his

undaunted spirit and generosity would do honour to every servant of our

own species to copy. Twice did he save his master’s life; at one time

when attacked by a furious bull, and at another time when he fell from

behind my father, off a horse in a flooded river. Oscar had just swimmed

across, but instantly plunged in a second time to his master’s rescue.

He first got hold of his bonnet, but that coming off, he quitted it, and

again catching him by the coat, brought him to the side, where my father

reached him. He waked Duncan at a certain hour every morning, and would

frequently turn the cows of his own will, when he observed them wrong.

If Duncan dropped his knife, or any other small article, he would fetch

it along in his mouth; and if sent back for a lost thing, would

infallibly find it. When sixteen years of age, after being unwell for

several days, he died one night below his master’s bed. On the evening

before, when Duncan came in from the plough, he came from his

hiding-place, wagged his tail, licked Duncan’s hand, and returned to his

deathbed. Duncan and I lamented him with unfeigned sorrow, buried him

below the old rowan tree at the back of my father’s garden, placing a

square stone at his head, which was still standing the last time I was

there. With great labour, we composed an epitaph between us, which was

once carved on that stone; the metre was good, but the stone was so

hard, and the engraving so faint, that the characters, like those of our

early joys, are long ago defaced and extinct.

Often have I heard my mother relate with enthusiasm the manner in which

she and my father first discovered the dawnings of goodness and facility

of conception in Duncan’s mind, though, I confess, dearly as I loved

him, these circumstances escaped my observation. It was my father’s

invariable custom to pray with the family every night before they

retired to rest, to thank the Almighty for his kindness to them during

the bygone day, and to beg His protection through the dark and silent

watches of the night. I need not inform any of my readers that that

amiable (and now too much neglected and despised) duty consisted in

singing a few stanzas of a psalm, in which all the family joined their

voices with my father’s, so that the double octaves of the various ages

and sexes swelled the simple concert. He then read a chapter from the

Bible, going straight on from beginning to end of the Scriptures. The

prayer concluded the devotions of each evening, in which the downfall of

antichrist was always strenuously urged, the ministers of the gospel

remembered, nor was any friend or neighbour in distress forgot.

The servants of a family have, in general, liberty either to wait the

evening prayers, or retire to bed as they incline, but no consideration

whatever could induce Duncan to go one night to rest without the

prayers, even though both wet and weary, and entreated by my parents to

retire, for fear of catching cold. It seems that I had been of a more

complaisant disposition; for I was never very hard to prevail with in

this respect; nay, my mother used to say, that I was extremely apt to

take a pain about my heart at that time of the night, and was, of

course, frequently obliged to betake me to bed before the worship

commenced.

It might be owing to this that Duncan’s emotions on these occasions

escaped my notice. He sung a treble to the old church tunes most

sweetly, for he had a melodious voice; and when my father read the

chapter, if it was in any of the historical parts of Scripture, he would

lean upon the table, and look him in the face, swallowing every sentence

with the utmost avidity. At one time, as my father read the 45th chapter

of Genesis, he wept so bitterly, that at the end my father paused, and

asked what ailed him? Duncan told him that he did not know. At another

time, the year following, my father, in the course of his evening

devotions, had reached the 19th chapter of the book of Judges; when he

began reading it, Duncan was seated on the other side of the house, but

ere it was half done, he had stolen up close to my father’s elbow.

“Consider of it, take advice, and speak your minds,” said my father, and

closed the book. “Go on, go on, if you please, Sir,” said Duncan—“go on,

and let’s hear what they said about it.” My father looked sternly in

Duncan’s face, but seeing him abashed on account of his hasty breach of

decency, without uttering a word, he again opened the Bible, and read

the 20th chapter throughout, notwithstanding of its great length. Next

day Duncan was walking about with the Bible below his arm, begging of

every one to read it to him again and again. This incident produced a

conversation between my parents, on the expenses and utility of

education; the consequence of which was, that the week following, Duncan

and I were sent to the parish school, and began at the same instant to

the study of that most important and fundamental branch of literature,

the A, B, C; but my sister Mary, who was older than I, was already an

accurate and elegant reader.

This reminds me of another anecdote of Duncan, with regard to family

worship, which I have often heard related, and which I myself may well

remember. My father happening to be absent over night at a fair, when

the usual time of worship arrived, my mother desired a lad, one of the

servants, to act as chaplain for that night; the lad declined it, and

slunk away to his bed. My mother testified her regret that we should all

be obliged to go prayerless to our beds for that night, observing, that

she did not remember the time when it had so happened before. Duncan

said he thought we might contrive to manage it amongst us, and instantly

proposed to sing the psalm and pray, if Mary would read the chapter. To

this my mother, with some hesitation, agreed, remarking, that if he

prayed as he could, with a pure heart, his prayer had as good a chance

of being accepted as some others that were “better worded.” Duncan could

not then read, but having learned several psalms from Mary by rote, he

caused her to seek out the place, and sung the 23d Psalm from end to end

with great sweetness and decency. Mary read a chapter in the New

Testament, and then (my mother having a child on her knee) we three

kneeled in a row, while Duncan prayed thus:—“O Lord, be Thou our God,

our guide, and our guard unto death, and through death,”—that was a

sentence my father often used in prayer; Duncan had laid hold of it, and

my mother began to think that he had often prayed previous to that time.

“O Lord, Thou”—continued Duncan; but his matter was exhausted; a long

pause ensued, which I at length broke by bursting into a loud fit of

laughter. Duncan rose hastily, and without once lifting up his head,

went crying to his bed; and as I continued to indulge in laughter, my

mother, for my irreverent behaviour, struck me across the shoulders with

the tongs. Our evening devotions terminated exceedingly ill; I went

crying to my bed after Duncan, even louder than he, and abusing him for

his “useless prayer,” for which I had been nearly felled.

By the time that we were recalled from school to herd the cows, next

summer, we could both read the Bible with considerable facility, but

Duncan far excelled me in perspicacity; and so fond was he of reading

Bible history that the reading of it was now our constant amusement.

Often have Mary and he and I lain under the same plaid by the side of

the corn or meadow, and read chapter about in the Bible for hours

together, weeping over the failings and fall of good men, and wondering

at the inconceivable might of the heroes of antiquity. Never was man so

delighted as Duncan was when he came to the history of Samson, and

afterwards of David and Goliath; he could not be satisfied until he had

read it to every individual with whom he was acquainted, judging it to

be as new and as interesting to every one as it was to himself. I have

seen him standing by the girls as they were milking the cows, reading to

them the feats of Samson; and, in short, harassing every man and woman

about the hamlet for audience. On Sundays, my parents accompanied us to

the fields, and joined in our delightful exercise.

Time passed away, and so also did our youthful delights; but other cares

and other pleasures awaited us. As we advanced in years and strength, we

quitted the herding, and bore a hand in the labours of the farm. Mary,

too, was often our assistant. She and Duncan were nearly of an age; he

was tall, comely, and affable; and if Mary was not the prettiest girl in

the parish, at least Duncan and I believed her to be so, which, with us,

amounted to the same thing. We often compared the other girls in the

parish with one another, as to their beauty and accomplishments, but to

think of comparing any of them with Mary was entirely out of the

question. She was, indeed, the emblem of truth, simplicity, and

innocence, and if there were few more beautiful, there were still fewer

so good and amiable; but still, as she advanced in years, she grew

fonder and fonder of being near Duncan; and by the time she was

nineteen, was so deeply in love that it affected her manner, her

spirits, and her health. At one time she was gay and frisky as a kitten;

she would dance, sing, and laugh violently at the most trivial

incidents. At other times she was silent and sad, while a languishing

softness overspread her features, and added greatly to her charms. The

passion was undoubtedly mutual between them; but Duncan, either from a

sense of honour, or some other cause, never declared himself farther on

the subject than by the most respectful attention and tender

assiduities. Hope and fear thus alternately swayed the heart of poor

Mary, and produced in her deportment that variety of affections which

could not fail of rendering the sentiments of her artless bosom legible

to the eye of experience.

In this state matters stood, when an incident occurred which deranged

our happiness at once, and the time arrived when the kindest and most

affectionate little social band of friends that ever panted to meet the

wishes of each other were obliged to part.

About forty years ago, the flocks of southern sheep, which have since

that period inundated the Highlands, had not found their way over the

Grampian Mountains; and the native flocks of that sequestered country

were so scanty that it was found necessary to transport small quantities

of wool annually to the north, to furnish materials for clothing the

inhabitants. During two months of each summer, the hill countries of the

Lowlands were inundated by hundreds of women from the Highlands, who

bartered small articles of dress, and of domestic import, for wool;

these were known by the appellation of “norlan’ netties;” and few nights

passed, during the wool season, that some of them were not lodged at my

father’s house. It was from two of these that Duncan learned one day who

and what he was; that he was the Laird of Glenellich’s only son and

heir, and that a large sum had been offered to any person that could

discover him. My parents certainly rejoiced in Duncan’s good fortune,

yet they were disconsolate at parting with him; for he had long ago

become as a son of their own; and I seriously believe, that from the day

they first met, to that on which the two “norlan’ netties” came to our

house, they never once entertained the idea of parting. For my part, I

wished that the “netties” had never been born, or that they had stayed

at their own home; for the thought of being separated from my dear

friend made me sick at heart. All our feelings were, however, nothing

when compared with those of my sister Mary. From the day that the two

women left our house, she was no more seen to smile; she had never yet

divulged the sentiments of her heart to any one, and imagined her love

for Duncan a profound secret,—no,

She never told her love;

But let concealment, like a worm i’ the bud,

Feed on her damask cheek;—she pined in thought;

And, with a green and yellow melancholy,

She sat like patience on a monument,

Smiling at grief.

Our social glee and cheerfulness were now completely clouded; we sat

down to our meals, and rose from them in silence. Of the few

observations that passed, every one seemed the progeny of embarrassment

and discontent, and our general remarks were strained and cold. One day

at dinner-time, after a long and sullen pause, my father said, “I hope

you do not intend to leave us very soon, Duncan?” “I am thinking of

going away to-morrow, sir,” said Duncan. The knife fell from my mother’s

hand; she looked him steadily in the face for the space of a minute.

“Duncan,” said she, her voice faltering, and the tears dropping from her

eyes,—“Duncan, I never durst ask you before, but I hope you will not

leave us altogether?” Duncan thrust the plate from before him into the

middle of the table—took up a book that lay on the window, and looked

over the pages. Mary left the room. No answer was returned, nor any

further inquiry made; and our little party broke up in silence.

When we met again in the evening, we were still all sullen. My mother

tried to speak of indifferent things, but it was apparent that her

thoughts had no share in the words that dropped from her tongue. My

father at last said, “You will soon forget us, Duncan; but there are

some among us who will not soon forget you.” Mary again left the room,

and silence ensued, until the family were called together for evening

worship. There was one sentence in my father’s prayer that night which I

think I yet remember, word for word. It may appear of little importance

to those who are nowise interested, but it affected us deeply, and left

not a dry cheek in the family. It runs thus—“We are an unworthy little

flock Thou seest here kneeling before Thee, our God; but, few as we are,

it is probable we shall never all kneel again together before Thee in

this world. We have long lived together in peace and happiness, and

hoped to have lived so much longer; but since it is Thy will that we

part, enable us to submit to that will with firmness; and though Thou

scatter us to the four winds of heaven, may Thy almighty arm still be

about us for good, and grant that we may all meet hereafter in another

and a better world.”

The next morning, after a restless night, Duncan rose early, put on his

best suit, and packed up some little articles to carry with him. I lay

panting and trembling, but pretended to be fast asleep. When he was

ready to depart, he took his bundle below his arm, came up to the side

of the bed, and listened if I was sleeping. He then stood long

hesitating, looking wistfully to the door, and then to me, alternately;

and I saw him three or four times wipe his eyes. At length he shook me

gently by the shoulder, and asked if I was awake. I feigned to start,

and answered as if half asleep.

“I must bid you farewell,” said he, groping to get hold of my hand.

“Will you not breakfast with us, Duncan?” said I.

“No,” said he, “I am thinking that it is best to steal away, for it

would break my heart to take leave of your parents, and—”

“Who, Duncan?” said I.

“And you,” said he.

“Indeed, but it is not best, Duncan,” said I; “we will all breakfast

together for the last time, and then take a formal and kind leave of

each other.”

We did breakfast together, and as the conversation turned on former

days, it became highly interesting to us all. When my father had

returned thanks to Heaven for our meal, we knew what was coming, and

began to look at each other. Duncan rose, and after we had all loaded

him with our blessings and warmest wishes, he embraced my parents and

me. He turned about. His eyes said plainly, “There is somebody still

wanting,” but his heart was so full, he could not speak.

“What is become of Mary?” said my father. Mary was gone. We searched the

house, the garden, and the houses of all the cottagers, but she was

nowhere to be found. Poor lovelorn, forsaken Mary! She had hid herself

in the ancient yew that grows in front of the old ruin, that she might

see her lover depart, without herself being seen, and might indulge in

all the luxury of woe. Poor Mary! how often have I heard her sigh, and

seen her eyes red with weeping, while the smile that played on her

languid features, when aught was mentioned in Duncan’s commendation,

would have melted a heart of adamant.

I must pass over Duncan’s journey to the north Highlands; but on the

evening of the sixth day after leaving my father’s house, he reached the

mansion-house of Glenellich, which stands in a little beautiful woody

strath, commanding a view of part of the Hebrides; every avenue, tree,

and rock was yet familiar to Duncan’s recollection; and the feelings of

his sensible heart, on approaching the abode of his father, whom he had

long scarcely thought of, can only be conceived by a heart like his own.

He had, without discovering himself, learned from a peasant that his

father was still alive, but that he had never overcome the loss of his

son, for whom he lamented every day; that his wife and daughter lorded

it over him, holding his pleasure at naught, and rendered his age

extremely unhappy; that they had expelled all his old farmers and

vassals, and introduced the lady’s vulgar, presumptuous relations, who

neither paid him rents, honour, nor obedience.

Old Glenellich was taking his evening walk on the road by which Duncan

descended the strath to his dwelling. He was pondering on his own

misfortunes, and did not even deign to lift his eyes as the young

stranger approached, but seemed counting the number of marks which the

horses’ hoofs had made on the way.

“Good e’en to you, sir,” said Duncan. The old man started and stared him

in the face, but with a look so unsteady and harassed, that he seemed

incapable of distinguishing any lineament or feature of it.

“Good e’en, good e’en,” said he, wiping his brow with his arm, and

passing by.

What there was in the voice that struck him so forcibly it is hard to

say. Nature is powerful. Duncan could not think of aught to detain him;

and being desirous of seeing how matters went on about the house,

thought it best to remain some days _incog._ He went into the

fore-kitchen, conversed freely with the servants, and soon saw his

step-mother and sister appear. The former had all the insolence and

ignorant pride of vulgarity raised to wealth and eminence; the other

seemed naturally of an amiable disposition, but was entirely ruled by

her mother, who taught her to disdain her father, all his relations, and

whomsoever he loved. On that same evening he came into the kitchen,

where she then was chatting with Duncan, to whom she seemed attached at

first sight.

“Lexy, my dear,” said he, “did you see my spectacles?”

“Yes,” said she; “I think I saw them on your nose to-day at breakfast.”

“Well, but I have lost them since,” said he.

“You may take up the next you find then, sir,” said she.

The servants laughed.

“I might well have known what information I would get of you,” said he,

regretfully.

“How can you speak in such a style to your father, my dear lady?” said

Duncan. “If I were he I would place you where you should learn better

manners. It ill becomes so pretty a young lady to address an old father

thus.”

“He!” said she, “who minds him? He’s a dotard, an old whining,

complaining, superannuated being, worse than a child.”

“But consider his years,” said Duncan; “and, besides, he may have met

with crosses and losses sufficient to sour the temper of a younger man.

You should at all events pity and reverence, but never despise, your

father.”

The old lady now joined them.

“You have yet heard nothing, young man,” said the old laird; “if you saw

how my heart is sometimes wrung. Yes, I have had losses indeed.”

“You losses!” said his spouse; “no; you have never had any losses that

did not in the end turn out a vast profit.”

“Do you then account the loss of a loving wife and a son nothing?” said

he.

“But have you not got a loving wife and a daughter in their room?”

returned she. “The one will not waste your fortune as a prodigal son

would have done, and the other will take care of both you and that, when

you can no longer do either. The loss of your son, indeed! It was the

greatest blessing you could have received!”

“Unfeeling woman,” said he; “but Heaven may yet restore that son to

protect the grey hairs of his old father, and lay his head in an

honoured grave.”

The old man’s spirits were quite gone; he cried like a child; his lady

mimicked him, and at this his daughter and servants raised a laugh.

“Inhuman wretches!” said Duncan, starting up and pushing them aside,

“thus to mock the feelings of an old man, even although he were not the

lord and master of you all. But, take notice, the individual among you

all that dares to offer such another insult to him, I’ll roast on that

fire.”

The old man clung to Duncan, and looked him ruefully in the face.

“You impudent, beggarly vagabond!” said the lady, “do you know to whom

you speak? Servants, turn that wretch out of the house, and hunt him

with all the dogs in the kennel.”

“Softly, softly, good lady,” said Duncan, “take care that I do not turn

you out of the house.”

“Alas, good youth!” said the old laird; “you little know what you are

about; for mercy’s sake, forbear. You are brewing vengeance both for

yourself and me.”

“Fear not,” said Duncan, “I will protect you with my life.”

“Pray, may I ask you what is your name?” said the old man, still looking

earnestly at him.

“That you may,” replied Duncan; “no man has so good a right to ask

anything of me as you have—I am Duncan Campbell, your own son.”

“M-m-m-my son!” exclaimed the old man, and sunk back on a seat with a

convulsive moan.

Duncan held him in his arms; he soon recovered, and asked many

incoherent questions; looked at the two moles on his right leg, kissed

him, and then wept on his bosom for joy.

“O God of heaven!” said he, “it is long since I could thank Thee

heartily for anything; now, I do thank Thee, indeed, for I have found my

son! my dear and only son!”

Contrary to what might have been expected, Duncan’s pretty, only sister,

Alexia, rejoiced most of all in his discovery. She was almost wild with

joy at finding such a brother. The old lady, her mother, was said to

have wept bitterly in private, but knowing that Duncan would be her

master, she behaved to him with civility and respect. Everything was

committed to his management, and he soon discovered that, besides a good

clear estate, his father had personal funds to a great amount. The halls

and cottages of Glenellich were filled with feasting, joy, and gladness.

It was not so at my father’s house. Misfortunes seldom come singly.

Scarcely had our feelings overcome the shock which they received by the

loss of our beloved Duncan, when a more terrible misfortune overtook us.

My father, by the monstrous ingratitude of a friend whom he trusted,

lost at once the greater part of his hard-earned fortune. The blow came

unexpectedly, and distracted his personal affairs to such a degree that

an arrangement seemed almost totally impracticable. He struggled on with

securities for several months; but perceiving that he was drawing his

real friends into danger by their signing of bonds which he might never

be able to redeem, he lost heart entirely, and yielded to the torrent.

Mary’s mind seemed to gain fresh energy every day. The activity and

diligence which she evinced in managing the affairs of the farm, and

even in giving advice with regard to other matters, is quite incredible.

Often have I thought what a treasure that inestimable girl would have

been to an industrious man whom she loved. All our efforts availed

nothing; my father received letters of horning on bills to a large

amount, and we expected every day that he would be taken from us and

dragged to a prison.

We were all sitting in our little room one day, consulting what was best

to be done. We could decide upon nothing, for our case was desperate; we

were fallen into a kind of stupor, but the window being up, a sight

appeared that quickly thrilled every heart with the keenest sensations

of anguish. Two men came riding sharply up by the back of the old

school-house.

“Yonder are the officers of justice now,” said my mother; “what shall we

do?”

We hurried to the window, and all of us soon discerned that they were no

other than some attorney, accompanied by a sheriff’s officer. My mother

entreated of my father to escape and hide himself until this first storm

was overblown, but he would in no wise consent, assuring us that he had

done nothing of which he was ashamed, and that he was determined to meet

every one face to face, and let them do their worst; so, finding all our

entreaties vain, we could do nothing but sit down and weep. At length we

heard the noise of their horses at the door.

“You had better take the men’s horses, James,” said my father, “as there

is no other man at hand.”

“We will stay till they rap, if you please,” said I.

The cautious officer did not, however, rap, but, afraid lest his debtor

should make his escape, he jumped lightly from his horse, and hasted

into the house. When we heard him open the outer door, and his footsteps

approaching along the entry, our hearts fainted within us. He opened the

door and stepped into the room—it was Duncan! our own dearly beloved

Duncan. The women uttered an involuntary scream of surprise, but my

father ran and got hold of one hand, and I of the other; my mother, too,

soon had him in her arms; but our embrace was short, for his eyes fixed

on Mary, who stood trembling with joy and wonder in a corner of the

room, changing her colour every moment. He snatched her up in his arms

and kissed her lips, and ere ever she was aware, her arms had encircled

his neck.

“O my dear Mary,” said he, “my heart has been ill at ease since I left

you, but I durst not then tell you a word of my mind, for I little knew

how I was to find affairs in the place where I was going; but ah! you

little illusive rogue, you owe me another for the one you cheated me out

of then;” so saying, he pressed his lips again to her cheek, and then

led her to a seat.

Duncan then recounted all his adventures to us, with every circumstance

of his good fortune. Our hearts were uplifted almost past bearing; all

our cares and sorrows were now forgotten, and we were once more the

happiest little group that ever perhaps sat together. Before the cloth

was laid for dinner, Mary ran out to put on her white gown, and comb her

yellow hair, but was surprised at meeting with a smart young gentleman

in the kitchen with a scarlet neck on his coat and a gold-laced hat.

Mary, having never seen so fine a gentleman, made him a low courtesy,

and offered to conduct him to the room; but he smiled, and told her he

was the squire’s servant. We had all of us forgot to ask for the

gentleman that came with Duncan.

Duncan and Mary walked for two hours in the garden that evening. We did

not know what passed between them, but the next day he asked her in

marriage of my parents, and never shall I forget the supreme happiness

and gratitude that beamed in every face on that happy occasion. I need

not tell my readers that my father’s affairs were soon retrieved, or

that I accompanied my dear Mary a bride to the Highlands, and had the

satisfaction of saluting her as Mrs Campbell and Lady of Glenellich.

THE LILY OF LIDDISDALE.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

The country all around rang with the beauty of Amy Gordon; and, although

it was not known who first bestowed upon her the appellation, yet now

she bore no other than the Lily of Liddisdale. She was the only child of

a shepherd, and herself a shepherdess. Never had she been out of the

valley in which she was born; but many had come from the neighbouring

districts just to look upon her as she rested with her flock on the

hill-side, as she issued smiling from her father’s door, or sat in her

serener loveliness in the kirk on Sabbath-day. Sometimes there are

living beings in nature as beautiful as in romance; reality surpasses

imagination; and we see breathing, brightening, and moving before our

eyes, sights dearer to our hearts than any we ever beheld in the land of

sleep.

It was thus that all felt who looked on the Lily of Liddisdale. She had

grown up under the dews, and breath, and light of heaven, among the

solitary hills; and now that she had attained to perfect womanhood,

nature rejoiced in the beauty that gladdened the stillness of these

undisturbed glens. Why should this one maiden have been created lovelier

than all others? In what did her surpassing loveliness consist? None

could tell; for had the most imaginative poet described this maiden,

something that floated around her, an air of felt but unspeakable grace

and lustre, would have been wanting in his picture. Her face was pale,

yet tinged with such a faint and leaf-like crimson, that though she well

deserved the name of the Lily, yet was she at times also like unto the

Rose. When asleep, or in silent thought, she was like the fairest of all

the lilied brood; but, when gliding along the braes, or singing her

songs by the river-side, she might well remind one of that other

brighter and more dazzling flower. Amy Gordon knew that she was

beautiful. She knew it from the eyes that in delight met hers, from the

tones of so many gentle voices, from words of affection from the old,

and love from the young, from the sudden smile that met her when, in the

morning, she tied up at the little mirror her long raven hair, and from

the face and figure that looked up to her when she stooped to dip her

pitcher in the clear mountain-well. True that she was of lowly birth,

and that her manners were formed in a shepherd’s hut, and among

shepherdesses on the hill. But one week passed in the halls of the

highly-born would have sufficed to hide the little graceful symptoms of

her humble lineage, and to equal her in elegance with those whom in

beauty she had far excelled. The sun and the rain had indeed touched her

hands, but nature had shaped them delicate and small. Light were her

footsteps upon the verdant turf, and through the birchwood glades and

down the rocky dells she glided or bounded along, with a beauty that

seemed at once native and alien there, like some creature of another

clime that still had kindred with this—an Oriental antelope among the

roes of a Scottish forest.

Amy Gordon had reached her nineteenth summer, and as yet she knew of

love only as she had read of it in old Border songs and ballads. These

ancient ditties were her delight; and her silent soul was filled with

wild and beautiful traditions. In them love seemed, for the most part,

something sad, and, whether prosperous or unhappy, alike terminating in

tears. In them the young maiden was spoken of as dying in her prime, of

fever, consumption, or a pining heart; and her lover, a gallant warrior,

or a peaceful shepherd, killed in battle, or perishing in some midnight

storm. In them, too, were sometimes heard blessed voices whispering

affection beneath the greenwood tree, or among the shattered cliffs

overgrown with light-waving trees in some long, deep, solitary glen. To

Amy Gordon, as she chanted to herself, in the blooming or verdant

desert, all these various traditionary lays, love seemed a kind of

beautiful superstition belonging to the memory of the dead. With such

tales she felt a sad and pleasant sympathy; but it was as with something

far remote—although at times the music of her own voice, as it gave an

affecting expression to feelings embodied in such artless words, touched

a chord within her heart, that dimly told her that heart might one day

have its own peculiar and overwhelming love.

The summer that was now shining had been calm and sunny beyond the

memory of the oldest shepherd. Never had nature seemed so delightful to

Amy’s eyes and to Amy’s heart; and never had she seemed so delightful to

the eyes and the hearts of all who beheld her with her flock. Often

would she wreathe the sprigs of heather round her raven ringlets, till

her dark hair was brightened with a galaxy of richest blossoms. Or

dishevelling her tresses, and letting fall from them that shower of

glowing and balmy pearls, she would bind them up again in simpler

braiding, and fix on the silken folds two or three waterlilies, large,

massy, and whiter than the snow. Necklaces did she wear in her playful

glee, of the purple fruit that feeds the small birds in the moors, and

beautiful was the gentle stain then visible over the blue veins of her

milk-white breast. So were floating by the days of her nineteenth summer

among the hills. The evenings she spent by the side of her greyheaded

father—and the old man was blessed. Her nights passed in a world of

gentle dreams.

But, though Amy Gordon knew not yet what it was to love, she was herself

the object of as deep, true, tender, and passionate love, as ever

swelled and kindled within a human breast. Her own cousin, Walter

Harden, now lived and would have died for her, but had not hitherto

ventured to tell his passion. He was a few years older than her, and had

long loved her with the gentle purity of a brother’s affection. Amy had

no brother of her own, and always called Walter Harden by that endearing

name. That very name of brother had probably so familiarised her heart

towards him, that never had she thought of him, even for a single

moment, in any other light. But, although he too called Amy sister, his

heart burned with other feelings, and he must win her to be his bride,

and possess her as his wife, or die. When she was a mere child he had

led her by the hand—when a fair girl he had in his arms lifted her

across the swollen burns, and over the snow-drifts—now that she was a

woman he had looked on her in silence, but with a soul overcharged with

a thousand thoughts, hopes, and desires, which he feared to speak of to

her ear; for he knew, and saw, and felt, in sorrow, that she loved him

but as a brother. He knew, however, that she loved none else; and in

that—and that alone—was his hope,—so he at last determined to woo the

Lily of Liddisdale, and win her, in her beauty and fragrance, to bloom

within his house.

The Lily was sitting alone in a deep hollow among the hills, with her

sheep and lambs pasturing or playing around her, while over that little

secluded circle a single hawk was hanging far up in the sky. She was

glad, but not surprised, to see her brother standing beside her; and

when he sat down by her side, and took her hand into his, she looked

upon him with a gentle smile, and asked if he was going upon business

further on among the hills. Walter Harden instantly poured forth, in a

torrent, the passion of his soul, beseeched her not to shut up her sweet

bosom against him, but to promise to become, before summer was over, his

wedded wife. He spoke with fervour but trepidation; kissed her cheek;

and then awaited, with a fast-throbbing and palpitating heart, his Amy’s

reply.

There was no guile, no art, no hypocrisy in the pure and happy heart of

the Lily of Liddisdale. She took not away her hand from that of him who

pressed it; she rose not up from the turf, although her gentle side just

touched his heart; she turned not away her face so beautiful, nor

changed the silvery sweetness of her speech. Walter Harden was such a

man as in a war of freemen, defending their mountains against a tyrant,

would have advanced his plume in every scene of danger, and have been

chosen a leader among his pastoral compeers. Amy turned her large

beaming hazel eyes upon his face, and saw that it was overshadowed.

There was something in its expression too sad and solemn, mingling with

the flush of hope and passion, to suffer her, with playful or careless

words, to turn away from herself the meaning of what she had heard. Her

lover saw in her kind but unagitated silence, that to him she was but a

sister; and, rising to go, he said, “Blessed be thou all the days of thy

life; farewell, my sweet Amy, farewell!”

But they did not thus part. They walked together on the lonely

hill-side, down the banks of the little wimpling burn, and then out of

one small glen into another, and their talk was affectionate and kind.

Amy heard him speak of feelings to her unknown, and almost wondered that

she could be so dear to him, so necessary to his life, as he

passionately vowed. Nor could such vows be unpleasant to her ear,

uttered by that manly voice, and enforced by the silent speech of those

bold but gentle eyes. She concealed nothing from him, but frankly

confessed, that hitherto she had looked upon him even as her own

father’s son. “Let us be happy, Walter, as we have been so long. I

cannot marry you—oh—no—no; but since you say it would kill you if I

married another, then I swear to you by all that is sacred—yes, by the

Bible on which we have often read together, and by yonder sun setting

over the Windhead, that you never will see that day.” Walter Harden was

satisfied; he spoke of love and marriage no more; and in the sweet,

fresh, airless, and dewy quiet of evening, they walked together down

into the inhabited vale, and parted, almost like brother and sister, as

they had been used to do for so many happy years.

Soon after this, Amy was sent by her father to the Priory, the ancient

seat of the Elliots, with some wicker-baskets which they had made for

the young ladies there. A small plantation of willows was in the corner

of the meadow in which their cottage stood, and from them the old

shepherd and his daughter formed many little articles of such elegance

and ingenuity, that they did not seem out of place even in the splendid

rooms of the Priory. Amy had slung some of these pieces of rural

workmanship round her waist, while some were hanging on her arms, and

thus she was gliding along a footpath through the old elm-woods that

shelter the Priory, when she met young George Elliot, the heir of that

ancient family, going out with his angle to the river-side. The youth,

who had but a short time before returned from England, where he had been

for several years, knew at the first glance that the fair creature

before him could be no other than the Lily of Liddisdale. With the

utmost gentleness and benignity he called her by that name, and after a

few words of courtesy, he smilingly asked her for one small

flower-basket to keep for her sake. He unloosened one from her graceful

waist, and with that liberty which superior rank justified, but, at the

same time, with that tenderness which an amiable mind prompted, he

kissed her fair forehead, and they parted—she to the Priory, and he down

to the linn at the Cushat-wood.

Never had the boy beheld a creature so perfectly beautiful. The silence

and the songs of morning were upon the dewy woods, when that vision rose

before him; his soul was full of the joy of youth; and when Amy

disappeared, he wondered how he could have parted so soon—in a few

moments—from that bright and beaming Dryad. Smiles had been in her eyes

and round her pearly teeth while they spoke together, and he remembered

the soft and fragrant lock of hair that touched his lips as he gently

kissed her forehead. The beauty of that living creature sank into his

soul along with all the sweet influences of nature now rejoicing in the

full, ripe, rich spirit of summer, and in fancy he saw that Lily

springing up in every glade through which he was now roaming, and when

he had reached the linn, on the bank too of every romantic nook and bay

where the clear waters eddied or slept. “She must recross the bridge on

her way home,” said the enamoured boy to himself; and, fearing that Amy

Gordon might already be returning from the Priory, he clambered up the

face of the shrubby precipice, and, bounding over the large green mossy

stones, and through the entangling briers and brushwood, he soon was at

the bridge, and sat down on a high bank, under a cliff, commanding a

view of the path by which the fair maiden must approach on her homeward

journey.

The heart of the innocent Amy had fluttered, too, as the tall, slim,

graceful stripling had kissed her brow. No rudeness, no insult, no

pride, no haughty freedom had been in his demeanour towards her; but she

felt gladly conscious in her mind, that he had been delighted with her

looks, and would, perhaps, think now and then afterwards, as he walked

through the woods, of the shepherd’s daughter, with whom he had not

disdained to speak. Amy thought, while she half looked back, as he

disappeared among the trees, that he was just such a youth as the old

minstrels sang of in their war or love ballads, and that he was well

worthy some rich and noble bride, whom he might bring to his hall on a

snow-white palfrey with silken reins, and silver bells on its mane. And

she began to recite to herself, as she walked along, one of those old

Border tales.

Amy left her baskets at the Priory, and was near the bridge, on her

return, when she beheld the young heir spring down from the bank before

her, and come forward with a sparkling countenance. “I must have that

sweet tress that hangs over thy sweeter forehead,” said he, with a low

and eager voice; “and I will keep it for the sake of the fairest Flower

that ever bloomed in my father’s woods—even the Lily of Liddisdale.” The

lock was given—for how could it be refused? And the shepherdess saw the

young and high-born heir of the Priory put it into his breast. She

proceeded across the hill, down the long Falcon-glen, and through the

Witch-wood—and still he was by her side. There was a charm in his

speech, and in every word he said, and in his gentle demeanour, that

touched poor Amy’s very heart; and as he gave her assistance, although

all unneeded, over the uneven hollows, and the springs and marshes, she

had neither the courage, nor the wish, nor the power, to request him to

turn back to the Priory. They entered a small quiet green circlet, bare

of trees, in the bosom of a coppicewood; and the youth, taking her hand,

made her sit down on the mossy trunk of a fallen yew, and said—“Amy—my

fair Amy!—before we part, will you sing me one of your old Border songs?

and let it be one of love. Did not the sons of nobles, long ago, often

love the daughters of them that dwelt in huts?”

Amy Gordon sat there an hour with the loving, but honourable boy, and

sang many a plaintive tune, and recited many a romantic story. She

believed every word she uttered, whether of human lovers, or of the

affection of fairies, the silent creatures of the woods and knowes,

towards our race. For herself, she felt a constant wild delight in

fictions, which to her were all as truths; and she was glad and proud to

see how they held in silent attention him at whose request she recited

or sang. But now she sprang to her feet, and, beseeching him to forgive

the freedom she had used in thus venturing to speak so long in such a

presence, but at the same time remembering that a lock of her hair was

near his heart, and perceiving that the little basket she had let him

take was half filled with wild-flowers, the Lily of Liddisdale made a

graceful obeisance, and disappeared. Nor did the youth follow her—they

had sat together for one delightful hour—and he returned by himself to

the Priory.

From this day the trouble of a new delight was in the heart of young

Elliot. The spirit of innocence was blended with that of beauty all over

Amy, the shepherdess; and it was their perfect union that the noble boy

so dearly loved. Yet what could she be to him more than a gleam of

rainbow light—a phantom of the woods—an imagination that passed away

into the silence of the far-off green pastoral hills? She belonged

almost to another world—another life. His dwelling, and that of his

forefathers, was a princely hall. She, and all her nameless line, were

dwellers in turf-built huts. “In other times,” thought he, “I might have

transplanted that Lily into mine own garden; but these are foolish

fancies! Am I in love with poor Amy Gordon, the daughter of a shepherd?”

As these thoughts were passing through his mind, he was bounding along a

ridge of hills, from which many a sweet vale was visible; and he formed

a sudden determination to visit the cottage of Amy’s father, which he

had seen some years ago pointed out when he was with a gay party of

lords and ladies, on a visit to the ruins of Hermitage Castle. He

bounded like a deer along; and as he descended into a little vale, lo!

on a green mound, the Lily of Liddisdale herding her sheep!

Amy was half terrified to see him standing in his graceful beauty before

her in that solitary place. In a moment her soul was disquieted within

her, and she felt that it indeed was love. She wished that she might

sink into that verdant mound, from which she vainly strove to rise, as

the impassioned youth lay down on the turf at her side, and, telling her

to fear nothing, called her by a thousand tender and endearing names.

Never till he had seen Amy had he felt one tremor of love; but now his

heart was kindled, and in that utter solitude, where all was so quiet

and so peaceful, there seemed to him a preternatural charm over all her

character. He burst out into passionate vows and prayers, and called God

to witness, that if she would love him, he would forget all distinction

of rank, and marry his beautiful Amy, and she should live yet in his own

hall. The words were uttered, and there was silence. Their echo sounded

for a moment strange to his own ears; but he fixed his soul upon her

countenance, and repeated them over and over again with wilder emphasis,

and more impassioned utterance. Amy was confounded with fear and

perplexity; but when she saw him kneeling before her, the meek,

innocent, humble girl could not endure the sight, and said, “Sir, behold

in me one willing to be your servant. Yes, willing is poor Amy Gordon to

kiss your feet. I am a poor man’s daughter. Oh, sir! you surely came not

hither for evil? No—no, evil dwells not in such a shape. Away then—away

then, my noble master; for if Walter Harden were to see you!—if my old

father knew this, his heart would break!”

Once more they parted. Amy returned home in the evening at the usual

hour; but there was no peace now for her soul. Such intense and

passionate love had been vowed to her—such winning and delightful

expressions whispered into her heart by one so far above her in all

things, but who felt no degradation in equalling her to him in the

warmth and depth of his affection, that she sometimes strove to think it

all but one of her wild dreams awakened by some verse or incident in

some old ballad. But she had felt his kisses on her cheek; his thrilling

voice was in her soul; and she was oppressed with a passion, pure, it is

true, and most innocently humble, but a passion that seemed to be like

life itself, never to be overcome, and that could cease only when the

heart he had deluded—for what else than delusion could it be?—ceased to

beat. Thus agitated, she had directed her way homewards with hurried and

heedless steps. She minded not the miry pits—the quivering marshes—and

the wet rushy moors. Instead of crossing the little sinuous moorland

streams at their narrow places, where her light feet used to bound

across them, she waded through them in her feverish anxiety, and

sometimes, after hurrying along the braes, she sat suddenly down,

breathless, weak, and exhausted, and retraced in weeping bewilderment

all the scene of fear, joy, endearments, caresses, and wild persuasions,

from which she had torn herself away, and escaped. On reaching home, she

went to her bed trembling, and shivering, and drowned in tears; and

could scarcely dare, much as she needed comfort, even to say her

prayers. Amy was in a high fever; during the night she became delirious;

and her old father sat by her bedside till morning, fearing that he was

going to lose his child.

There was grief over the great strath and all its glens when the rumour

spread over them that Amy Gordon was dying. Her wonderful beauty had but

given a tenderer and brighter character to the love which her unsullied

innocence and simple goodness had universally inspired; and it was felt,

even among the sobbings of a natural affection, that if the Lily of

Liddisdale should die, something would be taken away of which they were

all proud, and from whose lustre there was a diffusion over their own

lives. Many a gentle hand touched the closed door of her cottage, and

many a low voice inquired how God was dealing with her; but where now

was Walter Harden when his Lily was like to fade? He was at her bed’s

foot, as her father was at its head. Was she not his sister, although

she would not be his bride? And when he beheld her glazed eyes wandering

unconsciously in delirium, and felt her blood throbbing so rapidly in

her beautiful transparent veins, he prayed to God that Amy might

recover, even although her heart were never to be his, even although it

were to fly to the bosom of him whose name she constantly kept repeating

in her wandering fantasies. For Amy, although she sometimes kindly

whispered the name of Walter Harden, and asked why her brother came not

to see her on her deathbed, yet far oftener spake beseechingly and

passionately as if to that other youth, and implored him to break not

the heart of a poor simple shepherdess who was willing to kiss his feet.

Neither the father of poor Amy nor Walter Harden had known before that

she had ever seen young George Elliot—but they soon understood, from the

innocent distraction of her speech, that the noble boy had left pure the

Lily he loved, and Walter said that it belonged not to that line ever to

enjure the helpless. Many a pang it gave him, no doubt, to think that

his Amy’s heart, which all his life-long tenderness could not win, had

yielded itself up in tumultuous joy to one—two—three meetings of an

hour, or perhaps only a few minutes, with one removed so high and so far

from her humble life and all its concerns. These were cold, sickening

pangs of humiliation and jealousy, that might, in a less generous

nature, have crushed all love. But it was not so with him; and

cheerfully would Walter Harden have taken the burning fever into his own

veins, so that it could have been removed from hers—cheerfully would he

have laid down his own manly head on that pillow, so that Amy could have

lifted up her long raven tresses, now often miserably dishevelled in her

raving, and, braiding them once more, walk out well and happy into the

sunshine of the beautiful day, rendered more beautiful still by her

presence. Hard would it have been to have resigned her bosom to any

human touch; but hideous seemed it beyond all thought to resign it to

the touch of death. Let heaven but avert that doom, and his affectionate

soul felt that it could be satisfied.

Out of a long deep trance-like sleep Amy at last awoke, and her eyes

fell upon the face of Walter Harden. She regarded long and earnestly its

pitying and solemn expression, then pressed her hand to her forehead and

wept. “Is my father dead and buried—and did he die of grief and shame

for his Amy? Oh! that needed not have been, for I am innocent. Neither,

Walter, have I broken, nor will I ever break, my promise unto thee. I

remember it well—by the Bible—and yon setting sun. But I am weak and

faint. Oh! tell me, Walter! all that has happened! Have I been ill—for

hours—or for days—or weeks—or months? For that I know not,—so wild and

so strange, so sad and so sorrowful, so miserable and so wretched, have

been my many thousand dreams!”

There was no concealment and no disguise. Amy was kindly and tenderly

told by her father and her brother all that she had uttered, as far as

they understood it, during her illness. Nor had the innocent creature

anything more to tell. Her soul was after the fever calm, quiet, and

happy. The form, voice, and shape of that beautiful youth were to her

little more now than the words and the sights of a dream. Sickness and

decay had brought her spirit back to all the humble and tranquil

thoughts and feelings of her lowly life. In the woods, and among the

hills, that bright and noble being had for a time touched her senses,

her heart, her soul, and her imagination. All was new, strange,

stirring, overwhelming, irresistible, and paradise to her spirit. But it

was gone; and might it stay away for ever: so she prayed, as her kind

brother lifted up her head with his gentle hand, and laid it down as

gently on the pillow he had smoothed. “Walter! I will be your wife! for

thee my affection is calm and deep,—but that other—oh! that was only a

passing dream!” Walter leaned over her, and kissed her pale lips. “Yes!

Walter,” she continued, “I once promised to marry none other, but now I

promise to marry thee; if indeed God will forgive me for such words,

lying as I am, perhaps, on my deathbed. I utter them to make you happy.

If I live, life will be dear to me only for thy sake; if I die, walk

thou along with my father at the coffin’s head, and lay thine Amy in the

mould. I am the Lily of Liddisdale,—you know that was once the vain

creature’s name!—and white, pale, and withered enough indeed is, I trow,

the poor Lily now!”

Walter Harden heard her affectionate words with a deep delight, but he

determined in his soul not to bind Amy down to these promises, sacred

and fervent as they were, if, on her complete recovery, he discovered

that they originated in gratitude, and not in love. From pure and

disinterested devotion of spirit did he watch the progress of her

recovery, nor did he ever allude to young Elliot but in terms of respect

and admiration. Amy had expressed her surprise that he had never come to

inquire how she was during her illness, and added with a sigh, “Love at

first sight cannot be thought to last long. Yet surely he would have

wept to hear that I was dead.” Walter then told her that he had been

hurried away to France the very day after she had seen him, to attend

the deathbed of his father, and had not yet returned to Scotland; but

that the ladies of the Priory had sent a messenger to know how she was

every day, and that to their kindness were owing many of the

conveniences she had enjoyed. Poor Amy was glad to hear that she had no

reason to think the noble boy would have neglected her in her illness;

and she could not but look with pride upon her lover, who was not afraid

to vindicate the character of one who, she had confessed, had been but

too dear to her only a few weeks ago. This generosity and manly

confidence on the part of her cousin quite won and subdued her heart,

and Walter Harden never approached her now without awakening in her

bosom something of that delightful agitation and troubled joy which her

simple heart had first suffered in the presence of her young, noble

lover. Amy was in love with Walter almost as much as he was with her,

and the names of brother and sister, pleasant as they had ever been,

were now laid aside.

Amy Gordon rose from her sickbed, and even as the flower whose name she

bore, did she again lift up her drooping head beneath the dews and the

sunshine. Again did she go to the hillside, and sit and sing beside her

flock. But Walter Harden was oftener with her than before, and ere the

harvest moon should hang her mild, clear, unhaloed orb over the late

reapers on the upland grain-fields, had Amy promised that she would

become his wife. She saw him now in his own natural light—the best, the

most intelligent, the most industrious, and the handsomest shepherd over

all the hills; and when it was known that there was to be a marriage

between Walter Harden and Amy Gordon, none felt surprised, although

some, sighing, said it was seldom, indeed, that fortune so allowed those

to wed whom nature had united.

The Lily of Liddisdale was now bright and beautiful as ever, and was

returning homewards by herself from the far-off hills during one rich

golden sunset, when, in a dark hollow, she heard the sound of horses’

feet, and in an instant young George Elliot was at her side. Amy’s dream

was over—and she looked on the beautiful youth with an unquaking heart.

“I have been far away, Amy,—across the seas. My father—you may have

heard of it—was ill, and I attended his bed. I loved him, Amy—I loved my

father—but he is dead!” and here the noble youth’s tears fell fast.

“Nothing now but the world’s laugh prevents me making you my wife—yes,

my wife, sweetest Lily; and what care I for the world? for thou art both

earth and heaven to me.

The impetuous, ardent, and impassioned boy scarcely looked in Amy’s

face; he remembered her confusion, her fears, her sighs, her tears, his

half-permitted kisses, his faintly repelled embraces, and all his

suffered endearments of brow, lip, and cheek, in that solitary dell; so

with a powerful arm he lifted her upon another steed, which, till now,

she had scarcely observed; other horsemen seemed to the frightened, and

speechless, and motionless maiden to be near; and away they went over

the smooth turf like the wind, till her eyes were blind with the rapid

flight, and her head dizzy. She heard kind words whispering in her ear;

but Amy, since that fever, had never been so strong as before, and her

high-blooded palfrey was now carrying her fleetly away over hill and

hollow in a swoon.

At last she seemed to be falling down from a height, but softly, as if

borne on the wings of the air; and as her feet touched the ground, she

knew that young Elliot had taken her from that fleet courser, and,

looking up, she saw that she was in a wood of old shadowy trees of

gigantic size, perfectly still, and far away from all known dwellings

both on hill and plain. But a cottage was before her, and she and young

Elliot were on the green in its front. It was thickly covered with

honeysuckle and moss-roses that hung their beautiful full-blown shining

lamps high as the thatched roof; and Amy’s soul sickened at the still,

secluded, lovely, and lonely sight. “This shall be our bridal abode,”

whispered her lover into her ear, with panting breath. “Fear me

not—distrust me not; I am not base, but my love to thee is tender and

true. Soon shall we be married—ay, this very evening must thou be mine;

and may the hand that now clasps thy sweet waist wither, and the tongue

that woos thee be palsied, if ever I cease to love thee as my Amy—my

Lily—my wedded wife!”

The wearied and half-fainting maiden could as yet make no reply. The

dream that she had believed was gone for ever now brightened upon her in

the intense light of reality, and it was in her power to become the wife

of him for whom she had, in the innocence and simplicity of her nature,

once felt a consuming passion that had brought her to the brink of the

grave. His warm breath was on her bosom; words charged with bewitching

persuasion went thrilling through her heartstrings; and if she had any

pride (and what human heart has it not?) it might well mingle now with

love, and impel her into the embrace that was now open to clasp her

close to a burning heart.

A stately and beautiful lady came smiling from the cottage door, and Amy

knew that it was the sister of Elliot, and kneeled down before her. Last

time the shepherdess had seen that lady, it was when, with a fearful

step, she took her baskets into the hall, and blushing, scarcely lifted

up her eyes, when she and her high-born sisters deigned to commend her

workmanship, and whisper to each other that the Lily of Liddisdale

deserved her name. “Amy,” said she, with a gentle voice, as she took her

hand, “Amy Gordon! my brother loves you; and he has won me to

acknowledge you as my sister. I can deny my brother nothing; and his

grief has brought low the pride—perhaps the foolish pride—of my heart.

Will you marry him, Amy? Will you, the daughter of a poor shepherd,

marry the young heir of the Priory, and the descendant, Amy, of a noble

race? Amy, I see that thou art beautiful; I know that thou art good; may

God and my mother forgive me this, but my sister must thou be; behold my

brother is at his shepherdess’s feet!”

Amy Gordon had now nothing to fear. That sweet, young, pure, noble lady

was her friend; and she felt persuaded now that in good truth young

Elliot wished to make her his wife. Might she indeed live the Lady of

the Priory—be a sister to these beautiful creatures—dwell among those

ancient woods, and all those spacious lawns and richest gardens; and

might she be, not in a dream, but in living reality, the wife of him on

whose bosom her heart had died with joy in that lonely dell, and love

him and yield him her love even unto the very hour till she was dead?

Such changes of estate had been long ago, and sung of in many a ballad;

and was she to be the one maiden of millions, the one born in hundreds

of years, to whom this blessed lot was to befall? But these thoughts

passed on and away like sun-rays upon a stream; the cloud, not a dark

one, of reality returned over her. She thought of Walter Harden, and in

an instant her soul was fixed; nor from that instant could it be shaken

by terror or by love, by the countenance of death, or the countenance,

far more powerful than of death—that of the youth before her, pale and

flushed alternately with the fluctuations of many passions.

Amy felt in her soul the collected voice, as it were, of many happy and

humble years among her hills, and that told her not to forsake her own

natural life. The flower that lived happily and beautifully in its own

secluded nook, by the side of the lonely tarn or torrent, might lose

much both of its fragrance and its lustre, when transplanted into a

richer soil and more sheltered bed. Could she forget for ever her

father’s ingle—the earthen floor—its simple furniture of day and night?

Could she forget all the familiar places round about the hut where she

was born? And if she left them all, and was taken up even in the arms of

love into another sphere of life, would not that be the same, or worse

than to forget them, and would it not be sacrilege to the holiness of

the many Sabbath nights on which she had sat at her widowed father’s

knees? Yet might such thoughts have been destroyed in her beating heart

by the whispered music of young Elliot’s eloquent and impassioned voice.

But Walter Harden, though ignorant of her present jeopardy, seemed to

stand before her, and she remembered his face when he sat beside her

dying bed, his prayers over her when he thought she slept, and their

oaths of fidelity mutually sworn before the great God.

“Will you, my noble and honoured master, suffer me, all unworthy as I am

to be yours, to leave your bosom? Sir, I am too miserable about you, to

pretend to feel any offence, because you will not let me go. I might

well be proud of your love, since, indeed, it happens so that you do

love me; but let me kneel down at your beautiful sister’s feet, for to

her I may be able to speak—to you I feel that it may not be, for humble

am I, although unfortunately I have found favour in your eyes.”

The agitated youth released Amy from his arms, and she flung herself

down upon her knees before that lovely lady.

“Lady! hear me speak—a simple uneducated girl of the hills, and tell me

if you would wish to hear me break an oath sworn upon the Bible, and so

to lose my immortal soul? So have I sworn to be the wife of Walter

Harden—the wife of a poor shepherd; and, lady, may I be on the left hand

of God at the great judgment-day, if ever I be forsworn. I love Walter

Harden. Do you counsel me to break his kind, faithful heart? Oh, sir—my

noble young master! how dare a creature such as I speak so freely to

your beautiful sister? how dare I keep my eyes open when you are at your

servant’s feet? Oh, sir, had I been born a lady, I would have lived—died

for you—gone with you all over the world—all over the sea, and all the

islands of the sea. I would have sighed, wept, and pined away, till I

had won your love, for your love would have been a blessed thing—that do

I well know, from the few moments you stooped to let your heart beat

against the bosom of a low-born shepherdess. Even now, dearly as I love

Walter Harden, fain would I lay me down and die upon this daisied green,

and be buried beneath it, rather than that poor Amy Gordon should affect

the soul of her young master thus; for never saw I, and never can I

again see, a youth so beautiful, so winning, so overwhelming to a

maiden’s heart, as he before whom I now implore permission to grovel in

the dust. Send me away—spurn me from you—let me crawl away out of your

presence—I can find my way back to my father’s house.”

It might have been a trying thing to the pride of this high-minded and

high-born youth, to be refused in marriage by the daughter of one of his

poorest shepherds; so would it have been had he loved less; but all

pride was extinguished, and so seemed for ever and ever the light of

this world’s happiness. To plead further he felt was in vain. Her soul

had been given to another, and the seal of an oath set upon it, never to

be broken but by the hand of death. So he lifted her up in his arms,

kissed her madly a hundred times, cheek, brow, neck, and bosom, and then

rushed into the woods. Amy followed him with her streaming eyes, and

then turned again towards the beautiful lady, who was sobbing audibly

for her brother’s sake.

“Oh! weep not, lady! that I, poor Amy Gordon, have refused to become the

wife of your noble brother. The time will come, and soon too, when he

and you, and your fair sisters and your stately mother, will all be

thankful that I yielded not to entreaties that would then have brought

disgrace upon your house! Never—never would your mother have forgiven

you; and as for me, would not she have wished me dead and buried rather

than the bride of her only and darling son? You know that, simple and

innocent as I am, I now speak but the truth; and how, then, could your

noble brother have continued to love me, who had brought dishonour, and

disagreement, and distraction, among those who are now all so dear to

one another? O yes—yes, he would soon have hated poor Amy Gordon, and,

without any blame, perhaps broken my heart, or sent me away from the

Priory back to my father’s hut. Blessed be God, that all this evil has

not been wrought by me! All—all will soon be as before.”

She to whom Amy thus fervently spoke felt that her words were not wholly

without truth. Nor could she help admiring the noble, heroic, and

virtuous conduct of this poor shepherdess, whom all this world’s

temptations would have failed to lure from the right path. Before this

meeting she had thought of Amy as far her inferior indeed, and it was

long before her proper pride had yielded to the love of her brother,

whose passion she feared might otherwise have led to some horrible

catastrophe. Now that he had fled from them in distraction, this terror

again possessed her, and she whispered it to the pale, trembling

shepherdess.

“Follow him—follow him, gentle lady, into the wood; lose not a moment;

call upon him by name, and that sweet voice must bring him back. But

fear not, he is too good to do evil; fear not, receive my blessing, and

let me return to my father’s hut; it is but a few miles, and that

distance is nothing to one who has lived all her life among the hills.

My poor father will think I have died in some solitary place.”

The lady wept to think that she, whom she had been willing to receive as

her sister, should return all by herself so many miles at night to a

lonely hut. But her soul was sick with fear for her brother; so she took

from her shoulders a long rich Indian silk scarf of gorgeous colours,

and throwing it over Amy’s figure, said, “Fair creature and good, keep

this for my sake; and now, farewell!” She gazed on the Lily for a moment

in delighted wonder at her graceful beauty, as she bent on one knee,

enrobed in that unwonted garb, and then, rising up, gathered the flowing

drapery around her, and disappeared.

“God, in His infinite mercy, be praised!” cried Walter Harden, as he and

the old man, who had been seeking Amy for hours all over the hills, saw

the Lily gliding towards them up a little narrow dell, covered from head

to foot with the splendid raiment that shone in a soft shower of

moonlight. Joy and astonishment for a while held them speechless, but

they soon knew all that had happened; and Walter Harden lifted her up in

his arms and carried her home, exhausted now and faint with fatigue and

trepidation, as if she were but a lamb rescued from a snow-wreath.

Next moon was that which the reapers love, and before it had waned Amy

slept in the bosom of her husband, Walter Harden. Years passed on, and

other flowers beside the Lily of Liddisdale were blooming in his house.

One summer evening, when the shepherd, his fair wife, and their children

were sitting together on the green before the door, enjoying probably

the sight and the noise of the imps much more then the murmurs of the

sylvan Liddal, which perhaps they did not hear, a gay cavalcade rode up

to the cottage, and a noble-looking young man, dismounting from his

horse, and gently assisting a beautiful lady to do the same, walked up

to her whom he had known only by a name now almost forgotten, and with a

beaming smile said, “Fair Lily of Liddisdale, this is my wife, the lady

of the Priory; come—it is hard to say which of you should bear off the

bell.” Amy rose from her seat with an air graceful as ever, but

something more matronly than that of Elliot’s younger bride; and while

these two fair creatures beheld each other with mutual admiration, their

husbands stood there equally happy, and equally proud—George Elliot of

the Priory, and Walter Harden of the Glenfoot.

THE UNLUCKY PRESENT.

BY ROBERT CHAMBERS, LL.D.

A Lanarkshire minister (who died within the present century) was one of

those unhappy persons who, to use the words of a well-known Scottish

adage, “can never see any green cheese but their een reels.” He was

_extremely covetous_, and that not only of nice articles of food, but of

many other things which do not generally excite the cupidity of the

human heart. The following story is in corroboration of this assertion.

Being on a visit one day at the house of one of his parishioners, a

poor, lonely widow, living in a moorland part of the parish, Mr L——

became fascinated by the charms of a little cast-iron pot, which

happened at the time to be lying on the hearth, full of potatoes for the

poor woman’s dinner, and that of her children. He had never in his life

seen such a nice little pot. It was a perfect conceit of a thing. It was

a gem. No pot on earth could match it in symmetry. It was an object

altogether perfectly lovely.

“Dear sake! minister,” said the widow, quite overpowered by the reverend

man’s commendations of her pot; “if ye like the pot sae weel as a’ that,

I beg ye’ll let me send it to the manse. It’s a kind o’ orra pot wi’ us;

for we’ve a bigger ane, that we use oftener, and that’s mair convenient

every way for us. Sae ye’ll just tak a present o’t. I’ll send it ower

the morn wi’ Jamie, when he gangs to the schule.”

“Oh,” said the minister, “I can by no means permit you to be at so much

trouble. Since you are so good as to give me the pot, I’ll just carry it

home with me in my hand. I’m so much taken with it, indeed, that I would

really prefer carrying it myself.”

After much altercation between the minister and the widow, on this

delicate point of politeness, it was agreed that he should carry home

the pot himself.

Off, then, he trudged, bearing this curious little culinary article

alternately in his hand and under his arm, as seemed most convenient to

him. Unfortunately, the day was warm, the way long, and the minister

fat; so that he became heartily tired of his burden before he had got

half-way home. Under these distressing circumstances, it struck him that

if, instead of carrying the pot awkwardly at one side of his person, he

were to carry it on his head, the burden would be greatly lightened; the

principles of natural philosophy, which he had learned at college,

informing him, that when a load presses directly and immediately upon

any object, it is far less onerous than when it hangs at the remote end

of a lever. Accordingly, doffing his hat, which he resolved to carry

home in his hand, and having applied his handkerchief to his brow, he

clapped the pot in inverted fashion upon his head, where, as the reader

may suppose, it figured much like Mambrino’s helmet upon the crazed

capital of Don Quixote, only a great deal more magnificent in shape and

dimensions. There was at first much relief and much comfort in this new

mode of carrying the pot; but mark the result. The unfortunate minister

having taken a by-path to escape observation, found himself, when still

a good way from home, under the necessity of leaping over a ditch, which

intercepted him in passing from one field to another. He jumped; but

surely no jump was ever taken so completely _in_, or, at least, _into_,

the dark as this. The concussion given to his person in descending,

caused the helmet to become a hood: the pot slipped down over his face,

and resting with its rim upon his neck, stuck fast there; enclosing his

whole head as completely as ever that of a new-born child was enclosed

by the filmy bag with which nature, as an indication of future good

fortune, sometimes invests the noddles of her favourite offspring. What

was worst of all, the nose, which had permitted the pot to slip down

over it, withstood every desperate attempt on the part of its proprietor

to make it slip back again; the contracted part or neck of the _patera_

being of such a peculiar formation as to cling fast to the base of the

nose, although it found no difficulty in gliding along its hypothenuse.

Was ever minister in a worse plight? Was there ever _contretemps_ so

unlucky? Did ever any man—did ever any minister—so effectually hoodwink

himself, or so thoroughly shut his eyes to the plain light of nature?

What was to be done? The place was lonely; the way difficult and

dangerous; human relief was remote, almost beyond reach. It was

impossible even to cry for help. Or, if a cry could be uttered, it might

reach in deafening reverberation the ear of the utterer; but it would

not travel twelve inches farther in any direction. To add to the

distresses of the case, the unhappy sufferer soon found great difficulty

in breathing. What with the heat occasioned by the beating of the sun on

the metal, and what with the frequent return of the same heated air to

his lungs, he was in the utmost danger of suffocation. Everything

considered, it seemed likely that, if he did not chance to be relieved

by some accidental wayfarer, there would soon be _Death in the Pot_.

The instinctive love of life, however, is omni-prevalent: and even very

stupid people have been found when put to the push by strong and

imminent peril, to exhibit a degree of presence of mind, and exert a

degree of energy, far above what might have been expected from them, or

what they have ever been known to exhibit or exert under ordinary

circumstances. So it was with the pot-ensconced minister of C——. Pressed

by the urgency of his distresses, he fortunately recollected that there

was a smith’s shop at the distance of about a mile across the fields,

where, if he could reach it before the period of suffocation, he might

possibly find relief. Deprived of his eyesight, he could act only as a

man of feeling, and went on as cautiously as he could, with his hat in

his hand. Half crawling, half sliding, over ridge and furrow, ditch and

hedge, somewhat like Satan floundering over chaos, the unhappy minister

travelled, with all possible speed, as nearly as he could guess in the

direction of the place of refuge. I leave it to the reader to conceive

the surprise, the mirth, the infinite amusement of the smith and all the

hangers-on of the “smiddy,” when, at length, torn and worn, faint and

exhausted, blind and breathless, the unfortunate man arrived at the

place, and let them know (rather by signs than by words) the

circumstances of his case. In the words of an old Scottish song,

Out cam the gudeman, and high he shouted;

Out cam the gudewife, and low she louted;

And a’ the town-neighbours were gathered about it;

And there was he, I trow!

The merriment of the company, however, soon gave way to considerations

of humanity. Ludicrous as was the minister, with such an object where

his head should have been, and with the feet of the pot pointing upwards

like the horns of the great Enemy, it was, nevertheless, necessary that

he should be speedily restored to his ordinary condition, if it were for

no other reason than that he might continue to live. He was accordingly,

at his own request, led into the smithy, multitudes flocking around to

tender him their kindest offices, or to witness the process of his

release; and having laid down his head upon the anvil, the smith lost no

time in seizing and poising his goodly forehammer.

“Will I come sair on, minister?” exclaimed the considerate man of iron

in at the brink of the pot.

“As sair as ye like,” was the minister’s answer; “better a chap i’ the

chafts than dying for want of breath.”

Thus permitted, the man let fall a hard blow, which fortunately broke

the pot in pieces without hurting the head which it enclosed, as the

cook-maid breaks the shell of the lobster without bruising the delicate

food within. A few minutes of the clear air, and a glass from the

gudewife’s bottle, restored the unfortunate man of prayer; but assuredly

the incident is one which will long live in the memory of the

parishioners.—_Edinburgh Literary Journal._

THE SUTOR OF SELKIRK:

_A REMARKABLY TRUE STORY_.

BY ONE OF THE AUTHORS OF “THE ODD VOLUME.”

Once upon a time, there lived in Selkirk a shoemaker, by name Rabbie

Heckspeckle, who was celebrated both for dexterity in his trade, and for

some other qualifications of a less profitable nature. Rabbie was a

thin, meagre-looking personage, with lank black hair, a cadaverous

countenance, and a long, flexible, secret-smelling nose. In short, he

was the Paul Pry of the town. Not an old wife in the parish could buy a

new scarlet rokelay without Rabbie knowing within a groat of the cost;

the doctor could not dine with the minister but Rabbie could tell

whether sheep’s-head or haggis formed the staple commodity of the

repast; and it was even said that he was acquainted with the grunt of

every sow, and the cackle of every individual hen, in his neighbourhood;

but this wants confirmation. His wife, Bridget, endeavoured to confine

his excursive fancy, and to chain him down to his awl, reminding him it

was _all_ they had to depend on; but her interference met with exactly

that degree of attention which husbands usually bestow on the advice

tendered by their better halves—that is to say, Rabbie informed her that

she knew nothing of the matter, that her understanding required

stretching, and finally, that if she presumed to meddle in his affairs,

he would be under the disagreeable necessity of giving her a

topdressing.

To secure the necessary leisure for his researches, Rabbie was in the

habit of rising to his work long before the dawn; and he was one morning

busily engaged putting the finishing stitches to a pair of shoes for the

exciseman, when the door of his dwelling, which he thought was carefully

fastened, was suddenly opened, and a tall figure, enveloped in a large

black cloak, and with a broad-brimmed hat drawn over his brows, stalked

into the shop. Rabbie stared at his visitor, wondering what could have

occasioned this early call, and wondering still more that a stranger

should have arrived in the town without his knowledge.

“You’re early afoot, sir,” quoth Rabbie. “Lucky Wakerife’s cock will no

craw for a good half hour yet.”

The stranger vouchsafed no reply; but taking up one of the shoes Rabbie

had just finished, deliberately put it on, and took a turn through the

room to ascertain that it did not pinch his extremities. During these

operations, Rabbie kept a watchful eye on his customer.

“He smells awfully o’ yird,” muttered Rabbie to himself; “ane would be

ready to swear he had just cam frae the plough-tail.”

The stranger, who appeared to be satisfied with the effect of the

experiment, motioned to Rabbie for the other shoe, and pulled out a

purse for the purpose of paying for his purchase; but Rabbie’s surprise

may be conceived, when, on looking at the purse, he perceived it to be

spotted with a kind of earthy mould.

“Gudesake,” thought Rabbie, “this queer man maun hae howkit that purse

out o’ the ground. I wonder where he got it. Some folk say there are

dags o’ siller buried near this town.”

By this time the stranger had opened the purse, and as he did so, a toad

and a beetle fell on the ground, and a large worm crawling out wound

itself round his finger. Rabbie’s eyes widened; but the stranger, with

an air of nonchalance, tendered him a piece of gold, and made signs for

the other shoe.

“It’s a thing morally impossible,” responded Rabbie to this mute

proposal. “Mair by token, that I hae as good as sworn to the exciseman

to hae them ready by daylight, which will no be long o’ coming” (the

stranger here looked anxiously towards the window); “and better, I tell

you, to affront the king himsel, than the exciseman.”

The stranger gave a loud stamp with his shod foot, but Rabbie stuck to

his point, offering, however, to have a pair ready for his new customer

in twenty-four hours; and, as the stranger, justly enough perhaps,

reasoned that half a pair of shoes was of as little use as half a pair

of scissors, he found himself obliged to come to terms, and seating

himself on Rabbie’s three-legged stool, held out his leg to the Sutor,

who, kneeling down, took the foot of his taciturn customer on his knee,

and proceeded to measure it.

“Something o’ the splay, I think, sir,” said Rabbie, with a knowing air.

No answer.

“Where will I bring the shoon to when they’re done?” asked Rabbie,

anxious to find out the domicile of his visitor.

“I will call for them myself before cock crowing,” responded the

stranger in a very uncommon and indescribable tone of voice.

“Hout, sir,” quoth Rabbie, “I canna let you hae the trouble o’ coming

for them yoursel; it will just be a pleasure for me to call with them at

your house.”

“I have my doubts of that,” replied the stranger, in the same peculiar

manner; “and at all events, my house would not hold us both.”

“It maun be a dooms sma’ biggin,” answered Rabbie; “but noo that I hae

ta’en your honour’s measure——”

“Take your own!” retorted the stranger, and giving Rabbie a touch with

his foot that laid him prostrate, walked coolly out of the house.

This sudden overturn of himself and his plans for a few moments

discomfited the Sutor; but quickly gathering up his legs, he rushed to

the door, which he reached just as Lucky Wakerife’s cock proclaimed the

dawn. Rabbie flew down the street, but all was still; then ran up the

street, which was terminated by the churchyard, but saw only the

moveless tombs looking cold and chill under the grey light of a winter

morn. Rabbie hitched his red nightcap off his brow, and scratched his

head with an air of perplexity.

“Weel,” he muttered, as he retraced his steps homewards, “he has warred

me this time, but sorrow take me if I’m no up wi’ him the morn.”

All day Rabbie, to the inexpressible surprise of his wife, remained as

constantly on his three-legged stool as if he had been “yirked” there by

some brother of the craft. For the space of twenty-four hours, his long

nose was never seen to throw its shadow across the threshold of the

door; and so extraordinary did this event appear, that the neighbours,

one and all, agreed that it predicted some prodigy; but whether it was

to take the shape of a comet, which would deluge them all with its fiery

tail, or whether they were to be swallowed up by an earthquake, could by

no means be settled to the satisfaction of the parties concerned.

Meanwhile, Rabbie diligently pursued his employment, unheeding the

concerns of his neighbours. What mattered it to him, that Jenny

Thrifty’s cow had calved, that the minister’s servant, with something in

her apron, had been seen to go in twice to Lucky Wakerife’s, that the

laird’s dairy-maid had been observed stealing up the red loan in the

gloaming, that the drum had gone through the town announcing that a

sheep was to be killed on Friday?—The stranger alone swam before his

eyes; and cow, dairymaid, and drum kicked the beam. It was late in the

night when Rabbie had accomplished his task, and then placing the shoes

at his bedside, he lay down in his clothes, and fell asleep; but the

fear of not being sufficiently alert for his new customer, induced him

to rise a considerable time before daybreak. He opened the door and

looked into the street, but it was still so dark he could scarcely see a

yard before his nose; he therefore returned into the house, muttering to

himself—“What the sorrow can keep him?” when a voice at his elbow

suddenly said—

“Where are my shoes?”

“Here, sir,” said Rabbie, quite transported with joy; “here they are,

right and tight, and mickle joy may ye hae in wearing them, for it’s

better to wear shoon than sheets, as the auld saying gangs.”

“Perhaps I may wear both,” answered the stranger.

“Gude save us,” quoth Rabbie, “do ye sleep in your shoon?”

The stranger made no answer; but, laying a piece of gold on the table

and taking up the shoes, walked out of the house.

“Now’s my time,” thought Rabbie to himself, as he slipped after him.

The stranger paced slowly on, and Rabbie carefully followed him; the

stranger turned up the street, and the Sutor kept close to his heels.

“’Odsake, where can he be gaun?” thought Rabbie, as he saw the stranger

turn into the churchyard; “he’s making to that grave in the corner; now

he’s standing still; now he’s sitting down. Gudesake! what’s come o’

him?” Rabbie rubbed his eyes, looked round in all directions, but, lo

and behold! the stranger had vanished. “There’s something no canny about

this,” thought the Sutor; “but I’ll mark the place at ony rate;” and

Rabbie, after thrusting his awl into the grave, hastily returned home.

The news soon spread from house to house, and by the time the red-faced

sun stared down on the town, the whole inhabitants were in commotion;

and, after having held sundry consultations, it was resolved, _nem.

con._, to proceed in a body to the churchyard, and open the grave which

was suspected of being suspicious. The whole population of the Kirk Wynd

turned out on this service. Sutors, wives, children, all hurried

pell-mell after Rabbie, who led his myrmidons straight to the grave at

which his mysterious customer had disappeared, and where he found his

awl still sticking in the place where he had left it. Immediately all

hands went to work; the grave was opened; the lid was forced off the

coffin; and a corpse was discovered dressed in the vestments of the

tomb, but with a pair of perfectly new shoes upon its long bony feet. At

this dreadful sight the multitude fled in every direction, Lucky

Wakerife leading the van, leaving Rabbie and a few bold brothers of the

craft to arrange matters as they pleased with the peripatetic skeleton.

A council was held, and it was agreed that the coffin should be firmly

nailed up and committed to the earth. Before doing so, however, Rabbie

proposed denuding his customer of his shoes, remarking that he had no

more need for them than a cart had for three wheels. No objections were

made to this proposal, and Rabbie, therefore, quickly coming to

extremities, whipped them off in a trice. They then drove half a hundred

tenpenny nails into the lid of the coffin, and having taken care to

cover the grave with pretty thick divots, the party returned to their

separate places of abode.

Certain qualms of conscience, however, now arose in Rabbie’s mind as to

the propriety of depriving the corpse of what had been honestly bought

and paid for. He could not help allowing, that if the ghost were

troubled with cold feet, a circumstance by no means improbable, he might

naturally wish to remedy the evil. But, at the same time, considering

that the fact of his having made a pair of shoes for a defunct man would

be an everlasting blot on the Heckspeckle escutcheon, and reflecting

also that his customer, being dead in law, could not apply to any court

for redress, our Sutor manfully resolved to abide by the consequences of

his deed.

Next morning, according to custom, he rose long before day, and fell to

his work, shouting the old song of the “Sutors of Selkirk” at the very

top of his voice. A short time, however, before the dawn, his wife, who

was in bed in the back room, remarked, that in the very middle of his

favourite verse, his voice fell into a quaver; then broke out into a

yell of terror; and then she heard a noise, as of persons struggling;

and then all was quiet as the grave. The good dame immediately huddled

on her clothes, and ran into the shop, where she found the three-legged

stool broken in pieces, the floor strewed with bristles, the door wide

open, and Rabbie away! Bridget rushed to the door, and there she

immediately discovered the marks of footsteps deeply printed on the

ground. Anxiously tracing them, on—and on—and on—what was her horror to

find that they terminated in the churchyard, at the grave of Rabbie’s

customer! The earth round the grave bore traces of having been the scene

of some fearful struggle, and several locks of lank black hair were

scattered on the grass. Half distracted, she rushed through the town to

communicate the dreadful intelligence. A crowd collected, and a cry

speedily arose to open the grave. Spades, pickaxes, and mattocks, were

quickly put in requisition; the divots were removed; the lid of the

coffin was once more torn off, and there lay its ghastly tenant, with

his shoes replaced on his feet, and Rabbie’s red night-cap clutched in

his right hand!

The people, in consternation, fled from the churchyard; and nothing

further has ever transpired to throw any additional light upon the

melancholy fate of the Sutor of Selkirk.

ELSIE MORRICE.

FROM THE “ABERDEEN CENSOR.”

Oh, wert thou of the golden-wingèd host,

Who, having clad thyself in human weed,

To earth, from thy prefixèd seat didst post,

And, after short abode, fly back with speed,

As if to show what creatures Heav’n doth breed,

Thereby to set the hearts of men on fire,

To scorn the sordid world, and unto Heav’n aspire?—_Milton._

In the neighbourhood of the pleasant village of ——, on the east coast of

Scotland, lived Janet Morrice and her grand-daughter Elsie. A small

cottage, overlaid with woodbine on the exterior, and neat and clean in

the interior, contained this couple; and a small farm attached to it

served to supply all their humble desires. The place was no doubt

agreeable to look on; but it was a pair of bright blue eyes, some light

brown locks, and a sweet and modest face, that drew all the male

visitors to the house of Janet Morrice. Elsie Morrice, her grandchild,

had been left a young orphan to her charge. She was the only child of an

only son, and thus came with a double call on the feelings of her old

grandmother. Dearly was she loved by her, and well did she deserve it;

for a better and a kindlier girl was not in all the country round. Out

of the many young men that paid their attentions to Elsie, it was soon

evident that her favourite was William Gordon. In his person he had

nothing particular to recommend him above his companions; but there was

in him that respectful demeanour, that eagerness to please, and that

happiness in serving the object of his affections, which the eyes of a

young woman can so soon perceive, and her heart so readily appreciate.

In their dispositions, though not similar, they were drawn to each

other. She was timid, loving, enthusiastic—in every respect a woman. He

was gifted with those firmer qualities which bespeak a manly mind, but

he had a heart that could love deeply and feel acutely;

And, if sometimes, a sigh should intervene,

Or down his cheek a tear of pity roll,

A sigh, a tear so sweet, he wished not to control.

There was also some resemblance in their situations; for William’s

mother was dead, and though he still had a father, yet this parent had

never seen him, and took no concern about him; so that he was entirely

dependent upon his maternal uncle. To his uncle’s farm he was to

succeed; and William Gordon and Elsie Morrice were considered by all the

neighbours as soon to be man and wife.

William was seated one evening in the public-house of the village,

reading the newspaper, when a party of sailors entered, and, calling for

some drink, casually asked if there were any seamen in the village. The

landlady civilly replied in the negative; but William, looking up,

remarked, without noticing the winks of the landlord, that he had seen

Tom Sangster arrive that morning.

“And where lives Tom Sangster, my hearty cock?” said the principal of

the party, slapping him on the back, while the rest got betwixt the

landlady and the door. He immediately informed them; and, drinking off

their liquor quickly, they left the house.

“Willie,” cried the landlady, “what hae ye done? It’s the press-gang,

and Tam Sangster ’ll be torn frae his wife and bairns!”

In a moment William was past her, and, running with full speed, by a

nearer cut, he arrived before the gang at the house. He had just time to

make the seaman strip his jacket, and put on his coat, and jump out at

the back window, when the gang entered. William, without turning round,

knocked out the lamp, when a struggle ensued, which he contrived to keep

up so long as that Tom Sangster might be out of the way. He was at last

overpowered and carried aboard the tender, when they discovered they had

lost the regular sailor; but the one they had got was too likely a young

man to be suffered to depart. The consciousness of having remedied an

error he had committed, even though in ignorance, partly consoled

William for parting with his beloved Elsie for a little. It was at the

time when the news of the glorious victory of the Nile had arrived, and

many a young and aspiring bosom burned to be under the command of so

gallant an admiral. William’s father belonged to the navy; he knew that

he fought under Nelson; and the thought that he might be able to combat

by his side, and under the eye of the hero who was his country’s boast,

somewhat palliated the idea of leaving his love. Besides, he would soon

return laden with honours and riches, and Elsie would share both.

Auspicious hope! in thy sweet garden grow

Wreaths for each toil, a charm for every woe.

And thus he consoled himself with a flattering vision in circumstances

that he could not alter. As for poor Elsie, her timid mind had never

contemplated bloodshed and war. She loved, fervently loved, and her life

had been one scene of pleasure. She was a dreamer that all the night

long had quaffed the brimful cup of happiness, and in the morning waked

to wretchedness. To lamentations, however, succeeded some consultation

for a remedy; and she was advised, by her sorrowing neighbours, to apply

to the laird for his interest. Loose, unprincipled, and broken down in

fortune, he had returned, from the fashionable life he could no longer

support, to live on his estate; and he was not beloved by his tenants.

But when a woman loves, and the object of her affection is in danger,

where is the obstacle that can oppose her? Elsie exerted herself to call

on him.

The poet has beautifully said,

Ah, too convincing, dangerously dear,

In woman’s eye th’ unanswerable tear,

The weapon of her weakness she can wield

To save, subdue—at once her spear and shield.

But there are some men that can look on woman’s grief, and yet coolly

calculate on turning it to their own purposes; and so it was in the

present case. Elsie Morrice was lovely, and that was enough for him. He

promised everything, and her heart overflowed with gratitude. He not

only promised this, but he requested her grandmother’s lease, to draw it

out anew in her name. Elsie ran home, and, in a few minutes, without

consulting her grandmother, the lease was in his hands: for who could

doubt the intentions of him who had pledged his word that William Gordon

should be put ashore? This was no sooner done, than came the sneer at

her lover, the information that his Majesty’s navy must be manned, the

hint at the injury to the landlord in old leases, and the proposal of

the remedy that was to remove all these evils. The colour fled from

Elsie’s face. She stood the picture of complete despair, and, for a

little time, reason had to dispute for her sovereignty in her mind. She

rushed from his presence, and, in her way back to Sunnybrae, saw,

without shedding one tear, the vessel that contained her lover spread

her broad sails to the wind and depart. Janet Morrice reproached her not

when she told her what she had done, but, taking her in her arms, said,

“Come, my Elsie, we maunna bide to be putten out. I’ve sitten here, and

my fathers afore me, an’ I’m wae to leave it; but age and innocence will

find a shelter somewhere else.” Next day they removed to a cottage on a

neighbouring estate. A verbal message was all that William could send

her; but it was the assurance he would be soon back to her. Elsie seemed

now to live in another state of existence. She toiled in the fields, and

seemed anxious to make up to her grandmother the effects of her

imprudence. Time passed on, and no letter arrived from William, and

Elsie grew sorrowful and melancholy. Grief and labour bore down a

constitution naturally delicate, and she drooped.

There is something to my mind particularly holy and heavenly in the

death-bed of a lovely woman. When I look on the pale cheek, which now

and then regains more than its former colour in some feverish flush—on

the sunk eye which occasionally beams with a short and transient hope—on

the pale lips which utter low sounds of comfort to those around—and,

more especially, on that whole countenance and appearance which bespeak

patient resignation and a trust in that Word which has said there is

another and a better world—I cannot help thinking that the being, even

in her mortality, is already a deserving inmate of that place where all

is immortality. I have stood at the grave while some of my earliest

friends have been lowered into the ground, and I have wept to think that

the bright hopes of youth were for ever fled—that the fair promises of

youthful genius were wrapt within the clay-cold tomb—and that all the

anticipations of the world’s applause had ended in the one formal bow of

a few friends over mouldering ashes; but I confess I have sorrowed more

at the grave of a young and lovely woman who had nothing to excite my

compassion but her beauty and her helplessness; and often have the lines

of that poet, who could be pathetic as well as sublime, come to my

lips,—

Yet can I not persuade me thou art dead,

Or that thy corpse corrupts in earth’s dark womb,

Or that thy beauties lie in wormy bed,

Hid from the world in a low-delvèd tomb.

It was on a lovely morning in the month of May that a sad and sorrowful

company assembled to accompany the remains of poor Elsie Morrice to her

last cold dwelling-place. According to that old-fashioned and most

becoming custom, she was borne on the bier, and carried, as is the

practice in that part of the country, for some way by the young maidens

dressed in white. No mother had she to weep for her, no relation to bear

her head to the grave; but her old grandmother followed her corpse to

the door—farther she could not; and, when it was placed on the bier, she

attempted not to speak or to moan, but she leaned her palsied hands on

her staff, and followed the coffin with her eyes, while down her

furrowed cheeks rolled two big tears that told too well her inward

grief. Elsie’s young companion, May Leslie, who was to have been her

bestmaid at the marriage, who had promised to assist at her marriage

dress, and make her marriage bed, had, in sorrow and in grief, fashioned

that last dress in which beauty is offered, not to the arms of a lover,

but to the crawling worm, now supported her head for a few steps to that

bed from which there is no rising till the last dread trumpet shall

sound. The females then gave the corpse to the young men, and I could

perceive, as they returned, that many a handkerchief was soaked in briny

tears, and many a head turned to take a last look at the departure of

her who had been their companion and their pride. We moved on, and,

after an hour’s walking, arrived at the old churchyard of ——. It is

situated on the front of a bleak and barren hill, with neither tree nor

shrub for some way around it; and a few moss-covered tombstones alone

told us that it was the resting place for the dead. The church had been

rebuilt in a more convenient place; but, like the sojourner in distant

lands, who sighs for his native soil, however barren, there are some

that still cling to the spot which is the grave of their fathers. Though

it may betray some weakness in reason, still I hope it is an excusable

failing, in feeling minds, that they desire to mingle in their ashes

with their friends. Here we deposited the remains of Elsie Morrice, and,

when the grave had been closed over, the company departed in groups,

chiefly engaged in talking over her unfortunate love.

The heather sods had long become fast, and the hare-bell had blossomed

and withered for some summers on the grave of Elsie Morrice, when one

day a seaman, singing a merry sea-song to himself, tript up the pathway

leading to Sunnybrae. It was William Gordon. The joy he had felt on

again entering amongst scenes so well known to him, sent itself forth in

a song; but, as he approached the house, it died away, and gave place to

far different feelings. He had never heard from Elsie; but, while aboard

of ship, he had hushed any fears that arose, by ascribing this to the

letters miscarrying from the ever changing station of a sailor. Still he

was not well at ease; and as he came in front of the house, and saw the

woodbine torn from the walls, the windows here and there broken and

covered with paper, and the pretty flower-garden of Elsie turned into a

kail-yard, the most fearful forebodings arose in his breast, and with a

trembling and hurried hand he lifted the latch. He started back on

perceiving some children playing on the floor, but again advanced when

he saw a middle-aged woman nursing a child, and asked, in the best way

he was able, if she could tell him where Janet Morrice lived? She gave

him a direction, and, without taking one other look at the cottage he

had so often visited, he made his way to the new dwelling, and on

entering, addressed her in the usual salutation, “How are you, Granny,

and how is Elsie?”

The old woman was seated with her face to the hearth, and perceived not

his entrance; but on hearing his voice, without starting or moving, she

immediately answered, “An’ ye’re come back, Willie Gordon; an’ sae ye’re

come back! I kent a’ this. I kent, when the house and the ha’ o’ the

stranger would be closed against ye, ye would come back to your ain

country. I saw her yestreen, as I hae seen her ilka night, and she tauld

me ye would come. But this fire’s out,” continued she, stirring about

the embers with her stick; “I tried to blaw that peat, but I wasna able

to raise the low: an’ when she comes and seats hersel on that stool, it

’ill be sae cauld, an’ she winna complain o’t, but her bonny face ’ill

be sae wan, and her braw white gown ’ill be sae damp and dewy. Ye’ll see

her, Willie, ye’ll see her wi’ the bonny new mutch on that May Leslie

made wi’ her ain hand. An’ I’ll shiver and tremble in my cauld bed, and

she winna lie down wi’ me, but she’ll sit by the fire an’ aye deck

hersel wi’ the black kerchief that Willie Gordon tied roun’ her neck

lang afore he gaed awa.”

William, who had stood riveted to the earth all this time, now exerted

himself, and, seizing her arm, asked loudly, “Where is Elsie Morrice?”

“Whaur is Elsie Morrice?—and wha speirs that question? They took her awa

frae me lang ago, dressed in white, like a bride, and mony ane gaed wi’

her, but I wasna able, though they dressed me fine in my braw

Sunday-claithes.”

“Granny, ye knew me already,” said he; “for God’s sake, tell me what has

become of Elsie?”

“There were twa bonny voices ca’d me granny, and I liket to hear them;

but the little feathered flock picks the craw-berries, an’ the bee sooks

the honey frae the heather on the grave o’ the ane, and the ither is a

faithless love, and broke the heart o’ the leal young bairn that lay in

my bosom.”

William now knew the worst. He threw himself in agony on the dais, and

wept and cursed his hard lot. Elsie Morrice was dead, and dead, as

appeared, through his neglect. When his grief had found some vent, he

again asked the old woman if they had received no letters from him?

She raised her shaking hand, and tracing every feature of his face,

said, “Though I canna see sae weel that face, I ken ye’re Willie Gordon;

but oh, Willie, Willie, ye hae come when the flame ye should hae

nourished has been quenched. We never got ony letters, or else Elsie

would hae tried to live.”

It was with great exertion that he was able to gather from her

disjointed sentences, that the laird had turned them out of Sunnybrae,

and continued to annoy them, and that Elsie had broken her heart when he

left them and sent no letters. Many a kind letter had William written,

but they were directed, for security’s sake, to the care of the laird,

and the mystery of his never receiving any answer was now cleared away.

“But the laird shall answer for this!” said he, stepping to the door.

“Na, Willie Gordon,” said she, taking hold of him, “he manna answer

for’t to you. There is Anither that will judge him for abusing the widow

and the orphan. Ay, he is already cursed for it,” continued she,

stretching out her lean and shrivelled arm, and raising herself like a

Sibyl; “his lang list of ancestors is at end in him. He walks the world

the last of his proud race. A few years, and yon lordly house will be

the dwalling o’ the hoodie-craw and the rook; an’ the present proud man

will be lying in his leaden coffin, wi’ the worms o’ his ain body

devouring him, and the winds o’ heaven will dash his lie-telling

tombstone to pieces, an’ the beasts will tread on his grave, an’ the

rains level it, an’ none will repair it, for his name shall be forgotten

for ever. But whisht, Willie, I canna greet wi’ you. Ye’ll see her, when

the hen has been lang on the roost, an’ the tod has left his hole to

worry the puir beasty, an we’ll get May Leslie, an’ we’ll hae a blazing

fire, an’ we’ll be merry again in Sunnybrae.” A shrill and unearthly

laugh followed, and she sank again into her former querulous muttering.

William suddenly left the house and was never more seen; but some weeks

after, the grave of Elsie Morrice was found finely dressed, and a stone,

with her name and age carved on it by the hand of no regular sculptor,

at the head of it. And every spring the greedy moss was found cleaned

away from the stone, and the grave trimmed. While Janet Morrice lived,

her garden was delved, and money deposited on her table, by the same

invisible hand. No one knew what became of William Gordon; but

occasionally, in the gray of a May morning, as the shepherd was merrily

driving his flocks with the sun to the pasture, he saw the dark figure

of a man chiselling at the stone, or stretched on the grave of Elsie

Morrice. About three years ago a shepherd’s dog, one day, prowling about

the old churchyard, returned, and, by his howling, urged his master to

the spot, where he found the dead body of a seaman. The letters W. G.

and an anchor on his forearm, and W. S. and E. M., with a heart between

them, and the Saviour on the cross above, on his left breast, done with

China ink or gunpowder, after that fashion which sailors have in order

that their bodies may be known, if picked up after shipwreck, told too

well who had chosen this place for his death-bed. Sufficient money was

found on him to pay the expenses of his burial, and he was laid in the

grave he had died upon. Last summer I visited the spot. The grave was

running into wildness; but, in a state of mind pleasing yet sad, I spent

half a day in dressing the resting-place of this unfortunate pair.

HOW I WON THE LAIRD’S DAUGHTER.

BY DANIEL GORRIE.

CHAPTER I.

Soon after I had obtained my diploma, and was dubbed M.D., an opening

for a medical practitioner occurred in the pleasant village of St

Dunstan, situated on the beautiful banks of the Tweed. Knowing well that

I might be forestalled by a day’s delay, I bundled up my testimonials

and letters of recommendation, and departed at once for the scene of

action. The shadows of a calm October evening were drooping over the

Eildon Hills, and the Tweed was murmuring peacefully along its winding

course, when I entered the principal street of the village, and took up

my quarters at the inn. After refreshing myself with such entertainment

as the house afforded, I called in the landlord, told him the object of

my visit, and inquired if any other medical gentlemen had yet made their

appearance. Mine host was a canny, cautious Scotsman, and manifested due

deliberation in a matter of so much moment. He surveyed me quietly for a

short time, and did not reply until he seemed satisfied with his

scrutiny.

“Na, sir,” he said at length; “ye’re the first that’s come to the toun

yet, and a’ the folk are wearying for anither doctor. Ye see, we canna

tell what may happen. The shoemaker’s wife took unco onweel last nicht,

and, frail as he is himsel, puir man, he had to gang a’ the way to

Melrose for medical advice. Ye look young like, sir; hae ye been in ony

place afore?”

“No,” I replied; “it is not very long since I passed.”

“Ay, weel, that’s no sae gude; we rather like a skeely man here. Dr

Sommerville had a great deal o’ experience, and we were a’ sorry when he

left for Glasgow.”

“I am glad that the good people of St Dunstan liked their last doctor so

well,” I rejoined, somewhat nettled at the plain-spokenness of the

worthy landlord of the Cross-Keys. “But although my youth may be against

me,” I continued, “here are some testimonials which I hope may prove

satisfactory, and I have several letters of recommendation besides to

gentlemen in the village and neighbourhood.”

The landlord was a person whom I saw that it was necessary to gain over.

He was vastly pleased when I recognised his importance by producing my

testimonials for his inspection. It was amusing to observe the gravity

and dignity with which he adjusted his spectacles across the bridge of

his nose, and proceeded to carefully inspect the documents. At intervals

as he read he gave such running comments as “gude”—“very

gude”—“excellent”—“capital sir, capital!” I was glad to see the

barometer rising so rapidly. After mine host had finished the perusal of

the papers, he shook me heartily by the hand, and said, “You’re the very

man we want, sir; ye hae first-rate certificats.”

So far, so good. It was a great thing to have gained the confidence and

goodwill of one important personage, and I felt desirous to make further

conquests that evening.

“Do you think I might venture to call to-night upon any of the parties

in the village to whom I have letters of recommendation?” I inquired.

“Surely, surely,” responded the landlord; “the sooner the better. Just

read me ower their names, sir, and I’ll tak ye round to their houses. We

hae a better chance o’ gettin’ them in at nicht than through the day.”

Accompanied by the lord of the Cross-Keys, I accordingly visited the

leading inhabitants of the village, and made what an expectant member of

Parliament would consider a very satisfactory canvass. I was received

with much courtesy and civility; and the minister of the parish, to whom

I had a letter of introduction from a brother clergyman in Edinburgh,

paid me the most flattering attentions, and pressed me to take up my

abode immediately at St Dunstan. The ladies, married and unmarried, with

whom I entered into conversation, were all unanimous in expressing their

desire that I should remain in their midst. Indeed, I have observed that

the female sex invariably take the greatest interest in the settlement

of ministers and doctors. I could easily understand why the unmarried

ladies should prefer a single gentleman like myself; but I could not

comprehend at the time why their mothers seemed to take so much interest

in a newly-fledged M.D. It struck me that the landlord of the inn must

have committed a great mistake in describing Dr Sommerville as the

favourite of all classes.

From many of the people upon whom we called I received kind invitations

to spend the night in their houses, and I could have slept in a dozen

different beds if I had felt so inclined; but I preferred returning to

the Cross-Keys, that, like the Apostle, I might be burdensome to none.

It is a piece of worldly prudence to give as little trouble as possible

to strangers; and medical practitioners, of all men in the world,

require to be wary in their ways, and circumspect in their actions.

On our return to the inn, the landlord appeared to regard my settlement

in St Dunstan as a certainty.

“Ye’ve got on grandly the nicht, Dr Wilson,” he said, dropping the “sir”

when he considered me almost installed in office. “Ye’ve carried

everything afore ye—I never saw the like o’t. Ye hae got the promise o’

practice frae the hale lot o’ them—that’s to say, when they need the

attendance o’ a medical man; and, ’od, doctor, but the womenkind are

aften complainin’.”

“Well, Mr Barlas,” I said (such was the landlord’s name), “I have

experienced much kindness and civility, and in the course of a few hours

I have far outstripped my expectations. If I only succeed as well with

the ladies and gentlemen in the neighbourhood, I will not hesitate for a

moment in settling down in the midst of you.”

“There’s nae danger o’ that, doctor. What’s sauce or senna for the goose

is sauce or senna for the gander. I’ve seen aften eneuch that the grit

folk are no sae ill to please as the sma’. If ye get ower the Laird,—an’

I think ye’ve as gude a chance as ony ither body,—ye needna fear muckle

for the rest.”

“And who is the Laird, Mr Barlas?” I asked.

“Oh, just the Laird, ye ken—Laird Ramsay o’ the Haugh; ye’ll surely hae

heard o’ him afore you cam south?”

“Ramsay,” I said; “Ramsay—oh, yes,—I have a letter of introduction to a

gentleman of that name from a professor in Edinburgh. Does he rule the

roast in this neighbourhood?”

“I’ll tell you aboot him i’ the noo; but wait a wee, doctor, till I

bring ye something warm.”

I did not disapprove of the medicine proposed by the host of the

Cross-Keys of St Dunstan, as I was anxious to know as much as possible

about the place and people; and the influence of hot punch in making

even silent persons communicative is quite proverbial. Mr Barlas, after

a brief absence, returned to the snug little parlour, bearing his own

private blue bottle, capable, I should think, of holding a good

half-gallon of Islay or Glenlivet; and we were soon sitting comfortably,

with steaming tumblers before us, beside a blazing fire.

“This is something social like, noo, doctor,” said the composed and

considerate landlord. “Ye were wantin’ to hear aboot the Laird. Weel,

I’ll tell ye what sort o’ a being he is, that ye may be on your guard

when ye gang to the Haugh the morn. Laird Ramsay has mair gear, doctor,

than ony half-dozen o’ his neighbours for mony miles roond, and he’s a

queer character wi’d a’. He’s unco auld-fashioned for a man in his

station, an’ speaks muckle sic like as ye hear me speakin’ i’ the noo.

He gets the name o’ haudin’ a gude grip o’ his siller; but I’ve nae

reason to compleen, as he spends freely eneuch when he comes to the

Cross-Keys, no forgettin’ the servant-lass and the ostler; an’ I ken for

a fac’ that he slips a canny shillin’ noo and again into the loofs o’

the puir folk o’ St Dunstan. He’s unco douce and proud,—ye micht maist

say saucy,—until ye get the richt side o’ him, an’ then he’s the best o’

freends; an’ nane better than the Laird at a twa-handed crack.”

“And how do you get to the right side of him, Mr Barlas?” I interjected.

“That’s the very thing I was gaun to tell ye, doctor. Lay on the butter

weel. Butter him on baith sides, an’ then ye easy get to the richt side.

Praise his land, his craps, his nowte, his house, his garden, his

Glenlivet, his everything; but tak care what ye say o’ his dochter to

his face.”

“The Laird has got a daughter, then, it seems?”

“Ay, that he has, an’ a comely quean she is; but he’ll be a clever man

wha can rin awa wi’ her frae the Haugh. The Laird just dotes upon her,

an’ he wouldna pairt wi’ her for love or siller. If she has a

sweetheart, I’m thinkin’ he’ll need to sook his thoomb, an’ bide a wee.”

In answer to my inquiries the landlord informed me that Miss Jessie

Ramsay was the Laird’s only daughter, and that her mother had been dead

for several years. His information and anecdotes regarding the eccentric

character of the old-fashioned proprietor of the Haugh, excited my

curiosity so much that I resolved to pay him an early visit on the

following day. After sitting for an hour or two, during which time Mr

Barlas became more and more loquacious, I seized the first favourable

opportunity to propose an adjournment, and receiving the reluctant

assent of mine host, I retired to rest, and slept soundly in spite of

all the crowing cocks of St Dunstan.

In the morning the tidings were through the whole village that a new

doctor had come, and several people became suddenly unwell, for the

express purpose, I presume, of testing my skill. Three urgent cases I

found to be ordinary headache, and, fearing lest my trip to the Haugh

might be delayed for two weeks, I hired the best hack the Cross-Keys

could afford, and made off for the domicile of the eccentric Laird. The

owner of the hack was very anxious to accompany me, but I preferred

making the excursion alone. The weather was mild and delightful; the

trees seemed lovelier in decay than in the fulness of summer life; and

the Tweed flowed and murmured softly as the waters of Siloah.

Half-an-hour’s riding brought me to the Haugh—an ancient edifice

embosomed among trees. In the prime of its youth it would doubtless be

considered a splendid mansion; but in its old age it had an ungainly

appearance, although not altogether destitute of a certain picturesque

air. After disposing of my hack to a little Jack-of-all-work urchin, who

was looking about for some work to do, or meditating mischief, I knocked

at the door, and was ushered, by an old serving-woman, into a quaint

apartment, crammed with antique furniture. The mantelpiece absolutely

groaned under its load of ornaments, while a great spreading plume of

peacock’s feathers waved triumphantly over all. This must be the Laird’s

fancy, I thought, and not the taste of Miss Jessie. Several pictures

illustrative of fox-hunting, and two portraits, adorned the walls. None

of them could be considered as belonging to any particular school, or as

masterpieces in art. On the window-blinds a besieging force was

represented as assaulting a not very formidable castle.

While I sat amusing myself with the oddities of the apartment, the door

opened, and the Laird entered. He was a gray-haired, ruddy-faced,

shrewd-looking man of fifty or thereabouts. I was rather taken with his

dress. He wore a blue coat of antique cut, knee breeches, long brown

gaiters with metal buttons, and his vest was beautified with

perpendicular yellow stripes. There was an air of dignity about him when

he entered as though he were conscious that he was Laird of the Haugh,

and that I had come to consult him about some important business. Being

a Justice of the Peace, as I afterwards learned, he probably wished to

impress a stranger with a sense of his official greatness. I did not

know very well whether to address him as Mr Ramsay or the “Laird;” but

he relieved me of the difficulty by saying in broad Scotch, “This is a

grand day, sir; hae ye ridden far?”

“No,” I replied, “only from St Dunstan.”

“Just that—just that,” said the Laird, with a peculiar tone. “I thocht

as much when I met the callant leadin’ awa the Cross-Key’s charger,—puir

beast!”

I handed the Laird the letter of introduction which I had received from

one of the medical professors in Edinburgh. He read it very slowly, as

though he were spelling and weighing every word, and he had perused it

twice from beginning to end before he rose and welcomed me to the Haugh.

“He’s a clever man, that professor,” quoth Laird Ramsay; “an’ he speaks

o’ ye, doctor, in a flattering way; but the proof o’ the puddin’ is the

preein’ o’t, ye ken. Ye’ve shown some spunk in comin’ sae quick to St

Dunstan; but ye’re young eneuch to be on your ain coat-tail yet.”

“We must begin somewhere and sometime, Mr Ramsay,” I rejoined.

“Ye’re richt there,” answered the Laird; and then added with a chuckle,

“but patients dinna like to be made victims o’. However, we’ll think

aboot that. Ye’ll be nane the worse o’ something to eat and drink, I’m

thinkin’; an’ to tell the truth, I want to weet my ain whistle.”

So saying, the Laird o’ the Haugh rose and rang the bell, and told the

old serving-woman, the handmaiden of the household, to bid Jessie speak

to him. In a short time Jessie, a tall, handsome, hearty,

fresh-coloured, black-haired beauty, came tripping into the room. The

Laird was not very ceremonious so far as the matter of introduction was

concerned, but Jessie was one of those frank girls who can introduce

themselves, and make you feel perfectly at home at once. The father and

daughter were evidently strongly attached to each other.

“Bring us some wine first, like a gude lass,” said the Laird, “an’ then

we’ll tak something mair substantial when ye’re ready.”

Jessie, like a dutiful daughter, placed the decanters and glasses on the

table. There was an elasticity in her step, a grace in her every motion,

and an irresistible charm in her frank and affectionate smile. The Laird

did not seem altogether to relish the manner in which my eyes

involuntarily followed her movements; and remembering what mine host of

the Cross-Keys had told me on the previous night, I resolved to be as

circumspect as possible, both in look and word. The Laird o’ the Haugh

pledged the young doctor, and the young doctor pledged the Laird.

Meanwhile, Jessie had disappeared to look after the substantials. A

glass or two of his capital wine warmed Laird Ramsay into a fine

conversational mood, and we got on famously together. After dinner, when

the punch was produced, our intimacy increased, and I began to love the

eccentric Laird for the sake of his beautiful and accomplished daughter.

I discovered that he had a hearty relish for humorous stories and

anecdotes, and I plied him with them in thick succession, until the

fountain of laughter ran over in tears. I was determined to take the old

gentleman by storm, and Miss Jessie, with quick feminine instinct,

appeared to be more than half aware of my object. However, I carefully

abstained from exciting his suspicion by conversing directly with

Jessie, even when he appeared to be in the most genial and pleasant

mood.

The evening was pretty far advanced when I left his hospitable board.

“Mind, you’re to be the doctor o’ St Dunstan,” he said, as I mounted the

Cross-Key’s charger. “We’ll hae naebody but yoursel, an’ ye mun be sure

an’ come back soon again to the Haugh.” I rode home to mine inn fully

resolved to locate myself in the village, and firmly persuaded that if I

had not captivated the Laird’s daughter, I had at least conquered the

Laird himself.

CHAPTER II.

“Weel, doctor, is it a’ richt wi’ the Laird?” inquired Mr Barlas when I

returned to the Cross-Keys.

“Yes,” I rejoined, “it’s all right. Laird Ramsay is now my warmest and

staunchest supporter, and a most companionable old gentleman he is.”

“I never heard the like o’ that,” said the landlord, lifting up his

eyebrows in astonishment. “’Od, doctor, ye’re jist like that auld Roman

reiver, Cæsar, wha gaed aboot seein’ and conquerin’. Ye hae a clear

coast noo, when ye hae gotten the gudewill o’ the Laird and the

minister. An’ what think ye o’ the dochter? Isna she a comely lass, Miss

Ramsay?”

“She is, indeed, Mr Barlas,” I replied. “The young lady seems to do her

best to make her father feel happy and comfortable, and I have no doubt

that many ‘braw wooers’ will frequently find their way to the Haugh.”

“Na, doctor, na. As I tell’t ye afore, the Laird is unco fond o’ Miss

Jessie, an’ I dinna believe he would pairt wi’ her to the best man i’

the kintra-side. But ye hae sic an uncommon power o’ comin’ roond folk

that I wouldna wonner to see ye tryin’t yersel.”

“Stranger things have happened, Mr Barlas,” I rejoined. “Meantime, my

mind is made up to settle down in St Dunstan. I like the place and the

people, the Eildon Hills, the Tweed, and Laird Ramsay.”

“No to speak o’ his dochter,” interjected mine host with a knowing look.

“But where,” I continued, “am I to take up my quarters?”

“Ye needna put yersel in a peck o’ troubles aboot that, doctor. There’s

Dr Sommerville’s cottage just waitin’ for ye alang the road a bit. It’s

a commodious hoose, wi’ trees roond it an’ a bonny garden at the back,

slopin’ to the south. Dr Sommerville was fond o’ flowers, an’ I never

saw a pleasanter place than it was in simmer. But the fac’ is, ye’ll hae

to tak it, doctor, because there’s no anither hoose to let in the hale

toun.”

“Such being the case, Mr Barlas, there is no choice, and the matter is

settled.”

“Just that—just that,” responded the worthy landlord, and then added,

with an eye to business, “Ye can mak the Cross-Keys yer hame till ye get

the cottage a’ painted an’ furnished to your mind.”

“So be it, Mr Barlas; and now that the house is settled, what about a

housekeeper? Was Dr Sommerville married?”

“Married? of course, he was married, an’ had lots o’ weans to the

bargain. But just try yer hand wi’ Miss Ramsay. I would like grand to

see ye at that game, doctor.”

“Nonsense,” I rejoined. “I do not want to steal the Laird’s ewe-lamb,

and break with him at the very commencement of my course. Is there no

quiet, decent, honest body about St Dunstan who would make a good and

active housekeeper?”

“They’re a’ honest an’ decent thegither, except it be twa or three o’

the canglin’ mugger folk wha mend auld pans and break ane anither’s

heads. Let me see—stop a wee—ou, ay—I have ye noo, doctor; there’s Mrs

Johnston—a clean, thrifty, tidy woman o’ forty or thereabouts; she’ll

fit ye to a T, an’ keep yer hoose like a new leek. Her gudeman was an

elder; but he took an inward trouble aboot a year syne, an’ a’ the skill

o’ Doctor Sommerville couldna keep his life in when his time was come.

I’ll speak to Mrs Johnston the morn, so ye can keep yer mind easy aboot

a housekeeper.”

“We’re getting on famously, Mr Barlas. The house and housekeeper are

both disposed of. What next?”

“What next, doctor? The next thing, I’m thinkin’, ’ill be a horse. Folk

will be sendin’ for ye post-haste to gang sax or seven miles awa, an’ ye

canna get on without a beast. Are ye onything skeely in horseflesh?”

“No,” I replied, “not particularly. I would require to purchase a horse

by proxy.”

This reply appeared to give mine host considerable satisfaction. After a

brief pause he said, “Weel, doctor, what think ye o’ the beastie that

took ye to the Haugh the day? It’s fine an’ canny, an’ free frae a’ kind

o’ pranks. It would never fling ye aff an’ break your banes when ye were

gaun to mend ither folk’s bodies. It’ll no cost ye muckle siller, and

ye’ll get a capital bargain wi’ the beast.”

I could not help smiling when the landlord detailed the excellent

qualities of the Rosinante of the Cross-Keys—the superb steed which

excited the compassion of Laird Ramsay.

“It is an admirable animal, Mr Barlas,” I replied, always careful to

avoid giving offence; “but the truth is, there is a friend of mine in

Edinburgh who is great in horses, and who would never forgive me if I

did not permit him to make the selection and the purchase.”

“Vera weel, doctor—vera well,” rejoined the landlord, professing

contentment, although apparently somewhat chagrined. “Ye may get a

stronger and mair speerity beast; but, tak my word for’t, ye’ll no get

ane to answer yer purpose better. It’s an extraordinar’ sensible animal,

an’ kens a’ the roads aboot the kintra-side. In the darkest winter nicht

ye micht fling the bridle on its neck, and it would bring ye hame to St

Dunstan safe an’ soond. Ye can tak anither thocht about it, doctor, an’

I mun awa an’ gie the beast its supper.”

A few weeks after the above confab with the sagacious landlord of the

Cross-Keys, I was quietly domiciled in Oakbank Cottage, on the outskirts

of St Dunstan, and had commenced the routine work of a medical

practitioner. Mrs Johnston was duly installed as housekeeper; and a

capital riding-horse, which Mr Barlas was compelled to allow “micht do,”

arrived from the metropolis. I liked my cottage very much. It stood

apart from the public road, and was quiet and secluded. Rows of poplar

trees surrounded the green, and flower pots in front, and a tall

beechen-hedge girdled on all sides the sloping garden in the rear. The

high banks of the Tweed, adorned with many-tinted foliage, swept along

close at hand, and the strong deep gush of that noble river was borne

abroad on every swell of wind. Oakbank Cottage was, in my estimation,

the sweetest residence in and around St Dunstan; and as I, like my

predecessor, was fond of floriculture, I resolved to make the place look

like a little paradise when the spring and summer months came round

again. I was not long in getting into a good practice. There was not

much opposition from other gentlemen in the district, and many miles I

rode both by night and by day. It always vexed the heart of my worthy

housekeeper, Mrs Johnston, when a special messenger called me away to a

distance after nightfall, and there was no end to the instructions she

gave me—M.D. though I was—about the best means of preventing sore

throats and rheumatisms. Mrs Johnston had never listened to the learned

prelections of medical professors at any of our universities;

nevertheless, like many other sensible and sedate women, in her own

sphere of life, she had managed to pick up no inconsiderable amount of

sound medical knowledge.

I was soon on the best of terms with all the people of the village, for

it will generally be found that while a clergyman has admirers and

detractors among his own hearers, a doctor who is gifted with a modicum

of amiability can easily make himself a favourite with all classes. Of

course, when any person dies, the friends of the deceased will not

unfrequently declaim against the imperfection of the medical treatment;

but grumblings such as these are natural and pardonable, and fail to

shake the general esteem in which the practitioner is held. The minister

of the parish was a frequent visitor at Oakbank, and in order to

strengthen our good fellowship, I became a member of his congregation.

He was an upright and honest-hearted man, although somewhat too

polemical for my taste. I used to think that he was in the habit of

airing his argumentative speeches in my presence before he delivered

himself of them at Presbytery meetings.

None of the people in the district seemed better satisfied than Laird

Ramsay o’ the Haugh that I had located myself in St Dunstan. He called

one day at Oakbank, soon after my settlement, just as I was preparing to

set out on a rural ride. The Laird was attired in the ordinary dress

which he wore at the Haugh. The brown hat, the blue antique coat, the

knee-breeches, the long gaiters, and the yellow-striped vest, seemed to

form a part of his eccentric character.

“Gude day t’ye, Dr Wilson—gude day,” said the Laird, as he shook me by

the hand. “What way hae ye been sae lang in comin’ ower my way? I’m

wearyin’ sair to get anither firlot o’ yon queer humoursome stories oot

o’ ye. Can ye come ower to the Haugh the morn, and tak a bit check o’

dinner wi’ some freends that I’m just on the road to inveet to meet you,

doctor?”

“It will afford me much pleasure, Mr Ramsay.”

“That’s richt—that’s richt. Gie a’ yer patients a double dram o’

medicine the day, an’ that’ll save ye trouble the morn. I’ll no deteen

ye langer i’ the noo, since I see ye’re for takin’ the road. Man,

doctor, that’s a capital horse ye’ve gotten. I’ll try ye a steeplechase

some day, auld as I am.”

Next day I did not forget to mount my horse, which I had christened

Prince Charlie, and ride over to the Haugh. It was more the desire to

meet again the handsome and black-haired Jessie, than the expectation of

a good dinner,—in which the laird was said to excel,—that made me keep

my appointment with scrupulous care, although two or three of my distant

patients thereby missed an expected visit. I found a goodly company

assembled in the Laird’s old-fashioned mansion. Several neighbouring

lairds with their wives were present, my excellent friend the minister

of the parish, and some of the “chief men” of St Dunstan. A few young

ladies graced the company; but it struck me as something singular that I

was the only young gentleman who had been honoured with an invitation.

Does the Laird really think, I asked myself, that he will keep away the

dangerous disease of love from his charming daughter’s heart by

excluding chivalrous youths from his dinner-table? What intense

selfishness there may be in the warmest paternal affection! Nor was

selfishness altogether absent from my own heart. I began to feel a kind

of secret satisfaction that the coast was clear, and that undivided

attentions could be given and received. Jessie was all smiles, grace,

and beauty; and before dinner was finished, I was more than charmed—I

was bewitched with her manners and conversation. When the ladies retired

from table I endeavoured, as on the former occasion, to keep the Laird

o’ the Haugh in good humour, being now determined, for a particular

reason, to rise rather than fall in his estimation. When the minister

introduced polemics I flung out a shower of puns; when oxen became the

topic I spiced the talk with some racy stories. The ruse succeeded.

Between the strong waters and the stories, Laird Ramsay was elevated

into a hilarious region, and he would have forgiven his worst enemy on

the spot. He was not aware that I was playing with him and upon him for

a purpose. When my stock was getting exhausted I started the minister on

his everlasting expedition to Rome, and managed, at the commencement of

his narrative, to escape from table unperceived. I was not particularly

anxious to “join the ladies;” but I was excessively desirous to have, if

possible, some private conversation with Jessie Ramsay. There could be

no denying the fact that I—the young medical practitioner of St

Dunstan—had fallen in love, how or why it boots not to inquire, with the

beautiful daughter of the Laird o’ the Haugh. I felt it through every

vein of my body, and every fibre of my heart, and I fondly imagined from

sundry stealthy glances and sweet suggestive smiles that the dear

creature had perceived and reciprocated my attachment. The golden

silence of love is the highest eloquence, and the most entrancing song.

As good luck and favouring fortune would have it, I had no sooner left

the dining-hall than the object of my adoration came tripping down

stairs alone. In looking over the drawing-room window a rich flower from

her lustrous hair had fallen to the ground, and the lovely creature was

now hastening to secure the lost treasure. Here was an opportunity

little anticipated, but long remembered. It was impossible that I could

be so ungallant as allow her to search for the fallen flower by herself,

and we therefore went out into the open air together. There was no moon,

but the stars were shining full and brilliant in the firmament. Tall

holly bushes and other shrubs surrounded the house within the outer

circle of trees. The only two sounds I distinctly heard were the beating

of my heart, and the humming sound of the minister’s voice as he

narrated the incidents of his pilgrimage to the Eternal City. I blessed

the good man for his unconscious kindness in granting me this

opportunity. Jessie and I proceeded to the place where the flower was

supposed to be. I saw it at once, and she saw it at once; but both of us

pretended that we had not seen it, and so the sweet search continued.

Need I describe, O amiable reader! how in searching and stooping I felt

the touch of her ringleted hair, the warmth of her breath, the delicate

softness of her cheek, and imbibed the honey-balm of her lips? At last

the flower was found,—I blessed it unaware,—and, under the starlight,

replaced it on that lovely head from which it had not been untimely

plucked, but had most opportunely fallen.

We returned to the house undiscovered. The Laird, I knew, was in that

pleased and placid state when he could have listened for many hours to

the Man of the Moon describing the incidents of his celestial travels

and the wonders he had seen from his specular tower. I parted with

Jessie at the foot of the staircase, pressed her soft warm hand, and

re-entered the room which I had rather unceremoniously left. The

minister had got upon the Pope, and all the symptoms of “tired nature”

were apparent on the faces of most of the listeners. They had the look

of a congregation when the thirteenth “head” is being propounded with

due deliberation from the pulpit. The Laird had not seen me depart, but

he saw me enter. He evidently placed in me the most implicit reliance,

and there was no suspicion in his look.

“Hae ye been snuffin’ the caller air, doctor?” he inquired.

I answered in the affirmative with a look of perfect innocence, and then

the Laird added, wishing apparently to cut short the minister’s

harangue, “Ay, weel, let’s join the leddies noo.”

After that evening I was a frequent and welcome visitor at the Haugh.

Prince Charlie soon knew the way to his own stall in the Laird’s

stables. Some golden opportunities occurred when the Laird was absent

for interviews and conversations with Jessie. We plighted our mutual

troth, and were devoted to each other heart and soul. The one grand

difficulty in the way of our happiness was the removal of the Laird’s

scruples with regard to the marriage of his daughter. At last, when

jogging leisurely homeward to Oakbank one evening, I hit upon a scheme

which ultimately resulted in complete success, and gave me possession of

the being whom I loved dearer than life.

A wealthy and winsome widow lady resided in the neighbourhood of St

Dunstan, and the project entered my brain to make her believe that Laird

Ramsay had some notions of her, and also to make him believe that she

had a warm side of her heart to him. If I could only get the Laird to

marry the widow, I knew that Jessie would soon thereafter be mine. The

Laird was open to flattery; he was fond of what Mr Barlas called

“butter;” and I did not despair of being able to make him renew his

youth. Tact was required in such a delicate undertaking, and I resolved

to do my spiriting gently. I began with the Laird first one evening when

he was in his mellow after-dinner state. I praised the graces and

winsome ways of Mrs Mackinlay, and drew from the Laird the confession

that he thought her a “very gude and sociable-like leddy.” I then tried

a few dexterous passes before hinting that she had a warm side to the

Laird o’ the Haugh.

“Ye dinna mean to say that Mrs Mackinlay is castin’ a sheep’s e’e at me,

do ye, doctor?”

“I can assure you, Mr Ramsay,” I rejoined, “that she speaks of you

always with great respect, and seems to wonder why you do not honour her

with a visit occasionally.”

“Ay, doctor, it’s queer what way I never thocht o’ that. She’s a

sensible leddy after a’, Mrs Mackinlay. I think I could do worse than

look ower at her hoose some o’ these days.”

“It’s the very thing you ought to do, Mr Ramsay,” I replied. “You will

find her company highly entertaining. She has an accumulated fund of

stories and anecdotes.”

“Has she, doctor?—has she? Weel, I’ll gang; but what would Jessie say, I

wunner?”

I had now put the Laird on the right scent, and I tried my best also

with Mrs Mackinlay. I made her aware of the Laird’s intended visit, and

hinted tenderly its probable object. After a lengthened conversation, in

which I exercised all the ingenuity I possessed, I left her with the

impression on my mind that Laird Ramsay’s addresses when he called would

be met half-way. The meeting did take place—it was followed by another

and another—and the upshot of the matter was that the eccentric Laird

and the wealthy widow were duly wedded, to the astonishment of the whole

district. I allowed six months of their wedded bliss to slip past before

I asked the Laird’s consent to have Jessie removed from the Haugh to

Oakbank. A sort of dim suspicion of the whole affair seemed to cross the

Laird’s mind when I addressed him. A pawky twinkle lit up his eye as he

replied, “Ah, ye rogue!—tak her, an’ my blessin’ alang wi’ her. Ye ken

whaur to look for a gude wife, an’ I daursay ye’ll no mak the warst o’

gudemen.” Thus I won the Laird’s daughter, and the paradise of Oakbank,

in the village of St Dunstan, was complete in happiness.

MOSS-SIDE.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

Gilbert Ainslie was a poor man; and he had been a poor man all the days

of his life, which were not few, for his thin hair was now waxing gray.

He had been born and bred on the small moorland farm which he now

occupied; and he hoped to die there, as his father and grandfather had

done before him, leaving a family just above the more bitter wants of

this world. Labour, hard and unremitting, had been his lot in life; but,

although sometimes severely tried, he had never repined; and through all

the mist and gloom, and even the storms that had assailed him, he had

lived on from year to year in that calm and resigned contentment which

unconsciously cheers the hearthstone of the blameless poor. With his own

hands he had ploughed, sowed, and reaped his often scanty harvest,

assisted, as they grew up, by three sons, who, even in boyhood, were

happy to work along with their father in the fields. Out of doors or in,

Gilbert Ainslie was never idle. The spade, the shears, the ploughshaft,

the sickle, and the flail, all came readily to hands that grasped them

well; and not a morsel of food was eaten under his roof, or a garment

worn there, that was not honestly, severely, nobly earned. Gilbert

Ainslie was a slave, but it was for them he loved with a sober and deep

affection. The thraldom under which he lived God had imposed, and it

only served to give his character a shade of silent gravity, but not

austere; to make his smiles fewer, but more heartfelt; to calm his soul

at grace before and after meals, and to kindle it in morning and evening

prayer.

There is no need to tell the character of the wife of such a man. Meek

and thoughtful, yet gladsome and gay withal, her heaven was in her

house; and her gentler and weaker hands helped to bar the door against

want. Of ten children that had been born to them, they had lost three;

and as they had fed, clothed, and educated them respectably, so did they

give them who died a respectable funeral. The living did not grudge to

give up, for a while, some of their daily comforts for the sake of the

dead; and bought, with the little sums which their industry had saved,

decent mournings, worn on Sabbath, and then carefully laid by. Of the

seven that survived, two sons and a daughter were farm-servants in the

neighbourhood, while two daughters and two sons remained at home,

growing, or grown up, a small, happy, hard-working household.

Many cottages are there in Scotland like Moss-side, and many such humble

and virtuous cottagers as were now beneath its roof of straw. The eye of

the passing traveller may mark them, or mark them not, but they stand

peacefully in thousands over all the land; and most beautiful do they

make it, through all its wide valleys and narrow glens—its low holms,

encircled by the rocky walls of some bonny burn—its green mounts, elated

with their little crowning groves of plane-trees—its yellow

corn-fields—its bare pastoral hill-sides, and all its heathy moors, on

whose black bosom lie shining or concealed glades of excessive verdure,

inhabited by flowers, and visited only by the farflying bees. Moss-side

was not beautiful to a careless or hasty eye; but, when looked on and

surveyed, it seemed a pleasant dwelling. Its roof, overgrown with grass

and moss, was almost as green as the ground out of which its

weather-stained walls appeared to grow. The moss behind it was separated

from a little garden, by a narrow slip of arable land, the dark colour

of which showed that it had been won from the wild by patient industry,

and by patient industry retained. It required a bright sunny day to make

Moss-side fair, but then it was fair indeed; and when the little brown

moorland birds were singing their short songs among the rushes and the

heather, or a lark, perhaps lured thither by some green barley-field for

its undisturbed nest, rose ringing all over the enlivened solitude, the

little bleak farm smiled like the paradise of poverty, sad and affecting

in its lone and extreme simplicity. The boys and girls had made some

plots of flowers among the vegetables that the little garden supplied

for their homely meals; pinks and carnations, brought from walled

gardens of rich men farther down in the cultivated strath, grew here

with somewhat diminished lustre; a bright show of tulips had a strange

beauty in the midst of that moorland; and the smell of roses mixed well

with that of the clover, the beautiful fair clover that loves the soil

and the air of Scotland, and gives the rich and balmy milk to the poor

man’s lips.

In this cottage, Gilbert’s youngest child, a girl about nine years of

age, had been lying for a week in a fever. It was now Saturday evening,

and the ninth day of the disease. Was she to live or die? It seemed as

if a very few hours were between the innocent creature and heaven. All

the symptoms were those of approaching death. The parents knew well the

change that comes over the human face, whether it be in infancy, youth,

or prime, just before the departure of the spirit; and as they stood

together by Margaret’s bed, it seemed to them that the fatal shadow had

fallen upon her features. The surgeon of the parish lived some miles

distant, but they expected him now every moment, and many a wistful look

was directed by tearful eyes along the moor. The daughter who was out at

service came anxiously home on this night, the only one that could be

allowed her; for the poor must work in their grief, and servants must do

their duty to those whose bread they eat, even when nature is sick—sick

at heart. Another of the daughters came in from the potato-field beyond

the brae, with what was to be their frugal supper. The calm, noiseless

spirit of life was in and around the house, while death seemed dealing

with one who, a few days ago, was like light upon the floor, and the

sound of music, that always breathed up when most wanted; glad and

joyous in common talk—sweet, silvery, and mournful, when it joined in

hymn or psalm. One after the other, they all continued going up to the

bedside, and then coming away sobbing or silent, to see their merry

little sister, who used to keep dancing all day like a butterfly in a

meadowfield, or, like a butterfly with shut wings on a flower, trifling

for a while in the silence of her joy, now tossing restlessly on her

bed, and scarcely sensible to the words of endearment whispered around

her, or the kisses dropped with tears, in spite of themselves, on her

burning forehead.

Utter poverty often kills the affections; but a deep, constant, and

common feeling of this world’s hardships, and an equal participation in

all those struggles by which they may be softened, unite husband and

wife, parents and children, brothers and sisters, in thoughtful and

subdued tenderness, making them happy indeed, while the circle round the

fire is unbroken, and yet preparing them every day to bear the

separation, when some one or other is taken slowly or suddenly away.

Their souls are not moved by fits and starts, although, indeed, nature

sometimes will wrestle with necessity; and there is a wise moderation

both in the joy and the grief of the intelligent poor, which keeps

lasting trouble away from their earthly lot, and prepares them silently

and unconsciously for heaven.

“Do you think the child is dying?” said Gilbert, with a calm voice, to

the surgeon, who, on his wearied horse, had just arrived from another

sick-bed, over the misty range of hills, and had been looking

steadfastly for some minutes on the little patient. The humane man knew

the family well, in the midst of whom he was standing, and replied,

“While there is life there is hope; but my pretty little Margaret is, I

fear, in the last extremity.” There was no loud lamentation at these

words; all had before known, though they would not confess it to

themselves, what they now were told; and though the certainty that was

in the words of the skilful man made their hearts beat for a little with

sicker throbbings, made their pale faces paler, and brought out from

some eyes a greater gush of tears, yet death had been before in this

house, and in this case he came, as he always does, in awe, but not in

terror. There were wandering and wavering and dreamy delirious fantasies

in the brain of the innocent child; but the few words she indistinctly

uttered were affecting, not rending to the heart, for it was plain that

she thought herself herding her sheep in the green silent pastures, and

sitting wrapped in her plaid upon the lown and sunny side of the

Birk-knowe. She was too much exhausted—there was too little life, too

little breath in her heart—to frame a tune; but some of her words seemed

to be from favourite old songs; and at last her mother wept, and turned

aside her face, when the child, whose blue eyes were shut, and her lips

almost still, breathed out these lines of the beautiful twenty-third

Psalm:—

The Lord’s my shepherd, I’ll not want.

He makes me down to lie

In pastures green: He leadeth me

The quiet waters by.

The child was now left with none but her mother by the bedside, for it

was said to be best so; and Gilbert and his family sat down round the

kitchen fire, for a while, in silence. In about a quarter of an hour,

they began to rise calmly, and to go each to his allotted work. One of

the daughters went forth with the pail to milk the cow, and another

began to set out the table in the middle of the floor for supper,

covering it with a white cloth. Gilbert viewed the usual household

arrangements with a solemn and untroubled eye; and there was almost the

faint light of a grateful smile on his cheek, as he said to the worthy

surgeon, “You will partake of our fare, after your day’s travel and toil

of humanity?” In a short silent half-hour, the potatoes and oat-cakes,

butter and milk, were on the board; and Gilbert, lifting up his

toil-hardened but manly hand, with a slow motion, at which the room was

as hushed as if it had been empty, closed his eyes in reverence, and

asked a blessing. There was a little stool, on which no one sat, by the

old man’s side. It had been put there unwittingly, when the other seats

were all placed in their usual order; but the golden head that was wont

to rise at that part of the table was now wanting. There was silence—not

a word was said—their meal was before them—God had been thanked, and

they began to eat.

While they were at their silent meal a horseman came galloping to the

door, and, with a loud voice, called out that he had been sent express

with a letter to Gilbert Ainslie; at the same time rudely, and with an

oath, demanding a dram for his trouble. The eldest son, a lad of

eighteen, fiercely seized the bridle of his horse, and turned its head

away from the door. The rider, somewhat alarmed at the flushed face of

the powerful stripling, threw down the letter and rode off. Gilbert took

the letter from his son’s hand, casting, at the same time, a

half-upbraiding look on his face, that was returning to its former

colour. “I feared,”—said the youth, with a tear in his eye,—“I feared

that the brute’s voice, and the trampling of the horse’s feet, would

have disturbed her.” Gilbert held the letter hesitatingly in his hand,

as if afraid at that moment to read it; at length he said aloud to the

surgeon:—“You know that I am a poor man, and debt, if justly incurred,

and punctually paid when due, is no dishonour.” Both his hand and his

voice shook slightly as he spoke; but he opened the letter from the

lawyer, and read it in silence. At this moment his wife came from her

child’s bedside, and, looking anxiously at her husband, told him “not to

mind about the money, that no man who knew him would arrest his goods,

or put him into prison. Though, dear me, it is cruel to be put to thus,

when our bairn is dying, and when, if so it be the Lord’s will, she

should have a decent burial, poor innocent, like them that went before

her.” Gilbert continued reading the letter with a face on which no

emotion could be discovered; and then, folding it up, he gave it to his

wife, told her she might read it if she chose, and then put it into his

desk in the room, beside the poor dear bairn. She took it from him,

without reading it, and crushed it into her bosom: for she turned her

ear towards her child, and thinking she heard it stir, ran out hastily

to its bedside.

Another hour of trial passed, and the child was still swimming for its

life. The very dogs knew there was grief in the house, and lay without

stirring, as if hiding themselves, below the long table at the window.

One sister sat with an unfinished gown on her knees, that she had been

sewing for the dear child, and still continued at the hopeless work, she

scarcely knew why; and often, often putting up her hand to wipe away a

tear. “What is that?” said the old man to his eldest daughter. “What is

that you are laying on the shelf?” She could scarcely reply that it was

a riband and an ivory comb that she had brought for little Margaret,

against the night of the dancing-school ball. And at these words the

father could not restrain a long, deep, and bitter groan; at which the

boy, nearest in age to his dying sister, looked up weeping in his face;

and, letting the tattered book of old ballads, which he had been poring

on, but not reading, fall out of his hands, he rose from his seat, and,

going into his father’s bosom, kissed him, and asked God to bless him:

for the holy heart of the boy was moved within him; and the old man, as

he embraced him, felt that, in his innocence and simplicity, he was

indeed a comforter. “The Lord giveth, and the Lord taketh away,” said

the old man; “blessed be the name of the Lord!”

The outer door gently opened, and he whose presence had in former years

brought peace and resignation hither, when their hearts had been tried

even as they now were tried, stood before them. On the night before the

Sabbath, the minister of Auchindown never left his manse, except, as

now, to visit the sick or dying bed. Scarcely could Gilbert reply to his

first question about his child, when the surgeon came from the bedroom,

and said—“Margaret seems lifted up by God’s hand above death and the

grave: I think she will recover. She has fallen asleep; and, when she

wakes, I hope—I—believe—that the danger will be past, and that your

child will live.”

They were all prepared for death; but now they were found unprepared for

life. One wept that had till then locked up all her tears within her

heart; another gave a short palpitating shriek; and the tender-hearted

Isobel, who had nursed the child when it was a baby, fainted away. The

youngest brother gave way to gladsome smiles; and calling out his dog

Hector, who used to sport with him and his little sister on the moor, he

told the tidings to the dumb irrational creature, whose eyes, it is

certain, sparkled with a sort of joy. The clock for some days had been

prevented from striking the hours; but the silent fingers pointed to the

hour of nine; and that, in the cottage of Gilbert Ainslie, was the

stated hour of family worship. His own honoured minister took the Book,—

He waled a portion with judicious care,

And, “Let us worship God,” he said, with solemn air.

A chapter was read—a prayer said; and so, too, was sung a psalm; but it

was sung low, and with suppressed voices, lest the child’s saving sleep

might be broken; and now and then the female voices trembled, or some

one of them ceased altogether; for there had been tribulation and

anguish, and now hope and faith were tried in the joy of thanksgiving.

The child still slept; and its sleep seemed more sound and deep. It

appeared almost certain that the crisis was over, and that the flower

was not to fade. “Children,” said Gilbert, “our happiness is in the love

we bear to one another; and our duty is in submitting to and serving

God. Gracious, indeed, has He been unto us. Is not the recovery of our

little darling, dancing, singing Margaret, worth all the gold that ever

was mined? If we had had thousands of thousands, would we not have

filled up her grave with the worthless dross of gold, rather than that

she should have gone down there with her sweet face and all her rosy

smiles?” There was no reply, but a joyful sobbing all over the room.

“Never mind the letter, nor the debt, father,” said the eldest daughter.

“We have all some little thing of our own,—a few pounds,—and we shall be

able to raise as much as will keep arrest and prison at a distance. Or

if they do take our furniture out of the house, all except Margaret’s

bed, who cares? We will sleep on the floor; and there are potatoes in

the field, and clear water in the spring. We need fear nothing, want

nothing; blessed be God for all His mercies!”

Gilbert went into the sick-room, and got the letter from his wife, who

was sitting at the head of the bed, watching, with a heart blessed

beyond all bliss, the calm and regular breathings of her child. “This

letter,” said he, mildly, “is not from a hard creditor. Come with me

while I read it aloud to our children.” The letter was read aloud, and

it was well fitted to diffuse pleasure and satisfaction through the

dwelling of poverty. It was from an executor to the will of a distant

relative, who had left Gilbert Ainslie £1500.

“The sum,” said Gilbert, “is a large one to folks like us, but not, I

hope, large enough to turn our heads, or make us think ourselves all

lords and ladies. It will do more, far more, than put me fairly above

the world at last. I believe that, with it, I may buy this very farm, on

which my forefathers have toiled. But God, whose providence has sent

this temporal blessing, may He send us wisdom and prudence how to use

it, and humble and grateful hearts to us all.”

“You will be able to send me to school all the year round now, father,”

said the youngest boy. “And you may leave the flail to your sons, now,

father,” said the eldest. “You may hold the plough still, for you draw a

straighter furrow than any of us; but hard work for young sinews; and

you may sit now oftener in your arm-chair by the ingle. You will not

need to rise now in the dark, cold, and snowy winter mornings, and keep

threshing corn in the barn for hours by candlelight, before the late

dawning.”

There was silence, gladness, and sorrow, and but little sleep in

Moss-side, between the rising and the setting of the stars, that were

now out in thousands, clear, bright, and sparkling over the unclouded

sky. Those who had lain down for an hour or two in bed could scarcely be

said to have slept; and when about morning little Margaret awoke, an

altered creature, pale, languid, and unable to turn herself on her lowly

bed, but with meaning in her eyes, memory in her mind, affection in her

heart, and coolness in all her veins, a happy group were watching the

first faint smile that broke over her features; and never did one who

stood there forget that Sabbath morning on which she seemed to look

round upon them all with a gaze of fair and sweet bewilderment, like one

half conscious of having been rescued from the power of the grave.

MY FIRST FEE.

A CHAPTER FROM THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF AN ADVOCATE.

“Fee him, father, fee him.”

Seven long yearning years had elapsed since, with the budding

anticipation of youthful hope, I had assumed the lugubrious insignia of

the bar. During that dreadful time, each morn, as old St Giles told the

hour of nine, might I be seen insinuating my emaciated figure within the

penetralia of the Parliament House, where, begowned and bewigged, and

with the zeal of a Powell or a Barclay, I paced about till two. These

peripatetic practices had well-nigh ruined me in Wellingtons, and

latterly in shoes. My little Erskine was in pawn; while my tailor and my

landlady threw out unmistakable and ominous hints regarding their long

bills and longer credit. I dared not understand them, but consoled

myself with the thought, that the day would come when my tailor would

cease his dunning, and my landlady her clamour.

I had gone the different circuits, worn and torn my gown, seated myself

in awful contemplation on the side benches, maintained angry argument on

legal points with some more favoured brother, within earshot of a wily

writer. In fine, I had resorted to every means that fancy could suggest,

or experience dictate; but as yet my eyes had not seen, nor my pocket

felt—a Fee. Alas! this was denied. I might be said to be, as yet, no

barrister: for what is a lawyer without a fee? A nonentity! a shadow! To

my grief, I seemed to be fast verging to the latter; and I doubt much

whether the “Anatomie vivant” could have stood the comparison—so much

had my feeless fast fed on my flesh!

I cannot divine the reason for this neglect of my legal services. In my

own heart, I had vainly imagined the sufficiency of my tact and subtlety

in unravelling a nice point; neither had I been wanting in attention to

my studies; for Heaven and my landlady can bear witness, that my

consumption of coal and candle would have sufficed any two ordinary

readers. There was not a book or treatise on law which I had not dived

into. I was insatiable in literature; but the world and the writers

seemed ignorant of my brain be-labouring system, and sedulously

determined that my _fee-ling_ propensities should not be gratified.

Never did I meet an agent either in or out of Court, but my heart and

hand felt a pleasing glow of hope and of joy at the prospect of

pocketing a fee; but how often have they turned their backs without even

the mortifying allusion to such a catastrophe! How often have I turned

round in whirling ecstacy as I felt some seemingly patronising palm tap

gently on my shoulders with such a tap as writers’ clerks are wont to

use; but oh, ye gods! a grinning wretch merely asked me how I did, and

passed on!

Nor were my non-legal friends more kind. There was an old gentleman,

who, I knew (for I made it my business to enquire), had some thoughts of

a law-plea. From him I received an invitation to dinner. Joyfully, as at

all times, but more so on this occasion, was the summons obeyed. I had

laid a train to introduce the subject of his wrongs at a time which

might _suit_ best, and with this plan I commenced my machinations. The

old fox was too cunning even for me; he too had his plot, and had hit

upon the expedient of obtaining my opinion without a fee—the skinflint!

Long and doubtful was the contest; hint succeeded hint, question after

question was put, till at last my entertainer was victorious, and I

retired crestfallen and feeless from the field! By the soul of Erskine,

had it not been for his dinners, I should have cut him for ever! Still I

grubbed with this one, cultivated an acquaintance with that, but all to

no purpose; no one pitied my position. My torments were those of the

lost! Hope (not the President) alone buoyed me up; visions of future

sovereigns, numerous as those which appeared to Banquo of old, but of a

better and more useful kind, flitted before my charmed imagination.

Pride, poverty, and starvation pushed me on. What! said I, shall it be

hinted that I am likely neither to have a fee nor a feed? Tell it not in

the First Division; publish it not in the Outer House! All my thoughts

were riveted to one object—to one object all my endeavours were bent,

and to accomplish this seemed the ultimatum of bliss.

Often have I looked with envy upon the more favoured candidates for

judicial fame—those who never return to their domicile or their dinner,

but to find their tables groaning with briefs! How different from my

case! My case? What case? I have no case! Not one fee to work its own

desolateness! Months and months passed on, still success came not! The

hoped-for event came not; resolution died within me; I formed serious

intentions of being even with the profession. As the profession had cut

me, I intended to have cut the profession. In my wants, I would have

robbed, but my hand was withheld by the thought that the jesters of the

stove might taunt me thus: “He could not live, so he died, by the law.”

I have often thought that there is a great similarity between the

hangman and the want of a fee; the one is the finisher of the law, the

other of lawyers!

Pondering on my griefs, with my feet on the expiring embers of a seacoal

fire, the chair in that swinging position so much practised and approved

in Yankee-land,—the seat destined for a clerk occupied by my cat, for I

love everything of the _fe-line_ species,—my cogitations were disturbed

by an application for admittance at the outer door. It was not the

rat-tat of the postman, nor the rising and falling attack of the man of

fashion, but a compound of both, which evidently bespoke the knockee

unaccustomed to town. I am somewhat curious in knocks; I admire the true

principles of the art, by which one may distinguish the peer from the

postman—the dun from the dilettante—the footman from the furnisher. But

there was something in this knock which baffled all my skill; yet sweet

withal, thrilling through my heart with a joy unfelt before. Some spirit

must have presided in the sound, for it seemed to me the music of the

spheres.

A short time elapsed, and my landlady “opened wide the infernal doors.”

Now hope cut capers—(Lazenby, thou wert not to blame, for of thy

delicacies I dared not even dream!)—now hope cut capers within me! Heavy

footsteps were heard in the passage, and one of the lords of the

creation marched his calves into the apartment. With alacrity, I

conveyed my _corpus juris_ to meet him, and, with all civility, I

requested him to be seated. My landlady with her apron dusted the

arm-chair (I purchased it at a sale of Lord M——’s _effects_, not

_causes_,—expecting to catch inspiration). In this said chair my man

ensconced his clay.

I had commenced my survey of his person, when my eyes were attracted by

a basilisk-like bunch of papers which the good soul held in his hand. In

ecstasy I gazed—characters were marked on them which could not be

mistaken; a less keen glance than mine might have discovered their

import. My joy was now beyond all bounds, testifying itself by sundry

kickings and contortions of the body. I began to fear the worthy man

might think me mad, and repent him of his errand; I calmed myself, and

sat down. My guest thrust into my hands the papers, and then proceeded

to issue letters of open doors against his dexter pocket. His intentions

were evident; with difficulty could I restrain myself. For some minutes

he “groped about the vast abyss,” during which time my agitation

increased so much that I could not have answered one question, even out

of that favourite chapter of one of our institutional writers, “On the

Institution of Fees.” But let me describe the man to whom I owe so much.

He was a short, squat, farmer-looking being, who might have rented some

fifty acres or so. Though stinted in his growth upwards, Dame Nature

seemed determined to make him amends by an increase of dimension in

every other direction. His nose and face spoke volumes—ay, libraries—of

punch and ale; these potations had also made themselves manifested lower

down, by the magnitude of the _belli-gerent_ powers. There was in his

face a cunning leer, in his figure a knowing _tournure_, which was still

further heightened by his dress; this consisted of a green coat, which

gave evident signs of its utter incapability of ever being identified

with Stultz; cords and continuations encased the lower parts of his

carcase; a belcher his throat; while the whole was surmounted by a

castor of the most preposterous breadth of brim, and shallow capacity.

But in this man’s appearance there was something that pleased me;

something of a nature superior to other mortals. I might have been

prejudiced, but his face and figure seemed to me more beautiful than

morning.

Never did I gaze with a more complacent benevolence on a

breeches-pocket. At last he succeeded in dragging from its depths a huge

old stocking, through which “the yellow-lettered Geordie’s keeked.” With

what raptures did I look on that old stocking, the produce, I presumed,

of the stocking of his farm. It seemed to possess the power of

fascination, for my eyes could not quit it. Even when my client (for now

I calculated upon him) began to speak, my attention still wandered to

the stocking. He told me of a dispute with his landlord about some

matters relating to his farm, that he was wronged, and would have the

law of the laird, though he should spend his last shilling (here I

looked with increased raptures at the stocking). On the recommendation

of the minister (good man!), he had sought me for advice. He then opened

wide the jaws of his homely purse—he inserted his paw—now my heart

beat—he made a jingling noise—my heart beat quicker still—he pulled

forth his two interesting fingers—oh, ecstasy! he pressed five guineas

into my extended hand—they touched the virgin palm, and oh, ye gods! I

was FEE’D!!!—_Edinburgh Literary Journal._

THE KIRK OF TULLIBODY.

The parish of Tullibody, in Clackmannanshire, now united with Alloa,

was, before the Reformation, an independent ecclesiastical district. The

manner in which it lost its separate character is curious. In the year

1559, when Monsieur D’Oysel commanded the French troops on the coast of

Fife, they were alarmed by the arrival of the English fleet, and thought

of nothing but a hasty retreat. It was in the month of January, and at

the breaking of a great storm. William Kirkaldy of Grange, commander of

the congregational forces, attentive to the circumstances in which his

enemies were caught, took advantage of this situation, and marched with

great expedition towards Stirling, and cut the bridge of Tullibody,

which was over the Devon, to prevent their retreat. By this manœuvre,

the French found themselves completely enclosed. They were driven to an

extremity which obliged them to resort to an extraordinary expedient to

effect their escape. They lifted the roof off the church of Tullibody,

and laid it along the broken part of the bridge, by which means they

effected a safe retreat to Stirling.

Such a dilapidation of the church caused the Tullibodians to proceed to

the adjacent kirk of Alloa, and in a short time the parish ceased to be

independent. The burying-ground round the ancient place of worship, now

repaired, still remains; and on the north side of it, where there had

been formerly an entry, there is a stone coffin, with a niche for the

head, and two for the arms, covered with a thick hollowed lid like a

tureen. The lid is a good deal broken, but a curious tradition is

preserved of the coffin. It is related that in early times a young lady

of the neighbourhood had declared her affection for the minister, who,

either from his station or want of inclination, made no returns. So

vexed was the lady on perceiving his indifference, that, in a short

while, she sickened, and at last died of grief. While on her deathbed,

she left it as her last request, that she should not be buried in the

earth, but that her body should be placed in a stone coffin, and laid at

the entry to the church; which was done, and to this day, the stone

retains the name of the “Maiden’s Stone.”—_Chambers’ Edinburgh Journal_,

1832.

THE PROGRESS OF INCONSTANCY;

_OR_, _THE SCOTS TUTOR_.

“Sweet, tender sex! with snares encompassed round,

On others hang thy comforts and thy rest.”—HOGG.

Nature has made woman weak, that she might receive with gratitude the

protection of man. Yet how often is this appointment perverted! How

often does her protector become her oppressor! Even custom seems leagued

against her. Born with the tenderest feelings, her whole life is

commonly a struggle to suppress them. Placed in the most favourable

circumstances, her choice is confined to a few objects; and unless where

singularly fortunate, her fondest partialities are only a modification

of gratitude. She may reject, but cannot invite: may tell what would

make her wretched, but dare not even whisper what would make her happy;

and, in a word, exercises merely a negative influence upon the most

important event of her life. Man has leisure to look around him, and may

marry at any age, with almost equal advantage; but woman must improve

the fleeting moment, and determine quickly, at the hazard of determining

rashly. The spring-time of her beauty will not last; its wane will be

the signal for the flight of her lovers; and if the present opportunity

is neglected, she may be left to experience the only species of

misfortune for which the world evinces no sympathy. How cruel, then, to

increase the misery of her natural dependence! How ungenerous to add

treachery to strength, and deceive or disappoint those whose highest

ambition is our favour, and whose only safety is our honesty!

William Arbuthnot was born in a remote county of Scotland, where his

father rented a few acres of land, which his own industry had reclaimed

from the greatest wildness to a state of considerable fertility. Having

given, even in his first attempts at learning, those indications of a

retentive memory, which the partiality of a parent easily construes into

a proof of genius, he was early destined for the Scottish Church, and

regarded as a philosopher before he had emerged from the nursery. While

his father pleased himself with the prospect of seeing his name

associated with the future greatness of his son, his mother, whose

ambition took a narrower range, thought she could die contented if she

should see him seated in the pulpit of his native church; and perhaps,

from a pardonable piece of vanity, speculated as frequently upon the

effect his appearance would have upon the hearts of the neighbouring

daughters, as his discourses upon the minds of their mothers. This

practice, so common among the poorer classes in Scotland, of making one

of their children a scholar, to the prejudice, as is alleged, of the

rest, has been often remarked, and sometimes severely censured. But

probably the objections that have been urged against it, derive their

chief force from the exaggerations upon which they are commonly founded.

It is not in general true that parents, by bestowing the rudiments of a

liberal education upon one of the family, materially injure the

condition or prospects of the rest. For it must be remembered that the

plebeian student is soon left to trust to his own exertions for support,

and, like the monitor of a Lancastrian seminary, unites the characters

of pupil and master, and teaches and is taught by turns.

But to proceed with our little narrative. The parish schoolmaster having

intimated to the parents of his pupil, that the period was at hand when

he should be sent to prosecute his studies at the university, the usual

preparations were made for his journey, and his departure was fixed for

the following day, when he was to proceed to Edinburgh under escort of

the village carrier and his black dog Cæsar, two of the eldest and most

intimate of his acquaintance. Goldsmith’s poetical maxim, that little

things are great to little men, is universally true; and this was an

eventful day for the family of Belhervie, for that was the name of the

residence of Mr Arbuthnot. The father was as profuse of his admonitions

as the mother was of her tears, and had a stranger beheld the afflicted

group, he would have naturally imagined that they were bewailing some

signal calamity, in place of welcoming an event to which they had long

looked forward with pleasure. But the feelings of affectionate regret,

occasioned by this separation, were most seasonably suspended by the

receipt of a letter from Mr Coventry, a respectable farmer in the

neighbourhood, in which that gentleman offered to engage their son for a

few years, as a companion and tutor to his children. This was an offer

which his parents were too prudent to reject, particularly as it might

prove the means of future patronage as well as of present emolument. It

was therefore immediately agreed upon, that William should himself be

the bearer of their letter of acceptance, and proceed forthwith to his

new residence. On this occasion he was admonished anew; but the advices

were different from those formerly given, and were delivered by a

different person. His mother was now the principal speaker; and, instead

of warning him against the snares that are laid for youth in a great

city, she furnished him with some rude lessons on the principles of

good-breeding, descending to a number of particulars too minute to be

enumerated here. William listened to her harangue with becoming

reverence and attention, and on the following morning, for the first

time, bade farewell to his affectionate parents.

On the afternoon of the same day, he arrived at Daisybank, where he was

welcomed with the greatest cordiality. His appearance was genteel and

prepossessing, and it was not long before his new friends discovered,

that the slight degree of awkwardness which at first clung to his

manners, proceeded more from bashfulness and embarrassment than natural

rusticity. But as he began to feel himself at home, this embarrassment

of manner gradually gave place to an easy but unobtrusive politeness.

Indeed it would not have been easy for a youth of similar views, at his

first outset in life, to have fallen into more desirable company. Mr and

Mrs Coventry were proverbial among their neighbours for the simplicity

and purity of their manners, and they had laboured, not unsuccessfully,

to stamp a similar character upon the minds of their children. Their

family consisted of two sons and two daughters, the former of whom were

confided to the care of William.

Mary, the eldest of the four, now in her sixteenth or seventeenth year,

was in every respect the most interesting object at Daisybank. To a mind

highly cultivated for her years, she united many of those personal

graces and attractions which command little homage in the crowd, but

open upon us in the shade of retirement, and lend to the domestic circle

its most irresistible charms. In stature she scarcely reached the middle

size. To the beauty derived from form and colour she had few

pretensions; yet when her fine blue eyes moistened with a tear at a tale

of distress, or beamed an unaffected welcome to the stranger or the

friend, he must have been more or less than man who felt not for her a

sentiment superior to admiration. Hers, in a word, was the beauty of

expression—the beauty of a mind reflected, in which the dullest disciple

of Lavater could not for a moment have mistaken her real character. Her

education had been principally conducted under the eye of her parents,

and might be termed domestic rather than fashionable. Not that she was

entirely a stranger to those acquirements which are deemed indispensable

in modern education. She had visited occasionally the great metropolis,

though, owing to the prudent solicitude of her parents, her residence

there had been comparatively short, yet probably long enough to acquire

all its useful or elegant accomplishments, without any admixture of its

fashionable frivolities.

From this hasty portraiture of Miss Coventry, it will be easily believed

that it was next to impossible for a youth nearly of the same age, and

not dissimilar in his dispositions, to remain long insensible to charms

that were gradually maturing before his eyes, and becoming every day

more remarkable. Fortunately, however, the idea of dependence attached

to his situation, and a temper naturally diffident determined him to

renounce for ever a hope which he feared in his present circumstances

would be deemed ungrateful and even presumptuous. But this was waging

war with nature, a task which he soon found to be above his strength. He

had now, therefore, to abandon the hope of victory for the safety of

retreat, and content himself with concealing those sentiments he found

it impossible to subdue. Yet so deceitful is love, that even this modest

hope was followed with disappointment. One fine evening in June, when he

was about to unbend from the duties of the day, and retire to muse on

the amiable Mary, he encountered the fair wanderer herself, who was

probably returning from a similar errand. He accosted her in evident

confusion; and, without being conscious of what he said, invited her to

join him in a walk to a neighbouring height. His request was complied

with in the same spirit it had been made in, for embarrassment is often

contagious, particularly the embarrassment arising from love. On this

occasion he intended to summon up all his powers of conversation, and

yet his companion had never found him so silent. Some commonplace

compliments to the beauty of the evening were almost the only

observations which escaped his lips, and these he uttered more in the

manner of a sleep-walker than a lover. They soon reached the limit of

their walk, and rested upon an eminence that commanded the prospect of

an extensive valley below. Day was fast declining to that point which is

termed twilight, when the whole irrational creation seem preparing for

rest, and only man dares to intrude upon the silence of nature. Miss

Coventry beheld the approach of night with some uneasiness, and dreading

to be seen with William alone, she began to rally him upon his apparent

absence and confusion, and proposed that they should immediately return

to the house. At mention of this, William started as from a dream, and

being unable longer to command his feelings, he candidly confessed to

her the cause of his absence and dejection. He dwelt with much emotion

upon his own demerit, and voluntarily accused himself for the

presumption of a hope which he never meant to have revealed until the

nearer accomplishment of his views had rendered it less imprudent and

romantic. He declared that he would sooner submit to any hardship that

incur the displeasure of her excellent parents, and entreated that,

whatever were her sentiments with regard to the suit he was so

presumptuous as to prefer, she might assist him in concealing from them

a circumstance which he feared would be attended with that consequence.

To this tender and affectionate appeal, the gentle Mary could only

answer with her sighs and blushes. She often indeed attempted to speak,

but the words as often died upon her lips, and they had nearly reached

home before she could even whisper an answer to the reiterated question

of her lover. But she did answer at last; and never was a monarch more

proud of his conquest, or the homage of tributary princes, than William

was of the simple fealty of the heart of Mary.

In the bosom of this happy family William now found his hours glide away

so agreeably that he looked forward with real regret to the termination

of his engagement. His condition was perhaps one of those in which the

nearest approach is made to perfect happiness; when the youthful mind,

unseduced by the blandishments of ambition, confines its regards to a

few favourite objects, and dreads a separation from them as the greatest

of evils. The contrast between the patriarchal simplicity of his

father’s fireside, and the comparative elegance of Mr Coventry’s

parlour, for a season dazzled him with its novelty; while the ripening

graces of Mary threw around him a fascination which older and more

unsusceptible minds than his might have found it difficult to resist. In

his domestic establishment Mr Coventry aimed at nothing beyond comfort

and gentility. William was therefore treated in every respect as an

equal, and was never banished from his patron’s table to make room for a

more important guest, or condemned to hold Lent over a solitary meal,

while the family were celebrating a holiday.

All our ideas are relative, and we estimate every thing by comparison.

Upon this principle, William thought no female so lovely or amiable as

Miss Coventry, and no residence so delightful as Daisybank. And he would

not have exchanged his feelings, while seated on a winter evening amidst

his favourite circle, scanning, for their amusement, a page of history,

or the columns of a newspaper, while the snugness and comfort that

reigned within made him forget the storm that pelted without, for the

most delicious paradise an eastern imagination ever painted.

It will thus readily be imagined, that the saddest day of our tutor’s

life was that on which he parted from this amiable family. He had here,

he believed, spent the happiest moments of his existence, and instead of

rejoicing that he had passed through one stage of his apprenticeship, he

dwelt upon the past with pleasure, and looked forward to the future with

pain.

Fortune, however, presented an insuperable obstacle to his spending his

days in the inaction of private study; and he knew that he could neither

gain, nor deserved to gain, the object of his affection, without

establishing himself in life, by pursuing the course which had been

originally chalked out to him. After, therefore, “pledging oft to meet

again,” he bade adieu to Daisybank, loaded with the blessings of the

best of parents, and followed with the prayers of the best of daughters.

He now paid a farewell visit to his own parents; and, after remaining

with them a few days, he proceeded to Edinburgh, and for a short period

felt his melancholy relieved, by the thousand novelties that attract the

notice of a stranger in a great city. But this was only a temporary

relief, and as he had no friend in whom he could confide, he soon felt

himself solitary in the midst of thousands. Often, when the Professor

was expatiating upon the force of the Greek particles, his imagination

was hovering over the abodes he had forsaken; and frequently it would

have been more difficult for him to have given an account of the

lectures he had been attending, than to have calculated the probability

of what was passing at a hundred miles’ distance. But this absence and

dejection at last wore off; and as he possessed good natural talents,

and had been an industrious student formerly, he soon distinguished

himself in his classes, and before the usual period was engaged as a

tutor in one of the best families in Scotland.

This event formed another important era in his life. His prospects were

now flattering; and as vanity did not fail to exaggerate them, he soon

dropped a considerable portion of his humility, and began to regard

himself as a young man of merit, to whom fortune was lavish of her

favours. In his leisure hours he was disposed to mingle much in society,

and, as his manners and address were easy and engaging, scarcely a week

elapsed that that did not add to the number of his friends. The

affections, when divided into many channels, cannot run deep in any,

and, probably, for every new acquaintance whom William honoured with his

esteem, it required a sacrifice of friendship at the expense of love,

and produced some abatement of that devotion of soul which accompanies

every true and permanent attachment. At Daisybank he had seen a simple

favourite of the graces, but here he beheld the daughters of wealth and

of fashion, surrounded with all the gloss of art, and soon began to

waver in his attachment, and even to regard his engagement as little

more than a youthful frolic. Still this temper of mind was not attained

without many struggles between love and ambition, honour and interest;

nor could he ever for a moment commune with himself, without feeling

remorse for his inconstancy and ingratitude. He could not annihilate the

conviction, that Miss Coventry was as faithful and worthy as ever, and

had she been present to appeal to his senses, it is probable he might

have been preserved from the crime of apostasy. But these were fits of

reflection and repentance which repetition soon deprived of their

poignancy. The world, the seductive world, returned with all its opiates

and charms, to stifle in his bosom the feelings of honour, and

obliterate every trace of returning tenderness. After this he became

less punctual in his correspondence with Miss Coventry, and in place of

anticipating the arrival of her letters, as he was wont to do, he

allowed them to be sent slowly to his lodgings, opened them without

anxiety, and read them without interest. Of all this inconstancy,

ingratitude, and neglect, the simple Mary remained a silent, though not

unconcerned spectator. Kind and generous by nature, and judging of

others by herself, she framed a thousand excuses for his negligence; and

when he did condescend to write to her, answered him as though she had

been unconscious of any abatement in his attentions.

Matters remained in this uncertain state for the space of three long

years—at least they seemed long to Miss Coventry—when William received

his licence as a preacher. He now therefore thought of redeeming a

pledge he had given to the minister of his native parish, to make his

first public appearance in his pulpit; and after giving due intimation,

he departed for the parish of ——, with his best sermon in the pocket of

his best coat. The account of his visit spread with telegraphic

despatch, long before telegraphs were invented, and was known over half

the county many days before his arrival. This was another great and

eventful day for his mother. She blessed Providence that she had lived

to see the near fulfilment of her most anxious wish, and rising a little

in her ambition, thought she could now die contented, if she should see

him settled in a living of his own, and be greeted by her neighbours

with the envied name of grandmother.—As William was expected to dine

with his parents on his way to the parsonage, or, as it is called in

Scotland, the manse, of ——, great preparations were made for his

reception, and for the appearance of the whole family at church on the

following Sunday. Mrs Arbuthnot drew from the family-chest her

wedding-gown, which had only seen the sun twice during thirty summers;

and her husband, for the first time, reluctantly applied a brush to his

holiday suit, which appeared, from the antiquity of its fashion, to have

descended, like the garments of the Swiss, through many successive

generations of the Arbuthnots.

The little church of H—— was crowded to the door, perhaps for the first

time, long before the bellman had given the usual signal. Mr Coventry,

though residing in a different parish, had made a journey thither with

several of his family, for the purpose of witnessing the first public

appearance of his friend. In this party was the amiable Mary, who took a

greater interest in the event than any one, save the preacher, was aware

of.

William, on this occasion, recited a well written discourse with ease

and fluency, and impressed his audience with a high opinion of his

talents and piety. Some of the elder of them, indeed, objected to his

gestures and pronunciation, which they thought “new fangled” and

theatrical; but they all agreed in thinking him a clever lad, and a

great honour to his parents. His mother was now overwhelmed with

compliments and congratulations from all quarters, which she received

with visible marks of pride and emotion. Mr Coventry waited in the

churchyard till the congregation had retired, to salute his friend, and

invite him to spend a few days at Daisybank. Mary, who hung on her

father’s arm, curtsied, blushed, and looked down. She had no well-turned

compliment to offer on the occasion, but her eyes expressed something at

parting, which once would have been sweeter to his soul than the

applause of all the world beside.

Ambition, from the beginning, has been the bane of love. War and peace

are not more opposite in their nature and effects than those rival

passions, and the bosom that is agitated with the cares of the one has

little relish for the gentle joys of the other. William beheld in the

person of Miss Coventry all he had been taught to regard as amiable or

estimable in woman; but the recollection of the respect that had been

shown him by females of distinction, mixed with exaggerated notions of

his own merit, made him undervalue those simple unobtrusive graces he

once valued so highly, and think almost any conquest easy after he had

been settled in the rich living of B——, which had been promised him by

his patron.

On the following day he paid a visit to Daisybank, and received the most

cordial welcome from a family who sympathised almost equally with his

parents in his prospects and advancement. During his stay there, he had

frequent opportunities of seeing Miss Coventry alone, but he neglected,

or rather avoided them all; and when rallied on the subject of marriage,

declaimed on the pleasures of celibacy, and hinted, with a good deal of

insincerity, his intention of living single. Although these speeches

were like daggers to the mind of her who regretted she could not rival

him in inconstancy and indifference, they produced no visible alteration

in her behaviour. Hers was not one of those minds in which vanity

predominates over every other feeling, and where disappointment is

commonly relieved by the hatred or resentment which it excites. Her soul

was soft as the passion that enslaved it, and the traces of early

affection are not easily effaced from a mind into which the darker

passions have never entered.

William bade adieu to Miss Coventry without dropping one word upon which

she could rear the superstructure of hope, and carried with him her

peace of mind, as he had formerly carried with him her affections. From

that hour she became pensive and melancholy, in spite of all her efforts

to appear cheerful and happy. She had rejected many lovers for the

inconstant’s sake, but that gave her no concern. Her union with him had

been long the favourite object of her life, and she could have patiently

resigned existence, now that its object was lost. But she shuddered at

the thought of the shock it would give her affectionate parents, for the

softer feelings of our nature are all of one family, and the tenderest

wives have ever been the most dutiful daughters.

It was impossible for Mary long to conceal the sorrow which consumed

her. Her fading cheeks and heavy eyes gave daily indications of what her

lips refused to utter. Her parents became deeply alarmed at these

symptoms of indisposition, and anxiously and unceasingly inquired into

the cause of her illness; but her only answer was, that she felt no

pain. The best physicians were immediately consulted upon her case, who

recommended change of air and company; but all these remedies were tried

without effect. The poison of disappointment had taken deep root in her

heart, and defied the power of medicine.

Her attendants, when they found all their prescriptions ineffectual,

began to ascribe her malady to its real cause, and hinted to her parents

their apprehensions that she had been crossed in love. The good people,

though greatly surprised at the suggestion, had too much prudence to

treat it with indifference, and they left no means untried, consistent

with a regard for the feelings of their child, to wile from her the

important secret. At first she endeavoured to evade their inquiries; but

finding it impossible to allay their apprehensions without having

recourse to dissimulation, she confessed to her mother her attachment to

William, concealing only the promises he had made to her, and every

circumstance that imputed to him the slightest degree of blame. At the

same time she entreated them, with the greatest earnestness, that no use

might be made of a secret which she wished to have carried with her to

the grave. This was a hard task imposed upon her parents. They felt

equally with herself the extreme delicacy of making the disclosure; but,

on the other hand, they contemplated nothing but the probable loss of

their child; an event, the bare apprehension of which filled their minds

with the bitterest anguish. After many anxious consultations, Mr

Coventry determined, unknown to any but his wife, to pay a visit to

William, and ascertain his sentiments with regard to his daughter.

Upon his arrival at Edinburgh, he found that his friend had departed for

the manse of B——, with which he had been recently presented. This event,

which in other circumstances would have given him the liveliest

pleasure, awakened on this occasion emotions of a contrary nature, as he

feared it would make his now reverend friend more elevated in his

notions, and consequently more averse to a union with his daughter. He

did not, however, on that account conceal the real object of his

journey, or endeavour to accomplish his purpose by stratagem or deceit.

He candidly disclosed his daughter’s situation and sentiments,

requesting of his friend that he would open to him his mind with equal

candour; and added, that although he held wealth to be an improper

motive in marriage, and hoped that his daughter did not require such a

recommendation, in the event of this union, whatever he possessed would

be liberally shared with him.

On hearing of the situation of Miss Coventry, William became penetrated

with the deepest remorse; and being aware that his affection for her was

rather stifled than estranged, he declared his willingness to make her

his wife. These words operated like a charm upon the drooping spirits of

the father, who embraced his friend with ardour, and besought him

immediately to accompany him home, that they might lose no time in

making a communication, which he fondly hoped would have a similar

effect upon the spirits of his daughter.

They departed accordingly together, indulging in the pleasing hope that

all would yet be well; but on their arrival at Daisybank, they were

seriously alarmed to hear that Miss Coventry had been considerably worse

since her father left home. She was now entirely confined to her

chamber, and seemed to care for nothing so much as solitude, and an

exemption from the trouble of talking. As soon as she was informed of

the arrival of their visitor, she suspected he had been sent for, and

therefore refused to see him; but upon being assured by her mother, who

found deceit in this instance indispensable, that his visit was

voluntary and accidental, she at last consented to give him an

interview.

On entering the room, which had formerly been the family parlour,

William was forcibly struck with the contrast it exhibited. Every object

seemed to swim before his sight, and it was some moments before he

discovered Miss Coventry, who reclined upon a sofa at the farther end of

the room. He advanced with a beating heart, and grasped the burning hand

that was extended to meet him. He pressed it to his lips and wept, and

muttered something incoherent of forgiveness and love. He looked

doubtingly on Mary’s face for an answer,—but her eye darted no reproach,

and her lips uttered no reflection. A faint blush, that at this moment

overspread her cheek, seemed a token of returning strength, and inspired

him with confidence and hope. It was the last effort of nature,—and ere

the blood could return to its fountain, that fountain had closed for

ever. Death approached his victim under the disguise of sleep, and

appeared divested of his usual pains and terrors.

William retired from this scene of unutterable anguish, and for a long

period was overwhelmed with the deepest melancholy and remorse. But time

gradually softened and subdued his sorrow, and I trust perfected his

repentance. He is since married and wealthy, and is regarded by the

world as an individual eminently respectable and happy. But, amidst all

his comforts, there are moments when he would exchange his identity with

the meanest slave that breathes, and regards himself as the murderer of

Mary Coventry.—_J. M‘D., in Blackwood’s Magazine_, 1817.

ADAM BELL.

BY JAMES HOGG, THE “ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

This tale, which may be depended on as in every part true, is singular,

from the circumstance of its being insolvable, either from the facts

that have been discovered relating to it, or by reason; for though

events sometimes occur among mankind, which at the time seem

inexplicable, yet there being always some individuals acquainted with

the primary causes of these events, they seldom fail of being brought to

light before all the actors in them, or their confidants, are removed

from this state of existence. But the causes which produced the events

here related have never been accounted for in this world; even

conjecture is left to wander in a labyrinth, unable to get hold of the

thread that leads to the catastrophe.

Mr Bell was a gentleman of Annandale, in Dumfriesshire, in the south of

Scotland, and proprietor of a considerable estate in that district, part

of which he occupied himself. He lost his father when he was an infant,

and his mother dying when he was about 20 years of age, left him the

sole proprietor of the estate, besides a large sum of money at interest,

for which he was indebted, in a great measure, to his mother’s parsimony

during his minority. His person was tall, comely, and athletic, and his

whole delight was in warlike and violent exercises. He was the best

horseman and marksman in the county, and valued himself particularly

upon his skill in the broad sword. Of this he often boasted aloud, and

regretted that there was not one in the county whose skill was in some

degree equal to his own.

In the autumn of 1745, after being for several days busily and silently

employed in preparing for his journey, he left his own house, and went

to Edinburgh, giving at the same time such directions to his servants as

indicated his intention of being absent for some time.

A few days after he had left his home, one morning, while his

housekeeper was putting the house in order for the day, her master, as

she thought, entered by the kitchen door, the other being bolted, and

passed her in the middle of the floor. He was buttoned in his greatcoat,

which was the same he had on when he went from home; he likewise had the

same hat on his head, and the same whip in his hand which he took with

him. At sight of him she uttered a shriek, but recovering her surprise,

instantly said to him, “You have not stayed so long from us, Sir.” He

made no reply, but went sullenly into his own room, without throwing off

his greatcoat. After a pause of about five minutes, she followed him

into the room. He was standing at his desk with his back towards her.

She asked him if he wished to have a fire kindled, and afterwards if he

was well enough; but he still made no reply to any of these questions.

She was astonished, and returned into the kitchen. After tarrying about

other five minutes, he went out at the front door, it being then open,

and walked deliberately towards the bank of the river Kinnel, which was

deep and wooded, and in that he vanished from her sight. The woman ran

out in the utmost consternation to acquaint the men who were servants

belonging to the house; and coming to one of the ploughmen, she told him

that their master was come home, and had certainly lost his reason, for

that he was wandering about the house and would not speak. The man

loosed his horses from the plough and came home, listened to the woman’s

relation, made her repeat it again and again, and then assured her that

she was raving, for their master’s horse was not in the stable, and of

course he could not be come home. However, as she persisted in her

asseveration with every appearance of sincerity, he went into the linn

to see what was become of his mysterious master. He was neither to be

seen nor heard of in all the country. It was then concluded that the

housekeeper had seen an apparition, and that something had befallen

their master; but on consulting with some old people, skilled in those

matters, they learned that when a “wraith,” or apparition of a living

person, appeared while the sun was up, instead of being a prelude of

instant death, it prognosticated very long life; and, moreover, that it

could not possibly be a ghost that she had seen, for they always chose

the night season for making their visits. In short, though it was the

general topic of conversation among the servants and the people in the

vicinity, no reasonable conclusion could be formed on the subject.

The most probable conjecture was, that as Mr Bell was known to be so

fond of arms, and had left his home on the very day that Prince Charles

Stuart and his Highlanders defeated General Hawley on Falkirk Muir, he

had gone either with him or the Duke of Cumberland to the north. It was,

however, afterwards ascertained, that he had never joined any of the

armies. Week passed after week, and month after month, but no word of Mr

Bell. A female cousin was his nearest living relation; her husband took

the management of his affairs; and concluding that he had either joined

the army, or drowned himself in the Kinnel, when he was seen go into the

linn, made no more inquiries after him.

About this very time, a respectable farmer, whose surname was M‘Millan,

and who resided in the neighbourhood of Musselburgh, happened to be in

Edinburgh about some business. In the evening he called upon a friend

who lived near Holyrood-house; and being seized with an indisposition,

they persuaded him to tarry with them all night. About the middle of the

night he grew exceedingly ill, and not being able to find any rest or

ease in his bed, imagined he would be the better of a walk. He put on

his clothes, and, that he might not disturb the family, slipped quietly

out at the back door, and walked in St Anthony’s garden behind the

house. The moon shone so bright, that it was almost as light as noonday,

and he had scarcely taken a single turn, when he saw a tall man enter

from the other side, buttoned in a drab-coloured greatcoat. It so

happened, that at that time M‘Millan stood in the shadow of the wall,

and perceiving that the stranger did not observe him, a thought struck

him that it would not be amiss to keep himself concealed, that he might

see what the man was going to be about. He walked backwards and forwards

for some time in apparent impatience, looking at his watch every minute,

until at length another man came in by the same way, buttoned likewise

in a greatcoat, and having a bonnet on his head. He was remarkably stout

made, but considerably lower in stature than the other. They exchanged

only a single word; then turning both about, they threw off their coats,

drew their swords, and began a most desperate and well-contested combat.

The tall gentleman appeared to have the advantage. He constantly gained

ground on the other, and drove him half round the division of the garden

in which they fought. Each of them strove to fight with his back towards

the moon, so that it might shine full in the face of his opponent; and

many rapid wheels were made for the purpose of gaining this position.

The engagement was long and obstinate, and by the desperate thrusts that

were frequently aimed on both sides, it was evident that they meant one

another’s destruction. They came at length within a few yards of the

place where M‘Millan still stood concealed. They were both out of

breath, and at that instant a small cloud chancing to overshadow the

moon, one of them called out, “Hold, we cannot see.” They uncovered

their heads, wiped their faces, and as soon as the moon emerged from the

cloud, each resumed his guard. Surely that was an awful pause! And

short, indeed, was the stage between it and eternity with the one! The

tall gentleman made a lounge at the other, who parried and returned it;

and as the former sprung back to avoid the thrust, his foot slipped, and

he stumbled forward towards his antagonist, who dexterously met his

breast in the fall with the point of his sword, and ran him through the

body. He made only one feeble convulsive struggle, as if attempting to

rise, and expired almost instantaneously.

M‘Millan was petrified with horror; but conceiving himself to be in a

perilous situation, having stolen out of the house at that dead hour of

the night, he had so much presence of mind as to hold his peace, and to

keep from interfering in the smallest degree.

The surviving combatant wiped his sword with great composure;—put on his

bonnet, covered the body with one of the greatcoats, took up the other,

and departed. M‘Millan returned quietly to his chamber without awakening

any of the family. His pains were gone, but his mind was shocked and

exceedingly perturbed; and after deliberating until morning, he

determined to say nothing of the matter, and to make no living creature

acquainted with what he had seen, thinking that suspicion would

infallibly rest on him. Accordingly, he kept his bed next morning, until

his friend brought him the tidings that a gentleman had been murdered at

the back of the house during the night. He then arose and examined the

body, which was that of a young man, seemingly from the country, having

brown hair, and fine manly features. He had neither letter, book, nor

signature of any kind about him that could in the least lead to a

discovery of who he was; only a common silver watch was found in his

pocket, and an elegant sword was clasped in his cold bloody hand, which

had an A. and B. engraved on the hilt. The sword had entered at his

breast, and gone out at his back a little below the left shoulder. He

had likewise received a slight wound on the sword arm.

The body was carried to the dead-room, where it lay for eight days, and

though great numbers inspected it, yet none knew who or whence the

deceased was, and he was at length buried among the strangers in

Grayfriars churchyard.

Sixteen years elapsed before M‘Millan mentioned to any person the

circumstance of his having seen the duel, but at that period, being in

Annandale receiving some sheep that he had bought, and chancing to hear

of the astonishing circumstances of Bell’s disappearance, he divulged

the whole. The time, the description of his person, his clothes, and

above all, the sword with the initials of his name engraved upon it,

confirmed the fact beyond the smallest shadow of doubt that it was Mr

Bell whom he had seen killed in the duel behind the Abbey. But who the

person was that slew him, how the quarrel commenced, or who it was that

appeared to his housekeeper, remains to this day a profound secret, and

is likely to remain so, until that day when every deed of darkness shall

be brought to light.

Some have even ventured to blame McMillan for the whole, on account of

his long concealment of facts, and likewise in consideration of his

uncommon bodily strength and daring disposition, he being one of the

boldest and most enterprising men of the age in which he lived; but all

who knew him despised such insinuations, and declared them to be

entirely inconsistent with his character, which was most honourable and

disinterested; and besides, his tale has every appearance of truth.

“Pluris est oculatus testis unus quam auriti decem.”

MAUNS’ STANE; OR, MINE HOST’S TALE.

In the latter end of the autumn of ——, I set out by myself on an

excursion over the northern part of Scotland; and, during that time, my

chief amusement was to observe the little changes of manners, language,

&c., in the different districts. After having viewed, on my return, the

principal curiosities in Buchan, I made a little alehouse, or “public,”

my head-quarters for the night. Having discussed my supper in solitude,

I called up mine host to enable me to discuss my bottle, and to give me

a statistical account of the country around me. Seated in the “blue”

end, and well supplied with the homely but satisfying luxuries which the

place afforded, I was in an excellent mood for enjoying the

communicativeness of my landlord; and, after speaking about the cave at

Slaines, the state of the crop, and the neighbouring franklins, edged

him, by degrees, to speak about the Abbey of Deer, an interesting ruin

which I had examined in the course of the day, formerly the stronghold

of the once powerful family of Cummin.

“It’s dootless a bonny place about the Abbey,” said he, “but naething

like what it was when the great Sir James the Rose cam to hide i’ the

Buchan woods, wi’ a’ the Grahames rampagin’ at his tail, whilk you

that’s a beuk learned man ’ill hae read o’; an’ maybe ye’ll hae heard o’

the saughen bush where he forgathered wi’ his joe; or aiblins ye may

have seen’t, for it’s standing yet just at the corner o’ gaukit Jamie

Jamieson’s peat-stack. Ay, ay, the abbey was a brave place ance; but a’

thing, ye ken, comes till an end.” So saying, he nodded to me, and

brought his glass to an end.

“This place, then, must have been famed in days of yore, my friend?”

“Ye may tak my word for that,” said he. “’Od, it _was_ a place! Sic a

sight o’ fechtin’ as they had about it! But gin ye’ll gang up the

trap-stair to the laft, an’ open Jenny’s kist, ye’ll see sic a story

about it, prented by ane o’ your learned Aberdeen’s fouk, Maister Keith,

I think; she coft it in Aberdeen for twal pennies, lang ago, an’

battered it to the lid o’ her kist. But gang up the stair canny, for

fear that you should wauken her, puir thing;—or, bide, I’ll just wauken

Jamie Fleep, an’ gar him help me down wi’t, for our stair’s no just that

canny for them ‘t’s no acquaint wi’t, let alane a frail man wi’ your

infirmity.”

I assured him that I would neither disturb the young lady’s slumber, nor

Jamie Fleep’s, and begged him to give me as much information as he could

about this castle.

“Weel, wishin’ your gude health again.—Our minister ance said, that

Soloman’s Temple was a’ in ruins, wi’ whin bushes, an’ broom an’

thristles growin’ ower the bonny carved wark an’ the cedar wa’s, just

like our ain Abbey. Noo, I judge that the Abbey o’ Deer was just the

marrow o’t, or the minister wadna hae said that. But when it was biggit,

Lord kens, for I dinna. It was just as you see it, lang afore your

honour was born; an’ aiblins, as the by-word says, may be sae after

ye’re hanged. But that’s neither here nor there. The Cummins o’ Buchan

were a dour and surly race; and, for a fearfu’ time, nane near han’ nor

far awa could ding them, an’ yet mony a ane tried it. The fouk on their

ain lan’ likit them weel enough; but the Crawfords, an’ the Grahames,

an’ the Mars, an’ the Lovats, were aye trying to comb them against the

hair, an’ mony a weary kempin’ had they wi’ them; but, some way or

ither, they could never ding them; an’ fouk said that they gaed and

learned the black art frae the Pope o’ Room, wha, I mysel heard the

minister say, had aye a colleague wi’ the Auld Chiel. I dinna ken fou it

was; in the tail o’ the day, the hale country rase up against them, an’

besieged them in the Abbey o’ Deer. Ye’ll see, my frien’ [by this time

mine host considered me as one of his cronies], tho’ we ca’ it the

Abbey, it had naething to do wi’ Papistry; na, na, no sae bad as a’ that

either, but just a noble’s castle, where they keepit sodgers gaun about

in airn an’ scarlet, wi’ their swords an’ guns, an’ begnets, an’

sentry-boxes, like the local militia in the barracks o’ Aberdeen.

“Weel, ye see, they surrounded the castle, an’ lang did they besiege it;

but there was a vast o’ meat in the castle, an’ the Buchan fouk fought

like the vera deil. They took their horse through a miscellaneous

passage, half a mile long, aneath the hill o’ Saplinbrae, an’ watered

them in the burn o’ Pulmer. But a’ wadna do; they took the castle at

last, and a terrible slaughter they made amo’ them; but they were sair

disappointed in ae partic’ler, for Cummin’s fouk sank a’ their goud an’

siller in a draw-wall, an’ syne filled it up wi’ stanes. They gat

naething in the way of spulzie to speak o’; sae out o’ spite they dang

doon the castle, an’ it’s never been biggit to this day. But the Cummins

were no sae bad as the Lairds o’ Federat, after a’.”

“And who were these Federats?” I inquired.

“The Lairds o’ Federat?” said he, moistening his mouth again as a

preamble to his oration. “Troth, frae their deeds, ane would maist think

that they had a drap o’ the deil’s blude, like the pyets. Gin a’ tales

be true, they hae the warmest place at his bink this vera minute. I

dinna ken vera muckle about them, though, but the auldest fouk said they

were just byous wi’ cruelty. Mony a gude man did they hing up i’ their

ha’, just for their ain sport; ye’ll see the ring to the fore yet in the

roof o’t. Did ye ever hear o’ Mauns’ Stane, neebour?”

“Mauns’ what?” said I.

“Ou, Mauns’ Stane. But it’s no likely. Ye see it was just a queer clump

o’ a roun’-about heathen, waghtin’ maybe twa tons or thereby. It wasna

like ony o’ the stanes in our countra, an’ it was as roun’ as a fit-ba’;

I’m sure it wad ding Professor Couplan himsel to tell what way it cam

there. Noo, fouk aye thought there was something uncanny about it, an’

some gaed the length o’ saying, that the deil used to bake ginshbread

upon’t; and, as sure as ye’re sitting there, frien’, there was

knuckle-marks upon’t, for my ain father has seen them as aften as I have

taes an’ fingers. Aweel, ye see, Mauns Crawford, the last o’ the Lairds

o’ Federat, an’ the deil had coost out (maybe because the Laird was just

as wicked an’ as clever as he was himsel), an’ ye perceive the evil ane

wantit to play him a trick. Noo, Mauns Crawford was ae day lookin’ ower

his castle wa’, and he saw a stalwart carl, in black claes, ridin’ up

the loanin’. He stopped at this chuckie o’ a stane, an’, loutin’ himsel,

he took it up in his arms, and lifted it three times to his saddle-bow,

an’ syne he rade awa out o’ sight, never comin’ near the castle, as

Mauns thought he would hae done. ‘Noo,’ says the baron till himsel, says

he, ‘I didna think that there was ony ane in a’ the land that could hae

played sic a ploy; but deil fetch me if I dinna lift it as weel as he

did.’ Sae aff he gaed, for there was na sic a man for birr in a’ the

countra, an’ he kent it as weel, for he never met wi’ his match. Weel,

he tried, and tugged, and better than tugged at the stane, but he coudna

mudge it ava; an’, when he looked about, he saw a man at his elbuck, a’

smeared wi’ smiddy-coom, snightern’ an’ laughin’ at him. The Laird d——d

him, an’ bade him lift it, whilk he did as gin’t had been a little

pinnin. The Laird was like to burst wi’ rage at being fickled by sic a

hag-ma-hush carle, and he took to the stane in a fury, and lifted it

till his knee; but the weight o’t amaist ground his banes to smash. He

held the stane till his een-strings crackit, when he was as blin’ as a

moudiwort. He was blin’ till the day o’ his death,—that’s to say, if

ever he died, for there were queer sayings about it—vera queer! vera

queer! The stane was ca’d Mauns’ Stane ever after; an’ it was no thought

that canny to be near it after gloaming; for what says the psalm—hem!—I

mean the sang—

’Tween Ennetbutts an’ Mauns’ Stane

Ilka night there walks ane.

“There never was a chief of the family after; the men were scattered,

an’ the castle demolished. The doo and the hoodie craw nestle i’ their

towers, and the hare maks her form on their grassy hearthstane.”

“Is this stone still to be seen?”

“Ou na. Ye see, it was just upon Johnie Forbes’s craft, an’ fouk cam far

an’ near to leuk at it, an’ trampit down a’ the puir cottar body’s corn;

sae he houkit a hole just aside it, an’ tumbled it intil’t: by that

means naebody sees’t noo, but its weel kent that it’s there, for they’re

livin’ yet wha’ve seen it.”

“But the well at the Abbey—did no one feel a desire to enrich himself

with the gold and silver buried there?”

“Hoot, ay; mony a ane tried to find out whaur it was, and, for that

matter, I’ve maybe done as foolish a thing mysel; but nane ever made it

out. There was a scholar, like yoursel, that gaed ae night down to the

Abbey, an’, ye see, he summoned up the deil.”

“The deuce he did!” said I.

“Weel, weel, the _deuce_, gin ye like it better,” said he. “An’ he was

gaun to question him where the treasure was, but he had eneugh to do to

get him laid without deaving him wi’ questions, for a’ the deils cam

about him, like bees bizzin’ out o’ a byke. He never coured the fright

he gat, but cried out, ‘Help! help!’ till his very enemy wad hae been

wae to see him; and sae he cried till he died, which was no that lang

after. Fouk sudna meddle wi’ sic ploys!”

“Most wonderful! And do you believe that Beelzebub actually appeared to

him?”

“Believe it! What for no?” said he, consequentially tapping the lid of

his snuff-horn. “Didna my ain father see the evil ane i’ the schule o’

Auld Deer?”

“Indeed!”

“Weel I wot he did that. A wheen idle callants, when the dominie was out

at his twal-hours, read the Lord’s Prayer backlans, an’ raised him, but

coudna lay him again; for he threepit ower them that he wadna gang awa

unless he gat ane o’ them wi’ him. Ye may be sure this put them in an

awfu’ swither. They were a’ squallin’, an’ crawlin’, and sprawlin’ amo’

the couples to get out o’ his grips. Ane o’ them gat out an’ tauld the

maister about it; an’ when he cam down, the melted lead was rinnin’ aff

the roof o’ the house wi’ the heat; sae, flingin’ to the Black Thief a

young bit kittlen o’ the schule-mistress’s, he sank through the floor

wi’ an awsome roar. I mysel have heard the mistress misca’in’ her man

about offering up the puir thing, baith saul and body, to Baal. But,

troth, I’m no clear to speak o’ the like o’ this at sic a time o’ night;

sae, if your honour be na for anither jug, I’ll e’en wus you a gude

night, for its wearin’ late, an’ I maun awa’ to Skippyfair i’ the

mornin’.”

I assented to this, and quickly lost in sleep the remembrance of all

these tales of the olden time.—_Aberdeen Censor_, 1825.

THE FREEBOOTER OF LOCHABER.

BY SIR THOMAS DICK LAUDER.

Towards the end of the seventeenth century, there lived a certain

notorious freebooter, in the county of Moray, a native of Lochaber, of

the name of Cameron, but who was better known by his cognomen of _Padrig

Mac-an-Ts’agairt_, which signifies, “Peter, the Priest’s Son.” Numerous

were the “creachs,” or robberies of cattle on a great scale, driven by

him from Strathspey. But he did not confine his depredations to that

country; for, some time between the years 1690 and 1695, he made a clean

sweep of the cattle from the rich pastures of the Aird, the territory of

the Frasers. That he might put his pursuers on a wrong scent, he did not

go directly towards Lochaber, but, crossing the river Ness at Lochend,

he struck over the mountains of Strathnairn and Strathdearn, and

ultimately encamped behind a hill above Duthel, called, from a copious

spring on its summit, _Cairn-an-Sh’uaran_, or the Well Hill. But,

notwithstanding all his precautions, the celebrated Simon Lord Lovat,

then chief of the Frasers, discovered his track, and despatched a

special messenger to his father-in-law, Sir Ludovick Grant of Grant,

begging his aid in apprehending Mac-an-Ts’agairt, and recovering the

cattle.

It so happened that there lived at this time, on the laird of Grant’s

ground, a man also called Cameron, surnamed Mugach More, of great

strength and undaunted courage; he had six sons and a stepson, whom his

wife, formerly a woman of light character, had before her marriage with

Mugach, and, as they were all brave, Sir Ludovick applied to them to

undertake the recapture of the cattle. Sir Ludovic was not mistaken in

the man. The Mugach no sooner received his orders, than he armed himself

and his little band, and went in quest of the freebooter, whom he found

in the act of cooking a dinner from part of the spoil. The Mugach called

on Padrig and his men to surrender, and they, though numerous, dreading

the well-known prowess of their adversary, fled to the opposite hills,

their chief threatening bloody vengeance as he went. The Mugach drove

the cattle to a place of safety, and watched them till their owners came

to recover them.

Padrig did not utter his threats without the fullest intention of

carrying them into effect. In the latter end of the following spring, he

visited Strathspey with a strong party, and waylaid the Mugach, as he

and his sons were returning from working at a small patch of land he had

on the brow of a hill, about half-a-mile above his house. Padrig and his

party concealed themselves in a thick covert of underwood, through which

they knew that the Mugach and his sons must pass; but seeing their

intended victims well-armed, the cowardly assassins lay still in their

hiding-place, and allowed them to pass, with the intention of taking a

more favourable opportunity for their purpose. That very night they

surprised and murdered two of the sons, who, being married, lived in

separate houses, at some distance from their father’s; and, having thus

executed so much of their diabolical purpose, they surrounded the

Mugach’s cottage.

No sooner was his dwelling attacked, than the brave Mugach, immediately

guessing who the assailants were, made the best arrangements for defence

that time and circumstances permitted. The door was the first point

attempted; but it was strong, and he and his four sons placed themselves

behind it, determined to do bloody execution the moment it should be

forced. Whilst thus engaged, the Mugach was startled by a noise above

the rafters, and, looking up, he perceived, in the obscurity, the figure

of a man half through a hole in the wattled roof. Eager to despatch his

foe as he entered, he sprang upon a table, plunged his sword into his

body, and down fell—his stepson, whom he had ever loved and cherished as

one of his own children! The youth had been cutting his way through the

roof, with the intention of attacking Padrig from above, and so creating

a diversion in favour of those who were defending the door. The brave

young man lived no longer than to say, “Dear father, I fear you have

killed me!”

For a moment the Mugach stood petrified with horror and grief, but rage

soon usurped the place of both. “Let me open the door!” he cried, “and

revenge his death, by drenching my sword in the blood of the villain!”

His sons clung around him, to prevent what they conceived to be madness,

and a strong struggle ensued between desperate bravery and filial duty;

whilst the Mugach’s wife stood gazing on the corpse of her first-born

son, in an agony of contending passions, being ignorant from all she had

witnessed but that the young man’s death had been wilfully wrought by

her husband. “Hast thou forgotten our former days?” cried the wily

Padrig, who saw the whole scene through a crevice in the door. “How

often hast thou undone thy door to me, and wilt thou not open it now, to

give me way to punish him who has, but this moment, so foully slain thy

beloved son?” Ancient recollections, and present affliction, conspired

to twist her to his purpose. The struggle and altercation between the

Mugach and his sons still continued. A frenzy seized on the unhappy

woman; she flew to the door, undid the bolt, and Padrig and his

assassins rushed in.

The infuriated Mugach no sooner beheld his enemy enter, than he sprang

at him like a tiger, grasped him by the throat, and dashed him to the

ground. Already was his vigorous sword-arm drawn back, and his broad

claymore was about to find a passage to the traitor’s heart, when his

faithless wife, coming behind him, threw over it a large canvas

winnowing-sheet, and, before he could extricate the blade from the

numerous folds, Padrig’s weapon was reeking in the best heart’s-blood of

the bravest Highlander that Strathspey could boast of. His four sons,

who had witnessed their mother’s treachery, were paralyzed. The

unfortunate woman herself, too, stood stupified and appalled. But she

was quickly recalled to her senses by the active clash of the swords of

Padrig and his men. “Oh, my sons, my sons!” she cried; “spare my boys!”

But the tempter needed her services no longer,—she had done his work.

She was spurned to the ground and trampled under foot by those who soon

strewed the bloody floor around her with the lifeless corpses of her

brave sons.

Exulting in the full success of this expedition of vengeance,

Mac-an-Ts’agairt beheaded the bodies, and piled the heads in a heap on

an oblong hill that runs parallel to the road on the east side of Carr

Bridge, from which it is called _Tom-nan-Cean_, the Hill of the Heads.

Scarcely was he beyond the reach of danger, than his butchery was known

at the Castle Grant, and Sir Ludovick immediately offered a great reward

for his apprehension; but Padrig, who had anticipated some such thing,

fled to Ireland, where he remained for seven years. But the restlessness

of the murderer is well known, and Padrig felt it in all its horrors.

Leaving his Irish retreat, he returned to Lochaber. By a strange

accident, a certain Mungo Grant, of Muckrach, having had his cattle and

horses carried away by some thieves from that quarter, pursued them hot

foot, recovered them, and was on his way returning with them, when, to

his astonishment, he met Padrig Mac-an-Ts’agairt, quite alone in a

narrow pass, on the borders of his native country. Mungo instantly

seized and made a prisoner of him. But his progress with his beasts was

tedious; and as he was entering Strathspey at _Lag-na-caillich_, about a

mile to the westward of Aviemore, he espied twelve desperate men, who,

taking advantage of his slow march, had crossed the hills to gain the

pass before him, for the purpose of rescuing Padrig. But Mungo was not

to be daunted. Seeing them occupying the road in his front, he grasped

his prisoner with one hand, and brandishing his dirk with the other, he

advanced in the midst of his people and animals, swearing potently that

the first motion at an attempt at rescue by any one of them should be

the signal for his dirk to drink the life’s-blood of Padrig

Mac-an-Ts’agairt. They were so intimidated by his boldness that they

allowed him to pass without assault, and left their friend to his fate.

Padrig was forthwith carried to Castle Grant. But the remembrance of the

Mugach’s murder had been by this time much obliterated by many events

little less strange, and the laird, unwilling to be troubled with the

matter, ordered Mungo and his prisoner away.

Disappointed and mortified, Mungo and his party were returning with

their captive, discussing, as they went, what they had best do with him.

“A fine reward we have had for all our trouble!” said one. “The laird

may catch the next thief her nainsel, for Donald!” said another. “Let’s

turn him loose!” said a third. “Ay, ay,” said a fourth; “what for wud we

be plaguing oursels more wi’ him?” “Yes, yes! brave, generous men!” said

Padrig, roused by a sudden hope of life from the moody dream of the

gallows-tree in which he had been plunged, whilst he was courting his

mournful muse to compose his own lament, that he might die with an

effect striking, as all the events of his life had been. “Yes, brave

men, free me from these bonds! It is unworthy of Strathspey men,—it is

unworthy of Grants to triumph over a fallen foe! Those whom I killed

were no clansmen of yours, but recreant Camerons, who betrayed a

Cameron! Let me go free, and that reward of which you have been

disappointed shall be quadrupled for sparing my life.” Such words as

these, operating on minds so much prepared to receive them favourably,

had well-nigh worked their purpose. But “No!” said Muckrach sternly, “it

shall never be said that a murderer escaped from my hands. Besides, it

was just so that he fairly spake the Mugach’s false wife. But did he

spare her sons on that account? If ye let him go, my men, the fate of

the Mugach may be ours; for what bravery can stand against treachery and

assassination?” This opened an entirely new view of the question to

Padrig’s rude guards, and the result of the conference was that they

resolved to take him to Inverness, and to deliver him up to the sheriff.

As they were pursuing their way up the south side of the river Dulnan,

the hill of _Tom-nan-Cean_ appeared on that opposite to them. At sight

of it the whole circumstances of Padrig’s atrocious deed came fresh in

to their minds. It seemed to cry on them for justice, and with one

impulse they shouted out, “Let him die on the spot where he did the

bloody act!” Without a moment’s farther delay, they determined to

execute their new resolution. But on their way across the plain, they

happened to observe a large fir tree, with a thick horizontal branch

growing at right angles from the trunk, and of a sufficient height from

the ground to suit their purpose; and doubting if they might find so

convenient a gallows where they were going, they at once determined that

here Padrig should finish his mortal career. The neighbouring birch

thicket supplied them with materials for making a withe; and whilst they

were twisting it, Padrig burst forth in a flood of Gaelic verse, which

his mind had been accumulating by the way. His song and the twig rope

that was to terminate his existence were spun out and finished at the

same moment, and he was instantly elevated to a height equally beyond

his ambition and his hopes.

AN HOUR IN THE MANSE.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

In a few weeks the annual sacrament of the Lord’s Supper was to be

administered in the parish of Deanside; and the minister, venerable in

old age, of authority by the power of his talents and learning, almost

feared for his sanctity, yet withal beloved for gentleness and

compassion that had never been found wanting, when required either by

the misfortunes or errors of any of his flock, had delivered for several

successive Sabbaths, to full congregations, sermons on the proper

preparation of communicants in that awful ordinance. The old man was a

follower of Calvin; and many, who had listened to him with a resolution

in their hearts to approach the table of the Redeemer, felt so

awe-stricken and awakened at the conclusion of his exhortations, that

they gave their souls another year to meditate on what they had heard,

and by a pure and humble course of life, to render themselves less

unworthy to partake the mysterious and holy bread and wine.

The good old man received in the manse, for a couple of hours every

evening, such of his parishioners as came to signify their wish to

partake of the sacrament; and it was then noted, that, though he in

nowise departed, in his conversation with them at such times, from the

spirit of those doctrines which he had delivered from the pulpit, yet

his manner was milder, and more soothing, and full of encouragement; so

that many who went to him almost with quaking hearts, departed in

tranquillity and peace, and looked forward to that most impressive and

solemn act of the Christian faith with calm and glad anticipation. The

old man thought, truly and justly, that few, if any, would come to the

manse, after having heard him in the kirk, without due and deep

reflection; and therefore, though he allowed none to pass through his

hands without strict examination, he spoke to them all benignly, and

with that sort of paternal pity which a religious man, about to leave

this life, feels towards all his brethren of mankind, who are entering

upon, or engaged in, its scenes of agitation, trouble, and danger.

On one of those evenings, the servant showed into the minister’s study a

tall, bold-looking, dark-visaged man, in the prime of life, who, with

little of the usual courtesy, advanced into the middle of the room, and

somewhat abruptly declared the sacred purpose of his visit. But before

he could receive a reply, he looked around and before him; and there was

something so solemn in the old minister’s appearance, as he sat like a

spirit, with his unclouded eyes fixed upon the intruder, that that

person’s countenance fell, and his heart was involuntarily knocking

against his side. An old large Bible, the same that he read from in the

pulpit, was lying open before him. One glimmering candle showed his

beautiful and silvery locks falling over his temples, as his head half

stooped over the sacred page; a dead silence was in the room dedicated

to meditation and prayer; the old man, it was known, had for some time

felt himself to be dying, and had spoken of the sacrament of this summer

as the last he could ever hope to administer; so that altogether, in the

silence, the dimness, the sanctity, the unworldliness of the time, the

place, and the being before him, the visitor stood like one abashed and

appalled; and bowing more reverently, or at least respectfully, he said,

with a quivering voice, “Sir, I come for your sanction to be admitted to

the table of our Lord.”

The minister motioned to him with his hand to sit down; and it was a

relief to the trembling man to do so, for he was in the presence of one

who, he felt, saw into his heart. A sudden change from hardihood to

terror took place within his dark nature; he wished himself out of the

insupportable sanctity of that breathless room; and a remorse, that had

hitherto slept, or been drowned within him, now clutched his

heartstrings, as if with an alternate grasp of frost and fire, and made

his knees knock against each other where he sat, and his face pale as

ashes.

“Norman Adams, saidst thou that thou wilt take into that hand, and put

into those lips, the symbol of the blood that was shed for sinners, and

of the body that bowed on the cross, and then gave up the ghost? If so,

let us speak together, even as if thou wert communing with thine own

heart. Never again may I join in that sacrament, for the hour of my

departure is at hand. Say, wilt thou eat and drink death to thine

immortal soul?”

The terrified man found strength to rise from his seat, and, staggering

towards the door, said, “Pardon, forgive me!—I am not worthy.”

“It is not I who can pardon, Norman. That power lies not with man; but

sit down—you are deadly pale—and though, I fear, an ill-living and a

dissolute man, greater sinners have repented and been saved. Approach

not now the table of the Lord, but confess all your sins before Him in

the silence of your own house, and upon your naked knees on the

stone-floor every morning and every night; and if this you do

faithfully, humbly, and with a contrite heart, come to me again when the

sacrament is over, and I will speak words of comfort to you (if then I

am able to speak)—if, Norman, it should be on my deathbed. This will I

do for the sake of thy soul, and for the sake of thy father, Norman,

whom my soul loved, and who was a support to me in my ministry for many

long, long years, even for two score and ten, for we were at school

together; and had your father been living now, he would, like myself,

have this very day finished his eighty-fifth year. I send you not from

me in anger, but in pity and love. Go, my son, and this very night begin

your repentance, for if that face speak the truth, your heart must be

sorely charged.”

Just as the old man ceased speaking, and before the humble, or at least

affrighted culprit had risen to go, another visitor of a very different

kind was shown into the room—a young, beautiful girl, almost shrouded in

her cloak, with a sweet pale face, on which sadness seemed in vain to

strive with the natural expression of the happiness of youth.

“Mary Simpson,” said the kind old man, as she stood with a timid

courtesy near the door, “Mary Simpson, approach, and receive from my

hands the token for which thou comest. Well dost thou know the history

of thy Saviour’s life, and rejoicest in the life and immortality brought

to light by the gospel. Young and guileless, Mary, art thou; and dim as

my memory now is of many things, yet do I well remember the evening,

when first beside my knee, thou heardst read how the Divine Infant was

laid in a manger, how the wise men from the East came to the place of

His nativity, and how the angels were heard singing in the fields of

Bethlehem all the night long.”

Alas! every word that had thus been uttered sent a pang into the poor

creature’s heart, and, without lifting her eyes from the floor, and in a

voice more faint and hollow than belonged to one so young, she said, “O

sir! I come not as an intending communicant; yet the Lord my God knows

that I am rather miserable than guilty, and He will not suffer my soul

to perish, though a baby is now within me, the child of guilt, and sin,

and horror. This, my shame, come I to tell you; but for the father of my

babe unborn, cruel though he has been to me,—oh! cruel, cruel,

indeed,—yet shall his name go down with me in silence to the grave. I

must not, must not breathe his name in mortal ears; but I have looked

round me in the wide moor, and when nothing that could understand was

by, nothing living but birds, and bees, and the sheep I was herding,

often have I whispered his name in my prayers, and beseeched God and

Jesus to forgive him all his sins.”

At these words, of which the passionate utterance seemed to relieve her

heart, and before the pitying and bewildered old man could reply, Mary

Simpson raised her eyes from the floor, and fearing to meet the face of

the minister, which had heretofore never shone upon her but with smiles,

and of which the expected frown was to her altogether insupportable, she

turned them wildly round the room, as if for a dark resting-place, and

beheld Norman Adams rooted to his seat, leaning towards her with his

white, ghastly countenance, and his eyes starting from their sockets,

seemingly in wrath, agony, fear, and remorse. That terrible face struck

poor Mary to the heart, and she sank against the wall, and slipped down,

shuddering, upon a chair.

“Norman Adams, I am old and weak, but do you put your arm round that

poor lost creature, and keep her from falling down on the hard floor. I

hear it is a stormy night, and she has walked some miles hither; no

wonder she is overcome. You have heard her confession, but it was not

meant for your ear; so, till I see you again, say nothing of what you

have now heard.”

“O sir! a cup of water, for my blood is either leaving my heart

altogether, or it is drowning it. Your voice, sir, is going far, far

away from me, and I am sinking down. Oh, hold me!—hold me up! Is it a

pit into which I am falling?—Saw I not Norman Adams?—Where is he now?”

The poor maiden did not fall off the chair, although Norman Adams

supported her not; but her head lay back against the wall, and a sigh,

long and dismal, burst from her bosom, that deeply affected the old

man’s heart, but struck that of the speechless and motionless sinner,

like the first toll of the prison bell that warns the felon to leave his

cell and come forth to execution.

The minister fixed a stern eye upon Norman, for, from the poor girl’s

unconscious words, it was plain that he was the guilty wretch who had

wrought all this misery. “You knew, did you not, that she had neither

father nor mother, sister nor brother, scarcely one relation on earth to

care for or watch over her; and yet you have used her so? If her beauty

was a temptation unto you, did not the sweet child’s innocence touch

your hard and selfish heart with pity? or her guilt and grief must

surely now wring it with remorse. Look on her—white, cold, breathless,

still as a corpse; and yet, thou bold bad man, thy footsteps would have

approached the table of thy Lord!”

The child now partly awoke from her swoon, and her dim opening eyes met

those of Norman Adams. She shut them with a shudder, and said, sickly

and with a quivering voice, “Oh spare, spare me, Norman! Are we again in

that dark, fearful wood? Tremble not for your life on earth, Norman, for

never, never will I tell to mortal ears that terrible secret; but spare

me, spare me, else our Saviour, with all His mercy, will never pardon

your unrelenting soul. These are cruel-looking eyes; you will not surely

murder poor Mary Simpson, unhappy as she is, and must for ever be—yet

life is sweet! She beseeches you on her knees to spare her life!”—and,

in the intense fear of phantasy, the poor creature struggled off the

chair, and fell down indeed in a heap at his feet.

“Canst thou indeed be the son of old Norman Adams, the industrious, the

temperate, the mild, and the pious—who so often sat in this very room

which thy presence has now polluted, and spake with me on the mysteries

of life and of death? Foul ravisher, what stayed thy hand from the

murder of that child, when there were none near to hear her shrieks in

the dark solitude of the great pine-wood?”

Norman Adams smote his heart and fell down too on his knees beside the

poor ruined orphan. He put his arm round her, and, raising her from the

floor, said, “No, no, my sin is great, too great for Heaven’s

forgiveness; but, oh sir! say not—say not that I would have murdered

her; for, savage as my crime was, yet may God judge me less terribly

than if I had taken her life.”

In a little while they were both seated with some composure, and silence

was in the room. No one spoke, and the old grayhaired man sat with his

eyes fixed, without reading, on the open Bible. At last he broke silence

with these words out of Isaiah, that seemed to have forced themselves on

his heedless eyes:—“Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as

white as snow: though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.”

Mary Simpson wept aloud at these words, and seemed to forget her own

wrongs and grief in commiseration of the agonies of remorse and fear

that were now plainly preying on the soul of the guilty man. “I forgive

you, Norman, and will soon be out of the way, no longer to anger you

with the sight of me.” Then, fixing her streaming eyes on the minister,

she besought him not to be the means of bringing him to punishment and a

shameful death, for that he might repent, and live to be a good man and

respected in the parish; but that she was a poor orphan for whom few

cared, and who, when dead, would have but a small funeral.

“I will deliver myself up into the hands of justice,” said the offender,

“for I do not deserve to live. Mine was an inhuman crime, and let a

violent and shameful death be my doom.”

The orphan girl now stood up as if her strength had been restored, and

stretching out her hands passionately, with a flow of most affecting and

beautiful language, inspired by a meek, single, and sinless heart that

could not bear the thought of utter degradation and wretchedness

befalling any one of the rational children of God, implored and

beseeched the old man to comfort the sinner before them, and promise

that the dark transaction of guilt should never leave the concealment of

their own three hearts. “Did he not save the lives of two brothers once

who were drowning in that black mossy loch, when their own kindred, at

work among the hay, feared the deep sullen water, and all stood aloof

shuddering and shaking, till Norman Adams leapt in to their rescue, and

drew them by the dripping hair to the shore, and then lay down beside

them on the heather as like to death as themselves? I myself saw it

done; I myself heard their mother call down the blessing of God on

Norman’s head, and then all the haymakers knelt down and prayed. When

you, on the Sabbath, returned thanks to God for that they were saved,

oh! kind sir, did you not name, in the full kirk, him who, under

Providence, did deliver them from death, and who, you said, had thus

showed himself to be a Christian indeed? May his sin against me be

forgotten, for the sake of those two drowning boys, and their mother,

who blesses his name unto this day.”

From a few questions solemnly asked, and solemnly answered, the minister

found that Norman Adams had been won by the beauty and loveliness of

this poor orphan shepherdess, as he had sometimes spoken to her when

sitting on the hill-side with her flock, but that pride had prevented

him from ever thinking of her in marriage. It appeared that he had also

been falsely informed, by a youth whom Mary disliked for his brutal and

gross manners, that she was not the innocent girl that her seeming

simplicity denoted. On returning from a festive meeting, where this

abject person had made many mean insinuations against her virtue, Norman

Adams met her returning to her master’s house, in the dusk of the

evening, on the footpath leading through a lonely wood; and, though his

crime was of the deepest dye, it seemed to the minister of the religion

of mercy, that by repentance, and belief in the atonement that had once

been made for sinners, he, too, might perhaps hope for forgiveness at

the throne of God.

“I warned you, miserable man, of the fatal nature of sin, when first it

brought a trouble over your countenance, and broke in upon the peaceful

integrity of your life. Was not the silence of the night often terrible

to you, when you were alone in the moors, and the whisper of your own

conscience told you, that every wicked thought was sacrilege to your

father’s dust? Step by step, and almost imperceptibly, perhaps, did you

advance upon the road that leadeth to destruction; but look back now,

and what a long dark journey have you taken, standing, as you are, on

the brink of everlasting death! Once you were kind, gentle, generous,

manly, and free; but you trusted to the deceitfulness of your own heart;

you estranged yourself from the house of the God of your fathers; and

what has your nature done for you at last, but sunk you into a

wretch—savage, selfish, cruel, cowardly, and in good truth a slave? A

felon are you, and forfeited to the hangman’s hands. Look on that poor

innocent child, and think what is man without God. What would you give

now, if the last three years of your reckless life had been passed in a

dungeon dug deep into the earth, with hunger and thirst gnawing at your

heart, and bent down under a cartload of chains? Yet look not so

ghastly, for I condemn you not utterly; nor, though I know your guilt,

can I know what good may yet be left uncorrupted and unextinguished in

your soul. Kneel not to me, Norman; fasten not so your eyes upon me;

lift them upwards, and then turn them in upon your own heart, for the

dreadful reckoning is between it and God.”

Mary Simpson had now recovered all her strength, and she knelt down by

the side of the groaner. Deep was the pity she now felt for him, who to

her had shown no pity; she did not refuse to lay her light arm tenderly

upon his neck. Often had she prayed to God to save his soul, even among

her rueful sobs of shame in the solitary glens; and now that she beheld

his sin punished with a remorse more than he could bear, the orphan

would have willingly died to avert from his prostrate head the wrath of

the Almighty.

The old man wept at the sight of so much innocence, and so much guilt,

kneeling together before God, in strange union and fellowship of a

common being. With his own fatherly arms he lifted up the orphan from

her knees, and said, “Mary Simpson, my sweet and innocent Mary Simpson,

for innocent thou art, the elders will give thee a token, that will, on

Sabbath-day, admit thee (not for the first time, though so young) to the

communion-table. Fear not to approach it; look at me, and on my face,

when I bless the elements, and be thou strong in the strength of the

Lord. Norman Adams, return to your home. Go into the chamber where your

father died. Let your knees wear out the part of the floor on which he

kneeled. It is somewhat worn already; you have seen the mark of your

father’s knees. Who knows, but that pardon and peace may descend from

Heaven upon such a sinner as thou? On none such as thou have mine eyes

ever looked, in knowledge, among all those who have lived and died under

my care, for three generations. But great is the unknown guilt that may

be hidden even in the churchyard of a small quiet parish like this. Dost

thou feel as if God-forsaken? Or, oh! say it unto me, canst thou, my

poor son, dare to hope for repentance?”

The pitiful tone of the old man’s trembling voice, and the motion of his

shaking and withered hands, as he lifted them up almost in an attitude

of benediction, completed the prostration of that sinner’s spirit. All

his better nature, which had too long been oppressed under scorn of holy

ordinances, and the coldness of infidelity, and the selfishness of

lawless desires that insensibly harden the heart they do not dissolve,

now struggled to rise up and respect its rights. “When I remember what I

once was, I can hope—when I think what I now am, I only, only fear.”

A storm of rain and wind had come on, and Mary Simpson slept in the

manse that night. On the ensuing Sabbath she partook of the sacrament. A

woeful illness fell upon Norman Adams; and then for a long time no one

saw him, or knew where he had gone. It was said that he was in a distant

city, and that he was a miserable creature, that never again could look

upon the sun. But it was otherwise ordered. He returned to his farm,

greatly changed in face and person, but even yet more changed in spirit.

The old minister had more days allotted to him than he had thought, and

was not taken away for some summers. Before he died, he had reason to

know that Norman Adams had repented in tears of blood, in thoughts of

faith, and in deeds of charity; and he did not fear to admit him, too,

in good time, to the holy ordinance, along with Mary Simpson, then his

wife, and the mother of his children.

THE WARDEN OF THE MARCHES:

_A TRADITIONARY STORY OF ANNANDALE_.

The predatory incursions of the Scots and English borderers, on each

other’s territories, are known to every one in the least acquainted with

either the written or traditional history of his country. These were

sometimes made by armed and numerous bodies, and it was not uncommon for

a band of marauders to take advantage of a thick fog or a dark night for

plundering or driving away the cattle, with which they soon escaped over

the border, where they were generally secure. Such incursions were so

frequent and distressing to the peaceable and well-disposed inhabitants

that they complained loudly to their respective governments; in

consequence of which some one of the powerful nobles residing on the

borders was invested with authority to suppress these depredations,

under the title of Warden of the Marches. His duty was to protect the

frontier, and alarm the country by firing the beacons which were placed

on the heights, where they could be seen at a great distance, as a

warning to the people to drive away their cattle, and, collecting in a

body, either to repel or pursue the invaders, as circumstances might

require. The wardens also possessed a discretionary power in such

matters as came under their jurisdiction. The proper discharge of this

important trust required vigilance, courage, and fidelity, but it was

sometimes committed to improper hands, and consequently the duty was

very improperly performed.

In the reign of James V. one of these wardens was Sir John Charteris of

Amisfield, near Dumfries, a brave but haughty man, who sometimes forgot

his important trust so far as to sacrifice his public duties to his

private interests.

George Maxwell was a young and respectable farmer in Annandale, who had

frequently been active in repressing the petty incursions to which that

quarter of the country was exposed. Having thereby rendered himself

particularly obnoxious to the English borderers, a strong party was

formed, which succeeded in despoiling him, by plundering his house and

driving away his whole live stock. At the head of a large party he

pursued and overtook the “spoil-encumbered foe;” a fierce and bloody

contest ensued, in which George fell the victim of a former feud,

leaving his widow, Marion, in poverty, with her son Wallace, an only

child in the tenth year of his age. By the liberality of her neighbours,

the widow was replaced in a small farm; but by subsequent incursions she

was reduced to such poverty that she occupied a small cottage, with a

cow, which the kindness of a neighbouring farmer permitted to pasture on

his fields. This, with the industry and filial affection of her son, now

in his twentieth year, enabled her to live with a degree of comfort and

contented resignation.

With a manly and athletic form, Wallace Maxwell inherited the courage of

his father, and the patriotic ardour of the chieftain after whom he had

been named; and Wallace had been heard to declare, that although he

could not expect to free his country from the incursions of the English

borderers, he trusted he should yet be able to take ample vengeance for

the untimely death of his father.

But although his own private wrongs and those of his country had a

powerful influence on the mind of Wallace Maxwell, yet his heart was

susceptible of a far loftier passion.

His fine manly form and graceful bearing had attractions for many a

rural fair; and he would have found no difficulty in matching with

youthful beauty considerably above his own humble station. But his

affections were fixed on Mary Morrison, a maiden as poor in worldly

wealth as himself; but nature had been more than usually indulgent to

her in a handsome person and fine features; and, what was of infinitely

more value, her heart was imbued with virtuous principles, and her mind

better cultivated than could have been expected from her station in

life. To these accomplishments were superadded a native dignity,

tempered with modesty, and a most winning sweetness of manner. Mary was

the daughter of a man who had seen better days; but he was ruined by the

incursions of the English borderers; and both he and her mother dying

soon after, Mary was left a helpless orphan in the twentieth year of her

age. Her beauty procured her many admirers; and her unprotected state

(for she had no relations in Annandale) left her exposed to the

insidious temptations of unprincipled villainy; but they soon discovered

that neither flattery, bribes, nor the fairest promises, had the

slightest influence on her spotless mind. There were many, however, who

sincerely loved her, and made most honourable proposals; among whom was

Wallace Maxwell, perhaps the poorest of her admirers, but who succeeded

in gaining her esteem and affection. Mary and he were fellow-servants to

the farmer from whom his mother had her cottage; and, on account of the

troublesome state of the country, Wallace slept every night in his

mother’s house as her guardian and protector. Mary and he were about the

same age, both in the bloom of youthful beauty; but both had

discrimination to look beyond external attractions; and, although they

might be said to live in the light of each other’s eyes, reason

convinced them that the time was yet distant when it would be prudent to

consummate that union which was the dearest object of their wishes.

A foray had been made by the English, in which their leader, the son of

a rich borderer, had been made prisoner, and a heavy ransom paid to Sir

John, the warden, for his release. This the avaricious warden considered

a perquisite of his office; and it accordingly went into his private

pocket. Soon after this, the party who had resolved on ruining Wallace

Maxwell for his threats of vengeance, took advantage of a thick fog

during the day, succeeded by a dark night, in making an incursion on

Annandale, principally for the purpose of capturing the young man. By

stratagem they effected their purpose; and the widow’s cow, and Wallace

her son, were both carried off as part of the spoil. The youth’s life

might have been in considerable danger, had his capture not been

discovered by the man who had recently paid a high ransom for his own

son, and he now took instant possession of Wallace, resolving that he

should be kept a close prisoner till ransomed by a sum equal to that

paid to the warden.

It would be difficult, if not impossible, to say whether the grief of

Widow Maxwell for her son, or that of Mary Morrison for her lover, was

greatest. But early in the ensuing morning the widow repaired to

Amisfield, related the circumstance to Sir John, with tears beseeching

him, as the plunderers were not yet far distant, to despatch his forces

after them, and rescue her son, with the property of which she had been

despoiled, for they had carried off everything, even to her bed-clothes.

Wallace Maxwell had some time before incurred the warden’s displeasure,

whose mind was not generous enough either to forget or forgive. He

treated Marion with an indifference approaching almost to contempt, by

telling her that it would be exceedingly improper to alarm the country

about such a trivial incident, to which every person in that quarter was

exposed; and although she kneeled to him, he refused to comply with her

request, and proudly turned away.

With a heavy and an aching heart, the widow called on Mary Morrison on

her way home to her desolate dwelling, relating the failure of her

application, and uttering direful lamentations for the loss of her son;

all of which were echoed by the no less desponding maiden.

In the anguish of her distress, Mary formed the resolution of waiting on

the warden, and again urging the petition which had already been so

rudely rejected. Almost frantic, she hastened to the castle, demanding

to see Sir John. Her person was known to the porter, and he was also now

acquainted with the cause of her present distress; she therefore found a

ready admission. Always beautiful, the wildness of her air, the liquid

fire which beamed in her eyes, from which tears streamed over her

glowing cheeks, and the perturbation which heaved her swelling bosom,

rendered her an object of more than ordinary interest in the sight of

the warden. She fell at his feet and attempted to tell her melancholy

tale; but convulsive sobs stifled her utterance. He then took her

unresisting hand, raised her up, led her to a seat, and bade her compose

herself before she attempted to speak.

With a faltering tongue, and eyes which, like the lightning of heaven,

seemed capable of penetrating a heart of adamant, and in all the energy

and pathos of impassioned grief, she told her tale,—imploring the

warden, if he ever regarded his mother, or if capable of feeling for the

anguish of a woman, to have pity on them, and instantly exert himself to

restore the most dutiful of sons, and the most faithful of lovers, to

his humble petitioners, whose gratitude should cease only with their

lives.

“You are probably not aware,” said he, in a kindly tone, “of the

difficulty of gratifying your wishes. Wallace Maxwell has rendered

himself the object of vengeance to the English borderers; and, before

now, he must be in captivity so secure, that any measure to rescue him

by force of arms would be unavailing. But, for your sake, I will adopt

the only means which can restore him, namely, to purchase his ransom by

gold. But you are aware that it must be high, and I trust your gratitude

will be in proportion.”

“Everything in our power shall be done to evince our gratitude,” replied

the delighted Mary, a more animated glow suffusing her cheek, and her

eyes beaming with a brighter lustre,—“Heaven reward you.”

“To wait for my reward from heaven, would be to give credit to one who

can make ready payment,” replied the warden. “You, lovely Mary, have it

in your power to make me a return, which will render me your debtor,

without in any degree impoverishing yourself;”—and he paused, afraid or

ashamed to speak the purpose of his heart. Such is the power which

virgin beauty and innocence can exert on the most depraved inclinations.

Although alarmed, and suspecting his base design, such was the rectitude

of Mary’s guileless heart, that she could not believe the warden in

earnest; and starting from his proffered embrace, she with crimson

blushes replied, “I am sure, sir, your heart could never permit you so

far to insult a hapless maiden. You have spoken to try my affection for

Wallace Maxwell; let me therefore again implore you to take such

measures as you may think best for obtaining his release;” and a fresh

flood of tears flowed in torrents from her eyes, while she gazed

wistfully in his face, with a look so imploringly tender, that it might

have moved the heart of a demon.

With many flattering blandishments, and much artful sophistry, he

endeavoured to win her to his purpose; but perceiving that his attempts

were unavailing, he concluded thus:—“All that I have promised I am ready

to perform; but I swear by Heaven, that unless you grant me the favour

which I have so humbly solicited, Wallace Maxwell may perish in a

dungeon, or by the hand of his enemies; for he shall never be rescued by

me. Think, then, in time, before you leave me, and for his sake, and

your own future happiness, do not foolishly destroy it for ever.”

With her eyes flashing indignant fire, and her bosom throbbing with the

anguish of insulted virtue, she flung herself from his hateful embrace,

and, rushing from his presence, with a sorrowful and almost bursting

heart, left the castle.

Widow Maxwell had a mind not easily depressed, and although in great

affliction for her son, did not despair of his release. She was ignorant

of Mary’s application to the warden, and had been revolving in her mind

the propriety of seeking an audience of the king, and detailing her

wrongs, both at the hands of the English marauders and Sir John. She was

brooding on this when Mary entered her cottage, and, in the agony of

despairing love and insulted honour, related the reception she had met

from the warden. The relation confirmed the widow’s half formed

resolution, and steeled her heart to its purpose. After they had

responded each other’s sighs, and mingled tears together, the old woman

proposed waiting on her friend the farmer, declaring her intentions,

and, if he approved of them, soliciting his permission for Mary to

accompany her.

The warden’s indolent neglect of duty was a subject of general

complaint; the farmer, therefore, highly approved of the widow’s

proposal, believing that it would not only procure her redress, but

might be of advantage to the country. He urged their speedy and secret

departure, requesting that whatever answer they received might not be

divulged till the final result was seen; and next morning, at early

dawn, the widow and Mary took their departure for Stirling. King James

was easy of access to the humblest of his subjects; and the two had

little difficulty in obtaining admission to the royal presence. Widow

Maxwell had in youth been a beautiful woman, and, although her early

bloom had passed, might still have been termed a comely and attractive

matron, albeit in the autumn of life. In a word, her face was still such

as would have recommended her suit to the king, whose heart was at all

times feelingly alive to the attraction of female beauty. But, on the

present occasion, although she was the petitioner, the auxiliary whom

she had brought, though silent, was infinitely the more powerful

pleader; for Mary might be said to resemble the half-blown rose in the

early summer, when its glowing leaves are wet with the dews of morning.

James was so struck with their appearance, that, before they had spoken,

he secretly wished that their petitions might be such as he could with

justice and honour grant, for he already felt that it would be

impossible to refuse them.

Although struck with awe on coming into the presence of their sovereign,

the easy condescension and affability of James soon restored them to

comparative tranquillity; and the widow told her “plain, unvarnished

tale” with such artless simplicity, and moving pathos, as would have

made an impression on a less partial auditor than his Majesty. When she

came to state the result of Mary’s application to Sir John, she paused,

blushed, and still remained silent. James instantly conjectured the

cause, which was confirmed when he saw Mary’s face crimsoned all over.

Suppressing his indignation, “Well, I shall be soon in Annandale,” said

he, “and will endeavour to do you justice. Look at this nobleman,”

pointing to one in the chamber; “when I send him for you, come to me

where he shall guide. In the meantime, he will find you safe lodgings

for the night, and give you sufficient to bear your expenses home,

whither I wish you to return as soon as possible, and be assured that

your case shall not be forgotten.”

It is generally known that James, with a love of justice, had a

considerable share of eccentricity in his character, and that he

frequently went over the country in various disguises—such as that of a

pedlar, an itinerant musician, or even a wandering beggar. These

disguises were sometimes assumed for the purpose of discovering the

abuses practised by his servants, and not unfrequently from the love of

frolic, and, like the Caliph in the “Arabian Nights,” in quest of

amusement. On these occasions, when he chose to discover himself, it was

always by the designation of the “Gudeman of Ballengeich”. He had a

private passage by which he could leave the palace, unseen by any one,

and he could make his retreat alone, or accompanied by a disguised

attendant, according to his inclination.

On the present occasion, he determined to visit the warden of the March

_incog._; and, making the necessary arrangements, he soon arrived in

Annandale. His inquiries concerning the widow and Mary corroborated the

opinion he had previously formed, and learning where Mary resided, he

resolved to repair thither in person, disguised as a mendicant. On

approaching the farmer’s, he had to pass a rivulet, at which there was a

girl washing linen, and a little observation convinced him it was Mary

Morrison. When near, he pretended to be taken suddenly ill, and sat down

on a knoll, groaning piteously. Mary came instantly to him, tenderly

enquiring what ailed him, and whether she could render him any

assistance. James replied, it was a painful distemper, by which he was

frequently attacked; but if she could procure him a draught of warm

milk, that, and an hour’s rest, would relieve him. Mary answered, that

if he could, with her assistance, walk to the farm, which she pointed

out near by, he would be kindly cared for. She assisted him to rise,

and, taking his arm, permitted him to lean upon her shoulder, as they

crept slowly along. He met much sympathy in the family, and there he

heard the history of Mary and Wallace Maxwell (not without execrations

on the warden for his indolence), and their affirmations that they were

sure, if the king knew how he neglected his duty, he would either be

dismissed or severely punished; although the former had spoken plainer

than others whom James had conversed with, he found that Sir John was

generally disliked, and he became impatient for the hour of retribution.

Marching back towards Dumfries, James rendezvoused for the night in a

small village called Duncow, in the parish of Kirkmahoe, and next

morning he set out for Amisfield, which lay in the neighbourhood,

disguised as a beggar. Part of his retinue he left in Duncow, and part

he ordered to lie in wait in a ravine near Amisfield till he should

require their attendance. Having cast away his beggar’s cloak, he

appeared at the gate of the warden’s castle in the dress of a plain

countryman, and requested the porter to procure him an immediate

audience of Sir John. But he was answered that the warden had just sat

down to dinner, during which it was a standing order that he should

never be disturbed on any pretence whatever.

“And how long will he sit?” said James.

“Two hours, perhaps three; he must not be intruded on till his bell

ring,” replied the porter.

“I am a stranger, and cannot wait so long; take this silver groat, and

go to your master, and say that I wish to see him on business of

importance, and will detain him only a few minutes.”

The porter delivered the message, and soon returned, saying—“Sir John

says, that however important your business may be, you must wait his

time, or go the way you came.”

“That is very hard. Here are two groats; go again, and say that I have

come from the Border, where I saw the English preparing for an

incursion, and have posted thither with the information; and that I

think he will be neglecting his duty if he do not immediately fire the

beacons and alarm the country.”

This message was also carried, and the porter returned with a sorrowful

look, and shaking head.

“Well, does the warden consent to see me?” said the anxious stranger,

who had gained the porter’s goodwill by his liberality.

“I beg your pardon, friend,” replied the menial; “but I must give Sir

John’s answer in his own words. He says if you choose to wait two hours

he will then see whether you are a knave or a fool; but if you send

another such impertinent message to him, both you and I shall have cause

to repent it. However, for your civility, come with me, and I will find

you something to eat and a horn of good ale, to put off the time till

Sir John can be seen.”

“I give you hearty thanks, my good fellow, but, as I said, I cannot

wait. Here, take these three groats; go again to the warden, and say

that the Gudeman of Ballengeich insists upon seeing him immediately.”

No sooner was the porter’s back turned, than James winded his buglehorn

so loudly that its echoes seemed to shake the castle walls; and the

porter found his master in consternation, which his message changed into

fear and trembling.

By the time the warden had reached the gate, James had thrown off his

coat, and stood arrayed in the garb and insignia of royalty, while his

train of nobles were galloping up in great haste. When they were

collected around him, the king, for the first time, condescended to

address the terrified warden, who had prostrated himself at the feet of

his sovereign.

“Rise, Sir John,” said he, with a stern and commanding air. “You bade

your porter tell me that I was either knave or fool, and you were right,

for I have erred in delegating my power to a knave like you.”

In tremulous accents the warden attempted to excuse himself by

stammering out that he did not know he was wanted by his Majesty.

“But I sent you a message that I wished to speak with you on business of

importance, and you refused to be disturbed. The meanest of my subjects

has access to me at all times. I hear before I condemn, and shall do so

with you, against whom I have many and heavy charges.”

“Will it please your Majesty to honour my humble dwelling with your

presence, and afford me an opportunity of speaking in my own defence?”

said the justly alarmed warden.

“No, Sir John, I will not enter beneath that roof as a judge, where I

was refused admission as a petitioner. I hold my court at Hoddam Castle,

where I command your immediate attendance; where I will hear your answer

to the charges I have against you. In the meantime, before our

departure, you will give orders for the entertainment of my retinue, men

and horses, at your castle, during my stay in Annandale.”

The king then appointed several of the lords in attendance to accompany

him to Hoddam Castle, whither he commanded the warden to follow him with

all possible despatch.

Sir John was conscious of negligence, and even something worse, in the

discharge of his duty, although ignorant of the particular charges to be

brought against him; but when ushered into the presence of his

sovereign, he endeavoured to assume the easy confidence of innocence.

James proceeded to business, by inquiring if there was not a recent

incursion of a small marauding party, in which a poor widow’s cow was

carried off, her house plundered, and her son taken prisoner; and if she

did not early next morning state this to him, requesting him to recover

her property.

“Did you, Sir John, do your utmost in the case?”

“I acknowledge I did not; but the widow shall have the best cow in my

possession, and her house furnished anew. I hope that will satisfy your

Majesty.”

“And her son, how is he to be restored?”

“When we have the good fortune to make an English prisoner, he can be

exchanged.”

“Mark me! Sir John. If Wallace Maxwell is not brought before me in good

health within a week from this date, you shall hang by the neck from

that tree waving before the window. I have no more to say at present. Be

ready to wait on me in one hour when your presence is required.”

The warden knew the determined resolution of the king, and instantly

despatched a confidential servant, vested with full powers to procure

the liberation of Wallace Maxwell, at whatever price, and to bring him

safely back without a moment’s delay. In the meantime, the retinue of

men and horses, amounting to several hundreds, were living at free

quarters, in Sir John’s castle, and the visits of the king diffusing

gladness and joy over the whole country.

Next morning James sent the young nobleman, whom he had pointed out to

the widow at Stirling, to bring her and Mary Morrison to Hoddam Castle.

He received both with easy condescension; when the widow, with much

grateful humility, endeavoured to express her thanks, saying that Sir

John had last evening sent her a cow worth double that she had lost;

also blankets, and other articles of higher value than all that had been

carried away; but, with tears in her eyes, she said, all these were as

nothing without her dear son. Assuring them that their request had not

been neglected, James dismissed them, with the joyful hope of soon

seeing Wallace, as he would send for them immediately on his arrival.

The distress of the warden increased every hour, for he was a prisoner

in his own castle; and his feelings may be conjectured, when he received

a message from the king, commanding him to come to Hoddam Castle next

day by noon, and either bring Wallace Maxwell along with him, or prepare

for a speedy exit into the next world. He had just seen the sun rise, of

which it seemed probable he should never see the setting, when his

servant arrived with Wallace, whose liberty had been purchased at an

exorbitant ransom. Without allowing the young man to rest, Sir John

hurried him off to Hoddam Castle, and sent in a message that he waited

an audience of his Majesty.

To make sure of the youth’s identity, the king sent instantly for his

mother, and the meeting called forth all the best feelings of his heart,

for maternal affection triumphed over every other emotion, and it was

only after the first ebullition of it had subsided, that she bade him

kneel to his sovereign, to whom he owed his liberty, and most probably

his life. Wallace gracefully bent his knee, and took Heaven to witness

that both should be devoted to his Majesty’s service.

James was delighted with the manly appearance and gallant behaviour of

Wallace; and, after having satisfied himself of the sincerity of his

attachment to Mary, he ordered him to withdraw.

He next despatched a messenger for Mary, who, the moment she came, was

ushered into the presence of Sir John; James marking the countenance of

both,—that of Mary flushed with resentment, while her eye flashed with

indignant fire. The pale and deadly hue which overspread the warden’s

cheek was a tacit acknowledgment of his guilt.

“Do you know that young woman, Sir John? Reply to my questions truly;

and be assured that your life depends upon the sincerity of your

answers,” said the king, in a determined and stern voice.

“Yes, my liege, I have seen her,” said Sir John, his lip quivering, and

his tongue faltering.

“Where?”

“At Amisfield.”

“On what occasion?”

“She came to me for the release of Wallace Maxwell.”

“And you refused her, except upon conditions which were an insult to

her, and a disgrace to yourself. Speak; is it not so?”

“To my shame, my sovereign, I confess my guilt; but I am willing to make

all the reparation in my power; and I leave it to be named by your

Majesty.”

“You deserve to be hanged, Sir John; but when I look on that face, I

acknowledge your temptation, and it pleads a mitigation of punishment.

You know that Mary loves and is beloved by Wallace Maxwell, whom you

have already ransomed; you shall give him a farm of not less than fifty

acres of good land, rent-free, during his life, or that of the woman he

marries; and, further, you shall stock it with cattle, and every article

necessary, with a comfortable dwelling;—all this you shall perform

within three months from this date. If you think these conditions hard,

I give you the alternative of swinging from that tree before sunset.

Take your choice.”

“My sovereign, I submit to the conditions, and promise that I shall do

my best to make the couple happy.”

Wallace was now called in, when Mary clasped him in her arms, both

falling on their knees before their sovereign. He raised them up and

said, “I have tried both your loves, and found them faithful. Your Mary

is all that you believed her, and brings you a dowry which she will

explain. I shall see your hands united before I leave Annandale, and

preside at the feast. Let your care of the widow be a remuneration for

what she has done for both, and I trust all of you will long remember

the Gudeman of Ballengeich’s visit to Annandale.”—_Edinburgh Literary

Gazette._

THE ALEHOUSE PARTY:

_A CHAPTER FROM AN UNPUBLISHED NOVEL_.

BY THE AUTHORS OF “THE ODD VOLUME.”

The night drave on wi’ sangs and clatter,

And aye the ale was growing better.—BURNS.

On the evening of that day which saw Mrs Wallace enter Park a bride,

Robin Kinniburgh and a number of his cronies met at the village alehouse

to celebrate the happy event. Every chair, stool, and bench being

occupied, Robin and his chum, Tammy Tacket, took possession of the top

of the meal girnel; and as they were elevated somewhat above the

company, they appeared like two rival provosts, looking down on their

surrounding bailies.

“It’s a gude thing,” said Tammy, “that the wives and weans are keepit

out the night; folk get enough o’ them at hame.”

“I wonder,” said Jamie Wilson, “what’s become o’ Andrew Gilmour.”

“Hae ye no heard,” said Robin, “that his wife died yesterday?”

“Is she dead?” exclaimed Tammy Tacket. “Faith,” continued he, giving

Robin a jog with his elbow, “I think a man might hae waur furniture in

his house than a dead wife.”

“That’s a truth,” replied Jamie Wilson, “as mony an honest man kens to

his cost.—But send round the pint stoup, and let us hae a health to the

laird and the leddy, and mony happy years to them and theirs.”

When the applause attending this toast had subsided, Robin was

universally called on for a song.

“I hae the hoast,” answered Robin; “that’s aye what the leddies say when

they are asked to sing.”

“Deil a hoast is about you,” cried Wattie Shuttle; “come awa wi’ a sang

without mair ado.”

“Weel,” replied Robin, “what maun be, maun be; so I’ll gie ye a sang

that was made by a laddie that lived east-awa; he was aye daundering,

poor chiel, amang the broomie knowes, and mony’s the time I hae seen him

lying at the side o’ the wimpling burn, writing on ony bit paper he

could get haud o’. After he was dead, this bit sang was found in his

pocket, and his puir mother gied it to me, as a kind o’ keepsake; and

now I’ll let you hear it,—I sing it to the tune o’ ‘I hae laid a herrin’

in saut.’”

SONG.

It’s I’m a sweet lassie, without e’er a faut;

Sae ilka ane tells me,—sae it maun be true;

To his kail my auld faither has plenty o’ saut,

And that brings the lads in gowpens to woo.

There’s Saunders M‘Latchie, wha bides at the Mill,

He wants a wee wifie, to bake and to brew;

But Saunders, for me, at the Mill may stay still,

For his first wife was pushioned, if what they say’s true.

The next is Tam Watt, who is grieve to the Laird,—

Last Sabbath, at puir me a sheep’s e’e he threw;

But Tam’s like the picters I’ve seen o’ Blue Beard,

And sic folk’s no that chancie, if what they say’s true.

Then there’s Grierson the cobbler, he’ll fleech an’ he’ll beg,

That I’d be his awl in awl, darlin’ and doo;

But Grierson the cobbler’s a happity leg,

And nae man that hobbles need come here to woo.

And there’s Murdoch the gauger, wha rides a blind horse,

And nae man can mak a mair beautifu’ boo;

But I shall ne’er tak him, for better, for worse,

For, sax days a week, gauger Murdoch is fou.

I wonder when Willie Waught’s faither ’ll dee;

(I wonder hoo that brings the blude to my brow;)

I wonder if Willie will then be for me;—

I wonder if then he’ll be coming to woo?

“It’s your turn now to sing, Tammy,” said Robin, “although I dinna ken

that ye are very gude at it.”

“Me sing!” cried Tammy, “I canna even sing a psalm, far less a sang; but

if ye like, I’ll tell you a story.”

“Come awa then, a story is next best; but haud a’ your tongues there,

you chiels,” cried Robin, giving the wink to his cronies; “we a’ ken

Tammy is unco gude at telling a story, mair especially if it be about

himsel.”

“Aweel,” said Tammy, clearing his throat, “I’ll tell you what happened

to me when I was ance in Embro’. I fancy ye a’ ken the Calton hill?”

“Whatna daftlike question is that, when ye ken very weel we hae a’ been

in Embro’ as weel as yoursel?”

“Weel then,” began Tammy, “I was coming ower the hill—”

“What hill?” asked Jamie Wilson. “Corstorphine hill?”

“Corstorphine fiddlestick!” exclaimed Tammy. “Did ye no hear me say the

Calton hill at the first, which, ye ken, is thought there the principal

hill?”

“What’s that ye’re saying about Principal Hill?” asked Robin. “I kent

him weel ance in a day.”

“Now, Tammy,” cried Willie Walkinshaw, “can ye no gang on wi’ your

story, without a’ this balwavering and nonsense about coming ower ane o’

our Professors; my faith, it’s no an easy matter to come ower some o’

them.”

“Very weel,” said Tammy, a little angrily, “I’ll say nae mair about it,

but just drap the hill.”

“Whaur, whaur?” cried several voices at once.

“I’m thinkin’,” said Robin, drily, “some o’ the Embro’ folk would be

muckle obliged to ye if ye would drap it in the Nor’ Loch.”

“Ye’re a set o’ gomerals!” exclaimed Tammy, in great wrath. “I meant

naething o’ the sort; but only that I would gie ower speaking about it.”

“So we’re no to hae the story after a’?” said Matthew Henderson.

“Yes,” said Tammy; “I’m quite agreeable to tell’t, if ye will only sit

still and haud your tongues. Aweel, I was coming ower the hill ae

night.”

“’Odsake, Tammy,” cried Robin, “will ye ne’er get ower that hill? Ye hae

tell’t us that ten times already; gang on, man, wi’ the story.”

“Then, to mak a lang story short, as I was coming ower the hill ae night

about ten o’clock I fell in—”

“Fell in!” cried Matthew Henderson, “Whaur? Was’t a hole, or a well?”

“I fell in,” replied Tammy, “wi’ a man.”

“Fell in wi’ a man!” said Willie Walkinshaw. “Weel, as there were twa o’

ye, ye could help ane anither out.”

“Na, na,” roared Tammy, “I dinna mean that at a’; I just cam up wi’

him.”

“I doubt, Tammy,” cried Robin, giving a sly wink to his cronies, “if ye

gaed up the Calton hill wi’ a man at ten o’clock at night, I’m thinking

ye’ll hae been boozing some gate or ither wi’ him afore that.”

“Me boozing?” cried Tammy. “I ne’er saw the man’s face afore or since;

unless it was in the police office the next day.”

“Now, Tammy Tacket,” said Robin, gravely, “just tak a’ frien’s advice,

and gie ower sic splores; they’re no creditable to a decent married man

like you; and dinna be bleezing and bragging about being in the police

office; for it stands to reason ye wouldna be there for ony gude.”

“Deil tak me,” cried Tammy, jumping up on the meal girnel, and

brandishing the pint stoup, “if I dinna fling this at the head of the

first man who says a word afore I be done wi’ my story:—And, as I said

before, I fell in—”

Poor Tammy was not at all prepared for his words being so soon verified,

for, in his eagerness to enforce attention, he stamped violently with

his hobnailed shoe on the girnel, which giving way with a loud crash,

Tammy suddenly disappeared from the view of the astonished party. Robin,

who had barely time to save himself from the falling ruins, was still

laughing with all his might, when Mrs Scoreup burst in upon them,

saying, “What the sorrow is a’ this stramash about?”—but seeing a pale

and ghastly figure rearing itself from the very heart of her meal

girnel, she ejaculated, “Gude preserve us!” and, retreating a few steps,

seized the broth ladle, and prepared to stand on the defensive.

At this moment Grizzy Tacket made her appearance at the open door,

saying, “Is blethering Tam here?”

“Help me out, Robin, man,” cried Tammy.

“Help ye out!” said Grizzy; “What the sorrow took you in there, ye

drucken ne’er-do-weel?”

“Dinna abuse your gudeman, wife,” said Jamie Wilson.

“Gudeman!” retorted Grizzy; “troth, there’s few o’ ye deserve the name;

and as for that idle loon, I ken he’ll no work a stroke the morn, though

wife and weans should want baith milk and meal.”

“’Odsake, wife,” cried Robin, “if ye shake Tammy weel, he’ll keep ye a’

in parritch for a week.”

“_She’ll_ shake him,” cried the angry Mrs Scoreup; “cocks are free o’

horses’ corn; _I’ll_ shake him,” making, as she spoke, towards the

unfortunate half-choked Tammy.

“Will ye, faith?” screamed Grizzy, putting her arms akimbo. “Will ye

offer to lay a hand on my gudeman, and me standing here? Come out this

minute, ye Jonadub, and come hame to your ain house.”

“No ae fit shall he steer frae this,” cried Mrs Scoreup, slapping-to the

door, “till I see wha is to pay me for the spoiling o’ my gude new

girnel, forby the meal that’s wasted.”

“New girnel!” exclaimed Grizzy, with a provoking sneer, “it’s about as

auld as yoursel, and as little worth.”

“Ye ill-tongued randy!” cried Mrs Scoreup, giving the ladle a most

portentous flourish.

“Whisht, whisht, gudewife,” said Robin; “say nae mair about it, we’ll

mak it up amang us; and now, Grizzy, tak Tammy awa hame.”

“It’s no right in you, Robin,” said Grizzy, “to be filling Tammy fou,

and keeping decent folks out o’ their beds till this time o’ night.”

“It’s a’ Tammy’s faut,” replied Robin; “for ye ken as well as me, that

when ance he begins to tell a story, there’s nae such thing as stopping

him; he has been blethering about the Calton hill at nae allowance.”

The last words seemed to strike on Tammy’s ear; who hiccuped out, “As I

cam ower the Calton hill—”

“Will naebody stap a peat in that man’s hause?” exclaimed Matthew

Henderson. “For ony sake, honest woman, tak him awa, or we’ll be keepit

on the Calton hill the whole night.”

“Tak haud o’ me, Tammy,” said Robin; “I’ll gang hame wi’ ye.”

“I can gang mysel,” said Tammy, giving Robin a shove, and staggering

towards the door.

“Gang yoursel!” cried Grizzy, as she followed her helpmate; “ye dinna

look very like it:” and thus the party broke up—

And each went aff their separate way,

Resolved to meet anither day.

AUCHINDRANE; OR, THE AYRSHIRE TRAGEDY.

BY SIR WALTER SCOTT.

John Muir, or Mure, of Auchindrane, was a gentleman of an ancient family

and good estate, in the west of Scotland, bold, ambitious, treacherous

to the last degree, and utterly unconscientious,—a Richard the Third in

private life, inaccessible alike to pity and remorse. His view was to

raise the power and extend the grandeur of his own family. This

gentleman had married the daughter of Thomas Kennedy of Barganie, who

was, excepting the Earl of Cassilis, the most important person in all

Carrick, the district of Ayrshire which he inhabited, and where the name

of Kennedy held so great a sway as to give rise to the popular rhyme,—

’Twixt Wigton and the town of Ayr,

Portpatrick and the Cruives of Cree,

No man need think for to bide there,

Unless he court the Kennedie.

Now, Muir of Auchindrane, who had promised himself high advancement by

means of his father-in-law, saw, with envy and resentment, that his

influence remained second and inferior to the house of Cassilis, chief

of all the Kennedies. The Earl was indeed a minor, but his authority was

maintained and his affairs well managed by his uncle, Sir Thomas Kennedy

of Culleyne, the brother to the deceased earl, and tutor and guardian to

the present. This worthy gentleman supported his nephew’s dignity and

the credit of the house so effectually that Barganie’s consequence was

much thrown into the shade, and the ambitious Auchindrane, his

son-in-law, saw no better remedy than to remove so formidable a rival as

Culleyne by violent means.

For this purpose, in the year 1597, he came with a party of followers to

the town of Maybole (where Sir Thomas Kennedy of Culleyne resided), and

lay in ambush in an orchard through which he knew that his destined

victim was to pass, in returning homewards from a house where he was

engaged to sup. Sir Thomas Kennedy came alone and unattended, when he

was suddenly seized and fired upon by Auchindrane and his accomplices,

who, having missed their aim, drew their swords and rushed upon him to

slay him. But the party thus assailed at disadvantage had the good

fortune to hide himself for that time in a ruinous house, where he lay

concealed till the inhabitants of the place came to his assistance.

Sir Thomas Kennedy prosecuted Muir for this assault, who, finding

himself in danger from the law, made a sort of apology and agreement

with the Lord of Culleyne, to whose daughter he united his eldest son,

in testimony of the closest friendship in future. This agreement was

sincere on the part of Kennedy, who, after it had been entered into,

showed himself Auchindrane’s friend and assistant on all occasions. But

it was most false and treacherous on that of Muir, who continued the

purpose of murdering his new friend and ally on the first opportunity.

Auchindrane’s first attempt to effect this was by means of the young

Gilbert Kennedy of Barganie (for old Barganie, Auchindrane’s

father-in-law, was dead), whom he persuaded to brave Cassilis, as one

who usurped an undue influence over the rest of the name. Accordingly,

this hot-headed youth, at the instigation of Auchindrane, rode past the

gate of the Earl of Cassilis without waiting on his chief, or sending

him any message of civility. This led to mutual defiance, being regarded

by the earl, according to the ideas of the time, as a personal insult.

Both parties took the field with their followers, at the head of about

two hundred and fifty men on each side. The action which ensued was

shorter and less bloody than might have been expected. Young Barganie,

with the rashness of headlong courage, and Auchindrane, fired by deadly

enmity to the house of Cassilis, made a precipitate attack on the earl,

whose men were strongly posted and under cover. They were received by a

heavy fire. Barganie was slain. Muir of Auchindrane, severely wounded in

the thigh, became unable to sit on his horse, and the leaders thus slain

or disabled, their party drew off without continuing the action. It must

be particularly observed that Sir Thomas Kennedy remained neuter in this

quarrel, considering his connection with Auchindrane as too intimate to

be broken even by his desire to assist his nephew.

For this temperate and honourable conduct he met a vile reward; for

Auchindrane, in resentment of the loss of his relative Barganie, and the

downfall of his ambitious hopes, continued his practices against the

life of Sir Thomas of Culleyne, and chance favoured his wicked purpose.

The knight of Culleyne, finding himself obliged to go to Edinburgh on a

particular day, sent a message by a servant to Muir, in which he told

him, in the most unsuspecting confidence, the purpose of his journey,

and named the road which he proposed to take, inviting Muir to meet him

at Duppill, to the west of the town of Ayr, a place appointed for the

purpose of giving him any commissions which he might have for Edinburgh,

and assuring his treacherous ally he would attend to any business which

he might have in the Scottish metropolis as anxiously as to his own. Sir

Thomas Kennedy’s message was carried to the town of Maybole, where his

messenger, for some trivial reason, had the import committed to writing

by a schoolmaster in that town, and despatched it to its destination by

means of a poor student, named Dalrymple, instead of carrying it to the

house of Auchindrane in person.

This suggested to Muir a diabolical plot. Having thus received tidings

of Sir Thomas Kennedy’s motions, he conceived the infernal purpose of

having the confiding friend who sent the information waylaid and

murdered at the place appointed to meet with him, not only in

friendship, but for the purpose of rendering him service. He dismissed

the messenger Dalrymple, cautioning the lad to carry back the letter to

Maybole, and to say that he had not found him, Auchindrane, in his

house. Having taken this precaution, he proceeded to instigate the

brother of the slain Gilbert of Barganie, Thomas Kennedy of Drumurghie

by name, and Walter Muir of Cloncaird, a kinsman of his own, to take

this opportunity of revenging Barganie’s death. The fiery young men were

easily induced to undertake the crime. They waylaid the unsuspecting Sir

Thomas of Culleyne at the place appointed to meet the traitor

Auchindrane, and the murderers having in company five or six servants

well mounted and armed, assaulted and cruelly murdered him with many

wounds.

The revenge due for his uncle’s murder was keenly pursued by the Earl of

Cassilis. As the murderers fled from trial, they were declared outlaws;

which doom being pronounced by three blasts of a horn, was called “being

put to the horn, and declared the king’s rebel.” Muir of Auchindrane was

strongly suspected of having been the instigator of the crime. But he

conceived there could be no evidence to prove his guilt if he could keep

the boy Dalrymple out of the way, who delivered the letter which made

him acquainted with Culleyne’s journey, and the place at which he meant

to halt. Muir brought Dalrymple to his house, but the youth tiring of

this confinement, Muir sent him to reside with a friend, Montgomery of

Skelmorley, who maintained him under a borrowed name amid the desert

regions of the then almost savage island of Arran. Being confident in

the absence of this material witness, Auchindrane, instead of flying

like his agents Drumurghie and Cloncaird, presented himself boldly at

the bar, demanded a fair trial, and offered his person in combat to the

death against any of Lord Cassilis’ friends who might impugn his

innocence. This audacity was successful, and he was dismissed without

trial.

Still, however, Muir did not consider himself safe so long as Dalrymple

was within the realm of Scotland; and the danger grew more pressing,

when he learned that the lad had become impatient of the restraint which

he sustained in the island of Arran, and returned to some of his friends

in Ayrshire. Muir no sooner heard of this than he again obtained

possession of the boy’s person, and a second time concealed him in

Auchindrane, until he found an opportunity to transport him to the Low

Countries, where he contrived to have him enlisted in Buccleuch’s

regiment; trusting, doubtless, that some one of the numerous chances of

war might destroy the poor young man whose life was so dangerous to him.

But after five or six years’ uncertain safety, bought at the expense of

so much violence and cunning, Auchindrane’s fears were exasperated with

frenzy, when he found this dangerous witness, having escaped from all

the perils of climate and battle, had left, or been discharged from, the

Legion of Borderers, and had again accomplished his return to Ayrshire.

There is ground to suspect that Dalrymple knew the nature of the hold

which he possessed over Auchindrane, and was desirous of extorting from

his fears some better provision than he had found either in Arran or the

Netherlands. But, if so, it was a fatal experiment to tamper with the

fears of such a man as Auchindrane, who determined to rid himself

effectually of this unhappy young man.

Muir now lodged him in a house of his own, called Chapeldonan, tenanted

by a vassal and connection of his, named James Bannatyne. This man he

commissioned to meet him at ten o’clock at night, on the sea-sands, near

Girvan, and bring with him the unfortunate Dalrymple, the object of his

fear and dread. The victim seems to have come with Bannatyne without the

least suspicion. When Bannatyne and Dalrymple came to the appointed

spot, Auchindrane met them, accompanied by his eldest son James. Old

Auchindrane, having taken Bannatyne aside, imparted his bloody purpose

of ridding himself of Dalrymple for ever, by murdering him on the spot.

His own life and honour were, he said, endangered by the manner in which

this inconvenient witness repeatedly thrust himself back into Ayrshire,

and nothing could secure his safety but taking the lad’s life, in which

action he requested James Bannatyne’s assistance. Bannatyne felt some

compunction, and remonstrated against the cruel expedient, saying it

would be better to transport Dalrymple to Ireland, and take precautions

against his return. While old Auchindrane seemed disposed to listen to

this proposal, his son concluded that the time was come for

accomplishing the purpose of their meeting, and without waiting the

termination of his father’s conference with Bannatyne, he rushed

suddenly on Dalrymple, beat him to the ground, and kneeling down upon

him, with his father’s assistance accomplished the crime, by strangling

the unhappy object of their fear and jealousy. Bannatyne, the witness,

and partly the accomplice, of the murder, assisted them in their attempt

to make a hole in the sand with a spade which they had brought on

purpose, in order to conceal the dead body. But as the tide was coming

in, the hole which they made filled with water before they could get the

body buried; and the ground seemed, to their terrified consciences, to

refuse to be accessory to concealing their crime. Despairing of hiding

the corpse in the manner they proposed, the murderers carried it out

into the sea as deep as they dared wade, and there abandoned it to the

billows, trusting that the wind, which was blowing off the shore, would

drive these remains of their crime out to sea, where they would never

more be heard of. But the sea, as well as the land, seemed unwilling to

conceal their cruelty. After floating for some hours, or days, the body

was, by the wind and tide, again driven on shore, near the very spot

where the murder had been committed.

This attracted general attention; and when the corpse was known to be

that of the same William Dalrymple whom Auchindrane had so often

spirited out of the country, or concealed when he was in it, a strong

and general suspicion arose that this young person had met with foul

play from the bold bad man, who had shown himself so much interested in

his absence. Auchindrane, indeed, found himself so much the object of

suspicion from this new crime that he resolved to fly from justice, and

suffer himself to be declared a rebel and an outlaw rather than face a

trial. He accordingly sought to provide himself with some ostensible

cause for avoiding the law, with which the feelings of his kindred and

friends might sympathise; and none occurred to him as so natural as an

assault upon some friend and adherent of the Earl of Cassilis. Should he

kill such a one, it would be indeed an unlawful action, but so far from

being infamous, would be accounted the natural consequence of the avowed

quarrel between the families. With this purpose, Muir, with the

assistance of a relative, of whom he seems always to have had some ready

to execute his worst purposes, beset Hugh Kennedy of Garriehorne, a

follower of the earl, against whom they had especial ill-will, fired

their pistols at him, and used other means to put him to death. But

Garriehorne, a stout-hearted man and well-armed, defended himself in a

very different manner from the unfortunate knight of Culleyne, and beat

off the assailants, wounding young Auchindrane in the right hand, so

that he wellnigh lost the use of it.

But though Auchindrane’s purpose did not entirely succeed, he availed

himself of it to circulate a report that if he could obtain a pardon for

firing upon his feudal enemy with pistols, weapons declared unlawful by

Act of Parliament, he would willingly stand his trial for the death of

Dalrymple, respecting which he protested his total innocence. The king,

however, was decidedly of opinion that the Muirs, both father and son,

were alike guilty of both crimes, and used intercession with the Earl of

Abercorn, as a person of power in these western counties, as well as in

Ireland, to arrest and transmit them prisoners to Edinburgh. In

consequence of the Earl’s exertions, old Auchindrane was made prisoner,

and lodged in the Tolbooth of Edinburgh.

Young Auchindrane no sooner heard that his father was in custody, than

he became as apprehensive of Bannatyne, the accomplice in Dalrymple’s

murder, telling tales, as ever his father had been of Dalrymple. He

therefore hastened to him, and prevailed on him to pass over for a while

to the neighbouring coast of Ireland, finding him money and means to

accomplish the voyage, and engaging in the meantime to take care of his

affairs in Scotland. Secure, as they thought, in this precaution, old

Auchindrane persisted in his innocence, and his son found security to

stand his trial. Both appeared with the same confidence at the day

appointed. The trial was, however, postponed, and Muir the elder

dismissed, under high security to return when called for.

But King James, being convinced of the guilt of the accused, ordered

young Auchindrane, instead of being sent to trial, to be examined under

the force of torture, in order to compel him to tell whatever he knew of

the things charged against him. He was accordingly severely tortured;

but the result only served to show that such examinations are as useless

as they are cruel.

Young Auchindrane, a strong and determined ruffian, endured the torture

with the utmost firmness, and by the constant audacity with which, in

spite of the intolerable pain, he continued to assert his innocence, he

spread so favourable an opinion of his case, that the detaining him in

prison, instead of bringing him to open trial, was censured as severe

and oppressive. James, however, remained firmly persuaded of his guilt,

and by an exertion of authority quite inconsistent with our present

laws, commanded young Auchindrane to be still detained in close custody

till further light could be thrown on these dark proceedings.

In the meanwhile, old Auchindrane being, as we have seen, at liberty on

pledges, skulked about in the west, feeling how little security he had

gained by Dalrymple’s murder, and that he had placed himself by that

crime in the power of Bannatyne, whose evidence concerning the death of

Dalrympie could not be less fatal than what Dalrymple might have told

concerning Auchindrane’s accession to the conspiracy against Sir Thomas

Kennedy of Culleyne. But though the event had shown the error of his

wicked policy, Auchindrane could think of no better mode in this case

than that which had failed in relation to Dalrymple. When any man’s life

became inconsistent with his own safety, no idea seems to have occurred

to this inveterate ruffian save to murder the person by whom he might

himself be any way endangered. Bannatyne, knowing with what sort of men

he had to deal, kept on his guard, and by this caution disconcerted more

than one attempt to take his life. At length Bannatyne, tiring of this

state of insecurity, and in despair of escaping such repeated plots, and

also feeling remorse for the crime to which he had been accessory,

resolved rather to submit himself to the severity of the law than remain

the object of the principal criminal’s practices. He surrendered himself

to the Earl of Abercorn, and was conveyed to Edinburgh, where he

confessed before the king and council all the particulars of the murder

of Dalrymple, and the attempt to hide his body by committing it to the

sea.

When Bannatyne was confronted with the two Muirs before the Privy

Council, they denied with vehemence every part of the evidence he had

given, and affirmed that the witness had been bribed to destroy them by

a false tale. Bannatyne’s behaviour seemed sincere and simple, that of

Auchindrane more resolute and crafty. The wretched accomplice fell upon

his knees, invoking God to witness that all the land in Scotland could

not have bribed him to bring a false accusation against a master whom he

had served, loved, and followed in so many dangers, and calling upon

Auchindrane to honour God by confessing the crime he had committed. Muir

the elder, on the other hand, boldly replied, that he hoped God would

not so far forsake him as to permit him to confess a crime of which he

was innocent, and exhorted Bannatyne in his turn to confess the

practices by which he had been induced to devise such falsehoods against

him.

The two Muirs, father and son, were therefore put upon their solemn

trial, along with Bannatyne, in 1611, and after a great deal of evidence

had been brought in support of Bannatyne’s confession, all three were

found guilty. The elder Auchindrane was convicted of counselling and

directing the murder of Sir Thomas Kennedy of Culleyne, and also of the

actual murder of the lad Dalrymple. Bannatyne and the younger Muir were

found guilty of the latter crime, and all three were sentenced to be

beheaded. Bannatyne, however, the accomplice, received the king’s

pardon, in consequence of his voluntary surrender and confession. The

two Muirs were both executed. The younger was affected by the

remonstrances of the clergy who attended him, and he confessed the guilt

of which he was accused. The father also was at length brought to avow

the fact, but in other respects died as impenitent as he had lived; and

so ended this dark and extraordinary tragedy.

A TALE OF THE PLAGUE IN EDINBURGH.

BY ROBERT CHAMBERS, LL.D.

In several parts of Scotland, such things are to be found as “tales” of

the Plague. Amidst so much human suffering as the events of a pestilence

necessarily involved, it is of course to be supposed that, occasionally,

circumstances would occur of a peculiarly disastrous and affecting

description,—that many loving hearts would be torn asunder, or laid side

by side in the grave, many orphans left desolate, and patriarchs bereft

of all their descendants, and that cases of so painful a sort as called

forth greater compassion at the time, would be remembered, after much of

the ordinary details was generally forgotten. The celebrated story of

Bessy Bell and Mary Gray is a case in point. So romantic, so mournful a

tale, appealing as it does to every bosom, could not fail to be

commemorated, even though it had been destitute of the great charm of

locality. Neither could such a tale of suffering and horror as that of

the Teviotdale shepherd’s family ever be forgotten in the district where

it occurred,—interesting at it is, has been, and will be, to every

successive generation of mothers, and duly listened to and shuddered at

by so many infantine audiences. In the course of our researches, we have

likewise picked up a few extraordinary circumstances connected with the

last visit paid by the plague to Edinburgh; which, improbable as they

may perhaps appear, we believe to be, to a certain extent, allied to

truth, and shall now submit them to our readers.

When Edinburgh was afflicted, for the last time, with the pestilence,

such was its effect upon the energies of the citizens, and so long was

its continuance, that the grass grew on the principal street, and even

at the Cross, though that Scottish Rialto was then perhaps the most

crowded thoroughfare in Britain. Silence, more than that of the stillest

midnight, pervaded the streets during the day. The sunlight fell upon

the quiet houses as it falls on a line of sombre and neglected

tombstones in some sequestered churchyard—gilding, but not altering,

their desolate features. The area of the High Street, on being entered

by a stranger, might have been contemplated with feelings similar to

those with which Christian, in the “Pilgrim’s Progress,” viewed the

awful courtyard of Giant Despair; for, as in that well-imagined scene,

the very ground bore the marks of wildness and desolation; every window

around, like the loopholes of the dungeons in Doubting Castle, seemed to

tell its tale of misery within, and the whole seemed to lie prostrate

and powerless under the dominion of an unseen demon, which fancy might

have conceived as stalking around in a bodily form, leisurely dooming

its subjects to successive execution.

When the pestilence was at its greatest height, a strange perplexity

began, and not without reason, to take possession of the few physicians

and nurses who attended the sick. It was customary for the distempered

to die, or, as the rare case happened, to recover, on a particular day

after having first exhibited symptoms of illness. This was an understood

rule of the plague, which had never been known to fail. All at once, it

began to appear that a good many people, especially those who were left

alone in their houses by the death or desertion of friends, died before

the arrival of the critical day. In some of these cases, not only was

the rule of the disease broken, but, what vexed the physicians more, the

powers of medicine seemed to have been set at defiance; for several

patients of distinction, who had been able to purchase good attendance

and were therefore considered as in less than ordinary danger, were

found to have expired after taking salutary drugs, and being left with

good hopes by their physicians. It almost seemed as if some new disease

were beginning to engraft itself upon the pestilence—a new feature

rising upon its horrid aspect. Subtle and fatal as it formerly was, it

was now inconceivably more so. It could formerly be calculated upon; but

it was now quite arbitrary and precarious. Medicine had lost its power

over it. God, who created it in its first monstrous form, appeared to

have endowed it with an additional sting, against which feeble mortality

could present no competent shield. Physicians beheld its new ravages

with surprise and despair; and a deeper shade of horror was spread, in

consequence, over the public mind.

As an air of more than natural mystery seemed to accompany this truly

calamitous turn of affairs, it was, of course, to be expected, in that

superstitious age, that many would attribute it to a more than natural

cause. By the ministers, it was taken for an additional manifestation of

God’s wrath, and as such held forth in not a few pulpits, accompanied

with all the due exhortations to a better life, which it was not

unlikely would be attended with good effect among the thin congregations

of haggard and terrified scarecrows, who persisted in meeting regularly

at places of worship. The learned puzzled themselves with conjectures as

to its probable causes and cures; while the common people gave way to

the most wild and fanciful surmises, almost all of which were as far

from the truth. The only popular observation worthy of any attention,

was that the greater part of those who suffered from this new disease

died during the night, and all of them while unattended.

Not many days after the alarm first arose, a poor woman arrested a

physician in the street, and desired to confer with him a brief space.

He at first shook her off, saying he was at present completely engaged,

and could take no new patients. But when she informed him that she did

not desire his attendance, and only wished to communicate something

which might help to clear up the mystery of the late premature deaths,

he stopped and lent a patient ear. She told him that on the previous

night, having occasion to leave her house, in order to visit a sick

neighbour, who lay upon a lonely death-bed in the second flat below her

own garret, she took a lamp in her hand, that she might the better find

her way down. As she descended the stair, which she described as a

“turnpike,” or spiral one, she heard a low and inexpressibly doleful

moan, as if proceeding from the house of her neighbour,—such a moan, she

said, as she had ever heard proceed from any of the numerous death-beds

it had been her lot to attend. She hastened faster down the stair than

her limbs were well able to carry her, under the idea that her friend

was undergoing some severe suffering, which she might be able to

alleviate. Before, however, she had reached the first landing-place, a

noise, as of footsteps, arose from the house of pain, and caused her to

apprehend that all was not right in a house which she knew no one ever

visited, in that time of desolation, but herself. She quickened her pace

still more than before, and soon reached the landing-place at her

neighbour’s door. Something, as she expressed it, seeming to “swoof”

down the stair, like the noise of a full garment brushing the walls of a

narrow passage, she drew in the lamp, and looking down beyond it, saw

what she conceived to be the dark drapery of the back of a tall human

figure, loosely clad, moving, or rather gliding, out of sight, and in a

moment gone. So uncertain was she at first of the reality of what she

saw, that she believed it to be the shadow of the central pile of the

stair gliding downwards as she brought round the light; but the state of

matters in the inside of the house soon convinced her, to her horror,

that it must have been something more dreadful and real—the unfortunate

woman being dead; though as yet it was three days till the time when,

according to the old rules of the disease, she might have lived or died.

The physician heard this story with astonishment; but as it only

informed his mind, which was not free from superstition, that the whole

matter was becoming more and more mysterious, he drew no conclusions

from it; but simply observing, with a professional shake of the head,

that all was not right in the town, went upon his way.

The old woman, who, of course, could not be expected to let so good a

subject of gossip and wonderment lie idle in her mind, like the guinea

kept by the Vicar of Wakefield’s daughters, forthwith proceeded to

dissipate it abroad among her neighbours, who soon (to follow out the

idea of the coin) reduced it into still larger and coarser pieces, and

paid it away, in that exaggerated form, to a wider circle of neighbours,

by whom it was speedily dispersed in various shapes over the whole town.

The popular mind, like the ear of a sick man, being then peculiarly

sensitive, received the intelligence with a degree of alarm, such as the

news of a lost battle has not always occasioned amongst a people; and,

as the atmosphere is best calculated for the conveyance of sound during

the time of frost, so did the air of the plague seem peculiarly well

fitted for the propagation of this fearful report. The whole of the

people were impressed, on hearing the story, with a feeling of undefined

awe, mixed with horror. The back of a tall figure, in dark long clothes,

seen but for a moment! There was a picturesque indistinctness in the

description, which left room for the imagination; taken in conjunction,

too, with the moan heard at first by the old woman on the stair, and the

demise of the sick woman at the very time, it was truly startling. To

add to the panic, a report arose next day, that the figure had been seen

on the preceding evening, by different persons, flitting about various

stairs and alleys, always in the shade, and disappearing immediately

after being first perceived. An idea began to prevail that it was the

image of Death—Death, who had thus come in his personated form, to a

city which seemed to have been placed so peculiarly under his dominion,

in order to execute his office with the greater promptitude. It was

thought, if so fantastic a dream may be assigned to the thinking

faculty, that the grand destroyer, who, in ordinary times is invisible,

might, perhaps, have the power of rendering himself palpable to the

sight in cases where he approached his victims under circumstances of

peculiar horror; and this wild imagination was the more fearful,

inasmuch as it was supposed that, with the increase of the mortality, he

would become more and more distinctly visible, till, perhaps, after

having despatched all, he would burst forth in open triumph, and roam at

large throughout a city of desolation.

It happened on the second day after the rise of this popular fancy, that

an armed ship, of a very singular construction, and manned by a crew of

strangely foreign-looking men, entered Leith harbour. It was a Barbary

rover; but the crew showed no intention of hostility to the town of

Leith, though at the present pass it would have fallen an easy prey to

their arms, being quite as much afflicted with the pestilence as its

metropolitan neighbour. A detachment of the crew, comprising one who

appeared to be the commander, immediately landed, and proceeded to

Edinburgh, which they did not scruple to enter. They inquired for the

provost, and, on being conducted to the presence of that dignitary,

their chief disclosed their purpose in thus visiting Edinburgh, which

was the useful one of supplying it in its present distress with a cargo

of drugs, approved in the East for their efficacy against the plague,

and a few men who could undertake to administer them properly to the

sick. The provost heard this intelligence with overflowing eyes; for,

besides the anxiety he felt about the welfare of the city, he was

especially interested in the health of his daughter, an only child, who

happened to be involved in the common calamity. The terms proposed by

the Africans were somewhat exorbitant. They demanded to have the half of

the wealth of those whom they restored to health. But the provost told

them that he believed many of the most wealthy citizens would be glad to

employ them on these terms; and, for his own part, he was willing to

sacrifice anything he had, short of his salvation, for the benefit of

his daughter. Assured of at least the safety of their persons and goods,

the strangers drew from the ship a large quantity of medicines, and

began that very evening to attend as physicians those who chose to call

them in. The captain—a man in the prime of life, and remarkable amongst

the rest for his superior dress and bearing—engaged himself to attend

the provost’s daughter, who had now nearly reached the crisis of the

distemper, and hitherto had not been expected to survive.

The house of Sir John Smith, the provost of Edinburgh, in the year 1645,

was situated in the Cap-and-Feather close, an alley occupying the site

of the present North Bridge. The bottom of this alley being closed,

there was no thoroughfare or egress towards the North Loch; but the

provost’s house possessed this convenience, being the tenement which

closed the lower extremity, and having a back-door that opened upon an

alley to the eastward, namely, Halkerston’s Wynd. This house was, at the

time we speak of, crammed full of valuable goods, plate, &c., which had

been deposited in the provost’s hands by many of his afflicted

fellow-citizens, under the impression that, if they survived, he was

honest enough to restore them unimpaired, and, if otherwise, he was

worthy to inherit them. His daughter, who had been seized before it was

found possible to remove her from the town, lay in a little room at the

back of the house, which, besides one door opening from the large

staircase in the front, had also a more private entry communicating with

the narrower and obsolete “turnpike” behind. At that time, little

precaution was taken anywhere in Scotland about the locking of doors. To

have the door simply closed, so that the fairies could not enter, was in

general considered sufficient, as it is at the present day in many

remote parts. In Edinburgh, during the time of the plague, the greatest

indifference to security of this sort prevailed. In general, the doors

were left unlocked from within, in order to admit the cleansers, or any

charitable neighbour who might come to minister to the bed-rid sick.

This was not exactly the case in Sir John Smith’s house; for the

main-door was scrupulously locked, with a view to the safety of the

goods committed to his charge. Nevertheless, from neglect, or from want

of apprehension, the posterior entrance was afterwards found to have

been not so well secured.

The Barbary physician had administered a potion to his patient soon

after his admission into the house. He knew that symptoms either

favourable or unfavourable would speedily appear, and he therefore

resolved to remain in the room in order to watch the result. About

midnight, as he sat in a remote corner of the room, looking towards the

bed upon which his charge was extended, while a small lamp burned upon a

low table between, he was suddenly surprised to observe something like a

dark cloud, unaccompanied by any noise, interpose itself slowly and

gradually between his eyes and the bed. He at first thought that he was

deceived,—that he was beginning to fall asleep,—or that the strange

appearance was occasioned by some peculiarity of the light, which, being

placed almost directly between him and the bed, caused him to see the

latter object very indistinctly. He was soon undeceived by hearing a

noise,—the slightest possible,—and perceiving something like motion in

the ill-defined lineaments of the apparition. “Gracious Heaven!” thought

he, “can this be the angel of death hovering over his victim, preparing

to strike the mortal blow, and ready to receive the departing soul into

the inconceivable recesses of its awful form?” It almost appeared as if

the cloud stooped over the bed for the performance of this task.

Presently, the patient uttered a half-suppressed sigh, and then

altogether ceased the regular respirations, which had hitherto been

monotonous and audible throughout the room. The awe-struck attendant

could contain himself no longer, but permitted a sort of cry to escape

him, and started to his feet. The cloud instantly, as it were, rose from

its inclined posture over the bed, turned hastily round, and, in a

moment contracting itself into a human shape, glided softly, but

hastily, from the apartment. “Ha!” thought the African, “I have known

such personages as this in Aleppo. These angels of death are sometimes

found to be mortal themselves—I shall pursue and try.” He, therefore,

quickly followed the phantom through the private door by which it had

escaped, not forgetting to seize his semicircular sword in passing the

table where it lay. The stair was dark and steep; but he kept his feet

till he reached the bottom. Casting, then, a hasty glance around him, he

perceived a shadow vanish from the moon-lit ground, at an angle of the

house, and instantly started forward in the pursuit. He soon found

himself in the open wynd above-mentioned, along which he supposed the

mysterious object to have gone. All here was dark; but being certain of

the course adopted by the pursued party, he did not hesitate a moment in

plunging headlong down its steep profundity. He was confirmed in his

purpose by immediately afterwards observing, at some distance in

advance, a small jet of moonlight, proceeding from a side alley,

obscured for a second by what he conceived to be the transit of a large

dark object. This he soon also reached, and finding that his own person

caused a similar obscurity, he was confirmed in his conjecture that the

apparition bore a substantial form. Still forward and downward he boldly

rushed, till, reaching an open area at the bottom, part of which was

lighted by the moon, he plainly saw, at the distance of about thirty

yards before him, the figure as of a tall man, loosely enveloped in a

prodigious cloak, gliding along the ground, and apparently making for a

small bridge, which at this particular place crossed the drain of the

North Loch, and served as a communication with the village called the

Mutries Hill. He made directly for the fugitive, thinking to overtake

him almost before he could reach the bridge. But what was his surprise,

when in a moment the flying object vanished from his sight, as if it had

sunk into the ground, and left him alone and objectless in his headlong

pursuit. It was possible that it had fallen into some concealed well or

pit, but this he was never able to discover.

Bewildered and confused, he at length returned to the provost’s house,

and re-entered the apartment of the sick maiden. To his delight and

astonishment he found her already in a state of visible convalescence,

with a gradually deepening glow of health diffusing itself over her

cheek. Whether his courage and fidelity had been the means of scaring

away the evil demon it is impossible to say; but certain it is, that the

ravages of the plague began soon afterwards to decline in Edinburgh, and

at length died away altogether.

The conclusion of this singular traditionary story bears that the

provost’s daughter, being completely restored to health, was married to

the foreigner who had saved her life. This seems to have been the result

of an affection which they had conceived for each other during the

period of her convalescence. The African, becoming joint-heir with his

wife of the provost’s vast property, abandoned his former piratical

life, became, it is said, a douce Presbyterian, and settled down for the

remainder of his days in Edinburgh. The match turned out exceedingly

well; and it is even said that the foreigner became so assimilated with

the people of Edinburgh, to whom he had proved so memorable a

benefactor, that he held at one time an office of considerable civic

dignity and importance. Certain it is, that he built for his residence a

magnificent “land” near the head of the Canongate, upon the front of

which he caused to be erected a statue of the emperor of Barbary, in

testimony of the respect he still cherished for his native country; and

this memorial yet remains in its original niche, as a subsidiary proof

of the verity of the above relation.

THE PROBATIONER’S FIRST SERMON.

BY DANIEL GORRIE.

On a cold March evening, and in the metropolis of Scotland, I received

licence as a probationer. The reverend fathers of the Presbytery were so

satisfied with my orthodoxy that they gave me most cordially the right

hand of fellowship, and warmly wished me success. I had half-anticipated

a reprimand for heretical tendencies; but as no censure was uttered, I

was at once overcome by their kindness, and charmed with their

unexpected liberality. I hastened home to receive the congratulations of

my friends, and then I repaired to a clothier’s for a suit of canonical

blacks. My mother had already provided a boxful of white cravats

sufficient to supply the whole bench of bishops. To err is human, and it

is also human for a humble man to feel considerably elated in certain

circumstances, and at certain times.

I need not be ashamed to confess that a new dignity seemed to rest upon

me, like the mantle of the prophet, on that eventful evening. I saw the

reflection of my face on the bowl of a silver spoon, and wondered at the

resemblance it bore to the bold, heroic countenance of Edward Irving.

High were my hopes, and few were my fears, for I only expected to speak

and conquer. The responsibilities of the profession were great, I knew,

but they only cast their shadow before. The kind of life on which I was

about to enter possessed all the attractions of novelty. I was to

exchange passivity for action—the quiet of the cloister for the stir of

the field. Yet, while thus I thought of the battle, and made my vows,

the still picture of a rural manse, girdled with incense-breathing

flowerplots, and shaded with murmuring trees, stole upon my slumbers ere

I awoke at the dawn of the next day—a vision, alas! too often resembling

the unreal beauty of the mirage in the desert.

It may be pardoned in a novitiate, standing on the threshold, if I saw

only the sunny side of preacher-life. Spring was coming, like Miriam and

her maidens, with timbrels and with dances, and the golden summer-tide

was following in her wake, and I knew that I would look on many lovely

scenes, receive kindness from strangers, enjoy the hospitality of the

humble, and haply sow some seeds of goodness and truth in receptive

hearts.

I had frequently heard strange stories about preachers, and several

times I had met some curious specimens of the class. One, it was said,

travelled over the country with a sermon and a-half and a tobacco-pipe.

Another, it was averred, carried neither parchments nor portmanteau,

went gadding abroad, and was in fact the generalissimo of gossips. A

third poked his nose into presses, supped jelly and jam, pocketed lumps

of sugar, and performed other absurdities not at all creditable to his

cloth. I had also learned from ministers’ wives in the country, that

some were as unsocial and morose as turnkeys, and others quite the

reverse—lively young fellows, who could rock the cradle, and keep all

the children in high glee. It was necessary for me, then, I felt, to be

circumspect, to abstain from all eccentricities, to be sociable among

social people, and dignified when occasion required. Experience soon

taught me that a joke from clerical lips sounds like profanity in the

ears of the rigidly righteous. A kind friend told me to beware of elders

who wished to discuss the doctrine of reprobation, and to avoid walking

arm-in-arm with any rural beauty.

“Were you, in your unsuspecting innocence,” he said, “to commit this

last enormity, the village gossips would tell it to the beadle, the

beadle to the managers, the managers to the elders, and your glory would

depart.”

The advice was a wise one, as I afterwards found; but gallantry is more

a characteristic of youth than prudence.

I had prepared a considerable supply of discourses. They were

elaborately written, and I looked with paternal affection upon the

companions of my future wanderings. I shunned those dry doctrinal

discussions which shed so sweet an opiate over the eyes of old, young,

and middle-aged. The topics selected were such as I believed would

interest and instruct all classes of people. I had enlarged upon the

zeal and self-sacrifice of the sainted men of old, pictured the Holy One

silent in the death chamber, and weeping at the tomb, and drawn

illustrations from the heavens above, and the earth beneath. Something

fresh was needed, I thought—a Christianity rich in blossoms as in fruit.

I received an appointment for the first Sabbath after licence, and on

Saturday afternoon I was rattling along Princes’ Street in the

Queensferry omnibus. A small town across the Firth, in the kingdom of

Fife, not far from the coast, was my destination. Although the sermon I

was to deliver on the morrow had been well committed to memory, and

frequently declaimed during the week, yet I found myself conning it over

again ere we had crossed the Dean Bridge, and certain passages became

mysteriously blended in my mind with the images of Craigcrook and

Corstorphine. Then I began to wonder if the other passengers suspected I

was a preacher on my maiden expedition. One woman was occupied in gazing

very fondly upon the face of a dozing child three months old; a

red-faced, purple-nosed old gentleman was sucking the round head of a

walking-stick; a stout elderly lady seemed to find the leathern cushion

very uncomfortable, since of her down-sitting and up-rising there was no

end; a young gentleman of the Tittlebat Titmouse tribe breathed heavily,

and at intervals snored; and a young lady, my _vis-a-vis_ in the

opposite corner, was the only one who seemed really to be aware of my

presence, and the only one who appeared willing to break the unsocial

silence. I remembered my friend’s advice, and was somewhat afraid to

speak. Besides, heads, and particulars, and practical applications, were

making such a thoroughfare of my mind, that there was considerable

danger of committing absurd mistakes in conversation. I became really

sorry for the young lady, she looked at me so inquiringly, and seemed so

anxious that I should speak. There was a keen frost in the air, and one

or two outsiders were flapping their hands across their shoulders—might

I not say that the afternoon was cold? Gray-white clouds were gathering

from horizon to horizon and dimming the day—might I not suggest the

possibility of snow? Suddenly the light wavering crystals slid down the

window-glass, and with uplifted eyebrows and look of innocent surprise,

the fair young traveller exclaimed, “Oh! it snows.”

“So it does, ma’am,” I rejoined, and spoke no more.

She might think of me that evening as very silent or very surly; but she

no doubt changed her opinion next day, for I saw her sitting in the

front gallery of the church when I rose to give out the first psalm.

In crossing the ferry, I thought not of the royal dames and princely

pageants that so often in the days of other years passed to and from the

shores of Fife. The waters of the Forth were dreary enough. Inchcolm and

the opposite coast were shrouded from view in the streaming skirts of

the snow-clouds. I rolled myself up in a corner of the boat where no

deacon’s eye could intrude, and warmed my heart with a cigar. Then some

limping fiend whispered in my ears the awful words, “What if you should

_stick_?” Once I had witnessed an unfortunate being in that painful

predicament in the pulpit. I had marked, with sickening apprehensions,

the string of unconnected sentences, the hesitation, the pallor

overspreading his face, the terrible stammer, the convulsive clutch, the

pause, the sudden gulp, the dead stop, and portentous silence. A

“stickit minister,” like Dominie Sampson, is nothing to a preacher who

“sticks.” It was a horrid idea. I resisted the fiend, knit my brow,

clenched my fist, and determined to speak or die. “Always keep your

mouth open,” was the charge of a learned divine to his son, and the

words afforded me much consolation.

The night was falling fast, and the snow was falling faster when I

reached the outskirts of the little inland town where I had been

appointed to officiate. Here my rapid march was arrested by an elderly

man who inquired if I was the expected preacher, and receiving an answer

in the affirmative, he relieved me of my portmanteau, which contained my

precious parchment, and led the way to my lodgings. He gave me to

understand that he was the beadle, and that I was to lodge with Mrs

M‘Bain, who kept a small grocery shop, and had a room to spare in her

house. The congregation, with much saving grace, had let the manse until

a new minister was obtained. Old John, like the great proportion of

country beadles, was a simple, decent man, and a sort of character in

his way. He was particularly inquisitive, and asked me some very plain

questions as we trudged along the narrow street, getting gradually

whitened by the falling snow. He told me that my predecessor on the

previous Sabbath was a very clever young man, but only a “wee thocht

new-fangled.” From further inquiry I found that the learned Theban had

been astonishing John and several members of the congregation by

describing the revolution of the earth on its axis.

“Noo, sir,” said the worthy beadle, “can ye tell me, if the world is aye

whirlin’ round aboot, what’s the reason we never come to the warm

countries?”

I endeavoured to make the matter plain to his apprehension by supposing

a rotatory motion of the human head, and the nose always maintaining its

dignified position in the centre between the right ear and the left—an

illustration which honest John did not seem to regard as satisfactory in

the slightest degree.

Mrs M‘Bain’s house was of a very humble description; but she appeared to

be a tidy woman, and the room allotted to me, though small, was clean

and comfortable. John put down my portmanteau on a chair, with the mien

and manner of one who has done his duty, and informed me that one of the

elders and the precentor would likely call in a short time. For the

precentor I was perfectly prepared, knowing well the psalms that would

best suit my discourse; but I was not so sure what motive an elder could

have for visiting me on a Saturday night. I inwardly hoped, at least,

that if he did make his appearance, he would have the good sense not to

trouble me long with his presence or his conversation, as I was again

anxious to rehearse my discourse to silent chairs and an attentive

table.

When Mrs M‘Bain was placing the tea-dishes on the table, she seemed

disposed for a little talk, while I, on the contrary, was not at all in

a communicative mood. However, she persevered, and drew me on by

degrees, until at last she brought a series of queries to a climax by

asking if I had been long a preacher. Now, this was a most absurd

question for me to answer in my peculiar circumstances. If the people

knew that I had never “wagged my head in a poupit” before, they would be

sure to listen to me with the most dreadful silence, so that the

slightest stammer would be multiplied and magnified by a hundred echoes.

What was to be done? The question must be answered, and the truth must

be told, despite the consequences. Mustering up courage, I told my

landlady how the matter stood. Astonished she was, as might naturally

have been expected. She uplifted her eyebrows, opened wide her eyes,

drew a long breath, and said—“Dearie me, sir, ye’ll be awfu’ feared!”

With this ejaculation, which afforded me little consolation indeed, Mrs

M‘Bain left the apartment, and I knew that the tidings would be over the

town, and talked about at every fireside in less than twenty minutes. It

could not be helped; courage and resignation alone were required.

I had just finished swallowing in haste three cups of very hot tea, when

the precentor entered. He was a man past middle age, with a countenance

somewhat grim and gaunt, and a very unmusical mouth. His hair was

sandy-coloured, and he was Sawney all over. I saw at once, from his

steady stare, and the peculiar expression of his face, that Mrs M‘Bain

had communicated to him the very pleasant intelligence that the new

arrival was a “green hand.” He was not long in making me know that he

was aware of the fact, although he did so in a very cautious, provoking

kind of style. When the ice was fairly broken, he said, “It’s a kittle

thing standin’ up afore an audience the first time. I mind fine yet what

an awfu’ state I was in when I first sang i’ the desk. I kent the Auld

Hunderd as weel as I kent my mither; but I wasna lang begun when I ran

awa’ wi’ the harrows.” This kind of talk was rapidly becoming

unendurable, and I entertained anything but a Christian sentiment of

brotherly love towards the conductor of the psalmody.

“How long have you acted as precentor,” I enquired, anxious to change

the current of conversation.

“I’ve precented in oor kirk,” he replied, “for twunty years, and,

barrin’ three days last simmer, I’ve never missed a Sabbath.”

“That is very extraordinary,” I rejoined; “and what was wrong with you

last summer?”

“Weel, sir, ye see I was howkin’ tatties for the denner in oor yaird ae

day, when I coupit ower a skep by mistake, and I was awfu’ stung by

bees.”

“Dear me,” I rejoined (for I could not resist such a favourable

opportunity of stinging him again), “it was curious how the bees should

have taken you for a drone!”

This remark had the desired effect. The precentor soon took himself off,

and I was left in undisputed possession of the room. I had offended the

beadle, and insulted the precentor—how was it possible that I could

preach with acceptation to the people? I became nervous lest the elder

also should enter, for I was perfectly persuaded that I could not escape

incurring his reprobation by some unfortunate reply.

As the night wore on, my trepidation increased. I paced up and down the

room, repeating and re-repeating my discourse from beginning to end, and

from the end to the beginning. Every period, colon, hyphen, point of

exclamation, point of interrogation, and comma was engraved upon my

mind, and yet I was not satisfied. Something might escape me—some

sounding sentence might take wings and flee away. I heard Mrs M‘Bain

listening at times behind the door when I went humming and thrumming

across the room; and I felt a strong inclination to call her in, and

punish her by making her act the part of a popular audience. I cooled

down somewhat before bedtime, and, at my landlady’s request, retired

early to bed.

“A gude sleep,” she said, “is the forerunner of a good sermon.”

“Yes,” I rejoined, “and a good sleep is the ordinary accompaniment of a

bad one.”

Mrs M‘Bain chuckled, and looked as if she thought there was something

promising in the young man after all.

To bed I went, but not to slumber, knowing well that sleep, like some

eccentric daughters of Eve, must be won without being wooed. I did not

try to “fall over.” None but the rankest fool ever thinks of

perpetrating such absurdity. I commenced for the five hundredth

time—what else could I do?—to con over my discourse. I had just finished

the introduction, without missing a syllable, when—horror of

horrors!—the first head had vanished—evaporated—gone to some outrageous

limbo and could not, would not be recalled. What was to be done? I sat

up in bed—a villanous crib it was—and the perspiration stood beaded on

my brow. The tingling darkness filled the room; the snow-flakes fussled

on the window panes. Mrs M‘Bain was in bed; the candle was out; there

were no lucifers; my precious manuscript was under my pillow; the

missing head was there, but I could neither see nor seize it. It was a

_caput mortuum_. I cannot describe the agony that I endured, the feeling

of despair that I experienced. My heart beat loudly, and the inexorable

clock tick-ticked, as if everything in the world were going on with the

utmost smoothness and regularity. I must have sat for an hour groping

about in my benighted brain for my lost head. But sleep at length came,

and fantastic dreams, born of fear and excitement, took possession of

me. I thought that I stood on Mars Hill, and that around me was gathered

a great crowd of Stoics, Epicureans, Methodists, Mormons, and

Mahommedans. They listened attentively for a time, but as soon as I had

finished the introduction to my discourse, they immediately commenced to

grin and make grimaces, shouting, howling, roaring like legions of

demons. In the twinkling of an eye, the scene changed, and I stood in

the centre of a vast camp-meeting in the backwoods of America. Negroes

and Red Indians were there as well as stalwart planters with their wives

and families. A hymn, pealed with a sea-like sound from a thousand

voices, had just died away, and I was preparing to address the mighty

multitude, when a sudden storm came crashing down among the woods, and

the assemblage was scattered abroad like the leaves of autumn. I was

tossed throughout the night from one wildered dream to another, and

finally awoke in the morning rather jaded than refreshed. With the

return of consciousness, however, returned the lost head, and I was

delighted to discover before rising that my memory was master of my

discourse.

The morning wore on, stiller for the snow that lay one or two inches

deep on the ground. The hour of service approached, the bells began to

sound; I never heard them pealing so loudly before, even in the largest

cities. My heart beat to the beating of the bells. At last the beadle

came, cool, calm, imperturbable, hoisted the pulpit Bible under his arm,

and signified to me, with an easy inclination of his head, that all was

now ready. Mrs M‘Bain was standing in the passage as we came out of the

room, holding the door-key in one hand, and her Bible wrapped in a white

pocket handkerchief in the other. I walked along the street as steadily

and sedately as my perturbation would permit, and all the little boys

and girls, I thought, knew that I was to preach my first sermon that

day. There was a death-like stillness in the church when I entered. My

look was concentrated on the pulpit, but I knew that every eye in the

church was fixed upon the untried preacher. I managed to get through the

introductory services with more fluency and calmness than I anticipated,

only I invariably found myself conning over the first head of my

discourse while the assembled worshippers were singing the psalms. The

precentor _was_ a drone. Even that afforded me some satisfaction,

although the unmelodious tones agitated still more my excited nervous

system. At the close of the second psalm, the time of my great trial

came. I rose and announced the text with great deliberation. Then every

eye was fixed upon me; the moment was awful; the silence was dreadful.

The ready manner in which the first dozen of sentences came to my

recollection made me feel somewhat calm, comfortable, and composed; but

a sudden sense of the peculiar nature of my situation, the consciousness

that all the people knew it was my first appearance in public, disturbed

my equanimity and shook my self-possession. A dizziness came over me;

the congregation revolved around the pulpit. I grasped the Bible, and

declaimed vehemently in order if possible to recover myself; but from

the beginning of the first head to the last application, although I must

have adhered to my manuscript, I was speaking like one in a dream, not

master of myself, the will passive, and memory alone awake. When I

concluded the last period, I could scarcely believe that I had preached

my discourse. The weakness of my limbs told me of the struggle. On

leaving the church I overheard some remarks concerning myself pass

between two of the officials.

“He’s a brisk bit birkie that,” quoth the beadle.

“’Od ay,” responded the precentor, but “he has a bee in his bannet.”

Sweet reader, if you are studying for the Church, do not be deterred by

vain fears from prosecuting your labours. It is a glorious thing to

succeed, even when you are unconscious of your success, and thus it

happened with “My First Sermon.”

THE CRIMES OF RICHARD HAWKINS.

BY THOMAS AIRD.

When a young man, Richard Hawkins was guilty of the heinous crime of

betraying the daughter of a respectable farmer in the west of Galloway,

of the name of Emily Robson. As he yet loved the injured maiden, he

would have married her, but in this he was determinedly opposed by her

relatives, and particularly by her only brother, betwixt whom and

himself an inveterate hostility had, from various causes, been growing

up since their earliest boyhood. From remorse partly, and shame and

disappointment, and partly from other causes, Hawkins hereupon left his

home and went abroad; but after making a considerable sum of money he

returned to Scotland, determined to use every remonstrance to win over

Emily’s friends to allow him yet by marriage to make reparation to the

gentle maiden, the remembrance of whose beauty and faithful confiding

spirit had unceasingly haunted him in a foreign land. He arrived first

at Glasgow, and proceeded thence to Edinburgh, where he purposed to stay

a week or a fortnight before going southward to his native county, in

which also Emily Robson resided.

During his stay in the metropolis, having been one evening invited to

sup at the house of a gentleman, originally from the same county with

himself, scarcely had he taken his seat in his host’s parlour, when

Emily’s brother entered, and, instantly recognizing him, advanced with a

face of grim wrath, denounced him as a villain, declared he would not

sit a moment in his company, and to make good his declaration, instantly

turned on his heel and left the house. The violent spirit of Hawkins was

in a moment stung to madness by this rash and unseasonable insolence,

which was offered him, moreover, before a number of gentlemen; he rose,

craved their leave for a moment, that he might follow, and show Mr

Robson his mistake; and sallying out of the house, without his hat, he

overtook his aggressor on the street, tapped him on the shoulder, and

thus bespoke him, with a grim smile:—“Why, sir, give me leave to

propound to you that this same word and exit of yours are most

preciously insolent. With your leave, now, I must have you back, gently

to unsay me a word or two; or, by heaven! this night your blood shall

wash out the imputation!”

“This hour—this hour!” replied Robson, in a hoarse compressed whisper;

“my soul craves to grapple with you, and put our mutual affair to a

mortal arbitrament. Hark ye, Hawkins, you are a stranger in this city, I

presume, and cannot reasonably be expected easily to provide yourself

with a second; moreover, no one would back such a villain;—now, will you

follow me this moment to my lodgings, accept from my hand one of a pair

of pistols, and let us, without farther formality, retire to a

convenient place, and do ourselves a pleasure and a justice. I am weary

of living under the same sun with you, and if I can shed your foul blood

beneath yon chaste stars of God, I would willingly die for it. Dare you

follow me?—and, quickly, before those fellows think of looking after

us?”

To Hawkins’ boiling heart of indignation ’twas no hard task so to

follow, and the above proposal of Robson was strictly and instantly

followed up. We must notice here particularly, that, as the parties were

about to leave the house, a letter was put into Robson’s hand, who,

seeing that it was from his mother, and bore the outward notification of

mourning, craved Hawkins’ permission to read it, which he did with a

twinkling in his eye, and a working, as of deep grief, in the muscles of

his face; but in a minute he violently crushed the letter, put it into

his pocket, and, turning anew to his foe with glaring eyes of anger,

told him that all was ready. And now we shall only state generally, that

within an hour from the first provocation of the evening, this mortal

and irregular duel was settled, and left Robson shot through the body by

his antagonist.

No sooner did Hawkins see him fall, than horror and remorse for his deed

rushed upon him; he ran to the prostrate youth, attempted to raise him

up, but dared not offer pity or ask forgiveness, for which his soul yet

panted. The wounded man rejected his assistance—waved him off, and thus

faintly but fearfully spoke:—“Now, mine enemy! I will tell you, that you

may sooner know the curse of God, which shall for ever cling and warp

itself round all the red cords of your heart. That letter from my

mother, which you saw me read, told me of the death of that sister Emily

whom I so loved; whom you—oh, God!—who never recovered from your

villany. And my father, too!—Off, fiend, nor mock me! You shall not so

triumph—you shall not see me die!” So saying, the wounded youth, who was

lying on his back, with his pale writhen features upturned, and dimly

seen in the twilight, with a convulsive effort now threw himself round,

with his face upon the grass.

In a fearful agony stood Hawkins, twisting his hands, not knowing

whether again to attempt raising his victim, or to run to the city for a

surgeon. The former he at length did, and found no resistance; for,

alas! the unhappy youth was dead. The appearance of two or three

individuals now making towards the bloody spot, which was near the

suburbs of the town, and to which, in all probability, they had been

drawn by the report of the pistols, roused Hawkins, for the first time,

to a sense of his own danger. He quickly left the ground, dashed through

the fields, and, without distinctly calculating his route, instinctively

turned towards his native district.

As he proceeded onwards, he began to consider the bearings of his

difficult situation, and at last resolved to hasten on through the

country, to lay his case before his excellent friend Frank Dillon, who

was the only son of a gentleman in the western parts of Galloway, and

who, he knew, was at present residing with his father. Full of the most

riotous glee, and nimble-witted as Mercutio, Frank, he was aware, could

be no less gravely wise as an adviser in a difficult emergency, and he

determined, in the present case, to be wholly ruled by his opinion.

Invigorated from thus having settled for himself a definite course, he

walked swiftly forward through the night, which shone with the finest

beauty of the moon. Yet what peace to the murderer, whose red title not

the fairest duellist, who has slain a human being, can to his own

conscience reduce? The cold glittering leaves on the trees, struck with

a quick, momentary gust, made him start as he passed; and the shadowy

foot and figure of the lover, coming round from the back window of the

lone cottage, was to his startled apprehension the avenger of blood at

hand. As he looked afar along the glittering road, the black fir trees

upon the edge of the moor seemed men coming running down to meet him;

and the long howl of some houseless cur, and the distant hoof of the

traveller, which struck his listening ear with two or three beatings,

seemed all in the track of pursuit and vengeance.

Morning came, and to the weary fugitive was agreeably cloudy; but the

sun rose upon him in the forenoon, shining from between the glassy,

glistering clouds with far greater heat than it does from a pure blue

sky. Hawkins had now crossed many a broad acre of the weary moorlands,

fatigued and thirsty, his heart beating in his ears, and not a drop of

water that he could see to sprinkle the dry pulses of his bosom, when he

came to a long morass, which barred his straightforward path. His first

business was to quench his thirst from a dull stank, overgrown with

paddowpipe, and black with myriads of tadpoles. There, finding himself

so faint from fatigue that he could not brook the idea of going round by

the end of the moss, and being far less able to make his way through the

middle of it, by leaping from _hagg_ to _hagg_, he threw himself down on

the sunny side of some long reeds, and fell fast asleep.

He was waked by the screaming of lapwings, and the noise of a

neighbouring bittern, to a feeling of violent throbbing, headache, and

nausea, which were probably owing to the sun’s having beat upon him

whilst he lay asleep, aggravated by the reflection from the reeds. He

arose, but finding himself quite unable to pursue his journey, again

threw himself down on a small airy brow of land, to get what breeze

might be stirring abroad. There were several companies of people at work

digging peats in the moss, and one party now sat down very near him to

their dinner. One of them, a young woman, had passed so near him, as to

be able to guess, from his countenance, that he was unwell; and in a few

minutes, with the fine charity of womanhood, she came to him with some

food, of which, to satisfy her kindness, rather than his own hunger, he

ate a little. The air changed in the afternoon, and streaming clouds of

hail crossed over that wild country, yet he lay still. Party after party

left the moss, and yet he was there. He made, indeed, a show of leaving

the place at a quick rate, to disappoint the fears of the people who had

seen him at noon, and who, as they again came near to gather up their

supernumerary clothes, were evidently perplexed on his account, which

they showed by looking first towards him and then at each other. It was

all he could do to get quite out of their sight beyond a little

eminence; and there, once more, he lay down in utter prostration of mind

and body.

Twilight began to darken upon the pools of that desolate place. The wild

birds were gone to their heathy nests, all save the curlew, whose

bravura was still sung over the fells, and borne far away into the dim

and silent night. At length a tall, powerful-looking man came stepping

through the moss, and as he passed near the poor youth, asked, in slow

speech, who he was. In the reaction of nature, Hawkins was, in a moment,

anxious about his situation, and replied to him that he had fallen sick

on his way, and was unable to go in quest of a resting-place for the

night. Approaching and turning himself round to the youth as he arose,

the genius of the place had him on his back in a moment, and went off

with him carelessly and in silence over the heath. In about half an hour

they came to a lonely cottage, which the kind creature entered; and,

setting the young man down, without the least appearance of fatigue on

his part, “Here, gudewife,” said he, “is a bairn t’ye, that I hae foun’

i’ the moss: now, let us see ye be gude to him.” Either this injunction

was very effective, or it was not at all necessary; for, had the youth

been her own son, come from a far country to see her, this hostess of

the cottage could not have treated him more kindly. From his little

conversation during the evening, her husband, like most very bulky men,

appeared to be of dull intellect; but there was a third personage in the

composition of his household, a younger brother, a very little man,—the

flower of the flock,—who made ample amends for his senior brother’s

deficiencies as a talker. A smattering of Church-history had filled his

soul with a thousand stories of persecution and martyrdom, and, from

some old history of America, he had gained a little knowledge of Upper

Canada, for which, Hawkins was during the night repeatedly given to

understand, he was once on the very point of setting out, an abiding

embryo of bold travel, which, in his own eye, seemed to invest him with

all the honours and privileges of _bona fide_ voyagers. His guest had a

thousand questions put to him on these interesting topics, less for his

answers, it was evident, than for an opportunity to the little man of

setting forth his own information. All this was tolerably fair; but it

was truly disgusting when the little oracle took the Bible after supper,

and, in place of his elder brother, who was otherwise also the head of

the family, performed the religious services of the evening, presuming

to add a comment to the chapter which he read; to enforce which, his

elbow was drawn back to the sharpest angle of edification, from which,

ever and anon unslinging itself like a shifting rhomboid, it forced

forward the stiff information in many a pompous instalment. The

pertinacious forefinger was at work too; and before it trembled the

mystic Babylon, which, in a side argument, that digit was uplifted to

denounce. Moreover, the whole lecture was given in a squeaking,

pragmatic voice, which sounded like the sharping of thatchers’ knives.

Next morning the duellist renewed his journey, hoping against

eveningtide to reach Dillon’s house, which he guessed could not now be

more than forty miles distant. About mid-afternoon, as he was going

through a small hamlet of five or six cottages, he stepped into one of

them, and requested a little water to drink. There was a hushed

solemnity, he could see in a moment, throughout the little apartment

into which, rather too unceremoniously, he had entered; and a

kind-looking matron, in a dark robe, whispered in his ear, as she gave

him a porringer of sweet water, with a little oatmeal sprinkled upon it,

that an only daughter of the house, a fine young woman, was lying “a

corpse.” Without noticing his presence, and indeed with her face hid,

sat the mother doubtless of the maiden, heedless of the whispered

consolations of two or three officious matrons, and racking in that full

and intense sorrow with which strangers cannot intermeddle. The sloping

beams of the declining sun shone beautifully in through a small lattice,

illumining a half-decayed nosegay of flowers which stood on the sunny

whitewashed sill—emblem of a more sorrowful decay!—and after traversing

the middle of the apartment, with a thin deep bar of light, peopled by a

maze of dancing motes, struck into the white bed, where lay something

covered up and awfully indistinct, like sanctified thing not to be gazed

at, which the fugitive’s fascinated eye yet tried to shape into the

elegant body of the maiden, as she lay before her virgin sheets purer

than they, with the salt above her still and unvexed bosom. The

restricted din of boys at play—for that buoyant age is yet truly

reverential, and feels most deeply the solemn occasion of death—was

heard faint and aloof from the house of mourning. This, and the lonely

chirrup of a single sparrow from the thatch; the soft purring of the cat

at the sunny pane; the muffled tread of the mourners over the threshold;

and the audible grief of that poor mother, seemed, instead of

interruption, rather parts of the solemn stillness.

As Hawkins was going out, after lingering a minute in this sacred

interior, he met, in the narrow passage which led to the door, a man

with the coffin, on the lid of which he read, as it was pushed up to his

very face, “Emily Robson, aged 22.” The heart of the murderer—the

seducer—was in a moment as if steeped in the benumbing waters of

petrifaction; he was horrified; he would fain have passed, but could not

for want of room; and as the coffin was not to be withdrawn in

accommodation to him, he was pushed again into the interior of the

cottage to encounter a look of piercing recognition from Emily’s

afflicted mother, who had started up on hearing the hollow grating of

the coffin as it struck occasionally on the walls of the narrow

entrance. “Take him away—take him away—take him away!” she screamed,

when she saw Hawkins, and pressed her face down on the white bed of

death. As for the youth, who was fearfully conscious of another bloody

woe which had not yet reached her heart, and of which he was still the

author, and who saw, moreover, that this poor mother was now come to

poverty, probably from his own first injury against the peace of her

family, he needed not to be told to depart. With conscience, that truest

conducting-rod, flashing its moral electricities of shame and fear, and

with knees knocking against each other, he stumbled out of the house,

and making his way by chance to an idle quarry, overgrown with weeds, he

there threw himself down, with his face on the ground. In this situation

he lay the whole night and all next forenoon; and in the afternoon—for

he had occasionally risen to look for the assembling of the funeral

train—he joined the small group who carried his Emily to the churchyard,

and saw her young body laid in the grave. Oh! who can cast away

carelessly, like a useless thing, the finely-moulded clay, perfumed with

the lingering beauty of warm motions, sweet graces, and young charities!

But had not the young man, think ye, tenfold reason to weep for her whom

he now saw laid down within the dark shadow of the grave?

In the evening, he found his way to Frank Dillon’s; met his friend by

chance at a little distance from his father’s house, and told him at

once his unhappy situation. “My father,” replied Frank, “cannot be an

adviser here, because he is a Justice of the Peace. But he has been at

London for some time, and I do not expect him home till to-morrow; so

you can go with me to our house for this night, where we shall

deliberate what next must be done in this truly sad affair of yours.

Come on.”

It is unnecessary for us to explain at length the circumstances which

frustrated the friendly intentions of Dillon, and which enabled the

officers of justice to trace Hawkins to his place of concealment. They

arrived that very evening; and, notwithstanding the efforts of Frank to

save his friend, secured the unhappy duellist, who, within two days

afterwards, found himself in Edinburgh, securely lodged in jail.

The issue of Hawkins’ trial was that he was condemned to death as a

murderer. This severe sentence of the law was, however, commuted into

that of banishment for seven years. But he never again returned to his

native country. And it must be told of him also, that no happiness ever

shone upon this after-life of his. Independent of his first crime, which

brought a beautiful young woman prematurely to the grave, he had broken

rashly “into the bloody house of life,” and, in the language of Holy

Writ, “slain a young man to his hurt.”

Oh! for that still and quiet conscience—those third heavens within a

man—wherein he can soar within himself and be at peace, where the image

of God shines down, never dislimned nor long hid by those wild racks and

deep continents of gloom which come over the soul of the blood-guilty

man!

THE HEADSTONE.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

The coffin was let down to the bottom of the grave, the planks were

removed from the heaped-up brink, the first rattling clods had struck

their knell, the quick shovelling was over, and the long, broad,

skilfully cut pieces of turf were aptly joined together, and trimly laid

by the beating spade, so that the newest mound in the churchyard was

scarcely distinguishable from those that were grown over by the

undisturbed grass and daisies of a luxuriant spring. The burial was soon

over; and the party, with one consenting motion, having uncovered their

heads in decent reverence of the place and occasion, were beginning to

separate, and about to leave the churchyard. Here some acquaintances,

from distant parts of the parish, who had not had an opportunity of

addressing each other in the house that had belonged to the deceased,

nor in the course of the few hundred yards that the little procession

had to move over from his bed to his grave, were shaking hands, quietly

but cheerfully, and inquiring after the welfare of each other’s

families. There, a small knot of neighbours were speaking, without

exaggeration, of the respectable character which the deceased had borne,

and mentioning to one another little incidents of his life, some of them

so remote as to be known only to the grayheaded persons of the group;

while a few yards farther removed from the spot, were standing together

parties who discussed ordinary concerns, altogether unconnected with the

funeral, such as the state of the markets, the promise of the season, or

change of tenants; but still with a sobriety of manner and voice that

was insensibly produced by the influence of the simple ceremony now

closed, by the quiet graves around, and the shadow of the spire and gray

walls of the house of God.

Two men yet stood together at the head of the grave, with countenances

of sincere but unimpassioned grief. They were brothers, the only sons of

him who had been buried. And there was something in their situation that

naturally kept the eyes of many directed upon them for a longer time,

and more intently, than would have been the case had there been nothing

more observable about them than the common symptoms of a common sorrow.

But these two brothers, who were now standing at the head of their

father’s grave, had for some years been totally estranged from each

other, and the only words that had passed between them, during all that

time, had been uttered within a few days past, during the necessary

preparations for the old man’s funeral.

No deep and deadly quarrel was between these brothers, and neither of

them could distinctly tell the cause of this unnatural estrangement.

Perhaps dim jealousies of their father’s favour—selfish thoughts that

will sometimes force themselves into poor men’s hearts respecting

temporal expectations—unaccommodating manners on both sides—taunting

words that mean little when uttered, but which rankle and fester in

remembrance—imagined opposition of interests, that, duly considered,

would have been found one and the same—these, and many other causes,

slight when single, but strong when rising up together in one baneful

band, had gradually but fatally infected their hearts, till at last they

who in youth had been seldom separate, and truly attached, now met at

market, and, miserable to say, at church, with dark and averted faces,

like different clansmen during a feud.

Surely if anything could have softened their hearts towards each other,

it must have been to stand silently, side by side, while the earth,

stones, and clods, were falling down upon their father’s coffin. And,

doubtless, their hearts were so softened. But pride, though it cannot

prevent the holy affections of nature from being felt, may prevent them

from being shown; and these two brothers stood there together,

determined not to let each other know the mutual tenderness that, in

spite of them, was gushing up in their hearts, and teaching them the

unconfessed folly and wickedness of their causeless quarrel.

A headstone had been prepared, and a person came forward to plant it.

The elder brother directed him how to place it—a plain stone, with a

sand-glass, skull, and cross-bones, chiselled not rudely, and a few

words inscribed. The younger brother regarded the operation with a

troubled eye, and said, loudly enough to be heard by several of the

bystanders, “William, this was not kind in you;—you should have told me

of this. I loved my father as well as you could love him. You were the

elder, and, it may be, the favourite son; but I had a right in nature to

have joined you in ordering this headstone, had I not?”

During these words, the stone was sinking into the earth, and many

persons who were on their way from the grave returned. For a while the

elder brother said nothing, for he had a consciousness in his heart that

he ought to have consulted his father’s son in designing this last

becoming mark of affection and respect to his memory; so the stone was

planted in silence, and now stood erect, decently and simply among the

other unostentatious memorials of the humble dead.

The inscription merely gave the name and age of the deceased, and told

that the stone had been erected “by his affectionate sons.” The sight of

these words seemed to soften the displeasure of the angry man, and he

said, somewhat more mildly, “Yes, we were his affectionate sons, and

since my name is on the stone, I am satisfied, brother. We have not

drawn together kindly of late years, and perhaps never may; but I

acknowledge and respect your worth; and here, before our own friends,

and before the friends of our father, with my foot above his head, I

express my willingness to be on better and other terms with you, and if

we cannot command love in our hearts, let us, at least, brother, bar out

all unkindness.”

The minister, who had attended the funeral, and had something intrusted

to him to say publicly before he left the churchyard, now came forward,

and asked the elder brother why he spake not regarding this matter. He

saw that there was something of a cold and sullen pride rising up in his

heart—for not easily may any man hope to dismiss from the chamber of his

heart even the vilest guest, if once cherished there. With a solemn and

almost severe air, he looked upon the relenting man, and then, changing

his countenance into serenity, said gently,—

Behold how good a thing it is,

And how becoming well,

Together such as brethren are

In unity to dwell.

The time, the place, and this beautiful expression of a natural

sentiment, quite overcame a heart in which many kind, if not warm,

affections dwelt; and the man thus appealed to bowed down his head and

wept.

“Give me your hand, brother;” and it was given, while a murmur of

satisfaction arose from all present, and all hearts felt kindlier and

more humanely towards each other.

As the brothers stood fervently, but composedly, grasping each other’s

hands, in the little hollow that lay between the grave of their mother,

long since dead, and that of their father, whose shroud was haply not

yet still from the fall of dust to dust, the minister stood beside them

with a pleasant countenance, and said, “I must fulfil the promise I made

to your father on his deathbed. I must read to you a few words which his

hand wrote at an hour when his tongue denied its office. I must not say

that you did your duty to your old father; for did he not often beseech

you, apart from one another, to be reconciled, for your own sakes as

Christians, for his sake, and for the sake of the mother who bare you,

and, Stephen, who died that you might be born? When the palsy struck him

for the last time, you were both absent, nor was it your fault that you

were not beside the old man when he died. As long as sense continued

with him here, did he think of you two, and of you two alone. Tears were

in his eyes; I saw them there, and on his cheek too, when no breath came

from his lips. But of this no more. He died with this paper in his hand;

and he made me know that I was to read it to you over his grave. I now

obey him:

“‘My sons, if you will let my bones lie quiet in the grave, near the

dust of your mother, depart not from my burial till, in the name of God

and Christ, you promise to love one another as you used to do. Dear

boys, receive my blessing.’”

Some turned their heads away to hide the tears that needed not to be

hidden; and when the brothers had released each other from a long and

sobbing embrace, many went up to them, and in a single word or two

expressed their joy at this perfect reconcilement. The brothers

themselves walked away from the churchyard, arm in arm with the

minister, to the manse. On the following Sabbath they were seen sitting

with their families in the same pew; and it was observed that they read

together off the same Bible when the minister gave out the text, and

that they sang together, taking hold of the same psalm-book. The same

psalm was sung (given out at their own request), of which one verse had

been repeated at their father’s grave; and a larger sum than usual was

on that Sabbath found in the plate for the poor, for Love and Charity

are sisters. And ever after, both during the peace and the troubles of

this life, the hearts of the brothers were as one, and in nothing were

they divided.

THE WIDOW’S PREDICTION:

_A TALE OF THE SIEGE OF NAMUR_.

On the morning of the 30th August 1695, just as the sun began to tinge

the dark and blood-stained battlements of Namur, a detachment of

Mackay’s Scottish regiment made their rounds, relieving the last

night-sentinels, and placing those of the morning. As soon as the party

returned to their quarters, and relaxed from the formalities of military

discipline, their leader, a tall, muscular man, of about middle age,

with a keen eye and manly features, though swarthy and embrowned with

toil, and wearing an expression but little akin to the gentle or the

amiable, moved to an angle of the bastion, and, leaning on his spontoon,

fixed an anxious gaze on the rising sun. While he remained in this

position, he was approached by another officer, who, slapping him

roughly on the shoulder, accosted him in these words—

“What, Monteith! are you in a musing mood? Pray, let me have the benefit

of your morning meditations.”

“Sir!” said Monteith, turning hastily round. “Oh! ’tis you, Keppel. What

think you of this morning?”

“Why, that it will be a glorious day for some; and for you and me, I

hope, among others. Do you know that the Elector of Bavaria purposes a

general assault to-day?”

“I might guess as much, from the preparations going on. Well, would it

were to-morrow!”

“Sure you are not afraid, Monteith?”

“Afraid! It is not worth while to quarrel at present; but methinks you,

Keppel, might have spared that word. There are not many men who might

utter it and live.”

“Nay, I meant no offence; yet permit me to say, that your words and

manner are strangely at variance with your usual bearing on a

battle-morn.”

“Perhaps so,” replied Monteith; “and, but that your English prejudices

will refuse assent, it might be accounted for. That sun will rise

to-morrow with equal power and splendour, gilding this earth’s murky

vapours, but I shall not behold his glory.”

“Now, do tell me some soothful narrative of a second-sighted seer,” said

Keppel. “I promise to do my best to believe it. At any rate, I will not

laugh outright, I assure you.”

“I fear not that. It is no matter to excite mirth; and, in truth, I feel

at present strangely inclined to be communicative. Besides, I have a

request to make; and I may as well do something to induce you to grant

it.”

“That I readily will, if in my power,” replied Keppel. “So, proceed with

your story, if you please.”

“Listen attentively, then—and be at once my first and my last confidant.

“Shortly after the battle of Bothwell Bridge, I joined the troop

commanded by Irvine of Bonshaw; and gloriously did we scour the country,

hunting the rebel Covenanters, and acting our pleasure upon man, woman,

and child, person and property. I was then but young, and, for a time,

rather witnessed than acted in the wild and exciting commission which we

so amply discharged. But use is all in all. Ere half-a-dozen years had

sped their round, I was one of the prettiest men in the troop at

everything. It was in the autumn of 1684, as I too well remember, that

we were engaged in beating up the haunts of the Covenanters on the

skirts of Galloway and Ayrshire. A deep mist, which covered the moors

thick as a shroud—friendly at times to the Whigs, but, in the present

instance, their foe—concealed our approach, till we were close upon a

numerous conventicle. We hailed, and bade them stand; but, trusting to

their mosses and glens, they scattered and fled. We pursued in various

directions, pressing hard upon the fugitives. In spite of several

morasses which I had to skirt, and difficult glens to thread, being well

mounted, I gained rapidly on a young mountaineer, who, finding escape by

flight impossible, bent his course to a house at a short distance, as

hoping for shelter there, like a hare to her form. I shouted to him to

stand; he ran on. Again I hailed him; but he heeded not; when, dreading

to lose all trace of him, should he gain the house, I fired. The bullet

took effect. He fell, and his heart’s blood gushed on his father’s

threshold. Just at that instant an aged woman, alarmed by the gallop of

my horse, and the report of the pistol, rushed to the door, and

stumbling, fell upon the body of her dying son. She raised his drooping

head upon her knee, kissed his bloody brow, and screamed aloud, ‘Oh, God

of the widow and the fatherless, have mercy on me!’ One ghastly

convulsive shudder shook all her nerves, and the next moment they were

calm as the steel of my sword; then raising her pale and shrivelled

countenance, every feature of which was fixed in the calm, unearthly

earnestness of utter despair, or perfect resignation, she addressed me,

every word falling distinct and piercing on my ear like dropping

musketry.

“‘And hast thou this day made me a widowed, childless mother? Hast thou

shed the precious blood of this young servant of Jehovah? And canst thou

hope that thy lot will be one of unmingled happiness? Go, red-handed

persecutor! Follow thine evil way! But hear one message of truth from a

feeble and unworthy tongue. Remorse, like a bloodhound, shall dog thy

steps; and the serpent of an evil conscience shall coil around thy

heart. From this hour thou shalt never know peace. Thou shalt seek

death, and long to meet it as a friend; but it shall flee thee. And when

thou shalt begin to love life, and dread death, then shall thine enemy

come upon thee; and thou shalt not escape. Hence to thy bloody comrades,

thou second Cain! Thou accursed and banished from the face of Heaven and

of mercy!—

“‘Foul hag!’ I exclaimed, it would take little to make me send thee to

join thy psalm-singing offspring!’

“‘Well do I know that thou wouldst if thou wert permitted!’ replied she.

‘But go thy way, and bethink thee how thou wilt answer to thy Creator

for this morning’s work!’

“And, ceasing to regard me, she stooped her head over the dead body of

her son. I could endure no more, but wheeled around, and galloped off to

join my companions.

“From that hour, I felt myself a doomed and miserable man. In vain did I

attempt to banish from my mind the deed I had done, and the words I had

heard. In the midst of mirth and revelry, the dying groan of the youth,

and the words of doom spoken by his mother, rung for ever in my ears,

converting the festal board to a scene of carnage and horror, till the

very wine-cup seemed to foam over with hot bubbling gore. Once I

tried—laugh, if you will—I tried to pray; but the clotted locks of the

dying man, and the earnest gaze of the soul-stricken mother, came

betwixt me and Heaven,—my lip faltered—my breath stopped—my very soul

stood still, for I knew that my victims were in Paradise, and how could

I think of happiness—_I_, their murderer—in one common home with them?

Despair took possession of my whole being. I rushed voluntarily to the

centre of every deadly peril, in hopes to find an end to my misery.

Yourself can bear me witness that I have ever been the first to meet,

the last to retire from, danger. Often, when I heard the battle-signal

given, and when I passed the trench, or stormed the breach, in front of

my troop, it was less to gain applause and promotion than to provoke the

encounter of death. ’Twas all in vain. I was doomed not to die, while I

longed for death. And now—”

“Well, by your own account, you run no manner of risk, and at the same

time are proceeding on a rapid career of military success,” said Keppel;

“and, for my life, I cannot see why that should affect you, supposing it

all perfectly true.”

“Because you have not yet heard the whole. But listen a few minutes

longer. During last winter, our division, as you know, was quartered in

Brussels, and was very kindly entertained by the wealthy and

good-natured Flemings. Utterly tired of the heartless dissipation of

life in a camp, I endeavoured to make myself agreeable to my landlord,

that I might obtain a more intimate admission into his family circle. To

this I was the more incited, that I expected some pleasure in the

society of his daughter. In all I succeeded to my wish. I became quite a

favourite with the old man, and procured ready access to the company of

his child. But I was sufficiently piqued to find, that in spite of all

my gallantry, I could not learn whether I had made any impression upon

the heart of the laughing Fanchon. What peace and playful toying could

not accomplish, war and sorrow did. We were called out of winter

quarters, to commence what was anticipated to be a bloody campaign. I

obtained an interview to take a long and doubtful farewell. In my arms

the weeping girl owned her love, and pledged her hand, should I survive

to return once more to Brussels. Keppel, I am a doomed man; and my doom

is about to be accomplished! Formerly I wished to die; but death fled

me. Now I wish to live; and death will come upon me! I know I shall

never more see Brussels, nor my lovely little Fleming. Wilt thou carry

her my last farewell; and tell her to forget a man who was unworthy of

her love—whose destiny drove him to love, and be beloved, that he might

experience the worst of human wretchedness? You’ll do this for me,

Keppel?”

“If I myself survive, I will. But this is some delusion—some strong

dream. I trust it will not unnerve your arm in the moment of the storm.”

“No! I may die—_must_ die; but it shall be in front of my troop, or in

the middle of the breach. Yet how I long to escape this doom! I have won

enough of glory; I despise pillage and wealth; but I feel my very

heartstrings shrink from the now terrible idea of final dissolution. Oh!

that the fatal hour were past, or that I had still my former eagerness

to die! Keppel, if I dared, I would to-day own myself a coward.”

“Come with me,” said Keppel, “to my quarters. The night air has made you

aguish. The cold fit will yield to a cup of as generous Rhine wine as

ever was drunk on the banks of the Sambre.” Monteith consented, and the

two moved off to partake of the stimulating and substantial comforts of

a soldier’s breakfast in the Netherlands.

It was between one and two in the afternoon. An unusual stillness

reigned in the lines of the besiegers. The garrison remained equally

silent, as watching in deep suspense on what point the storm portended

by this terrible calm would burst. A single piece of artillery was

discharged. Instantly a body of grenadiers rushed from the

intrenchments, struggled over masses of ruins, and mounted the breach.

The shock was dreadful. Man strove with man, and blow succeeded to blow,

with fierce and breathless energy. The English reached the summit, but

were almost immediately beaten back, leaving numbers of their bravest

grovelling among the blackened fragments. Their leader, Lord Cutts, had

himself received a dangerous wound in the head; but disregarding it, he

selected two hundred men from Mackay’s regiment, and putting them under

the command of Lieutenants Cockle and Monteith, sent them to restore the

fortunes of the assault. Their charge was irresistible. Led on by

Monteith, who displayed a wild and frantic desperation, rather than

bravery, they broke through all impediments, drove the French from the

covered way, seized on one of the batteries, and turned the cannon

against the enemy. To enable them to maintain this advantage, they were

reinforced by parties from other divisions. Keppel, advancing in one of

those parties, discovered the mangled form of his friend Monteith, lying

on heaps of the enemy on the very summit of the captured battery. He

attempted to raise the seemingly lifeless body. Monteith opened his

eyes,—“Save me!” he cried; “save me! I will not die! I dare not—I must

not die!”

It were too horrid to specify the ghastly nature of the mortal wounds

which had torn and disfigured his frame. To live was impossible. Yet

Keppel strove to render him some assistance, were it but to soothe his

parting spirit. Again he opened his glazing eyes,—“I will resist thee to

the last!” he cried, in a raving delirium. “I killed him but in the

discharge of my duty. What worse was I than others? Poor consolation

now! The doom—the doom! I cannot—dare not—must not—_will not_ die!” And

while the vain words were gurgling in his throat, his head sunk back on

the body of a slaughtered foe, and his unwilling spirit forsook his

shattered body.—_Edinburgh Literary Journal._

THE LADY OF WARISTOUN.

The estate of Waristoun, near Edinburgh, now partly covered by the

extended streets of the metropolis on its northern side, is remarkable

in local history for having belonged to a gentleman, who in the year

1600, was cruelly murdered at the instigation of his wife. This

unfortunate lady, whose name was Jean Livingstone, was descended from a

respectable ancestry, being the daughter of Livingstone, the laird of

Dunipace, in Stirlingshire, and at an early age was married to John

Kincaid, the laird of Waristoun, who, it is believed, was considerably

more advanced in years than herself. It is probable that this disparity

of age laid the foundation of much domestic strife, and led to the

tragical event now to be noticed. The ill-fated marriage and its results

form the subject of an old Scottish ballad, in which the proximate cause

of the murder is said to have been a quarrel at the dinner-table:

It was at dinner as they sat,

And when they drank the wine,

How happy were the laird and lady

Of bonny Waristoun!

But he has spoken a word in jest;

Her answer was not good;

And he has thrown a plate at her,

Made her mouth gush with blude.

Whether owing to such a circumstance as is here alluded to, or a bite

which the laird is said to have inflicted upon her arm, is immaterial;

the lady, who appeared to have been unable to restrain her malignant

passions, conceived the diabolical design of having her husband

assassinated. There was something extraordinary in the deliberation with

which this wretched woman approached the awful gulf of crime. Having

resolved on the means to be employed in the murder, she sent for a

quondam servant of her father, Robert Weir, who lived in the

neighbouring city. He came to the place of Waristoun, to see her; but it

appeares her resolution failed, and he was not admitted. She again sent

for him, and he again went. Again he was not admitted. At length, on his

being called a third time, he was introduced to her presence. Before

this time she had found an accomplice in the nurse of her child. It was

then arranged that Weir should be concealed in a cellar till the dead of

night, when he should come forth, and proceed to destroy the laird as he

lay in his chamber. The bloody tragedy was acted precisely in accordance

with this plan. Weir was brought up at midnight from the cellar to the

hall by the lady herself, and afterwards went forward alone to the

laird’s bedroom. As he proceeded to his bloody work, she retired to her

bed, to wait the intelligence of her husband’s murder. When Weir entered

the chamber, Waristoun awoke with the noise, and leant inquiringly over

the bed. The murderer then leapt upon him. The unhappy man uttered a

great cry. Weir gave him some severe blows on vital parts, particularly

one on the flank vein. But as the laird was still able to cry out, he at

length saw fit to take more effective measures. He seized him by the

throat with both hands, and, compressing that part with all his force,

succeeded, after a few minutes, in depriving him of life.

When the lady heard her husband’s first death-shout, she leapt out of

bed, in an agony of mingled horror and repentance, and descended to the

hall; but she made no effort to countermand her mission of destruction.

She waited patiently till Weir came down to inform her that all was

over. Weir made an immediate escape from justice, but Lady Waristoun and

the nurse were apprehended before the deed was half-a-day old. Being

caught, as the Scottish law terms it, “red-hand,”—that is, while still

bearing unequivocal marks of guilt,—they were immediately tried by the

magistrates of Edinburgh, and sentenced to be strangled and burnt at the

stake.

The lady’s father, the Laird of Dunipace, who was a favourite of King

James VI., made all the interest he could with his Majesty to procure a

pardon; but all that could be obtained from the king was an order that

the unhappy lady should be executed by decapitation, and that at such an

early hour in the morning as to make the affair as little of a spectacle

as possible. The space intervening between her sentence and her

execution was only thirty-seven hours, yet in that little time Lady

Waristoun contrived to become converted from a blood-stained and

unrelenting murderess into a perfect saint on earth. One of the then

ministers of Edinburgh has left an account of her conversion, which was

lately published, and would be extremely amusing, were it not for the

loathing which seizes the mind on beholding such an instance of

perverted religion. She went to the scaffold with a demeanour which

would have graced a martyr. Her lips were incessant in the utterance of

pious exclamations. She professed herself confident of everlasting

happiness. She even grudged every moment which she spent in this world

as so much taken from that sum of eternal felicity which she was to

enjoy in the next. The people who came to witness the last scene,

instead of having their minds inspired with a salutary horror for her

crime, were engrossed in admiration of her saintly behaviour, and

greedily gathered up every devout word which fell from her tongue. It

would almost appear, from the narrative of the clergyman, that her fate

was rather a matter of envy than of any other feeling. Her execution

took place at four in the morning of the 5th of July, at the Watergate,

near Holyrood-house; and at the same hour her nurse was burned on the

Castlehill. It is some gratification to know that the actual murderer,

Weir, was eventually seized and executed, though not till four years

afterwards.—_Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal_, 1832.

A TALE OF PENTLAND.

BY JAMES HOGG, THE “ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

Mr John Haliday having been in hiding on the hills, after the battle of

Pentland, became impatient to hear news concerning the sufferings of his

brethren who had been in arms; and in particular, if there were any

troops scouring the district in which he had found shelter. Accordingly,

he left his hiding-place in the evening, and travelled towards the

valley until about midnight, when, coming to the house of Gabriel

Johnstone, and perceiving a light, he determined on entering, as he knew

him to be a devout man, and one much concerned about the sufferings of

the Church of Scotland.

Mr Haliday, however, approached the house with great caution, for he

rather wondered why there should be a light there at midnight, while at

the same time he neither heard psalms singing nor the accents of prayer.

So, casting off his heavy shoes, for fear of making a noise, he stole

softly up to the little window from whence the light beamed, and peeped

in, where he saw, not Johnstone, but another man, whom he did not know,

in the very act of cutting a soldier’s throat, while Johnstone’s

daughter, a comely girl, about twenty years of age, was standing

deliberately by, and holding the candle to him.

Haliday was seized with an inexpressible terror; for the floor was all

blood, and the man was struggling in the agonies of death, and from his

dress he appeared to have been a cavalier of some distinction. So

completely was the Covenanter overcome with horror, that he turned and

fled from the house with all his might. So much had Haliday been

confounded that he even forgot to lift his shoes, but fled without them;

and he had not run above half a bowshot before he came upon two men

hastening to the house of Gabriel Johnstone. As soon as they perceived

him running towards them they fled, and he pursued them; for when he saw

them so ready to take alarm, he was sure they were some of the

persecuted race, and tried eagerly to overtake them, exerting his utmost

speed, and calling on them to stop. All this only made them run faster;

and when they came to a feal-dyke they separated, and ran different

ways, and he soon thereafter lost sight of them both.

This house, where Johnstone lived, is said to have been in a lonely

concealed dell, not far from West Linton, in what direction I do not

know, but it was towards that village that Haliday fled, not knowing

whether he went, till he came to the houses. Having no acquaintances

here whom he durst venture to call up, and the morning having set in

frosty, he began to conceive that it was absolutely necessary for him to

return to the house of Gabriel Johnstone, and try to regain his shoes,

as he little knew when or where it might be in his power to get another

pair. Accordingly, he hasted back by a nearer path, and coming to the

place before it was day, found his shoes. At the same time he heard a

fierce contention within the house, but as there seemed to be a watch he

durst not approach it, but again made his escape.

Having brought some victuals along with him, he did not return to his

hiding-place that day, which was in a wild height, south of Biggar, but

remained in the moss of Craigengaur; and as soon as it drew dark,

descended again into the valley. Again he perceived a light in the

distance, where he thought no light should have been. But he went

towards it, and as he approached he heard the melody of psalm-singing

issuing from the place, and floating far on the still breeze of the

night. He hurried to the spot, and found the reverend and devout Mr

Livingston, in the act of divine worship, in an old void barn on the

lands of Slipperfield, with a great number of serious and pious people,

who were all much affected both by his prayers and discourse.

After the worship was ended, Haliday made up to the minister, among many

others, to congratulate him on the splendour of his discourse, and

implore “a further supply of the same milk of redeeming grace, with

which they found their souls nourished, cherished, and exalted.” The

good man complied with the request, and appointed another meeting at the

same place on a future night.

Haliday having been formerly well acquainted with the preacher, convoyed

him on his way home, where they condoled with one another on the

hardness of their lots; and Haliday told him of the scene he had

witnessed at the house of Gabriel Johnstone. The heart of the good

minister was wrung with grief, and he deplored the madness and malice of

the people who had committed an act that would bring down tenfold

vengeance on the heads of the whole persecuted race. At length it was

resolved between them that, as soon as it was day, they would go and

reconnoitre, and if they found the case of the aggravated nature they

suspected, they would themselves be the first to expose it, and give the

perpetrators up to justice.

Accordingly, next morning they took another man into the secret, a

William Rankin, one of Mr Livingston’s elders, and the three went away

to Johnstone’s house, to investigate the case of the cavalier’s murder;

but there was a guard of three armed men opposed them, and neither

promises nor threatenings, nor all the minister’s eloquence, could

induce them to give way one inch. The men advised the intruders to take

themselves off, lest a worse thing should befall them; and as they

continued to motion them away, with the most impatient gestures, the

kind divine and his associates thought meet to retire, and leave the

matter as it was; and thus was this mysterious affair hushed up in

silence and darkness for that time, no tongue having been heard to

mention it further than as above recited. The three armed men were all

unknown to the others, but Haliday observed that one of them was the

very youth whom he saw cutting off the soldier’s head with a knife.

The rage and cruelty of the Popish party seemed to gather new virulence

every day, influencing all the counsels of the king; and the persecution

of the Nonconformists was proportionably severe. One new act of council

was issued after another, all tending to root the Covenanters out of

Scotland, but it had only the effect of making their tenets still dearer

to them. The longed-for night of the meeting in the old hay-barn at

length arrived, and it was attended by a still greater number than on

the night preceding. A more motley group can hardly be conceived than

appeared in the barn that night, and the lamps being weak and dim

rendered the appearance of the assembly still more striking. It was,

however, observed that about the middle of the service a number of

fellows came in with broad slouch bonnets, and watch-coats or cloaks

about them, who placed themselves in equal divisions at the two doors,

and remained without uncovering their heads, two of them being busily

engaged taking notes. Before Mr Livingston began the last prayer,

however, he desired the men to uncover, which they did, and the service

went on to the end; but no sooner had the minister pronounced the word

_Amen_, than the group of late comers threw off their cloaks, and

drawing out swords and pistols, their commander, one General Drummond,

charged the whole congregation in the king’s name to surrender.

A scene of the utmost confusion ensued. The lights being extinguished,

many of the young men burst through the roof of the old barn in every

direction, and though many shots were fired at them in the dark, great

numbers escaped; but Mr Livingston and other eleven were retained

prisoners, and conveyed to Edinburgh, where they were examined before

the council and cast into prison. Among the prisoners were Mr Haliday

and the identical young man whom he had seen in the act of murdering the

cavalier, and who turned out to be a Mr John Lindsay, from Edinburgh,

who had been at the battle of Pentland, and in hiding afterwards.

Great was the lamentation for the loss of Mr Livingston, who was so

highly esteemed by his hearers. The short extracts from his sermons in

the barn, that were produced against him on his trial, prove him to have

been a man endowed with talents somewhat above the greater part of his

contemporaries. His text that night it appears had been taken from

Genesis:—“And God saw the wickedness of man that it was great in the

earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only

evil continually.” One of the quoted passages concludes thus:—

“Let us join together in breaking the bands of the oppressors, and

casting their cords from us. As for myself, as a member of this poor

persecuted Church of Scotland, and an unworthy minister of it, I hereby

call upon you all, in the name of God, to set your faces, your hearts,

and your hands against all such acts, which are or shall be passed

against the covenanted work of reformation in this kingdom; that we here

declare ourselves free of the guilt of them, and pray that God may put

this in record in heaven.”

These words having been sworn to, and Mr Livingston not denying them, a

sharp debate arose in the council what punishment to award. The king’s

advocate urged the utility of sending him forthwith to the gallows; but

some friends in the council got his sentence commuted to banishment; and

he was accordingly banished the kingdom. Six more, against whom nothing

could be proven farther than their having been present at a conventicle,

were sentenced to imprisonment for two months; among this number,

Haliday was one. The other five were condemned to be executed at the

cross of Edinburgh, on the 14th of December following; and among this

last unhappy number was Mr John Lindsay.

Haliday now tried all the means he could devise to gain an interview

with Lindsay, to have some explanation of the extraordinary scene he had

witnessed in the cottage at midnight, for it had made a fearful

impression upon his mind, and he never could get rid of it for a moment;

having still in his mind’s eye a beautiful country maiden standing with

a pleased face, holding a candle, and Lindsay in the meantime at his

horrid task. His endeavours, however, were all in vain, for they were in

different prisons, and the jailer paid no attention to his requests. But

there was a gentleman in the privy council that year, whose name, I

think, was Gilmour, to whose candour Haliday conceived that both he and

some of his associates owed their lives. To this gentleman, therefore,

he applied by letter, requesting a private interview with him, as he had

a singular instance of barbarity to communicate, which it would be well

to inquire into while the possibility of doing so remained, for the

access to it would soon be sealed for ever. The gentleman attended

immediately, and Haliday revealed to him the circumstances previously

mentioned, stating that the murderer now lay in the Tolbooth jail, under

sentence of death.

Gilmour appeared much interested, as well as astonished at the

narrative, and taking out a note-book, he looked over some dates, and

then observed—“This date of yours tallies exactly with one of my own,

relating to an incident of the same sort; but the circumstances narrated

are so different, that I must conceive either that you are mistaken, or

that you are trumping up this story to screen some other guilty person

or persons.”

Haliday disclaimed all such motives, and persevered in his attestations.

Gilmour then took him along with him to the Tolbooth prison, where the

two were admitted to a private interview with the prisoner, and there

charged him with the crime of murder in such a place and on such a

night; but he denied the whole with disdain. Haliday told him that it

was in vain for him to deny it, for he beheld him in the very act of

perpetrating the murder with his own eyes, while Gabriel Johnstone’s

daughter stood deliberately and held the candle to him.

“Hold your tongue, fellow!” said Lindsay, disdainfully, “for you know

not what you are saying. What a cowardly dog you must be by your own

account! If you saw me murdering a gentleman cavalier, why did you not

rush in to his assistance?”

“I could not have saved the gentleman then,” said Haliday, “and I

thought it not meet to intermeddle in such a scene of blood.”

“It was as well for you that you did not,” said Lindsay.

“Then you acknowledge being in the cottage of the dell that night?” said

Gilmour.

“And if I was, what is that to you? Or what is it now to me or any

person? I _was_ there on the night specified; but I am ashamed of the

part I there acted, and am now well requited for it. Yes, requited as I

ought to be, so let it rest; for not one syllable of the transaction

shall any one hear from me.”

Thus they were obliged to leave the prisoner, and forthwith Gilmour led

Haliday up a stair to a lodging in the Parliament Square, where they

found a gentleman lying sick in bed, to whom Mr Gilmour said, after

inquiring after his health, “Brother Robert, I conceive that we two have

found out the young man who saved your life at the cottage among the

mountains.”

“I would give the half that I possess that this were true,” said the

sick gentleman. “Who or where is he?”

“If I am right in my conjecture,” said the privy councillor, “he is

lying in the Tolbooth jail, under sentence of death, and has but a few

days to live. But tell me, brother, could you know him, or have you any

recollection of his appearance?”

“Alas! I have none,” said the other, mournfully, “for I was insensible,

through the loss of blood, the whole time I was under his protection;

and if I ever heard his name I have lost it, the whole of that period

being a total blank in my memory. But he must be a hero in the first

rank; and therefore, oh, my dear brother, save him whatever his crime

may be.”

“His life is justly forfeited to the laws of his country, brother,” said

Gilmour, “and he must die with the rest.”

“He shall not die with the rest if I should die for him,” cried the sick

man, vehemently. “I will move heaven and earth before my brave deliverer

shall die like a felon.”

“Calm yourself, brother, and trust that part to me,” said Gilmour. “I

think my influence saved the life of this gentleman, as well as the

lives of some others, and it was all on account of the feeling of

respect I had for the party, one of whom, or, rather, two of whom, acted

such a noble and distinguished part toward you. But pray, undeceive this

gentleman by narrating the facts to him, in which he cannot fail to be

interested.” The sick man, whose name, if I remember aright, was Captain

Robert Gilmour, of the volunteers, then proceeded as follows:—

“There having been high rewards offered for the apprehension of some

south-country gentlemen, whose correspondence with Mr Welch, and some

other of the fanatics, had been intercepted, I took advantage of

information I obtained regarding the place of their retreat, and set

out, certain of apprehending two of them at least.

“Accordingly, I went off one morning about the beginning of November,

with only five followers, well armed and mounted. We left Gilmerton long

before it was light, and having a trusty guide, rode straight to their

hiding-place, where we did not arrive till towards the evening, when we

started them. They were seven in number, and were armed with swords and

bludgeons; but, being apprized of our approach, they fled from us, and

took shelter in a morass, into which it was impossible to follow them on

horseback. But perceiving three more men on another hill, I thought

there was no time to lose, so giving one of my men our horses to hold,

the rest of us advanced into the morass with drawn swords and loaded

horse-pistols. I called to them to surrender, but they stood upon their

guard, determined on resistance; and just when we were involved to the

knees in the mire of the morass, they broke in upon us, pell-mell, and

for about two minutes the engagement was very sharp. There was an old

man struck me a terrible blow with a bludgeon, and was just about to

repeat it, when I brought him down with a shot from my pistol. A young

fellow then ran at me with his sword, and as I still stuck in the moss,

I could not ward the blow, so that he got a fair stroke at my neck,

meaning, without doubt, to cut off my head; and he would have done it

had his sword been sharp. As it was, he cut it to the bone, and opened

one of the jugular veins. I fell; but my men firing a volley in their

faces, at that moment they fled. It seems we did the same, without loss

of time; for I must now take my narrative from the report of others, as

I remember no more that passed. My men bore me on their arms to our

horses, and then mounted and fled, trying all that they could to stanch

the bleeding of my wound. But perceiving a party coming down a hill, as

with the intent of cutting off their retreat, and losing all hopes of

saving my life, they carried me into a cottage in a wild lonely retreat,

commended me to the care of the inmates; and after telling them my name,

and in what manner I had received my death wound, they thought proper to

provide for their own safety, and so escaped.

“The only inmates of that lonely house, at least at that present time,

were a lover and his mistress, but intercommuned Whigs; and when my men

left me on the floor, the blood, which they had hitherto restrained in

part, burst out afresh and deluged the floor. The young man said it was

best to put me out of my pain, but the girl wept and prayed him rather

to render me some assistance. ‘Oh, Johnny, man, how can you speak that

gate?’ cried she. ‘Suppose he be our mortal enemy, he is aye ane o’

God’s creatures, an’ has a soul to be saved as well as either you or me;

and a soldier is obliged to do as he is bidden. Now Johnny, ye ken ye

were learned to be a doctor o’ physic; wad ye no rather try to stop the

bleeding, and save the young officer’s life, as either kill him, or let

him bleed to death on our floor, when the blame o’ the murder might fa’

on us!’

“‘Now, the blessing of heaven light on your head, my dear Sally!’ said

the lover, ‘for you have spoken the very sentiments of my heart; and,

since it is your desire, though we should both rue it, I here vow to you

that I will not only endeavour to save his life, but I will defend it

against our own party to the last drop of my blood.’

“He then began, and, in spite of my feeble struggles, who knew not

either what I was doing or suffering, sewed up the hideous gash in my

throat and neck, tying every stitch by itself; and the house not being

able to produce a pair of scissors, it seems that he cut off all the

odds and ends of the stitching with a large sharp gully knife, and it

was likely to have been during the operation that this gentleman chanced

to look in at the window. He then bathed the wound for an hour with

cloths dipped in cold water, dressed it with plaster of wood-betony, and

put me to bed, expressing to his sweetheart the most vivid hopes of my

recovery.

“These operations were scarcely finished when the maid’s two brothers

came home from their hiding-place; and it seems they would have been

there much sooner had not this gentleman given them chase in the

contrary direction. They, seeing the floor all covered with blood,

inquired the cause with wild trepidation of manner. Their sister was the

first to inform them of what had happened, on which both the young men

gripped to their weapons, and the eldest, Samuel, cried out with the

vehemence of a maniac, ‘Blessed be the righteous avenger of blood! Hoo!

Is it then true that the Lord hath delivered our greatest enemy into our

hands!’ ‘Hold, hold, dearest brother!’ cried the maid, spreading out her

arms before him. ‘Would you kill a helpless young man, lying in a state

of insensibility! What! although the Almighty hath put his life in your

hand, will He not require the blood of you, shed in such a base and

cowardly way?’

“‘Hold your peace, foolish girl,’ cried he, in the same furious strain.

‘I tell you, if he had a thousand lives I would sacrifice them all this

moment! Wo be to this old rusty and fizenless sword that did not sever

his head from his body when I had a fair chance in the open field!

Nevertheless he shall die; for you do not yet know that he hath, within

these few hours, murdered our father, whose blood is yet warm around him

on the bleak height.’

“‘Oh! merciful heaven! killed our father!’ screamed the girl, and

flinging herself down on the resting-chair, she fainted away. The two

brothers regarded not, but with their bared weapons made towards the

closet, intent on my blood, and both vowing I should die if I had a

thousand lives. The stranger interfered, and thrust himself into the

closet door before them, swearing that, before they committed so

cowardly a murder they should first make their way through his body.

“Samuel retreated one step to have full sway for his weapon, and the

fury depicted on his countenance proved his determination. But in a

moment his gallant opponent closed with him, and holding up his wrist

with his left hand, he with the right bestowed on him a blow with such

energy that he fell flat on the floor among the soldier’s blood. The

youngest then ran on their antagonist with his sword and wounded him,

but the next moment he was lying beside his brother. As soon as her

brothers came fairly to their senses, the young woman and her lover

began and expostulated with them, at great length, on the impropriety

and unmanliness of the attempt, until they became all of one mind, and

the two brothers agreed to join in the defence of the wounded gentleman,

from all of their own party, until he was rescued by his friends, which

they did. But it was the maid’s simple eloquence that finally prevailed

with the fierce Covenanters.

“When my brothers came at last, with a number of my men, and took me

away, the only thing I remember seeing in the house was the corpse of

the old man whom I had shot, and the beautiful girl standing weeping

over the body; and certainly my heart smote me in such a manner that I

would not experience the same feeling again for the highest of this

world’s benefits. That comely young maiden, and her brave intrepid

lover, it would be the utmost ingratitude in me, or in any of my family,

ever to forget; for it is scarcely possible that a man can ever be again

in the same circumstances as I was, having been preserved from death in

the house of the man whom my hand had just deprived of life.”

Just as he ended, the sick nurse peeped in, which she had done several

times before, and said, “Will your honour soon be disengaged, d’ye

think? for ye see because there’s a lass wanting till speak till ye.”

“A lass, nurse? what lass can have any business with me? what is she

like?”

“Oo, ’deed, sir, the lass is weel enough for that part o’t, but she may

be nae better than she should be for a’ that; ye ken, I’se no answer for

that, for ye see because “like is an ill mark”; but she has been aften

up, speiring after ye, an’ gude troth she’s fairly in nettle-earnest

now, for she winna gang awa till she see your honour.”

The nurse being desired to show her in, a comely girl entered, with a

timid step, and seemed ready to faint with trepidation. She had a mantle

on, and a hood that covered much of her face. The privy councillor spoke

to her, desiring her to come forward and say her errand, on which she

said that “she only wanted a preevat word wi’ the captain, if he was

that weel as to speak to ane,” He looked over the bed, and desired her

to say on, for that gentleman was his brother, from whom he kept no

secrets. After a hard struggle with her diffidence, but, on the other

hand, prompted by the urgency of the case, she at last got out, “I’m

unco glad to see you sae weel comed round again, though I daresay ye’ll

maybe no ken wha I am. But it was me that nursed ye, an’ took care o’ ye

in our house, when your head was amaist cuttit off.”

There was not another word required to draw forth the most ardent

expressions of kindness from the two brothers, on which the poor girl

took courage, and, after several showers of tears, she said, with many

bitter sobs, “There’s a poor lad wha, in my humble opinion, saved your

life; an’ wha is just gaun to be hanged the day after the morn. I wad

unco fain beg your honour’s interest to get his life spared.”

“Say not another word, my dear good girl,” said the councillor; “for

though I hardly know how I can intercede for a rebel who has taken up

arms against the government, yet, for your sake and his, my best

interest shall be exerted.”

“Oh, ye maun just say, sir, that the poor Whigs were driven to

desperation, and that this young man was misled by others in the fervour

and enthusiasm of youth. What else can ye say? But ye’re good—oh, ye’re

very good! and on my knees I beg that ye winna lose ony time, for indeed

there is nae time to lose!”

The councillor lifted her kindly by both hands, and desired her to stay

with his brother’s nurse till his return, on which he went away to the

president, and in half-an-hour returned with a respite for the convict,

John Lindsay, for three days, which he gave to the girl, along with an

order for her admittance to the prisoner. She thanked him with the tears

in her eyes, but added, “Oh, sir, will he and I then be obliged to part

for ever at the end of three days?”

“Keep up your heart, and encourage your lover,” said he, “and meet me

here again, on Thursday, at this same hour, for, till the council meet,

nothing further than this can be obtained.”

It may well be conceived how much the poor forlorn prisoner was

astonished when his own beloved Sally entered to him with a reprieve in

her hand, and how much his whole soul dilated when, on the Thursday

following, she presented him with a free pardon. They were afterwards

married, when the Gilmours took them under their protection. Lindsay

became a highly qualified surgeon, and the descendants of this intrepid

youth occupy respectable situations in Edinburgh to the present day.

GRAYSTEEL:

_A TRADITIONARY STORY OF CAITHNESS_.

In a beautiful valley in the highlands of Caithness, lies embosomed a

small mountain tarn, called the Loch of Ranag. The hill of Bencheildt,

which ascends abruptly from the water’s edge, protects it on the north.

On the south it is overlooked by a chain of lofty mountains,

individually named Scarabine, Morven, and the Pap, which form a natural

barrier betwixt Sutherland and Caithness. Morven, the highest in the

range, is nearly two thousand feet above the level of the sea, and turns

up conspicuously over the neighbouring summits, like a huge pyramid. The

extensive wild lying between this magnificent chain of hills and Ranag,

is clothed in the autumnal season with rich purple heather; and here the

plover and the grouse, the denizens of the solitary waste, live

unmolested, except by the murderous gun of the sportsman. Near the north

edge of the loch to which we have just alluded, there is a small island,

on which may be still seen the ruins of an old keep or castle. The last

proprietor of this fortalice is said to have been a noted freebooter of

the name of Graysteel, who kept the whole county in alarm by his

predatory incursions from the Ord to Duncansbay Head, and, like Rob Roy

and others of the same stamp, rigorously exacted “black mail,” or

protection money. Tradition also reports, that, besides being possessed

of great bodily strength, he was an expert swordsman, and a person of

such a jealous and tyrannical disposition, that none durst venture to

hunt or shoot on his grounds, without being challenged to single combat;

and it may be added, that none whom he encountered trespassing in this

way ever escaped alive out of his hands. It happened that one of the

family of Rollo, while pursuing his sport in the direction, one day

unfortunately encroached on the sacred property of the robber. Being

informed by some of his retainers that a stranger was hunting on the

west side of the lake, Graysteel immediately sallied forth, and, running

up towards the sportsman with menacing looks and gestures, gave him the

accustomed challenge. Rollo saw he had no alternative but to give him

combat, and being a high-spirited young man, he instantly drew his

sword; and, although he defended himself for some time with great skill

and courage, it is needless to say that he sank at last, mortally

wounded, under the more powerful arm of his antagonist. The ruffian

afterwards stripped the dead body of every thing that was of any value,

and then threw it into the loch.

The account of this melancholy occurrence, as soon as it reached the

family and relatives of the unfortunate youth, plunged them into the

deepest distress; but none did it inspire with more poignant regret than

the young laird of Durie, who was his bosom friend, and had just been

affianced to his sister, a very beautiful and interesting girl of

sixteen. The moment he heard of Rollo’s tragical death, he determined to

avenge it, although he knew he had little chance of surviving a personal

encounter with such a desperado as Graysteel. Accordingly, having

furnished himself with a good Highland broadsword, and without

communicating his intention to any one, he set off for the residence of

the freebooter. Nor was the route he had to take, any more than the

occasion of the journey, agreeable. A trackless moor, of some miles in

extent, lay between him and Ranag, so very bleak and barren, that, in

the words of the poet,

The solitary bee

Flew there on restless wing,

Seeking in vain one blossom where to fix.

He had not gone far, however, when he was overtaken by a severe storm,

which rendered it impossible for him to continue his journey. The wind,

which blew at times with irresistible fury, dashed the rain in his face,

mingled with hail, and howled like a maniac on the naked moor. Clouds of

turbid vapour, issuing, as it were, from a vast furnace, hurried across

the sky; and now and then the rolling of thunder, while it

prognosticated a continuance of the storm, added not a little to its

terrors. Driven by the wind, and battered by the rain, our traveller

began anxiously to look around him for some place of shelter. At length,

to his great joy, he espied, a few hundred yards distant, a small

solitary cottage, situated on the edge of the moor. Thither he

immediately directed his steps, and, on entering, found its sole

occupant to be a poor aged widow, who lived upon the gratuitous bounty

of the public. There was something, however, in her appearance, though

bent down with years and infirmities, that spoke of better days. On a

small stool beside her lay the Bible, which she seemed to have been just

reading. She welcomed in the stranger with a look of much cheerfulness,

and kindly offered him such accommodation for the night as her scanty

means could afford. As the storm continued to rage with unabated

violence, Durie gladly accepted the proffered hospitality; and, in the

meantime, the venerable hostess did all in her power to make him

comfortable, by putting an additional peat or two on the hearth, and

furnishing him with something to eat. On examining the scanty furniture

of the apartment, which was now more distinctly seen by the light of a

blazing turf-fire, he observed, in one corner, a very uncommon-looking

sword, with the appearance of which he was not a little struck. The hilt

and blade were covered over with a variety of strange characters and

fantastic devices, plainly indicating that it was of foreign

manufacture, and belonged to a remote period. His curiosity was

powerfully excited; and on asking the old woman how she came by such a

magnificent weapon, she gave him the following particulars regarding it.

The sword, which had originally belonged to a noble Saracen, was that of

her deceased husband, who had been a volunteer in the regiment of

Highlanders that had gone over to Holland under the command of Lord

Reay. He had received it as a present from a Polish Jew, whose life he

had saved in a moment of extreme danger. She, moreover, informed him

that her husband, while on his deathbed, had strictly enjoined her not

to sell or dispose of it in any way, but to preserve it as an heirloom

of the family. On getting this account of the sword, Durie told the

woman who he was, and the errand on which he was going, and begged of

her to give him the use of it for a single day. After much entreaty, she

at last agreed to give it, on the condition that it should be strictly

returned.

The storm, which was short-lived in proportion to its violence,

gradually died away towards morning; and at the first peep of dawn our

hero, who burned with impatience to measure weapons with the murderer of

his friend, was up, and, with his enchanted sword firmly girt on his

side, pursuing his solitary route across the moors. His spirits were now

buoyant with hope; and he beheld with a feeling of sympathy the

universal gladness which, after the late convulsion of its elements, was

diffused over the face of nature. Already the “bird of the wilderness”

sang blithely overhead, whilst the beams of a brilliant morning sun were

beginning to dissipate the mists which lay thick and heavy upon the

hills. Our traveller was not long in reaching the brow of Benchieldt;

and scarcely had he descended half way down the side fronting the

castle, when he was met by Graysteel, who, as usual, challenged him for

intruding on his grounds, and desired him to draw and defend himself.

“Villain!” cried Durie, unsheathing his weapon, which flashed in his

hand like the Scandinavian monarch’s celebrated elfin sword—“villain!

you wantonly slew my friend, and you shall this day atone for it with

your heart’s blood!”

The robber chief laughed scornfully at what he considered an empty

bravado, and immediately made a thrust at his opponent, which the latter

parried off with admirable dexterity. A desperate struggle now ensued.

Graysteel fought with the fury of an enraged mastiff; but young Durie

pressed upon him so hard with his never-failing blade, that he was

obliged to give way, and at last received a mortal wound. After this,

the hero of our tale went immediately home, and, having raised a body of

stout followers, proceeded back to Ranag, took the castle, and nearly

levelled it with the ground.

The _denouement_ of our little story may be anticipated. After a decent

period for mourning had elapsed, Durie led his beautiful bride to the

hymeneal altar. Nor, in the midst of his happiness, did he forget his

good friend, the old woman of the moor. The sword, which had proved so

invaluable an auxiliary to him in the hour of need, he not only returned

to her, but he took her under his protection, and kept her comfortable

for the rest of her days—

Joy seized her withered veins, and one bright gleam

Of setting life shone on her evening hours.

—_John O’Groat Journal_, 1836.

THE BILLETED SOLDIER.

In the autumn of 1803, the Forfar and Kincardine militia,—then an

infantry regiment of about 1000 strong,—_en route_ from the south of

Scotland to Aberdeen, along the coast road, happened to perform the

march between the towns of Montrose and Bervie on a Saturday. The want

of the required accommodation in Bervie for so many men rendered it

necessary that a considerable portion should be billeted in the

adjoining villages of Johnshaven and Gourdon, and on farmers and others

on the line of march. In carrying out this arrangement, it so happened

that one private soldier was billeted on a farmer or crofter of the name

of Lyall, on the estate of East Mathers, situated about a mile

north-west of the village of Johnshaven. David Lyall, gudeman of

Gateside, was a douce, respectable individual, a worthy member, if not

an elder, of the secession church, Johnshaven. His wife, Mrs Lyall,

possessed many of the good qualities of her worthy husband, whom she

highly venerated, and pithily described as being “as gude a man as ever

lay at a woman’s side.” Mrs Lyall was a rigid seceder, a strict

Sabbatarian, stern and rigorous in everything relating to the kirk and

kirk affairs, deeply learned in polemical disquisitions, had a wondrous

“gift of gab,” and by no means allowed the talent to lie idle in a

napkin.

The soldier produced his billet, was kindly received, treated to the

best as regarded bed and board, was communicative, and entered into all

the news of the day with the worthy couple. Everything ran smoothly on

the evening of Saturday, and an agreeable intimacy seemed to be

established in the family; but the horror of Mrs Lyall may be conceived,

when, on looking out in the morning rather early, she saw the soldier

stripped to the shirt, switching, brushing, and scrubbing his clothes on

an eminence in front of the house.

“Get up, David Lyall,” she said, “get up; it ill sets you to be lying

there snoring, an’ that graceless pagan brackin’ the Lord’s day wi’ a’

his might, at oor door.”

David looked up, and quietly composing himself again, said, “The

articles of war, gudewife, the articles of war; puir chiel, he canna

help himsel—he maun do duty Sunday as well as Saturday.”

The soldier, after cleaning his clothes and taking a stroll in the

romantic dell of Denfenella adjoining, returned in time to breakfast,

which was a silent meal. With Mrs Lyall there was only “mony a sad and

sour look,” and on the table being cleared, she placed on it, or rather

thrust, the “big ha’ Bible” immediately in front of the soldier.

“Weel, mistress,” said the soldier, “what book is this?”

“That’s a beuk, lad,” said the gudewife, “that I muckle doubt that you

and the like o’ ye ken unco little about.”

“Perhaps,” was the reply; “we shall see.”

On opening the book the soldier said, “I have seen such a book before.”

“Gin ye’ve seen sic a book before,” said Mrs Lyall, “let’s hear gin ye

can read ony.”

“I don’t mind though I do,” said the soldier, and taking the Bible he

read a chapter that had been marked by Mrs Lyall as one condemnatory of

his seeming disregard of the Sabbath. The reading of the soldier was

perfect.

“There, lad,” said David Lyall, “ye read like a minister.”

“An’ far better than mony ane o’ them,” said the mistress; “but gifts

are no graces,” she continued; “it’s nae the readin’ nor the hearin’

that maks a gude man—na, na, it’s the right and proper application—the

practice, that’s the real thing.”

David saw that “the mistress was aboot to mount her favourite

hobbyhorse,” and cut her lecture short by remarking that “it was time to

make ready for the kirk.”

“Aye, ye’ll gae to the kirk,” said Mrs Lyall, “an’ tak the sodger wi’

ye; and see that ye fesh the sermon hame atween ye, as I am no gaun

mysel the day.”

The soldier acquiesced, and on their way to church Mr Lyall remarked,

among other things, that “the gudewife was, if anything, precise and

conceited about kirk matters an’ keepin’ the Sabbath day, but no that

ill a body, fin fouk had the git o’ her and latten gang a wee thing her

ain git. I keep a calm sough mysel, for the sake o’ peace, as she an’

her neebour wife, Mrs Smith, gudewife o’ Jackston, count themselves the

Jachin an’ Boaz o’ our temple. Ye’ll mind as muckle o’ the sermon as ye

can, as depend upon it she will be speirin’.” The soldier said he would

do his best to satisfy her on that head.

The parish church of Benholm, as well as the secession church of

Johnshaven, were that day filled to overflowing more by red coats than

black. On their return from church, and while dinner was discussing, Mrs

Lyall inquired about the text at David. He told her the text.

“A bonnie text,” she said; “Mr Harper” (the name of the minister) “would

say a hantle upon that; fu did he lay out his discourse?”

“Weel, gudewife,” said David, “I can tell ye little mair aboot it; ye

may speir at the sodger there. I can tell ye he held the killivine

(pencil) gaun to some tune a’ the time.”

“Ye’ve ta’en a note o’ the sermon, lad?” said the mistress. “I will see

it when we get our dinner.”

After dinner, and after the soldier had read the chapter of which the

text formed part, in the same correct and eloquent style as he did in

the morning, Mrs Lyall asked him to “favour her with a sight of the

sermon.” After adjusting her spectacles, Mrs Lyall examined with seeming

seriousness the manuscript, page after page, glancing a look now and

then at the soldier and her husband. She took off her specks, and

handing back the sheets to the soldier, said—

“Weel, lad, ye are the best reader that ever I heard, an’ the warst

writer I ever saw; there’s naething there but dots an’ strokes an’

tirliewhirlies; I canna mak a word o’ sense o’t; ye’ve sairly neglected

yer handwrite—sairly.”

“That may be,” replied the soldier, “but I can assure you the sermon is

all there.”

“Ye can read it yoursel, then,” said the gudewife.

The soldier took the manuscript and read, or rather re-delivered, the

sermon, each head and particular, word for word as Mr Harper had given

it. When he had concluded it, David Lyall, looking triumphantly at the

mistress, said—

“Weel, gudewife, ye’ve gotten the sermon to Amen. Fat think ye o’ that?”

She sat in silent amazement for a considerable time, and at length

ejaculated—“Fat do I think o’ that? Fat do I think o’ that? Fa’ wadna

think o’ that? I may just say this, that I never believed before that a

red coat had sae muckle grace about it, but I’ve been thinkin’, lad,

that ye are no a sodger—at ony rate if ye are ane, ye could be something

else,—I’m doon sure o’ that.”

The soldier stated that he was only a private soldier, that there was

nothing extraordinary in what he had done, that all or nearly all the

men in his regiment could just do the same thing, and that many of them

were better scholars than he pretended to be; and taking from his

knapsack a copy of the Greek New Testament, he laid it before her,

saying that “as she had been so kind as allow him to read her Bible, he

would favour her with a look of his, and hoped that she would now in

turn read for his edification.”

Mrs Lyall examined the volume with deep attention for some time, and

shaking her head, said—

“Na, na, lad; they maun be deeper beuk-learned than me that read that

beuk; yer far ayont my thumb.”

He told her what book it was, employed the afternoon or evening of that

Sabbath in reading, expounding, and giving literal translations of many

of the passages of the New Testament that seemed doubtful or difficult

to Mrs Lyall. She found the soldier equally conversant with all her

theological authors—Bunyan, Baxter, Brown, and Boston, were at his

finger-ends; the origin and history, as well as the fathers, of the

Secession Church were nothing new to him. The soldier conducted family

worship that evening in a most solemn and becoming manner for David

Lyall.

On resuming his march in the morning he was urgently pressed by Mrs

Lyall to accept of some of her country cheer, such as cheese or butter;

in fact, she would have filled his knapsack. A complete revolution had

been effected in her opinion regarding the moral, religious, and

intellectual qualities of soldiers. “I aye took them for an ignorant,

graceless pack, the affscourings o’ creation, but I now see that I have

been far mista’en;” and until the day of her death, which occurred many

years afterwards, she would tolerate no insinuation in her presence to

the prejudice of the profession. When such was attempted in her hearing,

she instantly kindled up with—“Awa wi’ yer lees an’ yer havers, I’ll

hear nane o’ them; there shall nae chield speak ill o’ sodgers in my

presence, na, na. Mony’s the minister that I hae seen in my house,—some

better, some waur,—but nane o’ them had either the wisdom, the learning,

the ready unction, of a gallant single sodger.”

The name of “the gallant single sodger” was Robert Mudie, afterwards

editor of the _Dundee Advertiser_ newspaper.—_Eminent Men of Fife._

BRUNTFIELD:

_A TALE OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY_.

The war carried on in Scotland, by the friends and enemies of Queen

Mary, after her departure into England, was productive of an almost

complete dissolution of order, and laid the foundation of many feuds,

which were kept up by private families and individuals long after all

political cause of hostility had ceased. Among the most remarkable

quarrels which history or tradition has recorded as arising out of that

civil broil, I know of none so deeply cherished or accompanied by so

many romantic and peculiar circumstances, as one which took place

between two old families of gentry in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh.

Stephen Bruntfield, laird of Craighouse, had been a zealous and

disinterested partisan of the queen. Robert Moubray of Barnbougle was

the friend successively of Murray and Morton, and distinguished himself

very highly in their cause. During the year 1572, when Edinburgh Castle

was maintained by Kirkaldy of Grange in behalf of the queen, Stephen

Bruntfield held out Craighouse in the same interest, and suffered a

siege from a detachment of the forces of the Regent, commanded by the

laird of Barnbougle. The latter baron, a man of fierce and brutal

nature, entered life as a younger brother, and at an early period chose

to cast his fate among the Protestant leaders, with a view of improving

his fortunes. The death of his elder brother in rebellion at Langside

enabled the Regent Murray to reward his services with a grant of the

patrimonial estate, of which he did not scruple to take possession by

the strong hand, to the exclusion of his infant niece, the daughter of

the late proprietor. Some incidents which occurred in the course of the

war had inspired a mutual hatred of the most intense character into the

breasts of Bruntfield and Moubray; and it was therefore with a feeling

of strong personal animosity, as well as of political rancour, that the

latter undertook the task of watching the motions of Bruntfield at

Craighouse. Bruntfield, after holding out for many months, was obliged,

along with his friends in Edinburgh Castle, to yield to the party of the

Regent. Like Kirkaldy and Maitland of Lethington, he surrendered upon a

promise of life and estate; but while his two friends perished, one by

the hand of the executioner, the other by his own hand, he fell a victim

to the sateless spite of his personal enemy, who, in conducting him to

Edinburgh as a prisoner, took fire at some bitter expression on the part

of the captive, and smote him dead upon the spot.

Bruntfield left a widow and three infant sons. The lady of Craighouse

had been an intimate of the unfortunate Mary from her early years; was

educated with her in France, in the Catholic faith; and had left her

court to become the wife of Bruntfield. It was a time calculated to

change the natures of women, as well as of men. The severity with which

her religion was treated in Scotland, the wrongs of her royal mistress,

and finally the sufferings and death of her husband, acting upon a mind

naturally enthusiastic, all conspired to alter the character of Marie

Carmichael, and substitute for the rosy hues of her early years the

gloom of the sepulchre and the penitentiary. She continued, after the

restoration of peace, to reside in the house of her late husband; but

though it was within two miles of the city, she did not for many years

re-appear in public. With no society but that of her children, and the

persons necessary to attend upon them, she mourned in secret over past

events, seldom stirring from a particular apartment, which, in

accordance with a fashion by no means uncommon, she had caused to be

hung with black, and which was solely illuminated by a lamp. In the most

rigorous observances of her faith she was assisted by a priest, whose

occasional visits formed almost the only intercourse which she

maintained with the external world. One strong passion gradually

acquired a complete sway over her mind,—REVENGE,—a passion which the

practice of the age had invested with a conventional respectability, and

which no kind of religious feeling then known was able either to check

or soften. So entirely was she absorbed by this fatal passion, that her

very children at length ceased to have interest or merit in her eyes,

except in so far as they appeared likely to be the means of gratifying

it. One after another, as they reached the age of fourteen, she sent

them to France, in order to be educated; but the accomplishment to which

they were enjoined to direct their principal attention was that of

martial exercise. The eldest, Stephen, returned at eighteen, a strong

and active youth, with a mind of little polish or literary information,

but considered a perfect adept at swordplay. As his mother surveyed his

noble form, a smile stole into the desert of her wan and widowed face,

as a winter sunbeam wanders over a waste of snows. But it was a smile of

more than motherly pride; she was estimating the power which that frame

would have in contending with the murderous Moubray. She was not alone

pleased with the handsome figure of her firstborn child; but she thought

with a fiercer and faster joy upon the appearance which it would make in

the single combat against the slayer of his father. Young Bruntfield,

who, having been from his earliest years trained to the purpose now

contemplated by his mother, rejoiced in the prospect, now lost no time

in preferring before the king a charge of murder against the laird of

Barnbougle, whom he at the same time challenged, according to a custom

then not altogether abrogated, to prove his innocence in single combat.

The king having granted the necessary licence, the fight took place in

the royal park, near the palace; and to the surprise of all assembled,

young Bruntfield fell under the powerful sword of his adversary. The

intelligence was communicated to his mother at Craighouse, where she was

found in her darkened chamber, prostrate before an image of the Virgin.

The priest who had been commissioned to break the news opened his

discourse in a tone intended to prepare her for the worst; but she cut

him short at the very beginning with a frantic exclamation,—“I know what

you would tell—the murderer’s sword has prevailed; and there are now but

two, instead of three, to redress their father’s wrongs!” The melancholy

incident, after the first burst of feeling, seemed only to have

concentrated and increased that passion by which she had been engrossed

for so many years. She appeared to feel that the death of her eldest son

only formed an addition to that debt which it was the sole object of her

existence to see discharged. “Roger,” she said, “will have the death of

his brother, as well as that of his father, to avenge. Animated by such

a double object, his arm can hardly fail to be successful.”

Roger returned about two years after, a still handsomer, more athletic,

and more accomplished youth than his brother. Instead of being daunted

by the fate of Stephen, he burned but the more eagerly to wipe out the

injuries of his house with the blood of Moubray. On his application for

a licence being presented to the court, it was objected by the crown

lawyers that the case had been already closed by _mal fortune_ of the

former challenger. But, while this was the subject of their

deliberation, the applicant caused so much annoyance and fear in the

court circle by the threats which he gave out against the enemy of his

house, that the king, whose inability to procure respect either for

himself or for the law is well-known, thought it best to decide in

favour of his claim. Roger Bruntfield, therefore, was permitted to fight

in barras with Moubray; but the same fortune attended him as that which

had already deprived the widow of her first child. Slipping his foot in

the midst of the combat, he reeled to the ground embarrassed by his

cumbrous armour. Moubray, according to the barbarous practice of the

age, immediately sprang upon and despatched him. “Heaven’s will be

done!” said the widow, when she heard of the fatal incident; “but

_gratias Deo!_ there still remains another chance.”

Henry Bruntfield, the third and last surviving son, had all along been

the favourite of his mother. Though apparently cast in a softer mould

than his two elder brothers, and bearing all the marks of a gentler and

more amiable disposition, he in reality cherished the hope of avenging

his father’s death more deeply in the recesses of his heart, and longed

more ardently to accomplish that deed than any of his brothers. His

mind, naturally susceptible of the softest and tenderest impressions,

had contracted the enthusiasm of his mother’s wish in its strongest

shape; as the fairest garments are capable of the deepest stain. The

intelligence, which reached him in France, of the death of his brothers,

instead of bringing to his heart the alarm and horror which might have

been expected, only braced him to the adventure which he now knew to be

before him. From this period he forsook the elegant learning which he

had heretofore delighted to cultivate. His evenings were spent in poring

over the memoirs of distinguished knights; his days were consumed in the

tilt-yard of the sword-player. In due time he entered the French army,

in order to add to mere science that practical hardihood, the want of

which he conceived to be the cause of the death of his brothers. Though

the sun of chivalry was now declining far in the occident, it was not

yet altogether set. Montmorency was but just dead; Bayard was still

alive,—Bayard, the knight of all others who has merited the motto, “Sans

peur et sans reproche.” Of the lives and actions of such men, Henry

Bruntfield was a devout admirer and imitator. No young knight kept a

firmer seat upon his horse,—none complained less of the severities of

campaigning,—none cherished lady’s love with a fonder, purer, or more

devout sensation. On first being introduced at the court of Henry III.,

he had signalised, as a matter of course, Catherine Moubray, the

disinherited niece of his father’s murderer, who had been educated in a

French convent by her other relatives, and was now provided for in the

household of the queen. The connection of this young lady with the tale

of his own family, and the circumstance of her being a sufferer in

common with himself by the wickedness of one individual, would have been

enough to create a deep interest respecting her in his breast. But when,

in addition to these circumstances, we consider that she was beautiful,

was highly accomplished, and in many other respects qualified to engage

his affections, we can scarcely be surprised that such was the result of

their acquaintance. Upon one point alone did these two interesting

persons ever think differently. Catherine, though inspired by her

friends from infancy with an entire hatred of her cruel relative,

contemplated with fear and aversion the prospect of her lover being

placed against him in deadly combat, and did all in her power to

dissuade him from his purpose. Love, however, was of little avail

against the still more deeply-rooted passion which had previously

occupied his breast. Flowers thrown upon a river might have been as

effectual in staying its course towards the cataract, as the gentle

entreaties of Catherine Moubray in withholding Henry Bruntfield from the

enterprise for which his mother had reared him—for which his brothers

had died—for which he had all along moved and breathed.

At length, accomplished with all the skill which could then be acquired

in arms, glowing with all the earnest feelings of youth, Henry returned

to Scotland. On reaching his mother’s dwelling, she clasped him, in a

transport of varied feeling, to her breast, and for a long time could

only gaze upon his elegant person. “My last and dearest,” she at length

said, “and thou too art to be adventured upon this perilous course! Much

have I bethought me of the purpose which now remains to be accomplished.

I have not been without a sense of dread lest I be only doing that which

is to sink my soul in flames at the day of reckoning; but yet there has

been that which comforts me also. Only yesternight I dreamed that your

father appeared before me. In his hand he held a bow and three goodly

shafts; at a distance appeared the fierce and sanguinary Moubray. He

desired me to shoot the arrows at that arch traitor, and I gladly

obeyed. A first and a second he caught in his hand, broke, and trampled

on with contempt. But the third shaft, which was the fairest and

goodliest of all, pierced his guilty bosom, and he immediately expired.

The revered shade at this gave me an encouraging smile, and withdrew. My

Henry, thou art that _third arrow_, which is at length to avail against

the shedder of our blood. The dream seems a revelation, given especially

that I may have comfort in this enterprise, otherwise so revolting to a

mother’s feelings.”

Young Bruntfield saw that his mother’s wishes had only imposed upon her

reason, but he made no attempt to break the charm by which she was

actuated, being glad, upon any terms, to obtain her sanction for that

adventure to which he was himself impelled by feelings considerably

different. He therefore began, in the most deliberate manner, to take

measures for bringing on the combat with Moubray. The same legal

objections which had stood against the second duel were maintained

against the third; but public feeling was too favourable to the object

to be easily withstood. The laird of Barnbougle, though somewhat past

the bloom of life, was still a powerful and active man, and instead of

expressing any fear to meet this third and more redoubted warrior,

rather longed for a combat which promised, if successful, to make him

one of the most renowned swordsmen of his time. He had also heard of the

attachment which subsisted between Bruntfield and his niece; and in the

contemplation of an alliance which might give some force to the claims

of that lady upon his estate, found a deeper and more selfish reason for

accepting the challenge of his youthful enemy. King James himself

protested against stretching the law of the _per duellum_ so far; but,

sensible that there would be no peace between either the parties or

their adherents till it should be decided in a fair combat, he was fain

to grant the required licence.

The fight was appointed to take place on Cramond Inch, a low grassy

island in the Frith of Forth, near the Castle of Barnbougle. All the

preparations were made in the most approved manner by the young Duke of

Lennox, who had been the friend of Bruntfield in France. On a level

spot, close to the northern beach of the islet, a space was marked off,

and strongly secured by a paling. The spectators, who were almost

exclusively gentlemen (the rabble not being permitted to approach), sat

upon a rising ground beside the enclosure, while the space towards the

sea was quite clear. At one end, surrounded by his friends, stood the

laird of Barnbougle, a huge and ungainly figure, whose features

displayed a mixture of ferocity and hypocrisy, in the highest degree

unpleasing. At the other, also attended by a host of family allies and

friends, stood the gallant Harry Bruntfield, who, if divested of his

armour, might have realised the idea of a winged Mercury. A seat was

erected close beside the barras for the Duke of Lennox and other

courtiers, who were to act as judges; and at a little distance upon the

sea lay a small decked vessel, with a single female figure on board.

After all the proper ceremonies which attended this strange legal custom

had been gone through, the combatants advanced into the centre, and

planting foot to foot, each with his heavy sword in his hand, waited the

command which should let them loose against each other, in a combat

which both knew would only be closed with the death of one or other. The

word being given, the fight commenced. Moubray almost at the first pass

gave his adversary a cut in the right limb, from which the blood was

seen to flow profusely. But Bruntfield was enabled by this mishap to

perceive the trick upon which his adversary chiefly depended, and, by

taking care to avoid it, put Moubray nearly _hors de combat_. The fight

then proceeded for a few minutes, without either gaining the least

advantage over the other. Moubray was able to defend himself pretty

successfully from the cuts and thrusts of his antagonist, but he could

make no impression in return. The question then became one of time. It

was evident that, if no lucky stroke should take effect beforehand, he

who first became fatigued with the exertion would be the victim. Moubray

felt his disadvantage as the elder and bulkier man, and began to fight

desperately and with less caution. One tremendous blow, for which he

seemed to have gathered his last strength, took effect upon Bruntfield,

and brought him upon his knee, in a half-stupified state, but the elder

combatant had no strength to follow up the effort. He reeled towards his

youthful and sinking enemy, and stood for a few moments over him, vainly

endeavouring to raise his weapon for another and final blow. Ere he

could accomplish his wish, Bruntfield recovered sufficient strength to

draw his dagger, and thrust it up to the hilt beneath the breastplate of

his exhausted foe. The murderer of his race instantly lay dead beside

him, and a shout of joy from the spectators hailed him as the victor. At

the same instant a scream of more than earthly note arose from the

vessel anchored near the island; a lady descended from its side into a

boat, and, rowing to the land, rushed up to the bloody scene, where she

fell upon the neck of the conqueror, and pressed him with the most

frantic eagerness to her bosom. The widow of Stephen Bruntfield at

length found the yearnings of twenty years fulfilled,—she saw the

murderer of her husband, the slayer of her two sons, dead on the sward

before her, while there still survived to her as noble a child as ever

blessed a mother’s arms. But the revulsion of feeling produced by the

event was too much for her strength; or, rather, Providence, in its

righteous judgement, had resolved that so unholy a feeling as that of

revenge should not be too signally gratified. She expired in the arms of

her son, murmuring _Nunc dimittis, Domine_, with her latest breath.

The remainder of the tale of Bruntfield may be easily told. After a

decent interval, the young laird of Craighouse married Catherine

Moubray; and as the king saw it right to restore that young lady to a

property originally forfeited for service to his mother, the happiness

of the parties might be considered as complete. A long life of

prosperity and peace was granted to them by the kindness of Heaven; and

at their death they had the satisfaction of enjoying that greatest of

all earthly blessings, the love and respect of a numerous and virtuous

family.—_Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal_, 1832.[1]

Footnote 1:

The tale of Bruntfield is founded upon facts alluded to in “Birrel’s

Diary,” “Anderson’s History of Scotland” (MS., Advocates’ Library),

&c.

SUNSET AND SUNRISE.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

“This is the evening on which, a few days ago, we agreed to walk to the

bower at the waterfall, and look at the perfection of a Scottish sunset.

Everything on earth and heaven seems at this hour as beautiful as our

souls could desire. Come then, my sweet Anna, come along, for by the

time we have reached the bower, with your gentle steps, the great bright

orb will be nearly resting its rim on what you call the Ruby Mountain.

Come along, and we can return before the dew has softened a single

ringlet on your fair forehead.” With these words, the happy husband

locked kindly within his own the arm of his young English wife; and even

in the solitude of his unfrequented groves, where no eye but his own now

beheld her, looked with pride on the gracefulness and beauty that seemed

so congenial with the singleness and simplicity of her soul.

They reached the bower just as the western heaven was in all its glory.

To them, while they stood together gazing on that glow of fire that

burns without consuming, and in whose mighty furnace the clouds and the

mountaintops are but as embers, there seemed to exist no sky but that

region of it in which their spirits were entranced. Their eyes saw

it—their souls felt it; but what their eyes saw or their souls felt they

knew not in the mystery of that magnificence. The vast black bars, the

piled-up masses of burnished gold, the beds of softest saffron and

richest purple, lying surrounded with continually fluctuating dyes of

crimson, till the very sun himself was for moments unheeded in the

gorgeousness his light had created; the show of storm, but the feeling

of calm, over all that tumultuous, yet settled world of cloud, that had

come floating silently and majestically together, and yet in one little

hour was to be no more;—what might not beings endowed with a sense of

beauty, and greatness, and love, and fear, and terror, and eternity,

feel when drawing their breath together, and turning their steadfast

eyes on each other’s faces, in such a scene as this?

But from these high and bewildering imaginations, their souls returned

insensibly to the real world in which their life lay; and, still feeling

the presence of that splendid sunset, although now they looked not

towards it, they let their eyes glide, in mere human happiness, over the

surface of the inhabited earth. The green fields, that in all varieties

of form lay stretching out before them, the hedgerows of hawthorn and

sweetbrier, the humble coppices, the stately groves, and, in the

distance, the dark pine-forest loading the mountain side, were all their

own—and so, too, were a hundred cottages, on height or hollow,

shelterless or buried in shelter, and all alike dear to their humble

inmates, on account of their cheerfulness or their repose. God had given

to them this bright and beautiful portion of the earth, and he had given

them along with it hearts and souls to feel and understand in what lay

the worth of the gift, and to enjoy it with a deep and thoughtful

gratitude.

“All hearts bless you, Anna; and do you know that the Shepherd Poet,

whom we once visited in his shieling, has composed a Gaelic song on our

marriage, and it is now sung by many a pretty Highland girl, both in

cottage and on hill-side? They wondered, it is said, why I should have

brought them an English lady; but that was before they saw your face, or

heard how sweet may be an English voice even to a Highland ear. They

love you, Anna—they would die for you, Anna; for they have seen you with

your sweet body in silk and satin, with a jewel on your forehead and

pearls in your hair, moving to music in your husband’s hereditary hall;

and they have seen you, too, in russet garb and ringlets unadorned, in

their own smoky cottages, blithe and free as some native shepherdess of

the hills. To the joyful and the sorrowful art thou alike dear; and all

my tenantry are rejoiced when you appear, whether on your palfrey on the

heather, or walking through the hay or harvest-field, or sitting by the

bed of sickness, or welcoming, with a gentle stateliness, the old

withered mountaineer to his chieftain’s gate.”

The tears fell from the lady’s eyes at these kind, loving, and joyful

words; and, with a sob, she leaned her cheek on her husband’s bosom.

“Oh! why—why should I be sad in the midst of the undeserved goodness of

God? Since the furthest back time I recollect in the darkness of

infancy, I have been perfectly happy. I have never lost any dear friend,

as so many others have done. My father and mother live, and love me

well; blessings be upon them now, and for ever! You love me, and that so

tenderly, that at times my heart is like to break. But, my

husband—forgive me—pity me—but upbraid me not, when I tell you that my

soul of late has often fainted within me, as now it does—for oh!

husband! husband! the fear of death is upon me; and as the sun sank

behind the mountain, I thought that moment of a large burial-place, and

the vault in which I am to be interred.”

These words gave a shock to her husband’s heart, and for a few moments

he knew not how to cheer and comfort her. Almost before he could speak,

and while he was silently kissing her forehead, his young wife, somewhat

more composedly, said, “I strive against it—I close my eyes to

contain—to crush the tears that I feel gushing up from my stricken

heart; but they force their way through, and my face is often ruefully

drenched in solitude. Well may I weep to leave this world—thee—my

parents—the rooms in which, for a year of perfect bliss, I have walked,

sat, or slept in thy bosom—all these beautiful woods, and plains, and

hills, which I have begun to feel every day more and more as belonging

unto me, because I am thy wife. But, husband! beyond, far, far beyond

them all, except him of whose blood it is, do I weep to leave our baby

that is now unborn. May it live to comfort you—to gladden your eyes when

I am gone—yea, to bring tears sometimes into them, when its face or form

may chance to remember you of the mother who bore it, and died that it

might see the day.”

The lady rose up with these words from her husband’s bosom; and as a

sweet balmy whispering breath of wind came from the broom on the river’s

bank, and fanned her cheeks, she seemed to revive from that desponding

dream; and, with a faint smile, looked all round the sylvan bower. The

cheerful hum of the bees, that seemed to be hastening their work among

the honey-flowers before the fall of dark—the noise of the river, that

had been unheard while the sun was setting—the lowing of the kine going

leisurely homewards before their infant drivers—and the loud lofty song

of the blackbird in his grove—these, and a thousand other mingling

influences of nature, touched her heart with joy, and her eyes became

altogether free from tears. Her husband, who had been deeply affected by

words so new to him from her lips, seized these moments of returning

peace to divert her thoughts entirely from such causeless terrors. “To

this bower I brought you to show you what a Scottish landscape was, the

day after our marriage; and from that hour to this, every look, smile,

word, and deed of thine, has been after my own heart, except these

foolish tears. But the dew will soon be on the grass—so come, my

beloved—nay, I will not stir unless you smile. There, Anna! you are your

beautiful self again!” And they returned, cheerful and laughing, to the

Hall; the lady’s face being again as bright as if a tear had never

dimmed its beauty. The glory of the sunset was almost forgotten in the

sweet, fair, pensive silence of the twilight; now fast glimmering on to

one of those clear summer nights which divide, for a few hours, one day

from another with their transitory pomp of stars.

Before midnight, all who slept awoke. It was hoped that an heir was

about to be born to that ancient house; and there is something in the

dim and solemn reverence which invests an unbroken line of ancestry,

that blends easily with those deeper and more awful feelings with which

the birth of a human creature, in all circumstances, is naturally

regarded. Tenderly beloved by all as this young and beautiful lady was,

who, coming a stranger among them, and as they felt from another land,

had inspired them insensibly with a sort of pity, mingling with their

pride in her loveliness and virtue, it may well be thought that now the

house was agitated, and that its agitation was soon spread from cottage

to cottage, to a great distance round. Many a prayer, therefore, was

said for her; and God was beseeched soon to make her, in His mercy, a

joyful mother. No fears, it was said, were entertained for the lady’s

life; but after some hours of intolerable anguish of suspense, her

husband, telling an old servant whither he had gone, walked out into the

open air, and in a few minutes, sat down on a tombstone, without knowing

that he had entered the little churchyard, which, with the parish

church, was within a few fields and groves of the house. He looked

around him; and nothing but graves—graves—graves. “This stone was

erected by her husband in memory of Agnes Ilford, an Englishwoman, who

died in childbed, aged nineteen.” The inscription was, every letter of

it, distinctly legible in the moonlight; and he held his eyes fixed upon

it, reading it over and over with a shudder; and then rising up and

hurrying out of the churchyard, he looked back from the gate, and

thought he saw a female figure all in white, with an infant in her arms,

gliding noiselessly over the graves and tombstones. But he looked more

steadfastly—and it was nothing. He knew it was nothing; but he was

terrified, and turned his face away from the churchyard. The old servant

advanced towards him, and he feared to look him in the face, lest he

should know that his wife was a corpse.

“Life or death?” at length he found power to utter. “My honoured lady

lives, but her son breathed only a few gasps—no heir, no heir! I was

sent to tell you to come quickly to my lady’s chamber.”

In a moment the old man was alone, for, recovering from the torpidity of

fear, his master had flown off like an arrow, and now with soft

footsteps was stealing along the corridor towards the door of his wife’s

apartment. But as he stood within a few steps of it, composing his

countenance, and strengthening his heart to behold his beloved Anna

lying exhausted, and too probably ill, ill indeed,—his own mother, like

a shadow, came out of the room, and not knowing that she was seen,

clasped her hands together upon her breast, and lifting up her eyes with

an expression of despair, exclaimed, as in a petition to God, “Oh! my

poor son!—my poor son! what will become of him!” She looked forward, and

there was her son before her, with a face like ashes, tottering and

speechless. She embraced and supported him—the old and feeble supported

the young and the strong. “I am blind, and must feel my way; but help me

to the bedside, that I may sit down and kiss my dead wife. I ought to

have been there, surely, when she died.”

The lady was dying, but not dead. It was thought that she was

insensible, but when her husband said—“Anna, Anna!” she fixed her

hitherto unnoticing eyes upon his face, and moved her lips as if

speaking, but no words were heard. He stooped down and kissed her

forehead, and then there was a smile over all her face, and one word,

“Farewell!” At that faint and loving voice he touched her lips with his,

and he must then have felt her parting breath; for when he again looked

on her face, the smile upon it was more deep, placid, steadfast, than

any living smile, and a mortal silence was on her bosom that was to move

no more.

They sat together, he and his mother, looking on the young, fair, and

beautiful dead. Sometimes he was distracted, and paced the room raving,

and with a black and gloomy aspect. Then he sat down perfectly composed,

and looked alternately on the countenance of his young wife, bright,

blooming, and smiling in death; and on that of his old mother, pale,

withered, and solemn in life. As yet he had no distinct thoughts of

himself. Overwhelming pity for one so young, so good, so beautiful, and

so happy, taken suddenly away, possessed his disconsolate soul; and he

would have wept with joy to see her restored to life, even although he

were to live with her no more, though she were utterly to forget him;

for what would that be to him, so that she were but alive! He felt that

he could have borne to be separated from her by seas, or by a dungeon’s

walls; for in the strength of his love he would have been happy, knowing

that she was a living being beneath heaven’s sunshine. But in a few days

is she to be buried!—And then was he forced to think upon himself, and

his utter desolation, changed in a few hours from a too perfect

happiness into a wretch whose existence was an anguish and a curse.

At last he could not sustain the sweet, sad, beautiful sight of that

which was now lying stretched upon his marriage-bed; and he found

himself passing along the silent passages, with faint and distant

lamentations meeting his ear, but scarcely recognised by his mind, until

he felt the fresh air, and saw the gray dawn of morning. Slowly and

unconsciously he passed on into the woods, and walked on and on, without

aim or object, through the solitude of awakening nature. He heard or

heeded not the wide-ringing songs of all the happy birds; he saw not the

wild-flowers beneath his feet, nor the dew diamonds that glittered on

every leaf of the motionless trees. The ruins of a lonely hut on the

hill-side were close to him, and he sat down in stupifaction, as if he

had been an exile in some foreign country. He lifted up his eyes, and

the sun was rising, so that all the eastern heaven was tinged with the

beautifulness of joy. The turrets of his own ancestral mansion were

visible among the dark umbrage of its ancient grove: fair were the lawns

and fields that stretched away from it towards the orient light, and one

bright bend of the river kindled up the dim scenery through which it

rolled. His own family estate was before his eyes, and as the thought

rose within his heart, “All that I see is mine,” yet felt he that the

poorest beggar was richer far than he, and that in one night he had lost

all that was worth possessing. He saw the church tower, and thought upon

the place of graves. “There will she be buried—there will she be

buried,” he repeated with a low voice, while a groan of mortal misery

startled the little mosswren from a crevice in the ruin. He rose up, and

the thought of suicide entered into his sick heart. He gazed on the

river, and, murmuring aloud in his hopeless wretchedness, said, “Why

should I not sink into a pool and be drowned? But oh! Anna, thou who

wert so meek and pure on earth, and who art now bright and glorious in

heaven, what would thy sainted and angelic spirit feel if I were to

appear thus lost and wicked at the judgment-seat?”

A low voice reached his ear, and, looking round, he beheld his old,

faithful, white-headed servant on his knees—him who had been his

father’s foster-brother, and who, in the privilege of age and fidelity

and love to all belonging to that house, had followed him unregarded—had

watched him as he wrung his hands, and had been praying for him to God

while he continued sitting in that dismal trance upon that mouldering

mass of ruins. “Oh! my young master, pardon me for being here. I wished

not to overhear your words; but to me you have ever been kind, even as a

son to his father. Come, then, with the old man back into the hall, and

forsake not your mother, who is sore afraid.”

They returned, without speaking, down the glens and through the old

woods, and the door was shut upon them. Days and nights passed on, and

then a bell tolled; and the churchyard, that had sounded to many feet,

was again silent. The woods around the hall were loaded with their

summer glories; the river flowed on in its brightness; the smoke rose up

to heaven from the quiet cottages; and nature continued the same—bright,

fragrant, beautiful, and happy. But the hall stood uninhabited; the rich

furniture now felt the dust; and there were none to gaze on the pictures

that graced the walls. He who had been thus bereaved went across seas to

distant countries, from which his tenantry, for three springs, expected

his return; but their expectations were never realised, for he died

abroad. His remains were brought home to Scotland, according to a

request in his will, to be laid by those of his wife; and now they rest

together, beside the same simple monument.

MISS PEGGY BRODIE.

BY ANDREW PICKEN.

“If I were a man, instead of being a woman, as unfortunately I happen to

be,” said Miss Peggy Brodie to me, “I would call a meeting in public, on

the part of the ladies, to petition the king for another war; for

really, since the peace there is no such thing as any decent woman

getting a husband, nor is there so much as the least stir or stramash

now-a-days, even to put one in mind of such a thing. And the king, God

bless him! is a man of sense, and understands what’s what perfectly,”

continued Miss Peggy; “and I have not the least doubt that if he were

only put in possession of the real state of the sex since the peace, he

would give us a war at once, for it is cruel to keep so many women in

this hopeless state.”

“Indeed, mem,” said I, looking as wise as I was able, “you may depend

upon it, you are under a mistake.”

“Don’t tell me, sir,” replied Miss Brodie; “you men think you know

everything. As if I did not understand politics sufficient to know that

the king grants all reasonable petitions. I tell you, Mr

What’s-your-name, that the whole sex in Glasgow, from Crossmyloof to the

Rotten Row, and from Anderston to Camlachie, are in a state of the

utmost distress since ever the peace;—and marriages may be made in

heaven, or somewhere else that I do not know of, but there is none made

hereaway, to my certain knowledge, since ever the sharpshooters laid

down their arms, the strapping fallows!”

“I’m sure, mem,” said I, “for a peaceable man, I have been sadly deaved

about these sharpshooters.”

“It’s no for you to speak against the sharpshooters, Mr Thingumy!” said

Miss Brodie, getting into a pet; “you that never bit a cartridge in your

life, I know by your look! and kens nae mair about platoon exercise, and

poother wallets, and ramrods, than my mother does! But fair fa’ the time

when we had a thriving war, an’ drums rattlin’ at every corner, an’

fifer lads whistlin’ up and down the streets on a market-day; an’ spruce

sergeants parading the Saltmarket, pipe-clayed most beautiful! Then

there was our ain sharpshooters, braw fallows, looking so noble in their

green dresses, and lang feathers bobbing in their heads. Besides, there

was the cavalry, and the Merchants’ corps, and the Trades’ and the

Grocers’ corps. Why, every young man of the least pluck was a soldier in

these heartsome days, and had such speerit and such pith, and thought no

more of taking a wife then, than he would of killing a Frenchman before

his breakfast, if he could hae seen one.”

“But, Miss Brodie,” said I, “they were all so busy taking wives that

they seem to have quite forgot to take you, in these happy times.”

“Ye needna be so very particular in your remarks, Mr Thingumy; for it

was entirely my own fault, an’ I might hae gotten a husband any morning,

just for going to the Green of Glasgow, where the lads were taking their

morning’s drill; for it was there a’ my acquaintances got men, to my

certain knowledge; and now it’s naething but “Mistress” this, an’

“Mistress” that, wi’ a’ the clippy lassocks that were just bairns the

other day; and there they go, oxtering wi’ their men, to be sure, an’

laughin’ at me. Weel, it’s vera provokin’, sir, isn’t it?”

“’Deed, mem,” said I, “it’s rather a lamentable case. But why did you

not catch a green sharpshooter yourself, in those blessed days?”

“Hoot, Mr Balgownie, it was quite my ain faut, as I said. I was

perfectly ignorant of the most common principles of the art, and knew no

more of the way and manner o’ catching a husband, no more than if I had

never been born in Glasgow. In fac’, I was a perfect simpleton, an’

thought it the easiest matter in the warld; an’ ye see, sir, I had a wee

trifle o’ siller, besides my looks (which, ye ken, Mr Thingumbob, were

far from being disparageable); and so I was a perfect simple, and just

thocht I was like the lass in the sang—

Set her up on Tintock tap,

The wind’ll blaw a man till her.

But ne’er a man was blawn to me; an’ there’s a’ my giggling

acquaintances married, ane after the ither. There’s Bell Mushat, an’

Jeanie Doo, an’ Mary Drab, an’ Beanie Sma’, an’ Sally Daicle—naething

but “marriet,” “marriet;” and here’s puir me and the cat, leading a

single life until this blessed day. Hochhey! isn’t it very angersome,

sir?”

“It is really a case o’ great distress, when one thinks o’ your worth,

Miss Brodie,” said I, pathetically; “and if I did not happen to be

engaged myself, it’s impossible to say, but—”

“Ay, there it is!” exclaimed Miss Peggy, “there it is! Every decent,

sensible man like you, that sees what I am, are just married—married

themselves, and tied up. An’ so I may just sit here, and blaw my fingers

ower the fire wi’ the cat. Hoch-hey!”

“But surely, Miss Brodie,” said I, “you did not use due diligence in

time and season, or you would not now be left at this sorrowful pass?”

“I let the sharpshooter times slip out o’ my fingers, like a stupid

simpleton, as I say; but no woman could have been more diligent than I

hae been o’ late years, an’ a’ to no purpose. Haven’t I walked the

Trongate? Haven’t I walked the Green? Haven’t I gone to a’ the

tea-drinkings within five miles, where I could get a corner for mysel?

Haven’t I gone to the kirk three times every Sunday, forby fast days,

thanksgiving days, and evening preachings? Haven’t I attended a’ the

Bible meetings, and missionary meetings, forby auxiliary societies, and

branch associations? Wasn’t I a member of a’ the ladies’ committees, and

penny-a-week societies, frae Cranston Hill to the East Toll? Didn’t I

gang about collecting pennies, in cauld March weather, climbin’ stairs,

and knocking at doors like a beggar, until the folk were like to put me

out, an’ the vera weans on the stairs used to pin clouts to our tails,

an’ ca’ us penny-a-week auld maids? Eh! that was a sair business, sir,

an’ little thanks we got; an’ I got the chilblains in the feet wi’ the

cauld, that keepit me frae sleep for three weeks.”

“It’s really lamentable; but I should have thought that the saintly plan

was a good one.”

“So it would have been, sir, if I had had more money; but, ye see, fifty

pounds a year is thought nothing o’ now-a-days; an’ these kinds o’ people

are terrible greedy o’ siller. Na, na, sir, gie me the sharpshooters

yet.”

“Well now, Miss Brodie,” said I, “as we’re on the subject, let me hear

how it was you lost your precious opportunities in the volunteering

time.”

“Oh, sir, that was the time—volunteering! There never was such days as

the volunteering days. Drums here, and bands o’ music there; sodgering

up, and sodgering down; an’ then the young men looked so tall in their

regimentals, and it was such a pleasure just to get ane o’ them by the

arm, and to parade wi’ them before the Tontine, an’ then a’ your

acquaintances to meet you walking wi’ a braw sharpshooter, and talking

about you after in every house; and such shaking hands in the Trongate,

and such treating us wi’ cakes in Baxter’s,—for the volunteering lads

were sae free o’ their siller in thae days, puir chields! Oh, thae were

times!”

“There are no such times now, I fear, Miss Peggy.”

“Oh, no, sir. An’ then the lads thought nothing to take you to the play

at night, in thae days; and what a beautiful thing it was to sit in the

front o’ the boxes o’ the big theatre in Queen Street, wi’ a red-coated,

or a green-coated volunteer—it was so showy, and such an attraction, and

a talk. To be sure, sir, it’s no a’thegither right to go openly to

common playhouses; but a man must be got some place, an’ ye ken the

sharpshooters couldna gang to the kirk in their green dress, puir

fallows.”

“But you never told me, Miss Brodie, what art or mystery there is in

man-catching, and yet you speak as if some of your female friends had

practised, something past the common to that intent.”

“It’s not for me to speak to you about women’s affairs, Mr Balgownie;

but I can tell you one thing. Do you mind lang Miss M‘Whinnie, dochter

of auld Willie M‘Whinnie, that was elder in Mr Dumdrone’s kirk?”

“I think I recollect her face,” said I.

“Weel, sir, this was the way she used to do. Ye see, she was a great

walker (for she was a lang-leggit lass, although her father is a wee

gutty body), and if ye took a walk in the Green or the Trongate, ye’re

sure to meet lang-leggit Nelly M‘Whinnie, lamping wi’ a parasol like a

fishing-rod, simmer and winter, lookin’ ower her shoulder now and then

to see when she should _fa’_ aff her feet.”

“Fall, Miss Brodie?—What do you mean by falling?”

“Hoot, sir, ye ken naething. Wasn’t it by fa’in’ that Nelly M‘Whinnie

got a man? I’ll tell you how. She used to walk by hersel, an’ whenever

she came near a handsome sharpshooter, or gentleman chield that she

wished to pick acquaintance wi’, she just pretended to gie a bit

stumble, or to fall on one knee or so; and then, ye ken, the gentleman

couldna do less than rin to lift her up, and ask if she was hurt, and so

forth; an’ then she wad answer so sweet, and thank him so kindly, that

the man must sae something civil; and then she would say, ‘Oh, sir, you

are so obliging and so polite an’ just in this way she made the

pleasantest acquaintances, an’ got a man by it, or a’ was done.”

“Ha, ha, ha! That is perfectly ridiculous, and hardly credible,” said I.

“Na, ye needna laugh in the least,” continued Miss Brodie, “for I’m

telling you the truth; and didna the same lass break her arm wi’ her

fa’ing?”

“Break her arm, Miss Brodie! Are you serious?”

“It’s perfectly true, Mr Balgownie. Ye see, sir, she was walking on

speculation, in her usual manner, in the Green o’ Glasgow it was, as I

believe, and somewhere near the Humanity House, by the side of the

Clyde, when she observed three strappin’ fellows come blattering up

behind her. This was an opportunity not to be let pass, an’ the day

being frosty, an’ the road slightly slippery, afforded an excellent

pretence for a stumble at least. Weel, sir, just when the gentlemen had

got within three yards o’ her, Nellie gied a bit awkward sprauchle, and

shot out a leg; but whether Nellie had mista’en her distance, or whether

the men were up to her fa’in’ system, an’ wadna bite, never clearly

appeared; but they werena forward in time to catch the lassie in their

arms as she expected; an’ after a sprauchle an’ a stumble, down she came

in good earnest, an’ broke her arm.”

“Ha, ha, ha! I would rather hear that story than any one of Mr

Dumdrone’s best discourses,” said I. “But are you sure it’s true?”

“Did I no see Miss M‘Whinnie, the time she was laid up, wi’ the broken

arm in a sling? But you see, sir, the gentlemen did gather round her

when they saw she was fairly whomel’t, an’ gathered her up, nae doubt;

an’ as soon as she got better o’ the broken arm, she took to fa’in’

again. But I believe she never gaed farther than a stoyter or a stumble

after that, till ance she got a man.”

“And so, Miss Brodie, she did fall into a marriage?”

“Ou, ’deed did she, sir. A fallow caught her at last, as she fell; and

there was nae mair walking the Trongate wi’ the lang parasol, like a

bellman’s staff. But in the time o’ the sharpshooters and the cavalry,

and the Merchants’ corps, and a’ the corps, I mind as weel as yesterday,

how a great illness took place among the young women, and neither pills

nor boluses were found to be of the least service, an’ the doctors were

perfectly puzzled and perplexed, and knew not what to recommend in this

general distress. But the young women, ane and a’, prescribed for

themselves, from an inward understanding o’ their complaints, and

nothing, they said, would cure the prevailing sickness but a walk in the

morning in the Green o’ Glasgow. Now, sir, it happened so providential,

the whole time that this influenza lasted, that the Sharpshooter corps,

and the Cavalry corps, and the Trades’ corps, and the Merchants’ corps,

and the Grocers’ corps, and a’ the corps were exercising in the Green o’

Glasgow, where a’ the young ladies were walking for their health. It was

so beautiful and good for the ladies, when they were sick, to see thae

sharpshooters, how they marched, wheeled, an’ whooped, an’ whooped, an’

ran this way, and that way, an’ whiles they fired on their knees, an’

then they would clap down on their backs, and fire at us, puir chields.

And then, ye see, just when we had gotten an appetite for our breakfasts

by our walk, the corps would be dismissed, and then the volunteer lads

couldna but spread themselves among the ladies that were outside, just

to spier after their complaints; an’ then naething but link arm wi’ the

sharpshooters an’ the other corps, dizzens in a row, an’ be escorted

hame to breakfast. Many a lass that was quite poorly and badly was

relieved by these morning walks, and are now married women. Ah, thae

were pleasant days, Mr Balgownie!”

“But, dear me, Miss Brodie,” I said, “how did it happen that you were

allowed to remain single all this time? Had you no wooers at all?”

“What do you mean, sir, by asking me such a question? Nae wooers! I tell

you I had dizzens o’ lads running after me night and day, in thae

pleasant times.”

“Well, but I don’t mean in the common way. I mean, had you any real

sweetheart—any absolute offer?”

“Offer, sir! Indeed I had more than one. Wasna there Peter Shanks, the

hosier, that perfectly plagued me, the dirty body? But ye see, sir, I

couldna bear the creature, though he had twa houses in Camlachie; for,

to tell you my weakness, sir, my heart was set upon—”

“Upon whom, Miss Brodie? Ah, tell me!”

“Upon a sharpshooter.”

“Bless my heart! But if you would just let me hear the tale.”

“Ah, sir, it’s a pitiful story,” said Miss Peggy, becoming lachrymose.

“I delight in pitiful stories,” said I, taking out my handkerchief.

“Weel, sir,—‘love and grief are sair to bide,’ as the sang says, and my

heart wasna made o’ the adamant rock; so ye see, sir, there was a lad

they ca’d Pate Peters, an’ he was in the sharpshooters; and he sat just

quite near me in Mr Dumdrone’s kirk, for ye see, sir, it was there we

fell in. Oh, sir, Pate was a beautiful youth: teeth like the ivory, an’

eyes as black as the slae, and cheeks as red as the rose.”

“Ah, Miss Brodie, Miss Brodie!”

“An’ when he was dressed in his sharpshooter’s dress,—ah, sir, but my

heart was aye too, too susceptible. I will not trouble you, sir, wi’ the

history o’ our love, which would have come to the most happy

termination, but for a forward cutty of a companion o’ mine, of the name

of Jess Barbour. But there can be nae doubt but Pate Peters was a true

lover o’ me; for he used to come hame wi’ me frae Mr Dumdrone’s

preaching whenever Jess wasna there, and I’m sure his heart burned wi’ a

reciprocal flame. But ae night, sir,—I’ll ne’er forget that night!—I was

coming hame frae a tea-drinking at Mr Warps’, the manufacturer on the

other side o’ Clyde, when just as I got to the end o’ the wooden brig

next the Green, wha does I meet but Pate Peters!

“Weel, sir, it was a moonlight night,—just such as lovers walk about in,

an’ Pate and me linked arm-in-arm, walked and walked, round the Green o’

Glasgow. We stopped by the side o’ Clyde, an’ lookit up at the moon.

“‘Miss Peggy,’ says he, ‘do ye see that moon?’

“‘Yes,’ says I.

“‘That changeable moon,’ says he, ‘is the emblem o’ falseness in love.’

“‘Yes, Mr Peters,’ said I, an’ my heart was ready to melt.

“‘But I will never be false in love!’ says he.

“‘I hope you will be true until death,’ says I.

“‘To be sure I will, Miss Brodie,’ says he; these were his very words.”

“Ah, Miss Peggy,” I said, as I saw she was unable to get on, “that is

quite affecting.”

“But he talked so sensibly, sir,” continued Miss Brodie; “he spoke even

of marriage as plain as a man could speak. ‘Miss Peggy,’ said he, ‘do

you remember what Mr Dumdrone, the minister, said last Sabbath? He said

marriage was made in heaven; and he said that Solomon, the wisest of

men, expressly said, in the Proverbs, he that getteth a good wife

getteth a good thing’—Was not that plain speaking, Mr Balgownie?”

“Nothing could be plainer, Miss Peggy; but I’m interested in your

story.”

“Weel, sir, he came home to the door wi’ me, and—it’s not for me to tell

the endearments that passed between us!—So, sir, I went to sleep wi’ a

light heart, an’ was for several days considering and contriving about

our marriage, when—what do you think?—in three weeks, word was brought

to me that the false and cruel man was married to Jess Barbour!”

“Bless me, Miss Brodie, what a woful story! It’s just like a romance?”

“So it is, Mr Balgownie,” said Miss Peggy, all blubbered with weeping.

“It’s perfect romantic. Ye see, sir, what trials I had in love! But

you’re not going away in that manner, sir?”

“Oh, yes, Miss Brodie,” said I, taking my hat; “I’m not able to stand it

any longer.”

“You’re a feeling man,” said she, shaking me by the hand; “you’re a man

o’ sweet feeling, Mr Balgownie.”

“You’re an ill-used woman, Miss Brodie!—Adieu, Miss Brodie!”—_The

Dominie’s Legacy._

THE DEATH OF A PREJUDICE.

BY THOMAS AIRD.

At a late hour one Saturday evening, as, I was proceeding homewards

along one of the crowded streets of our metropolis, I felt myself

distinctly tapped on the shoulder, and, on looking round, a bareheaded

man, dressed in a nightgown, thus abruptly questioned me—

“Did you ever, sir, thank God for preserving your reason?”

On my answering in the negative—

“Then do it now,” said he, “for I have lost mine.”

Notwithstanding the grotesque accompaniments of the man’s dress, and his

undignified face, disfigured by a large red nose, the above appeal to me

was striking and sublimely pathetic; and when he bowed to me with an

unsteady fervour and withdrew immediately, I could not resist following

him, which I was the more inclined to do, as he seemed to be labouring

under some frenzy, and might need to be looked after.

There was another reason for my being particularly interested in him: I

had seen him before; and his appearance and interruption had once before

given me great disgust. It was thus:—On my return to Scotland, after an

absence of five years, which I had passed in the West Indies, I found

the one beloved dead, for whom had been all my hopes and all my good

behaviour through those long years. When all the world, with the hard

severity of truth and prudence, frowned on the quick reckless spirit of

my youth, she alone had been my gentle prophetess, and sweetly told that

my better heart should one day, and that soon, give the lie to the cold

prudential foreboders. For her sweet sake, I tried to be as a good man

should be; and when I returned to my native land, it was all for her, to

bring her by that one dearest, closest tie, near to the heart which (I

speak not of my own vanity, but to her praise) she had won to manly

bearing. O God! O God! I found her in the dust,—in her early grave; no

more to love me, no more to give me her sweet approval. It was then my

melancholy pleasure to seek the place where last we parted by the burn

in the lonely glen. As I approached the place, to throw myself down on

the very same green spot on which she had sat when last we met, I found

it occupied by a stranger; I withdrew, but to return the following

evening. I found the sacred spot again preoccupied by the same stranger,

who, independent of his coarse red face, his flattened, ill-shaped, bald

head (for he sat looking into his hat), and the undignified precaution

of his coat-skirts carefully drawn aside, to let him sit on his

outspread handkerchief, disgusted me by the mere circumstance of his

unseasonable appearance in such a place, which had thus twice

interrupted the yearning of my heart, to rest me there one hour alone.

This second night also I hastily withdrew. I came a third night, and

found a continuance of the interruption. The same individual was on the

same spot, muttering to himself, and chucking pebbles into a dark pool

of the burn immediately before him. I retired, cursing him in my heart,

and came no more back to the place.

Now, in the frenzied man who accosted me, as above-mentioned, on the

street by night, I recognized at once the individual who had so

interrupted me some months before, in the lonely glen by the side of the

burn; and, in addition to the reason already given for my wish now to

follow him, there was the superadded anxiety to be kind to a man in such

distress, whom, perhaps in the very beginning of his sorrows, I had

heartily and unreasonably cursed. I was still following him, when a

woman, advanced in life, rushed past me, and, laying hold of him, cried

loudly for assistance. This was easily found in such a place; and the

poor man was, without delay, forcibly carried back to her house, where,

on my following, I learned that he was a lodger with the woman, that he

was sick of a brain fever, and that, during a brief interval in her

watching of him, he had made his escape down-stairs, and had got upon

the street. I was now deeply interested in the poor fellow, and

determined to see him again the following morning, which I did, and

found him much worse. On making inquiry at the woman of the house

respecting him, she told me that he had no relatives in this country,

though he was a Scotchman; that he was a half-pay officer in his

Majesty’s service; that he did not seem to want money; that he was a

noble-hearted, generous man. She added, moreover, that he had lodged in

her house two months; and that, previous to his illness, he had spoken

of a friend whom he expected every day to visit him from a distant part

of the country, to make arrangements for their going together to the

continent.

In two days more, poor Lieutenant Crabbe (such, I learned, was his name

and commission) died; and, by a curious dispensation of Providence, I

ordered the funeral, and laid in the grave the head of the man whom,

only a few months before, I had cursed as a disgusting, impertinent

fellow. The alien-mourners had withdrawn from the sodded grave, and I

had just paid the sexton for this last office to poor Crabbe, when the

woman in whose house he had died advanced with a young man, apparently

an officer, in whose countenance haste and unexpected affliction were

strongly working. “That’s the gentleman, sir,” said the woman, pointing

to myself.

“Very well, good woman,” said the stranger youth, whose tones bespoke

him an Englishman, and whose voice, as he spoke, seemed broken with deep

sorrow. “I will see you again, within an hour, at your house, and settle

all matters.” The woman, who had doubtless come to show him the

churchyard, hereupon retired; and the young Englishman, coming up to me,

grasped me kindly by the hand, whilst his eyes glistened with tears.

“So, sir,” said he, “you have kindly fulfilled my office here, which

would to God I had been in time to do myself for poor Crabbe! You did

not know him, I believe?”

“No,” I answered.

“But I did,” returned the youth; “and a braver, nobler heart never beat

in the frame of a man. He has been most unhappy, poor fellow, in his

relatives.”

“I am sorry to hear it,” I could only reply.

“If I could honour you in any way, sir,” rejoined the youth, “which your

heart cares for, beyond its own noble joy, in acting the manly and

humane part which you have acted towards my poor friend, I would delight

to honour you. You are at least entitled to some information about the

deceased, which I may give you in a way which will best show the praise

and the heart of poor Crabbe. I have some letters here in my pocket,

which I brought with me, alas! that he might explain something to me,

which they all, more or less contain, relative to a piece of special

business; from one of them I shall read an extract, relative to his

early history, and the miserable occasion on which he found his

long-lost father, whom, after long and patient efforts to trace his

parents, he was at length directed to seek in one of your villages in

the south of Scotland.”

The particular letter was selected, and the young Englishman, over the

grave of his friend, read as follows:—

“I could have wept tears of blood, on finding things as they are with

the unhappy old man who is indeed my father. I shall speak to you now as

I would commune with my own heart; but yet it must be in mild terms,

lest I be wickedly unfilial. Is not this awful? From the very little

which I knew of myself ere I came to this country, and from information

which I have gathered within these two weeks from the old clergyman of

this village, it appears that my mother had died a few days after giving

me birth, and that my uncle, who had never been satisfied with the

marriage, took me, when very young, from my father, whose unhappy

peculiarities led him readily to resign me; gave me my mother’s name,

and carried me with him to Holland, where he was a merchant. He was very

kind to me in my youth; and, when I was of proper age, bought me a

commission in the British army, in which I have served, as you know, for

nearly ten years, and which, you also know, I was obliged to leave, in

consequence of a wound in one of my ankles, which, subject to occasional

swelling, has rendered me quite unfit for travel. My uncle died about

three years ago, and left me heir to his effects, which were

considerable. Nothing in his papers led me to suppose that my father

might yet be living, but I learned the fact from a confidential friend

of his, who communicated it to me, not very wisely, perhaps, since he

could not tell me even my real name. Bitterly condemning my uncle’s

cruel policy, which had not allowed him to hold any intercourse whatever

with my father, and which had cut me off from the natural guardian of my

life, I hasted over to this country, with no certain hope of success in

finding out whose I was, beyond what my knowledge that I bore my

mother’s name led me to entertain. I had my own romance connected with

the pursuit. I said to myself, that I might have little sisters, who

should be glad to own me, unworthy though I was; I might bring comfort

to a good old man, whose infirmities of age were canonized by the

respect due to his sanctity; who, in short, had nothing of age but its

reverence; and who, like another patriarch, was to fall upon my neck,

and weep for joy like a little child. Every night I was on board,

hasting to this country, I saw my dream-sisters, so kind, so beautiful:

they washed my feet; they looked at the scars of my wounds; they were

proud of me for having been a soldier, and leaned on my arm as we went

to church, before all the people, who were lingering in the sunny

churchyard; and the good old man went before, looking oft back to see

that we were near behind, accommodating his step to show that he too was

one of the party, though he did his best to appear self-denied.

“After getting the clue, as mentioned in my last letter to you, I took a

seat in the mail, which I was told would pass at a little distance from

the village whither I was bound. Would to God I had set out the day

before, that so I might have prevented a horrid thing! The coach was

stopped for me at a little bridge, that I might get out; the village,

about a mile off, was pointed out to me; and I was advised to follow a

small foot-path, which led along by a rivulet, as being the nearest way

to the place in question. Twilight was now beginning to deepen among the

elms that skirted the path into which I had struck; and in this softest

hour of nature, I had no other thought than that I was drawing near a

home of peace. I know not whether the glen which I was traversing could

have roused such indescribable emotions within me, had I not guessed

that scenes were before me which my childhood must have often seen; but

every successive revelation of the pass up which I was going,—pool after

pool ringed by night insects, and shot athwart on the surface by those

unaccountable diverging lines, so fine, so rapid, which may be the sport

too of invisible insects,—stream after stream, with its enamelled manes

of cool green velvet, which anon twined themselves out of sight beneath

the rooted brakes,—one shy green nook in the bank after another,

overwaved by the long pensile boughs of trees, and fringed with many a

fairy mass of blent wild flowers;—all these made me start, as at the

melancholy recurrence of long-forgotten dreams. And when the blue heron

rose from the stream where he had been wading, and with slow flagging

wing crossed and re-crossed the water, and then went up the darkened

valley to seek his lone haunt by the mountain spring, I was sure I had

seen the very same scene, and the very same bird, some time in my life

before. My dear Stanley, you cannot guess why I dwell so long on these

circumstances! For it enters my very heart with anguish, to tell the

moral contrast to my hopes, and to these peaceful accompaniments of

outward nature. It must be told. Listen to what follows.

“I had not walked more than a quarter of a mile up the valley, when I

heard feeble cries for assistance, as of some one in the last extremity,

drowning in the stream. I made what haste I could, and, on getting round

a sloping headland of the bank, which shot forward to the edge of the

rounding water, I found myself close upon a company of fellows, habited

like Christmas mummers, apparently amusing themselves with the struggles

of a person in the water, who, even as he secured a footing, and got his

head above, was again pushed down by his cruel assailants. I was upon

them ere they were aware, and reached one fellow, who seemed

particularly active, an excellent thwack with my ratan, from which,

however, recovering, he took to his heels, followed by his associates.

My next business was to relieve the object of their cruelty; but this

was no easy task; for, being probably by this time quite exhausted, he

had yielded to the current; and, ere I could reach him, was rolled down

into a large black pool. He was on the point of sinking for ever, when I

caught hold of him—good God! an old man—by his gray hair, and hauled him

out upon the bank, where he lay to all appearance quite dead. Using such

means as were in my power to assist in restoring suspended animation, I

succeeded so well, that ere long the poor old man showed symptoms of

returning life. I looked round me in this emergency, but there was

neither house nor living person to be seen; so what could I do, but take

the old, bare headed man on my back, and carry him to the village, which

I knew was not far off. And there, God in heaven! who should I find him

to be, but my own father!

“To you, Stanley, I can say everything which I dare whisper to my own

heart; but this is a matter which even my own private bosom tries to

eschew. It seems—it seems that the unhappy old man is narrow-hearted—a

miser, as they term it here; and that for some low petty thefts he was

subjected by some fellows of the village to the above ducking. I know

well, Stanley, you will not despise me for all this, nor because I must

now wear my own name of Crabbe, which I am determined, in justice to

that unhappy old father, henceforth to do. On the contrary, you will

only advise me well how to win upon his harder nature, and bring him

round to more liberal habits. Listen to the following scheme of my own

for the same purpose, which struck me one evening as I sat ‘chewing the

cud of sweet and bitter fancy,’ beside the pool whence I rescued the

poor old man. For indeed—indeed, I must grapple with the realities of

the moral evil, however painful or disgusting. That being is my father;

and no one can tell how much his nature may have been warped and kept

perverse by the loss of the proper objects of natural affection. Is it

not my bounden duty, then, to be found to him, and by my constant

presence, to open his heart, which has been too much constringed by his

lonely situation? I shall hedge him round, in the first place, from

insults; I shall live with him, in his own house, all at my expense; and

our household economy shall be as liberal as my finances will permit. I

shall give much money in charity, and make him the dispenser of it; for

our best feelings are improved by outward practice. Whenever I may be

honoured by an invitation to a good man’s table, the slightest hint to

bring him with me shall be taken advantage of; and he _shall_ go, that

the civilities of honourable men may help his self-respect, and thereby

his virtue. Now, may God aid me in this moral experiment, to try it with

discretion, to make the poor old man doubly mine own!”

“From this extract,” said the young Englishman, carefully folding up his

deceased friend’s letter, “you will see something of the exalted nature

of poor Ramsay—Crabbe, I should say, according to his own decided wish.

I may here mention, that the death of the old man, which took place not

many weeks after the above brutalities were inflicted upon him, and

which, in all likelihood, was hastened by the unhappy infliction, never

allowed his son to put in practice those noble institutes of moral

discipline, which he had devised, to repair and beautify the degraded

fountain of his life. I doubt not that this miserable end of his old

parent, and the sense of his own utter loneliness, in respect of

kindred, preyed upon the generous soldier, and helped to bring on that

frenzy of fever, which so soon turned his large, his noble heart, into

dust and oblivion. Peace be with his ashes; and everlasting honour wait

upon his name!—To-morrow morning, sir,” continued the youth, “I set out

again for England, and I should like to bear your name along with me,

coupled with the memory which shall never leave me, of your

disinterested kindness towards my late friend. I talk little of thanks;

for I hold you well repaid, by the consciousness of having done the last

duties of humanity for a brave and good man.”

According to the Englishman’s request, I gave him my name, and received

his in return; and, shaking hands over the grave of poor Crabbe, we

parted.

“Good God!” said I to myself, as I left the churchyard, “it appears,

then, that at the very moment when this generous soldier was meditating

a wise and moral plan to win his debased parent to honour and

salvation—at that very moment I was allowing my heart to entertain a

groundless feeling of dislike to him.” My second more pleasing

reflection was, that this unmanly prejudice had easily given way. How

could it last, under the awful presence of Death, who is the great

apostle of human charity? Moreover, from the course of incidents above

mentioned, I have derived this important lesson for myself:—Never to

allow a hasty opinion, drawn from a man’s little peculiarities of manner

or appearance, particularly from the features of his face, or the shape

of his head, as explained by the low quackeries of Lavater and

Spurzheim, to decide unfavourably against a man, who, for aught I truly

know, may be worthy of unqualified esteem.

ANENT AULD GRANDFAITHER, AUNTIE BELL, MY AIN FAITHER, &c.

BY D. M. MOIR.

The sun rises bright in France,

And fair sets he;

But he has tint the blithe blink he had

In my ain countree.

_Allan Cunningham._

Auld Grandfaither died when I was a growing callant, some seven or aught

year auld; yet I mind him full weel; it being a curious thing how early

such matters take haud of ane’s memory. He was a straught, tall, auld

man, with a shining bell-pow, and reverend white locks hinging down

about his haffets; a Roman nose, and twa cheeks blooming through the

winter of his lang age like roses, when, puir body, he was sand-blind

with infirmity. In his latter days he was hardly able to crawl about

alane; but used to sit resting himself on the truff seat before our

door, leaning forit his head on his staff, and finding a kind of

pleasure in feeling the beams of God’s ain sun beaking on him. A

blackbird, that he had tamed, hung above his head in a whand cage of my

faither’s making; and he had taken a pride in learning it to whistle twa

or three turns of his ain favourite sang, “Ower the Water to Charlie.”

I recollect, as well as yesterday, that on the Sundays he wore a braid

bannet with a red worsted cherry on the tap o’t; and had a

single-breasted coat, square in the tails, of light Gilmerton blue, with

plaited white buttons, bigger than crown pieces. His waistcoat was low

in the neck, and had flap pouches, wherein he kept his mull for rappee,

and his tobacco box. To look at him, wi’ his rig-and-fur Shetland hose

pulled up ower his knees, and his big glancing buckles in his shoon,

sitting at our doorcheek, clean and tidy as he was kept, was just as if

one of the ancient patriarchs had been left on earth, to let succeeding

survivors witness a picture of hoary and venerable eld. Puir body, mony

a bit Gibraltar-rock and gingerbread did he give to me, as he would pat

me on the head, and prophesy that I would be a great man yet; and sing

me bits of auld sangs, about the bloody times of the Rebellion and

Prince Charlie. There was nothing that I liked so well as to hear him

set a-going with his auld warld stories and lilts; though my mother used

sometimes to say, “Wheesht, grandfaither, ye ken it’s no canny to let

out a word of thae things; let byganes be byganes, and forgotten.” He

never liked to gie trouble, so a rebuke of this kind would put a tether

to his tongue for a wee; but when we were left by ourselves, I used aye

to egg him on to tell me what he had come through in his far-away

travels beyond the broad seas; and of the famous battles he had seen and

shed his precious blood in; for his pinkie was hacked off by a dragoon

of Cornel Gardiner’s down by at Prestonpans, and he had catched a bullet

with his ankle over in the north at Culloden. So it was no wonder that

he liked to crack about these times, though they had brought him muckle

and no little mischief, having obliged him to skulk like another Cain

among the Highland hills and heather, for many a long month and day,

homeless and hungry. Not dauring to be seen in his own country, where

his head would have been chacked off like a sybo, he took leg-bail in a

ship, over the sea, among the Dutch folk; where he followed out his

lawful trade of a cooper, making girrs for the herring barrels, and so

on; and sending, when he could find time and opportunity, such savings

from his wages as he could afford, for the maintenance of his wife and

small family of three helpless weans, that he had been obliged to leave,

dowie and destitute, at their native home of pleasant Dalkeith.

At lang and last, when the breeze had blown ower, and the feverish pulse

of the country began to grow calm and cool, auld grandfaither took a

longing to see his native land; and, though not free of jeopardy from

king’s cutters on the sea, and from spies on shore, he risked his neck

over in a sloop from Rotterdam to Aberlady, that came across with a

valuable cargo of smuggled gin. When grandfaither had been obliged to

take the wings of flight for the preservation of his life and liberty,

my faither was a wean at grannie’s breast: so, by her fending,—for she

was a canny, industrious body, and kept a bit shop, in the which she

sold oatmeal and red herrings, needles and prins, potaties and tape, and

cabbage, and what not,—he had grown a strapping laddie of eleven or

twelve, helping his two sisters, one of whom perished of the measles in

the dear year, to gang errands, chap sand, carry water, and keep the

housie clean. I have heard him say, when auld granfaither came to their

door at the dead of night, tirling, like a thief o’ darkness, at the

window-brod to get in, that he was so altered in his voice and lingo,

that no living soul kenned him, not even the wife of his bosom; so he

had to put grannie in mind of things that had happened between them,

before she would allow my faither to lift the sneck, or draw the bar.

Many and many a year, for gude kens how long after, I’ve heard tell that

his speech was so Dutchified as to be scarcely kenspeckle to a Scotch

European; but Nature is powerful, and in the course of time he came in

the upshot to gather his words together like a Christian.

* * * * *

Of my auntie Bell, that, as I have just said, died of measles in the

dear year, at the age of fourteen, I have no story to tell but one, and

that a short one, though not without a sprinkling of interest.

Among her other ways of doing, grannie kept a cow, and sold the milk

round about to the neighbours in a pitcher, whiles carried by my

faither, and whiles by my aunties, at the ransom of a ha’penny the

mutchkin. Well, ye observe, that the cow ran yield, and it was as plain

as pease that the cow was with calf;—Geordie Drowth, the horse-doctor,

could have made solemn affidavy on that head. So they waited on, and

better waited on, for the prowie’s calving, keeping it upon draff and

aitstrae in the byre; till one morning every thing seemed in a fair way,

and my auntie Bell was set out to keep watch and ward.

Some of her companions, howsoever, chancing to come by, took her out to

the back of the house to have a game at the pallall; and, in the

interim, Donald Bogie, the tinkler from Yetholm, came and left his

little jackass in the byre, while he was selling about his crockery of

cups and saucers and brown plates, on the auld ane, through the town, in

two creels.

In the middle of auntie Bell’s game, she heard an unco noise in the

byre; and, kenning that she had neglected her charge, she ran round the

gable, and opened the door in a great hurry; when, seeing the beastie,

she pulled it to again, and fleeing, half out of breath, into the

kitchen, cried, “Come away, come away, mother, as fast as ye can. Eh,

lyst, the cow’s cauffed,—and it’s a cuddie!”

* * * * *

The weaver he gaed up the stair,

Dancing and singing;

A bunch o’ bobbins at his back,

Rattling and ringing.

_Old Song._

My own faither, that is to say, auld Mansie Wauch, with regard to

myself, but young Mansie, with reference to my grandfaither, after

having run the errands, and done his best to grannie during his early

years, was, at the age of thirteen, as I have heard him tell, bound a

’prentice to the weaver trade, which, from that day and date, for better

for worse, he prosecuted to the hour of his death;—I should rather have

said to within a fortnight o’t, for he lay for that time in the mortal

fever, that cut through the thread of his existence. Alas! as Job says,

“How time flies like a weaver’s shuttle!”

He was a tall, thin, lowering man, blackaviced, and something in the

physog like myself, though scarcely so weel-faured; with a kind of

blueness about his chin, as if his beard grew of that colour,—which I

scarcely think it would do, but might arise either from the dust of the

blue cloth, constantly flying about the shop, taking a rest there, or

from his having a custom of giving it a rub now and then with his finger

and thumb, both of which were dyed of that colour, as well as his apron,

from rubbing against and handling the webs of checkit claith in the

loom.

Ill would it become me, I trust a dutiful son, to say that my faither

was anything but a decent, industrious, hardworking man, doing

everything for the good of his family, and winning the respect of all

that kenned the value of his worth. As to his decency, few—very few

indeed—laid beneath the mools of Dalkeith kirkyard, made their beds

there, leaving a better name behind them; and as to industry, it is but

little to say that he toiled the very flesh off his bones, ca’ing the

shuttle from Monday morning till Saturday night, from the rising up of

the sun even to the going down thereof; and whiles, when opportunity led

him, or occasion required, digging and delving away at the bit

kail-yard, till moon and stars were in the lift, and the dews of heaven

that fell on his head were like the oil that flowed from Aaron’s beard,

even to the skirts of his garment. But what will ye say there? Some are

born with a silver spoon in their mouths, and others with a

parritch-stick. Of the latter was my faither, for, with all his

fechting, he never was able much more than to keep our heads above the

ocean of debt. Whatever was denied him, a kind Providence, howsoever,

enabled him to do that; and so he departed this life, contented, leaving

to my mother and me, the two survivors, the prideful remembrance of

being, respectively, she the widow, and me the son, of an honest man.

Some left with twenty thousand cannot boast so much; so ilka ane has

their comforts.

Having never entered much into public life, further than attending the

kirk twice every Sabbath, and thrice when there was evening service, the

days of my faither glided over like the waters of a deep river that make

little noise in their course; so I do not know whether to lament or

rejoice at having almost nothing to record of him. Had Bonaparte as

little ill to account for, it would be well this day for him; but, losh

me! I had amaist skipped ower his wedding.

In the five-and-twentieth year of his age, he had fallen in love with my

mother, Marion Laverock, at the christening of a neebour’s bairn, where

they both happened to forgather, little, I daresay, jalousing, at the

time their een first met, that fate had destined them for a pair, and to

be the honoured parents of me, their only bairn. Seeing my father’s

heart was catched as in the net of the fowler, she took every lawful

means, such as adding another knot to her cockernony, putting up her

hair in screw curls, and so on, to follow up her advantage; the result

of all which was, that after three months’ courtship, she wrote a letter

out to her friends at Loanhead, telling them of what was more than

likely to happen, and giving a kind invitation to such of them as might

think it worth their whiles, to come in and be spectators of the

ceremony. And a prime day I am told they had of it, having, by advice of

more than one, consented to make it a penny wedding; and hiring Deacon

Lawrie’s malt-barn at five shillings for the express purpose.

Many yet living, among whom James Batter, who was the best man, and

Duncan Imrie, the heel-cutter in the Fleshmarket Close, are yet

aboveboard to bear solemn testimony to the grandness of the occasion,

and the uncountable numerousness of the company, with such a display of

mutton broth, swimming thick with raisins,—and roasted jiggets of

lamb,—to say nothing of mashed turnips and champed potatoes,—as had not

been seen in the wide parish of Dalkeith in the memory of man. It was

not only my faither’s bridal day, but it brought many a lad and lass

together by way of partners at foursome reels and Hieland jigs, whose

courtship did not end in smoke, couple above couple dating the day of

their happiness from that famous forgathering. There were no less than

three fiddlers, two of them blind with the sma’-pox, and one naturally,

and a piper with his drone and chanter, playing as many pibrochs as

would have deaved a mill-happer,—all skirling, scraping, and bumming

away throughither, the whole afternoon and night, and keeping half the

country-side dancing, capering, and cutting, in strathspey step and

quick time, as if they were without a weary, or had not a bone in their

bodies. In the days of darkness the whole concern would have been

imputed to magic and glamour; and douce folk, finding how they were

transgressing over their usual bounds, would have looked about them for

the wooden pin that auld Michael Scott the warlock drave in behind the

door, leaving the family to dance themselves to death at their leisure.

Had the business ended in dancing, so far well, for a sound sleep would

have brought a blithe wakening, and all be tight and right again; but,

alas and alackaday! the violent heat and fume of foment they were all

thrown into caused the emptying of so many ale-tankers, and the

swallowing of so muckle toddy, by way of cooling and refreshing the

company, that they all got as fou as the Baltic; and many ploys, that

shall be nameless, were the result of a sober ceremony, whereby two

douce and decent people, Mansie Wauch, my honoured faither, and Marion

Laverock, my respected mother, were linked together, for better for

worse, in the lawful bonds of honest wedlock.

It seems as if Providence, reserving every thing famous and remarkable

for me, allowed little or nothing of consequence to happen to my

faither, who had few crooks in his lot; at least, I never learned,

either from him or any other body, of any adventures likely seriously to

interest the world at large. I have heard tell, indeed, that he once got

a terrible fright by taking the bounty, during the American war, from an

Eirish corporal, of the name of Dochart O’Flaucherty, at Dalkeith fair,

when he was at his ’prenticeship; he, not being accustomed to

malt-liquor, having got fouish and frisky—which was not his natural

disposition—over half-a-bottle of porter. From this it will easily be

seen, in the first place, that it would be with a fecht that his master

would get him off, by obliging the corporal to take back the trepan

money; in the second place, how long a date back it is since the Eirish

began to be the death of us; and in conclusion, that my honoured faither

got such a fleg as to spane him effectually, for the space of ten years,

from every drinkable stronger than good spring-well water. Let the

unwary take caution; and may this be a wholesome lesson to all whom it

may concern.

In this family history it becomes me, as an honest man, to make passing

mention of my faither’s sister, auntie Mysie, that married a carpenter

and undertaker in the town of Jedburgh; and who, in the course of nature

and industry, came to be in a prosperous and thriving way; indeed so

much so, as to be raised from the rank of a private head of a family,

and at last elected, by a majority of two votes over a famous

cow-doctor, a member of the town-council itself.

There is a good story, howsoever, connected with this business, with

which I shall make myself free to wind up this somewhat fusty and

fuzzionless chapter.

Well, ye see, some great lord,—I forget his name, but no matter,—that

had made a most tremendous sum of money, either by foul or fair means,

among the blacks in the East Indies, had returned before he died, to lay

his bones at home, as yellow as a Limerick glove, and as rich as Dives

in the New Testament. He kept flunkies with plush small-clothes, and

sky-blue coats with scarlet-velvet cuffs and collars,—lived like a

princie, and settled, as I said before, in the neighbourhood of

Jedburgh.

The body, though as brown as a toad’s back, was as pridefu’ and full of

power as auld king Nebuchadneisher; and how to exhibit all his purple

and fine linen, he aye thought and better thought, till at last the

happy determination came ower his mind like a flash of lightning, to

invite the bailies, deacons, and town-council, all in a body, to come in

and dine with him.

Save us! what a brushing of coats, such a switching of stoury trousers,

and bleaching of white cotton stockings, as took place before the

catastrophe of the feast, never before happened since Jeddart was a

burgh. Some of them that were forward, and geyan bold in the spirit,

crawed aloud for joy at being able to boast that they had received an

invitation letter to dine with a great lord; while others, as proud as

peacocks of the honour, yet not very sure as to their being up to the

trade of behaving themselves at the tables of the great, were mostly

dung stupid with not kenning what to think. A council meeting or two was

held in the gloamings, to take such a serious business into

consideration; some expressing their fears and inward down-sinking,

while others cheered them up with a fillip of pleasant consolation.

Scarcely a word of the matter for which they were summoned together by

the town-offisher—and which was about the mending of the old

bell-rope—was discussed by any of them. So, after a sowd of toddy was

swallowed, with the hopes of making them brave men, and good soldiers of

the magistracy, they all plucked up a proud spirit, and, do or die,

determined to march in a body up to the gate, and forward to the table

of his lordship.

My uncle, who had been one of the ringleaders of the chicken-hearted,

crap away up among the rest, with his new blue coat on, shining fresh

from the ironing of the goose, but keeping well among the thick, to be

as little kenspeckle as possible; for all the folk of the town were at

their doors and windows to witness the great occasion of the

town-council going away up like gentlemen of rank to take their dinner

with his lordship. That it was a terrible trial to all cannot be for a

moment denied; yet some of them behaved themselves decently; and if we

confess that others trembled in the knees, as if they were marching to a

field of battle, it was all in the course of human nature.

Yet ye would wonder how they came on by degrees; and, to cut a long tale

short, at length found themselves in a great big room, like a palace in

a fairy tale, full of grand pictures with gold frames, and

looking-glasses like the side of a house, where they could see down to

their very shoes. For a while they were like men in a dream, perfectly

dazzled and dumfoundered; and it was five minutes before they could

either see a seat, or think of sitting down. With the reflection of the

looking-glasses, one of the bailies was so possessed within himself that

he tried to chair himself where chair was none, and landed, not very

softly, on the carpet; while another of the deacons, a fat and dumpy

man, as he was trying to make a bow, and throw out his leg behind him,

tramped on a favourite Newfoundland dog’s tail, that, wakening out of

his slumbers with a yell that made the roof ring, played drive against

my uncle, who was standing abaft, and wheeled him like a butterflee,

side foremost, against a table with a heap o’ flowers on’t, where, in

trying to kep himself, he drove his head, like a battering ram, through

a looking-glass, and bleached back on his hands and feet on the carpet.

Seeing what had happened, they were all frightened; but his lordship,

after laughing heartily, was politer, and kent better about manners than

all that; so, bidding the flunkies hurry away with the fragments of the

china jugs and jars, they found themselves, sweating with terror and

vexation, ranged along silk settees, cracking about the weather and

other wonderfuls.

Such a dinner! The fume of it went round about their hearts like myrrh

and frankincense. The landlord took the head of the table, the bailies

the right and left of him; the deacons and councillors were ranged along

the sides like files of sodgers; and the chaplain, at the foot, said

grace. It is entirely out of the power of man to set down on paper all

that they got to eat and drink; and such was the effect of French

cookery, that they did not ken fish from flesh. Howsoever, for all that,

they laid their lugs in everything that lay before them, and what they

could not eat with forks, they supped with spoons; so it was all to one

purpose.

When the dishes were removing, each had a large blue glass bowl full of

water, and a clean calendered damask towel, put down by a smart flunkey

before him; and many of them that had not helped themselves well to the

wine while they were eating their steaks and French frigassees, were now

vexed to death on that score, imagining that nothing remained for them

but to dight their nebs and flee up.

Ignorant folk should not judge rashly, and the worthy town-council were

here in error; for their surmises, however feasible, did the landlord

wrong. In a minute they had fresh wine decanters ranged down before

them, filled with liquors of all variety of colours, red, green, and

blue; and the table was covered with dishes full of jargonelles and

pippins, raisins and almonds, shell walnuts and plum-damases, with

nutcrackers, and everything else they could think of eating; so that

after drinking “The King, and long life to him,” and “The constitution

of the country at home and abroad,” and “Success to trade,” and “A good

harvest,” and “May ne’er waur be among us,” and “Botheration to the

French,” and “Corny toes and short shoes to the foes of old Scotland,”

and so on, their tongues began at length not to be so tacked; and the

weight of their own dignity, that had taken flight before his lordship,

came back and rested on their shoulders.

In the course of the evening, his lordship whispered to one of the

flunkies to bring in some things—they could not hear what—as the company

might like them. The wise ones thought within themselves that the best

aye comes hindmost; so in brushed a powdered valet, with three dishes on

his arm of twisted black things, just like sticks of Gibraltar-rock, but

different in the colour.

Bailie Bowie helped himself to a jargonelle, and Deacon Purves to a

wheen raisins; and my uncle, to show that he was not frightened, and

kent what he was about, helped himself to one of the long black things,

which, without much ceremony, he shoved into his mouth, and began to.

Two or three more, seeing that my uncle was up to trap, followed his

example, and chewed away like nine-year olds.

Instead of the curious-looking black thing being sweet as honey,—for so

they expected,—they soon found they had catched a Tartar; for it had a

confounded bitter tobacco taste. Manners, however, forbade them laying

it down again, more especially as his lordship, like a man dumfoundered,

was aye keeping his eye on them. So away they chewed, and better chewed,

and whammelled them round in their mouths, first in one cheek, and then

in the other, taking now and then a mouthful of drink to wash the trash

down, then chewing away again, and syne another whammel from one cheek

to the other, and syne another mouthful, while the whole time their een

were staring in their heads like mad, and the faces they made may be

imagined, but cannot be described. His lordship gave his eyes a rub, and

thought he was dreaming, but no—there they were bodily, chewing and

whammelling, and making faces; so no wonder that, in keeping in his

laugh, he sprung a button from his waistcoat, and was like to drop down

from his chair, through the floor, in an ecstasy of astonishment, seeing

they were all growing sea-sick, and as pale as stucco-images.

Frightened out of his wits at last, that he would be the death of the

whole council, and that more of them would poison themselves, he took up

one of the cigars,—every one knows cigars now, for they are fashionable

among the very sweeps,—which he lighted at the candle, and commenced

puffing like a tobacco-pipe.

My uncle and the rest, if they were ill before, were worse now; so when

they got to the open air, instead of growing better, they grew sicker

and sicker, till they were waggling from side to side like ships in a

storm; and, no kenning whether their heels or heads were uppermost, went

spinning round about like peeries.

“A little spark may make muckle wark.” It is perfectly wonderful what

great events spring out of trifles, or what seem to common eyes but

trifles. I do not allude to the nine days’ deadly sickness, that was the

legacy of every one that ate his cigar, but to the awful truth, that at

the next election of councillors, my poor uncle Jamie was completely

blackballed—a general spite having been taken to him in the townhall, on

account of having led the magistracy wrong, by doing what he ought to

have let alone, thereby making himself and the rest a topic of amusement

to the world at large, for many and many a month.

Others, to be sure, it becomes me to mention, have another version of

the story, and impute the cause of his having been turned out to the

implacable wrath of old Bailie Bogie, whose best black coat, square in

the tails, that he had worn only on the Sundays for nine years, was

totally spoiled, on their way home in the dark from his lordship’s, by a

tremendous blash that my unfortunate uncle happened, in the course of

nature, to let flee in the frenzy of a deadly upthrowing.—_The Life of

Mansie Wauch, Tailor in Dalkeith._

JOHN BROWN;

_OR, THE HOUSE IN THE MUIR_.

John Brown, the Ayr, or as he was more commonly designated by the

neighbours, the Religious, Carrier, had been absent, during the month of

January (1685), from his home in the neighbourhood of Muirkirk, for

several days. The weather, in the meantime, had become extremely stormy,

and a very considerable fall of snow had taken place. His only daughter,

a girl of about eleven years of age, had frequently, during the

afternoon of Saturday, looked out from the cottage door into the drift,

in order to report to her mother, who was occupied with the nursing of

an infant brother, the anxious occurrences of the evening. “Help,” too,

the domestic cur, had not remained an uninterested spectator of the

general anxiety, but by several fruitless and silent excursions into the

night, had given indisputable testimony that the object of his search

had not yet neared the solitary shieling. It was a long, and a wild

road, lying over an almost trackless muir, along which John Brown had to

come; and the cart track, which even in better weather, and with the

advantage of more daylight, might easily be mistaken, had undoubtedly,

ere this, become invisible. Besides, John had long been a marked bird,

having rendered himself obnoxious to the “powers that were,” by his

adherence to the Sanquhar declaration, his attending field-preachings,

or as they were termed “conventicles,” his harbouring of persecuted

ministers, and, above all, by a moral, a sober, and a proverbially

devout and religious conduct.

In an age when immorality was held to be synonymous with loyalty, and

irreligion with non-resistance and passive obedience, it was exceedingly

dangerous to wear such a character, and, accordingly, there had not been

wanting information to the prejudice of this quiet and godly man.

Clavers, who, ever since the affair of Drumclog, had discovered more of

the merciless and revengeful despot than of the veteran or hero, had

marked his name, according to report, in his black list; and when once

Clavers had taken his resolution and his measures, the Lord have mercy

upon those against whom these were pointed! He seldom hesitated in

carrying his plans into effect, although his path lay over the trampled

and lacerated feelings of humanity. Omens, too, of an unfriendly and

evil-boding import, had not been wanting in the cottage of John to

increase the alarm. The cat had mewed suspiciously, had appeared

restless, and had continued to glare in hideous indication from beneath

the kitchen bed. The death-watch, which had not been noticed since the

decease of the gudeman’s mother, was again, in the breathless pause of

listening suspense, heard to chick distinctly; and the cock, instead of

crowing, as on ordinary occasions, immediately before day-dawn, had

originated a sudden and alarming flap of his wings, succeeded by a

fearful scream, long before the usual bedtime.

It was a gloomy crisis; and after a considerable time spent in dark and

despairing reflection, the evening lamp was at last trimmed, and the

peat fire repaired into something approaching to a cheerful flame. But

all would not do; for whilst the soul within is disquieted and in

suspense, all external means and appliances are inadequate to procure

comfort, or impart even an air of cheerfulness. At last Help suddenly

lifted his head from the hearth, shook his ears, sprung to his feet, and

with something betwixt a growl and a bark, rushed towards the door, at

which the yird drift was now entering copiously. It was, however, a

false alarm. The cow had moved beyond the “hallan,” or the mice had come

into sudden contact, and squeaked behind the rafters. John, too, it was

reasoned betwixt mother and daughter, was always so regular and pointed

in his arrivals, and this being Saturday night, it was not a little or

an insignificant obstruction that could have prevented him from being

home, in due time, at least, for family worship. His cart, in fact, had

usually been pitched up, with the trams supported against the

peat-stack, by two o’clock in the afternoon; and the evening of his

arrival from his weekly excursion to Ayr was always an occasion of

affectionate intercourse, and more than ordinary interest. Whilst his

disconsolate wife, therefore, turned her eyes towards her husband’s

chair, and to the family Bible, which lay in a “bole” within reach of

his hand, and at the same time listened to the howling and intermitting

gusts of the storm, she could not avoid—it was not in nature that she

should—contrasting her present with her former situation; thus imparting

even to objects of the most kindly and comforting association, all the

livid and darkening hues of her disconsolate mind. But there is a depth

and a reach in true and genuine piety, which the plummet of sorrow may

never measure. True religion sinks into the heart as the refreshing dew

does into the chinks and the crevices of the dry and parched soil; and

the very fissures of affliction, the cleavings of the soul, present a

more ready and inviting, as well as efficient access, to the softening

influence of piety.

This poor woman began gradually to think less of danger, and more of

God—to consider as a set-off against all her fruitless uneasiness, the

vigilance and benevolence of that powerful Being, to whom, and to whose

will, the elements, in all their combinations and relations, are

subservient; and having quieted her younger child in the cradle, and

intimated her intention by a signal to her daughter, she proceeded to

take down the family Bible, and to read out in a soft, and subdued, but

most devout and impressive voice, the following lines:—

I waited for the Lord my God,

And patiently did bear;

At length to me he did incline

My voice and cry to hear.

These two solitary worshippers of Him whose eyes are on the just, and

whose ear is open to their cry, had proceeded to the beginning of the

fourth verse of this psalm, and were actually employed in singing with

an increased and increasing degree of fervour and devotion, the

following trustful and consolatory expressions—

O blessed is the man whose trust

Upon the Lord relies,

when the symphony of another and a well-known voice was felt to be

present, and they became at once assured that the beloved object of

their solicitude had joined them, unseen and unperceived, in the

worship. This was felt by all to be as it ought to have been; nor did

the natural and instinctive desire to accommodate the weary and

snow-covered traveller with such conveniences and appliances as his

present condition manifestly demanded, prevent the psalm-singing from

going on, and the service from being finished with all suitable decency.

Having thus, in the first instance, rendered thanks unto God, and

blessed and magnified that mercy which pervades, and directs, and

over-rules every agent in nature, no time was lost in attending to the

secondary objects of inquiry and manifestation, and the kind heart

overflowed, whilst the tongue and the hand were busied in “answer meet”

and in “accommodation suitable.”

In all the wide range of Scotland’s muirs and mountains, straths and

glens, there was not to be found this evening a happier family than that

over which John Brown, the religious carrier, now presided. The

affectionate inquiries and solicitous attentions of his wife,—of his

partner trusty and tried, not only under the cares and duties of life,

but in the faith, in the bonds of the covenant, and in all the

similarity of sentiment and apprehension upon religious subjects,

without which no matrimonial union can possibly ensure happiness,—were

deeply felt and fully appreciated. They two had sat together in the

“Torwood,” listening to the free and fearless accents of

excommunication, as they rolled in dire and in blasting destiny from the

half-inspired lips of the learned and intrepid Mr Donald Cargill. They

had, at the risk of their lives, harboured for a season, and enjoyed the

comfortable communion and fellowship of Mr Richard Cameron, immediately

previous to his death in the unfortunate rencounter at “Airsmoss.” They

had followed into and out the shire of Ayr, the zealous and eloquent Mr

John King, and that even in spite of the interdict of council, and after

that a price had been set upon the preacher’s head. Their oldest child

had been baptised by a Presbyterian and ejected minister under night,

and in the midst of a wreath of snow, and the youngest was still

awaiting the arrival of an approven servant of God, to receive the same

sanctified ordinance. And if at times a darker thought passed suddenly

across the disc of their sunny hearts, and if the cause of a poor

persecuted remnant, the interests of a reformed, and suffering, and

bleeding church, supervened in cloud upon the general quietude and

acquiescence of their souls, this was instantly relieved and dispersed

by a deeper, and more sanctified and more trustful tone of feeling;

whilst amidst the twilight beams of prophecy, and the invigorating

exercise of faith, the heart was disciplined and habituated into hope,

and reliance, and assurance. And if at times the halloo, and the yells,

and the clatter of persecution, were heard upon the hill-side, or up the

glen, where the Covenanters’ Cave was discovered, and five honest men

were butchered under a sunny morning, and in cold blood,—and if the

voice of Clavers, or of his immediate deputy in the work of bloody

oppression, “Red Rob,” came occasionally in the accents of vindictive

exclamation, upon the breeze of evening; yet hitherto the humble

“Cottage in the Muir” had escaped notice, and the tread and tramp of man

and horse had passed mercifully, and almost miraculously by. The general

current of events closed in upon such occasional sources of agitation

and alarm, leaving the house in the muir in possession of all that

domestic happiness, and even quietude, which its retirement and its

inmates were calculated to ensure and to participate.

Early next morning the cottage of John Brown was surrounded by a troop

of dragoons, with Clavers at their head. John, who had probably a

presentiment of what might happen, urged his wife and daughter to remain

within doors, insisting that as the soldiers were, in all likelihood, in

search of some other individual, he should soon be able to dismiss them.

By this time the noise, occasioned by the trampling and neighing of

horses, commingled with the hoarse and husky laugh and vociferations of

the dragoons, had brought John, half-dressed and in his night-cap, to

the door. Clavers immediately accosted him by name; and in a manner

peculiar to himself, intended for something betwixt the expression of

fun and irony, he proceeded to make inquiries respecting one “Samuel

Aitkin, a godly man, and a minister of the word, one outrageously

addicted to prayer, and occasionally found with the sword of the flesh

in one hand, and that of the spirit in the other, disseminating

sedition, and propagating disloyalty among his Majesty’s lieges.”

John admitted at once that the worthy person referred to was not unknown

to him, asserting, however, at the same time, that of his present

residence or place of hiding he was not free to speak. “No doubt, no

doubt,” rejoined the questioner, “you, to be sure, know nothing!—how

should you, all innocence and ignorance as you are? But here is a little

chip of the old block, which may probably recollect better, and save us

the trouble of blowing out her father’s brains, just by way of making

him remember a little more accurately.” “You, my little farthing

rush-light,” continued “Red Rob,”[2] alighting from his horse, and

seizing the girl rudely, and with prodigious force by the wrists,—“you

remember an old man with a long beard and a bald head, who was here a

few days ago, baptizing your sister, and giving many good advices to

father and mother, and who is now within a few miles of this house, just

up in a nice snug cave in the glen there, to which you can readily and

instantly conduct us, you know?” The girl looked first at her mother,

who had now advanced into the doorway, then at her father, and latterly

drooped her head, and continued to preserve a complete silence.

Footnote 2:

“Red Rob,” the “Bothwell,” probably, of “Old Mortality,” was, in fact,

the right hand man of Clavers on all occasions, and has caused himself

long to be remembered amidst the peasantry of the West of Scotland,

not only by the dragoon’s red cloak, which he wore, but still more by

his hands, crimsoned in the blood of his countrymen!

“And so,” continued the questioner, “you are dumb; you cannot speak;

your tongue is a little obstinate or so, and you must not tell family

secrets. But what think you, my little chick, of speaking with your

fingers, of having a pat and a proper and a pertinent answer just ready,

my love, at your finger ends, as one may say. As the Lord lives, and as

my soul lives, but this will make a dainty nosegay” (displaying a

thumbikin or fingerscrew) “for my sweet little Covenanter; and then”

(applying the instrument of torture, meanwhile, and adjusting it to the

thumb) “you will have no manner of trouble whatever in recollecting

yourself; it will just come to you like the lug of a stoup, and don’t

knit your brows so” (for the pain had become insufferable); “then we

shall have you quite chatty and amusing, I warrant.” The mother, who

could stand this no longer, rushed upon the brutal executioner, and with

expostulations, threats, and the most impassioned entreaties,

endeavoured to relax the questioner’s twist.

“Can _you_, mistress, recollect anything of this man we are in quest

of?” resumed Clavers, haughtily. “It may save us _both_ some trouble,

and your daughter a continuance and increase of her present suffering,

if you will just have the politeness to make us acquainted with what you

happen to know upon the subject.” The poor woman seemed for an instant

to hesitate; and her daughter looked most piteously and distractedly

into her countenance, as if expectant and desirous of respite, through

her mother’s compliance. “Woman!” exclaimed the husband, in a tone of

indignant surprise, “hast thou so soon forgot thy God? And shall the

fear of anything which man can do induce thee to betray innocent blood?”

He said no more; but he had said enough, for from that instant the whole

tone of his wife’s feelings was changed, and her soul was wound up as if

by the hand of Omnipotence, into resolution and daring. “Bravo!”

exclaimed the arch persecutor, “Bravo! old Canticles; thou word’st it

well; and so you three pretty innocents have laid your holy heads

together, and you have resolved to die, should it so please God and us,

with a secret in your breast, and a lie in your mouth, like the rest of

your psalm-singing, hypocritical, canting sect, rather than discover

gude Mr Aitken!—pious Mr Aitken!—worthy Mr Aitken! But we shall try what

light this little telescope of mine will afford upon the subject,”

pointing at the same time to a carabine or holster pistol, which hung

suspended from the saddle of his horse. “This cold frosty morning,”

continued Clavers, “requires that one should be employed, were it for no

other purpose than just to gain heat by the exercise. And so, old

pragmatical, in order that you may not catch cold, by so early an

exposure to the keen air, we will take the liberty,” (hereupon the whole

troop gathered round, and presented muskets), “for the benefit of

society, and for the honour and safety of the King, never to speak of

the glory of God and the good of souls,—simply and unceremoniously, and

in the neatest and most expeditious manner imaginable, to _blow out your

brains_.” John Brown dropped down instantly, and as it were

instinctively, upon his knees, whilst his wife stood by in seeming

composure, and his daughter had happily become insensible to all

external objects and transactions whatever. “What!” exclaimed Clavers,

“and so you must pray too, to be sure, and we shall have a last speech

and a dying testimony lifted up in the presence of peat-stack and clay

walls and snow wreaths; but as these are pretty staunch and confirmed

loyalists, I do not care though we entrust you with five minutes of

devotional exercise, provided you steer clear of King, Council, and

Richard Cameron,—so proceed, good John, but be short and pithy. My lambs

are not accustomed to long prayers, nor will they readily soften under

the pathetic whining of your devotions.” But in this last surmise

Clavers was for once mistaken; for the prayer of this poor and

uneducated man ascended that morning in expressions at once so earnest,

so devout, and so overpoweringly pathetic, that deep silence succeeded

at last to oaths and ribaldry; and as the following concluding sentences

were pronounced, there were evident marks of better and relenting

feelings:—“And now, gude Lord,” continued this death-doomed and truly

Christian sufferer, “since Thou hast nae mair use for Thy servant in

this world, and since it is Thy good and rightful pleasure that I should

serve Thee better and love Thee more elsewhere, I leave this puir widow

woman, with the helpless and fatherless children, upon Thy hands. We

have been happy in each other here, and now that we are to part for

awhile, we maun e’en look forward to a more perfect and enduring

happiness hereafter. As for the puir blindfolded and infatuated

creatures, the present ministers of Thy will, Lord, reclaim them from

the error and the evil of their courses ere it be too late; and may they

who have sat in judgment and in oppression in this lonely place, and on

this blessed morning, and upon a puir weak defenceless fellow-creature,

find that mercy at last from Thee which they have this day refused to

Thy unworthy but faithful servant.” “Now, Isbel,” continued this

defenceless and amiable martyr, “the time is come at last, of which, you

know, I told you on that day when first I proposed to unite hand and

heart with yours; and are you willing, for the love of God and His

rightful authority, to part with me thus?” To which the poor woman

replied with perfect composure, “The Lord gave, and He taketh away. I

have had a sweet loan of you, my dear John, and I can part with you for

His sake, as freely as ever I parted with a mouthful of meat to the

hungry, or a night’s lodging to the weary and benighted traveller.” So

saying, she approached her still kneeling and blindfolded husband,

clasped him round the neck, kissed and embraced him closely, and then

lifting up her person into an attitude of determined endurance, and

eyeing from head to foot every soldier who stood with his carabine

levelled, she retired slowly and firmly to the spot which she had

formerly occupied. “Come, come, let’s have no more of this whining

work,” interrupted Clavers suddenly. “Soldiers! do your duty.” But the

words fell upon a circle of statues; and though they all stood with

their muskets presented, there was not a finger which had power to draw

the fatal trigger. Then ensued an awful pause, through which a “God

Almighty bless your tender hearts,” was heard coming from the lips of

the _now_ agitated and almost distracted wife. But Clavers was not in

the habit of giving his orders twice, or of expostulating with

disobedience. So, extracting a pistol from the holster of his saddle, he

primed and cocked it, and then walking firmly and slowly up through the

circle close to the ear of his victim.

* * * * *

There was a momentary murmur of discontent and of disapprobation amongst

the men as they looked upon the change which a single awful instant had

effected; and even “Red Rob,” though a Covenanting slug still stuck

smarting by in his shoulder, had the hardihood to mutter, loud enough to

be heard, “By God, this is too bad!” The widow of John Brown gave one,

and but one shriek of horror as the fatal engine exploded; and then,

addressing herself leisurely, as if to the discharge of some ordinary

domestic duty, she began to unfold a napkin from her neck. “What think

ye, good woman, of your bonny man now?” vociferated Clavers, returning,

at the same time, the pistol, with a plunge, into the holster from which

it had been extracted. “I had always good reason,” replied the woman

firmly and deliberately, “to think weel o’ him, and I think mair o’ him

now than ever. But how will Graham of Claverhouse account to God and man

for this morning’s work?” continued the respondent firmly. “To man,”

answered the ruffian, “I can be answerable; and as to God, I will take

Him in my own hands.” He then marched off, and left her with the corpse.

She spread the napkin leisurely upon the snow, gathered up the scattered

fragments of her husband’s head, covered his body with a plaid, and

sitting down with her youngest and yet unbaptised infant, wept bitterly.

The cottage, and the kail-yard, and the peat-stack, and the whole little

establishment of John Brown, the religious carrier, have long

disappeared from the heath and the muir; but the little spot, within one

of the windings of the burn, where the “House in the Muir” stood, is

still green amidst surrounding heath; and in the very centre of that

spot there lies a slab, or flat stone, now almost covered over with

grass, upon which, with a little clearing away of the moss from the

faded characters, the following rude but expressive lines may still be

read:—

Clavers might murder godly Brown,

But could not rob him of his crown;

Here in this place from earth he took departure,

Now he has got the garland of the martyr.

_Blackwood’s Magazine_, 1822.

TRADITIONS OF THE OLD TOLBOOTH OF EDINBURGH.

BY ROBERT CHAMBERS, LL.D.

CHAPTER I.

Whosoever is fortunate enough to have seen Edinburgh previous to the

year 1817—when as yet the greater part of its pristine character was

entire, and before the stupendous grandeur, and dense old-fashioned

substantiality, which originally distinguished it, had been swept away

by the united efforts of fire and foolery—must remember the Old

Tolbooth. At the north-west corner of St Giles’s Church, and almost in

the very centre of a crowded street, stood this tall, narrow, antique,

and gloomy-looking pile, with its black stancheoned windows opening

through its dingy walls, like the apertures of a hearse, and having its

western gable penetrated by sundry suspicious-looking holes, which

occasionally served—_horresco referens_—for the projection of the

gallows. The fabric was four stories high, and might occupy an area of

fifty feet by thirty. At the west end there was a low projection of

little more than one story, surmounted by a railed platform, which

served for executions. This, as well as other parts of the building,

contained shops.

On the north side, there remained the marks of what had once been a sort

of bridge communicating between the Tolbooth and the houses immediately

opposite. This part of the building got the name of the “Purses,” on

account of its having been the place where, in former times, on the

King’s birthday, the magistrates delivered donations of as many pence as

the King was years old to the same number of beggars or “blue-gowns.”

There was a very dark room on this side, which was latterly used as a

guard-house by the right venerable military police of Edinburgh, but

which had formerly been the fashionable silk-shop of the father of the

celebrated Francis Horner. At the east end there was nothing remarkable,

except an iron box, attached to the wall, for the reception of small

donations in behalf of the poor prisoners, over which was a painted

board, containing some quotations from Scripture. In the lower flat of

the south and sunny side, besides a shop, there was a den for the

accommodation of the outer door-keeper, and where it was necessary to

apply when admission was required, and the old gray-haired man was not

found at the door. The main door was at the bottom of the great turret

or turnpike stair, which projected from the south-east corner. It was a

small but very strong door, full of large headed nails, and having an

enormous lock, with a flap to conceal the keyhole, which could itself be

locked, but was generally left open.

One important feature in the externals of the Tolbooth was, that about

one third of the building, including the turnpike, was of ashlar

work—that is, smooth freestone—while the rest seemed of coarser and more

modern construction, besides having a turnpike about the centre, without

a door at the bottom. The floors of the “west end,” as it was always

called, were somewhat above the level of those in the “east end,” and in

recent times the purposes of these different quarters was quite

distinct—the former containing the debtors, and the latter the

criminals. As the “east end” contained the hall in which the Scottish

Parliament formerly met, we may safely suppose it to have been the

oldest part of the building—an hypothesis which derives additional

credit from the various appearance of the two quarters—the one having

been apparently designed for a more noble purpose than the other. The

eastern division must have been of vast antiquity, as James the Third

fenced a Parliament in it, and the magistrates of Edinburgh let the

lower flat for booths or shops, so early as the year 1480.

On passing the outer door, where the rioters of 1736 thundered with

their sledge-hammers, and finally burnt down all that interposed between

them and their prey, the keeper instantly involved the entrant in

darkness by reclosing the gloomy portal. A flight of about twenty steps

then led to an inner door, which, being duly knocked, was opened by a

bottle-nosed personage denominated “Peter,” who, like his sainted

namesake, always carried two or three large keys. You then entered “the

hall,” which, being free to all the prisoners except those of the “east

end,” was usually filled with a crowd of shabby-looking, but very merry

loungers. This being also the chapel of the jail, contained an old

pulpit of singular fashion,—such a pulpit as one could imagine John Knox

to have preached from; which, indeed, he was traditionally said to have

actually done. At the right-hand side of the pulpit was a door leading

up the large turnpike to the apartments occupied by the criminals, one

of which was of plate-iron. This door was always shut, except when food

was taken up to the prisoners.

On the north side of the hall was the “Captain’s Room,” a small place

like a counting-room, but adorned with two fearful old muskets and a

sword, together with the sheath of a bayonet, and one or two bandeliers,

alike understood to hang there for the defence of the jail. On the west

end of the hall hung a board, on which—the production, probably, of some

insolvent poetaster—were inscribed the following emphatic lines:—

A prison is a house of care,

A place where none can thrive,

A touchstone true to try a friend,

A grave for men alive—

Sometimes a place of right,

Sometimes a place of wrong,

Sometimes a place for jades and thieves,

And honest men among.

The historical recollections connected with “the hall” ought not to be

passed over. Here Mary delivered what Lindsay and other old historians

call her “painted orations.” Here Murray wheedled, and Morton frowned.

This was the scene of Charles’s ill-omened attempts to revoke the

possessions of the Church; and here, when his commissioner, Nithsdale,

was deputed to urge that measure, did the Presbyterian nobles prepare to

set active violence in opposition to the claims of right and the royal

will. On that occasion, old Belhaven, under pretence of infirmity, took

hold of his neighbour, the Earl of Dumfries, with one hand, while with

the other he grasped a dagger beneath his clothes, ready, in case the

act of revocation were passed, to plunge it into his bosom.

From the hall a lobby extended to the bottom of the central staircase

already mentioned, which led to the different apartments—about twelve in

number—appropriated to the use of the debtors. This stair was narrow,

spiral, and steep—three bad qualities, which the stranger found but

imperfectly obviated by the use of a greasy rope that served by way of

balustrade. This nasty convenience was not rendered one whit more

comfortable by the intelligence, usually communicated by some of the

inmates, that it had hanged a man! In the apartments to which this stair

led, there was nothing remarkable, except that in one of them part of

the wall seemed badly plastered. This was the temporary covering of the

square hole through which the gallows-tree was planted. We remember

communing with a person who lodged in this room at the time of an

execution. He had had the curiosity, in the impossibility of seeing the

execution, to try if he could feel it. At the time when he heard the

psalms and other devotions of the culprit concluded, and when he knew,

from the awful silence of the crowd, that the signal was just about to

be given, he sat down upon the end of the beam, and soon after

distinctly felt the motion occasioned by the fall of the unfortunate

person, and thus, as it were, played at “see-saw” with the criminal.

The annals of crime are of greater value than is generally supposed.

Criminals form an interesting portion of mankind. They are entirely

different from _us_—divided from us by a pale which we will not, dare

not overleap, but from the safe side of which we may survey, with

curious eyes, the strange proceedings which go on beyond. They are

interesting, often, on account of their courage—on account of their

having dared something which we timorously and anxiously avoid. A

murderer or a robber is quite as remarkable a person, for this reason,

as a soldier who has braved some flesh-shaking danger. He must have

given way to some excessive passion; and all who have ever been

transported beyond the bounds of reason by the violence of any passion

whatever, are entitled to the wonder, if not the admiration, of the rest

of the species. Among the inmates of the Old Tolbooth, some of whom had

inhabited it for many years, there were preserved a few legendary

particulars respecting criminals of distinction, who had formerly been

within its walls. Some of these I have been fortunate enough to pick up.

One of the most distinguished traits in the character of the Old

Tolbooth was, that it had no power of retention over people of quality.

It had something like that faculty which Falstaff attributes to the lion

and himself—of knowing men who ought to be respected on account of their

rank. Almost every criminal of more than the ordinary rank ever yet

confined in it, somehow or other contrived to get free. An insane peer,

who, about the time of the Union, assassinated a schoolmaster that had

married a girl to whom he had paid improper addresses, escaped while

under sentence of death. We are uncertain whether the following curious

fact relates to that nobleman, or to some other titled offender. It was

contrived that the prisoner should be conveyed out of the Tolbooth in a

trunk, and carried by a porter to Leith, where some sailors were to be

ready with a boat to take him aboard a vessel about to leave Scotland.

The plot succeeded so far as the escape from jail was concerned, but was

knocked on the head by an unlucky and most ridiculous _contretemps_. It

so happened that the porter, in arranging the trunk upon his back,

placed the end which corresponded with the feet of the prisoner

_uppermost_. The head of the unfortunate nobleman was therefore pressed

against the lower end of the box, and had to sustain the weight of the

whole body. The posture was the most uneasy imaginable. Yet life was

preferable to ease. He permitted himself to be taken away. The porter

trudged along the Krames with the trunk, quite unconscious of its

contents, and soon reached the High Street, which he also traversed. On

reaching the Netherbow, he met an acquaintance, who asked him where he

was going with that large burden. To Leith, was the answer. The other

enquired if the job was good enough to afford a potation before

proceeding farther upon so long a journey. This being replied to in the

affirmative, and the carrier of the box feeling in his throat the

philosophy of his friend’s enquiry, it was agreed that they should

adjourn to a neighbouring tavern. Meanwhile, the third party, whose

inclinations had not been consulted in this arrangement, felt in his

neck the agony of ten thousand decapitations, and almost wished that it

were at once well over with him in the Grassmarket. But his agonies were

not destined to be of long duration. The porter, in depositing him upon

the causeway, happened to make the end of the trunk come down with such

precipitation, that, unable to bear it any longer, the prisoner fairly

roared out, and immediately after fainted. The consternation of the

porter, on hearing a noise from his burden, was of course excessive; but

he soon acquired presence of mind enough to conceive the occasion. He

proceeded to unloose and to burst open the trunk, when the hapless

nobleman was discovered in a state of insensibility; and as a crowd

collected immediately, and the City Guard were not long in coming

forward, there was of course no farther chance of escape. The prisoner

did not revive from his swoon till he had been safely deposited in his

old quarters. But, if we recollect aright, he eventually escaped in

another way.

Of Porteous, whose crime—if crime existed—was so sufficiently atoned for

by the mode of his death, an anecdote which has the additional merit of

being connected with the Old Tolbooth, may here be acceptable. One day,

some years before his trial, as he was walking up Liberton’s Wynd, he

encountered one of the numerous hens, which, along with swine, then

haunted the streets of the Scottish capital. For some reason which has

not been recorded, he struck this hen with his cane, so that it

immediately died. The affair caused the neighbours to gather round, and

it was universally thought that the case was peculiarly hard, inasmuch

as the bird was a “clocker,” and left behind it a numerous brood of

orphan chickens. Before the captain had left the spot, the proprietrix

of the hen, an old woman who lived in the upper flat of a house close

by, looked over her window, and poured down upon the slayer’s head a

whole “gardeloo” of obloquy and reproach, saying, among other things,

that “she wished he might have as many witnesses present at his

hinder-end as there were feathers in that hen.”[3]

Footnote 3:

It is but charity to suppose Porteous might, in this case, be only

endeavouring to introduce a better system of street police than had

formerly prevailed. It is not many years since the magistrates of a

southern burgh drew down the unqualified wrath of all the good women

there by attempting to confiscate and remove the filth which had been

privileged to grace the causeway from time immemorial.

Porteous went away, not unaffected, as it would appear, by these idle

words. On the night destined to be his last on earth, he told the story

of the hen to the friends who then met in the jail to celebrate his

reprieve from the execution which was to have taken place that day; and

the prophetess of Liberton’s Wynd was honoured with general ridicule for

the failure of her imprecation. Before the merry-meeting, however, was

over, the sound of the “deaddrum,” beat by the approaching rioters, fell

upon their ears, and Porteous, as if struck all at once with the

certainty of death, exclaimed, “D——n the wife! she is right yet!” Some

of his friends suggested that it might be the firedrum; but he would not

give ear to such consolations, and fairly abandoned all hope of life.

Before another hour had passed, he was in eternity.

Nicol Brown, a butcher, executed in 1753 for the murder of his wife, was

not the least remarkable tenant of the Tolbooth during the last century.

A singular story is told of this wretched man. One evening, long before

his death, as he was drinking with some other butchers in a tavern

somewhere about the Grassmarket, a dispute arose about how long it might

be allowable to keep flesh before it was eaten. From less to more, the

argument proceeded to bets; and Brown offered to eat a pound of the

oldest and “worst” flesh that could be produced, under the penalty of a

guinea. A regular bet was taken, and a deputation of the company went

away to fetch the stuff which should put Nicol’s stomach to the test. It

so happened that a criminal—generally affirmed to have been the

celebrated Nicol Muschat—had been recently hung in chains at the

Gallowlee, and it entered into the heads of these monsters that they

would apply in that quarter for the required flesh. They accordingly

provided themselves with a ladder and other necessary articles, and,

though it was now near midnight, had the courage to go down that still

and solitary road which led towards the gallows, and violate the

terrible remains of the dead, by cutting a large collop from the

culprit’s hip. This they brought away, and presented to Brown, who was

not a little shocked to find himself so tasked. Nevertheless, getting

the dreadful “pound of flesh” roasted after the manner of a beefsteak,

and adopting a very strong and drunken resolution, he set himself down

to his horrid mess, which, it is said, he actually succeeded in

devouring. This story, not being very effectually concealed, was

recollected when he afterwards came to the same end with Nicol Muschat.

He lived in the Fleshmarket Close, as appears from the evidence on his

trial. He made away with his wife by burning her, and said that she had

caught fire by accident. But, as the door was found locked by the

neighbours who came on hearing her cries, and he was notorious for

abusing her, besides the circumstance of his not appearing to have

attempted to extinguish the flames, he was found guilty and executed. He

was also hung in chains at the Gallowlee, where Muschat had hung thirty

years before. He did not, however, hang long. A few mornings after

having been put up, it was found that he had been taken away during the

night. This was supposed to have been done by the butchers of the

Edinburgh market, who considered that a general disgrace was thrown upon

their fraternity by his ignominious exhibition there. They were said to

have thrown his body into the Quarry Holes.

CHAPTER II.

The case of Katherine Nairne, in 1766, excited, in no small degree, the

attention of the Scottish public. This lady was allied, both by blood

and marriage, to some highly respectable families. Her crime was the

double one of poisoning her husband, and having an intrigue with his

brother, who was her associate in the murder. She was brought from the

north country into Leith harbour in an open boat, and as fame had

preceded her, thousands of people flocked to the shore to see her. She

has been described to us as standing erect in the boat, dressed in a

riding-habit, and having a switch in her hand, with which she amused

herself. Her whole bearing betrayed so much levity, or was so different

from what had been expected, that the mob raised a general howl of

indignation, and were on the point of stoning her to death, when she was

with some difficulty rescued from their hands by the public authorities.

In this case the Old Tolbooth found itself, as usual, incapable of

retaining a culprit of condition. Sentence had been delayed by the

judges, on account of her pregnancy. The midwife employed at her

accouchement (who, by-the-by, continued to practise in Edinburgh so

lately as the year 1805) had the address to achieve a jail-delivery

also. For three or four days previous to that concerted for the escape,

she pretended to be afflicted with a prodigious toothache; went out and

in with her head enveloped in shawls and flannels; and groaned as it she

had been about to give up the ghost. At length, when all the janitory

officials were become so habituated to her appearance, as not to heed

her “exits and her entrances” very much, Katherine Nairne one evening

came down in her stead, with her head wrapped all round with the shawls,

uttering the usual groans, and holding down her face upon her hands, as

with agony, in the precise way customary with the midwife. The inner

door-keeper, not quite unconscious, it is supposed, of the trick, gave

her a hearty thump upon the back as she passed out, calling her at the

same time a howling old Jezebel and wishing she would never come back to

annoy his ears, and those of the other inmates, in such an intolerable

way. There are two reports of the proceedings of Katherine Nairne after

leaving the prison. One bears that she immediately left the town in a

coach, to which she was handed by a friend stationed on purpose. The

coachman, it is said, had orders from her relations, in the event of a

pursuit, to drive into the sea and drown her—a fate which, however

dreadful, was considered preferable to the ignominy of a public

execution. The other story runs, that she went up the Lawnmarket to the

Castlehill, where lived a respectable advocate, from whom, as he was her

cousin, she expected to receive protection. Being ignorant of the town,

she mistook the proper house, and, what was certainly remarkable,

applied at that of the crown agent, who was assuredly the last man in

the world that could have done her any service. As good luck would have

it, she was not recognised by the servant, who civilly directed her to

her cousin’s house, where it is said she remained concealed many weeks.

In addition to these reports, we may mention that we have seen an attic

pointed out in St Mary’s Wynd, as the place where Katherine Nairne found

concealment between the period of her leaving the jail and that of her

going abroad. Her future life, it has been reported, was virtuous and

fortunate. She was married to a French gentleman, was the mother of a

large and respectable family, and died at a good old age. Meanwhile,

Patrick Ogilvie, her associate in the dark crime which threw a shade

over her younger years, suffered in the Grassmarket. This gentleman, who

had been a lieutenant in the —— regiment, was so much beloved by his

fellow-soldiers, who happened to be stationed at that time in Edinburgh

Castle, that the public authorities judged it necessary to shut them up

in that fortress till the execution was over, lest they might have

attempted, what they had been heard to threaten, a rescue.

The Old Tolbooth was the scene of the suicide of Mungo Campbell, while

under sentence of death for shooting the Earl of Eglintoune. In the

country where this memorable event took place, it is somewhat remarkable

that the fate of the murderer was more generally lamented than that of

the murdered person. Campbell, as we have heard, though what was called

“a graceless man,” and therefore not much esteemed by the Auld Light

people, who there abound, was rather popular in his profession of

exciseman, on account of his rough, honourable spirit, and his lenity in

the matter of smuggling. Lord Eglintoune, on the contrary, was not

liked, on account of the inconvenience which he occasioned to many of

his tenants by newfangled improvements, and his introduction into the

country of a generally abhorred article, denominated rye-grass, which,

for some reason we are not farmer enough to explain, was fully as

unpopular a measure as the bringing in of Prelacy had been a century

before. Lord Eglintoune was in the habit of taking strange crotchets

about his farms—crotchets quite at variance with the old-established

prejudices of his tenantry. He sometimes tried to rouse the old stupid

farmers of Kyle from their negligence and supineness, by removing them

to other farms, or causing two to exchange their possessions, in order,

as he jocularly alleged, to prevent their furniture from getting mouldy,

by long standing in particular damp corners. Though his lordship’s

projects were all undertaken in the spirit of improvement, and though

these emigrations were doubtless salutary in a place where the people

were then involved in much sloth and nastiness, still they were

premature, and carried on with rather a harsh spirit. They therefore

excited feelings in the country people not at all favourable to his

character. These, joined to the natural eagerness of the common people

to exult over the fall of tyranny, and the puritanical spirit of the

district, which disposed them to regard his lordship’s peccadilloes as

downright libertinism, altogether conspired against him, and tended to

throw the glory and the pity of the occasion upon his lordship’s slayer.

Even Mungo’s poaching was excused, as a more amiable failing than the

excessive love of preserving game, which had always been the unpopular

mania of the Eglintoune family. Mungo Campbell was a man respectably

connected, the son of a provost of Ayr; had been a dragoon in his youth,

was eccentric in his manner, a bachelor, and was considered at Newmills,

where he resided, as an austere and unsocial, but honourable, and not

immoral man. There can be no doubt that he rose on his elbows and fired

at his lordship, who had additionally provoked him by bursting into a

laugh at his awkward fall. The Old Tolbooth was supposed by many, at the

time, to have had her usual failing in Mungo’s case. The Argyll interest

was said to have been employed in his favour, and the body, which was

found suspended over the door, instead of being his, was thought to be

that of a dead soldier from the castle, substituted in his place. His

relations, however, who are very respectable people in Ayrshire, all

acknowledge that he died by his own hand; and this was the general idea

of the mob of Edinburgh, who, getting the body into their hands, trailed

it down the street to the King’s Park, and inspired by different

sentiments from those of the Ayrshire people, were not satisfied till

they got it up to the top of Salisbury Crags, from which they

precipitated it down the “Cat Nick.” Aged people in Ayrshire still

remember the unwonted brilliancy of the aurora borealis on the midnight

of Lord Eglintoune’s death. Strange and awful whispers then went through

the country, in correspondence, as it were, with the streamers in the

sky, which were considered by the superstitious as expressions on the

face of heaven of satisfied wrath in the event.

One of the most remarkable criminals ever confined in the Old Tolbooth

was the celebrated William Brodie. As may be generally known, this was a

man of respectable connexions, and who had moved in good society all his

life, unsuspected of any criminal pursuits. It is said that a habit of

frequenting cock-pits was the first symptom he exhibited of a

defalcation from virtue. His ingenuity as a joiner gave him a fatal

facility in the burglarious pursuits to which he afterwards addicted

himself. It was then customary for the shopkeepers of Edinburgh to hang

their keys upon a nail at the back of their doors, or at least to take

no pains in concealing them during the day. Brodie used to take

impressions of them in putty or clay, a piece of which he would carry in

the palm of his hand. He kept a blacksmith in his pay, of the name of

Smith, who forged exact copies of the keys he wanted, and with these it

was his custom to open the shops of his fellow-tradesmen during the

night. He thus found opportunities of securely stealing whatsoever he

wished to possess. He carried on his malpractices for many years. Upon

one shop in particular he made many severe exactions. This was the shop

of a company of jewellers, in the North Bridge Street, namely, that at

the south-east corner, where it joins the High Street. The unfortunate

tradesmen from time to time missed many articles, and paid off one or

two faithful shopmen, under the impression of their being guilty of the

theft. They were at length ruined. Brodie remained unsuspected, till

having committed a daring robbery upon the Excise-office in Chessel’s

Court, Canongate, some circumstances transpired, which induced him to

disappear from Edinburgh. Suspicion then becoming strong, he was pursued

to Holland, and taken at Amsterdam, standing upright in a press or

cupboard. At his trial, Henry Erskine, his counsel, spoke very

eloquently in his behalf, representing in particular, to the jury, how

strange and improbable a circumstance it was, that a man whom they had

themselves known from infancy as a person of good repute, should have

been guilty of such practices as those with which he was charged. He

was, however, found guilty, and sentenced to death, along with his

accomplice Smith. At the trial he had appeared in a fine full-dress suit

of black clothes, the greater part of which was of silk, and his

deportment throughout the whole affair was completely that of a

gentleman. He continued during the period which intervened between his

sentence and execution to dress himself well and to keep up his spirits.

A gentleman of our acquaintance, calling upon him in the condemned room,

was astonished to find him singing the song from the Beggar’s Opera,

“’Tis woman seduces all mankind.” Having contrived to cut out the figure

of a draught-board on the stone floor of his dungeon, he amused himself

by playing with any one who would join him, and, in default of such,

with his right hand against his left. This diagram remained in the room

where it was so strangely out of place, till the destruction of the

jail. His dress and deportment at the gallows were equally gay with

those which he assumed at his trial. As the Earl of Morton was the first

man executed by the “Maiden,” so was Brodie the first who proved the

excellence of an improvement he had formerly made on the apparatus of

the gibbet. This was the substitution of what was called the “drop,” for

the ancient practice of the double ladder. He inspected the thing with a

professional air, and seemed to view the result of his ingenuity with a

smile of satisfaction. When placed on that terrible and insecure

pedestal, and while the rope was adjusted round his neck by the

executioner, his courage did not forsake him. On the contrary, even

there, he exhibited a sort of joyful levity, which, though not exactly

composure, seemed to the spectators as more indicative of indifference;

he shuffled about, looked gaily around, and finally went out of the

world with his hand stuck carelessly into the open front of his vest.

The Tolbooth, in its old days, as its infirmities increased, showed

itself now and then incapable of retaining prisoners of very ordinary

rank. Within the recollection of many people yet alive, a youth named

Reid, the son of an innkeeper in the Grassmarket, while under sentence

of death for some felonious act, had the address to make his escape.

Every means was resorted to for recovering him, by search throughout the

town, vigilance at all the ports, and the offer of a reward for his

apprehension, yet he contrived fairly to cheat the gallows. The whole

story of his escape is exceedingly curious. He took refuge in the great

cylindrical mausoleum of Sir George Mackenzie, in the Greyfriars

churchyard of Edinburgh. This place, besides its discomfort, was

supposed to be haunted by the ghost of the persecutor—a circumstance of

which Reid, an Edinburgh boy, must have been well aware. But he braved

all these horrors for the sake of his life. He had been brought up in

the Hospital of George Heriot, in the immediate neighbourhood of the

churchyard, and had many boyish acquaintances still residing in that

munificent establishment. Some of these he contrived to inform of his

situation, enjoining them to be secret, and beseeching them to assist

him in his distress. The Herioters of those days had a very clannish

spirit, insomuch, that to have neglected the interests or safety of any

individual of the community, however unworthy he might be of their

friendship, would have been looked upon by them as a sin of the deepest

dye. Reid’s confidants, therefore, considered themselves bound to assist

him by all means in their power against that general foe, the public.

They kept his secret most faithfully, spared from their own meals as

much food as supported him, and ran the risk of severe punishment, as

well as of seeing ghosts, by visiting him every night in his horrible

abode. They were his only confidants, his very parents, who lived not

far off, being ignorant of his place of concealment. About six weeks

after his escape from jail, when the hue and cry had in a great measure

subsided, he ventured to leave the tomb, and it was afterwards known

that he escaped abroad.

The subsequent history of the Old Tolbooth contains little that is very

remarkable. It has passed away with many other venerable relics of the

olden time, and we now look in vain for the many antique associations

which crowded round the spot it once occupied.

THE LOVER’S LAST VISIT.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

The window of the lonely cottage of Hilltop was beaming far above the

highest birchwood, seeming to travellers at a distance in the long

valley below, who knew it not, to be a star in the sky. A bright fire

was in the kitchen of that small tenement; the floor was washed, swept

and sanded, and not a footstep had marked its perfect neatness; a small

table was covered, near the ingle, with a snow-white cloth, on which was

placed a frugal evening meal; and in happy but pensive mood sat there

all alone the woodcutter’s only daughter, a comely and gentle creature,

if not beautiful—such a one as diffuses pleasure round her hay-field,

and serenity over the seat in which she sits attentively on the Sabbath,

listening to the word of God, or joining with mellow voice in His praise

and worship. On this night she expected a visit from her lover, that

they might fix their marriage-day; and her parents, satisfied and happy

that their child was about to be wedded to a respectable shepherd, had

gone to pay a visit to their nearest neighbour in the glen.

A feeble and hesitating knock was at the door, not like the glad and

joyful touch of a lover’s hand; and cautiously opening it, Mary Robinson

beheld a female figure wrapped up in a cloak, with her face concealed in

a black bonnet. The stranger, whoever she might be, seemed wearied and

worn out, and her feet bore witness to a long day’s travel across the

marshy mountains. Although she could scarcely help considering her an

unwelcome visitor at such an hour, yet Mary had too much disposition—too

much humanity,—not to request her to step forward into the hut; for it

seemed as if the wearied woman had lost her way, and had come towards

the shining window to be put right upon her journey to the low country.

The stranger took off her bonnet on reaching the fire; and Mary Robinson

beheld the face of one whom, in youth, she had tenderly loved; although

for some years past, the distance at which they lived from each other

had kept them from meeting, and only a letter or two, written in their

simple way, had given them a few notices of each other’s existence. And

now Mary had opportunity, in the first speechless gaze of recognition,

to mark the altered face of her friend,—and her heart was touched with

an ignorant compassion. “For mercy’s sake! sit down Sarah, and tell me

what evil has befallen you; for you are as white as a ghost. Fear not to

confide anything to my bosom: we have herded sheep together on the

lonesome braes;—we have stripped the bark together in the more lonesome

woods;—we have played, laughed, sung, danced together;—we have talked

merrily and gaily, but innocently enough surely, of sweethearts

together; and, Sarah, graver thoughts, too, have we shared, for when

your poor brother died away like a frosted flower, I wept as if I had

been his sister; nor can I ever be so happy in this world as to forget

him. Tell me, my friend, why are you here? and why is your sweet face so

ghastly?”

The heart of this unexpected visitor died within her at these kind and

affectionate inquiries; for she had come on an errand that was likely to

dash the joy from that happy countenance. Her heart upbraided her with

the meanness of the purpose for which she had paid this visit; but that

was only a passing thought; for was she, innocent and free from sin, to

submit, not only to desertion, but to disgrace, and not trust herself

and her wrongs, and her hopes of redress, to her whom she loved as a

sister, and whose generous nature, she well knew, not even love, the

changer of so many things, could change utterly, though, indeed, it

might render it colder than of old to the anguish of a female friend?

“Oh! Mary, I must speak—yet must my words make you grieve, far less for

me than for yourself. Wretch that I am, I bring evil tidings into the

dwelling of my dearest friend! These ribbons, they are worn for his

sake—they become well, as he thinks, the auburn of your bonny hair;—that

blue gown is worn to-night because he likes it;—but, Mary, will you

curse me to my face, when I declare before the God that made us, that

that man is pledged unto me by all that is sacred between mortal

creatures; and that I have here in my bosom written promises and oaths

of love from him, who, I was this morning told, is in a few days to be

thy husband? Turn me out of the hut now, if you choose, and let me, if

you choose, die of hunger and fatigue in the woods where we have so

often walked together; for such death would be mercy to me, in

comparison with your marriage with him who is mine for ever, if there be

a God who heeds the oaths of the creatures He has made.”

Mary Robinson had led a happy life, but a life of quiet thoughts,

tranquil hopes, and meek desires. Tenderly and truly did she love the

man to whom she was now betrothed; but it was because she had thought

him gentle, manly, upright, sincere, and one that feared God. His

character was unimpeached—to her his behaviour had always been fond,

affectionate, and respectful; that he was a fine-looking man, and could

show himself among the best of the country round at church, and market,

and fair-day, she saw and felt with pleasure and with pride. But in the

heart of this poor, humble, contented, and pious girl, love was not a

violent passion, but an affection sweet and profound. She looked forward

to her marriage with a joyful sedateness, knowing that she would have to

toil for her family, if blest with children; but happy in the thought of

keeping her husband’s house clean, of preparing his frugal meals, and

welcoming him when wearied at night to her faithful, and affectionate,

and grateful bosom.

At first, perhaps, a slight flush of anger towards Sarah tinged her

cheek; then followed in quick succession, or all blended together in one

sickening pang, fear, disappointment, the sense of wrong, and the cruel

pain of disesteeming and despising one on whom her heart had rested with

all its best and purest affections. But though there was a keen struggle

between many feelings in her heart, her resolution was formed during

that very conflict, and she said within herself, “If it be even so,

neither will I be so unjust as to deprive poor Sarah of the man who

ought to marry her, nor will I be so mean and low-spirited, poor as I

am, and dear as he has been unto me, as to become his wife.”

While these thoughts were calmly passing in the soul of this magnanimous

girl, all her former affection for Sarah revived; and, as she sighed for

herself, she wept aloud for her friend. “Be quiet, be quiet, Sarah, and

sob not so as if your heart were breaking. It need not be thus with you.

Oh, sob not so sair! You surely have not walked in this one day from the

heart of the parish of Montrath?”—“I have indeed done so, and I am as

weak as the wreathed snaw. God knows, little matter if I should die

away; for, after all, I fear he will never think of me for his wife, and

you, Mary, will lose a husband with whom you would have been happy, I

feel, after all, that I must appear a mean wretch in your eyes.”

There was silence between them; and Mary Robinson, looking at the clock,

saw that it wanted only about a quarter of an hour from the time of

tryst. “Give me the oaths and promises you mentioned, out of your bosom,

Sarah, that I may show them to Gabriel when he comes. And once more I

promise, by all the sunny and all the snowy days we have sat together in

the same plaid on the hillside, or in the lonesome charcoal plots and

nests o’ green in the woods, that if my Gabriel—did I say my

Gabriel?—has forsaken you and deceived me thus, never shall his lips

touch mine again—never shall he put ring on my finger—never shall this

head lie in his bosom—no, never, never; notwithstanding all the happy,

too happy, hours and days I have been with him, near or at a distance—on

the corn-rig—among the meadow hay, in the singing-school—at

harvest-home—in this room, and in God’s own house. So help me God, but I

will keep this vow!”

Poor Sarah told, in a few hurried words, the story of her love and

desertion—how Gabriel, whose business as a shepherd often took him into

Montrath parish, had wooed her, and fixed everything about their

marriage, nearly a year ago. But that he had become causelessly jealous

of a young man whom she scarcely knew; had accused her of want of

virtue, and for many months had never once come to see her. “This

morning, for the first time, I heard for a certainty, from one who knew

Gabriel well and all his concerns, that the banns had been proclaimed in

the church between him and you; and that in a day or two you were to be

married. And though I felt drowning, I determined to make a struggle for

my life—for oh! Mary, Mary, my heart is not like your heart; it wants

your wisdom, your meekness, your piety; and if I am to lose Gabriel,

will I destroy my miserable life, and face the wrath of God sitting in

judgment upon sinners.”

At this burst of passion Sarah hid her face with her hands, as if

sensible that she had committed blasphemy. Mary, seeing her wearied,

hungry, thirsty, and feverish, spoke to her in the most soothing manner,

led her into the little parlour called the spence, then removed into it

the table, with the oaten cakes, butter, and milk; and telling her to

take some refreshment, and then lie down in the bed, but on no account

to leave the room till called for, gave her a sisterly kiss, and left

her. In a few minutes the outer door opened, and Gabriel entered.

The lover said, “How is my sweet Mary?” with a beaming countenance; and

gently drawing her to his bosom, he kissed her cheek. Mary did not—could

not—wished not—at once to release herself from his enfolding arms.

Gabriel had always treated her as the woman who was to be his wife; and

though, at this time, her heart knew its own bitterness, yet she

repelled not endearments that were so lately delightful, and suffered

him to take her almost in his arms to their accustomed seat. He held her

hand in his, and began to speak in his usual kind and affectionate

language. Kind and affectionate it was, for though he ought not to have

done so, he loved her, as he thought, better than his life. Her heart

could not, in one small short hour, forget a whole year of bliss. She

could not yet fling away with her own hand what, only a few minutes ago,

seemed to her the hope of paradise. Her soul sickened within her, and

she wished that she were dead, or never had been born.

“O Gabriel! Gabriel! well indeed have I loved you; nor will I say, after

all that has passed between us, that you are not deserving, after all,

of a better love than mine. Vain were it to deny my love, either to you

or to my own soul. But look me in the face—be not wrathful—think not to

hide the truth either from yourself or me, for that now is

impossible—but tell me solemnly, as you shall answer to God at the

judgment-day, if you know any reason why I must not be your wedded

wife.” She kept her mild moist eyes fixed upon him; but he hung down his

head and uttered not a word, for he was guilty before her, before his

own soul, and before God.

“Gabriel, never could we have been happy; for you often, often told me,

that all the secrets of your heart were known unto me, yet never did you

tell me this. How could you desert the poor innocent creature that loved

you; and how could you use me so, who loved you perhaps as well as she,

but whose heart God will teach, not to forget you, for that may I never

do, but to think on you with that friendship and affection which

innocently I can bestow upon you, when you are Sarah’s husband. For,

Gabriel, I have this night sworn, not in anger or passion—no, no—but in

sorrow and pity for another’s wrongs—in sorrow also, deny it will I not,

for my own—to look on you from this hour, as on one whose life is to be

led apart from my life, and whose love must never more meet with my

love. Speak not unto me—look not on me with beseeching eyes. Duty and

religion forbid us ever to be man and wife. But you know there is one,

besides me, whom you loved before you loved me, and, therefore, it may

be better too; and that she loves you, and is faithful, as if God had

made you one, I say without fear—I who have known her since she was a

child, although, fatally for the peace of us both, we have long lived

apart. Sarah is in the house; I will bring her unto you in tears, but

not tears of penitence, for she is as innocent of that sin as I am, who

now speak.”

Mary went into the little parlour, and led Sarah forward in her hand.

Despairing as she had been, yet when she had heard from poor Mary’s

voice speaking so fervently, that Gabriel had come, and that her friend

was interceding in her behalf, the poor girl had arranged her hair in a

small looking-glass—tied it up with a ribbon which Gabriel had given

her, and put into the breast of her gown a little gilt brooch, that

contained locks of their blended hair. Pale but beautiful—for Sarah

Pringle was the fairest girl in all the country—she advanced with a

flush on that paleness of reviving hope, injured pride, and love that

was ready to forgive all and forget all, so that once again she could be

restored to the place in his heart that she had lost. “What have I ever

done, Gabriel, that you should fling me from you? May my soul never live

by the atonement of my Saviour, if I am not innocent of that sin, yea,

of all distant thought of that sin, with which you, even you, have in

your hard-heartedness charged me. Look me in the face, Gabriel, and

think of all I have been unto you, and if you say that before God, and

in your own soul, you believe me guilty, then will I go away out into

the dark night, and, long before morning, my troubles will be at an

end.”

Truth was not only in her fervent and simple words, but in the tone of

her voice, the colour of her face, and the light of her eyes. Gabriel

had long shut up his heart against her. At first, he had doubted her

virtue, and that doubt gradually weakened his affection. At last he

tried to believe her guilty, or to forget her altogether, when his heart

turned to Mary Robinson, and he thought of making her his wife. His

injustice—his wickedness—his baseness—which he had so long concealed, in

some measure, from himself, by a dim feeling of wrong done him, and

afterwards by the pleasure of a new love, now appeared to him as they

were, and without disguise. Mary took Sarah’s hand and placed it within

that of her contrite lover; for had the tumult of conflicting passions

allowed him to know his own soul, such at that moment he surely was,

saying with a voice as composed as the eyes with which she looked upon

them, “I restore you to each other; and I already feel the comfort of

being able to do my duty. I will be bride’s-maid. And I now implore the

blessing of God upon your marriage. Gabriel, your betrothed will sleep

this night in my bosom. We will think of you, better, perhaps, than you

deserve. It is not for me to tell you what you have to repent of. Let us

all three pray for each other this night, and evermore, when we are on

our knees before our Maker. The old people will soon be at home.

Goodnight, Gabriel.” He kissed Sarah; and, giving Mary a look of shame,

humility, and reverence, he went home to meditation and repentance.

It was now midsummer; and before the harvest had been gathered in

throughout the higher valleys, or the sheep brought from the

mountain-fold, Gabriel and Sarah were man and wife. Time passed on, and

a blooming family cheered their board and fireside. Nor did Mary

Robinson, the Flower of the Forest (for so the woodcutter’s daughter was

often called), pass her life in single blessedness. She, too, became a

wife and mother; and the two families, who lived at last on adjacent

farms, were remarkable for mutual affection throughout all the parish,

and more than one intermarriage took place between them, at a time when

the worthy parents had almost forgotten the trying incident of their

youth.

MARY QUEEN OF SCOTS AND CHATELAR;

_OR, TWILIGHT MUSINGS IN HOLYROOD_.

There are no mysteries into which we are so fond of prying as the

mysteries of the heart. The hero of the best novel in the world, if he

could not condescend to fall in love, might march through his three

volumes and excite no more sensation than his grandmother; and a

newspaper without a breach of promise of marriage is a thing not to be

endured.

It is not my intention to affect any singular exception from this

natural propensity, and I am ready to confess that the next best thing

to being in love oneself, is to speculate on the hopes, and fears, and

fates of others. How truly interesting are the little schemes and

subterfuges, the romancing and story-telling of our dove-eyed and

gentle-hearted playfellows! I have listened to a lame excuse for a

stolen ride in a tilbury, or a duet in the woods, with wonderful

sensibility; and have witnessed the ceremony of cross-questioning with

as much trepidation as I could have felt had I been the culprit myself.

It is not, however, to be maintained that the love adventures of the

present age can, in any way, compete with the enchantment of days agone;

when tender souls were won by tough exploits, and Cupid’s dart was a

twenty-foot lance, ordained only to reach the lady’s heart through the

ribs of the rival. This was the golden age of love, albeit I am not one

to lament it, thinking, as I do, that it is far more sensible to aid and

abet my neighbour in toasting the beauty of his mistress, than to caper

about with him in the lists, for contradiction’s sake, to the imminent

danger and discomfort of us both. After this came the middle or dark

ages of love, when it had ceased to be a glory, but had lost nothing of

its fervour as a passion. If there is here less of romance than in the

tilting days, there is considerably more of interest, because there is

more of mystery. In the one, the test of true love was to make boast, in

the other it was to keep secret. Accordingly, for an immense space of

time, we have nothing but such fragments of adventures as could be

gathered by eavesdroppers, who leave us to put head and tail to them as

best suits our fancy; and the loves of Queen Elizabeth, who lived, as it

were, only yesterday, are less known than the loves of queen Genevra,

who perhaps never lived at all.

These amatory reflections occurred to me some little time ago, during a

twilight reverie in the long, gloomy banqueting-room of Holyrood. It was

the very land of love and mystery, for there was scarcely one of the

grim visages which glared upon the walls, but had obtained his share of

celebrity in lady’s bower, as well as in tented field; and of scarcely

one of whom any certain and defined adventures have been handed down. I

continued speculating through this line of kings, blessing the mark and

confounding the painter, who has given us so little of their history in

their faces, till I grew quite warm upon the subject, and found myself

uniting and reasoning upon the few facts of which we are in possession,

till I fancied I could penetrate through two or three centuries at

least, and had a pretty shrewd idea as to who and who had been together.

Scotland has, I think, in spite of its sober, money-making character,

always excited a more romantic curiosity than England. This, perhaps, is

more owing to its peculiar misfortunes than to any particular difference

of disposition. English heroes have been as brave, and no doubt as

loving, but they do not walk under such a halo of pity; and whilst we

pry with eagerness into the secrets of the gallant Jameses, we suffer

those of their English contemporaries to be “interred with their bones.”

I have always felt this strongly, and at the time of which I speak, I

felt it stronger than ever. I was treading upon the very boards which

had bounded to their manly steps, and was surrounded by the very walls

which possessed the secret whisperings of their hearts. From that

identical window, perhaps, had the first James gazed upon the moon,

which I saw rising, and fancied that he almost held commune with the

eyes of his English beauty. There, perhaps, had the royal poet entwined

her name with the choicest hopes of his bosom, and woven a tale of

happiness which concealed but too securely the assassin and the dagger

behind it. There, too, might the courteous and courageous victims of

Flodden Field and Solway Moss have planned the loves which characterised

their lives, and the wars which concluded them, almost at the same

moment. And there might the hapless Mary have first listened to the

poisonous passion of a Darnley, or a Bothwell, and afterwards shed the

tears of bitterness and self-reproach.

I paced this sad-looking room of rejoicing quite unconscious of the

hours that were passing; for I was alone, and in a train of thought

which nothing but a hearty shake could have interrupted. Mary, and all

her beauty, and talents, and acquirements, continued floating before me.

Her world of lovers and admirers, who, for the most part, were sleeping

in a bloody bed, seemed rising one by one to my view, and I wandered

with them through their hopes, and their fears, and their sorrows, even

to the scaffold, as though I had been the ghost of one of them myself,

and were possessed of secrets of which there is no living record.

Many of these ill-fated hearts have, by their nobility, or their

exploits, or by the caprice of historians, received full meed of

applause and pity; many, no doubt, have sunk into oblivion; and some, in

addition to their misfortunes, have left their memories to combat with

the censure which has been thought due to their presumption;—of these

last I have always considered the unfortunate Chatelar to have been the

most hardly used, and in the course of my musings I endeavoured to

puzzle out something satisfactory to myself upon his dark and distorted

history.

The birth of Chatelar, if not noble, was in no common degree honourable,

for he was great-nephew to the celebrated Bayard, _le Chevalier sans

peur et sans tache_. It is said that he likewise bore a strong

resemblance to him in person, possessing a handsome face and graceful

figure; and equally in manly and elegant acquirements, being an expert

soldier and an accomplished courtier. In addition to this, says

Brantome, who knew him personally, he possessed a most elegant mind, and

spoke and wrote, both in prose and poetry, as well as any man in France.

Dangerous indeed are these advantages; and Chatelar’s first meeting with

Mary was under circumstances calculated to render them doubly dangerous.

Alone, as she conceived herself, cast off from the dearest ties of her

heart, the land which she had learnt to consider her native land fading

fast from her eyes, and the billows bearing her to the banishment of one

with which, as it contained none that she loved, she could feel no

sympathy;—in this scene of wailing and tears, the first tones of the

poet were stealing upon her ear with the spirit of kindred feelings and

kindred pursuits. We are to consider that Mary at this time had obtained

but little experience, and was probably not overstocked with prudence,

having scarcely attained the age of nineteen years. Not only, are we

told, did she listen with complacency and pleasure to Chatelar’s warm

and romantic praises of her beauty, but employed her poetic talent in

approving and replying to them; putting herself upon a level with her

gifted companion, a course which was morally certain to convert his

veneration into feelings more nearly allied to his nature. Had he not

been blamed for his presumption, it is probable that he would have been

condemned for his stoicism; and his luckless passion is by no means a

singular proof that where hearts are cast in kindred moulds, it is

difficult to recognise extrinsic disparities. Chatelar saw the woman,

and forgot the queen; Mary felt the satisfaction, and was blind to the

consequences.

It is much to be lamented by the lovers of truth, that none of the

poetical pieces which are said to have passed between Mary and Chatelar

have been handed down to us. One song would have been a more valuable

document in the elucidation of their history than all the annals we

possess, and would have taught us at once the degree of encouragement

and intimacy which was permitted. Whatever it was, it was such as to

rivet the chains which had been so readily and unadvisedly put on; and

from the period of their first meeting, we may consider him the most

enthusiastic of her lovers.

How long he continued the admiration and the favourite of Holyrood does

not, I believe, appear. It could not, however, be any considerable time

ere he was compelled to return with his friend and patron, Damville, to

France, with full reason to lament his voyage to Scotland, and with,

probably, a firm determination to revisit it whenever opportunity should

permit. This opportunity his evil stars were not long in bringing about.

The projected war of faith between Damville’s party and the Huguenots

afforded him a fair pretext for soliciting a dispensation of his

services. Of the first he was a servant, of the last he was a disciple.

It was therefore contrary to his honour and inclinations to fight

against either of them, and, accordingly, in about fifteen months, we

find him again at Holyrood.

Mary, it may reasonably be inferred, from her extreme love of France,

and unwillingness to leave it, was not very speedily to be reconciled to

her change of scene and society; a face, therefore, from the adopted

land of her affections, and a tongue capable of gratifying them with the

minutest accounts of the beloved objects it contained, must, at this

time, have been acquisitions of no small interest. Chatelar, too, had

already worked a welcome on his own account.

Few of my readers need be reminded how insensibly and certainly the

tongue which speaks of that which is dear to our hearts is stored up

with it in the same treasury. The tale and the teller of it,—the leaf

and the wave it falls upon,—arrive at the same time at the same

destination. Histories, for the most part, insinuate that Mary’s

carriage towards Chatelar was merely that of kindness and courtesy; but

this, I think, is an inference not warranted by the various facts which

they have been unable to repress, and not even the silence of the

inveterate John Knox upon this head can convince me that Chatelar had

not reason to believe himself beloved.

Let us then imagine, if we can, what was likely to be the intoxication

produced in the brain as well as the bosom of a man of an enthusiastic

temperament by a free and daily intercourse, during three months, with

the fascinations of a creature like Mary. What tales could that old

misshapen boudoir—famous only, in common estimation, for the murder of

Rizzio and the boot of Darnley—tell of smiles and tears over the

fortunes of dear and distant companions of childhood, as narrated by the

voice of one to whom, perhaps, they were equally dear! What tales could

it tell of mingling music, and mingling poetry, and mingling looks, and

vain regrets, and fearful anticipations! Here had the day been passed in

listening to the praises of each other, from lips in which praise was a

talent and a profession; and here had the twilight stolen upon them when

none were by, and none could know how deeply the truth of those praises

was acknowledged. Let us imagine all this, and, likewise, how Chatelar

was likely to be wrought upon by the utter hopelessness of his case.

Had the object of his passion been upon anything like a level with

him,—had there been the most remote possibility of a chance of its

attainment,—his subsequent conduct would, most likely, not have been

such as to render it a subject for investigation. But Mary must have

been as inaccessible to him as the being of another world. The devotion

which he felt for her was looked upon by the heads of her court as a

species of sacrilege; and he was given to believe, that each had a plan

for undermining his happiness and removing him from her favour. If this

could not be effected, it was a moral certainty that Mary, in the bloom

of her youth and the plentitude of her power, must become to some one of

her numerous suitors all which it was impossible that she could ever

become to him. Of these two cases, perhaps, the one was as bad as the

other, and Chatelar was impelled to an act of desperation, which, in

these matter-of-fact days, can scarcely be conceived. On the night of

the 12th of February, 1563, he was found concealed in the young queen’s

bed-chamber.

It would, I fear, be a difficult undertaking, in the eyes of

dispassionate and reasoning persons, to throw a charitable doubt upon

the motives of this unseasonable intrusion. The fair and obvious

inference is, that he depended upon the impression he had made upon

Mary’s heart, and the impossibility of their lawful union. In some

degree, too, he might have been influenced by the perilous consequences

of a discovery, to which he possibly thought her love would not permit

her to expose him. The propriety of this argument, if he made use of it,

was not put to the test, for his discovery fell to the lot of Mary’s

female attendants before she retired.

There is, however, another class of readers who will give him credit for

other thoughts. I mean those best of all possible judges of

love-affairs, in whom the commonplaces of life have not entirely

destroyed that kindly feeling of romance which Nature thought it

necessary to implant in them, and which the usage of modern days renders

it necessary for them to be ashamed of. The readers of whom I speak will

decide more from the heart than the head; and then what an interminable

field of defence is laid open! What strange feelings and unaccountable

exploits might be furnished from the catalogue of love vagaries! Were

Chatelar to be judged by other examples, the simple circumstance of his

secreting himself for the mere purpose of being in the hallowed

neighbourhood of his mistress, and without the most distant idea of

making her acquainted with it, would appear a very commonplace and very

pardonable occurrence. And if we keep in mind his poetical character and

chivalrous education, this belief is materially strengthened.

On the following morning the affair was made known to the Queen by her

ladies. Had they been wise enough to hold their peace, it is odds but

the lover’s taste for adventure would have been satisfied by the first

essay. Instead of this, being forbidden all future access to her

presence, he became more desperate than ever. His motives had been

misconstrued; his actions, he thought, had been misrepresented; he was

bent on explanation, and he hoped for pardon. Thus it was that when

Mary, on the same day, quitted Edinburgh, her disgraced admirer executed

his determination of following her, and, on the night of the 14th,

seized the only opportunity of an interview by committing the very same

offence for which he was then suffering: Mary had no sooner entered her

chamber than Chatelar stood before her.

Whatever her feelings may have been towards him, it is not surprising

that this sudden apparition should have proved somewhat startling, and

have produced an agitation not very favourable to his cause. It may be

presumed that she was not mistress of her actions, for certain it is,

that she did that which, if she possessed one half of the womanly

tenderness for which she has credit, must have been a blight and a

bitterness upon her after life. Chatelar comes, wounded to the quick, to

supplicate a hearing, and the Queen, it is said, “was fain to cry for

help,” and desire Murray, who came at her call, to “put his dagger into

him.”

Thus, by dint of unnecessary terrors and unmeaning words, was Chatelar

given over to an enemy who had always kept a jealous eye upon him, and

to justice, which seemed determined to strain a point for his sake, and

give him something more than his due. In a few days he was tried, and

experienced the usual fate of favourites by being condemned to death.

Alas! how bitter is the recollection of even trifling injuries towards

those who loved and are lost to us! Yet what had this been in

counterpoise to the reflections of Mary? She had given over a fond and a

fervent heart to death for no fault but too much love, and any attempt

to recall the deed might have afforded a colour to the aspersions which

malignant persons were ever ready to cast upon her character, but could

have availed no further.

For Chatelar there was little leisure for reflection. The fever of the

first surprise,—the strange, the appalling conviction as to the hand

which hurled him to his fate,—the shame, the humiliation, the

indignation, had scarce time to cool in his forfeit blood, before he was

brought out to die the death of a culprit upon the scaffold.

It has been the fashion for writers upon this subject, in the quiet and

safety of their firesides, to exclaim against his want of preparation

for his transit; but, under such circumstances, I cannot much wonder

that he should rather rebel against the usual ceremonies of

psalm-singing and last speeches. If he chose to nerve himself for death

by reading Ronsard’s hymn upon it, it is no proof that he looked with

irreverence upon what was to follow it. His last words are extremely

touching; for they prove that, though he considered that Mary had

remorselessly sacrificed his life, his sorrow was greater than his

resentment, and his love went with him to the grave. “Adieu,” he said,

turning to the quarter in which he supposed her to be, “adieu, most

beautiful and most cruel princess in the world!” and then submitting

himself to the executioner, he met the last stroke with a courage

consistent with his character.

Of Mary’s behaviour on this event, history, I believe, gives no account.

My ponderings upon this singular story had detained me long. The old

pictures on the walls glistened and glimmered in the moonshine like a

band of spectres; and, at last, I fairly fancied that I saw one grisly

gentleman pointing at me with his truncheon, in the act of directing his

Furies to “seize on me and take me to their torments.” It was almost

time to be gone, but the thought of Chatelar seemed holding me by the

skirts. I could not depart without taking another look at the scene of

his happiest hours, and I stole, shadow-like, with as little noise as I

could, through the narrow passages and staircases, till I stood in

Mary’s little private apartment. As I passed the antechamber, the light

was shining only on the stain of blood; the black shadows here and

elsewhere made the walls appear as though they had been hung with

mourning. I do not know that ever I felt so melancholy; and had not the

owl just then given a most dismal whoop, there is no telling but that I

might have had courage and sentiment enough to have stayed until I had

been locked up for the night. I passed by the low bed, under which

Chatelar is said to have hidden himself. It must have cost him some

trouble to get there! I glanced hastily at the faded tambour work,

which, it is possible, he might have witnessed in its progress; and I

shook my head with much satisfaction to think that I had a head to

shake. “If,” said I, “there is more interest attached to the old times

of love, it is, after all, in some degree, counterbalanced by the safety

of the present; and I know not whether it is not better to be born in

the age when racks and torments are used metaphorically, than in those

in which it is an even chance that I might have encountered the

reality.”—_Literary Souvenir_, 1825.

A NIGHT IN DUNCAN M‘GOWAN’S.

After traversing a bleak and barren track of moorland country, I

unexpectedly arrived at the village of Warlockheugh, a few hours before

the sun had set upon the cheerless and level horizon of that desolate

region. A scene so bleak and solitary had engendered a vague and

melancholy feeling of individual helplessness and desertion; the morning

buoyancy of my spirits had settled down into dull and dejected sympathy

with the exhausted members of my body; the sharp, clear air that blew

across the moor had whetted my appetite to an exquisite degree of

keenness, so that I was not a little disposed to mingle once more with

human society, to invigorate my limbs with another night’s repose, and

to satisfy the cravings of hunger with some necessary refreshment. I

therefore entered the village at a quicker pace than I had exerted for

the last ten or twelve miles of my journey.

It is situated in a narrow valley, which slopes away from the moorland

side, and is surrounded by a ridge of rocks that rise around it like an

iron barrier, and frown defiance to the threatened encroachments of the

ocean. A dark brown stream floats along the moor with a lazy and silent

current, bursts with a single leap over a precipice at the upper end of

the village, thunders along a broken, rocky channel, and spouts a

roaring cataract, sheer down through the rifted chasm that opens towards

the coast, and affords the villagers a view of ocean, which, environed

on all sides by tumultuous ranges of rugged mountains, expands its sheet

of blue waters like an inland lake.

Having entered the village of Warlockheugh, I was attracted by the Red

Lion that blazes on the sign of Duncan M‘Gowan, who kept then, and, as I

understand, still keeps, “excellent entertainment for men and horses.” I

was shown into Duncan’s best apartment, but had little leisure and no

inclination to make an inventory of its contents. Hunger is an urgent

creditor, and not to be reasoned with, so I ordered the landlord to

fetch me some refreshment. My order was immediately succeeded by a most

delightful concert of culinary implements, whose risp and clank, and

clatter, and jingle, mingling harmoniously with the squirt and buzz of a

frying-pan, engendered a hearty and haggis-like hodge-podge of

substantial and delectable associations. The table was soon covered with

that plain and solid sort of food which is generally to be found in the

temporary halting places of such wayfaring men as coach-drivers and

carriers, who are no mean connoisseurs in the more rational part of good

living. Having done ample justice to the landlord’s good cheer, I laid

myself back in my chair, in that state of agreeable languor which

generally succeeds sudden rest after violent exertion, and abundant

refreshment after long fasting. My imagination, struggling between the

benumbing influence of sated appetite, and the exhilarating novelty of

my present situation, floated dimly and drowsily over the various

occurrences of life, till the iris-coloured texture of existence

saddened into a gray heaviness of eye, whose twilight vision grew darker

and darker, till the ill-defined line of connexion, with which

consciousness divided the waking from the slumbering world, was

swallowed up in the blackness of a profound sleep. And there, as we may

suppose, I sat twanging, through the trumpet of my nose, my own lullaby,

and rivalling the sonorous drone of M‘Glashan the piper’s bagpipe, who,

when I came in, was sitting on a stone at the door, piping his

diabolical music to the happy villagers.

I had not long remained in this “pleasing land of drowsyhead,” when my

slumbers were violently broken by a tumultuous uproar coming down from

the upper end of the village. I started from my seat in that state of

giddiness and stupor which one generally feels when roused from sleep by

violent and alarming sounds. My whole frame was benumbed by the

uneasiness of my dozing position, and it was with the utmost pain and

difficulty I could prevail upon my limbs to carry me to the window, to

ascertain the cause of the uproarious din, which every moment grew

louder and louder. The first objects that caught my attention were some

straggling villagers, sweeping down the lane with desperate speed of

foot, and dismal looks of consternation. I made towards the door, but

the passage was choked full of alarmed and breathless fugitives, whose

apprehensions had driven them to the first asylum which opportunity

presented. Ejaculations and exclamations of all sorts were gasped forth

by the multitude in the passage. Some swore in wrath, some laughed in

self-congratulation, while others clamorously bewailed those of their

kindred who might yet be exposed to the approaching danger. I inquired

at a composed-looking middle-aged personage who stood beside me, the

cause of this uncommon and alarming occurrence. “Ou,” said he, coolly,

“M‘Harrigle’s bull’s run wud, and he’s gaun to take the command o’ the

town till we get a new magistrate; for, as ye maun understand, sir,

Bailie Brodie died yesterday.” The inhabitants rushed by in greater

numbers, the sounds grew numerous, louder and more intelligible, as the

huddling multitude approached; and I distinctly heard several voices

bawling out, “Rin, ye deevil, or ye’ll be torn to ’coupins!—Lord

preserve us! he’ll be ower the brae face—there he goes—confound ye!

rin—mercy on us! sic a race!” The uproar and clamour, already run into

utter confusion, turned fiercer and more riotous as a knot of people

flew suddenly past the window, and left a space behind them that was

immediately occupied by the bull, tumbling his huge unwieldy carcass

down the lane, followed by an immense crowd of men, women, and children,

and curs of every denomination. The hoarse bawling of the men, the

screams of the women, and the clear treble of the children, the barking

of curs, from the gruff big bow-wow of the mastiff down to the

nyiff-nyaff and yelp-yelp of the terrier, along with the boo-baloo and

bellow of the bull, formed a wild and savage uproar that was truly

deafening. I dashed up the window and looked out. The enraged animal

lumbered along, and heaved his ponderous bulk into fantastical

attitudes, with his posterior appendage projecting straight out like a

pole and tassel, his back raised, and his head ploughing on between his

fore-feet. He hobbled, and hurled, and tumbled along with as blind an

impulse as if he had been a mass of destructive machinery driven

headlong by the mad impetus of some terrible and ungovernable energy.

Away he went. The last sight I saw of him was as he entangled his horns

in a thick stunted bush that grew on the top of a bank at some distance.

The bush withstood the violence of his shock, and he tumbled with his

feet uppermost. He struggled for a few moments; at length succeeded in

tearing it out by the roots, vanished over the precipice, and went

bellowing down the waterfall, amidst the shouts of the multitude who

pursued him.

A group of people, very closely wedged together, moved slowly up the

village. They were carrying some individual who had suffered from the

fury of the enraged animal. They shouldered on towards M‘Gowan’s in

mournful procession. All seemed extremely anxious to obtain a look of

the unhappy sufferer. Those who were near pressed more closely towards

the centre of the crowd, while those on the outside, excited by

sympathetic curiosity, were leaping up round about, asking all the while

the name of the person, and inquiring what injury he had sustained.

“He’s no sair hurt, I hope,” said one. “Is he dead?” said another of

livelier apprehensions and quicker sensibility. “It’s auld Simon Gray,”

said a young man, who came running up out of breath to M‘Gowan’s door.

“Simon Gray’s dead!” “Simon Gray dead!” cried M‘Gowan; “God forbid!” So

saying, out at the door he rushed to ascertain the truth of the mournful

intelligence. “Wae’s me,” said Dame M‘Gowan, “but this is a sair heart

to us a’,” as she sank down in a chair, and cried for water to her only

daughter, who stood sorrowfully beside her mother, alternately wringing

her hands and plaiting the hem of her white muslin apron over her finger

in mute affliction.

Simon Gray the dominie was brought into M‘Gowan’s. He was bleeding at

the nose and mouth, but did not appear to have received any very serious

injury. Cold water was dashed on his face, his temples were bathed with

vinegar, and the occasional opening and shutting of the eye, accompanied

with a laboured heaving of the breast, gave evidence that the dominie

was not yet destined to be gathered to his fathers. The inquiries of the

multitude round the door were numerous, frequent, and affectionate. The

children were loud and clamorous in their grief, all except one little

white-headed, heavy-browed, sun-burned vagabond, who, looking over the

shoulder of a neighbour urchin, asked if there would be “ony schulin’

the morn;” and upon an answer being sobbed out in the negative, the

roguish truant sought the nearest passage out of the crowd, and ran up

the lane whistling “Ower the water to Charlie,” till his career of

unseasonable mirth was checked by a stout lad, an old student of

Simon’s, who was running without hat and coat to inquire the fate of his

beloved preceptor, and who, when he witnessed the boy’s heartlessness,

could not help lending him a box on the ear, which effectually converted

his shrill whistle of delight into a monotonous grumble, accompanied by

the common exclamation of wonderment, “What’s that for, ye muckle

brute?” and a half hesitating stooping for a stone, which the lad who

bowled on towards M‘Gowan’s took no notice of till the messenger of the

boy’s indignation lighted at his heels, and bounded on the road before

him.

By the affectionate attention of his friends Simon was soon able to

speak to those around him, but still felt so weak that he requested to

be put to bed. His revival was no sooner announced at the door of the

inn than a loud and tumultuous burst of enthusiastic feeling ran through

the crowd, which immediately dispersed amidst clapping of hands, loud

laughs, and hearty jokes.

The landlord, after ministering to the necessities of the dominie, came

into the apartment where I was sitting. “Surely, landlord,” said I,

“this old man Simon Gray is a great favourite among you.”

“Troth, sir, it’s nae wonder,” was the reply to my observation. “He has

gien the villagers of Warlockheugh their lear, and keepit them lauchin’,

for five-and-twenty years back. He’s a gude-hearted carle too; he downa

see a puir body in want, and rather than let the bairns grow up in

idleness and ignorance, he’ll gie them their lear for naething. A’body’s

fond o’ Simon, and the lasses especially, though he ne’er maks love to

ane o’ them. They say some flirt o’ a lady disappointed him when he was

at the college, and he vowed ne’er to mak love to anither. But I daur

say there’s some o’ our lasses vain eneugh to think they’ll be able to

gar him brak his promise. It’ll no do,—he’s ower auld a cat to draw a

strae afore.

“He’s a real auld bachelor in his way of leevin’. He maks and mends his

ain claes too, clouts his ain shoon, darns his ain stockings, and keeps

a lot o’ tools for a’ crafts. His kitchen’s a no-that-ill-red-up place;

but if ye saw his study, sir, as he ca’s’t, it’s the queerest,

higgledy-piggledy, odds-and-ends sort o’ place ye ever saw in your life.

It’s eneugh to turn your brain just to look intil’t. His pianoforte and

his tables a’ covered wi’ a confused heap o’ books, writings, musical

instruments, colours, oil-paintings, and loose fragments o’ rough

designs, made wi’ black and white caulk on a nankeen-coloured kind o’

paper. The wa’ is stuck fu’ o’ brass-headed nails that he hings his

follies and his nonsense on. He has a muckle ill-faured image yonder,

that he ca’s an Indian god, standing on his mantelpiece, wi’ lang teeth

made o’ fish-banes, and twa round bits o’ white airn, with big

black-headed tackets driven through the middle o’ them for een, and a

queer crown on its head, made o’ split quills, plait strae, and

peacocks’ feathers. It’s eneugh to gar a body a’ grue just to look at

it. He has bears’ and teegers’ heads girnin’ on the wa’, and slouched

hats, swords, dirks, and rusty rapiers o’ every kind. He has twa or

three things yonder that he ca’s Roman helmets (though the maist o’ folk

would reckon them nae ither than barbers’ basins), forby some imitations

o’ auld coats o’ mail, made o’ painted pasteboard. Na, faith, the deil

hae me,” continued Duncan, laughing at the whimsical character of the

place he was describing, “if I dinna whiles think the body’s out o’ his

wits. But he canna be that, either, for they’re great folks ca’ing upon

him, baith far and near, and he cracks to them whiles in strange

tongues, that nane in the kintra-side kens but himsel and the minister.

Na, troth, sir, they say that our Mess John, wha’s no a lame hand

himsel, is just a bairn to him. ’Od he’s a droll, ready-handed body. He

maks a’thing himsel. He has some orra time on his hand, ye see; and he’s

either crooning ower some auld Scotch songs, or fiddling some outlandish

tunes; and, my faith! he can twine them out frae the grist o’ a common

strae-rape to the fineness o’ a windle-strae. He shakes and dirls sae

wonderfully too, that ye wad think his fiddle’s no a thing o’ timmer and

catgut at a’, but some droll musical creature o’ flesh and blood. Eh, my

certie! it gars a body’s bowels a’ tremble wi’ gladness whiles to hear

him. He’ll come in here at an antrin time, ca’ for his gill o’ gin, and

no a living creature wi’ him, and sit ower’t for twa or three hours,

crackin’ to himsel, and laughin’ as loudly and heartily at his ain queer

stories, as if he had a dizzen o’ merry cronies at his elbow. He ne’er

forgets when he’s takin’ his drams to wish himsel weel; for at every

sip, he says, ‘Here’s to ye, Simon—thanks to ye, Mr Gray;’ and so on he

goes the whole night, as if he were a kind of a twafauld body. Ae night

when he sat in my back-room and loosed his budget of jokes, and laughed

and roared wi’ himsel for twa hours, I laid my lug to the key-hole o’

the door, and owerheard the following dialogue.”

At this part of mine host’s narrative the rattling of a wheeled vehicle

was heard, and ceased immediately upon reaching the door of the inn. Mr

Cleekum, the village lawyer, had come in a few minutes before, and was

sitting beside us, laughing at M‘Gowan’s narrative, of the latter part

of which he also had been an auditory witness. M‘Gowan’s loquacity

ceased when he heard the vehicle at the door; he looked out at the

window, turned round to me, and said hastily, “Maister Cleekum ’ll tell

ye a’ about it, sir,—he heard it as weel as me.—Excuse me, there’s a gig

at the door. We maun mind our ain shop, ye ken, and a rider’s penny’s

worth a gangrel’s groat ony day.”

So saying, he hurried out, leaving the lawyer to gratify my curiosity by

the sequel of the dominie’s solitary dialogue.

“M‘Gowan’s description, sir, of this eccentric being is by no means

exaggerated,” said Mr Cleekum; “and if it can afford you any amusement,

I shall relate the remainder of Mr Gray’s dialogue, which I am the

better enabled to do, from having put myself to the trouble of noting

down the particulars, at the recital of which old Simon and myself have

since laughed very heartily. You need not be surprised at his broad

Scotch accent; he has such a decided partiality for it, that he is

commonly averse to using any other tongue, though no man speaks more

politely than himself when he is so disposed, and when the persons he

converses with render it necessary.—After having finished his first

measure of indulgence, Mr Gray proceeded thus:—

“‘Come now, Sir Simon, and I’ll help ye hame, ye auld rogue.—I am much

obliged to you, Mr Gray, but I’ll try to gar my ain shanks serve my ain

turn, and ye may e’en put your ain hand to your ain hasp, my friend.—If

ye like, we’ll have anither gill, and then toddle thegither.—Beware o’

dram-drinking, Sir Simon; ye’ll get an evil name in the clachan.—I beg

your pardon, Mr Gray; I have been a riddle to the folks ower lang

already, and as I ne’er do aucht in a corner, but what I may do on the

causey, everybody kens he’ll no mak onything mair or less o’ me by being

inquisitive. Na, na, Mr Gray, ye’re a’ out there; there is no ane in the

parish would hear an ill word o’ Simon.—But ye’re an auld man, sir, and

set an evil example to others.—Ne’er a ane do I set an evil example to

but yoursel, Mr Gray; and for a’ your cant about sobriety, ye take your

drams as regularly as I do; and I defy you—I defy you or ony other man

to say ye e’er saw me the waur o’ liquor in your life. Besides, Mr Gray,

the progress of human life is like a journey from the equator to the

north pole. We commence our career with the heat of passion and the

light of hope, and travel on, till passion is quenched by indulgence,

and hope, flying round the ball of life which is blackening before us,

seems to come up behind us, mingled with dim and regretted reminiscences

of things hoped for, obtained, enjoyed, and lost for ever but to memory:

Oh! age has weary days,

And nights of sleepless pain.

Youth needs no stimulus, it is too hot already; but when a man is

shuffling forward into the Arctic circle of old age, he requires a warm

potation to thaw the icicles that crust around his heart, and freeze up

the streams of his affections. There’s for you, Mr Gray; what do you

think of that?—Why, I think, Sir Simon, we’ll tell Duncan to fill’t

again.—That now, that now, is friendly;’ and so saying, he rung for the

landlord to fetch him the means of prolonging his solitary conviviality.

“This is that portion of Mr Gray’s dialogue with himself which M‘Gowan

and myself, perhaps officiously, listened to; but as we are upon the

subject of our venerable friend’s peculiarities, it may not be out of

place to recite a little poetical work, which he composed some time

ago.” Having signified the pleasure I should derive from being favoured

with the recital of a work from the pen of so eccentric a humorist as

the dominie, Mr Cleekum proceeded to draw forth from his pocket and to

read:—

THE MINISTER’S MARE.

The minister’s mare was as gude a gray mare

As ever was saddled, or bridled, or shod;

Be’t foul or be’t fair, be’t late or be’t air,

She nichered aye gladly when takin’ the road.

The minister late in the e’ening cam hame,

And stabled his marie, and heapit her heck,

And gae her a forpit o’ oats to her wame,

And theekit her cozily wi’ an auld sack.

And the minister’s wife wi’ a bowet cam out,

For a tenty and mensefu’ wife was she;

Glowered round her for gangrels that might be about,

And syne in the stable-door thrawed round the key.

And she oxtered the minister up the stair

To his room, where his supper and slippers were het,

Whaur a wee creepie-stool and an elbow chair

At the blithe ingle-neuk were right cozily set.

As the reverend carle gaed ben the house laughin’,

And clappin’ his wife, an’ rubbin’ his hands,

She helpit him aff wi’ his green tartan raughen,

And frae ’neath his round chin loosed his lily-white bands.

When supper was ower, the minister birsled

His shins on the creepie upon the hearth-stane;

Worn out wi’ fatigue, to his roostin-place hirsled,

And laid himsel down wi’ a wearied-man’s grane.

His canny wee wife saw him cozily happit,

Syne drew back the chairs frae the warm ingle-side;

Put creesh in the ee o’ the candle, and clappit

Right kindly and couthily down by his side.

The cracks o’ the twasome were kindly but few:

The minister wi’ a “hech-ho,” turned him roun’,

O’er his cauld shouther-head the warm blanket he drew,

Syne pu’d down his night-cap and snored snug and soun’.

The morning’s bright bonfire, that bleezed in the east,

Had meltit in heaven ilk wee siller stern,

When the cock crawed reveillè to man, bird, and beast,

As he sat on an auld knotty rung in the barn.

The dog in the watch-house yowled eerie and lang,

And struggled right fiercely to break frae his chain;

The auld chapel bell like a burial knell rang,

And groanings were heard as frae bodies in pain.

A loud rap cam rap to the minister’s yett,

The minister’s wife wondered wha might be there;

While the reverend carle, glammering, graipit to get

His drawers and bauchels, to slip down the stair.

But he warily first frae the stair-winnock keekit,

To ken wha this early disturber might be;

When he saw the dog loose, and the barn-door unsteekit,

And his mare at the yett, cap’ring wild to be free

Frae a blackavised rider, wha spurred her and banned her,

Wi’ mony wild curses to tak to the road:

And he stuck like a burr, though campsterie he fand her,

While the minister cried, “There’s been thieves here, gude ——!”

“Fie, Tibby rise,” roared Mess John, loud as thunder,

“The mischief’s come o’er us, we’re herriet, undone;

The barn’s broke, the dog’s loose, the mare’s aff, and yonder

She’s rinnin’—fie! bring me my hat, coat, and shoon!”

His claes huddled on, wi’ his staff in his han’,

He out at the yett wi’ a belly-flaught flew;

While the stour that his mare raised in clouds o’er the lan’,

Turned into a glaur-drop ilk clear blob o’ dew.

The stour, borne alang wi’ the wind strong and gusty,

Gar’d the minister look like a miller sae gray;

And the sweat on his face, mixed wi’ dust, grew as crusty

As if he were modelled in common brick-clay.

And sometimes he haltit, and sometimes he ran,

And sometime he sat himsel down in despair;

And sometimes he grew angry, and sometimes began

To lighten his sair-burdened heart wi’ a prayer.

But madly the rider o’er hill and o’er dale,

Wi’ the minister’s mare like a fire-flaught he flew;

Whiles seen on a hill-top, whiles lost in a vale,

Till they baith looked like motes on the welkin sae blue.

The minister by the road-side sat him down,

As vexed and as wearied as man weel could be;

Syne pu’d aff his wig, rubbed the sweat frae his crown,

And puffed, steghed, and graned like a man gaun to dee.

When an auld farmer carle, on his yaud trotting by,

Accosted Mess John as he sat in despair;

Made a bow like a corn-sack, and as he drew nigh,

Raised his twa waukit loofs, cryin’ “What brought ye there?

“I’m sure it’s nae mair than an hour since I saw ye

At Bourtree Brae-head, and that’s eight miles awa!”

And he rubbit his een as he cried out, “Foul fa’ me!

For glammery’s come o’er me, or else you’re grown twa.

“And where is your mare, for she stood at the door,

Wi’ her bridle-reins drawn through a ring in the wa’,

At Dawson’s door-cheek, where I saw her before

I had drunk _deoch-an-dorus_ wi’ Donald M‘Craw.”

“Ye saw me!” said the minister; “how could that be,

When I’ve only proceeded thus far on my road?

And that this is mysel, by a glance ye may see.”

“Why, then,” cried the farmer, “the thing’s vastly odd.

“But twa hours ago, sir, your double was sitting

At Dawson’s fire-side,—faith! as I thoucht, half fou,—

And ilk ane at hand thoucht it time to be flitting,

When ye cursed and blasphemed till the candle burned blue.”

“Why, Saunders, it’s surely been Sawtan ye’ve seen,

The foul thief himsel, I could wad a gray groat;

He staw my gray mare;—just turn back, my auld friend,

Till I strip the foul thief of his sanctified coat.

“I’ve warsled wi’ Sawtan for many a year;

I’ve cloured him and loundered him aft times right sair;

But the foul fiend has played me a pliskie, I fear;

Lord save’s, man, I ne’er heard the like, I declare.

“Fie, Saunders, let’s mount, and to Dawson’s let’s hurry,

And chase the loon back to his ain lowin’ hame;

The tod’s in the fauld, God’s ain lambs he may worry;

Come, Saunders, let’s hunt him, Auld Clootie’s fair game.”

And they rode till they came to John Dawson’s fore-door,

Whaur the minister lighted, but wadna step in,

When he heard how the deil in his ain likeness swore,

As he dirled at the door, for the third tappit hen.

And the folk were confounded,—amazed,—when they saw

The auld carle himsel they had aft seen before;

Some darted into corners, and some ran awa,

And ithers ran out, and glowered in at the door.

But the minister beckoned them a’ to come back

To the room aff-and-on where the devil sat fou;

In the wooden partition there gaped a wide crack,

That ilk ane, by turns, wi’ amazement looked through.

And there they heard Cloots, in a big elbow-chair,

Snore like thunder far-aff, and now sleeping right sound,

And some thought his feet didna look like a pair,

For the tae o’ the ae boot to the heel was turned round.

And they saw, when the ither foot once or twice moved,

That the boot on that foot just turned round the same way;

Which, to the onlookers, sufficiently proved,

They were baith cloven feet,—ay, as clear as the day.

They saw a bit kitlin, that friskit and pattit

A muckle black tossel below the big chair;

And it swung like a pend’lum, as wee baudrons clawtit

The end that hung down like a bunch o’ horse-hair.

When Dawson’s bull-terrier, streeked on the hearth-stane,

Saw Clootie’s tail wagging, he barkit like mad:

Sprung till’t like a fury, and tugged might and main,

And the deevil himsel couldna lowsen his haud.

But the deil started up wi’ big chair, dog, an’ a’,

And staggered, and stampit, and ance or twice fell;

Mess John cried, “Lord save us!”—Like lightning, awa

Flew deevil, and big chair, and terrier, to——!

“There’s a strange production for you,” said Mr Cleekum, as he folded

the paper and replaced it in his pocket.

“A strange production, indeed,” said I; “what could be Mr Gray’s object

in writing such a poem?”

“Merely to please himself, sir, I suppose,” was the lawyer’s answer.

“But,” continued I, “has it any reference to any particular character or

occurrence; or is it merely an extravagant fiction of the dominie’s own

brain?”

“It refers to an old popular tradition,” answered Mr Cleekum,

“concerning a pious predecessor of our worthy minister, Mr Singleheart;

and, though the currency of its belief is now somewhat crossed and

obstructed by an adverse current of growing intelligence, it still

floats in the memories and imaginations of those venerable annalists,

the old women of the village, with whom the idle story was likely to

perish for ever, if the dominie’s metrical version had not contributed

to prolong it.”

Various remarks were made upon the merits of the production; but as they

were all blended with statements and allusions relative to local

characters and incidents not connected with my present object, I resume

my interrupted narrative.

The children still continued round the door, shouting, halooing, and

acting a thousand extravagances, nor could they be prevailed upon to

depart till they saw the “maister.” Simon, who had so far collected his

scattered senses, and renewed his exhausted strength, as to be able to

give them that gratification, had no sooner opened the door for the

purpose of receiving the congratulations of his scholars, than those who

were nearest leaped up and embraced him with unfeigned affection. They

pulled and lugged him, crying, “Maister, maister!” while the beloved

instructor stood hugging his chubby associates, and embracing them with

all the warmth of an affectionate parent. These kind-hearted little

beings, after receiving another token of the old man’s goodness, in the

shape of pieces of biscuit and gingerbread, ran off, huzzaing, to inform

their parents of the marvellous escape of their venerable preceptor.

Simon, being disengaged from the warm embraces of his pupils, came into

the room where the landlord, Cleekum the lawyer, and myself were

sitting. I had now full leisure and opportunity to examine the

appearance of this singular and eccentric character. It was completely

at variance with every characteristic of modern gentility. His dress

betokened the hand of the cunning craftsman of the last century, or his

own whimsical taste had dictated to some modern son of the goose and

thimble the antique shape of his habiliments; but, as we were before

informed by the landlord, they were entirely the fabrication of his own

taste and ingenuity. His single-breasted, rusty-black coat tapered away

from the shoulders towards his lower extremities in the pyramidal shape,

and when unbuttoned, or unclasped, rather, swung its copious folds round

his jolly form with cumbrous and fantastical elegance. Two

mother-of-pearl buttons, of uncommon circumference, and encircled with

brass rings, were stuck as ornaments upon the haunches, and the breast

was decorated with grotesque circles of the same fantastical

description, with the addition of a handsome row of bright silver

clasps. The vest, with its massy superfluity of cloth, parted in the

middle, and its ample pockets descended half-way down his thigh, leaving

a space between their separation and the head of his breeches for his

bright linen shirt to shine through, in the shape of an isosceles

triangle. His blue plush breeches had three chequered or diced brass

buttons to preserve their connexion, and terminated at the knee with the

genuine old Cameronian cut. His stockings were light blue, sprinkled

with little oblong dots of white; and his shoes, cut square across the

toes to save his corns, were held upon his feet by two antiquated silver

buckles of uncommon magnitude and curious workmanship. His personal

appearance was that of a substantial old bachelor, on whom nature had

generously bestowed a sound constitution, and it was evident from his

looks that he by no means despised that invaluable inheritance. His face

inclined to the square, but the features were all curvilinear, rather

prominent, and flushed with that rosy hue of health which so often beams

from the countenances of the sons and daughters of rustic labour. His

forehead was highly expressive of intellect, but the nether part of the

face indicated that lubberly sort of feeling which glories in a life of

good humoured ease and fat contentment. His eyes were small, of a bright

blue, but not a pair, for the one squinted outward through the

interstices of his gray, bristly eyebrows; which, along with a nether

lip somewhat pendulous, a mouth turned up at the corners, and a long

flat chin, gave the whole face a comical and risible expression.

During the time that Cleekum was reading his notes of the dominie’s

solitary dialogue, Mr Singleheart, the village minister, M‘Glashan the

piper, and some others belonging to the village, came into the room,

which seemed to be as much public property as the village smithy. On the

dominie’s entrance all rose to salute and congratulate him upon his

fortunate escape; and I could see, from the cordial manner in which each

in his turn grasped the old man’s hand, that each had his heart at his

finger-ends. It was not that puppyish forefinger-and-thumb sort of

salutation which clips another frosty forefinger-and-thumb as if

dreading contagion, but a hearty, honest grappling of fist with fist,

which drew the blood from its fountain with a thrilling impulse, and

sent its current warm and glowing into the clenched extremities, which

were shaken so violently, and for such a length of time, that an

imaginative and hasty person might suppose, in the rapidity of his

decision, that each individual was disposed to graft himself upon the

dominie, whose right arm, at length, seemed as feeble as that of a poor

gut-scraper, who has jigged at a country wedding for a whole night.

When Simon entered, I was introduced to him by Cleekum, whom I had by

this time discovered to be an old school-fellow of my own. He saluted me

with a frank and pleasant smile, and squeezed my hand so cordially, that

I immediately felt that spontaneous and indefinable feeling of

attachment towards him which, though the electric emotion of a moment,

is often the forerunner of a long course of friendly intimacy. Upon my

father’s name being mentioned, Simon recognised him as a playmate of his

earlier days, and gave me a kindly invitation to spend a few days with

him, which circumstances obliged me to refuse. Simon then took the

opportunity of introducing me more particularly to the rest of the

company, on account of “the old man,” as he said, meaning my father, for

whom he seemed to entertain a deep sentiment of regard. He last of all

recommended me with an air of serious solemnity to the notice of

M‘Gowan.

“This gentleman,” said he, pointing to the last-mentioned individual,

who appeared to be a singular compound of officiousness, selfishness,

and benevolence, and who seemed to be at all times a standing joke with

my venerable friend, “has some pretensions to honesty. He’ll do ye a

good turn sometimes when ye’re no thinking o’t; and, unlike the most of

other men, he likes his friends the better the longer they sit beside

him. Familiarity does not breed contempt with him, but poverty does; and

yet he’s no the hindmost to help misery to an awmous when he’s in a

right mood for being goodhearted, and that happens aye ance or twice in

a twalmonth.”

“Come, come, now,” said M‘Gowan, gravely, “we’ll hae nae mair o’ that,

Mr Gray. Ye’re an unco wag. It was only yestreen ye got me into a foul

scrape wi’ our friend Cleekum there, and he flang out o’ the house,

swearing like a very heathen that he wad tak the law o’ me for

defamation o’ character.”

“For the sake of peace and good fellowship,” said Mr Singleheart, “it

will be meet and advisable for us to refrain, as much as in us lies,

from profane joking and oonseasonable raillery; because joking has small

yedification in it, and raillery is a sort of salt-and-pepper compound,

whilk burneth up the inward man with a fervent heat, and profiteth not,

neither is meet for bodily nourishment.”

“I would be o’ your thocht, Mr Sinklart,” said Donald M‘Glashlan the

piper; “I would be making peace wi’ peast and pody”—

The piper was thus proceeding with his Highland exhortations to harmony,

when Cleekum, who was sitting looking out at the window, started

suddenly from his seat and hurried out of the house. M‘Gowan’s curiosity

being roused by Cleekum’s abrupt departure, he followed him to the door,

and beheld him and M‘Harrigle the cattle-dealer at some distance,

earnestly engaged in conversation. All that M‘Gowan’s ear could catch of

their discourse was concerning the mad bull, M‘Harrigle’s property, and

the occasional mention of the dominie’s name.

“There’s mischief a-brewing down the lane there,” said M‘Gowan, when he

came in. “Cleekum and that foolish passionate body M‘Harrigle are

standing yonder, an’ I could hear they were sayin’ something o’ you, Mr

Gray, but what it was I couldna weel mak out. He’s a doited, credulous

body, that M‘Harrigle; an’ I could wager a saxpence Cleekum’s makin’ a

deevil o’ him some way or anither.”

M‘Gowan’s surmises were suddenly interrupted by vociferous and clamorous

exclamations at the door, and their cause did not remain long

unexplained. The door of the apartment flew open, and, rattling against

the wall with violence, admitted the author of this fresh disturbance.

It was M‘Harrigle. He was a short, square-shouldered man, of fierce

aspect, whose naturally harsh features were much exaggerated by a

powerful and alarming expression of rage and resentment. The face was,

indeed, at first sight indescribable, and the tumultuous feelings and

passions that deepened and darkened every line of it wrought such

fearful and sudden changes upon its muscular expression that the whole

seemed at first a wizard compound of different identities.

Upon entering, his first salutation was a deafening and broken torrent

of cursing, poured forth upon the dominie, as the fancied author of the

flight and death of the mad animal, whose career had spread such

consternation through the village. It was in vain that the whole company

remonstrated against the rudeness, absurdity, and brutality of his

conduct. He stood on the middle of the floor with his fist doubled,

menaced each of us in our turn, as we interposed between him and the

object of his resentment, or smiled at his folly and extravagance, and

once or twice grappled the large oaken cudgel with which he impelled his

horned property, as if he intended to commit the like beastly violence

on those around him. Cleekum had retired to a corner to enjoy the sport

his wicked waggery had created. The dominie sat composedly, and squinted

at the cattle-dealer with a sly and jocular leer, which showed his soul

delighted even in a very serious joke, from an inveterate habit of

extracting fun from all the petty and frivolous incidents of common

life. At times he seemed lost in a careless, musing mood, and at other

times burst out into immoderate fits of laughter, which seemed to me

perfectly unaccountable. He then, in the true spirit and feeling of an

enthusiastic elocutionist, recited from Shakspeare some favourite

passage, warbled out a fragment of some ancient ditty, every now and

then interspersing it with shrill and fitful passages of a new sonnata,

which he had been practising on the violin, whose shrill treble fell in

between the intervals of M‘Harrigle’s bass notes, like loose sand or

gravel strewed over a rude foundation of ruble work. “D—— ye,” said

M‘Harrigle, rising in his wrath at every fresh interruption of the

dominie, and maddened at his really provoking coolness and indifference,

“d—— ye, ye think it a’ a joke to hunt a man’s cattle to destruction,

and then mak a fool o’ himsel wi’ your blackguard and unknown tongues!

Confound your hide, you glee’d, fiddling vagabond, an it werna for your

coat, I would harle your hide ower your lugs like a sark! Pay me my

siller—pay me my siller for the beast, or I’ll turn the nose on your

face like the pin o’ a hand-screw. Down wi’ the dust—I’ll no leave the

room till I hae satisfaction o’ ye ae way or ither, that’s for certain.”

“Let there be peace,” said Mr Singleheart, “for out of strife cometh a

multitude of evils; and he who in vain taketh the name of his Maker

shall not be held guiltless. You are an evil person, M‘Harrigle; and if

you refrain not from that profane and heathenish habit of cursing, we

will, by the advice and council of our Kirk-Session, be obligated to

debar you from all kirk preevileges, and leave you to be devoured and

swallowed up by the evil one.”

“I beg your pardon,” said the credulous and superstitious cattle-dealer;

“I didna mean offence to you or ony man in the room; but I’ll hae my

ain. But it’s you, sir—it’s you, sir,” continued he, addressing the

dominie repeatedly, and extending the tone of his voice at every

repetition, till he had strained it to the most astounding pitch of

vociferation; “it’s you, sir, that set ane o’ your mischievous vagabonds

to hunt the poor dumb animal, till he ran red wud wi’ rage, and flew

ower the craig head. And now he’s at the bottom o’ the linn, and fient

be licket’s to be seen o’ him, but an ill-faured hash o’ hide, an’

banes, and harrigles, sooming an’ walloping at the bottom o’ the pool.”

“Somebody’s blawn an ill sough in your lug, friend,” said the dominie,

as he caught M‘Harrigle gently by the sleeve, and invited him to sit

down.

“Aff haun’s,” cried M‘Harrigle, rudely repelling the dominie’s

invitation,—“aff haun’s, I say; no man shall handle me like a brute

beast. I ken what’s right as weel’s ony man, and I’ll allow no man to

straik me wi’ the hair, to wyse me his ain gate, and syne row my tail to

gar me rin by my ain byre door. I want no favours of ony man, but I’ll

hae my ain, if there’s law and justice in the land.”

M‘Harrigle proceeded at great length to insist upon his right of

restitution, bespattering his slaughter-house observations with

abominable oaths, like dirty shreds of dunghill rags sewed on a beggar’s

doublet; while the dominie sat musing, swinging backward and forward in

his chair, making mental and sometimes audible quotations from the

liquid Latin, and, at other times, reciting Greek professorially, _ore

rotundo_. At length, awakening from his learned reverie, and looking

over his shoulder to M‘Harrigle, he said, in a tone most provokingly

cool and indifferent,—

“Were ye cursing, M‘Harrigle? Ye shouldna curse, ye sinfu’ body; for an

ill life maks an ill hinder-end, and Sawtan’s but a rough nurse to

spread the sheets and draw the curtains o’ ane’s death-bed.”

The enraged cattle-dealer, finding all further threats and remonstrances

unavailing, sat down in sullen and silent indignation, and, with his

arms folded across his breast, his eyebrows knit, and his upper teeth

firmly compressed against his nether lip, he scowled upon the supposed

author of his wrongs, with an expression of face unutterably horrible.

He had just sat down when Grierson the messenger brought in a tall,

yellow, raw-boned thing of a boy, about fourteen years of age. He had

been seized in Sir Robert’s poultry-yard, and although he had nothing in

his possession to convict him as a criminal, his manner was so

embarrassed, and his appearance altogether so suspicious, that the

servants laid hold on him, and committed him to the charge of the

officer above mentioned, to be carried before a Justice of the Peace and

interrogated. He was accordingly conveyed to M‘Gowan’s, where the

officer expected to find Christopher Ramsay of Wrendykeside, who, he was

informed, had just alighted at the inn from his gig. He had gone,

however, and the officer was about to depart with his charge, when the

dominie called him back, and looking pleasantly at the boy, exclaimed,

“Ah, Geordie, are ye there, ye wild loon?” The boy started at the voice

of his old preceptor, whom he had not before observed. He indeed had

heard and believed that his venerable instructor had been torn to pieces

by the fury of the mad animal, whose destruction had roused M‘Harrigle’s

wrath to such a pitch of frenzy. He gazed upon the dominie with open

mouth, and with a pair of large round eyes, much dilated beyond their

usual circumference by an overpowering feeling of astonishment; grew

pale, and trembled so fearfully that his gruff guardian was compelled by

humanity to let him have a seat beside his old master, who rose for his

accommodation. The afflicted youth made an effort to speak, but in vain.

He stretched out his two hands, grasped that of his master which was

extended towards him, looked up in his face, and sobbed as if his heart

would burst. The tears ran in floods down his cheeks, and he at length

cried out in a choked undertone of bitter agony,—

“Maister, will ye forgie me? Will ye forgie me? Will they hang me

for’t?”

“Blessings on’s man, Geordie,” cried the dominie, “what’s wrang wi’ ye?”

“Oh!” cried the afflicted boy, “my father, and mother, and brothers, and

as sisters, and a’ will get a sair heart for me yet. Oh!” and he

continued to cry distractedly.

“The deil tak the laddie,” said M‘Harrigle, “it maks a man’s heart as

saft as ill-fed veal to look at him. What’s come ower ye, ye blubbering

stirk?”

Mr Singleheart spoke not a word to him, but continued clapping him on

the shoulder, while M‘Glashan, every now and then, cried out, “Hout,

laddie, you’ll be makin’ a fool o’ us a’ noo,” and so saying, he drew

the back of his brawny fist across his eyes several times, began to

finger his bagpipe in silence, as if he would soothe his sympathy by the

imagination of playing some merry spring, but his fingers, after two or

three rapid dumb-show flourishes, stood as stationary upon the holes as

if the piper and his instrument of sound had been both chiselled out of

the same stone. The boy still vented his grief as clamorously and

bitterly as ever, clung to his master with the agony of a

conscience-stricken penitent, and cried,—

“Will ye forgie me? It was me that hunted the bull that I thocht had

killed ye.”

“You, ye vagabond!” said M‘Harrigle, collaring the unhappy youth.

Cleekum seized the opportunity of running off, rightly considering that

he had carried the joke far beyond the bounds of discretion, and really

apprehensive that the evil spirit he had conjured up would turn upon

himself and rend him in its fury. “You!” continued the irascible

cattle-dealer; “what do ye think that ye deserve, you ill-gi’en

neer-do-weel? But I’ll mak your father pay.”

This last consideration loosened his grasp, and he seized the dominie’s

hands with both his own, begged a thousand pardons with a rueful

countenance, and in accents very different from his former imprecatory

addresses. During the time that he was making this sincere and penitent

apology for his rudeness and misconduct, he several times glanced round

the apartment for Cleekum, crying out, “Where is that blackguard scribe?

It was him that did it a’.” He was safe, however.

“There’s nae harm done where there’s nae ill meant,” said the dominie,

in reply to M‘Harrigle’s confession of repentance; “only ye shouldna

flee on a body like an ill-bred tyke, when an ill-disposed neebour cries

‘shoo’ to ye. Dinna ye be ower ready in telling your mind to anybody,

but let your thoughts cool as weel as your parritch.”

“’Od, Simon,” rejoined the cattle-dealer, “I am sure ye can hardly

forgie me for the ill-faured words I hae said to ye the night; I wish I

could forget and forgie them mysel. I’m a wild brier o’ a body; I’m aye

into some confounded hobbleshow or anither. But I’m glad, man, I didna

lay hands on ye, for if I had I wad ne’er hae forgi’en mysel for’t as

lang as I live. Can I do naething to mak amends to ye for what I’ve

done?”

“Naething at a’,” replied the dominie, “but to settle as easily as ye

can wi’ the laddie’s father.”

“Peradventure,” Mr Singleheart suggested, “the youth may be released

from his captivity, and sent to the habitation of his father.”

“There’ll be twa ways o’ that faith!” exclaimed Grierson. “Na, na,

though the hangman has lost a job, I’ll be paid for my trouble. I dinna

gang about beating bushes for linties, for deil-belickit but the

pleasure o’ seeing them fleein’ back again. I’ll cage him. Ye’re a’

ready enough to wind a hank aff a neebour’s reel, or tak a nievefu’ out

o’ his pock neuk, but ne’er a ane o’ ye’ll gie a duddy loon ae thread to

mend his breeks, or a hungry beggar a handfu’ o’ meal to haud his wame

frae stickin’ to his back bane.”

“There,” said M‘Harrigle, tossing down a small sum of money as a bribe

to stop the mouth of this snarling terrier of the law, “tak that, and

save the parish the expense o’ buying you a tether.”

Grierson picked up the money and departed, leaving behind him as tokens

of his displeasure, some muttered and unintelligible growlings; and the

boy was set at liberty, and sent home to his father.

“Come, come,” said M‘Harrigle, “this affair ’ll no be weel ended till we

hae sowthered our hearts again wi’ a half mutchkin o’ M‘Gowan’s best.

Come, Duncan, draw the tow, and tell the gudewife to fetch the mutchkin

stoup, and het water to kirsten’t. I’m sure I’m a fule o’ a body, for my

lang tongue, my short temper, and my short wit, hae keepit me in a fry

a’ the days o’ me.”

“Ye’re vera right, M‘Harrigle,” said the landlord, rubbing his hand

briskly at the blithe proposal. “I’ll ring for Tibbie; she’ll bring us

something worth preein’ out o’ her ain bole. She’s a bit eident body,

and aye keeps a drap heart’s comfort in an orra neuk.”

M‘Gowan pulled a hare’s foot at the end of a rope, which was suspended

from an unhewn piece of knotted wood, of a three-legs-of-man shape,

fastened by a strong screw nail into the wall, and a solemn bell, most

unlike the merry tinkle of an alehouse warning, was heard jowin’ and

croorin’ in a distant apartment, from which our hostess presently made

her appearance.

Her aspect and demeanour at first sight bespoke your affection. There

was in her face a look of blithe contentment with her condition; in her

dress a neat attention to cleanliness and simplicity, and in her whole

manner and behaviour a hearty and honest desire, not only to be happy

herself, but to make all around her equally comfortable. She curtseyed

respectfully and smilingly when she entered the room; but it was not

that cut-and-dried sort of politeness which publicans in general

indiscriminately pay to all their customers;—it was a kind of friendly

greeting, mingled with no small portion of gratitude towards those on

whom she was conscious she depended for subsistence. It was that warm

and kindly expression of affection which brought one who was removed

from his family fireside in mind of his mother, and which made

imagination point out her habitation as a quiet resting place, where the

unsettled sojourner might stop and glean from the barren field of

earthly enjoyment some few ripe ears of happiness.

“My gude will to ye a’, gentlemen; I’m thinkin’ ye were ca’in’.”

“That we were,” said M‘Harrigle. “Fetch us a mutchkin o’ your best,

gudewife, and some het water.”

“Ye’se no want that,” replied our hostess; “but ye’ll aiblins aforehand

be pleased to tak a tasting o’ supper; I hae’t ready for ye yonder, as I

guessed some o’ ye might stand in need o’ some sma refreshment. I’ll

send it ben to ye in twa or three minutes, and syne get ye onything else

ye want. Ay will ye,” said the motherly, sonsy, little woman, as she

shut the door behind her with a gentleness of hand which showed that her

affections had some regard even for things inanimate.

A beautiful tall girl immediately made her appearance, and prepared the

round oaken table before us for the reception of the landlady’s

hospitality, by spreading over it a table-cloth of snowy whiteness, and

in arranging the shining implements, which, from their brilliant

cleanliness, seemed to be kept as much for ornaments to the kitchen

shelf, as for the more vulgar purpose of preparing food for the process

of mastication. She was evidently the daughter of the hostess. Her

countenance indicated all the amiable qualities of her mother, but her

manners were more polished,—at least they seemed so, perhaps from the

circumstance of her language being pure English, unmixed with any of the

Doric dialect of her parent. By the mutual assistance of the landlady

and her daughter, the table soon groaned beneath a load of savoury

substantialities, most provokingly pleasant to all but myself. Our

chairs being drawn forward towards the attractive influence of the

supper, and grace being said by the reverend Mr Singleheart, they all

proceeded lustily and cheerfully to the work of repletion.

“Oogh!” says M‘Glashan the piper, as he opened his Celtic jaws, and

disclosed two formidable rows of white stakes, which stood as a sort of

turnpike gate to the entrance of his stomach, and demanded toll of all

that passed that way,—“oogh! this’ll pe tooin’ her good, for her fu’ bag

maks a loot trone.”

“Verily, it is both savoury and refreshing,” said Mr Singleheart, as he

sawed away with a suppleness of elbow by no means consistent with the

staid solemnity of his usual motions.

“My faith!” said M‘Harrigle to the dominie, “your mill gangs glibly.”

“Ay,” says the dominie, “the still sow licks up the draff, and a heapit

plate maks hungry men scant o’ cracks.”

“And scant o’ havins too, I think,” said M‘Gowan; “for the stranger

gentleman’s sittin’ there before us wi’ a toom plate.”

“Let him alane,” said the dominie; “it’s time he were learning that a

man that’s hamely’s aye welcome, and that frank looks mak kind hearts.”

Cleekum had secreted himself in the kitchen, and, though indebted to Mrs

M‘Gowan’s fidelity for his preservation from M‘Harrigle’s indignation,

he was by no means satisfied with the amount of the night’s amusement.

It was at all times a source of delight to him to observe men acting

extravagantly and foolishly under misconception and false impressions of

one another; and he at no time hesitated to invent and circulate

fabrications, generally innocent, indeed, as to intention, but sometimes

productive of serious consequences. He was commonly the most taciturn

individual in company, and notwithstanding his frolicsome and

mischievous disposition, enjoyed the reputation among his neighbours of

being a skilful lawyer, and what is still more creditable, a man of

unimpeached integrity. This last quality, in some measure, atoned for

his love of mischief, and enabled him to perform with impunity wild

pranks, which might have seriously injured almost any other man.

When he saw Dame M‘Gowan preparing supper, his whimsical imagination

suggested to him the very ridiculous and extravagant trick of making

M‘Glashan believe that his favourite bagpipes formed a part of the

entertainment. This he accomplished by giving a little urchin a penny to

steal unperceived into the room and fetch them away, and an old pair

that lay on a shelf in the kitchen furnished him with the ready

materials for carrying his whimsical conceit into execution. Ribbons of

the same breadth and colour with those which garnished M‘Glashan’s pipes

were purchased, and tied upon the drone, which was then attached to the

“chieftain o’ the pudding race,” which had never before perhaps been

dignified with such notable marks of distinction. Mrs M‘Gowan whispered

to her husband a hint of the rarity preparing for them in the kitchen,

and he gave a sly intimation of the same to the dominie.

Part of the dishes being removed, the whole company sat in silent

expectation of this new specimen of culinary skill, for the whispered

hint had by this time been communicated to all except M‘Glashan himself.

The dominie squinted at M‘Gowan, with that sly and jocular expression of

face for which he was so remarkable. The landlord himself could with

difficulty restrain his risibility within the compass of a well-bred

smile. It was evident, from the various workings of his features, that

it required no small exertion to master down his inward emotion, and

keep it from leaping forth and divulging the secret of the coming joke.

After a delay of a few minutes our good hostess entered with a pair of

bagpipes on a large plate. She placed them on the table and hurried out

of the room, evidently for the purpose of enjoying a prudential and

private laugh. There stood the piper’s instrument on the middle of the

table, “warm, reeking, rich,” steaming forth its appetising fragrance,

regaling every nose, delighting every eye, and provoking instantaneous

peals of laughter from all but the supposed proprietor of this

fantastical but seemingly substantial piece of good cheer.

“Cod mak a mercy on us a’! An’ I will teclare, a poiled pagpipe! Who’ll

be toing that, noo? Oogh! oogh!” said the enraged musician, snuffing

himself into an ungovernable fit of rage, raising his brawny and

ponderous form into a threatening attitude and doubling his knotty, iron

fists, with the design of hammering the offender, whose wicked temerity

had dared to brave the indignation of this half-reclaimed mountaineer.

“An you’ll offer to jag him, and let out his win’ too, oogh! you’ll

petter be a’ looking ower a house-rigging o’ twa storey. You’ll poil

your tam haggis in my pag, and sotter my trone too, and the vera ribbons

I had at the competeetion. Shust mine!” cried the enraged Highlander,

looking more intently at the Scotch haggis with its whimsical

appendages. “An you’ll no tell me the man wha would be toing that, I

will mak the room my ain in five minutes. I taur you all to touch him.

I’ll mak a tead man o’ her—oogh! oogh!”

I was the only individual in the company who seemed to feel any

apprehensions about the consequence of this absurd piece of waggery. All

the rest enjoyed it rarely, not even excepting the Rev. Mr Singleheart,

who, though possessing none of the elements of jocularity himself, was

yet at times singularly well pleased to second a piece of innocent fun

with his individual portion of jocose laughter.

“Sit down, ye muckle Highland stirk,” said M‘Harrigle, “and no mak a

sough there about a boiled bagpipe. I’se warrant it’s a bit of gude

eatin’; and we’ll see what can be made o’t when we hae pu’d awa thae

whigmaleeries that are stickin’ round about it. Faith! I wadna gie a

mouthfu’ o’ your bagpipe, M‘Glashan, for a’ the music that ever came out

o’ its drone.”

“It’s quite a musical feast,” quoth the dominie; “only I fear we’ll be

troubled wi’ wind in our stomachs after making a meal o’t. Sit down,

M‘Glashan,” he continued, “for, as you were sayin’ before, a fu’ bag

maks a loud drone.”

“Sit town! sit town! and see six Sassenach teevils tefour the bagpipes

that hae pelanged to a M‘Glashan for twa hunder year! Oogh! won the

competeetion too!”

The gaunt descendant of the Gael stood grinding his teeth, opening and

clenching his big bony fists, as if he fancied himself about to grapple

with some sturdy antagonist. His large blue eyes flaming from beneath

the fringe of his knitted eyebrow, the big muscles encircling the corner

of either eye, and curving round the mouth in deep hard folds, and the

outward shelving upper-lip, puckered with a thousand wrinkles, were

rendered more picturesque and fearful from being hedged round by an

uncommon mass of bristly gray hair, two large portions of which hung on

his broad, flat cheeks, like two large bunches of burned furse, while

the whole rugged exterior was rendered still more imposing by the

association of his favourite guttural interjection, “oogh!” His aspect

lowered so grim and threatening, his “ooghs” became so loud and

numerous, that all began to think it time to soothe the spirit of this

Highland storm, lest its rising wrath should descend with deadly

vengeance on those around him.

The landlord stepped out, and returned with M‘Glashan’s instrument. The

mountaineer looked astonished, snatched it from him with eagerness, eyed

it round and round, hugged and kissed the darling object of his

affection, and poured into its capacious bag a stream of wind which

immediately issued in a wild and stormy pibroch. Delighted with his own

performance, “he hotched and blew with might and main,” mingling, every

now and then, with his unearthly music, the half-recitative bass of a

broad rumbling laugh, while M‘Harrigle’s rugged terrier, with his two

fore paws upon the piper’s knees, spun out long and eerie howls of

canine sympathy. It was in vain that we praised the savoury Scotch

haggis, and recommended it to the palate of M‘Glashan. His heart, as

well as his wind, was in his bagpipe, and he never once deigned to

return an answer to our reiterated invitations; but having exhausted his

scanty musical budget, the contents of which amounted to no more than a

few Highland reels and strathspeys, he droned away in voluntaries so

utterly horrible and dissonant, that Simon Gray, after swallowing a few

morsels with as rueful contortions of visage as if every mouthful had

been dipped in sand, ran out of the room holding his ears, and giving

vent to a harsh German _ach!_ which was powerfully expressive of his

crucified sense of hearing. The piper piped on, and seemed to enjoy a

sort of triumph over the wounded feelings of the departed dominie. None

of the rest of the company followed his example, but each individual sat

still with as much coolness and composure as if his ears had been

hermetically sealed against the grunting, groaning, and yelling of this

infernal musical-engine.

M‘Glashan’s tempestuous hostility at length ceased, and the dominie

returned as the large punch-bowl was shedding its fragrant effluvia

through the apartment, giving to every eye a livelier lustre, to every

heart a warmer glow, and to every tongue a more joyous and voluble

expression. No more than two or three glasses had circulated when Mr

Singleheart and the dominie left the generous beverage to the enjoyment

of the more profane and less responsible members of this assemblage of

convivial spirits.

“He is an ill-hearted tyke who can’t both give and take a joke,” said

Cleekum, as he burst abruptly into the apartment. “You would not

certainly quarrel with an old friend, M‘Harrigle?”

“No, I’ll be hanged if I do,” was the reply of the cattle-dealer; “but

Lord, man, if I had cloured Simon, I might hae run the kintra. Faith! if

ye gang delvin’ about this gate for fun, ye’ll set your fit on a wasp’s

byke some day. If I had but gotten my hands ower ye twa hours syne,

there would hae been a job for the doctor. Let there be nae mair about

it;—there’s a glass to ye.”

“The night drave on wi’ sangs and clatter.”

One merry story suggested another, till the potent spirit of the bowl

covered some all over with slumber “as with a cloak,” laid others

prostrate beneath the table, and to the maudlin eyes of the unconquered

survivors presented every object as if of the dual number. The bustle

and hurry of preparation in the kitchen had died away, orders for an

additional supply of liquor were more tardily executed, and the

kitchen-maid came in half undressed, holding a short gown together at

the breast, rubbing her eyes, and staggering under the influence of a

stolen nap at the fireside, from which she had been hastily and

reluctantly roused. Cleekum, M‘Harrigle, M‘Glashan, and myself were the

only individuals who had any pretentions to sobriety. The landlord had

prudently retired to rest an hour before. Silence reigned in the whole

house, except in one apartment, and silence would have put down her

velvet footstep there also, but for the occasional roars of M‘Harrigle,

who bellowed as if he had been holding conversational communion with his

own nowt; and the engine-without-oil sort of noise that M‘Glashan made

as he twanged, sputtered, and grunted his native tongue to M‘Harrigle,

who was turning round to the piper every now and then, crying “D——n your

Gaelic, you’ve spewed enough o’t the night; put a bung in your throat,

you beast!”

A few flies that buzzed and murmured round the room were the only joyous

and sleepless creatures that seemed disposed to prolong the revelry. The

cold toddy having lost its delicious relish, produced loathing, and its

former exhilarating effluvia was now sickening to the nose. The

candle-wick stood in the middle of the flickering flame like a long nail

with a large round head, and sending the light in fitful flashes against

the walls. The cock had sounded his clarion, the morning seamed the

openings of the window-shutters with lines of light, and the ploughman,

roused to labour, went whistling past the door. I opened the

window-shutter. A glare of light rushed in and condensed the flame of

our little luminary into a single bud of pale light, whose sickliness

seemed to evince a kindred sympathy with the disorderly remains of the

night’s revelry, and with the stupified senses and exhausted bodies of

the revellers themselves.

I looked out of the window. All was silent, save the far-off whistle of

the ploughman who had passed, and the continual roar of the cataract;

and all was motionless, except the blue feathery smoke which puffed from

a single-chimney, and floated down the glen in a long wavering stream.

How chill and piercing the morning air feels to the nervous and

debilitated reveller, and how reproachfully does the light of another

day steal in upon the unseemly disorder of his privacy! Almost every man

feels himself to be somewhat of a blackguard who is thus surprised.

Going home drunk in a summer morning! What a beast! Feebleness of

knees, that would gladly lie down by the wayside,—headache, that makes

the brain a mere puddle of dirty recollections, and dismal

anticipations,—dimness of eyes, that makes every visible object

caricaturish and monstrous,—filthiness of apparel enough to shame a

very scavenger,—and a heart sick almost to the commission of _felo de

se_. Zig-zag, thump, thump, down again, howling, swearing, praying. It

is a libel on the brute creation to call it beastliness. Brutes do no

such thing. And the morning, how fresh, clear, green, and glittering!

Hang that fellow,—going to work, I imagine. What on earth roused him

at such an unseasonable hour? To be a spy upon me, I suppose. Who are

you, sir?—A poor man, please your honour, sir.—A poor man! go and be

hanged then.—These birds yelping from that thicket are more unmusical

than hurdy-gurdy, marrowbone and cleaver. I wish each of them had a

pipe-stopple in its windpipe. I never heard such abominable discord.

The whole world is astir. Who told them I was going home at this time

in the morning? Who is that singing the “Flower o’ Dunblane” at the

other side of the hedge? A milkmaid—“and the milkmaid singeth blithe.”

Ah, John Milton, thy notions of rural felicity were formed in a

closet. You may have a peep of her through this “slap.” Rural

innocence!—a mere humbug,—a dirty, tawdry, pudding-legged,

blowsy-faced, sun-burnt drab. What a thing for a shepherdess in a

pastoral! Confound these road trustees; they have been drawing the

road through a bore, and have made it ten times its common length, and

a hundred times narrower than its common breadth. Horribly rough; no

man can walk steadily on it. Have the blockheads not heard of M‘Adam?

In the words of the Lawrencekirk album epigrammatist,—

“The people here ought to be hanged,

Unless they mend their ways.”

Hast thou, gentle reader, ever gone home drunk in a summer morning, when

thy shame, that is day-light, was rising in the east? Sulky—a question

not to be answered. So much for thy credit, for there be in this sinful

and wicked world men who boast of such things. I am glad thou art not

one of them. Neither do I boast of such doings; for, gentle reader, I

went to bed. My bedroom was one of M‘Gowan’s garret-rooms. Cleekum and

M‘Harrigle, who lived at some distance, thought proper to retire to rest

before visiting their own firesides; and M‘Glashan, being a sort of

vagrant musician, who had no legal domicile in any particular place, had

always a bed assigned him in M‘Gowan’s when he visited the village.

Stretched in bed after a day’s travelling and a night’s

carousing—exquisite pleasure! It is worth a man’s while to travel thirty

or forty miles to enjoy such a blessed luxury. After a few yawnings,

pokings out and drawings up of the legs, the whole body begins to feel a

genial glow of heat, and he is worse than an infidel who in such a

pleasurable mood does not feel disposed to bless his Maker. Everything

being properly arranged, the curtains carefully drawn around, the

night-cap pulled down over the ears and folded upward on the brow, the

pillow shifted, shuffled, and nicely adjusted to the head, the clothes

pulled and lugged about, till there is not a single air-hole left to

pinch the body, the downy bed itself, by sundry tossings and turnings,

converted into an exact mould for the particular part of the body that

has sunk into it, then does the joyous spirit sing to itself inwardly,

with the mute melody of gratitude,—“I’m wearin’ awa, Jean!”—_Blackwood’s

Magazine_, 1826.

THE MILLER AND THE FREEBOOTER.

BY SIR THOMAS DICK LAUDER.

In Glenquoich, in Aberdeenshire, in the early part of last century,

there was a corn-mill erected for the use of the neighbourhood, and as

the construction and management of such machines were ill understood in

that part of Scotland at the time, a miller was brought from the low

country to superintend it. In this neighbourhood there lived at that

time a certain Donald Mackenzie, a hero remarkable for his haughty and

imperious manner, and known by the appellation of “Donald Unasach,” or

Donald the Proud. Being a native of Glenquoich, he knew as little of the

English language as the miller did of Gaelic. He was an outlaw, addicted

to freebooting, and of so fierce and unruly a temper, that the whole

country stood in awe of him. One circumstance regarding him struck

everyone with superstitious awe, and created much conjecture and

speculation among those around him: he was never known to be without

abundance of meal, and yet he was never known to carry any corn to the

mill.

But the sagacious miller of Glenquoich soon discovered that, in order to

bilk him of his proper mill-dues, the caitiff was in the habit of

bringing his grain to the mill in the night, and grinding it, and

carrying it off before morning. To charge him directly with this fraud,

was too dangerous an attempt. But the miller ventured to ask him now and

then, quietly, how he did for meal, as he never brought any corn to the

mill; to which the freebooter never returned any other answer than one

in Gaelic, signifying that “strong is the hand of God!”

Provoked at last, the miller determined to take his own way of curing

the evil; and, having some previous notion of the next nocturnal visit

of his unwelcome customer, he took care, before leaving the mill in the

evening, to remove the bush, or that piece of wood which is driven into

the eye of the nether millstone, for the purpose of keeping the spindle

steady in passing through the upper stone. He also stopped up the spout

through which the meal discharged itself; and as the mill was one of

those old-fashioned machines, where the water-wheel moved horizontally,

and directly under the stones, it follows that, by this arrangement of

things, the corn would fall into the stream. Having made these

preparations, the miller locked his house door, and went to bed.

About midnight, Donald arrived with his people, and some sacks of dry

corn, and finding everything, as he thought, in good order in the mill,

he filled the hopper, and let on the water. The machinery revolved with

more than ordinary rapidity; the grain sank fast in the hopper; but not

a particle of it came out at the place where he was wont to receive it

into his bag as meal. Donald the Proud and his “gillies” were all

aghast. Frantic with rage, he and they ran up and down; and, in their

hurry to do everything, they succeeded in doing nothing. At length

Donald perceived, what even the obscurity of the night could not hide, a

long white line of fair provender flowing down the middle of the stream,

that left not a doubt as to where his corn was discharging itself. But

he could neither guess how this strange phenomenon was produced, nor how

the evil was to be cured. After much perplexity, he thought of turning

off the water. But here the wily miller had also been prepared for him,

having so contrived matters, that the pole, or handle connecting the

sluice with the inside of the mill, had fallen off as soon as the water

was let on the wheel. Baffled at all points, Donald was compelled at

last to run to the miller’s house. Finding the door locked, he knocked

and bawled loudly at the window; and, on the miller demanding to know

who was there, he did his best to explain, in broken English, the whole

circumstances of the case. The miller heard him to an end; and turning

himself in his bed, he coolly replied, “strong is the hand of God!”

Donald Unasach gnashed his teeth, tried the door again, returned to the

window, and, humbled by the circumstances, repeated his explanation and

entreaties for help. “_Te meal town te purn to te teil! hoigh, hoigh!_”

“I thought ye had been ower weel practeesed in the business to let ony

sic mischanter come ower ye, Donald,” replied the imperturbable

lowlander; “but, you know, ‘strong is the hand of God!’” The mountaineer

now lost all patience. Drawing his dirk, and driving it through the

window, he began to strike it so violently against the stones on the

outside of the wall, that he illuminated the house with a shower of

fire, that showed the terrified inmates the ferocious countenance of him

who wielded the weapon. “_Te meal to te mill, te mutter to te mailler_,”

sputtered out Donald, in the midst of his wrath, meaning to imply, that

if the miller would only come and help him, he should have all his dues

in future. Partly moved by this promise, but still more by his

well-grounded fears, the miller arose at last, put the mill to rights,

and ground the rest of the corn. And tradition tells us that after this

the mill-dues were regularly paid, and the greatest harmony subsisted

between Donald Unasach and the miller of Glenquoich.

BENJIE’S CHRISTENING.

BY D. M. MOIR.

We’ll hap and row, hap and row,

We’ll hap and row the feetie o’t;

It is a wee bit weary thing,

I dinnie bide the greetie o’t.—PROVOST CREECH.

An honest man, close button’d to the chin,

Broad-cloth without, and a warm heart within.—COWPER.

This great globe and all that it inherits shall dissolve,

And, like the baseless fabric of a vision,

Leave not a rack behind!—SHAKSPEARE.

At the christening of our only bairn, Benjie, two or three remarkable

circumstances occurred, which it behoves me to relate. It was on a cold

November afternoon; and really when the bit room was all redd up, the

fire bleezing away, and the candles lighted, every thing looked full

tosh and comfortable. It was a real pleasure, after looking out into the

drift that was fleeing like mad from the east, to turn one’s neb

inwards, and think that we had a civilised home to comfort us in the

dreary season. So, one after another, the bit party we had invited to

the ceremony came papping in; and the crack began to get loud and

hearty; for, to speak the truth, we were blessed with canny friends and

a good neighbourhood. Notwithstanding, it was very curious that I had no

mind of asking down James Batter, the weaver, honest man, though he was

one of our own elders; and in papped James, just when the company had

hafflins met, with his stocking-sleeves on his arms, his nightcap on his

head, and his blue-stained apron hanging down before him, to light his

pipe at our fire.

James, when he saw his mistake, was fain to retreat; but we would not

hear tell of it, till he came in, and took a dram out of the bottle, as

we told him the not doing so would spoil the wean’s beauty, which is an

old freak (the smallpox, however, afterwards did that); so, with much

persuasion, he took a chair for a gliff, and began with some of his

drolls—for he is a clever, humoursome man, as ye ever met with. But he

had not got far on with his jests, when lo! a rap came to the door, and

Mysie whipped away the bottle under her apron, saying, “Wheesht,

wheesht, for the sake of gudeness—there’s the minister!”

This room had only one door, and James mistook it, running his head, for

lack of knowledge, into the open closet, just as the minister lifted the

outer-door sneck. We were all now sitting on nettles, for we were

frightened that James would be seized with a cough, for he was a wee

asthmatic; or that some, knowing there was a thief in the pantry, might

hurt good manners by breaking out into a giggle. However, all for a

considerable time was quiet, and the ceremony was performed; little

Nancy, our niece, handing the bairn upon my arm to receive its name. So

we thought, as the minister seldom made a long stay on similar

occasions, that all would pass off well enough. But wait a wee.

There was but one of our company that had not cast up, to wit, Deacon

Paunch, the flesher, a most worthy man, but tremendously big, and grown

to the very heels; as was once seen on a wager, that his ankle was

greater than my brans. It was really a pain to all feeling Christians,

to see the worthy man waighling about, being, when weighed in his own

scales, two-and-twenty stone ten ounces, Dutch weight. Honest man, he

had had a sore fecht with the wind and sleet, and he came in with a

shawl roppined round his neck, peching like a broken-winded horse; so

fain was he to find a rest for his weary carcass in our stuffed chintz

pattern elbow-chair by the fire-cheek.

From the soughing of wind at the window, and the rattling in the lum, it

was clear to all manner of comprehension, that the night was a dismal

one; so the minister, seeing so many of his own douce folk about him,

thought he might do worse than volunteer to sit still and try our toddy;

indeed, we would have pressed him before this to do so, but what was to

come of James Batter, who was shut up in the closet, like the spies in

the house of Rahab the harlot, in the city of Jericho?

James began to find it was a bad business; and having been driving the

shuttle about from before daylight, he was fain to crook his hough, and

felt round about him quietly in the dark for a chair to sit down upon,

since better might not be. But, wae’s me! the cat was soon out of the

pock.

Me and the minister were just argle-bargling some few words on the

doctrine of the camel and the eye of the needle, when, in the midst of

our discourse, as all was wheesht and attentive, an awful thud was heard

in the closet, which gave the minister, who thought the house had fallen

down, such a start, that his very wig louped for a full three-eights off

his crown. I say we were necessitated to let the cat out of the pock for

two reasons: firstly, because we did not know what had happened; and,

secondly, to quiet the minister’s fears, decent man, for he was a wee

nervous. So we made a hearty laugh of it, as well as we could, and

opened the door to bid James Batter come out, as we confessed all.

Easier said than done, howsoever. When we pulled open the door, and took

forward one of the candles, there was James doubled up, sticking

twofold, like a rotten in a sneck-trap, in an old chair, the bottom of

which had gone down before him, and which, for some craze about it, had

been put out of the way by Nanse, that no accident might happen. Save

us! if the deacon had sate down upon it, pity on our brick-floor!

Well, after some ado, we got James, who was more frightened than hurt,

hauled out of his hidy-hole; and after lifting off his cowl, and

sleeking down his front hair, he took a seat beside us, apologeezing for

not being in his Sunday’s garb, the which the minister, who was a free

and easy man, declared there was no occasion for, and begged him to make

himself comfortable.

Well, passing over that business, Mr Wiggie and me entered into our

humours, for the drappikie was beginning to tell on my noddle, and made

me somewhat venturesome—not to say that I was not a little proud to have

the minister in my bit housie; so, says I to him in a cosh way, “Ye may

believe me or no, Mr Wiggie, but mair than me think ye out of sight the

best preacher in the parish; nane of them, Mr Wiggie, can hold the

candle to ye, man.”

“Wheesht, wheesht,” said the body, in rather a cold way that I did not

expect, knowing him to be as proud as a peacock—“I daresay I am just

like my neighbours.”

This was not quite so kind—so says I to him, “Maybe sae, for many a one

thinks ye could not hold a candle to Mr Blowster the Cameronian, that

whiles preaches at Lugton.”

This was a stramp on his corny toe. “Na, na,” answered Mr Wiggie, rather

nettled; “let us drop that subject. I preach like my neighbours. Some of

them may be worse, and others better; just as some of your own trade may

make clothes worse, and some better, than yourself.”

My corruption was raised. “I deny that,” said I, in a brisk manner,

which I was sorry for after—“I deny that, Mr Wiggie,” says I to him;

“I’ll make a pair of breeches with the face of clay.”

But this was only a passing breeze, during the which, howsoever, I

happened to swallow my thimble, which accidentally slipped off my middle

finger, causing both me and the company general alarm, as there were

great fears that it might mortify in the stomach; but it did not; and

neither word nor wittens of it have been seen or heard tell of from that

to this day. So, in two or three minutes, we had some few good songs,

and a round of Scotch proverbs, when the clock chapped eleven. We were

all getting, I must confess, a thought noisy; Johnny Soutter having

broken a dram-glass, and Willie Fegs couped a bottle on the bit

table-cloth: all noisy, I say, except Deacon Paunch, douce man, who had

fallen into a pleasant slumber; so, when the minister rose to take his

hat, they all rose except the deacon, whom we shook by the arms for some

time, but in vain, to waken him. His round, oily face, good creature,

was just as if it had been cut out of a big turnip, it was so fat,

fozey, and soft; but at last, after some ado, we succeeded, and he

looked about him with a wild stare, opening his two red eyes, like

Pandore oysters, asking what had happened; and we got him hoized up on

his legs, tying the blue shawl round his bull-neck again.

Our company had not got well out of the door, and I was priding myself

in my heart about being landlord to such a goodly turn out, when Nanse

took me by the arm, and said, “Come, and see such an unearthly sight.”

This startled me, and I hesitated; but at long and last I went in with

her, a thought alarmed at what had happened, and—my gracious! there, on

the easy-chair, was our bonny tortoise-shell cat, Tommy, with the red

morocco collar about its neck, bruised as flat as a flounder, and as

dead as a mawk!

The deacon had sat down upon it without thinking; and the poor animal,

that our neighbours’ bairns used to play with, and be so fond of, was

crushed out of life without a cheep. The thing, doubtless, was not

intended, but it gave Nanse and me a very sore heart.

THE MINISTER’S WIDOW.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

The dwelling of the minister’s widow stood within a few miles of the

beautiful village of Castle-Holm, about a hundred low-roofed houses that

had taken the name of the parish of which they were the little romantic

capital. Two small regular rows of cottages faced each other, on the

gentle acclivity of a hill, separated by a broomy common of rich

pasturage, through which hurried a translucent loch-born rivulet, with

here and there its shelves and waterfalls overhung by the alder or

weeping birch. Each straw-roofed abode, snug and merry as a beehive, had

behind it a few roods of garden ground; so that, in spring, the village

was covered with a fragrant cloud of blossoms on the pear, apple, and

plum trees; and in autumn was brightened with golden fruitage. In the

heart of the village stood the manse, and in it had she who was now a

widow passed twenty years of privacy and peace. On the death of her

husband, she had retired with her family—three boys—to the pleasant

cottage which they now inhabited. It belonged to the old lady of the

castle, who was patroness of the parish, and who accepted from the

minister’s widow of a mere trifle as a nominal rent. On approaching the

village, strangers always fixed upon Sunnyside for the manse itself, for

an air of serenity and retirement brooded over it, as it looked out from

below its sheltering elms, and the farmyard with its corn-stack, marking

the homestead of the agricultural tenant, was there wanting. A neat

gravel-walk winded away, without a weed, from the white gate by the

roadside, through lilacs and laburnums; and the unruffled and unbroken

order of all the breathing things that grew around, told that a quiet

and probably small family lived within those beautiful boundaries.

The change from the manse to Sunnyside had been with the widow a change

from happiness to resignation. Her husband had died of a consumption;

and for nearly a year she had known that his death was inevitable. Both

of them had lived in the spirit of that Christianity which he had

preached; and therefore the last year they passed together, in spite of

the many bitter tears which she who was to be the survivor shed when

none were by to see, was perhaps on the whole the best deserving of the

name of happiness of the twenty that had passed over their earthly

union. To the dying man Death had lost all his terrors. He sat beside

his wife, with his bright hollow eyes and emaciated frame, among the

balmy shades of his garden, and spoke with fervour of the many tender

mercies God had vouchsafed to them here, and of the promises made to all

who believed in the Gospel. They did not sit together to persuade, to

convince, or to uphold each other’s faith, for they believed in the

things that were unseen, just as they believed in the beautiful

blossomed arbour that then contained them in its shading silence.

Accordingly, when the hour was at hand in which he was to render up his

spirit into the hand of God, he was like a grateful and wearied man

falling into a sleep. His widow closed his eyes with her own hands, nor

was her soul then disquieted within her. In a few days she heard the

bell tolling, and from her sheltered window looked out, and followed the

funeral with streaming eyes, but an unweeping heart. With a calm

countenance and humble voice she left and bade farewell to the sweet

manse, where she had so long been happy; and as her three beautiful

boys, with faces dimmed by natural grief, but brightened by natural

gladness, glided before her steps, she shut the gate of her new dwelling

with an undisturbed soul, and moved her lips in silent thanksgiving to

the God of the fatherless and the widow.

Her three boys, each one year older than the other, grew in strength and

beauty, the pride and flower of the parish. In school they were quiet

and composed; but in play-hours they bounded in their glee together like

young deer, and led the sportful flock in all their excursions through

wood or over moor. They resembled, in features and in voice, both of

their gentle parents; but nature had moulded to quite another character

their joyful and impetuous souls. When sitting or walking with their

mother, they subdued their spirits down to suit her equable and gentle

contentment, and behaved towards her with a delicacy and thoughtfulness

which made her heart to sing for joy. So, too, did they sit in the kirk

on Sabbath, and during all that day the fountain of their joy seemed to

subside and to lie still. They knew to stand solemnly with their mother,

now and then on the calm summer evenings, beside their father’s grave.

They remembered well his pale kind face—his feeble walk—his bending

frame—his hand laid in blessing on their young heads—and the last time

they ever heard him speak. The glad boys had not forgotten their father;

and that they proved by their piety unto her whom most on earth had

their father loved. But their veins were filled with youth, health, and

the electricity of joy; and they carried without and within the house

such countenances as at any time coming upon their mother’s eyes on a

sudden, were like a torch held up in the dim melancholy of a mist,

diffusing cheerfulness and elevation.

Years passed on. Although the youngest was but a boy, the eldest stood

on the verge of manhood, for he had entered his seventeenth year, and

was bold, straight, and tall, with a voice deepening in its tone, a

graver expression round the gladness of his eyes, and a sullen mass of

coal-black hair hanging over the smooth whiteness of his open forehead.

But why describe the three beautiful brothers? They knew that there was

a world lying at a distance that called upon them to leave the fields,

and woods, and streams, and lochs of Castle-Holm; and, born and bred in

peace as they had been, their restless hearts were yet all on fire, and

they burned to join a life of danger, strife, and tumult. No doubt it

gave their mother a sad heart to think that all her three boys, who she

knew loved her so tenderly, could leave her alone, and rush into the

far-off world. But who shall curb nature? Who ought to try to curb it

when its bent is strong? She reasoned a while, and tried to dissuade;

but it was in vain. Then she applied to her friends; and the widow of

the minister of Castle-Holm, retired as his life had been, was not

without friends of rank and power. In one year her three boys had their

wish;—in one year they left Sunnyside, one after the other; William to

India, Edward to Spain, and Harry to a man-of-war.

Still was the widow happy. The house that so often used to be ringing

with joy, was now indeed too, too silent; and that utter noiselessness

sometimes made her heart sick, when sitting by herself in the solitary

room. But by nature she was a gentle, meek, resigned, and happy being;

and had she even been otherwise, the sorrow she had suffered, and the

spirit of religion which her whole life had instilled, must have

reconciled her to what was now her lot. Great cause had she to be glad.

Far away as India was, and seemingly more remote in her imagination,

loving letters came from her son there in almost every ship that sailed

for Britain; and if at times something delayed them, she came to believe

in the necessity of such delays, and, without quaking, waited till the

blessed letter did in truth appear. Of Edward, in Spain, she often

heard—though for him she suffered more than for the others. Not that she

loved him better, for, like three stars, each possessed alike the calm

heaven of her heart; but he was with Wellington, and the regiment in

which he served seemed to be conspicuous in all skirmishes, and in every

battle. Henry, her youngest boy, who left her before he had finished his

fourteenth year, she often heard from; his ship sometimes put into port;

and once, to the terror and consternation of her loving and yearning

heart, the young midshipman stood before her, with a laughing voice, on

the floor of the parlour, and rushed into her arms. He had got leave of

absence for a fortnight; and proudly, although sadly too, did she look

on her dear boy when he was sitting in the kirk with his uniform on, and

his war-weapons by his side—a fearless and beautiful stripling, on whom

many an eye was insensibly turned even during service. And, to be sure,

when the congregation were dismissed, and the young sailor came smiling

out into the churchyard, never was there such a shaking of hands seen

before. The old men blessed the gallant boy; many of the mothers looked

at him not without tears; and the young maidens, who had heard that he

had been in a bloody engagement, and once nearly shipwrecked, gazed upon

him with unconscious blushes, and bosoms that beat with innocent

emotion. A blessed week it was indeed that he was then with his mother;

and never before had Sunnyside seemed so well to deserve its name.

To love, to fear, and to obey God, was the rule of this widow’s life;

and the time was near at hand when she was to be called upon to practise

it in every silent, secret, darkest corner and recess of her afflicted

spirit. Her eldest son, William, fell in storming a fort in India, as he

led the forlorn-hope. He was killed dead in a moment, and fell into the

trench with all his lofty plumes. Edward was found dead at Talavera,

with the colours of his regiment tied round his body. And the ship in

which Henry was on board, that never would have struck her flag to any

human power sailing on the sea, was driven by a storm on a reef of

rocks, went to pieces during the night, and of eight hundred men, not

fifty were saved. Of that number Henry was not; but his body was found

next day on the sand, along with those of many of the crew, and buried,

as it deserved, with all honours, and in a place where few but sailors

slept.

In one month—one little month—did the tidings of the three deaths reach

Sunnyside. A government letter informed her of William’s death in India,

and added, that, on account of the distinguished character of the young

soldier, a small pension would be settled on his mother. Had she been

starving of want instead of blessed with competence, that word would

have had then no meaning to her ear. Yet true it is, that a human—an

earthly—pride cannot be utterly extinguished, even by severest anguish,

in a mother’s heart, yea, even although her best hopes are garnered up

in heaven; and the weeping widow could not help feeling it now, when,

with the black wax below her eyes, she read how her dead boy had not

fallen in the service of an ungrateful state. A few days afterwards a

letter came from himself, written in the highest spirits and tenderest

affection. His mother looked at every word—every letter—every dash of

the pen;—and still one thought—one thought only, was in her soul;—“the

living hand that traced these lines—where, what is it now?” But this was

the first blow only; ere the new moon was visible, the widow knew that

she was altogether childless.

It was in a winter hurricane that her youngest boy had perished; and the

names of those whose health had hitherto been remembered at every festal

Christmas, throughout all the parish, from the castle to the humblest

hut, were now either suppressed within the heart, or pronounced with a

low voice and a sigh. During three months, Sunnyside looked almost as if

uninhabited. Yet the smoke from one chimney told that the childless

widow was sitting alone at her fireside; and when her only servant was

spoken to at church, or on the village-green, and asked how her mistress

was bearing these dispensations, the answer was, that her health seemed

little, if at all impaired, and that she talked of coming to divine

service in a few weeks, if her strength would permit. She had been seen

through the leafless hedge standing at the parlour window, and had

motioned with her hand to a neighbour, who in passing, had uncovered his

head. Her weekly bounty to several poor and bedridden persons had never

suffered but one week’s intermission. It was always sent to them on

Saturday night; and it was on a Saturday night that all the parish had

been thrown into tears, with the news that Henry’s ship had been

wrecked, and the brave boy drowned. On that evening she had forgotten

the poor.

But now the Spring had put forth her tender buds and blossoms—had strewn

the black ground under the shrubs with flowers, and was bringing up the

soft, tender, and beautiful green over the awakening face of the earth.

There was a revival of the spirit of life and gladness over the garden,

and the one encircling field of Sunnyside; and so likewise, under the

grace of God, was there a revival of the soul that had been sorrowing

within its concealment. On the first sweet dewy Sabbath of May, the

widow was seen closing behind her the little white gate, which for some

months her hand had not touched. She gave a gracious, but mournful

smile, to all her friends, as she passed on through the midst of them

along with the minister who had joined her on entering the churchyard;

and although it was observed that she turned pale as she sat down in her

pew, with the Bibles and Psalm-books that had belonged to her sons lying

before her, as they themselves had enjoined when they went away, yet her

face brightened even as her heart began to burn within her at the simple

music of the psalm. The prayers of the congregation had some months

before been requested for her, as a person in great distress; and,

during service, the young minister, according to her desire, now said a

few simple words, that intimated to the congregation that the childless

widow was, through his lips, returning thanks to Almighty God, for that

He had not forsaken her in her trouble, but sent resignation and peace.

From that day she was seen, as before, in her house, in her garden,

along the many pleasant walks all about the village; and in the summer

evenings, though not so often as formerly, in the dwellings of her

friends, both high and low. From her presence a more gentle manner

seemed to be breathed over the rude, and a more heartfelt delicacy over

the refined. Few had suffered as she had suffered; all her losses were

such as could be understood, felt, and wept over by all hearts; and all

boisterousness or levity of joy would have seemed an outrage on her,

who, sad and melancholy herself, yet wished all around her happy, and

often lighted up her countenance with a grateful smile at the sight of

that pleasure which she could not but observe to be softened, sobered,

and subdued for her sake.

Such was the account of her, her sorrow, and her resignation, which I

received on the first visit I paid to a family near Castle-Holm, after

the final consummation of her grief. Well-known to me had all the dear

boys been; their father and mine had been labourers in the same

vineyard; and as I had always been a welcome visitor, when a boy, at the

manse of Castle-Holm, so had I been, when a man, at Sunnyside. Last time

I had been there, it was during the holidays, and I had accompanied the

three boys on their fishing excursions to the lochs in the moor; and in

the evenings pursued with them their humble and useful studies. So I

could not leave Castle-Holm without visiting Sunnyside, although my

heart misgave me, and I wished I could have delayed it till another

summer.

I sent word that I was coming to see her, and I found her sitting in

that well-known little parlour where I had partaken the pleasure of so

many merry evenings with those whose laughter was now extinguished. We

sat for awhile together speaking of ordinary topics, and then utterly

silent. But the restraint she had imposed upon herself she either

thought unnecessary any longer, or felt it to be impossible; and rising

up, went to a little desk, from which she brought forth three

miniatures, and laid them down upon the table before us, saying, “Behold

the faces of my three dead boys!”

So bright, breathing, and alive did they appear, that for a moment I

felt impelled to speak to them, and to whisper their names. She beheld

my emotion, and said unto me, “Oh! could you believe that they are all

dead? Does not that smile on Willie’s face seem as if it were immortal?

do not Edward’s sparkling eyes look so bright as if the mists of death

could never have overshadowed them? and think—oh! think, that ever

Henry’s golden hair should have been dragged in the brine, and filled

full—full, I doubt not, of the soiling sand!”

I put the senseless images one by one to my lips, and kissed their

foreheads—for dearly had I loved these three brothers; and then I shut

them up and removed them to another part of the room. I wished to speak,

but I could not; and, looking on the face of her who was before me, I

knew that her grief would find utterance, and that not until she had

unburdened her heart could it be restored to repose.

“They would tell you, sir, that I bear my trials well; but it is not so.

Many, many unresigned and ungrateful tears has my God to forgive in me,

a poor, weak, and repining worm. Almost every day, almost every night,

do I weep before these silent and beautiful phantoms; and when I wipe

away the breath and mist of tears from their faces, there are they,

smiling continually upon me! Oh! death is a shocking thought, when it is

linked in love with creatures so young as these! More insupportable is

gushing tenderness, than even dry despair; and, methinks, I could bear

to live without them, and never to see them more, if I could only cease

to pity them! But that can never be. It is for them I weep, not for

myself. If they were to be restored to life, would I not lie down with

thankfulness into the grave? William and Edward were struck down, and

died, as they thought, in glory and triumph. Death to them was merciful.

But who can know, although they may try to dream of it in horror, what

the youngest of them, my sweet Harry, suffered, through that long dark

howling night of snow, when the ship was going to pieces on the rocks!”

That last dismal thought held her for a while silent; and some tears

stood in drops on her eyelashes, but seemed again to be absorbed. Her

heart appeared unable to cling to the horrors of the shipwreck, although

it coveted them; and her thoughts reverted to other objects. “I walk

often into the rooms where they used to sleep, and look on their beds

till I think I see their faces lying with shut eyes on their pillows.

Early in the morning do I often think I hear them singing; I awaken from

troubled unrest, as if the knock of their sportive hands were at my door

summoning me to rise. All their stated hours of study and of play, when

they went to school and returned from it, when they came into meals,

when they said their prayers, when they went leaping at night to bed as

lightsomely, after all the day’s fatigue, as if they had just risen—oh!

Sir, at all these times, and many, and many a time besides these, do I

think of them whom you loved.”

While thus she kept indulging the passion of her grief, she observed the

tears I could no longer conceal; and the sight of my sorrow seemed to

give, for a time, a loftier character to hers, as if my weakness made

her aware of her own, and she had become conscious of the character of

her vain lamentations. “Yet, why should I so bitterly weep? Pain had not

troubled them—passion had not disturbed them—vice had not polluted them.

May I not say, ‘My children are in heaven with their father?’—and ought

I not, therefore, to dry up all these foolish tears now and for

evermore?”

Composure was suddenly shed over her countenance, like gentle sunlight

over a cheerless day, and she looked around the room as if searching for

some pleasant objects that eluded her sight. “See,” said she, “yonder

are all their books, arranged just as Henry arranged them on his

unexpected visit. Alas! too many of them are about the troubles and

battles of the sea! But it matters not now. You are looking at that

drawing. It was done by himself—that is the ship he was so proud of,

sailing in sunshine and a pleasant breeze. Another ship, indeed, was she

soon after, when she lay upon the reef! But as for the books, I take

them out of their places, and dust them, and return them to their

places, every week. I used to read to my boys, sitting round my knees,

out of many of these books, before they could read themselves; but now I

never peruse them, for their cheerful stories are not for me. But there

is one Book I do read, and without it I should long ago have been dead.

The more the heart suffers, the more does it understand that Book. Never

do I read a single chapter, without feeling assured of something more

awful in our nature than I felt before. My own heart misgives me; my own

soul betrays me; all my comforts desert me in a panic; but never yet

once did I read one whole page of the New Testament that I did not know

that the eye of God is on all His creatures, and on me like the rest,

though my husband and all my sons are dead, and I may have many years

yet to live alone on the earth.”

After this we walked out into the little avenue, now dark with the deep

rich shadows of summer beauty. We looked at that beauty, and spoke of

the surpassing brightness of the weather during all June, and advancing

July. It is not in nature always to be sad; and the remembrance of all

her melancholy and even miserable confessions was now like an uncertain

echo, as I beheld a placid smile on her face, a smile of such perfect

resignation, that it might not falsely be called a smile of joy. We

stood at the little white gate; and, with a gentle voice, that perfectly

accorded with that expression, she bade God bless me; and then with

composed steps, and now and then turning up, as she walked along, the

massy flower-branches of the laburnum, as, bent with their load of

beauty, they trailed upon the ground, she disappeared into that

retirement which, notwithstanding all I had seen and heard, I could not

but think deserved almost to be called happy, in a world which even the

most thoughtless know is a world of sorrow.

THE BATTLE OF THE BREEKS:

_A PASSAGE IN THE LIFE OF WILLIAM M‘GEE, WEAVER IN HAMILTON_.

BY ROBERT MACNISH, LL.D.

I often wonder when I think of the tribulations that men bring upon

themsels, through a want of gumption and common independence of speerit.

There now was I, for nae less than eighteen years, as henpeckit a man as

ever wrocht at the loom. Maggie and me, after the first week of our

marriage, never forgathered weel thegither. There was something unco

dour and imperious about her temper, although, I maun say, barring this

drawback, she was nae that ill in her way either,—that is to say, she

had a sort of kindness about her, and behaved in a truly mitherly way to

the bairns, giein them a’ things needfu’ in the way of feeding and

claithing, so far as our means admitted. But, oh, man, for a’ that, she

was a dour wife. There was nae pleasing her ae way or anither; and

whenever I heard the bell ringing for the kirk, it put me in mind of her

tongue—aye wag, wagging, and abusing me beyond bounds. In ae word, I was

a puir, broken-hearted man, and often wished myself in Abraham’s bosom,

awa frae the cares and miseries of this sinfu’ world.

I was just saying that folk often rin their heads into scrapes for want

of a pickle natural spunk. Let nae man tell me that gude nature and

simpleecity will get on best in this world; na—faith na. I hae had ower

muckle experience that way; and the langer I live has proved to me that

my auld maister, James Currie (him in the Quarry Loan), wasna sae far

wrang when he alleged, in his droll, gude-humoured way, that a man

should hae enough o’ the deil about him to keep the deil frae him. That

was, after a’, ane of the wisest observes I hae heard of for a lang

time. Little did I opine that I would ever be obligated to mak use o’t

in my ain particular case:—but, bide a wee, and ye shall see how it was

brocht about between me and Maggie.

It was on a wintry night when she set out to pick a quarrel wi’ Mrs

Todd, the huckster’s wife, anent the price of a pickle flour which I had

bought some days before, for making batter of, but which didna turn out

sae weel as I expeckit, considering what was paid for’t. Had I been

consulted, I would hae tell’t her to bide at hame, and no fash her thumb

about the matter, which after a’ was only an affair of three-ha’pence

farthing, and neither here nor there. But, na; Maggie was nane o’ the

kind to let sic an object stan’ by; so out she sets, wi’ her red cloak

about her, and her black velvet bonnet—that she had just that day got

hame frae Miss Lorimer, the milliner—upon her head. But I maun first

tell what passed between her and me on this wonderful occasion.

“And now, my dear,” quo’ I, looking as couthy and humble as I could, and

pu’ing my Kilmarnock nicht-cap a wee grain aff my brow in a kind of half

respectfu’ fashion, “what’s this ye’re ganging to be about? Odds, woman,

I wadna gie a pirn for a’ that has happened. What signifies a pickle

flour, scrimp worth half a groat?”

Faith, I would better hae held my tongue, for nae sooner was the word

uttered, than takin’ haud of a can, half fu’ o’ ready-made dressing,

which I was preparing to lay on a wab of blue check I was working for Mr

Andrew Treddles, the Glasgow manufacturer—I say, taking haud of this,

she let flee at my head like a cannon-ball. But Providence was kind, and

instead of knocking out my brains, as I had every reason to expeck, it

gaed bang against our ain looking-glass, and shattered it into five

hunder pieces. But I didna a’thegither escape scaith—the dressing having

flown out as the can gaed by me, and plaistered a’ my face ower in a

manner maist extraordinar to behold. By jingo! my spirit was roused at

this deadly attempt, and gin she hadna been my wife, I wad hae thrawn

about her neck, like a tappit-hen’s. But, na—I was henpeckit, and she

had sic a mastery ower me as nae persuasions of my ain judgment could

owercome. Sae I could do naething but stan’ glowering at her like a

moudiewart, while she poured out as muckle abuse as if I had been her

flunkey, instead of her natural lord and master. Ance or twice I fand my

nieves yeuking to gie her a clour by way of balancing accounts, but such

was the power of influence she had obtained, that I durstna cheep for my

very heart’s blude. So awa she gaed on her errand, leaving me sittin’ by

the fire to mak the best of my desperate condition.

“O, Nancy,” said I to my dochter, as she sat mending her brither’s sark,

opposite to me, “is na your mither an awfu’ woman?”

“I see naething awfu’ about her,” quo’ the cratur; “I think she servit

ye richt; and had I a man, I would just treat him in the same way, if he

daured to set his nose against onything I wanted.”

I declare to ye, when I heard this frae my ain flesh and blude, I was

perfectly dumfoundered. The bairn I had brought up on my knee—that used,

when a wee thing, to come and sit beside me at the loom, and who was in

the custom of wheeling my pirns wi’ her ain hand—odds, man, it was

desperate. I couldna say anither word, but I faund a big tear come

hap-happing ower my runkled cheeks, the first that had wet them sin’ I

was a bit laddie rinnin’ about before the schule door. What was her

mither’s abusiveness to this? A man may thole muckle frae his wife, but,

oh, the harsh words of an undutifu’ bairn gang like arrows to his heart,

and he weeps tears of real bitterness. I wasna angry at the lassie—I was

ower grieved to be angered; and for the first time I fand that my former

sufferings were only as a single thread to a hale hank of yarn, compared

to them I suffered at this moment.

A’thegither, the thing was mair than I could stand, so rising up, I

betaks mysel to my but-an-ben neighbour, Andrew Brand. Andrew was an

uncommon sagacious chiel, and, like mysel, a weaver to his trade. He was

beuk-learned, and had read a hantle on different subjects, so that he

was naturally looked up to by the folks round about, on account of his

great lear. When onything gaed wrang about the Leechlee Street, where we

lived, we were a’ glad to consult him; and his advice was reckoned no

greatly behint that of Mr Meek, the minister. He was a great counter, or

’rithmetishian, as he ca’d it; and it was thocht by mony gude judges

that he could handle a pen as weel as Mr Dick, the writing-master,

himsel. So, as I was saying, I stappit ben to Andrew’s, to ask his

advice, but, odds! if ye ever saw a man in sic a desperate passion as he

was in when I tauld him how I had been used by my wife and dochter.

“William M‘Gee,” said he, raising his voice,—it was a geyan strong

ane,—“ye’re an absolute gomeril. Oh, man, but ye’re a henpeckit sumph! I

tell ye, ye’re a gawpus and a lauching-stock, and no worth the name of a

man. Do ye hear that?”

“O ay, I hear’t very weel,” quo’ I, no that pleased at being sae spoken

to, even by Andrew Brand, who was a man I could stamach a gude deal

frae, in the way of reproof—“I hear’t a’ weel eneuch, and am muckle

obleeged to ye, nae doubt, for your consolation.”

“Hooly and fairly, William,” said he in a kinder tone, for he saw I was

a degree hurt by his speech. “Come, I was only joking ye, man, and ye

maunna tak onything amiss I hae said. But, really, William, I speak to

ye as a frien’, and tell ye that ye are submitting to a tyranny which no

man of common understanding ought to submit to. Is this no the land of

liberty? Are we no just as free as the Duke in his grand palace down by;

and has onybody a richt—tell me that, William M‘Gee—to tyranneeze ower

anither as your wife does ower you! I’ll no tell ye what to do, but I’ll

just tell ye what I would do if my wife and dochter treated me as yours

have treated you: losh, man, I would ding their harns about, and knock

their heads thegither like twa curling-stanes. I would aye be master in

my ain house.”

This was Andrew’s advice, and I thocht it sounded geyan rational, only

no very easy to be put in practice. Hoosomever, thinks I to mysel, I’ll

consider about it, and gin I could only bring mysel to mak the

experiment, wha kens but I micht succeed to a miracle? On stapping back

to my ain house, the first thing I did was to tak a thimblefu’ of

whisky, by way of gieing me a pickle spunk, in case of ony fresh rumpus

wi’ the wife, and also to clear up my ideas; for I hae fand, that after

a lang spell at the loom, the thochts, as weel as the body, are like to

get stupid and dozey. So I taks a drappie, and sits down quietly by the

fireside, waiting for the return of Maggie frae scolding Mrs Todd about

the flour.

In she comes, a’ in a flurry. Her face was as red as a peony rose, her

breathing cam fast, and she lookit a’thegither like ane that has had a

sair warsle wi’ the tongue. But she was far frae being downcast. On the

contrair, she lookit as proud as a Turkey cock; and I saw wi’ the tail

o’ my ee that she had gained a gran’ victory ower puir Mrs Todd, who was

a douce, quiet woman, and nae match for the like of her in randying. So

she began to stump and mak a great phrase about the way she had

outcrawed the puir body; and was a’thegither as upset about it as if

Duke Hamilton had made her keeper of his palace. Losh! I was mad to

hear’t, and twa or three times had a gude mind to put in a word, to sic

a degree was my courage raised by the drap speerits; but aye as the

words were rising to my mouth, the thocht of the can and the dressing

sent them back again, till they stuck like a bane in my throat. Very

likely I micht hae said ne’er a word, and Andrew Brand’s advice micht

hae gane for naething, had it no been for the cratur Nancy, who was sae

lifted up about her mither’s dispute, that naething would sair her but

to hae the hale affair mentioned cut and dry.

“And did ye cast up to Mrs Todd, mither,” quo’ the little cutty, “that

she was fat?”

“Ay, that I did,” said Maggie. “I tell’t her she was like a barn-door. I

tell’t her she was like the side of a house. ‘Ye’re a sow,’ quo’ I; ‘ye

get fou every hour of the day, wi’ your lump of a gudeman!’”

But this wasna a’—for nae sooner had Maggie answered her dochter’s first

question, than the cratur was ready wi’ anither: “And, mither, did ye

cast up to her that her faither was a meeser?”

“Atweel did I, Nancy,” answered the gudewife. “I tell’t her a’ that. I

coost up to her that her faither was a meeser, and would ride to Lunnon

on a louse, and mak breeks of its skin, and candles of its tallow.”

I could thole this nae langer. I fand the hale man working within me,

and was moved to a pitch of daring, mair like madness than onything

else. Faith, the whisky was of gude service now, and so was Andrew

Brand’s advice. I accordingly steekit my nieves wi’ desperation, threw

awa my cowl, tucked up my sark sleeves,—for my coat happened to be aff

at the time,—and got up frae the three-footed stool I had been sitting

upon in the twinkling of an ee. I trumbled a’ ower, but whether it was

wi’ fear, or wi’ anger, or wi’ baith put thegither, it would be

difficult to say. I was in an awfu’ passion, and as fairce as a papist.

“And so,” said I, “ye coost up sic things to the honest woman, Mrs Todd!

O, Maggie M‘Gee, Maggie M‘Gee, are ye no ashamed of yoursel?”

’Od it would hae dune your heart gude to see how she glowered at me. She

was bewildered, and lookit as if to see whether I was mysel, and no some

ither body. But her evil speerit didna lie lang asleep; it soon broke

out like a squib on the king’s birthday, and I saw that I maun now stand

firm, or be a dead man for ever.

“Has your faither been at the whisky bottle?” said she to her dochter.

“He looks as if he was the waur of drink.”

“He had a glass just before ye cam in,” answered the wicked jimpey; and

scarcely had she spoken the word, when Maggie flew upon me like a

teeger, and gied me a skelp on the cheek wi’ her open loof, that made me

turn round tapwise on the middle of the floor. Seeing that affairs were

come to this pass, I saw plainly that I maun go on, no forgetting in sae

doing my frien’ Andrew’s advice, as also my auld master Tammas Currie’s

observe, anent a man ha’eing aneuch of the deil in his temper to keep

the deil awa frae him. So I picked up a’ the spunk I had in me, besides

what I had frae the drap whisky; and fa’ing to, I gied her sic a

leathering as never woman got in her born days. In ae word, she met wi’

her match, and roared aloud for mercy; but this I would on nae account

grant, till she promised faithfully that, in a’ time coming, she would

acknowledge me as her lord and maister, and obey me in everything as a

dutiful wife should her husband.

As soon as this was settled, in stappit Andrew Brand. At the sight of my

wife greeting, and me sae fairce, he held up his hands wi’ astonishment.

“William M‘Gee,” quo’ he, “it’s no possible that ye’re maister in this

house!”

“It’s no only possible, but it’s true, Andrew,” was my answer; and,

taking me by the hand, he wished me joy for my speerit and success.

Sae far, sae weel; the first grand stroke was made, but there was

something yet to do. I had discharged a’ outstanding debts wi’ my wife,

and had brocht her to terms; but I had yet to reduce my bairns to their

senses, and show them that I was _their_ lord and maister, as weel as

their mither’s. Puir things! my heart was wae for them, for they were

sairly miseducated, and held me in nae mair estimation, than if I had

been ane of my ain wabster lads. So, just wi’ a view to their gude, I

took down a pair of teuch ben-leather taws, weel burnt at the

finger-ends, and gied Nancy as mony cracks ower the bare neck, as set

her squeeling beyond a’ bounds. It was pitifu’ to see the cratur, how

she skipped about the room, and ran awa to her mither, to escape my

faitherly rage. But a’ assistance frae that quarter was at an end now;

and she was fain to fa’ down on her knees, and beg my forgiveness, and

promise to conduct hersel as became my dochter, in a’ time coming.

Just at this moment, in comes wee Geordie, greeting for his parritch. He

kent naething of what had taken place in the house; and, doubtless,

expeckit to mak an idiot of me, his faither, as he had been accustomed

to do, almost frae his very cradle. I saw that now was the time to

thresh the corruption out of him; and brandishing the taws ower my head,

I made a stap forrit to lay hand upon him, and treat him like the lave.

He looked as if he had an inkling of what was forthcoming, and ran

whinging and craiking to his mither, who stood wiping her een wi’ her

striped apron in a corner of the room. The terrified laddie clang to her

knees, but she never offered to lend a helping hand, sae great was the

salutary terror wi’ which I had inspired her. So I pu’d him awa frae her

coats, to which he was clinging; and, laying him ower my knee, I gied

him hipsie-dipsie in the presence of his mither, his sister, and Andrew

Brand, who were looking on.

And thus hae I, who for eighteen years was ruled by my wife, got the

upper hand; and ony man who is henpeckit as I hae been, should just tak

the same plan, and his success will be as sure as mine. Andrew Brand aye

said to me that a man should wear his ain breeks; and I can maintain,

frae present experience, that a wiser saying is no to be found in the

Proverbs of Solomon, the son of David. No that Maggie hasna tried nows

and thans to recover her lost power, but I hae on thae occasions

conduckit mysel wi’ sic firmness, that she has at last gien it up as a

bad job, and is now as obedient a wife as ye’ll meet wi’ between this

and Bothwell. The twa bairns, too, are just wonderfully changed, and are

as raisonable as can be expeckit, a’ things considered. Let men,

therefore, whether gentle or simple, follow my plan, and the word

“henpeckit,” as Andrew Brand says, will soon slip out of the dictionair.

MY SISTER KATE.

BY ANDREW PICKEN.

There is a low road (but it is not much frequented, for it is terribly

round about) that passes at the foot of the range of hills that skirt

the long and beautiful gut or firth of the Clyde, in the west of

Scotland; and as you go along this road, either up or down, the sea or

firth is almost at your very side, the hills rising above you; and you

are just opposite to the great black and blue mountains on the other

side of the gut, that sweep in heavy masses, or jut out in bold capes,

at the mouth of the deep lochs that run up the firth into the

picturesque highlands of Argyleshire.

You may think of the scene what you please, because steam-boating has,

of late years, profaned it somewhat into commonness, and defiled its

pure air with filthy puffs of coal smoke; and because the Comet and all

her unfortunate passengers were sunk to the bottom of this very part of

the firth; and because, a little time previous, a whole boatful of poor

Highland reaper girls were all run down in the night-time, while they

were asleep, and drowned near the Clough lighthouse hard by; but if you

were to walk this road by the seaside any summer afternoon, going

towards the bathing village of Gourock, you would say, as you looked

across to the Highlands, and up the Clyde towards the rocks of Dumbarton

Castle, that there are few scenes more truly magnificent and

interesting.

There is a little village exactly opposite to you, looking across the

firth, which is called Dunoon, and contains the burying-place of the

great house of Argyle; and which, surrounded by a patch of green

cultivated land, sloping pleasantly from the sea, and cowering snugly by

itself, with its picturesque cemetery, under the great blue hills

frowning behind, looks, from across the firth, absolutely like a

tasteful little haunt of the capricious spirit of romance.

Well, between this road on the lowland side of the firth, and the

water’s-edge, and before it winds off round by the romantic seat of Sir

Michael Shaw Stewart, farther up, there stand, or stood, two or three

small fishing cottages which, from the hills nearly over them, looked

just like white shells, of a large size, dropped fancifully down upon

the green common between the hills and the road. In these cottages, it

was observed, the fishermen had numerous families, who, while young,

assisted them in their healthful employment; and that the girls, of

which there were a number, were so wild in their contented seclusion,

that if any passenger on the road stopped to observe them, as they sat

in groups on the green mending their father’s nets, they would take

alarm, and rise and run off like fawns, and hide among the rocks by the

sea, or trip back into the cottages. Now it happened, once on a time,

that a great event took place to one of the cottager’s daughters, which,

for a long period, deranged and almost destroyed the happy equality in

which they had hitherto lived; and becoming the theme of discourse and

inquiry concerning things beyond the sphere of the fisher people and all

their neighbours as far as Gourock, introduced among them no small

degree of ambition and discontent.

There was one of the fishermen, a remarkably decent, well disposed

Highlandman, from the opposite shore of Argyleshire, named Martin

M‘Leod, and he had two daughters, the youngest of which, as was no

uncommon case, turned out to be remarkably and even delicately

beautiful.

But nobody ever saw or thought anything about the beauty of Catherine

M‘Leod, except it might be some of the growing young men in the

neighbouring cottages, several of whom began, at times, to look at her

with a sort of wonder, and seemed to feel a degree of awe in her

company; while her family took an involuntary pride in her beyond all

the others; and her eldest sister somehow imitated her in every thing,

and continually quoted her talk, and trumpeted about among the

neighbours what was said and done by “my sister Kate.”

Things continued in this way as Kate grew to womankind; and she was the

liveliest little body about the place, and used to sing so divertingly

at the house-end, as she busied herself about her father’s fishing gear,

and ran up and down “among the brekans on the brae,” behind the

cottages, or took her wanderings off all the way to the Clough

lighthouse at the point. I say things continued in this way until a

gentleman, who, it turned out, was all the way from London, came to

lodge in Greenock, or Gourock, or Inverkip, or somewhere not very far

distant; and, being a gentleman, and, of course, at liberty to do every

sort of out-of-the-way thing that he pleased, he got a manner of coming

down and wandering about among the cottages, and asking questions

concerning whatever he chose of the fishermen; and then it was not long

until he got his eyes upon Kate.

“The gentleman,” as her sister used to tell afterwards, “was perfectly

ill, and smitten at once about our Kate. He was not able,” she said, “to

take the least rest, but was down constantly about us for weeks; and

then he got to talking to and walking with Kate, she linking her arm in

his beneath the hill, just as it had been Sir Michael Stewart and my

lady; and then such presents as he used to bring for her, bought in the

grand shop of Bailie Macnicol, at Greenock; gowns, and shawls, and

veils, and fine chip hats, never speaking of ribbons, and lace edging,

and mob caps—perfectly beautiful.”

The whole of the fishermen’s daughters became mad with envy of poor

Kate, and admiration of her new dress, which some said was mostly bought

by her father after all, who wanted to have his daughter made a lady of;

and now nothing was heard in the hamlet but murmurings and discontented

complaints; every girl looking at herself in the little cracked glass

that her father used to shave by, to see if she were pretty, and wishing

and longing, not only for a lover of her own, but even for a gentleman.

So, as matters grew serious, and the gentleman was fairly in love, old

Martin M‘Leod, who looked sharply after Kate, behoved to have sundry

conversations with the gentleman about her; and masters being appointed

to teach her right things, which the fisher folks never heard of, but

which were to turn her into a lady, Kate and the gentleman, after a

time, were actually married in Greenock new church, and set off for

London.

During all this time, there were various opinions among the fisher

people, how that Kate never was particularly in love with the gentleman;

and some even said that she was in love with somebody else (for pretty

maidens must always be in love), or, at least, that some of the youths

of the neighbourhood were in love with her; but then the old folks said,

that love was only for gentle people who could afford to pay for it; and

that when a gentleman was pleased to fall in love, no one had a right to

say him nay, or pretend to set up against him. Some of the young women,

to be sure, ventured to contest this doctrine, and cited various cases

from the authority of printed ballads bought at the Greenock fair, at a

halfpenny each; and also from the traditionary literature of

Argyleshire, which was couched in the mellifluous numbers of the Gaelic

language; but, however this might be, the fame of Catherine M‘Leod’s

happy marriage and great fortune was noised abroad exceedingly, among

the fisher people throughout these coasts, as well as about Gourock and

all the parts adjacent.

As to the gentleman, it was found out that his name was Mr Pounteney,

and that little Kate M‘Leod was now Mrs Pounteney, and a great London

lady, but what quality of a gentleman Mr Pounteney really was, was a

matter of much controversy and discussion. Some said that he was a great

gentleman, and others thought that, from various symptoms, he was not a

very great gentleman; some went so far as to say he was a lord or a

prince, while others maintained that he was only a simple esquire.

Nothing, therefore, could be talked of wherever Flora M‘Leod went, but

about “my sister Kate;” and she was quite in request everywhere, because

she could talk of the romantic history and happy fortune of her lucky

sister. Mrs Pounteney’s house in London, therefore, Mrs Pounteney’s

grand husband, and Mrs Pounteney’s coach, excited the admiration and the

discontent of all the fishermen’s daughters, for many miles round this

romantic seacoast, and these quiet cottages under the hills, where the

simple people live upon their fish, and did not know that they were

happy. Many a long summer’s day, as the girls sat working their nets on

a knoll towards the sea, the sun that shone warm upon their indolent

limbs on the grass, and the breeze that blew from the firth, or swept

round from the flowery woods of Ardgowan, seemed less grateful and

delicious, from their discontented imaginings about the fortune of Mrs

Pounteney; and many a sweet and wholesome supper of fresh boiled fish

was made to lose its former relish, or was even embittered by obtrusive

discourse about the fine wines and the gilded grandeur of “my sister

Kate.” Even the fisher lads in the neighbourhood—fine fearless

youths—found a total alteration in their sweethearts; their discourse

was not relished, their persons were almost despised; and there was now

no happiness found for a fisherman’s daughter, but what was at least to

approach to the state of grandeur and felicity so fortunately obtained

by “my sister Kate.”

The minds of Kate’s family were so carried by her great fortune, that

vague wishes and discontented repinings followed their constant

meditations upon her lucky lot. Flora had found herself above marrying a

fisherman; and a young fellow called Bryce Cameron, who had long waited

for her, and whose brother, Allan, was once a sweetheart of Kate’s

herself, being long ago discarded; and she, not perceiving any chances

of a gentleman making his appearance to take Bryce’s place, became

melancholy and thoughtful; she began to fear that she was to have

nobody, and her thoughts ran constantly after London and Mrs Pounteney.

With these anxious wishes, vague hopes began to mix of some lucky turn

to her own fortune, if she were only in the way of getting to be a lady;

and at length she formed the high wish, and even the adventurous

resolve, of going all the way to London, just to get one peep at her

sister’s happiness.

When this ambition seized Flora M‘Leod, she let the old people have no

rest, nor did she spare any exertion to get the means of making her

proposed pilgrimage to London. In the course of a fortnight from its

first serious suggestion, she, with a gold guinea in her pocket, and two

one-pound notes of the Greenock Bank, besides other coins and valuables,

and even a little old-fashioned Highland brooch, with which the quondam

lover of her sister, Allan Cameron, had the temerity to intrust to her,

to be specially returned into the hand of the great lady when she should

see her, besides a hundred other charges and remembrances from the

neighbours, she set off one dewy morning in summer, carrying her shoes

and stockings in her hand, to make her way to London, to get a sight of

everything great, and particularly of her happy sister Kate.

Many a weary mile did Flora M‘Leod walk, and ride, and sail, through

unknown places, and in what she called foreign parts; for strange things

and people met her eye, and long dull regions of country passed her like

a rapid vision, as she was wheeled towards the great capital, and proper

centre of England. After travelling to a distance that was to her

perfectly amazing, she was set down in London, and inquired her way, in

the best English she could command, into one of those long brick

streets, of dark and dull gentility, to which she was directed; and

after much trouble and some expense, at length found the door of her

sister’s house. She stood awhile considering, on the steps of the

mansion, and felt a sort of fear of lifting the big iron knocker that

seemed to grin down upon her; for she was not in the habit of knocking

at great folk’s doors, and almost trembled lest somebody from within

would frown her into nothing, even by their high and lofty looks.

And yet she thought the house was not so dreadfully grand after all;—not

at all such as she had imagined, for she had passed houses much bigger

and grander than this great gentleman’s; it was not even the largest in

its own street, and looked dull and dingy, and shut up with blinds and

rails, having a sort of melancholy appearance.

But she must not linger, but see what was inside. She lifted up the iron

knocker, and as it fell the very clang of it, and its echo inside, smote

upon her heart with a sensation of strange apprehension. A powdered man

opened it, and stared at her with an inquisitive and impertinent look,

then saucily asked what she wanted. Flora courtesied low to the servant

from perfect terror, saying she wanted to see Mrs Pounteney.

“And what can _you_ want with Mrs Pounteney, young woman, I should like

to know?” said the fellow; for Flora neither looked like a milliner’s

woman nor any other sort of useful person likely to be wanted by a lady.

Flora had laid various pretty plans in her own mind, about taking her

sister by surprise, and seeing how she would look at her before she

spoke, and so forth; at least she had resolved not to affront her by

making herself known as her sister before the servants; but the man

looked at her with such suspicion, and spoke so insolently, that she

absolutely began to fear, from the interrogations of this fellow, that

she would be refused admittance to her own sister, and was forced to

explain and reveal herself before the outer door was fully opened to

her. At length she was conducted, on tiptoe, along a passage, and then

upstairs, until she was placed in a little back dressing-room. The

servant then went into the drawing-room, where sat two ladies at

opposite sides of the apartment, there to announce Flora’s message.

On a sofa, near the window, sat a neat youthful figure, extremely

elegantly formed, but _petite_, with a face that need not be described,

further than that the features were small and pretty, and that, as a

whole, it was rich in the nameless expression of simple beauty. Her

dress could not have been plainer, to be of silk of the best sort; but

the languid discontent, if not melancholy, with which the female, yet

quite in youth, gazed towards the window, or bent over a little silk

netting with which she carelessly employed herself, seemed to any

observer strange and unnatural at her time of life. At a table near the

fire was seated a woman, almost the perfect contrast to this interesting

figure, in the person of Mr Pounteney’s eldest sister, a hard-faced,

business-like person, who, with pen and ink before her, seemed busy

among a parcel of household accounts, and the characteristic

accompaniment of a bunch of keys occasionally rattling at her elbow.

The servant approached, as if fearful of being noticed by “the old one,”

as he was accustomed to call Miss Pounteney, and in a half whisper

intimated to the little figure that a female wanted to see her.

“Eh! what!—what is it you say, John?” cried the lady among the papers,

noticing this manœuvre of the servant.

“Nothing, Madam; it is a person that wants my lady.”

“Your lady, sirrah; it must be me!—Eh! what!”

“No, Madam; she wants to see Mrs Pounteney particularly.”

“Ah, John!” said the little lady on the sofa; “just refer her to Miss

Pounteney. There is nobody can want me.”

“Wants to see Mrs Pounteney particularly!” resumed the sister-in-law:

“how dare you bring in such a message, sirrah? Mrs Pounteney

particularly, indeed! Who is she, sirrah! Who comes here with such a

message while I am in the house?”

“You must be mistaken, John,” said the little lady sighing, who was once

the lively Kate M‘Leod of the fishing cottage in Scotland; “just let

Miss Pounteney speak to her, you need not come to me.”

“No, madam,” said the servant, addressing Miss Pounteney, the natural

pertness of his situation now returning to overcome his dread of “the

old one.” “This young person wants to see my mistress directly, and I

have put her into her dressing-room; pray, ma’am, go,” he added,

respectfully, to the listless Kate.

“Do you come here to give _your_ orders, sirrah?” exclaimed Miss

Pounteney, rising like a fury, and kicking the footstool half way across

the room, “and to put strange people of your own accord into any

dressing-room in this house! and to talk of _your mistress_, and wanting

to speak to her directly, and privately, while _I_ am here! I wonder

what sister Becky would say, or Mr Pounteney, if he were at home!”

“Who is it, John? Do just bring her here, and put an end to this!” said

Kate, imploringly, to the man.

“Madam,” said John at last to his trembling mistress, “it is your

sister!”

“Who, John?” cried Kate, starting to her feet; “my sister Flora—my own

sister, from Clyde side! Speak, John, are you sure?”

“Yes, Madam, your sister from Scotland.”

“Oh, where is she, where is she? Let me go!”

“No, no; you must be mistaken, John,” said the lady with the keys,

stepping forward to interrupt the anxious Kate. “John, this is all a

mistake,” she added, smoothly; “Mrs Pounteney has no sister! John, you

may leave the room;” and she gave a determined look to the other sister,

who stood astonished.

The moment the servant left the room, Miss Pounteney came forward, and

stood in renewed rage over the fragile, melancholy Kate, and burst out

with “What is this, Kate? Is it really possible, after what you know of

my mind, and all our minds, that you have dared to bring your poor

relations into my brother’s house? That it is not enough that we are to

have the disgrace of your mean connections, but we are to have your

sisters and brothers to no end coming into the very house, and sending

up their beggarly names and designations by the very servants! Kate, I

must not permit this. I will not—I shall not;” and she stamped with

rage.

“Oh, Miss Pounteney,” said Kate, with clasped hands, “will you not let

me go and see my sister? Will you just let me go and weep on the neck of

my poor Flora? I will go to a private place—I will go to another house,

if you please; I will do anything when I return to you, if I ever

return, for I care not if I never come into this unhappy house more!”

and, uttering this, almost with a shriek, she burst past the two women,

and ran through the rooms to seek her sister.

Meantime, Flora had sat so long waiting, without seeing her sister, that

she began to feel intense anxiety; and, fancying her little Kate wished

to forget her, because she was poor, had worked herself up into a

resolution of assumed coldness, when she heard a hurried step, and the

door was instantly opened. Kate paused for a moment after her entrance,

and stood gazing upon the companion of her youth, with a look of such

passionate joy, that Flora’s intended coldness was entirely subdued; and

the two sisters rushed into each other’s arms in all the ecstacy of

sisterly love.

“Oh, Flora, Flora! my dear happy Flora!” cried Kate, when she could get

words, after the first burst of weeping; “have you really come all the

way to London to see me?—poor me!” and her tears and sobs were again

like to choke her. “Kate—my dear little Kate!” said Flora, “this is not

the way I expected to find you. Do not greet so dreadfully; surely you

are not happy, Kate?”

“But _you_ are happy,” said Kate, weeping. “And how is my good Highland

father, and mother, and my brother Daniel? Ah! I think, Flora, your

clothes have the very smell of the seashore, and of the bark of the

nets, and of the heather hills of Argyleshire. Alas the happy days you

remind me of, Flora!”

“And so, Kate, you are not so _very_ happy, after all,” said Flora,

looking incredulously in her face; “and you are so thin, and pale, and

your eyes are so red; and yet you have such a grand house, Kate! Tell me

if you are really not happy.”

“I have no house, Flora,” said Kate, after a little, “and, I may say, no

husband. They are both completely ruled by his two vixen sisters, who

kept house for him before he married me, and still have the entire

ascendancy over him. My husband, too, is not naturally good tempered;

yet he once loved me, and I might enjoy some little happiness in this

new life, if he had the feeling, or the spirit, to treat me as his wife,

and free himself and the house from the dominion of his sisters,

especially the eldest. But I believe he is rather disappointed in his

ambitious career, and in the hopes he entertained of matches for his

sisters, and he is somewhat sour and unhappy; and I have to bear it all,

for he is afraid of these women; and I, the youngest in the family, and

the only one who has a chance of being good tempered, am, on account of

my low origin, forced to bear the spleen of all in this unhappy house.”

“But, Kate, surely your husband would not behave so bad as to cast up to

you that your father was a fisherman, when he took you from the bonnie

seaside himself, and when he thought himself once so happy to get you?”

“Alas! he does indeed!—too often—too often—when he is crossed abroad,

and when his sisters set him on; and it so humbles me, Flora, when I am

sitting at his table, that I cannot lift my head; and I am so sad, and

so heart-broken among them all!”

“Bless me! and can people be really so miserable,” said Flora, simply,

“who have plenty of money, and silk dresses to wear every day they

rise?”

“It is little you know, my happy Flora, of artificial life here in

London,” said Kate, mournfully. “As for dress, I cannot even order one

but as my sister-in-law chooses; and as for happiness, I have left it

behind me on the beautiful banks of the Clyde. O that I were there

again!”

“Poor little Kate!” said Flora, wistfully looking again in her sister’s

face; “and is that the end of all your grand marriage, that has set a’

the lasses crazy, from the Fairlie Roads to Gourock Point? I think I’ll

gang back and marry Bryce Cameron after a’.”

“Is Allan Cameron married yet?” said Kate, sadly. “When did you see

blithe and bonnie Allan Cameron?—Alas the day!”

“He gave me this brooch to return to you, Kate,” said Flora, taking the

brooch out of her bosom. “I wish he had not gien it to me for you, for

you’re vexed enough already.”

“Ah! well you may say I am vexed enough,” said she, weeping and

contemplating the brooch. “Tell Allan Cameron that I am sensible I did

not use him well—that my vain heart was lifted up; but I have suffered

for it; many a sad and sleepless night I have lain in my bed, and

thought of the delightful days I spent near my father’s happy cottage in

Scotland, and about you, and about Allan. Alas! just tell him not to

think more of me; for I am a sad and sorry married woman, out of my own

sphere, and afraid to speak to my own people, panting my heart out and

dying by inches, like the pretty silver fish that floundered on the hard

stones, after my father had taken them out of their own clear water.”

“God help you, Kate!” said Flora, rising; “you will break my heart with

grief about you. Let me out of this miserable house! Let me leave you

and all your grandeur, since I cannot help you; and I will pray for you,

my poor Kate, every night at my bedside, when I get back to the bonnie

shore of Argyleshire.”

Sad was the parting of the two weeping sisters, and many a kiss of

fraternal affection embittered, yet sweetened, the hour; and anxious was

Flora M‘Leod to turn her back upon the great city of London, and to

journey northwards to her own home in Scotland.

It was a little before sundown, on a Saturday evening, shortly after

this, that a buzz of steam let off at the Mid Quay of Greenock,

indicated that a steamboat had come in; and it proved to be from the

fair seaport of Liverpool, having on board Flora M‘Leod, just down from

London. The boat as it passed had been watched by the cottagers where

she lived up the Firth; and several of them, their day’s work being

over, set out towards the Clough to see if there was any chance of

meeting Flora.

Many were the congratulations, and more the inquiries, when they met

Flora, lumbering homewards with her bundle and her umbrella, weary and

looking anxiously out for her own sweet cottage by Clyde side. “Ah,

Flora! is this you!” cried the whole at once; “and are you really here

again! And how is your sister, and all the great people in London? And,

indeed, it is very good of you not to look the least proud, after coming

from such a grand place!”

With such congratulations was Flora welcomed again among the

light-hearted fisher people in the West of Scotland. But it was observed

that her tone was now quite altered, and her own humble contentment had

completely returned. In short, to bring our story to a close, she was

shortly after married to Bryce Cameron, and various other marriages soon

followed; for she gave such an account of what she had seen with her

eyes, that a complete revolution took place in the sentiments of the

whole young people of the neighbourhood.

It was observed in the hamlet that the unhappy Mrs Pounteney was never

named after this by any but with a melancholy shake of the head; the

ambition of the girls to get gentlemen seemed quite extinguished, and

Flora in time began to nurse children of her own in humble and pious

contentment.—_The Dominie’s Legacy._

WAT THE PROPHET.

BY JAMES HOGG, “THE ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

About sixty years ago[4] there departed this life an old man, who, for

sixty years previous to that, was known only by the name of Wat the

Prophet. I am even uncertain what his real surname was, though he was

familiarly known to the most of my relatives of that day, and I was

intimately acquainted with his nephew and heir, whose name was

Paterson,—yet I hardly think that was the prophet’s surname, but that

the man I knew was a maternal nephew. So far, I am shortcoming at the

very outset of my tale, for in truth I never heard him distinguished by

any other name than Wat the Prophet.[5]

Footnote 4:

This interesting account of a very extraordinary character was

contributed to the _Edinburgh Literary Journal_ in 1829.

Footnote 5:

The old prophet’s surname was Laidlaw, being of a race that has

produced more singular characters than any of our country.

He must have been a very singular person in every respect. In his youth

he was so much more clever and acute than his fellows, that he was

viewed as a sort of phenomenon, or rather “a kind of being that had mair

airt than his ain.” It was no matter what Wat tried, for either at

mental or manual exertion he excelled; and his gifts were so

miscellaneous, that it was no wonder his most intimate acquaintances

rather stood in awe of him. At the sports of the field, at the

exposition of any part of Scripture, at prayer, and at mathematics, he

was altogether unequalled. By this, I mean in the sphere of his

acquaintance in the circle in which he moved, for he was the son of a

respectable farmer who had a small property. In the last-mentioned art

his comprehension is said to have been truly wonderful. He seemed to

have an intuitive knowledge of the science of figures from beginning to

end, and needed but a glance at the rules to outgo his masters.

But this was not all. In all the labours of the field his progress was

equally unaccountable. He could with perfect ease have mown as much hay

as two of the best men, sown as much, reaped as much, shorn as many

sheep, and smeared as many, and with a little extra exertion could have

equalled the efforts of three ordinary men at any time. As for

ploughing, or any work with horses, he would never put a hand to it, for

he then said he had not the power of the labour himself. However

unaccountable all this may be, it is no fabrication; I have myself heard

several men tell, who were wont to shear and smear sheep with him, when

he was a much older man than they, that even though he would have been

engaged in some fervent demonstration, in spite of all they could do,

“he was aye popping off twa sheep, or maybe three, for their ane.”

I could multiply anecdotes of this kind without number, but these were

mere atoms of the prophet’s character—a sort of excrescences, which were

nevertheless in keeping with the rest, being matchless of their kind. He

was intended by his parents for the Church—that is the Church of the

Covenant, to which they belonged. I know not if Wat had consented

thereto, but his education tended that way. However, as he said himself,

he was born for a higher destiny, which was to reveal the future will of

God to mankind for ever and ever. I have been told that he committed

many of his prophecies to writing; and I believe it, for he was a

scholar, and a man of rather supernatural abilities; but I have never

been able to find any of them. I have often heard fragments of them, but

they were recited by ignorant country people, who, never having

understood them themselves, could not make them comprehensible to

others. But the history of his call to the prophecy I have so often

heard, that I think I can state the particulars, although a little

confused in my recollection of them.

This event occurred about this time one hundred years ago, on an evening

in spring, as Wat was going down a wild glen, which I know full well. “I

was in a contemplative mood,” he said (for he told it to any that asked

him), “and was meditating on the mysteries of redemption, and doubting,

grievously doubting, the merits of an atonement by blood; when, to my

astonishment in such a place, there was one spoke to me close behind,

saying, in the Greek language, ‘Is it indeed so? Is thy faith no better

rooted?’

“I looked behind me, but, perceiving no one, my hair stood all on end,

for I thought it was a voice from heaven; and, after gazing into the

firmament, and all around me, I said fearfully, in the same language,

‘Who art thou that speakest?’ And the voice answered me again, ‘I am one

who laid down my life, witnessing for the glorious salvation which thou

art about to deny; turn, and behold me!’

“And I turned about, for the voice seemed still behind me, turn as I

would, and at length I perceived dimly the figure of an old man, of

singular aspect and dimensions, close by me. His form was exceedingly

large and broad, and his face shone with benignity; his beard hung down

to his girdle, and he had sandals on his feet, which covered his ankles.

His right arm and his breast were bare, but he had a crimson mantle over

his right shoulder, part of which covered his head, and came round his

waist. Having never seen such a figure or dress, or countenance before,

I took him for an angel, sent from above to rebuke me; so I fell at his

feet to worship him, or rather to entreat forgiveness for a sin which I

had not power to withstand. But he answered me in these words: ‘Rise up,

and bow not to me, for I am thy fellow-servant, and a messenger from Him

whom thou hast in thy heart denied. Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God,

and Him only shalt thou serve. Come, I am commissioned to take thee into

the presence of thy Maker and Redeemer.’

“And I said, ‘Sir, how speakest thou in this wise? God is in heaven, and

we are upon the earth; and it is not given to mortal man to scale the

heavenly regions, or come into the presence of the Almighty.’ And he

said, ‘Have thy learning and thy knowledge carried thee no higher than

this? Knowest thou not that God is present in this wild glen, the same

as in the palaces of light and glory—that His presence surrounds us at

this moment—and that He sees all our actions, hears our words, and knows

the inmost thoughts of our hearts?’

“And I said, ‘Yes, I know it.’

“‘Then, are you ready and willing at this moment,’ said he, ‘to step

into His presence, and avow the sentiments which you have of late been

cherishing?’

“And I said, ‘I would rather have time to think the matter over again.’

“‘Alack! poor man!’ said he, ‘so you have never been considering that

you have all this while been in His immediate presence, and have even

been uttering thy blasphemous sentiments aloud to His face, when there

was none to hear but He and thyself.’

“And I said, ‘Sir, a man cannot force his belief.’

“And he said, ‘Thou sayest truly; but I will endeavour to convince

thee.’”

Here a long colloquy ensued about the external and internal evidences of

the Christian religion, which took Wat nearly half a day to relate; but

he still maintained his point. He asked his visitant twice who he was,

but he declined telling him, saying he wanted his reason convinced, and

not to take his word for anything.

Their conversation ended by this mysterious sage leading Wat away by a

path which he did not know, which was all covered with a cloud of

exceeding brightness. At length they came to a house like a common

pavilion, which they entered, but all was solemn silence, and they heard

nobody moving in it, and Wat asked his guide where they were now.

“This is the place where heavenly gifts are distributed to humanity,”

said the reverend apostle; “but they are now no more required, being of

no repute. No one asks for them, nor will they accept of them when

offered, for worldly wisdom is all in all with the men of this age.

Their preaching is a mere farce—an ostentatious parade, to show off

great and shining qualifications, one-third of the professors not

believing one word of what they assert. The gift of prophecy is denied

and laughed at; and all revelation made to man by dreams or visions

utterly disclaimed, as if the Almighty’s power of communicating with his

creatures were not only shortened, but cut off for ever. This fountain

of inspiration, once so crowded, is now, you see, a dreary solitude.”

“It was, in truth, a dismal-looking place, for in every chamber, as we

passed along, there were benches and seats of judgment, but none to

occupy them; the green grass was peeping through the seams of the

flooring and chinks of the wall, and never was there a more appalling

picture of desolation.

“At length, in the very innermost chamber, we came to three men sitting

in a row, the middle one elevated above the others; but they were all

sleeping at their posts, and looked as if they had slept there for a

thousand years, for their garments were mouldy, and their faces ghastly

and withered.

“I did not know what to do or say, for I looked at my guide, and he

seemed overcome with sorrow; but thinking it was ill-manners for an

intruder not to speak, I said, ‘Sirs, I think you are drowsily

inclined?’ but none of them moved. At length my guide said, in a loud

voice, ‘Awake, ye servants of the Most High! Or is your sleep to be

everlasting?’

“On that they all opened their eyes at once, and stared at me, but their

eyes were like the eyes of dead men, and no one of them moved a muscle,

save the middlemost, who pointed with pale haggard hand to three small

books, or scrolls, that lay on the bench before them.

“Then my guide said, ‘Put forth thine hand and choose one from these.

They are all divine gifts, and in these latter days rarely granted to

any of the human race.’ One was red as blood, the other pale, and the

third green; the latter was farthest from me, and my guide said, ‘Ponder

well before you make your choice. It is a sacred mystery, and from the

choice you make, your destiny is fixed through time and eternity.’ I

then stretched out my hand, and took the one farthest from me, and he

said, ‘It is the will of the Lord; so let it be! That which you have

chosen is the gift of the spirit of prophecy. From henceforth you must

live a life of sufferance and tribulation, but your life shall be given

you for a proof, in order that you may reveal to mankind all that is to

befall them in the latter days.’ And I opened the book, and it was all

written in mystic characters, which I could not decipher nor comprehend;

and he said, ‘Put up the book in thy bosom, and preserve it as thou

wouldst do the heart within thy breast; for as long as thou keepest that

book, shall thy natural life remain, and the spirit of God remain with

thee, and whatsoever thou sayest in the spirit, shall come to pass. But

beware that thou deceive not thyself; for, if thou endeavour to pass off

studied speeches, and words of the flesh for those of the spirit, woe be

unto thee! It had been better for thee that thou never hadst been born.

Put up the book; thou canst not understand it now, but it shall be given

thee to understand it, for it is an oracle of the most high God, and its

words and signs fail not. Go thy ways, and return to the house of thy

fathers and thy kinsfolk.’

“And I said, ‘Sir, I know not where to go, for I cannot tell by what

path you brought me hither.’ And he took me by the hand, and led me out

by a back-door of the pavilion; and we entered a great valley, which was

all in utter darkness, and I could perceive through the gloom that many

people were passing the same way with ourselves; and I said, ‘Sir, this

is dreadful! What place is this?’ And he said, ‘This is the Valley of

the Shadow of Death. Many of those you see will grope on here for ever,

and never get over, for they know not whether they go, or what is before

them. But seest thou nothing beside?’

“And I said, ‘I see a bright and shining light beyond, whose rays reach

even to this place.’—‘That,’ said he, ‘is the light of the everlasting

Gospel; and to those to whom it is given to perceive that beacon of

divine love, the passage over this valley is easy. I have shown it to

you; but if you keep that intrusted to your care, you shall never enter

this valley again, but live and reveal the will of God to man till

mortality shall no more remain. You shall renew your age like the

eagles, and be refreshed with the dews of renovation from the presence

of the Lord. Sleep on now, and take your rest, for I must leave you

again in this world of sin and sorrow. Be you strong, and overcome it,

for men will hold you up to reproach and ridicule, and speak all manner

of evil of you; but see that you join them not in their voluptuousness

and iniquity, and the Lord be with you!’”

There is no doubt that this is a confused account of the prophet’s

sublime vision, it being from second hands that I had it; and, for one

thing, I know that one-half of his relation is not contained in it. For

the consequences I can avouch. From that time forth he announced his

mission, and began prophesying to such families as he was sent to. But I

forgot to mention a very extraordinary fact, that this vision of his

actually lasted nine days and nine nights, and at the end of that time

he found himself on the very individual spot in the glen where the voice

first spoke to him, and so much were his looks changed, that, when he

went in, none of the family knew him.

He mixed no more with the men of the world, but wandered about in wilds

and solitudes, and when in the spirit, he prophesied with a sublimity

and grandeur never equalled. He had plenty of money, and some property

to boot, which his father left him; but these he never regarded, but

held on his course of severe abstemiousness, often subsisting on bread

and water, and sometimes for days on water alone, from some motive known

only to himself. He had a small black pony on which he rode many years,

and which he kept always plump and fat. This little animal waited upon

him in all his fastings and prayings with unwearied patience and

affection. There is a well, situated on the south side of a burn, called

the Earny Cleuch, on the very boundary between the shires of Dumfries

and Selkirk. It is situated in a most sequestered and lonely place, and

is called to this day the Prophet’s Well, from the many pilgrimages that

he made to it; for it had been revealed to him in one of his visions

that this water had some divine virtue, partaking of the nature of the

Water of Life. At one time he lay beside this well for nine days and

nights, the pony feeding beside him all that time, and though there is

little doubt that he had some food with him, no body knew of any that he

had; and it was believed that he fasted all that time, or at least

subsisted, on the water of that divine well.

Some men with whom he was familiar—for indeed he was respected and liked

by everybody, the whole tenor of his life having been so

inoffensive;—some of his friends, I say, tried to reason him into a

belief of his mortality, and that he would taste of death like other

men; but that he treated as altogether chimerical, and not worth

answering; when he did answer, it was by assuring them, that as long as

he kept his mystic scroll, and could drink of his well, his body was

proof against all the thousand shafts of death. His unearthly monitor

appeared to him very frequently, and revealed many secrets to him, and

at length disclosed to him that he was STEPHEN, the first martyr for the

Gospel of Christ. Our prophet, in the course of time, grew so familiar

with him, that he called him by the friendly name of Auld Steenie, and

told his friends _when_ he had seen him, and _part_ of what he had told

him, but never the whole.

When not in his visionary and prophetic moods, he sometimes indulged in

a little relaxation, such as draught-playing and fishing; but in these,

like other things, he quite excelled all compeers. He was particularly

noted for killing salmon, by throwing the spear at a great distance. He

gave all his fish away to poor people, or such as he favoured that were

nearest to him at the time; so that, either for his prophetic gifts, or

natural bounty, the prophet was always a welcome guest, whether to poor

or rich.

He prophesied for the space of forty years, foretelling many things that

came to pass in his lifetime, and many which have come to pass since his

death. I have heard of a parable of his, to which I can do no justice,

of a certain woman who had four sons, three of whom were legitimate, and

the other not. The latter being rather uncultivated in his manners, and

not so well educated as his brethren, his mother took for him ample

possessions at a great distance from the rest of the family. The young

blade succeeded in his farming speculations amazingly, and was grateful

to his parent, and friendly with his brethren in all their interchanges

of visits. But when the mother perceived his success, she sent and

demanded a tenth from him of all he possessed. This rather astounded the

young man, and he hesitated about compliance in parting with so much, at

any rate. But the parent insisted on her right to demand that or any sum

which she chose, and the teind she would have. The lad, not wishing to

break with his parent and benefactor, bade her say no more about it, and

he would give her the full value of that she demanded as of his own

accord; but she would have it in no other way than as her own proper

right. On this the headstrong and powerful knave took the law on his

mother; won, and ruined her; so that she and her three remaining sons

were reduced to beggary. Wat then continued—“And now it is to yourselves

I speak this, ye children of my people, for this evil is nigh you, even

at your doors. There are some here who will not see it, but there are

seven here who will see the end of it, and then they shall know that

there has been a prophet among them.”

It having been in a private family where this prophecy was delivered,

they looked always forward with fear for some contention breaking out

among them. But after the American war and its consequences, the whole

of Wat’s parable was attributed thereto, and the good people relieved

from the horrors of their impending and ruinous lawsuit.

One day he was prophesying about the judgment, when a young gentleman

said to him, “O, sir, I wish you could tell us when the judgment will

be.” “Alas! my man,” returned he, “that is what I cannot do; for of that

day and of that hour knoweth no man; no, not the angels which are in

heaven, but the Almighty Father alone. But there will be many judgments

before the great and general one. In seven years there will be a

judgment on Scotland. In seven times seven there will be a great and

heavy judgment on all the nations of Europe; and in other seven times

seven there will be a greater one on all the nations of the world; but

whether or not that is to be the last judgment, God only knoweth.”

These are dangerous and difficult sayings of our prophet. I wonder what

the Rev. Edward Irving would say about them, or if they approach in any

degree to his calculations. Not knowing the year when this prophecy was

delivered, it is impossible to reason on its fulfilment, but it is

evident that both the first eras must be overpast. He always predicted

ruin on the cause of Prince Charles Stuart, even when the whole country

was ringing with applauses of his bravery and conquests. Our prophet

detested the politics of that house, and announced ruin and desolation

not only on the whole house, but on all who supported it. The only

prophecy which I have yet seen in writing relates to that brave but

unfortunate adventurer, and is contained in a letter to a Mrs Johnston,

Moffat, dated October 1st, 1745, which must have been very shortly after

the battle of Prestonpans. After some religious consolation, he says,

“As for that man, Charles Stuart, let no spirit be cast down because of

him, for he is only a meteor predicting a sudden storm, which is

destined to quench his baleful light for ever. He is a broken pot; a

vessel wherein God hath no pleasure. His boasting shall be turned into

dread, and his pride of heart into astonishment. Terror shall make him

afraid on every side; he shall look on his right hand, and there shall

be none to know him; and on his left hand, and lo! destruction shall be

ready at his side—even the first-born of death shall open his jaws to

devour him. His confidence shall pass away for ever, even until the king

of terrors arrive and scatter brimstone upon his habitation. His roots

shall be dried up beneath, and the foliage of his boughs stripped off

above, until his remembrance shall perish from the face of the earth. He

shall be thrown into the deep waters, and the billows of God’s wrath

shall pass over him. He shall fly to the mountains, but they shall not

hide him; and to the islands, but they shall cast him out. Then shall he

be driven from light into darkness, and chased out of the land.

“Knowest thou not this of old time, that the triumph of the wicked is of

short duration, and the joy of the hypocrite but for a moment? Though

his excellency mount up into the heavens, and his pride reach the stars,

yet shall he perish for ever, like a shadow that passeth away and is no

more. They who have seen him in the pride of his might shall say, Where

is he? Where now is the man that made the nations to tremble? Is he

indeed passed away as a dream, and chased away as a vision of the night?

Yea, the Lord, who sent him as a scourge on the wicked of the land,

shall ordain the hand of the wicked to scourge him till his flesh and

his soul shall depart, and his name be blotted out of the world.

Therefore, my friend in the Lord, let none despond because of this man,

but lay these things up in thy heart, and ponder on them, and when they

are fulfilled, then shalt thou believe that the Lord sent me.”

From the tenor of this prophecy, it would appear that he has borrowed

largely from some of the most sublime passages of Scripture, which could

not fail of giving a tincture of sublimity to many of his sayings, so

much admired by the country people. It strikes me there are some of

these expressions literally from the Book of Job; but, notwithstanding,

it must be acknowledged that some parts of it are peculiarly applicable

to the after-fate of Charles Edward.

When old age began to steal on him, and his beloved friends to drop out

of the world, one after another, he became extremely heavy-hearted at

being obliged to continue for ever in the flesh. He never had any

trouble; but he felt a great change take place in his constitution,

which he did not expect, and it was then he became greatly concerned at

being obliged to bear a body of fading flesh about until the end of

time, often saying, that the flesh of man was never made to be immortal.

In this dejected state he continued about two years, often entreating

the Lord to resume that which He had given him, and leave him to the

mercy of his Redeemer, like other men. Accordingly, his heavenly monitor

appeared to him once more, and demanded the scroll of the spirit of

prophecy, which was delivered up to him at the well in the wilderness;

and then, with a holy admonition, he left him for ever on earth. Wat

lived three years after this, cheerful and happy, and died in peace,

old, and full of days, leaving a good worldly substance behind him.

THE SNOW-STORM.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

In summer there is beauty in the wildest moors of Scotland, and the

wayfaring man who sits down for an hour’s rest beside some little spring

that flows unheard through the brightened moss and water-cresses, feels

his weary heart revived by the silent, serene, and solitary prospect. On

every side sweet sunny spots of verdure smile towards him from among the

melancholy heather; unexpectedly in the solitude a stray sheep, it may

be with its lambs, starts half-alarmed at his motionless figure;

insects, large, bright, and beautiful, come careering by him through the

desert air; nor does the wild want its own songsters,—the gray linnet,

fond of the blooming furze, and now and then the lark mounting up to

heaven above the summits of the green pastoral hills. During such a

sunshiny hour, the lonely cottage on the waste seems to stand in a

paradise; and as he rises to pursue his journey, the traveller looks

back and blesses it with a mingled emotion of delight and envy. There,

thinks he, abide the children of Innocence and Contentment, the two most

benign spirits that watch over human life.

But other thoughts arise in the mind of him who may chance to journey

through the same scene in the desolation of winter. The cold bleak sky

girdles the moor as with a belt of ice—life is frozen in air and on

earth. The silence is not of repose but extinction; and should a

solitary human dwelling catch his eye, half buried in the snow, he is

sad for the sake of them whose destiny it is to abide far from the

cheerful haunts of men, shrouded up in melancholy, by poverty held in

thrall, or pining away in unvisited and untended disease.

But, in good truth, the heart of human life is but imperfectly

discovered from its countenance; and before we can know what the summer

or what the winter yields for enjoyment or trial to our country’s

peasantry, we must have conversed with them in their fields and by their

firesides, and made ourselves acquainted with the powerful ministry of

the seasons, not over those objects alone that feed the eye and the

imagination, but over all the incidents, occupations, and events, that

modify or constitute the existence of the poor.

I have a short and simple story to tell of the winter life of the

moorland cottager—a story but of one evening—with few events and no

single catastrophe—which may haply please those hearts whose delight it

is to think on the humble underplots that are carrying on in the great

drama of life.

Two cottagers, husband and wife, were sitting by their cheerful

peat-fire one winter evening, in a small lonely hut on the edge of a

wide moor, at some miles’ distance from any other habitation. There had

been, at one time, several huts of the same kind erected close together,

and inhabited by families of the poorest class of day-labourers, who

found work among the distant farms, and at night returned to dwellings

which were rent-free, with their little gardens won from the waste. But

one family after another had dwindled away, and the turf-built huts had

all fallen into ruins, except one that had always stood in the centre of

this little solitary village, with its summer-walls covered with the

richest honeysuckles, and in the midst of the brightest of all the

gardens. It alone now sent up its smoke into the clear winter sky—and

its little end window, now lighted up, was the only ground-star that

shone towards the belated traveller, if any such ventured to cross, on a

winter night, a scene so dreary and desolate. The affairs of the small

household were all arranged for the night. The little rough pony, that

had drawn in a sledge, from the heart of the Black-moss, the fuel by

whose blaze the cottars were now sitting cheerily, and the little

Highland cow, whose milk enabled them to live, were standing amicably

together, under cover of a rude shed, of which one side was formed by

the peat-stack, and which was at once byre, and stable, and hen-roost.

Within, the clock ticked cheerfully as the fire-light reached its old

oak-wood case, across the yellow-sanded floor; and a small round table

stood between, covered with a snow-white cloth, on which were milk and

oat-cakes, the morning, mid-day, and evening meal of these frugal and

contented cottars. The spades and the mattocks of the labourer were

collected into one corner, and showed that the succeeding day was the

blessed Sabbath; while on the wooden chimneypiece was seen lying an open

Bible ready for family worship.

The father and the mother were sitting together without opening their

lips, but with their hearts overflowing with happiness, for on this

Saturday night they were, every minute, expecting to hear at the latch

the hand of their only daughter, a maiden of about fifteen years, who

was at service with a farmer over the hills. This dutiful child was, as

they knew, to bring home to them “her sair-won penny fee,” a pittance

which, in the beauty of her girlhood, she earned singing at her work,

and which, in the benignity of that sinless time, she would pour with

tears into the bosoms she so dearly loved. Forty shillings a-year were

all the wages of sweet Hannah Lee; but though she wore at her labour a

tortoise-shell comb in her auburn hair, and though in the kirk none were

more becomingly arrayed than she, one half at least of her earnings were

to be reserved for the holiest of all purposes; and her kind, innocent

heart was gladdened when she looked on the little purse that was, on the

long-expected Saturday night, to be taken from her bosom, and put, with

a blessing, into the hand of her father, now growing old at his daily

toils.

Of such a child the happy cottars were thinking in their silence. And

well, indeed, might they be called happy. It is at that sweet season

that filial piety is most beautiful. Their own Hannah had just outgrown

the mere unthinking gladness of childhood, but had not yet reached that

time when inevitable selfishness mixes with the pure current of love.

She had begun to think on what her affectionate heart had felt so long;

and when she looked on the pale face and bending frame of her mother, on

the deepening wrinkles and whitening hairs of her father, often would

she lie weeping for their sakes on her midnight bed, and wish that she

were beside them as they slept, that she might kneel down and kiss them,

and mention their names over and over again in her prayer. The parents

whom before she had only loved, her expanding heart now also venerated.

With gushing tenderness was now mingled a holy fear and an awful

reverence. She had discerned the relation in which she, an only child,

stood to her poor parents, now that they were getting old, and there was

not a passage in Scripture that spake of parents or of children, from

Joseph sold into slavery to Mary weeping below the Cross, that was not

written, never to be obliterated, on her uncorrupted heart.

The father rose from his seat, and went to the door to look out into the

night. The stars were in thousands, and the full moon was risen. It was

almost light as day, and the snow, that seemed encrusted with diamonds,

was so hardened by the frost, that his daughter’s homeward feet would

leave no mark on its surface. He had been toiling all day among the

distant Castle-woods, and, stiff and wearied as he now was, he was

almost tempted to go to meet his child; but his wife’s kind voice

dissuaded him, and, returning to the fireside, they began to talk of her

whose image had been so long passing before them in their silence.

“She is growing up to be a bonny lassie,” said the mother; “her long and

weary attendance on me during my fever last spring kept her down a

while—but now she is sprouting fast and fair as a lily, and may the

blessing of God be as dew and as sunshine to our sweet flower all the

days she bloometh upon this earth.”

“Ay, Agnes,” replied the father, “we are not very old yet—though we are

getting older—and a few years will bring her to woman’s estate; and what

thing on this earth, think ye, human or brute, would ever think of

injuring her? Why, I was speaking about her yesterday to the minister,

as he was riding by, and he told me that none answered at the

examination in the kirk so well as Hannah. Poor thing—I well think she

has all the Bible by heart—indeed, she has read but little else—only

some stories, too true ones, of the blessed martyrs, and some o’ the

auld sangs o’ Scotland, in which there is nothing but what is good, and

which, to be sure, she sings, God bless her, sweeter than any laverock.”

“Ay,—were we both to die this very night, she would be happy. Not that

she would forget us all the days of her life. But have you not seen,

husband, that God always makes the orphan happy? None so little lonesome

as they! They come to make friends o’ all the bonny and sweet things in

the world around them, and all the kind hearts in the world make friends

o’ them. They come to know that God is more especially the Father o’

them on earth whose parents he has taken up to heaven; and therefore it

is that they, for whom so many have fears, fear not at all for

themselves, but go dancing and singing along like children whose parents

are both alive. Would it not be so with our dear Hannah? So douce and

thoughtful a child—but never sad or miserable—ready, it is true, to shed

tears for little, but as ready to dry them up and break out into smiles!

I know not why it is, husband, but this night my heart warms towards her

beyond usual. The moon and stars are at this moment looking down upon

her, and she looking up to them, as she is glinting homewards over the

snow. I wish she were but here, and taking the comb out o’ her bonny

hair, and letting it all fall down in clusters before the fire, to melt

away the cranreuch!”

While the parents were thus speaking of their daughter, a loud sough of

wind came suddenly over the cottage, and the leafless ash-tree under

whose shelter it stood, creaked and groaned dismally as it passed by.

The father started up, and, going again to the door, saw that a sudden

change had come over the face of the night. The moon had nearly

disappeared, and was just visible in a dim, yellow, glimmering den in

the sky. All the remote stars were obscured, and only one or two were

faintly seen in a sky that half an hour before was perfectly cloudless,

but that was now driving with rack, and mist, and sleet, the whole

atmosphere being in commotion. He stood for a single moment to observe

the direction of this unforeseen storm, and then hastily asked for his

staff. “I thought I had been more weather-wise—a storm is coming down

from the Cairnbrae-hawse, and we shall have nothing but a wild night.”

He then whistled on his dog—an old sheep-dog, too old for its former

labours—and set off to meet his daughter, who might then, for aught he

knew, be crossing the Black-moss. The mother accompanied her husband to

the door, and took a long frightened look at the angry sky. As she kept

gazing, it became still more terrible. The last shred of blue was

extinguished, the wind went whirling in roaring eddies, and great flakes

of snow circled about in the middle air, whether drifted up from the

ground, or driven down from the clouds, the fear-stricken mother knew

not, but she at least knew that it seemed a night of danger, despair,

and death. “Lord have mercy on us, James, what will become of our poor

bairn!” But her husband heard not her words, for he was already out of

sight in the snow-storm, and she was left to the terror of her own soul

in that lonesome cottage.

Little Hannah Lee had left her master’s house, soon as the rim of the

great moon was seen by her eyes, that had been long anxiously watching

it from the window, rising, like a joyful dream, over the gloomy

mountain-tops; and all by herself she tripped along beneath the beauty

of the silent heaven. Still as she kept ascending and descending the

knolls that lay in the bosom of the glen, she sang to herself a song, a

hymn, or a psalm, without the accompaniment of the streams, now all

silent in the frost; and ever and anon she stopped to try to count the

stars that lay in some more beautiful part of the sky, or gazed on the

constellations that she knew, and called them, in her joy, by the names

they bore among the shepherds. There were none to hear her voice, or see

her smiles, but the ear and eye of Providence. As on she glided, and

took her looks from heaven, she saw her own little fireside—her parents

waiting for her arrival—the Bible opened for worship—her own little room

kept so neatly for her, with its mirror hanging by the window, in which

to braid her hair by the morning light—her bed prepared for her by her

mother’s hand—the primroses in her garden peeping through the snow—old

Tray, who ever welcomed her home with his dim white eyes—the pony and

the cow;—friends all, and inmates of that happy household. So stepped

she along, while the snow diamonds glittered around her feet, and the

frost wove a wreath of lucid pearls round her forehead.

She had now reached the edge of the Black-moss, which lay half-way

between her master’s and her father’s dwelling, when she heard a loud

noise coming down Glen-Scrae, and in a few seconds she felt on her face

some flakes of snow. She looked up the glen, and saw the snow-storm

coming down fast as a flood. She felt no fears; but she ceased her song;

and had there been a human eye to look upon her there, it might have

seen a shadow on her face. She continued her course, and felt bolder and

bolder every step that brought her nearer to her parents’ house. But the

snow-storm had now reached the Black-moss, and the broad line of light

that had lain in the direction of her home was soon swallowed up, and

the child was in utter darkness. She saw nothing but the flakes of snow,

interminably intermingled, and furiously wafted in the air, close to her

head; she heard nothing but one wild, fierce, fitful howl. The cold

became intense, and her little feet and hands were fast being benumbed

into insensibility.

“It is a fearful change,” muttered the child to herself; but still she

did not fear, for she had been born in a moorland cottage, and lived all

her days among the hardships of the hills. “What will become of the poor

sheep!” thought she,—but still she scarcely thought of her own danger,

for innocence, and youth, and joy, are slow to think of aught evil

befalling themselves, and, thinking benignly of all living things,

forget their own fear in their pity for others’ sorrow. At last, she

could no longer discern a single mark on the snow, either of human

steps, or of sheep-track, or the footprint of a wildfowl. Suddenly, too,

she felt out of breath and exhausted, and, shedding tears for herself at

last, sank down in the snow.

It was now that her heart began to quake with fear. She remembered

stories of shepherds lost in the snow, of a mother and a child frozen to

death on that very moor—and in a moment she knew that she was to die.

Bitterly did the poor child weep, for death was terrible to her, who,

though poor, enjoyed the bright little world of youth and innocence. The

skies of heaven were dearer than she knew to her—so were the flowers of

earth. She had been happy at her work, happy in her sleep,—happy in the

kirk on Sabbath. A thousand thoughts had the solitary child,—and in her

own heart was a spring of happiness, pure and undisturbed as any fount

that sparkles unseen all the year through, in some quiet nook among the

pastoral hills. But now there was to be an end of all this—she was to be

frozen to death—and lie there till the thaw might come; and then her

father would find her body, and carry it away to be buried in the

kirk-yard.

The tears were frozen on her cheeks as soon as shed; and scarcely had

her little hands strength to clasp themselves together, as the thought

of an overruling and merciful Lord came across her heart. Then, indeed,

the fears of this religious child were calmed, and she heard without

terror the plover’s wailing cry, and the deep boom of the bittern

sounding in the moss. “I will repeat the Lord’s Prayer;” and, drawing

her plaid more closely around her, she whispered, beneath its

ineffectual cover,—“Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be thy

name; thy kingdom come; thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.”

Had human aid been within fifty yards, it could have been of no

avail—eye could not see her, ear could not hear her in that howling

darkness. But that low prayer was heard in the centre of eternity—and

that little sinless child was lying in the snow, beneath the all-seeing

eye of God.

The maiden, having prayed to her Father in heaven, then thought of her

father on earth. Alas! they were not far separated! The father was lying

but a short distance from his child; he too had sunk down in the

drifting snow, after having, in less than an hour, exhausted all the

strength of fear, pity, hope, despair, and resignation, that could rise

in a father’s heart, blindly seeking to rescue his only child from

death, thinking that one desperate exertion might enable them to perish

in each other’s arms. There they lay, within a stone’s-throw of each

other, while a huge snow-drift was every moment piling itself up into a

more insurmountable barrier between the dying parent and his dying

child.

There was all this while a blazing fire in the cottage, a white-spread

table, and beds prepared for the family to lie down in peace. Yet was

she who sat therein more to be pitied than the old man and the child

stretched upon the snow. “I will not go to seek them—that would be

tempting Providence, and wilfully putting out the lamp of life. No; I

will abide here, and pray for their souls!” Then as she knelt down,

looked she at the useless fire burning away so cheerfully, when all she

loved might be dying of cold; and unable to bear the thought, she

shrieked out a prayer, as if she might pierce the sky up to the very

throne of God, and send with it her own miserable soul to plead before

Him for the deliverance of her child and husband. She then fell down in

blessed forgetfulness of all trouble, in the midst of the solitary

cheerfulness of that bright-burning hearth, and the Bible, which she had

been trying to read in the pauses of her agony, remained clasped in her

hands.

Hannah Lee had been a servant for more than six months, and it was not

to be thought that she was not beloved in her master’s family. Soon

after she had left the house, her master’s son, a youth of about

eighteen years, who had been among the hills looking after the sheep,

came home, and was disappointed to find that he had lost an opportunity

of accompanying Hannah part of the way to her father’s cottage. But the

hour of eight had gone by, and not even the company of young William

Grieve could induce the kind-hearted daughter to delay setting out on

her journey a few minutes beyond the time promised to her parents. “I do

not like the night,” said William; “there will be a fresh fall of snow

soon, or the witch of Glen-Scrae is a liar, for a snow-cloud is hanging

o’er the Birch-tree-linn, and it may be down to the Black-moss as soon

as Hannah Lee.” So he called his two sheep-dogs that had taken their

place under the long table before the window, and set out, half in joy,

half in fear, to overtake Hannah, and see her safely across the

Black-moss.

The snow began to drift so fast, that before he had reached the head of

the glen, there was nothing to be seen but a little bit of the wooden

rail of the bridge across the Sauch-burn. William Grieve was the most

active shepherd in a large pastoral parish; he had often passed the

night among the wintry hills for the sake of a few sheep, and all the

snow that ever fell from heaven would not have made him turn back when

Hannah Lee was before him, and, as his terrified heart told him, in

imminent danger of being lost. As he advanced, he felt that it was no

longer a walk of love or friendship, for which he had been glad of an

excuse. Death stared him in the face, and his young soul, now beginning

to feel all the passions of youth, was filled with frenzy. He had seen

Hannah every day—at the fireside—at work—in the kirk—on holidays—at

prayers—bringing supper to his aged parents—smiling and singing about

the house from morning till night. She had often brought his own meal to

him among the hills; and he now found that, though he had never talked

to her about love, except smilingly and playfully, he loved her beyond

father or mother, or his own soul. “I will save thee, Hannah,” he cried,

with a loud sob, “or lie down beside thee in the snow—and we will die

together in our youth.” A wild whistling wind went by him, and the

snow=flakes whirled so fiercely round his head, that he staggered on for

a while in utter blindness. He knew the path that Hannah must have

taken, and went forwards shouting aloud, and stopping every twenty yards

to listen for a voice. He sent his well-trained dogs over the snow in

all directions—repeating to them her name, “Hannah Lee,” that the dumb

animals might, in their sagacity, know for whom they were searching;

and, as they looked up in his face, and set off to scour the moor, he

almost believed that they knew his meaning (and it is probable they

did), and were eager to find in her bewilderment the kind maiden by

whose hand they had so often been fed. Often went they off into the

darkness, and as often returned, but their looks showed that every quest

had been in vain. Meanwhile the snow was of a fearful depth, and falling

without intermission or diminution. Had the young shepherd been thus

alone, walking across the moor on his ordinary business, it is probable

that he might have been alarmed for his own safety; nay, that, in spite

of all his strength and agility, he might have sunk down beneath the

inclemency of the night, and perished. But now the passion of his soul

carried him with supernatural strength along, and extricated him from

wreath and pitfall. Still there was no trace of poor Hannah Lee; and one

of his dogs at last came close to his feet, worn out entirely, and

afraid to leave its master, while the other was mute, and, as the

shepherd thought, probably unable to force its way out of some hollow,

or through some floundering drift.

Then he all at once knew that Hannah Lee was dead, and dashed himself

down in the snow in a fit of passion. It was the first time that the

youth had ever been sorely tried; all his hidden and unconscious love

for the fair lost girl had flowed up from the bottom of his heart, and

at once the sole object which had blessed his life and made him the

happiest of the happy, was taken away and cruelly destroyed; so that,

sullen, wrathful, baffled, and despairing, there he lay cursing his

existence, and in too great agony to think of prayer. “God,” he then

thought, “has forsaken me, and why should He think on me, when He

suffers one so good and beautiful as Hannah to be frozen to death?” God

thought both of him and Hannah; and through His infinite mercy forgave

the sinner in his wild turbulence of passion. William Grieve had never

gone to bed without joining in prayer, and he revered the Sabbath-day

and kept it holy. Much is forgiven to the human heart by Him who so

fearfully framed it; and God is not slow to pardon the love which one

human being bears to another, in his frailty—even though that love

forget or arraign His own unsleeping providence. His voice has told us

to love one another—and William loved Hannah in simplicity, innocence,

and truth. That she should perish was a thought so dreadful, that, in

its agony, God seemed a ruthless being. “Blow—blow—blow—and drift us up

for ever—we cannot be far asunder—Oh, Hannah—Hannah, think ye not that

the fearful God has forsaken us?”

As the boy groaned these words passionately through his quivering lips,

there was a sudden lowness in the air, and he heard the barking of his

absent dog, while the one at his feet hurried off in the direction of

the sound, and soon loudly joined the cry. It was not a bark of

surprise, or anger, or fear—but of recognition and love. William sprang

up from his bed in the snow, and, with his heart knocking at his bosom

even to sickness, he rushed headlong through the drifts with a giant’s

strength, and fell down, half dead with joy and terror, beside the body

of Hannah Lee.

But he soon recovered from that fit, and, lifting the cold corpse in his

arms, he kissed her lips, and her cheeks, and her forehead, and her

closed eyes, till, as he kept gazing on her face in utter despair, her

head fell back on his shoulder, and a long deep sigh came from her

inmost bosom. “She is yet alive, thank God!”—and, as that expression

left his lips for the first time that night, he felt a pang of remorse:

“I said, O God, that Thou hadst forsaken us—I am not worthy to be saved;

but let not this maiden perish, for the sake of her parents, who have no

other child.” The distracted youth prayed to God with the same

earnestness as if he had been beseeching a fellow-creature, in whose

hand was the power of life and of death. The presence of the Great Being

was felt by him in the dark and howling wild, and strength was imparted

to him as to a deliverer. He bore along the fair child in his arms, even

as if she had been a lamb. The snow-drift blew not; the wind fell dead;

a sort of glimmer, like that of an upbreaking and disparting storm,

gathered about him; his dogs barked, and jumped, and burrowed joyfully

in the snow; and the youth, strong in sudden hope, exclaimed, “With the

blessing of God, who has not deserted us in our sore distress, will I

carry thee, Hannah, in my arms, and lay thee down alive in the house of

thy father.” At this moment there were no stars in heaven, but she

opened her dim blue eyes upon him in whose bosom she was unconsciously

lying, and said, as in a dream, “Send the ribbon that ties up my hair as

a keepsake to William Grieve.” “She thinks that she is on her deathbed,

and forgets not the son of her master. It is the voice of God that tells

me she will not now die, and that, under His grace, I shall be her

deliverer.”

The short-lived rage of the storm was soon over, and William could

attend to the beloved being on his bosom. The warmth of his heart seemed

to infuse life into hers; and, as he gently placed her feet on the snow,

till he muffled her up in his plaid, as well as in her own, she made an

effort to stand, and, with extreme perplexity and bewilderment, faintly

inquired where she was, and what fearful misfortune had befallen them?

She was, however, too weak to walk; and, as her young master carried her

along, she murmured, “O William! what if my father be in the moor?—For

if you, who need care so little about me, have come hither, as I

suppose, to save my life, you may be sure that my father sat not within

doors during the storm.” As she spoke, it was calm below, but the wind

was still alive in the upper air, and cloud, rack, mist, and sleet were

all driving about in the sky. Out shone for a moment the pallid and

ghostly moon, through a rent in the gloom, and by that uncertain light

came staggering forward the figure of a man. “Father—father!” cried

Hannah—and his gray hairs were already on her cheek. The barking of the

dogs, and the shouting of the young shepherd, had struck his ear, as the

sleep of death was stealing over him, and, with the last effort of

benumbed nature, he had roused himself from that fatal torpor, and

pressed through the snow-wreath that had separated him from his child.

As yet they knew not of the danger each had endured, but each judged of

the other’s sufferings from their own; and father and daughter regarded

one another as creatures rescued, and hardly yet rescued, from death.

But a few minutes ago, and the three human beings who loved each other

so well, and now feared not to cross the moor in safety, were, as they

thought, on their deathbeds. Deliverance now shone upon them all like a

gentle fire, dispelling that pleasant but deadly drowsiness; and the old

man was soon able to assist William Grieve in leading Hannah along

through the snow. Her colour and her warmth returned, and her lover—for

so might he well now be called—felt her heart gently beating against his

side. Filled as that heart was with gratitude to God, joy in her

deliverance, love to her father, and purest affection for her master’s

son, never before had the innocent maiden known what was happiness, and

never more was she to forget it. The night was now almost calm, and fast

returning to its former beauty, when the party saw the first twinkle of

the fire through the low window of the Cottage of the Moor. They soon

were at the garden gate, and, to relieve the heart of the wife and

mother within, they talked loudly and cheerfully—naming each other

familiarly, and laughing between, like persons who had known neither

danger nor distress.

No voice answered from within—no footstep came to the door, which stood

open as when the father had left it in his fear, and now he thought with

affright that his wife, feeble as she was, had been unable to support

the loneliness, and had followed him out into the night, never to be

brought home alive. As they bore Hannah into the house, this fear gave

way to worse, for there upon the hard clay floor lay the mother upon her

face, as if murdered by some savage blow. She was in the same deadly

swoon into which she had fallen on her husband’s departure three hours

before. The old man raised her up, and her pulse was still—so was her

heart—her face pale and sunken—and her body cold as ice. “I have

recovered a daughter,” said the old man, “but I have lost a wife;” and

he carried her with a groan to the bed, on which he laid her lifeless

body. The sight was too much for Hannah, worn out as she was, and who

had hitherto been able to support herself in the delightful expectation

of gladdening her mother’s heart by her safe arrival. She, too, now

swooned away, and, as she was placed on the bed beside her mother, it

seemed, indeed, that Death, disappointed of his prey on the wild moor,

had seized it in the cottage and by the fireside. The husband knelt down

by the bedside, and held his wife’s icy hand in his, while William

Grieve, appalled and awe-stricken, hung over his Hannah, and inwardly

implored God that the night’s wild adventure might not have so ghastly

an end. But Hannah’s young heart soon began once more to beat—and, soon

as she came to her recollection, she rose up with a face whiter than

ashes and free from all smiles, as if none had ever played there, and

joined her father and young master in their efforts to restore her

mother to life.

It was the mercy of God that had struck her down to the earth,

insensible to the shrieking winds, and the fears that would otherwise

have killed her. Three hours of that wild storm had passed over her

head, and she heard nothing more than if she had been asleep in a

breathless night of the summer dew. Not even a dream had touched her

brain, and when she opened her eyes, which, as she thought, had been but

a moment shut, she had scarcely time to recall to her recollection the

image of her husband rushing out into the storm, and of a daughter

therein lost, till she beheld that very husband kneeling tenderly by her

bedside, and that very daughter smoothing the pillow on which her aching

temples reclined. But she knew from the white steadfast countenances

before her that there had been tribulation and deliverance, and she

looked on the beloved beings ministering by her bed, as more fearfully

dear to her from the unimagined danger from which she felt assured they

had been rescued by the arm of the Almighty.

There is little need to speak of returning recollection, and returning

strength. They had all now power to weep, and power to pray. The Bible

had been lying in its place ready for worship, and the father read aloud

that chapter in which is narrated our Saviour’s act of miraculous power

by which He saved Peter from the sea. Soon as the solemn thoughts

awakened by that act of mercy, so similar to that which had rescued

themselves from death, had subsided, and they had all risen up from

prayer, they gathered themselves in gratitude round the little table

which had stood so many hours spread; and exhausted nature was

strengthened and restored by a frugal and simple meal, partaken of in

silent thankfulness. The whole story of the night was then calmly

recited; and when the mother heard how the stripling had followed her

sweet Hannah into the storm, and borne her in his arms through a hundred

drifted heaps—and then looked upon her in her pride, so young, so

innocent, and so beautiful, she knew, that were the child indeed to

become an orphan, there was one who, if there was either trust in nature

or truth in religion, would guard and cherish her all the days of her

life.

It was not nine o’clock when the storm came down from Glen-Scrae upon

the Black-moss, and now in a pause of silence the clock struck twelve.

Within these three hours William and Hannah had led a life of trouble

and of joy, that had enlarged and kindled their hearts within them; and

they felt that henceforth they were to live wholly for each other’s

sakes. His love was the proud and exulting love of a deliverer, who,

under Providence, had saved from the frost and the snow, the innocence

and the beauty of which his young passionate heart had been so

desperately enamoured; and he now thought of his own Hannah Lee ever

more moving about in his father’s house, not as a servant, but as a

daughter—and, when some few happy years had gone by, his own most

beautiful and loving wife. The innocent maiden still called him her

young master, but was not ashamed of the holy affection which she now

knew that she had long felt for the fearless youth on whose bosom she

had thought herself dying in that cold and miserable moor. Her heart

leapt within her when she heard her parents bless him by his name; and

when he took her hand into his before them, and vowed before that Power

who had that night saved them from the snow, that Hannah Lee should ere

long be his wedded wife, she wept and sobbed as if her heart would break

in a fit of strange and insupportable happiness.

The young shepherd rose to bid them farewell—“My father will think I am

lost,” said he, with a grave smile, “and my Hannah’s mother knows what

it is to fear for a child.” So nothing was said to detain him, and the

family went with him to the door. The skies smiled as serenely as if a

storm had never swept before the stars; the moon was sinking from her

meridian, but in cloudless splendour; and the hollow of the hills was

hushed as that of heaven. Danger there was none over the placid

night-scene; the happy youth soon crossed the Black-moss, now perfectly

still; and, perhaps, just as he was passing, with a shudder of

gratitude, the very spot where his sweet Hannah Lee had so nearly

perished, she was lying down to sleep in her innocence, or dreaming of

one now dearer to her than all on earth but her parents.

LOVE AT ONE GLIMPSE;

_OR, THE GLASGOW GENTLEMAN AND THE LADY_.

Some years ago, there used to be pointed out, upon the streets of

Glasgow, a man whose intellect had been unsettled upon a very strange

account. When a youth, he had happened to pass a lady on a crowded

throughfare—a lady whose extreme beauty, though dimmed by the

intervention of a veil, and seen but for a moment, made an indelible

impression upon his mind. This lovely vision shot rapidly past him, and

was in an instant lost amidst the commonplace crowd through which it

moved. He was so confounded by the tumult of his feelings, that he could

not pursue, or even attempt to see it again. Yet he never afterwards

forgot it.

With a mind full of distracting thoughts, and a heart filled alternately

with gushes of pleasure and of pain, the man slowly left the spot where

he had remained for some minutes as it were thunderstruck. He soon

after, without being aware of what he wished, or what he was doing,

found himself again at the place. He came to the very spot where he had

stood when the lady passed, mused for some time about it, went to a

little distance, and then came up as he had come when he met the

exquisite subject of his reverie—unconsciously deluding himself with the

idea that this might recall her to the spot. She came not; he felt

disappointed. He tried again; still she abstained from passing. He

continued to traverse the place till the evening, when the street became

deserted. By-and-by, he was left altogether alone. He then saw that all

his fond efforts were vain, and he left the silent, lonely street at

midnight, with a soul as desolate as that gloomy terrace.

For weeks afterwards he was never off the streets. He wandered hither

and thither throughout the town, like a forlorn ghost. In particular, he

often visited the place where he had first seen the object of his

abstracted thoughts, as if he considered that he had a better chance of

seeing her there than anywhere else. He frequented every place of public

amusement to which he could purchase admission; and he made the tour of

all the churches in the town. All was in vain. He never again placed his

eyes upon that angelic countenance. She was ever present to his mental

optics, but she never appeared in a tangible form. Without her essential

presence, all the world beside was to him as a blank—a wilderness.

Madness invariably takes possession of the mind which broods over much

or over long upon some engrossing idea. So did it prove with this

singular lover. He grew “innocent,” as the people of this country

tenderly phrase it. His insanity, however, was little more than mere

abstraction. The course of his mind was stopped at a particular point.

After this he made no further progress in any intellectual attainment.

He acquired no new ideas. His whole soul stood still. He was like a

clock stopped at a particular hour, with some things, too, about him,

which, like the motionless indices of that machine, pointed out the date

of the interruption. As, for instance, he ever after wore a peculiarly

long-backed and high-necked coat, as well as a neckcloth of a particular

spot—being the fashion of the year when he saw the lady. Indeed, he was

a sort of living memorial of the dress, gait, and manners of a former

day. It was evident that he clung with a degree of fondness to every

thing which bore relation to the great incident of his life. Nor could

he endure any thing that tended to cover up or screen from his

recollection that glorious yet melancholy circumstance. He had the same

feeling of veneration for that day, that circumstance, and for himself,

as he then existed, which caused the chivalrous lover of former times to

preserve upon his lips, as long as he could, the imaginary delight which

they had drawn from the touch of his mistress’s hand.

When I last saw this unfortunate person, he was getting old, and seemed

still more deranged than formerly. Every female whom he met on the

street, especially if at all good looking, he gazed at with an

enquiring, anxious expression; and when she had passed, he usually stood

still a few moments and mused, with his eyes cast upon the ground. It

was remarkable, that he gazed most anxiously upon women whose age and

figures most nearly resembled that of his unknown mistress at the time

he had seen her, and that he did not appear to make allowance for the

years which had passed since his eyes met that vision. This was part of

his madness. Strange power of love! Incomprehensible mechanism of the

human heart!—_Edinburgh Literary Journal_, 1829.

NANNY WELSH, THE MINISTER’S MAID.

BY DANIEL GORRIE.

There are now—so far at least as my experience goes—fewer specimens of

homely, odd, and eccentric characters to be met with in Scotland than in

former years. In solitary nooks of the country, away from the boom of

cities, and the rush of railways, many doubtless still exist, and

contribute largely to the amusement of their rural acquaintances; but it

cannot be denied that the race of originals is fast disappearing, and

threatens ultimately to become altogether extinct. Into the cause or

causes of this I do not intend to enter; it is sufficient to chronicle

the melancholy fact. There may be a beauty in similarity, but there is a

higher beauty in diversity. Men and women are now so very much alike,

that the study of mankind is not such a difficult task after all. The

greater facilities for intercourse which the present generation enjoys

have tended to rub off the angularities of individual character, and to

create a fusion, or confusion, of all classes in the community. Such

being the case, it is pleasant at times to revert from the present to

the past, and to recall the peculiar aspect, the odd sayings, and

eccentric doings of persons with whom we were familiar in former years.

Among a number of others, Nanny Welsh stands prominent in my

recollection. She was maid-of-all-work in the old home-manse of Keppel,

where I first saw the light of day, and for many years afterwards. A

rare specimen Nanny was of the departed or departing race of familiar

domestics. She had herded the cows of neighbouring farmers, almost from

her childhood, until she entered upon domestic service, and she had well

nigh attained the prime of life before she became minister’s maid, an

honour which she highly esteemed and long enjoyed. She was big-boned and

masculine in the build of her body. Her face was long and hard, almost

grim, and well freckled, and deeply browned by frequent exposure to the

sun and air. A white “mutch,” with a high horse-shoe shaped crown,

surmounted her head at morning, noon, and night. With her gown tucked up

behind in the old familiar fashion of domestics, and a youngster

strapped on her back with a shawl, and peering with his little “pow”

over her shoulders, she went to work, as if the fate of empires, not to

speak of the honour of the old manse, depended upon her exertions. She

used to boast that she could “pit mair through her hands in an hour than

ony ither woman i’ the parish.” She was, in truth, a capital worker; and

while her hands went her tongue wagged. Nanny could never endure either

to be idle or silent. When engaged in scrubbing pots and pans, the bairn

on her back was not forgotten, but received all the benefit of her

sayings and soliloquies. In the discharge of her domestic duties she

liked to carry everything her own way, and generally managed to take it,

whatever orders might be given to the contrary.

This good woman had the welfare of the family at heart, and a great

favourite she was amongst us youngsters, although she had a very summary

mode of disposing of us sometimes when we attempted to teaze her or

became unruly. I remember well an advice she gave us, on more than one

occasion, when we were invited out to juvenile tea-parties in the

neighbourhood. “Noo, bairns,” she would say, after our faces were

scrubbed, and our hair was smoothed, “see an’ eat weel when ye’re at it,

an’ no come hame garavishin’ an’ eatin’.” We not unfrequently paid the

penalty next day of adhering too strictly to the letter of this advice;

but when children see heaps of buns, cookies, and shortbread piled up on

the table, who can blame them if they take no thought of the morrow?

Nanny used to relate with great glee a saying of one of us manse bairns.

It was the custom at the communion season in those days (and it may be

the custom in some places still) for the wealthier members of country

congregations to send the minister some substantial present for the

bodily benefit of his officiating friends. One of us, standing at the

garden gate, had seen an expected arrival approaching, and running with

breathless haste to the kitchen, had exclaimed—“Nanny, Nanny! here’s a

salmon comin’—this is the _rale sacrament_!” Nanny, honest woman, never

forgot the sentiment, and often repeated it to the discomfiture of its

juvenile author.

In the fulness of time, and when our domestic seemed doomed to a life of

single blessedness, a wooer at last appeared in the person of Peter

Pearson, the pensioner. Peter had lost his wife; and six months after

her decease, he came to the conclusion that it is not good—that it is

utterly uncomfortable, in fact—for man to be alone. And so he looked

favourably upon Nanny Welsh, admired her proportions, estimated her

energy at its true value, and finally managed to make his way into the

manse kitchen of an evening. It must have cost him a considerable effort

to effect this at first, as he regarded the minister with great awe.

Peter had been in the artillery force. He had served in Spain and South

America, and returned home, not disabled, but “dull of hearing,” to

enjoy his hard-won pension. He was a quiet and stolid, but kind-hearted

man. He was very uncommunicative as regarded his military service and

exploits. It was impossible to force or coax him to “fight his battles

o’er again” by the fireside. Whether it was owing to want of narrative

power, or to some dark remembrance that overshadowed his mind, Peter

invariably maintained discreet silence when soldiers and war became the

topics of conversation. On one occasion he was asked if he had ever been

at Chili, and his answer was, “I’ve been at Gibraltar at ony rate!” This

sounds somewhat like the reply of the smart youth who, when it was

inquired of him, if he had ever been in Paris, quickly responded, “No;

but my brother has been to Crail!”

The wooing of Peter Pearson, pensioner, and Nanny Welsh, spinster, might

have formed a new era in the history of courtship. No sighs were heard.

No side-long, loving glances passed between them. There was no tremulous

pressure of the hands, or tingling touch of meeting lips. Peter was

“senselessly ceevil,” although, I verily believe, if he had attempted to

kiss Nanny she would have brained him on the spot with the beetle, and

left the warrior to die ingloriously on the hearthstone. No, they did

not wish to make “auld fules” of themselves. They wooed in their own

way, and understood each other perfectly well. Peter sat by the hearth,

smoking his twist peacefully, and squirting out the juice as he had done

at camp-fires in former years; and Nanny went about cleaning dishes,

lifting tables, and arranging chairs, and only exchanging occasional

words with her future husband. She was never so talkative when Peter was

present as when he was absent. It was only on rare occasions that she

ventured to sit down on a chair beside him. She seemed always afraid of

being caught doing anything so indecorous in the manse kitchen. I

scarcely think that Peter required to propose. It was a tacit

understanding, and their marriage-day was fixed, apparently, by mutual

uncommunicated arrangement.

On the night before the bridal some of the neighbouring domestics and

other women invaded the kitchen, and subjected Nanny to the painful

pleasure of feet-washing—a ceremony somewhat different from the annual

performance at Vienna. She kicked furiously at first, calling her

tormentors impudent hizzies and limmers; but she was compelled at last

to succumb, and yielded with more reluctance than grace.

The marriage was celebrated quietly in the manse next day, and the

youngest of the family sat crowing on Nanny’s knee, while she was being

told the sum and substance of her duties as a wife. No sooner was the

ceremony concluded, than she tucked up her wedding gown, and expressed

her desire and determination to “see a’ things putten richt i’ the

kitchen afore she gaed awa’.” Peter had leased a cottage in a little

way-side village, about two miles distant from the manse, and this was

the extent of their marriage jaunt. No doubt the evening would be spent

hilariously by their friends and acquaintances, who would drink the

health of the “happy pair” with overflowing bumpers.

Peter and Nanny lived very happily together, although “the gray mare was

the better horse.” She continued to be as industrious as ever, and the

pensioner managed to eke out his government pay by what is called, in

some parts of the country, “orra wark.” Nanny came regularly every

Sabbath to the manse between sermons, and took pot-luck with the family.

We were always glad to see her, and hear her invariable, “Losh, laddie,

is that you?” Many a time and oft we all visited her cottage in a body,

and what glorious teas she used to give us! Still do I remember, and not

without stomachic regrets, the mountains of bannocks, the hills of

cakes, the hillocks of cookies, the ridges of butter, the red congealed

pools of jelly, and the three tea-spoonfuls of sugar in each cup! It was

a never-to-be-forgotten treat. Compare Nanny’s tea-parties with the

fashionable “cookey-shines” of the present generation! But, soft; that

way madness lies! The good woman had a garden too; and how we youngsters

pitched into her carrots, currants, and gooseberries, or rather, to

speak correctly, pitched them into ourselves. We remembered her own

advice about not returning home “garavishin’ and eatin’.” She prided

herself greatly upon her powers of pig-feeding, and next to the pleasure

of seeing us feasting like locusts was the delight she experienced in

contemplating, with folded arms, her precious pig devouring its meal of

potatoes and greens. “Isn’t it a bonny beastie?—did you ever see sic a

bonny beastie?” she would frequently exclaim. I never saw so much

affection bestowed before or since upon the lowest of the lower animals.

The pig knew her perfectly well, and responded to her laudatory phrases

by complacent grunts. Between Peter and the pig, I am verily persuaded,

she led a happier life than imperial princes in their palaces. No little

artilleryman ever made his appearance to disturb the harmony of the

house by tying crackers to the cat’s tail.

Nanny’s first visit to Edinburgh formed a rare episode in her life.

This happened a good many years after her marriage. The ride on the

top of the coach through the kingdom of Fife, she described as

“fearsome;” and the horses dashing up hill and down, excited her

liveliest compassion. When asked how she felt after her sail between

Kirkcaldy and Leith (the day was pleasant and the water smooth), her

reply was—“Wonnerfu’—wonnerfu’ weel, after sic a voyage!” The streets

of the city, the high houses, the multitudinous shops, and the crowds

of people, excited her rustic astonishment beyond all bounds. “Is’t a

market the day?” she would interject—“whaur’s a’ the folk gaun?” Her

own appearance on the pavement attracted the notice of passers-by; and

no wonder. Figure a big-boned, ungainly woman, with long, freckled

face and open mouth, and dressed in defiance of the fashion of the

time, striding up the Bridges, and “glowering” into everybody’s face,

as if she expected to see her “aunty’s second cousin”—figure such a

person, and you will form a respectable picture of Nanny Welsh,

_alias_ Mrs Pearson, as she appeared many years ago on the streets of

Modern Athens. She could never go out alone from the house where she

was staying without losing herself. Once she went to the shop next

door, and it took her an hour to find the way back again. On another

occasion, when she had taken a longer trip than usual, she went

completely off her reckoning, forgot the name of the street, mistook

the part of the town, and asked every person she met, gentle or

simple, swells or sweeps, “Gin they kent whaur Mrs So-and-so stopit!”

I never learned correctly how she got out of that scrape. All she

could say was that “a ceevil man brocht her to the bottom o’ the

stair.” She was perfectly dumfoundered when she saw and heard that the

people of Edinburgh had to buy the “bits o’ sticks” with which they

kindled their fires in the morning. She protested that she could bring

“a barrowfu’ o’ rosity roots frae the wuds that would keep her chimley

gaun for a fortnicht.” Going to the market to buy vegetables she

looked upon as perfectly preposterous. “Flingin’ awa,” she would say,

“gude white saxpences an’ shillin’s for neeps, carrots, ingans, an’

kail—it beats a’!”

The open-mouthed wonder of Nanny reached its height when one night,

after long and urgent solicitation, she was persuaded to go under good

protection to the Theatre Royal. Mackay was then in the zenith of his

fame, and attracted crowded houses, more especially by his unique

representation of Bailie Nicol Jarvie. Nanny was taken to the pit. The

blaze of light, the galleries rising one above another, the

gaily-dressed ladies, the sea of faces surging from floor to roof, the

whistling, hooting, and laughing—all these mingled together produced a

bewildering effect upon the poor woman, and her bewilderment increased

as the curtain rose and the play proceeded. She was speechless for about

an hour—she did nothing but gape and gaze. A human being suddenly

transported into some brilliant and magical hall, or into another world,

could scarcely have betrayed more abject astonishment. At last her

wonder found vent, and she exclaimed in the hearing, and much to the

amusement, of those who surrounded her—“Tak me awa—tak me awa—this is no

a place for me—I’m just Peter Pearson’s ain wife!” She would not be

persuaded to remain even when the Bailie kept the house dissolved in

loosened laughter. The idea seemed to be strong in her mind that the

people were all laughing at _her_. She was the best actress, although

the most unconscious one, in the whole house. What a capital pair the

Bailie and Nanny would have made! She would have beat Miss Nicol. Her

first appearance on the stage would have been a perfect triumph—it would

have secured the fame and fortune of Mrs Pearson. Nanny never liked to

be asked her opinion of the Edinburgh theatre. She only shook her head,

and appeared to regard it as something akin to Pandemonium.

Nanny’s stories about the sayings and doings of the Edinburgh people

served her for fireside talk many a winter evening after she returned

home to Peter Pearson. Peter, who had seen more of the world, used to

take a quiet chuckle to himself when she finished her description of

some “ferlie” that had excited her astonishment or admiration. The

gilded wonders above shop doors—the Highlanders taking pinches of

snuff—the wool-packs—the great glittering spectacles—the rams’ heads and

horns—these had excited her rustic curiosity almost as much as they

attract the interest of a child. Poor honest Nanny! she has now slept

for years where the “rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep,” and Peter,

after life’s fitful fever, sleeps well by her side.—_Pax Vobiscum!_

LADY JEAN:

_A TALE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY_.

CHAPTER I.

The Yerl o’ Wigton had three dauchters,

O braw walie! they were bonnie!

The youngest o’ them and the bonniest too,

Has fallen in love wi’ Richie Storie.

_Old Ballad._

The Earl of Wigton, whose name figures in Scottish annals of the reign

of Charles II., had three daughters, named Lady Frances, Lady Grizel,

and Lady Jean,—the last being by several years the youngest, and by many

degrees the most beautiful. All the three usually resided with their

mother at the chief seat of the family, Cumbernauld House, in

Stirlingshire; but the two eldest were occasionally permitted to attend

their father in Edinburgh, in order that they might have some chance of

obtaining lovers at the court held there by the Duke of Lauderdale,

while Lady Jean was kept constantly at home, and debarred from the

society of the capital, lest her superior beauty might interfere with

and foil the attractions of her sisters, who, according to the notion of

that age, had a sort of “right of primogeniture” in matrimony, as well

as in what was called “heirship.”

It may be easily imagined that, while the two marriageable ladies were

enjoying all the delights of a third flat in one of the “closes” of the

Canongate, spending their days in seeing beaux, and their nights in

dreaming of them, Lady Jean led no pleasant life amidst the remote and

solitary splendour of Cumbernauld, where her chief employment was the

disagreeable one of attending her mother, a very infirm and querulous

old dame, much given (it was said) to strong waters. At the period when

our tale opens, Lady Jean’s charms, though never seen in the capital,

had begun to make some noise there; and the curiosity excited respecting

them amongst the juvenile party of the vice-regal court, had induced

Lord Wigton to confine her ladyship even more strictly than heretofore,

lest perchance some gallant might make a pilgrimage to his country seat,

in order to behold her, and from less to more, induce her to quit her

retirement, in such a way as would effectually discomfit his schemes for

the pre-advancement of his elder daughters. He had been at pains to send

an express to Cumbernauld, ordering Lady Jean to be confined to the

precincts of the house and the terrace-garden, and to be closely

attended in all her movements by a trusty domestic. The consequence was

that the young lady complained most piteously to her deaf old

lady-mother of the tedium and listlessness of her life, and wished with

all her heart that she was as ugly, old, and happy as her sisters.

Lord Wigton was not insensible to the cruelty of his policy, however

well he might be convinced of its advantage and necessity. He loved his

youngest daughter more than the rest; and it was only in obedience to

what he conceived to be the commands of duty, that he subjected her to

the restraint. His lordship, therefore, felt anxious to alleviate in

some measure the _désagrémens_ of her solitary confinement; and knowing

her to be fond of music, he had sent to her by the last messenger a

theorbo lute, with which he thought she would be able to amuse herself

in a way very much to her mind,—not considering that, as she could not

play upon the instrument, it would be little better to her than an

unmeaning toy. By the return of his messenger, he received a letter from

Lady Jean, thanking him for the theorbo, but making him aware of his

oversight, and begging him to send some person who could teach her to

play.

The earl, whose acquirements in the philosophy of politics had never

been questioned, felt ashamed of having committed such a solecism in so

trivial a matter; and like all men anxious to repair or conceal an error

in judgment, immediately ran into another of ten times greater

consequence and magnitude: he gratified his daughter in her wish.

The gentry of Scotland were at that time in the custom of occasionally

employing a species of servants, whose accomplishments and duties would

now appear of a very anomalous character, though at that time naturally

arising from the peculiar situation of this country, in respect to its

southern neighbour. They were, in general, humble men who had travelled

a good deal, and acquired many foreign accomplishments; who, returning

to their native country after an absence of a few years, usually entered

into the service of the higher class of families, partly as ordinary

livery-men, and partly with the purpose of instructing the youth of both

sexes, as they grew up and required such exercises, in dancing, music,

writing, &c., besides a vast variety of other arts, comprehended in the

general phrase of “breeding.” Though these men received much higher

wages, and were a thousand times more unmanageable than common serving

men, they served a good purpose in those days, when young people had

scarcely any other opportunities of acquiring the ornamental branches of

education, except by going abroad.

It so happened, that not many days after Lord Wigton received his

daughter’s letter, he was applied to for employment by one of these

useful personages, a tall and handsome youth, apparently

five-and-twenty, with dark, Italian-looking features, a slight

moustache, and as much foreign peculiarity in his dress as indicated

that he was just returned from his travels. After putting a few

questions, his lordship discovered that the youth was possessed of many

agreeable accomplishments; was, in particular, perfectly well qualified

to teach the theorbo, and had no objection to entering the service of a

young lady of quality, only with the proviso that he was to be spared

the disgrace of a livery. Lord Wigton then made no scruple in engaging

him for a certain period; and next day saw the youth on the way to

Cumbernauld, with a letter from his lordship to Lady Jean, setting forth

all his good qualities, and containing among other endearing

expressions, a hope that she would both benefit by his instructions, and

be in the meantime content on their account with her present residence.

Any occurrence at Cumbernauld of higher import than the breaking of a

needle in embroidering, or the miscarriage of a brewing of currant-wine,

would have been quite an incident in the eyes of Lady Jean; and even to

have given alms at the castle-gate to an extraordinary beggar, or to see

so much as a “stranger” in the candle, might have supplied her with

amusement infinite, and speculation boundless. What, then, must have

been her delight, when the goodly and youthful figure of Richard Storie

alighted one dull summer afternoon at the gate, and when the credentials

he presented disclosed to her the agreeable purpose of his mission! Her

joy knew no bounds; nor did she know in what terms to welcome the

stranger; she ran from one end of the house to the other, up stairs and

down stairs, in search of she knew not what; and finally, in her

transports, she shook her mother out of a drunken slumber, which the old

lady was enjoying as usual in her large chair in the parlour.

Master Richard, as he was commonly designated, soon found himself

comfortably established in the good graces of the whole household of

Cumbernauld, and not less so in the particular favour of his young

mistress. Even the sour old lady of the large chair was pleased with his

handsome appearance, and was occasionally seen to give a preternatural

nod and smile at some of his musical exhibitions, as much as to say she

knew when he performed well, and was willing to encourage humble merit.

As for Lady Jean, whose disposition was equally lively and generous, she

could not express, in sufficiently warm terms, her admiration of his

performances, or the delight she experienced from them. Nor was she ever

content without having Master Richard in her presence, either to play

himself, or to teach her the enchanting art. She was a most apt

scholar—so apt, that in a few days she was able to accompany him with

the theorbo and voice, while he played upon an ancient harpsichord

belonging to the old lady, which he had rescued from a lumber room, and

had been at some pains to repair. The exclusive preference thus given to

music for the time threw his other accomplishments into the shade, while

it, moreover, occasioned his more constant presence in the apartments of

the ladies than he would have been otherwise entitled to. The

consequence was, that in a short time he almost ceased to be looked upon

as a servant, and began gradually to assume the more interesting

character of a friend and equal.

It was Lady Jean’s practice to take a walk, prescribed by her father,

every day in the garden, on which occasions the countess conceived

herself as acting up to the letter of her husband’s commands, when she

ordered Master Richard to attend his pupil. This arrangement was

exceedingly agreeable to Lady Jean, as they sometimes took out the

theorbo, and added music to the pleasures of the walk. Another

out-of-doors amusement, in which music formed a chief part, was

suggested to them by the appropriate frontispiece of a book of

instruction for the theorbo, which Master Richard had brought with him

from Edinburgh. This engraving represented a beautiful young

shepherdess, dressed in the fashionable costume of that period: a

stupendous tower of hair hung round with diamonds, and a voluminous silk

gown with a jewel-adorned stomacher, a theorbo in her arms, and a crook

by her side,—sitting on a flowery bank under a tree, with sheep planted

at regular distances around her. At a little distance appeared a

shepherd with dressed hair, long-skirted coat, and silk stockings, who

seemed to survey his mistress with a languishing air of admiration, that

appeared singularly ridiculous as contrasted with the coquettish and

contemptuous aspect of the lady. The plate referred to a particular song

in the book, entitled “A Dialogue betwixt Strephon and Lydia; or the

proud Shepherdess’s Courtship,” the music of which was exceedingly

beautiful, while the verses were the tamest and most affected trash

imaginable.

It occurred to Lady Jean’s lively fancy, that if she and her teacher

were to personify the shepherdess and shepherd, and thus, as it were, to

transform the song to a sort of opera, making the terrace-garden the

scene, not a little amusement might be added to the pleasure she

experienced from the mere music alone. This fancy was easily reduced to

execution; for, by seating herself under a tree, in her ordinary dress,

with the horticultural implement called a rake by her side, she looked

the very Lydia of the copperplate; while Richard, standing at his

customary respectful distance, with his handsome person and somewhat

foreign apparel, was a sufficiently good representation of Strephon.

After arranging themselves thus, Master Richard opened the drama by

addressing Lady Jean in the first verse of the song, which contained,

besides some description of sunrise, a comparison between the beauties

of nature, at that delightful period, and the charms of Lydia, the

superiority being of course awarded to the latter. Lady Jean, with the

help of the theorbo, replied to this in a very disdainful style,

affecting to hold the compliments of lovers very cheap, and asseverating

that she had no regard for any being on earth besides her father and

mother, and no care but for these dear innocent sheep (here she looked

kindly aside upon a neighbouring bed of cabbages), which they had

entrusted to her charge. Other verses of similar nonsense succeeded,

during which the representative of the fair Lydia could not help feeling

rather more emotion at hearing the ardent addresses of Strephon than was

strictly consistent with her part.

At last it was her duty to rise and walk softly away from her swain,

declaring herself utterly insensible to both his praises and his

passion, and her resolution never again to see or speak to him. This she

did in admirable style, though perhaps rather with the dignified gait

and sweeping majesty of a tragedy-queen, than with anything like the

pettish or sullen strut of a disdainful rustic. Meanwhile, Strephon was

supposed to be left inconsolable. Her ladyship continued to support her

assumed character for a few yards, till a turn of the walk concealed her

from Master Richard; when, resuming her natural manner, she turned back,

with sparkling eyes, in order to ask his opinion of her performance, and

it was with some confusion, and no little surprise, that on bursting

again into his sight, she discovered that Richard had not yet thrown off

his character. He was standing still as she had left him, fixed

immovably upon the spot in an attitude expressive of sorrow for her

departure, and bending forward as if imploring her return. It was the

expression of his face that astonished her most; for it was not at all

an expression appropriate to either his own character or to that which

he had assumed. It was an expression of earnest and impassioned

admiration; his whole soul seemed thrown into her face, which was

directed towards her, or rather the place where she had disappeared; and

his eyes were projected in the same direction, with such a look as that

perhaps of an enraptured saint of old at the moment when a divinity

parted from his presence. This lasted, however, but for a moment, for

scarcely had that minute space of time elapsed before Richard, startled

from his reverie by Lady Jean’s sudden return, dismissed from his face

all trace of any extraordinary expression, and stood before her,

endeavouring to appear, just what he was, her ladyship’s respectful

servant and teacher. Nevertheless, this transformation did not take

place so quickly as to prevent her ladyship from observing the present

expression, nor was it accomplished with such address as to leave her

room for passing it over as unobserved. She was surprised—she

hesitated—she seemed, in spite of herself, conscious of something

awkward—and finally she blushed slightly. Richard caught the contagion

of her confusion in a double degree; and Lady Jean again became more

confused on observing that he was aware of her confusion. Richard was

the first to recover himself and speak. He made some remarks upon her

singing and acting—not, however, upon her admirable performance of the

latter part of the drama; this encouraged her also to speak, and both

soon became somewhat composed. Shortly afterwards they returned to the

house; but from that moment a chain of the most delicate, yet

indissoluble sympathies began to connect the hearts of these youthful

beings, so alike in all natural qualities, and so dissimilar in every

extraneous thing which the world is accustomed to value.

After this interview there took place a slight estrangement between

Master Richard and Lady Jean that lasted a few days, during which they

had much less of conversation and music than for some time before. Both

observed this circumstance; but each ascribed it to accident, while it

was in reality occasioned by mutual reserve. Master Richard was afraid

that Lady Jean might be offended were he to propose anything like a

repetition of the garden drama; and Lady Jean, on her part, could not,

consistently with the rules of maidenly modesty, utter even a hint at

such a thing, however she might secretly wish or long for it. The very

consciousness, reciprocally felt, of having something on their minds, of

which neither durst speak, was sufficient to produce this reserve, even

though the emotions of the “tender passion” had not come in, as they

did, for a large share of the cause.

At length, however, this reserve was so far softened down, that they

began to resume their former practice of walking together in the garden;

but, though the theorbo continued to make one of the party, no more

operatic performances took place. Nevertheless, the mutual affection

which had taken root in their hearts, experienced on this account no

abatement, but, on the contrary, continued to increase.

As for Master Richard, it was no wonder that he should be deeply smitten

with the charms of his mistress; for, ever as he stole a long, furtive

glance at her graceful form, he thought he had never seen in Spain or

Italy any such specimens of female loveliness; and (if we may let the

reader so far into the secret) he had indeed come to Cumbernauld with

the very purpose of falling in love.

Different causes had operated upon Lady Jean. Richard being the first

love-worthy object she had seen since the period when the female heart

becomes most susceptible,—the admiration with which she knew he beheld

her,—his musical accomplishments, which had tended so much to her

gratification,—all conspired to render him precious in her sight. In the

words of a beautiful modern ballad, “all impulses of soul and sense had

thrilled” her gentle and guileless heart—

——hopes, and fears that kindled hopes,

An undistinguishable throng,

And gentle wishes, long subdued,

Subdued and cherished long,

had exercised their tender and delightful influence over her; like a

flower thrown upon one of the streams of her own native land, whose

course was through the beauties, the splendours, and the terrors of

nature, she was borne away in a dream, the magic scenery of which was

alternately pleasing, fearful, and glorious, and from which she could no

more awake than could the flower restrain its course on the gliding

waters. The habit of contemplating her lover every day, and that in the

dignified character of an instructor, gradually blinded her in a great

measure to his humbler quality, and to the probable sentiments of her

father and the world upon the subject of her passion. If by any chance

such a consideration was forced upon her notice, and she found occasion

to tremble lest the sentiments in which she was so luxuriously indulging

should end in disgrace and disaster, she soon quieted her fears, by

reverting to an idea which had lately occurred to her, namely, that

_Richard was not what he seemed_. She had heard and read of love

assuming strange disguises. A Lord Belhaven, in the immediately

preceding period of the civil war, had taken refuge from the fury of

Cromwell in the service of an English nobleman, whose daughter’s heart

he won under the disguise of a gardener, and whom, on the recurrence of

better times, he carried home to Scotland as his lady. This story was

then quite popular, and at least one of the parties still survived to

attest its truth. But even in nursery tales Lady Jean could find

examples which justified her own passion. The vilest animals, she knew,

on finding some beautiful dame, who was so disinterested as to fall in

love with them, usually turned out to be the most handsome princes that

ever were seen, who invariably married and made happy the ladies whose

affection had restored them to their natural form and just inheritance.

“Who knows,” she thought, “but Richard may some day, in a transport of

passion, throw open his coat, exhibit the star of nobility glittering on

his breast, and ask me to become a countess!”

Such are the excuses which love suggests to reason, and which the reason

of lovers easily accepts; while those who are neither youthful nor in

love wonder at the hallucination of their impassioned juniors.

Experience soon teaches us that this world is not one of romance, and

that few incidents in life ever occur out of the ordinary way. But

before we acquire this experience by actual observation, we all of us

regard things in a very different light. The truth seems to be that, in

the eyes of youth, “the days of chivalry” do not appear to be gone; our

ideas are then contemporary, or on a par with the early romantic ages of

the world; and it is only by mingling with mature men, and looking at

things as they are, that we at length advance towards, and ultimately

settle down in the _real era_ of our existence. Was there ever yet a

youth who did not feel some chivalrous impulses,—some thirst for more

glorious scenes than those around him,—some aspirations after lofty

passion and supreme excellence—or who did not cherish some pure

firstlove that could not prudentially be gratified?

The greater part of the rest of the summer passed away before the lovers

came to an _eclaircissement_; and such, indeed, was their mutual reserve

upon the subject, that had it not been for the occurrence of a singular

and deciding circumstance, there appeared little probability of this

ever otherwise taking place. The Earl of Home, a gay and somewhat

foolish young nobleman, one morning, after attending a convivial party,

where the charms of Lady Jean Fleming formed the principal topic of

discourse, left Edinburgh, and took the way to Cumbernauld, on the very

pilgrimage, and with the very purpose, which Lord Wigton had before

anticipated. Resolved first to see, then to love, and lastly to run away

with the young lady, his lordship skulked about for a few days, and at

last had the pleasure of seeing the hidden beauty over the garden-wall,

as she was walking with Master Richard. He thought he had never seen any

lady who could be at all compared to Lady Jean, and, as a matter of

course, resolved to make her his own, and surprise all his companions at

Edinburgh with his success and her beauty. He watched again next day,

and happening to meet Master Richard out of the bounds of Cumbernauld

policy, accosted him, with the intention of securing his services in

making his way towards Lady Jean. After a few words of course, he

proposed the subject to Richard, and offered a considerable bribe, to

induce him to work for his interest. Richard at first rejected the

offer, but immediately after, on bethinking himself, saw fit to accept

it. He was to mention his lordship’s purpose to Lady Jean, and to

prepare the way for a private interview with her. On the afternoon of

the succeeding day, he was to meet Lord Home at the same place, and tell

him how Lady Jean had received his proposals. With this they

parted—Richard to muse on this unexpected circumstance, which he saw

might blast all his hopes, unless he should resolve upon prompt and

active measures, and the Earl of Home to enjoy himself at the humble inn

of the village of Cumbernauld, where he had for the last few days

enacted the character of “the daft lad frae Edinburgh, that seemed to

hae mair siller than sense.”

On the morning of the tenth day after Master Richard’s first interview

with Lord Home, that faithful serving-man found himself jogging swiftly

along the road to Edinburgh, mounted on a stout nag, with the fair Lady

Jean seated comfortably on a pillion behind him. It was a fine morning

in autumn, and the road had a peculiarly gay appearance from the

multitude of country people, mounted and dismounted, who seemed also

hastening towards the capital. Master Richard, upon inquiry, discovered

that it was the “market-day,” a circumstance which seemed favourable to

his design, by the additional assurance it gave him of not being

recognised among the extraordinary number of strangers who might be

expected to crowd the city on such an occasion.

The lovers approached the city by the west, and the first street they

entered was the suburban one called Portsburgh, which leads towards the

great market-place of Edinburgh. Here Richard, impatient as he was,

found himself obliged, like many other rustic cavaliers, to reduce the

pace of his horse to a walk, on account of the narrowness and crowded

state of the street. This he felt the more disagreeable, as it subjected

him and his interesting companion to the close and leisurely scrutiny of

the inhabitants. Both had endeavoured to disguise everything remarkable

in their appearance, so far as dress and demeanour could be disguised;

yet, as Lady Jean could not conceal her extraordinary beauty, and

Richard had not found it possible to part with a slight and dearly

beloved moustache, it naturally followed that they were honoured with a

good deal of staring. Many an urchin upon the street threw up his arms

as they passed along, exclaiming, “Oh! the black-bearded man!” or, “Oh!

the bonnie leddie!”—the men all admired Lady Jean, the women Master

Richard—and many an old shoemaker ogled them earnestly over his

half-door, with his spectacles pushed up above his dingy cowl. The

lovers, who had thus to run a sort of gauntlet of admiration and remark,

were glad when they reached an inn, which Richard, who was slightly

acquainted with the town, knew to be a proper place for the performance

of a “half-merk marriage.”

They alighted, and were civilly received by an obsequious landlady, who

conducted them into an apartment at the back of the house. There Lady

Jean was for a short time left to make some arrangements about her

dress, while Richard disclosed to the landlady in another room the

purpose upon which he was come to her house, and consulted her about

procuring a clergyman. The dame of the house, to whom a clandestine

marriage was the merest matter of course, showed the utmost willingness

to facilitate the design of her guests, and said that she believed a

clerical official might be procured in a few minutes, provided that

neither had any scruples of conscience, as “most part o’ fouk frae the

west had,” in accepting the services of an episcopal clergyman. The

lover assured her that so far from having any objection to a “government

minister” (for so they were sometimes termed), he would prefer such to

any other, as both he and his bride belonged to that persuasion. The

landlady heard this declaration with complacency, which showed that she

loved her guests the better for it, and told Richard, that if he

pleased, she would immediately introduce him to the Dean of St Giles,

who, honest man, was just now taking his “meridian” in the little back

garret-parlour, along with his friend and gossip, Bowed Andrew, the

waiter of the West Port. To this Richard joyfully assented, and speedily

he and Lady Jean were joined in their room by the said Dean,—a squat

little gentleman, with a drunken but important-looking face, and an air

of consequentiality even in his stagger that was partly imposing and

partly ridiculous. He addressed his clients with a patronizing simper,

of which the effect was grievously disconcerted by an unlucky hiccup,

and in a speech which might have had the intended tone of paternal and

reverend authority, had it not been smattered and degraded into shreds

by the crapulous insufficiency of his tongue. Richard cut short his

ill-sustained attempts at dignity by requesting him to partake of some

liquor. His reverence almost leaped at the proffered jug, which

contained ale. He first took a tasting, then a sip—shaking his head

between—next a small draught, with a still more convulsion-like shake of

the head; and, lastly, he took a hearty and persevering swill, from the

effects of which his lungs did not recover for at least twenty

respirations. The impatient lover then begged him to proceed with the

ceremony; which he forthwith commenced in presence of the landlady and

the above-mentioned Bowed Andrew; and in a few minutes Richard and Lady

Jean were united in the holy bonds of matrimony.

CHAPTER II.

When the ceremony was concluded, and both the clergyman and the

witnesses had been satisfied and dismissed, the lovers left the house,

with the design of walking forward into the city. In conformity to a

previous arrangement, Lady Jean walked first, like a lady of quality,

and Richard followed closely behind, with the dress and deportment of

her servant. Her ladyship was dressed in her finest suit, and adorned

with her finest jewels, all of which she had brought from Cumbernauld on

purpose, in a mail or leathern trunk—for such was the name then given to

the convenience now entitled a portmanteau. Her step was light, and her

bearing gay, as she moved along; not on account of the success which had

attended her expedition, or her satisfaction in being now united to the

man of her choice, but because she anticipated the highest pleasure in

the sight of a place whereof she had heard such wonderful stories, and

from a participation in whose delights she had been so long withheld.

Like all persons educated in the country, she had been regaled in her

childhood with magnificent descriptions of the capital—of its buildings,

that seemed to mingle with the clouds—its shops, which apparently

contained more wealth than all the world beside—of its paved streets

(for paved streets were then wonders in Scotland)—and, above all, of the

grand folks that thronged its Highgates, its Canongates, and its

Cowgates—people whose lives seemed a perpetual holiday, whose attire was

ever new, and who all lived in their several palaces.

Though, of course, Edinburgh had then little to boast of, the country

people who occasionally visited it did not regard it with less

admiration than that with which the peasantry of our own day may be

supposed to view it, now that it is something so very different. It was

then, as well as now, the capital of the country, and, as such, bore the

same disproportion in point of magnificence to inferior towns, and to

the country in general. In one respect it was superior to what it is in

the present day, namely, in being the seat of government and of a court.

Lady Jean had often heard all its glorious peculiarities described by

her sisters, who, moreover, took occasion to colour the picture too

highly, in order to raise her envy, and make themselves appear great in

their alliance and association with so much greatness. She was,

therefore, prepared to see a scene of the utmost splendour—a scene in

which nothing horrible or paltry mingled, but which was altogether

calculated to awe or to delight the senses.

Her ladyship was destined to be disappointed at the commencement, at

least, of her acquaintance with the city. The first remarkable object

which struck her eye, after leaving the inn, was the high “bow,” or

arch, of the gate called the West Port. In this itself there was nothing

worthy of particular attention, and she rather directed her eyes through

the opening beneath, which half disclosed a wide space beyond,

apparently crowded with people. But when she came close up to the gate,

and cast, before passing, a last glance at the arch, she shuddered at

the sight then presented to her eyes. On the very pinnacle of the arch

was stuck the ghastly and weather-worn remains of a human head, the

features of which, half flesh, half bone, were shaded and rendered still

more indistinctly horrible by the long dark hair, which hung in meagre

tresses around them.

“Oh, Richard, Richard!” she exclaimed, stopping and turning round, “what

is that dreadful-looking thing?”

“That, madam,” said Richard, without any emotion, “is the broken remnant

of a west country preacher, spiked up there to warn his countrymen who

may approach this port, against doing anything to incur the fate which

has overtaken himself. Methinks he has preached to small purpose, for

yonder stands the gallows, ready, I suppose, to bring him some brother

in affliction.”

“Horrible!” exclaimed Lady Jean; “and is this really the fine town of

Edinburgh, where I was taught to expect so many grand sights? I thought

it was just one universal palace, and it turns out to be a great

charnel-house!”

“It is indeed more like that than anything else at times,” said Richard;

“but, my dear Lady Jean, you are not going to start at this bugbear,

which the very children, you see, do not heed in passing.”

“Indeed, I think, Richard,” answered her ladyship, “if Edinburgh is to

be at all like this, it would be just as good to turn back at once, and

postpone our visit to better times.”

“But it is not all like this,” replied Richard; “I assure you it is not.

For Heaven’s sake, my lady, move on. The people are beginning to stare

at us. You shall soon see grand sights enough, if we were once fairly

out of this place. Make for the opposite corner of the Grassmarket, and

ascend the street to the left of that horrible gibbet. We may yet get

past it before the criminals are produced.”

Thus admonished, Lady Jean passed, not without a shudder, under the

dreadful arch, and entered the spacious oblong square called the

Grassmarket. This place was crowded at the west end with rustics engaged

in all the bustle of a grain and cattle market, and at the eastern and

most distant extremity, with a mob of idlers, who had gathered around

the gibbet in order to witness the awful ceremony that was about to take

place. The crowd, which was scarcely so dense as that which attends the

rarer scene of a modern execution, made way on both sides for Lady Jean

as she moved along; and wherever she went, she left behind her a “wake,”

as it were, of admiration and confusion. So exquisite and so new a

beauty, so splendid a suit of female attire, and so stout and handsome

an attendant—these were all calculated to inspire reverence in the minds

of the beholders. Her carriage at the same time was so stately and so

graceful, that no one could be so rude as to interrupt or disturb it.

The people, therefore, parted when she approached, and left a free

passage for her on all sides, as if she had been an angel or a spirit

come to walk amidst a mortal crowd, and whose person could not be

touched, and might scarcely be beheld—whose motions were not to be

interfered with by those among whom she chose to walk—but who was to be

received with prostration of spirit, and permitted to depart as she had

come, unquestioned and unapproached. In traversing the Grassmarket, two

or three young coxcombs, with voluminous wigs, short cloaks, rapiers,

and rose-knots at their knees and shoes, who, on observing her at a

distance, had prepared to treat her with a condescending stare, fell

back, awed and confounded, at her near approach, and spent the gaze,

perhaps, upon the humbler mark of her follower, or upon vacancy.

Having at length passed the gibbet, Lady Jean began to ascend the steep

and tortuous street denominated the West Bow. She had hitherto been

unable to direct any attention to what she was most anxious to

behold,—the scenic wonders of the capital. But having now got clear of

the crowd, and no longer fearing to see the gallows, she ventured to

lift up her eyes and look around. The tallness and massiveness of the

buildings, some of which bore the cross of the Knights Templar on their

pinnacles, while others seemed to be surmounted or overtopped by still

taller edifices beyond, impressed her imagination; and the effect was

rendered still more striking by the countless human figures which

crowded the windows, and even the roofs of the houses, all alike bending

their attention, as she thought, towards herself. The scene before her

looked like an amphitheatre filled with spectators, while she and

Richard seemed as the objects upon the arena. The thought caused her to

hurry on, and she soon found herself in a great measure screened from

observation by the overhanging projections of the narrower part of the

West Bow, which she now entered.

With slow and difficult, but stately and graceful steps, she then

proceeded, till she reached the upper angle of the street, where a novel

and unexpected scene awaited her. A sound like that of rushing waters

seemed first to proceed from the part of the street still concealed from

her view, and presently appeared round the angle, the first rank of an

impetuous crowd, which, rushing downward with prodigious force, would

certainly have overwhelmed her delicate form, had she not dexterously

avoided them, by stepping aside upon a projecting stair, to which

Richard also sprung just in time to save himself from a similar fate.

From this place of safety, which was not without its own crowd of

children, women, and sage-looking elderly mechanics, with Kilmarnock

cowls, they in the next moment saw the massive mob rush past, like the

first wave of a flood, bearing either along or down everything that came

in their way. Immediately after, but at a more deliberate pace, followed

a procession of figures, which struck the heart of Lady Jean with as

heavy a sense of sorrow as the crowd had just impressed with terror and

surprise. First came a small company of the veterans of the city-guard,

some of whom had perhaps figured in the campaigns of Middleton and

Montrose, and whose bronzed, inflexible faces bore on this melancholy

occasion precisely the same expression which they ordinarily exhibited

on the joyful one of attending the magistrates at the drinking of the

King’s health on the 29th of May.

Behind these, and encircled by some other soldiers of the same band,

appeared two figures of a different sort. One of them was a

young-looking, but pale and woe-worn man, the impressive wretchedness of

whose appearance was strikingly increased by the ghastly dress which he

wore. He was attired from head to foot in a white shroud, such as was

sometimes worn in Scotland by criminals at the gallows, but which was,

in the present instance, partly assumed as a badge of innocence. The

excessive whiteness and emaciation of his countenance suited well with

this dismal apparel, and, with the wild enthusiasm that kindled in his

eyes, gave an almost supernatural effect to the whole scene, which

rather resembled a pageant of the dead than a procession of earthly men.

He was the only criminal: the person who walked by his side, and

occasionally supported his steps, being, as the crowd whispered around,

with many a varied expression of sympathy—his father. The old man had

the air of a devout Presbyterian, with harsh, intelligent features, and

a dress which bespoke his being a countryman of the lower rank.

According to the report of the bystanders, he had educated this, his

only son, for the unfortunate Church of Scotland, and now attended him

to the fate which his talents and violent temperament had conspired to

draw down upon his head. If ever he felt any pride in the popular

admiration with which his son was honoured, no traces of such a

sentiment now appeared. On the contrary, he seemed humbled to the very

earth with sorrow; and though he had perhaps contemplated the issue, now

about to take place, with no small portion of satisfaction, so long as

it was at a distance and uncertain, the feelings of a father had

evidently proved too much for his fortitude, when the event approached

in all its dreadful reality. The emotions perceptible in that rough and

rigid countenance were the more striking, as being so much at variance

with its natural and characteristic expression; and the tear which

gathered in his eye excited the greater commiseration, in so far as it

seemed a stranger there. But the hero and heroine of our tale had little

time to make observations on this piteous scene, for the procession

passed quickly on, and was soon beyond their sight. When it was gone,

the people of the Bow, who seemed accustomed to such sights, uttered

various expressions of pity, indignation, and horror, according to their

respective feelings, and then slowly retired to their dens in the stairs

and booths which lined the whole of this ancient and singular street.

Lady Jean, whose beautiful eyes were suffused with tears at beholding so

melancholy a spectacle, was then admonished by her attendant to proceed.

With a heart deadened to all sensations of wonder and delight, she moved

forward, and was soon ushered into the place called the Lawnmarket, then

perhaps the most fashionable district in Edinburgh, but the grandeur and

spaciousness of which she beheld almost without admiration. The scene

here was, however, much gayer, and approached more nearly to her

splendid preconceptions of the capital than any she had yet seen. The

shops were, in her estimation, very fine, and some of the people on the

street were of that noble description of which she had believed all

inhabitants of cities to be. There was no crowd on the street, which,

therefore, afforded room for the better display of her stately and

beautiful person; and as she walked steadily onwards, still “ushed” (for

such was then the phrase) by her handsome and noble-looking attendant, a

greater degree of admiration was excited amongst the gay idlers whom she

passed, than even that which marked her progress through the humbler

crowd of the Grassmarket. Various noblemen, in passing towards their

homes in the Castle Hill, lifted their feathered hats and bowed

profoundly to the lovely vision; and one or two magnificent dames,

sweeping along with their long silk trains borne up by liverymen, stared

at or eyed askance the charms which threw their own so completely into

shade. By the time Lady Jean arrived at the bottom of the Lawnmarket,

that is to say, where it was partially closed up by the Tolbooth, she

had in a great measure recovered her spirits, and found herself prepared

to enjoy the sight of the public buildings, which were so thickly

clustered together at this central part of the city.

She was directed by Richard to pass along the narrow road which then led

between the houses and the Tolbooth on the south, and which, being

continued by a still narrower passage skirting the west end of St Giles’

Church, formed the western approach to the Parliament Close. Obeying his

guidance in this tortuous passage, she soon found herself at the

opening, or the square space—so styled on account of its being closed on

more than one side by the meeting-place of the legislative assembly of

Scotland. Here a splendid scene awaited her. The whole square was filled

with the members of the Scottish Parliament, Barons and Commons, who had

just left the House in which they sat together,—with ladies, who on days

of unusual ceremony were allowed to attend the House, and with horses

richly caparisoned, and covered with gold-embroidered foot-cloths, some

of which were mounted by their owners, while others were held in

readiness by footmen. All was bustle and magnificence. Noblemen and

gentlemen in splendid attire threaded the crowd in search of their

horses; ladies tripped after them with timid and careful steps,

endeavouring, by all in their power, to avoid contact with such objects

as were calculated to injure their fineries; grooms strode heavily

about, and more nimble lackeys jumped everywhere, here and there, some

of them as drunk as the Parliament Close claret could make them, but all

intent on doing the duties of attendance and respect to their masters.

Some smart and well-dressed young gentlemen were arranging their cloaks

and swords, and preparing to leave the square on foot, by the passage

which had given entry to Master Richard and Lady Jean.

At sight of our heroine, most of these gallants stood still in

admiration, and one of them, with the trained assurance of a rake,

observing her to be beautiful, a stranger, and not too well protected,

accosted her in a strain of language which caused her at once to blush

and tremble. Richard’s brow reddened with anger as he hesitated not a

moment in stepping up and telling the offender to leave the lady alone,

on pain of certain consequences which might not prove agreeable.

“And who are you, my brave fellow?” said the youth, with bold assurance.

“Sirrah!” exclaimed Richard, so indignant as to forget himself, “I am

that lady’s husband—her servant, I mean,” and here he stopped short in

some confusion.

“Admirable!” exclaimed the other. “Ha! ha! ha! ha! Here, sirs, is a

lady’s lacquey, who does not know whether he is his mistress’ servant or

her husband. Let us give him up to the town-guard, to see whether the

black hole will make him remember the real state of the case.”

So saying, he attempted to push Richard aside, and take hold of the

lady. But he had not time to touch her garments with so much as a

finger, before her protector had a rapier flourishing in his eyes, and

threatened him with instant death, unless he desisted from his profane

purpose. At sight of the bright steel he stepped back one or two paces,

drew his own sword, and was preparing to fight, when one of his more

grave associates called out—

“For shame, Rollo!—with a lady’s lacquey, too, and in the presence of

the duke and duchess! I see their royal highnesses, already alarmed, are

inquiring the cause of the disturbance.”

It was even as this gentleman said, and presently came up to the scene

of contention some of the most distinguished personages in the crowd,

one of whom demanded from the parties an explanation of so disgraceful

an occurrence.

“Why, here is a fellow, my lord,” answered Rollo, “who says he is the

husband of a lady whom he attends as a liveryman, and a lady, too, the

bonniest, I daresay, that has been seen in Scotland since the days of

Queen Magdalen!”

“And what matters it to you,” said the inquirer, who seemed to be a

judge of the Session, “in what relation this man stands to his lady? Let

the parties both come forward, and tell their ain tale. May it please

your royal highness,” he continued, addressing a very grave dignitary,

who sat on horseback behind him, as stiff and formal as a sign-post, “to

hear the _declarator_ of thir twa strange incomers. But see—see—what is

the matter wi’ Lord Wigton?” he added, pointing to an aged personage on

horseback, who had just pushed forward, and seemed about to faint and

fall from his horse. The person alluded to, at sight of his daughter in

this unexpected place, was, in reality, confounded, and it was some time

before he mastered voice enough to ejaculate—

“Oh, Jean, Jean! what is this ye’ve been about? or what has brocht you

to Edinburgh?”

“Lord have a care of us!” exclaimed at this juncture another venerable

peer, who had just come up, “what has brocht my sonsie son, Richie

Livingstone, to Edinburgh, when he should have been fechtin’ the Dutch

by this time in Transylvania?”

The two lovers, thus recognised by their respective parents, stood with

downcast looks, and perfectly silent, while all was buzz and confusion

in the brilliant circle around them; for the parties concerned were not

more surprised at the aspect of their affairs, than were all the rest at

the beauty of the far-famed but hitherto unseen Lady Jean Fleming. The

Earl of Linlithgow, Richard’s father, was the first to speak aloud,

after the general astonishment had for some time subsided; and this he

did in a laconic though important query, which he couched in the simple

words,—

“Are ye married, bairns?”

“Yes, dearest father,” said his son, gathering courage, and coming close

up to his saddle-bow; “and I beseech you to extricate Lady Jean and me

from this crowd, and I shall tell you all when we are alone.”

“A pretty man ye are, truly,” said the old man, who never took anything

very seriously to heart, “to be staying at hame, and getting yoursel

married, all this time you should have been abroad, winning honour and

wealth, as your gallant granduncle did wi’ Gustavus i’ the thretties!

Hooever, since better mayna be, I maun try and console my Lord Wigton,

who, I doot, has the worst o’ the bargain, ye ne’er-do-weel!”

He then went up to Lady Jean’s father, shook him by the hand, and said,

that “though they had been made relations against their wills, he hoped

they would continue good friends. The young people,” he observed, “are

no that ill-matched; and it is not the first time that the Flemings and

the Livingstones have melled together, as witness the blithe marriage of

the Queen’s Marie to Lord Fleming in the fifteen-saxty-five. At ony

rate, my lord, let us put a good face on the matter, afore thae

glowerin’ gentles, and whipper-snapper duchesses. I’ll get horses for

the two, and they’ll join the riding’ down the street; and de’il hae me,

if Lady Jean doesna outshine the hale o’ them!”

“My Lord Linlithgow,” responded the graver and more implacable Earl of

Wigton, “it may set you to take this matter blithely, but let me tell

you, its a muckle mair serious affair for me. What think ye am I to do

wi’ Frances and Grizzy noo?”

“Hoot toot, my lord,” said Linlithgow with a sly smile, “their chance is

as gude as ever it was, I assure you, and sae will everybody think that

kens them. I _maun_ ca’ horses though, or the young folk will be ridden

ower afore ever they do more gude, by thae rampaugin’ young men.” So

saying, and taking Lord Wigton’s moody silence for assent, he proceeded

to cry to his servants for the best pair of horses they could get, and

these being speedily procured, Lord Richard and his bride were requested

to mount; after which they were formally introduced to the gracious

notice of the Duke and Duchess of York, and the Princess Anne, who

happened to attend Parliament on this the last day of its session, when

it was customary for all the members to ride both to and from the House

in an orderly cavalcade.

The order was given to proceed, and the lovers were soon relieved in a

great measure from the embarrassing notice of the crowd, by assuming a

particular place in the procession, and finding themselves confounded

with more than three hundred equally splendid figures. As the pageant,

however, moved down the High Street in a continuous and open line, it

was impossible not to distinguish the singular loveliness of Lady Jean,

and the gallant carriage of her husband, from all the rest. Accordingly,

the trained bands and city guard, who lined the street, and who were in

general quite as insensible to the splendours of “the Riding” as are the

musicians in a modern orchestra to the wonders of a melodrama in its

fortieth night,—even they perceived and admired the graces of the young

couple, whom they could not help gazing after with a stupid and

lingering delight. From the windows, too, and the “stair-heads,” their

beauty was well observed, and amply conjectured and commented on; while

many a young cavalier endeavoured, by all sorts of pretences, to find

occasion to break the order of the cavalcade, and get himself haply

placed nearer to the exquisite figure, of which he had got just one

killing glance in the square. Slowly and majestically the brilliant

train paced down the great street of Edinburgh—the acclamations of the

multitude ceaselessly expressing the delight which the people of

Scotland felt in this sensible type and emblem of their ancient

independence.

At length they reached the courtyard of Holyrood-house, where the duke

and duchess invited the whole assemblage to a ball, which they designed

to give that evening in the hall of the palace; after which all departed

to their respective residences throughout the town, Lords Wigton and

Linlithgow taking their young friends under their immediate protection,

and seeking the residence of the former nobleman, a little way up the

Canongate. In riding thither, the lovers had leisure to explain to their

parents the singular circumstances of their union, and address enough to

obtain unqualified forgiveness for their imprudence.

On alighting at Lord Wigton’s house, Lady Jean found her sisters

confined to their rooms with headache, or some such serious

indisposition, and in the utmost dejection on account of having been

thereby withheld from the Riding of the Parliament. Their spirits, as

may be supposed, were not much elevated, when, on coming forth in

dishabille to welcome their sister, they learned that she had had the

good fortune to be married before them. Their ill-luck was, however,

irremediable, and so, making a merit of submitting to it, they

condescended to be rather agreeable during the dinner and the afternoon.

It was not long before all parties were perfectly reconciled to what had

taken place; and by the time it was necessary to dress for the ball, the

elder young ladies declared themselves so much recovered as to be able

to accompany their happy sister.

The Earl of Linlithgow and his son then sent a servant for proper

dresses, and prepared themselves for the occasion without leaving the

house. When all were ready, a number of chairs were called to transport

their dainty persons down the street. The news of Lady Jean’s arrival,

and of her marriage, having now spread abroad, the court in front of the

house, the alley, and even the open street, were crowded with people of

all ranks, anxious to catch a passing glimpse of the heroine of so

strange a tale. As her chair was carried along, a buzz of admiration

from all who were so happy as to be near it, marked its progress. Happy,

too, was the gentleman who had the good luck to be near her chair as it

was set down at the palace-gate, and assist her in stepping from it upon

the lighted pavement. From the outer gate, along the piazza of the inner

court, and all the way up the broad staircase to the illuminated hall,

two rows of noblemen and gentlemen formed a brilliant avenue, as she

passed along, while a hundred plumed caps were doffed in honour of so

much beauty, and as many youthful eyes glanced bright with satisfaction

at beholding it. The object of all this attention tripped modestly along

in the hand of the Earl of Linlithgow, acknowledging, with many a

graceful flexure and undulation of person, the compliments of the

spectators.

At length the company entered the spacious and splendid room in which

the ball was to be held. At the extremity, opposite to the entry, upon

an elevated platform, sat the three royal personages, all of whom, on

Lady Jean’s introduction, rose and came forward to welcome her and her

husband to the entertainments of Holyrood, and to hope that her ladyship

would often adorn their circle. In a short time the dancing commenced;

and, amidst all the ladies who exhibited their charms and their

magnificent attire in that captivating exercise, who was, either in

person or dress, half so brilliant as Lady Jean?—_Chambers’s Edin.

Journal._

THE MONKEY:

_A SECOND PASSAGE IN THE LIFE OF WILLIAM M‘GEE, WEAVER IN HAMILTON_.

BY ROBERT MACNISH, LL.D.

I dinna think that in a’ nature there’s a mair curiouser cratur than a

monkey. I mak this observe frae being witness to an extraordinar’ event

that took place in Hamilton, three or four days after my

never-to-be-forgotten Battle of the Breeks.[6] Some even gaed the length

to say that it was to the full mair curiouser than that affair, in sae

far as the principal performer in the ae case was a rational man,

whereas in the ither he was only a bit ape. But folk may talk as they

like about monkeys, and cry them down for being stupid and mischievous,

I for ane will no gang that length. Whatever they may be on the score of

mischief, there can be nae doubt, that, sae far as gumption is

concerned, they are just uncommon; and for wit and fun they would beat

ony man black and blue. In fact, I dinna think that monkeys are beasts

ava. I hae a half notion that they are just wee hairy men, that canna or

rather winna speak, in case they may be made to work like ither folk,

instead of leading a life of idleness.

Footnote 6:

See _ante_, p. 223.

But to the point. I ance had a monkey, ane of the drollest looking

deevils ye ever saw. He was gayan big for a monkey, and was hairy a’

ower, except his face and his bit hurdies, which had a degree of

bareness about them, and were nearly as saft as a lady’s loof. Weel,

what think ye that I did wi’ the beastie? ’Od, man, I dressed him up

like a Heelandman, and put a kilt upon him, and a lang-tailed red coat,

and a blue bannet, which for security’s sake I tied, womanlike, below

his chin, wi’ twa bits of yellow ribbon. I not only did this, but I

learnt him to walk upon his twa hinder legs, and to carry a stick in his

right hand when he gaed out, the better to support him in his

peregrinations. He was for a’ the world like a wee man in kilts—sae much

sae, that when Glengarry, the great Heeland chieftain, wha happened to

be at Hamilton on a visit to the Duke, saw him by chance, he swore by

the powers that he was like ane o’ the Celtic Society, and that if I

likit he would endeavour to get him admitted a member of that body. I

thocht at the time that Glengarry was jokin’, but I hae since had gude

reason for thinking that he was in real earnest, as Andrew Brand says

that he and the Celts hae been like to cut ane anither’s throats, and

that he micht mean this as an affront upon them. Hoosomever I maun do

Glengarry the justice to say, that had he got my Nosey (that was his

name) made a member, he wadna hae pruved the least witty or courageous

o’ the society, and would hae dune nae disgrace to the chief’s

recommendation.

But I am fleeing awa like a shuttle frae the subject on hand. Weel, it

turned out in this manner, as ye shall hear. Ae afternoon towards the

gloamin’, I was obligated to tak a stap down to the cross wi’ a web

under my arm, which I had finished for Mr Weft, the muslin manufacturer.

By way of frolic—a gayan foolish ane I allow—I brocht Nosey alang wi’

me. He had on, as for ordinar, his Heeland dress, and walkit behind me,

wi’ the bit stick in his hand and his tail sticking out frae below his

kilt, as if he had been my flunkey. It was, after a’, a queer sicht,

and, as may be supposed, I drew a hale crowd o’ bairns after me, bawling

out, “Here’s Willie M‘Gee’s monkey,” and giein’ him nits and

gingerbread, and makin’ as muckle o’ the cratur as could be; for Nosey

was a great favourite in the town, and everybody likit him for his droll

tricks, and the way he used to girn, and dance, and tumble ower his

head, to amuse them.

On entering Mr Weft’s shop, I faund it empty; there wasna leiving soul

within. I supposed he had gane out for a licht; and being gayan familiar

wi’ him, I took a stap ben to the back shop, leaving Nosey in the fore

ane. I sat for twa or three minutes, but naebody made his appearance. At

last the front door, which I had ta’en care to shut after me, opened,

and I look’t to see what it could be, thinking that, nae doubt, it was

Mr Weft, or his apprentice. It was neither the ane nor the ither, but a

strong middle-aged, redfaced Heelandman, wi’ specks on, and wi’ a kilt

and a bannet, by a’ the world like my monkey’s. Now, what think ye Nosey

was about a’ this time? He was sittin’ behind the counter upon the lang

three-leggit stool that stood forenent Mr Weft’s desk, and was turning

ower the leaves of his ledger wi’ a look which, for auld-fashioned

sagaciousness, was wonderfu’ to behold. I was sae tickled at the sight

that I paid nae sort of attention to the Heelandman, but continued

looking frae the backshop at Nosey, lauching a’ the time in my

sleeve—for I jaloused that some queer scene would tak place between the

twa. And I wasna far wrang, for the stranger, takin’ out a pound frae

his spleuchan, handed it ower to the monkey, and speered at him, in his

droll norland deealect, if he could change a note. When I heard this, I

thought I would hae lauched outright; and naething but sheer curiosity

to see how the thing would end made me keep my gravity. It was plain

that Donald had ta’en Nosey for ane of his ain countrymen—and the thing

after a’ wasna greatly to be wondered at, and that for three reasons.

Firstly, the shop was rather darkish.

Secondly, the Heelandman had on specks, as I hae just said; and it was

likely on this account that he was rather short-sighted; and

Thirdly, Nosey, wi’ his kilt, and bannet, and red coat, was to a’

intents and purposes as like a human creature as a monkey could weel be.

Nae sooner, then, had he got the note than he opened it out, and lookit

at it wi’ his wee, glowrin’, restless een, as if to see that it wasna a

forgery. He then shook his head like a doctor when he’s no very sure

what’s wrang wi’ a person, but wants to mak it appear that he kens a’

about it—and continued in this style till the Heelandman’s patience

began to get exhausted.

“Can ye no shange the note, old shentleman?” quo’ Donald. Nosey gied his

head anither shake, and lookit uncommon wise.

“Is the note no goot, sir?” spake the Heelandman, a second time; but the

cratur, instead of answering him, only gied anither of his wise shakes,

as much as to say, “I’m no very sure about it.” At this Donald lost his

temper. “If the note doesna please ye, sir,” quo’ he, “I’ll thank ye to

gie me it back again, and I’ll gang to some ither place.” And he

stretchit out his hand to tak haud o’t, when my frien’ wi’ the tail,

lifting up his stick, lent him sic a whack ower the fingers as made him

pu’ back in the twinkling of an ee.

“Cot tamn ye, ye auld scoundrel,” said the man; “de ye mean to tak my

money frae me?” And he lifted up a rung big eneugh to fell a stot, and

let flee at the monkey; but Nosey was ower quick for him, and, jumping

aside, he lichted on a shelf before ane could say Jock Robinson. Here he

rowed up the note like a ba’ in his hand, and put it into his coat pouch

like ony rational cratur. Not only this, but he mockit the Heelandman by

a’ manner of means, shooting out his tongue at him, spitting at him, and

girning at him wi’ his queer outlandish physiognomy. Then he would tak

haud o’ his tail in his twa hands, and wag it at Donald, and steeking

his nieves, he would seem to threaten him with a leatherin’! A’thegither

he was desperate impudent, and eneugh to try the patience of a saunt, no

to speak o’ a het-bluided Heelandman. It was gude for sair een to see

how Donald behavit on this occasion. He raged like ane demented,

misca’ing the monkey beyond measure, and swearing as mony Gaelic aiths

as micht hae saired an ordinar man for a twalmonth. During this time, I

never steered a foot, but keepit keekin’ frae the back shop upon a’ that

was ganging on. I was highly delighted; and jalousing that Nosey was

ower supple to be easily catched, I had nae apprehension for the event,

and remained snug in my berth to see the upshot.

In a short time, in comes Mr Weft, wi’ a piece of lowing paper in his

hand, that he had got from the next door to licht the shop; and nae

sooner did Donald see him than he axed him for his note.

“What note, honest man?” said Mr Weft.

“Cot tamn,” quo’ Donald; “the note the auld scoundrel, your grandfater,

stole frae me.”

“My grandfaither!” answered the ither wi’ amazement. “I am thinking,

honest man, ye hae had a glass ower muckle. My grandfaither has been

dead for saxteen years, and I ne’er heard tell till now that he was a

fief.”

“Weel, weel, then,” quo’ the Heelandman, “I don’t care naething about

it. If he’s no your grandfaither, he’ll be your faither, or your

brither, or your cousin.”

“My faither or my brither, or my cousin!” repeated Mr Weft. “I maun tell

ye plainly, frien’, that I hae neither faither, nor brither, nor cousin

of ony description, on this side of the grave. I dinna understand ye,

honest man, but I reckon that ye hae sat ower lang at the whisky, and my

advice to ye is to stap awa hame and sleep it aff.”

At this speech the Heelandman lost a’ patience, and lookit sae awfully

fairce, that ance or twice I was on the nick of coming forrit, and

explaining how matters really stood; but curiosity keepit me chained to

the back shop, and I just thoucht I would bide a wee, and see how the

affair was like to end.

“Pray, wha are you, sir?” said Donald, putting his hands in his sides,

and looking through his specks upon Mr Weft, like a deevil incarnit.

“Wha are you, sir, that daur to speak to me in this manner?”

“Wha am I?” said the ither, drapping the remnant of the paper, which was

burnin’ close to his fingers, “I am Saunders Weft, manufacturer in

Hamilton—that’s what I am.”

“And I am Tonald Campbell, piper’s sister’s son to his grace the great,

grand Tuke of Argyll,” thundered out the Heelandman, wi’ a voice that

was fearsome to hear.

“And what about that?” quo’ Mr Weft, rather snappishly, as I thocht. “If

ye were the great, grand Duke of Argyll himsel, as ye ca’ him, I’ll no

permit you to kick up a dust in my shop.”

“Ye scounrel,” said Donald, seizing Mr Weft by the throat, and shaking

him till he tottered like an aspen leaf, “div ye mean to speak ill of

his grace the Tuke of Argyll?” And he gied him anither shake—then,

laying haud of his nose, he swore that he would pu’t as lang as a cow’s

tail, if he didna that instant restore him his lost property. At this

sicht I began to grue a’ ower, and now saw the needcessity of stapping

ben, and saving my employer frae farther damage, bodily and itherwise.

Nae sooner had I made my appearance than Donald let go his grip of Mr

Weft’s nose, and the latter, in a great passion, cried out—

“William M‘Gee, I tak ye to witness what I hae sufferit frae this

bluidthirsty Heelandman! It’s no to be endured in a Christian country.

I’ll hae the law of him, that I will. I’ll be whuppit but I’ll hae

amends, although it costs me twenty pounds!”

“What’s the matter?” quo’ I, pretending ignorance of the hale concern.

“What, in the name of Nebuchadnezzar, has set ye thegither by the lugs?”

Then Mr Weft began his tale, how he had been collared and weel nigh

thrappled in his ain shop;—then the ither tauld how, in the first place,

Mr Weft’s grandfaither, as he ca’d Nosey, had stolen his note, and how,

in the second place, Mr Weft himself had insulted the great, grand Duke

of Argyll. In a word, there was a desperate kick-up between them, the

ane threeping that he would tak the law of the ither immediately. Na, in

this respect Donald gaed the greatest length, for he swore that, rather

than be defeated, he wad carry his cause to the House of Lords, although

it cost him thretty pounds sterling. I now saw it was time to put in a

word.

“Hout-tout, gentlemen,” quo’ I, “what’s the use of a’ this

clishmaclaver? Ye’ve baith gotten the wrang sow by the lug, or my name’s

no William M‘Gee. I’ll wager ye a penny-piece, that my monkey Nosey is

at the bottom of the business.”

Nae sooner had I spoken the word, than the twa, looking round the shop,

spied the beastie sitting upon the shelf, girning at them, and putting

out his tongue, and wiggle-waggling his walking stick ower his left

elbow, as if he had been playing upon the fiddle. Mr Weft at this

apparition set up a loud laugh; his passion left him in a moment, when

he saw the ridiculous mistake that the Heelandman had fa’en into, and I

thocht he would hae bursted his sides wi’ evendown merriment. At first,

Donald lookit desperate angry, and, judging frae the way he was twisting

about his mouth and rowing his een, I opined that he intended some

deadly skaith to the monkey. But his gude sense, of which Heelandmen are

no a’thegither destitute, got the better of his anger, and he roared and

lauched like the very mischief. Nor was this a’, for nae sooner had he

began to lauch, than the monkey did the same thing, and held its sides

in preceesely the same manner, imitating his actions, in the maist

amusin’ way imaginable. This only set Donald a-lauching mair than ever,

and when he lifted up his nieve, and shook it at Nosey in a

gude-humoured way, what think ye that the cratur did? ’Od, man, he took

the note frae his pouch, whaur it lay rowed up like a ba’, and papping

it at Donald, hit him as fairly upon the nose as if it had been shot out

of a weel-aimed musket. There was nae resisting this. The haill three,

or rather the haill four, for Nosey joined us, set up a loud lauch; and

the Heelandman’s was the loudest of a’, showing that he was really a man

of sense, and could tak a joke as weel as his neighbours.

When the lauchin’ had a wee subsided, Mr Campbell, in order to show that

he had nae ill will to Mr Weft, axed his pardon for the rough way he had

treated him, but the worthy manufacturer wadna hear o’t. “Houts, man,”

quo’ he, “dinna say a word about it. It’s a mistak a’thegither, and

Solomon himsel, ye ken, whiles gaed wrang.” Whereupon the Heelandman

bought a Kilmarnock nicht-cap, price elevenpence ha’penny, frae Mr Weft,

and paid him wi’ part of the very note that brocht on the ferlie I hae

just been relating. But his gude wull didna end here, for he insisted on

takin’ us a’—Nosey amang the lave—to the nearest public, where he gied

us a frien’ly glass, and we keepit talking about monkeys, and what not,

in a manner at ance edifying and amusing to hear.

THE LADDER DANCER.

Men should know why

They write, and for what end; but note or text,

I never know the word which will come next;

So on I ramble, now and then narrating,

Now pondering.—_Byron._

It was a lovely evening in summer, when a crowd hallooing and shouting

in the street of L——, a village of the north of Scotland, at once

disturbed my reveries, and left me little leisure again to yield myself

to their wayward dominion. In sooth, I had no pretence for indifference

to a very singular spectacle of a something-like human being moving in

mid-air; and although its saltatory gambols in this unusual situation

could scarcely be called dancing, it was certainly intended to be like

it, however little the resemblance might be approved. A something

between a male and female in point of dress—a perfect hermaphrodite in

regard to costume—had mounted herself on gigantic stilts, on which she

hopped about, defying the secrecy even of the middle floors of the

surrounding houses, and in some cases giving her a peep into the attic

regions of less lofty domiciles. In this manner, stalking about from

side to side, like a crane among the reeds, the very Diable Boiteux

himself was never more inquisitive after the domestic concerns of his

neighbours, or better fitted to explore them by his invisibility, than

she was by her altitude. Her presence in mid-air, in more than one

instance, was the subject of alarm to the sober inmates of the street,

who, little suspicious of such intrusion, might perhaps be engaged in

household cares which did not court observation, or had sunk into the

relaxations of an undress, after the fatigues and heat of the day.

Everywhere the windows might be heard thrown up with impatient

haste,—the sash skirling and creaking in its ascent with the violence of

the effort, and immediately after, a head might be seen poked forward to

explore the “whence” and “wherefore,”—in short, to ask in one word, if

it could be so condensed, the meaning and purpose of this aërial

visitor.

The more desultory occupations of a little village hold but loosely

together the different classes of it. Master and servant approach more

nearly,—the one is less elevated, and the other less depressed, than in

great towns,—a show is at least as great a treat to the one as to the

other, and there is nothing in their respective notions of decorum to

repress their joyous feelings, while under the irresistible impulse of

the inimitable Mr Punch, or of the demure and clumsy bear, treading a

measure with the graces of a _Mercandotti_. In short, the more simple

elements of a villager’s mind are, like their own more robust frames,

more easily inflamed;—there is more excitable stuff about them, because

they are less frequently subjected to the tear and wear of novelty,

which towns constantly afford. The schoolmaster and the schoolboy alike

pour out from the lowly straw-roofed “academy,” with the same eager and

breathless haste, to catch a first glance, or secure a favourable post.

Syntax and arithmetic—blessed oblivion!—are for the moment forgotten.

Think of the ecstacies of the little culprit, who was perhaps under the

rod, if at that awful moment a troop of dancing dogs, with their full

accompaniment of pipe and tabor, came under the school window, and was

at once gladdened with a respite and a show. One moment watching the

grim smile of the pedagogue; next lost in wonder at the accomplished

puppets—nothing to disturb his bliss but the trammels of Concordance, or

the intricacies of the Rule of Three.

But if mere novelty has such delights for the younger portion, to escape

from the monotony of village life has not less charms for the graver

class of its inhabitants. An old gentleman, evidently unmindful of his

dishabille, popped his head forth of his casement, heedless of the red

Kilmarnock in which it was bedight, and gazed with eager curiosity on

the ambitious female who had now passed his lattice. He seemed to have

caught a hint of the _dereglement_ of his own costume, by remarking that

of his female neighbour at the adjoining window, who exposed

courageously the snowy ringlets which begirt the region of bumps and

qualities, in place of the brown and glossy curls, which, till that

ill-fated moment, were supposed to have belonged to it.[7] He withdrew

from sight with some precipitation, but whether in horror of his own

recklessness, or in deference to the heedlessness of his neighbour, must

for ever remain in doubt. Is it then strange if there was quite a

revel-rout in the streets of the little village, when old and young

alike responded to the wonder of the scene? To whatever quarter she

passed, not a window was down; labour was suspended to witness feats

which no labour of theirs could accomplish. Women, bearing with them the

marks of the household toils in which they had been last engaged, stood

at their doors, some with sarcastic, but all with curious gaze; while

the sunburnt Piedmontoise at times danced on her stilts a kind of mock

waltz, or hobbled from side to side, in ridicule, as it would seem, of

the livelier measure and footing of the quadrille. When, mounted on the

highest point of her stilts, she strided across the way, to collect or

to solicit pence, the little urchins hanging about their mothers, clung

more closely to them as she approached, and looked up to her, doubting

and fearful, as fish are said to be scared by a passing cloud. She was

most successful among the male spectators of the village. Her feats with

them excited no feelings of rivalry, and their notions of decorum were

not so easily disturbed as those of their helpmates, who, in refusing

their contribution, never withhold their reprobation of such

anti-Christian gambols.

Footnote 7:

I love to luxuriate in a note: it is like hunting in an unenclosed

country. One word about the affectations of Graybeards. Among all the

ten thousand reasons for their gray hairs, no one ever thought of

years as being at least a probable cause. It is one of the very few

hereditary peculiarities of physical constitution, which are loudly

proclaimed and gladly seized, to apologise for the sin of hoary locks.

Acute sorrow, or sudden surprise;—indigestion—that talismanic thing,

the nerves—love, speculation—or anything, in short, are all approved

theories to explain their first intrusion among the legitimate

ringlets of male and female persons of “no particular age.” Even it is

said that people have awoke gray who lay down under very different

colours; of course, they had had a bad dream, or lain on the wrong

side, but no conscientious perruquier could have sworn to their

identity under such a metamorphosis. In short, gray hairs are purely

accidental; they have nothing to do with years; and being deemed a

misfortune, have from time immemorial been always spoken of with

reverence, but nowhere that I can recollect are they spoken of with

affection, save in the beautiful song, “John Anderson, my Jo,” where

the kind-hearted wife invokes blessings on the frosty pow of her aged

partner.

“Gae awa wi’ you, ye idle randie! Weel sets the like o’ sic misleard

queans to gang about the country playing antics like a fule, to fules

like yoursel,” was the answer given by a middle-aged woman, who stood

near me, to the boy who carried round a wooden platter for the

halfpence, and who instantly retired, to save herself from the latter

part of her own reproach, dragging with her a ragged little rogue, who

begged hard to remain till the end of the exhibition. By this time the

procession had reached the end of the street, where some of the better

class of the inhabitants resided, and some preparations were made for a

more elaborate spectacle. The swarthy Savoyard, who accompanied the

ladder-dancer, after surveying the field, seemed to fix his station

opposite to a respectable-looking house, whose liberality he evidently

measured by its outward pretensions.

There is no state of helplessness equal to that of ignorance of the

language in which a favour is to be craved, and you may estimate the

proficiency of the foreigner in the intricacies of our own dialect by

the obsequiousness of his smile, which he at once adapts to the purposes

of solicitation, and of defence against insult and ridicule. While with

a look of preparation he bustled about, to gain attention, he grinned

and nodded to the windows which were occupied, while he held a ladder

upright, and placing his hat at the bottom of it to receive the niggard

bounty of the spectators, he stood at the back of it, supporting it with

both his hands. The lady of the stilts now advanced, and resting on one

of them, with considerable address lifted up the other and pushed it

forward, with an action that seemed to denote something like a

salutation, or obeisance,—a kind of aërial salaam. At this moment the

hall-door was opened, and a portly-looking woman of middle-age,

evidently the mistress of the household, came forward and planted

herself on the broad landing-place of the stair. There was about this

personage the round, full look which betokens ease and affluence; and

the firm, steady step which argues satisfaction with our condition. She

fixed herself on the door-step with the solid perpendicularity of

Pompey’s Pillar, and now and then turned round to some young girls who

attended her, as if to chide them for mixing her up with so silly an

exhibition.

I had supposed that the Piedmontoise would have laid aside her stilts

when she ascended the ladder, but far from it, for in this consisted the

singularity of the exhibition. She climbed the ladder, still mounted on

them, then descended like a cat on the other side of it; she hopped down

as she had hopped up, with equal steadiness and agility, and thought to

crown her efforts by a notable feat, which was no less than standing on

her head on the top of the ladder, and brandishing the two stilts, from

which she had disengaged herself, round about her, like the arms of a

windmill. It required no great skill to see that the old lady was very

much offended with this last performance, for when the little dish was

carried to her, and the ladder-dancer directed a beseeching look

accompanied by an attitude which seemed to imply that there were other

feats yet in reserve, if encouragement was held out, the patroness of

the stair-head could restrain herself no longer, but poured out a

torrent partaking both of objurgation and admonition.

“Ne’er-do-weel hussie,” and “vagrant gipsy,” were some of the sharp

missiles shot at the unsuspecting figurante, who, as little aware of the

meaning of all this “sharp-toothed violence,” as the bird is of the

mischief aimed at him by the fowler, sadly misapprehended its import,

and thinking it conveyed encouragement and approbation, ducked her head

in acknowledgment, while the thunder of the old lady’s reprobation

rolled about her in the most ceaseless rapidity of vituperation.

“Ye’re a pretty ane indeed, to play sic antics afore ony body’s house!

Hae ye naebody to learn ye better manners that to rin up and down a

ladder like a squirrel, twisting and turning yoursel till my banes are

sair to look at you? Muckle fitter gin ye would read your Bible, if as

much grace be left to ye; or maybe a religious tract, to begin wi’, for

I doubt ye wad need preparation afore ye could drink at the spring-head

wi’ ony special profit.”

The last part was conveyed with a kind of smile of self-approbation; for

of all tasks, to reclaim a sinner is the most pleasing and soothing to

religious vanity;—so comfortable it is to be allowed to scold on any

terms, but doubly delightful, because it always implies superiority. But

the ladder-dancer and her attendant were aware of no part of what was

passing in the mind of the female lecturer, and fully as ignorant of the

eloquent address I have just repeated; she only saw, in the gracious

looks in which her feats were condemned, an approval of her labours, for

it passed her philosophy to comprehend the ungodly qualities of standing

on the head, or whirling like a top. Again the ladder-dancer cringed and

bowed to her of the stair-head; and her male supporter, who acted as a

kind of pedestal to her elevation, bowed and grinned a little more

grimly, while the boy held out his plate to receive the results of all

this assiduity. But they could not command a single word of broad

English among them. Theirs only was the eloquence of nods and grimaces;

a monkey could have done as much, and in the present humour of the old

lady, would have been as much approved. The ladder-dancer grew

impatient, and seemed determined on an effort to close her labours.

“Ah, Madame!” she exclaimed; “Madame” was repeated by the man, and

“Madame” was re-echoed by the boy.

“Nane o’ your nonsense wi’ me,” was the response from the stair-head;

“your madam’ing, and I dinna ken what mair havers. Ye needna fash your

head to stand there a’ day girning at me, and making sic outlandish

sport. I’m mair fule than you, that bides to look at you; a fine tale

they’d hae to tell that could say they saw me here, idling my precious

time on the like o’ you.”

She now whispered to one of the girls, who retired, and soon after

returned, giving her a small parcel, which she examined, and seemed to

say all was right. She beckoned the ladder-dancer, who slid down with

cat-like agility, and was instantly with her, standing a step lower, in

deference to the doughty dame.

“Here,” said she, with a gruff air, which was rather affected than real,

“tak these precious gifts,” handing her a bunch of religious tracts.

“See if ye canna find out your spiritual wants, and learn to seek for

the ‘Pearl of Price.’ My certie, but ye’re a weel-faured hussie,”

examining her more narrowly, “but your gaits are no that commendable;

but for a’ that, a mair broken ship has reached the land.”

I could observe that she slipped a half-crown into the hand of the

Piedmontoise; and as she turned away to avoid thanks, an elderly

gentleman (perhaps her husband), who stood by, said in a low voice,—

“That’s like yoursel, Darsie; your bark was aye waur than your bite, ony

day!”—_Blackwood’s Magazine_, 1826.

THE ELDER’S DEATH-BED.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

It was on a fierce and howling day that I was crossing the dreary moor

of Auchindown, on my way to the manse of that parish—a solitary

pedestrian. The snow, which had been incessantly falling for a week

past, was drifted into beautiful but dangerous wreaths, far and wide,

over the melancholy expanse; and the scene kept visibly shifting before

me, as the strong wind that blew from every point of the compass struck

the dazzling masses, and heaved them up and down in endless

transformation. There was something inspiriting in the labour with

which, in the buoyant strength of youth, I forced my way through the

storm; and I could not but enjoy those gleamings of sunlight that ever

and anon burst through some unexpected opening in the sky, and gave a

character of cheerfulness, and even warmth, to the sides or summits of

the stricken hills. Sometimes the wind stopped of a sudden, and then the

air was as silent as the snow—not a murmur to be heard from spring or

stream, now all frozen up over those high moorlands. As the momentary

cessations of the sharp drift allowed my eyes to look onwards and

around, I saw here and there, up the little opening valleys, cottages

just visible beneath the black stems of their snow-covered clumps of

trees, or beside some small spot of green pasture kept open for the

sheep. These intimations of life and happiness came delightfully to me

in the midst of the desolation; and the barking of a dog, attending some

shepherd in his quest on the hill, put fresh vigour into my limbs,

telling me that, lonely as I seemed to be, I was surrounded by cheerful,

though unseen company, and that I was not the only wanderer over the

snows.

As I walked along, my mind was insensibly filled with a crowd of

pleasant images of rural winter life, that helped me gladly onwards over

many miles of moor. I thought of the severe but cheerful labours of the

barn—the mending of farm-gear by the fireside—the wheel turned by the

foot of old age less for gain than as a thrifty pastime—the skilful

mother making “auld claes look amaist as weel’s the new”—the ballad

unconsciously listened to by the family all busy at their own tasks

round the singing maiden—the old traditionary tale, told by some

wayfarer hospitably housed till the storm should blow by—the unexpected

visit of neighbours on need or friendship—or the footstep of lover

undeterred by snow-drifts that have buried up his flocks;—but above all,

I thought of those hours of religious worship that have not yet escaped

from the domestic life of the peasantry of Scotland—of the sound of

psalms that the depth of the snow cannot deaden to the ear of Him to

whom they are chanted—and of that sublime Sabbath-keeping which, on days

too tempestuous for the kirk, changes the cottage of the shepherd into

the temple of God.

With such glad and peaceful images in my heart, I travelled along that

dreary moor, with the cutting wind in my face, and my feet sinking in

the snow, or sliding on the hard blue ice beneath it—as cheerfully as I

ever walked in the dewy warmth of a summer morning, through fields of

fragrance and of flowers. And now I could discern, within half an hour’s

walk, before me, the spire of the church, close to which stood the manse

of my aged friend and benefactor. My heart burned within me as a sudden

gleam of stormy sunlight tipped it with fire; and I felt, at that

moment, an inexpressible sense of the sublimity of the character of that

grayheaded shepherd who had, for fifty years, abode in the wilderness,

keeping together his own happy little flock.

As I was ascending a knoll, I saw before me on horseback an old man,

with his long white hairs beaten against his face, who, nevertheless,

advanced with a calm countenance against the hurricane. It was no other

than my father, of whom I had been thinking—for my father had I called

him for many years, and for many years my father had he truly been. My

surprise at meeting him on such a moor—on such a day—was but momentary,

for I knew that he was a shepherd who cared not for the winter’s wrath.

As he stopped to take my hand kindly into his, and to give his blessing

to his long-expected visitor, the wind fell calm—the whole face of the

sky was softened, and brightness, like a smile, went over the blushing

and crimson snow. The very elements seemed then to respect the hoary

head of fourscore; and after our first greeting was over, when I looked

around, in my affection, I felt how beautiful was winter.

“I am going,” said he, “to visit a man at the point of death; a man whom

you cannot have forgotten; whose head will be missed in the kirk next

Sabbath by all my congregation; a devout man, who feared God all his

days, and whom, on this awful trial, God will assuredly remember. I am

going, my son, to the Hazel Glen.”

I knew well in childhood that lonely farmhouse, so far off among the

beautiful wild green hills, and it was not likely that I had forgotten

the name of its possessor. For six years’ Sabbaths I had seen the Elder

in his accustomed place beneath the pulpit, and, with a sort of solemn

fear, had looked on his steadfast countenance during sermon, psalm, and

prayer. On returning to the scenes of my infancy, I now met the pastor

going to pray by his deathbed; and, with the privilege which nature

gives us to behold, even in their last extremity, the loving and the

beloved, I turned to accompany him to the house of sorrow, resignation,

and death.

And now, for the first time, I observed walking close to the feet of his

horse, a little boy of about ten years of age, who kept frequently

looking up in the pastor’s face, with his blue eyes bathed in tears. A

changeful expression of grief, hope, and despair, made almost pale

cheeks that otherwise were blooming in health and beauty; and I

recognised, in the small features and smooth forehead of childhood, a

resemblance to the aged man whom we understood was now lying on his

death-bed. “They had to send his grandson for me through the snow, mere

child as he is,” said the minister to me, looking tenderly on the boy;

“but love makes the young heart bold—and there is One who tempers the

wind to the shorn lamb.”

I again looked on the fearless child with his rosy cheeks, blue eyes,

and yellow hair, so unlike grief or sorrow, yet now sobbing aloud as if

his heart would break. “I do not fear but that my grandfather will yet

recover, as soon as the minister has said one single prayer by his

bedside. I had no hope, or little, as I was running by myself to the

manse over hill after hill, but I am full of hopes, now that we are

together; and oh! if God suffers my grandfather to recover, I will lie

awake all the long winter nights blessing Him for His mercy. I will rise

up in the middle of the darkness, and pray to Him in the cold on my

naked knees!” and here his voice was choked, while he kept his eyes

fixed, as if for consolation and encouragement, on the solemn and

pitying countenance of the kind-hearted pious old man.

We soon left the main road, and struck off through scenery that, covered

as it was with the bewildering snow, I sometimes dimly and sometimes

vividly remembered; our little guide keeping ever a short distance

before us, and with a sagacity like that of instinct, showing us our

course, of which no trace was visible, save occasionally his own little

footprints as he had been hurrying to the manse.

After crossing, for several miles, morass and frozen rivulet, and

drifted hollow, with here and there the top of a stone-wall peeping

through the snow, or the more visible circle of a sheep-bucht, we

descended into the Hazel-glen, and saw before us the solitary house of

the dying Elder.

A gleam of days gone by came suddenly over my soul. The last time that I

had been in this glen was on a day of June, fifteen years before,—a

holiday, the birthday of the king. A troop of laughing schoolboys,

headed by our benign pastor, we danced over the sunny braes, and

startled the linnets from their nests among the yellow broom. Austere as

seemed to us the Elder’s Sabbath face when sitting in the kirk, we

schoolboys knew that it had its week-day smiles, and we flew on the

wings of joy to our annual festival of curds and cream in the farm-house

of that little sylvan world. We rejoiced in the flowers and the leaves

of that long, that interminable summer day; its memory was with our

boyish hearts from June to June; and the sound of that sweet name,

“Hazel Glen,” often came upon us at our tasks, and brought too brightly

into the school-room the pastoral imagery of that mirthful solitude.

As we now slowly approached the cottage through a deep snow-drift, which

the distress within had prevented the household from removing, we saw

peeping out from the door, brothers and sisters of our little guide, who

quickly disappeared, and then their mother showed herself in their

stead, expressing by her raised eyes, and arms folded across her breast,

how thankful she was to see at last the pastor, beloved in joy and

trusted in trouble.

Soon as the venerable old man dismounted from his horse, our active

little guide led it away into the humble stable, and we entered the

cottage. Not a sound was heard but the ticking of the clock. The matron,

who had silently welcomed us at the door, led us, with suppressed sighs

and a face stained with weeping, into her father’s sick room, which even

in that time of sore distress was as orderly as if health had blessed

the house. I could not help remarking some old china ornaments on the

chimneypiece, and in the window was an ever-blowing rose-tree, that

almost touched the lowly roof, and brightened that end of the apartment

with its blossoms. There was something tasteful in the simple furniture;

and it seemed as if grief could not deprive the hand of that matron of

its careful elegance. Sickness, almost hopeless sickness, lay there,

surrounded with the same cheerful and beautiful objects which health had

loved; and she, who had arranged and adorned the apartment in her

happiness, still kept it from disorder and decay in her sorrow.

With a gentle hand she drew the curtain of the bed, and there, supported

by pillows as white as the snow that lay without, reposed the dying

Elder. It was plain that the hand of God was upon him, and that his days

on the earth were numbered.

He greeted his minister with a faint smile, and a slight inclination of

the head—for his daughter had so raised him on the pillows, that he was

almost sitting up in his bed. It was easy to see that he knew himself to

be dying, and that his soul was prepared for the great change; yet,

along with the solemn resignation of a Christian who had made his peace

with God and his Saviour, there was blended on his white and sunken

countenance an expression of habitual reverence for the minister of his

faith; and I saw that he could not have died in peace without that

comforter to pray by his death-bed.

A few words sufficed to tell who was the stranger;—and the dying man,

blessing me by name, held out to me his cold shrivelled hand, in token

of recognition. I took my seat at a small distance from the bedside, and

left a closer station for those who were more dear. The pastor sat down

near his head; and, by the bed, leaning on it with gentle hands, stood

that matron, his daughter-in-law—a figure that would have graced and

sainted a higher dwelling, and whose native beauty was now more touching

in its grief. But religion upheld her whom nature was bowing down. Not

now for the first time were the lessons taught by her father to be put

into practice, for I saw that she was clothed in deep mourning and she

behaved like the daughter of a man whose life had been not only

irreproachable but lofty, with fear and hope fighting desperately but

silently in the core of her pure and pious heart.

While we thus remained in silence, the beautiful boy, who, at the risk

of his life, had brought the minister of religion to the bedside of his

beloved grandfather, softly and cautiously opened the door, and with the

hoar-frost yet unmelted on his bright glistering ringlets, walked up to

the pillow, evidently no stranger there. He no longer sobbed—he no

longer wept—for hope had risen strongly within his innocent heart, from

the consciousness of love so fearlessly exerted, and from the presence

of the holy man in whose prayers he trusted, as in the intercession of

some superior and heavenly nature. There he stood, still as an image in

his grandfather’s eyes, that, in their dimness, fell upon him with

delight. Yet, happy as was the trusting child, his heart was devoured by

fear, and he looked as if one word might stir up the flood of tears that

had subsided in his heart. As he crossed the dreary and dismal moors, he

had thought of a corpse, a shroud, and a grave; he had been in terror,

lest death should strike in his absence the old man, with whose gray

hairs he had so often played; but now he _saw_ him alive, and felt that

death was not able to tear him away from the clasps, and links, and

fetters of his grandchild’s embracing love.

“If the storm do not abate,” said the sick man, after a pause, “it will

be hard for my friends to carry me over the drifts to the kirkyard.”

This sudden approach to the grave struck, as with a bar of ice, the

heart of the loving boy; and, with a long deep sigh, he fell down with

his face like ashes on the bed, while the old man’s palsied right hand

had just strength to lay itself upon his head. “Blessed be thou, my

little Jamie, even for His own name’s sake who died for us on the tree!”

The mother, without terror, but with an averted face, lifted up her

loving-hearted boy, now in a dead fainting-fit, and carried him into an

adjoining room, where he soon revived. But that child and the old man

were not to be separated. In vain he was asked to go to his brothers and

sisters;—pale, breathless, and shivering, he took his place as before,

with eyes fixed on his grandfather’s face, but neither weeping nor

uttering a word. Terror had frozen up the blood of his heart; but his

were now the only dry eyes in the room; and the pastor himself

wept—albeit the grief of fourscore is seldom vented in tears.

“God has been gracious to me, a sinner,” said the dying man. “During

thirty years that I have been an elder in your kirk, never have I missed

sitting there one Sabbath. When the mother of my children was taken from

me—it was on a Tuesday she died, and on Saturday she was buried—we stood

together when my Alice was let down into the narrow house made for all

living; on the Sabbath I joined in the public worship of God: she

commanded me to do so the night before she went away. I could not join

in the psalm that Sabbath, for her voice was not in the throng. Her

grave was covered up, and grass and flowers grew there; so was my heart;

but thou, whom, through the blood of Christ, I hope to see this night in

Paradise, knowest that, from that hour to this day, never have I

forgotten thee!”

The old man ceased speaking, and his grandchild, now able to endure the

scene (for strong passion is its own support), glided softly to a little

table, and bringing a cup in which a cordial had been mixed, held it in

his small soft hands to his grandfather’s lips. He drank, and then said,

“Come closer to me, Jamie, and kiss me for thine own and thy father’s

sake;” and as the child fondly pressed his rosy lips on those of his

grandfather, so white and withered, the tears fell over all the old

man’s face, and then trickled down on the golden head of the child, at

last sobbing in his bosom.

“Jamie, thy own father has forgotten thee in thy infancy, and me in my

old age; but, Jamie, forget not thou thy father nor thy mother, for that

thou knowest and feelest is the commandment of God.”

The broken-hearted boy could give no reply. He had gradually stolen

closer and closer unto the old loving man, and now was lying, worn out

with sorrow, drenched and dissolved in tears, in his grandfather’s

bosom. His mother had sunk down on her knees and hid her face with her

hands. “Oh! if my husband knew but of this—he would never, never desert

his dying father!” and I now knew that the Elder was praying on his

death-bed for a disobedient and wicked son.

At this affecting time the minister took the family Bible on his knees,

and said, “Let us sing to the praise and glory of God, part of the

fifteenth psalm;” and he read, with a tremulous and broken voice, those

beautiful verses:—

“Within thy tabernacle, Lord,

Who shall abide with thee?

And in Thy high and holy hill

Who shall a dweller be?

The man that walketh uprightly,

And worketh righteousness,

And as he thinketh in his heart,

So doth he truth express.”

The small congregation sang the noble hymn of the psalmist to “plaintiff

Martyrs, worthy of the name.” The dying man himself, ever and anon,

joined in the holy music; and when it feebly died away on his quivering

lips, he continued still to follow the tune with the motion of his

withered hand, and eyes devoutly and humbly lifted up to heaven. Nor was

the sweet voice of his loving grandchild unheard; as if the strong fit

of deadly passion had dissolved in the music, he sang with a sweet and

silvery voice, that, to a passer-by, had seemed that of perfect

happiness—a hymn sung in joy upon its knees by gladsome childhood before

it flew out among the green hills, to quiet labour or gleesome play. As

that sweetest voice came from the bosom of the old man, where the singer

lay in affection, and blended with his own so tremulous, never had I

felt so affectingly brought before me the beginning and the end of life,

the cradle and the grave.

Ere the psalm was yet over, the door was opened, and a tall fine-looking

man entered, but with a lowering and dark countenance, seemingly in

sorrow, in misery, and remorse. Agitated, confounded, and awe-struck by

the melancholy and dirge-like music, he sat down on a chair, and looked

with a ghastly face towards his father’s death-bed. When the psalm

ceased, the Elder said with a solemn voice, “My son, thou art come in

time to receive thy father’s blessing. May the remembrance of what will

happen in this room before the morning again shine over the Hazel Glen

win thee from the error of thy ways! Thou art here, to witness the mercy

of thy God and thy Saviour, whom thou hast forgotten.”

The minister looked, if not with a stern, yet with an upbraiding

countenance, on the young man, who had not recovered his speech, and

said, “William! for three years past your shadow has not darkened the

door of the house of God. They who fear not the thunder may tremble at

the still small voice; now is the hour for repentance, that your

father’s spirit may carry up to heaven tidings of a contrite soul saved

from the company of sinners!”

The young man, with much effort, advanced to the bedside, and at last

found voice to say, “Father, I am not without the affections of nature,

and I hurried home as soon as I heard that the minister had been seen

riding towards our house. I hope that you will yet recover, and if I

have ever made you unhappy, I ask your forgiveness; for though I may not

think as you do on matters of religion, I have a human heart. Father! I

may have been unkind, but I am not cruel. I ask your forgiveness.”

“Come nearer to me, William; kneel down by the bedside, and let my hand

find the head of my beloved son—for blindness is coming fast upon me.

Thou wert my first-born, and thou art my only living son. All thy

brothers and sisters are lying in the kirkyard, beside her whose sweet

face thine own, William, did once so much resemble. Long wert thou the

joy, the pride of my soul—ay, too much the pride, for there was not in

all the parish such a man, such a son, as my own William. If thy heart

has since been changed, God may inspire it again with right thoughts.

Could I die for thy sake—could I purchase thy salvation with the

outpouring of thy father’s blood—but this the Son of God has done for

thee, who hast denied Him! I have sorely wept for thee—ay, William, when

there was none near me—even as David wept for Absalom, for thee, my son,

my son!”

A long deep groan was the only reply; but the whole body of the kneeling

man was convulsed; and it was easy to see his sufferings, his

contrition, his remorse, and his despair. The pastor said, with a

sterner voice and austerer countenance than were natural to him, “Know

you whose hand is now lying on your rebellious head? But what signifies

the word father to him who has denied God, the Father of us all?”—“Oh!

press him not so hardly,” said the weeping wife, coming forward from a

dark corner of the room, where she had tried to conceal herself in

grief, fear, and shame. “Spare, oh! spare my husband—he has ever been

kind to me;” and with that she knelt down beside him, with her long,

soft, white arms mournfully and affectionately laid across his neck. “Go

thou, likewise, my sweet little Jamie,” said the Elder, “go even out of

my bosom, and kneel down beside thy father and thy mother, so that I may

bless you all at once, and with one yearning prayer.” The child did as

that solemn voice commanded, and knelt down somewhat timidly by his

father’s side; nor did that unhappy man decline encircling with his arm

the child too much neglected, but still dear to him as his own blood, in

spite of the deadening and debasing influence of infidelity.

“Put the Word of God into the hands of my son, and let him read aloud to

his dying father the 25th, 26th, and 27th verses of the eleventh chapter

of the Gospel according to St John.” The pastor went up to the kneelers,

and, with a voice of pity, condolence, and pardon, said, “There was a

time when none, William, could read the Scriptures better than couldst

thou—can it be that the son of my friend hath forgotten the lessons of

his youth?” He had not forgotten them; there was no need for the

repentant sinner to lift up his eyes from the bedside. The sacred stream

of the Gospel had worn a channel in his heart, and the waters were again

flowing. With a choked voice he said, “Jesus said unto her, I am the

Resurrection and the Life: he that believeth in me, though he were dead,

yet shall he live: and whosoever liveth and believeth in me, shall never

die. Believest thou this? She saith unto him, Yea, Lord; I believe that

thou art the Christ, the Son of God, which should come into the world.”

“That is not an unbeliever’s voice,” said the dying man triumphantly;

“nor, William, hast thou an unbeliever’s heart. Say that thou believest

in what thou hast now read, and thy father will die happy!”—“I do

believe; and as thou forgivest me, so may I be forgiven by my Father who

is in heaven.”

The Elder seemed like a man suddenly inspired with a new life. His faded

eyes kindled—his pale cheeks glowed—his palsied hands seemed to wax

strong—and his voice was clear as that of manhood in its prime. “Into

Thy hands, O God, I commit my spirit!”—and so saying, he gently sank

back on his pillow; and I thought I heard a sigh. There was then a long

deep silence, and the father, and mother, and child rose from their

knees. The eyes of us all were turned towards the white placid face of

the figure now stretched in everlasting rest; and without lamentations,

save the silent lamentations of the resigned soul, we stood around the

“Death-bed of the Elder.”

A HIGHLAND FEUD.

BY SIR WALTER SCOTT.

The principal possessors of the Hebrides were originally of the name of

MacDonald, the whole being under the government of a succession of

chiefs, who bore the name of Donald of the Isles, and were possessed of

authority almost independent of the kings of Scotland. But this great

family becoming divided into two or three branches, other chiefs settled

in some of the islands, and disputed the property of the original

proprietors. Thus, the MacLeods, a powerful and numerous clan, who had

extensive estates on the mainland, made themselves masters, at a very

early period, of a great part of the large island of Skye, seized upon

much of the Long Island, as the isles of Lewis and Harris are called,

and fought fiercely with the MacDonalds and other tribes of the islands.

The following is an example of the mode in which these feuds were

conducted:—

About the end of the sixteenth century, a boat, manned by one or two of

the MacLeods, landed in Eigg, a small island peopled by the MacDonalds.

They were at first hospitably received; but having been guilty of some

incivility to the young women of the island, it was so much resented by

the inhabitants, that they tied the MacLeods hand and foot, and putting

them on board of their own boat, towed it to the sea, and set it adrift,

leaving the wretched men, bound as they were, to perish by famine, or by

the winds and waves, as chance should determine. But fate so ordered it,

that a boat belonging to the Laird of MacLeod fell in with that which

had the captives on board, and brought them in safety to the Laird’s

castle of Dunvegan, in Skye, where they complained of the injury which

they had sustained from the MacDonalds of Eigg. MacLeod, in great rage,

put to sea with his galleys, manned by a large body of his people, which

the men of Eigg could not entertain any rational hope of resisting.

Learning that their incensed enemy was approaching with superior forces,

and deep vows of revenge, the inhabitants, who knew they had no mercy to

expect at MacLeod’s hands, resolved, as the best chance of safety in

their power, to conceal themselves in a large cavern on the sea-shore.

This place was particularly well-calculated for that purpose. The

entrance resembles that of a fox-earth, being an opening so small that a

man cannot enter save by creeping on hands and knees. A rill of water

falls from the top of the rock, and serves, or rather served at the

period we speak of, wholly to conceal the aperture. A stranger, even

when apprised of the existence of such a cave, would find the greatest

difficulty in discovering the entrance. Within, the cavern rises to a

great height, and the floor is covered with white dry sand. It is

extensive enough to contain a great number of people. The whole

inhabitants of Eigg, who, with their wives and families, amounted to

nearly two hundred souls, took refuge within its precincts.

MacLeod arrived with his armament, and landed on the island, but could

discover no one on whom to wreak his vengeance—all was desert. The

MacLeods destroyed the huts of the islanders, and plundered what

property they could discover; but the vengeance of the chieftain could

not be satisfied with such petty injuries. He knew that the inhabitants

must either have fled in their boats to one of the islands possessed by

the MacDonalds, or that they must be concealed somewhere in Eigg. After

making a strict but unsuccessful search for two days, MacLeod had

appointed the third to leave his anchorage, when, in the gray of the

morning, one of the seamen beheld, from the deck of his galley, the

figure of a man on the island. This was a spy whom the MacDonalds,

impatient of their confinement in the cavern, had imprudently sent out

to see whether MacLeod had retired or no. The poor fellow, when he saw

himself discovered, endeavoured, by doubling after the manner of a hare

or fox, to obliterate the track of his footsteps, and prevent its being

discovered where he had re-entered the cavern. But all his art was in

vain; the invaders again landed, and tracked him to the entrance of the

cavern.

MacLeod then summoned those who were within it, and called upon them to

deliver the individuals who had maltreated his men, to be disposed of at

his pleasure. The MacDonalds, still confident in the strength of their

fastness, which no assailant could enter but on hands and knees, refused

to surrender their clansmen.

MacLeod then commenced a dreadful work of indiscriminate vengeance. He

caused his people, by means of a ditch cut above the top of the rock, to

turn away the stream of water which fell over the entrance of the

precipice. This being done, the MacLeods collected all the combustibles

which could be found on the island, particularly quantities of dry

heather, piled them up against the aperture, and maintained an immense

fire for many hours, until the smoke, penetrating into the inmost

recesses of the cavern, stifled to death every creature within. There is

no doubt of the truth of this story, dreadful as it is. The cavern is

often visited by strangers; and I have myself seen the place, where the

bones of the murdered MacDonalds still remain, lying as thick on the

floor of the cave as in the charnel-house of a church.

THE RESURRECTION MEN.

BY D. M. MOIR, M.D.

How then was the Devil drest?

He was in his Sunday’s best;

His coat was red, and his breeches were blue,

With a hole behind, where his tail came through.

Over the hill, and over the dale,

And he went over the plain:

And backward and forward he switched his tail,

As a gentleman switches his cane.

_Coleridge._

About this time[8] there arose a great sough and surmise that some loons

were playing false with the kirkyard, howking up the bodies from their

damp graves, and hurling them away to the college. Words canna describe

the fear, and the dool, and the misery it caused. All flocked to the

kirk yett; and the friends of the newly buried stood by the mools, which

were yet dark, and the brown, newly-cast divots, that had not yet ta’en

root, looking with mournful faces, to descry any tokens of sinking in.

Footnote 8:

See _ante_, “Benjie’s Christening,” page 214.

I’ll never forget it. I was standing by when three young lads took

shools, and, lifting up the truff, proceeded to howk down to the coffin,

wherein they had laid the gray hairs of their mother. They looked wild

and bewildered like, and the glance of their een was like that of folk

out of a mad-house; and none dared in the world to have spoken to them.

They didna even speak to ane anither; but wrought on wi’ a great hurry

till the spades struck on the coffin-lid—which was broken. The

dead-claithes were there huddled a’thegither in a nook, but the dead was

gane. I took haud o’ Willie Walker’s arm, and looked down. There was a

cauld sweat all ower me;—losh me! but I was terribly frighted and eerie.

Three mair graves were opened, and a’ just alike, save and except that

of a wee unkirstened wean, which was aff bodily, coffin and a’.

There was a burst of righteous indignation throughout the parish; nor

without reason. Tell me that doctors and graduates maun hae the dead;

but tell it not to Mansie Wauch, that our hearts maun be trampled in the

mire of scorn, and our best feelings laughed at, in order that a bruise

may be properly plaistered up, or a sair head cured. Verily, the remedy

is waur than the disease.

But what remead? It was to watch in the session-house, with loaded guns,

night about, three at a time. I never likit to gang into the kirkyard

after darkening, let-a-be to sit there through a lang winter night,

windy and rainy, it may be, wi’ nane but the dead around us. Save us! it

was an unco thought, and garred a’ my flesh creep; but the cause was

gude,—my spirit was roused, and I was determined no to be dauntoned.

I counted and counted, but the dread day at length came, and I was

summonsed. All the leivelang afternoon, when ca’ing the needle upon the

brod, I tried to whistle Jenny Nettles, Niel Gow, and ither funny tunes,

and whiles crooned to mysel between hands; but my consternation was

visible, and a’ wadna do.

It was in November, and the cauld glimmering sun sank behind the

Pentlands. The trees had been shorn of their frail leaves; and the misty

night was closing fast in upon the dull and short day; but the candles

glittered at the shop windows, and leery-light-the-lamps was brushing

about wi’ his ladder in his oxter, and bleezing flamboy sparking out

behind him. I felt a kind of qualm of faintness and down-sinking about

my heart and stomach, to the dispelling of which I took a thimbleful of

spirits, and, tying my red comforter about my neck, I marched briskly to

the session-house. A neighbour (Andrew Goldie, the pensioner) lent me

his piece, and loaded it to me. He took tent that it was only half-cock,

and I wrapped a napkin round the dog-head, for it was raining. No being

acquaint wi’ guns, I keepit the muzzle aye awa frae me; as it is every

man’s duty no to throw his precious life into jeopardy.

A furm was set before the session-house fire, which bleezed brightly,

nor had I ony thought that such an unearthly place could have been made

to look half so comfortable, either by coal or candle; so my speerits

rose up as if a weight had been ta’en aff them, and I wondered in my

bravery, that a man like me could be afeard of onything. Nobody was

there but a touzy, ragged, halflins callant of thirteen (for I speired

his age), wi’ a desperate dirty face, and lang carroty hair, tearing a

speldrin wi’ his teeth, which lookit lang and sharp eneugh, and throwing

the skin and lugs intil the fire.

We sat for amaist an hour thegither, cracking the best way we could in

sic a place; nor was onybody mair likely to cast up. The night was now

pit-mirk; the wind soughed amid the headstanes and railings of the

gentry (for we maun a’ dee); and the black corbies in the steeple-holes

cackled and crawed in a fearsome manner. A’ at ance we heard a lonesome

sound; and my heart began to play pit-pat—my skin grew a’ rough, like a

poukit chicken—and I felt as if I didna ken what was the matter with me.

It was only a false alarm, however, being the warning of the clock; and

in a minute or twa thereafter the bell struck ten. Oh, but it was a

lonesome and dreary sound! Every chap gaed through my breast like the

dunt of a forehammer.

Then up and spak the red headed laddie: “It’s no fair; anither should

hae come by this time. I wad rin awa hame, only I’m frightened to gang

out my lane. Do ye think the doup o’ that candle wad carry in my cap?”

“Na, na, lad; we maun bide here, as we are here now. Leave me alane!

Lord save us! and the yett lockit, and the bethrel sleepin’ wi’ the key

in his breek-pouches! We canna win out now, though we would,” answered

I, trying to look brave, though half frightened out of my seven senses.

“Sit down, sit down; I’ve baith whisky and porter wi’ me. Hae, man,

there’s a cauker to keep your heart warm; and set down that bottle,”

quoth I, wiping the sawdust aff it with my hand, “to get a toast; I’se

warrant it for Deacon Jaffrey’s best brown stout.”

The wind blew higher, and like a hurricane; the rain began to fall in

perfect spouts; the auld kirk rumbled, and rowed, and made a sad

soughing; and the bourtree tree behind the house, where auld Cockburn,

that cuttit his throat, was buried, creakit and crazed in a frightful

manner; but as to the roaring of the troubled waters, and the bumming in

the lum-head, they were past a’ power of description. To make bad worse,

just in the heart of the brattle, the grating sound of the yett turning

on its rusty hinges was but too plainly heard. What was to be done? I

thought of our baith running away; and then of our locking oursels in,

and firing through the door; but wha was to pull the trigger?

Gudeness watch ower us! I tremble yet when I think on’t. We were

perfectly between the deil and the deep sea—either to stand and fire our

gun, or rin and be shot at. It was really a hang choice. As I stood

swithering and shaking, the laddie ran to the door, and thrawing round

the key, clapped his back till’t. Oh! how I lookit at him, as he stude,

for a gliff, like a magpie hearkening wi’ his lug cockit up, or rather

like a terrier watching a rotten.

“They’re coming! they’re coming!” he cried out; “cock the piece, ye

sumph,” while the red hair rose up from his pow like feathers; “they’re

coming, I hear them tramping on the gravel!” Out he stretched his arms

against the wall, and brizzed his back against the door like mad; as if

he had been Samson pushing over the pillars in the house of Dagon. “For

the Lord’s sake, prime the gun,” he cried out, “or our throats will be

cut frae lug to lug, before we can say Jack Robinson! See that there’s

priming in the pan!”

I did the best I could; but my hale strength could hardly lift up the

piece, which waggled to and fro like a cock’s tail on a rainy day; my

knees knockit against ane anither, and though I was resigned to dee—I

trust I was resigned to dee—’od, but it was a frightfu’ thing to be out

of ane’s bed, and to be murdered in an auld session-house, at the dead

hour of night, by unyearthly resurrection-men—or rather let me call them

devils incarnate—wrapt up in dreadnoughts, wi’ blackit faces, pistols,

big sticks, and other deadly weapons.

A snuff-snuffing was heard; and through below the door I saw a pair of

glancing black een. ’Od, but my heart nearly loupit aff the bit—a snouff

and a gur—gurring, and ower a’ the plain tramp of a man’s heavy tackets

and cuddy-heels amang the gravel. Then cam a great slap like thunder on

the wall; and the laddie quitting his grip, fell down, crying, “Fire,

fire!—murder! holy murder!”

“Wha’s there?” growled a deep rough voice; “open—I’m a friend.”

I tried to speak, but could not; something like a halfpenny roll was

sticking in my throat, so I tried to cough it up, but it wadna come.

“Gie the pass-word, then,” said the laddie, staring as if his een wad

loupen out; “gie the pass-word!”

First cam a loud whussle, and then “Copmahagen,” answered the voice. Oh!

what a relief! The laddie started up like ane crazy wi’ joy. “Ou! ou!”

cried he, thrawing round the key, and rubbing his hands, “by jingo! it’s

the bethrel—it’s the bethrel—it’s auld Isaac himsel!”

First rushed in the dog, and then Isaac, wi’ his glazed hat, slouched

ower his brow, and his horn bowet glimmering by his knee. “Has the

French landit, do ye think? Losh keep us a’!” said he, wi’ a smile on

his half-idiot face (for he was a kind of a sort of a natural, wi’ an

infirmity in his leg). “’Od sauf us, man, put by your gun. Ye dinna mean

to shoot me, do ye? What are ye aboot here wi’ the door lockit? I just

keppit four resurrectioners louping ower the wa’.”

“Gude guide us!” I said, taking a long breath to drive the blude frae my

heart, and something relieved by Isaac’s company. “Come now, Isaac,

ye’re just giein’ us a fright. Isn’t that true, Isaac?”

“Yes, I’m joking,—and what for no? But they might have been, for

onything ye wad hae hindered them to the contrair, I’m thinking. Na, na,

ye maunna lock the door; that’s no fair play.”

When the door was put ajee, and the furm set fornent the fire, I gied

Isaac a dram to keep his heart up on sic a cauld, stormy night. ’Od, but

he was a droll fallow, Isaac. He sung and leuch as if he had been

boozing in Lucky Tamson’s, wi’ some of his drucken cronies. Fient a hair

cared he about auld kirks, or kirkyards, or vouts, or through-stanes, or

dead folk in their winding-sheets, wi’ the wet grass growing ower them;

and at last I began to brighten up a wee mysel; so when he had gone ower

a good few funny stories, I said to him, quoth I, “Mony folk, I daresay,

mak mair noise about their sitting up in a kirkyard than it’s a’ worth.

There’s naething here to harm us.”

“I beg to differ wi’ ye there,” answered Isaac, taking out his horn mull

from his coat pouch, and tapping on the lid in a queer style—“I could

gie anither version of that story. Did ye no ken of three young

doctors—Eirish students—alang wi’ some resurrectioners, as waff and wild

as themselves, firing shottie for shottie wi’ the guard at Kirkmabreck,

and lodging three slugs in ane o’ their backs, forbye firing a ramrod

through anither ane’s hat?”

This was a wee alarming. “No,” quoth I—“no, Isaac, man, I ne’er heard

o’t.”

“But let alane resurrectioners, do ye no think there is sic a thing as

ghaists? Guide ye, my man, my granny could hae telled ye as muckle about

them as wad hae filled a minister’s sermons from June to January.”

“Kay—kay—that’s a’ buff,” I said. “Are there nae cutty-stool

businesses—are there nae marriages gaun, Isaac?” for I was keen to

change the subject.

“Ye may kay—kay—as ye like, though; I can just tell ye this—ye’ll mind

auld Armstrong, wi’ the leather breeks, and the brown three-storey

wig—him that was the grave—digger? Weel, he saw a ghaist wi’ his leeving

een—aye, and what’s better, in this very kirkyard too. It was a cauld

spring morning, and daylight just coming in, when he cam to the yett

yonder, thinking to meet his man, paidling Jock—but Jock had sleepit in,

and wasna there. Weel, to the wast corner ower yonder he gaed, and

throwing his coat ower a headstane, and his hat on the tap o’t, he dug

awa wi’ his spade, casting out the mools, and the coffin-handles, and

the green banes, and sic-like, till he stoppit a wee to tak

breath.—What! are ye whistling to yoursel?” quo’ Isaac to me, “and no

hearing what’s God’s truth?”

“Ou ay,” said I, “but ye didna tell me if ony body was cried last

Sunday?” I wad hae given every farthing I had made by the needle to hae

been at that blessed time in my bed wi’ my wife and wean. Ay, how I was

gruing! I mostly chacked aff my tongue in chitterin’. But a’ wadna do.

“Weel, speaking of ghaists;—when he was resting on his spade, he looked

up to the steeple, to see what o’clock it was, wondering what way Jock

hadna come,—when lo, and behold! in the lang diced window of the kirk

yonder, he saw a lady a’ in white, wi’ her hands clasped thegither,

looking out to the kirkyard at him.

“He couldna believe his een, so he rubbit them wi’ his sark sleeve, but

she was still there bodily, and, keeping ae ee on her, and anither on

his road to the yett, he drew his coat and hat to him below his arm, and

aff like mad, throwing his shool half a mile ahint him. Jock fand that;

for he was coming singing in at the yett, when his maister ran clean

ower the tap o’ him, and capseized him like a toom barrel; and never

stoppin’ till he was in at his ain house, and the door baith bolted and

barred at his tail.

“Did ye ever hear the like of that, Mansie? Weel man, I’ll explain the

hale history o’t to ye. Ye see,—’od! how sound that callant’s sleeping,”

continued Isaac; “he’s snoring like a nine-year-auld.”

I was glad he had stoppit, for I was like to sink through the grund wi’

fear; but na, it wadna do.

“Dinna ye ken—sauf us! what a fearsome night this is! The trees ’ll be

a’ broken. What a noise in the lum! I dare say there is some auld hag of

a witch-wife gaun to come rumble doun’t. It’s no the first time, I’ll

swear. Hae ye a silver sixpence? Wad ye like that?” he bawled up the

chimley. “Ye’ll hae heard,” said he, “lang ago, that a wee murdered wean

was buried—didna ye hear a voice?—was buried below that corner—the

hearthstane there, where the laddie’s lying on?”

I had now lost my breath, so that I couldna stop him.

“Ye never heard tell o’t, didna ye? Weel, I’se tell’t ye.—Sauf us! what

swurls o’ smoke coming down the chimley—I could swear something no

canny’s stopping up the lum-head—gang out and see!”

At that moment, a clap like thunder was heard—the candle was driven

ower—the sleeping laddie roared “Help!” and “Murder!” and “Thieves!” and

as the furm on which we were sitting played flee backwards, cripple

Isaac bellowed out, “I’m dead!—I’m killed! shot through the head!—oh,

oh, oh!”

Surely I had fainted away; for when I came to mysel, I found my red

comforter loosed; my face a’ wet—Isaac rubbing down my waistcoat with

his sleeve—the laddie swigging ale out of a bicker—and the brisk brown

stout, which, by casting its cork, had caused a’ the alarm,

whizz—whizz—whizzing in the chimley-lug.—_Mansie Wauch._

MARY WILSON.

On her white arm down sunk her head,

She shivered, sighed, and died.

_Mallet._

Joseph Wilson was a farmer in the parish of D——. He possessed enough of

the goods of this world to make him be respected by all his neighbours,

and esteemed by them as the most careful, well-doing man in the parish.

Joseph knew well enough the value of his riches; but still the jewel

which was nearest and dearest to his heart was his only daughter, the

beautiful and innocent Mary Wilson. He loved her—and his love was not

greater than that of Marjory, his wife—more than all he possessed; and

when rallied by his neighbours on the depth of his purse, he was wont to

say, that the brightest guinea he adored was the face of his own sweet

Mary. While a child she was indulged; and the smiles of her pretty round

face, and her caresses and kisses, gained all her little wants from her

doting parents. While the daughters of other farmers assisted in

household management, she was never required to soil her fingers, but

would skip and dance before her father over the fields and the meadows,

and sport as the little lamb round her parent. As she advanced from

childhood, her days were clad in the same fair livery of joy. She danced

and she toyed, and though no longer dandled and prattling on the knees

of her parents, she made them the confidants of all her light amusements

and secrets, and she sang to them all the legendary ballads which she

had picked up, and their hearts were still gladdened in the little

offspring of their wedlock.

From a child to the age of fifteen, she had attended the parish school

along with all the boys and girls, both high and low. Here she was a

general favourite, and the youths would crowd to attend Mary Wilson

home, because she had the prettiest little lips, and the kindliest

laugh, of any girl in the school; and happy was he, and proud of

himself, who obtained her hand to dance at the Candlemas ball. The

father and mother saw no harm in the adulations paid to their daughter,

for they did not equal their own; and the good old schoolmaster loved to

see Mary the favourite of all his youths, because she was a good scholar

and the best singer in the school and in the church, and on that account

the greatest favourite with himself. When he raised the tune on the

Sabbath to the praise of the Lord, he would turn in his desk to the seat

of Mary Wilson for her accompaniment, and, when her sweet voice was once

heard through the church, then would the whole congregation join, and

every young man emulate himself to gain the approbation of the fair and

goodly singer. To those who are in the practice of attending a country

parish church, I need not mention in how high estimation the best female

singer is held amongst all the young men of the country side.

At the age of fifteen she was removed to a boarding-school in town. Here

she remained two years, and though she perfected herself in

accomplishments, and though many young men dangled after her, yet her

heart, albeit naturally merry, was sensitive; and vapid appeared to her

the revel in the midnight ball compared to the dance on the

heaven-canopied lawn, when heart panted with heart, and every spirit

caught the existing flame of pleasure; and frigid and disagreeable

seemed to her the lips from whom politeness extorted studied words,

compared to the lips of those who spoke the warm and momentary feelings

of the mind. She returned to the place of her youth, and sought again

for mirth and pleasure amongst her old companions; but she was changed

both in person and in mind. She was no longer the light airy girl, but

she was now the woman glowing in all the richness and luxuriance of

female beauty. She could not now associate with the young men, and be

their umpire in all their disputes and contentions, as in the days of

her youth; nor could she find that delight in the company of her female

companions which she did ere her departure. Mary was a flower,—

A violet by a mossy stone,

Half hid from human eyes,

that, left undisturbed on the wild, would have flourished the loveliest

of her comrades, but once transplanted for a little time into the

garden, she took not so well when removed again to her native soil.

Though she danced, and though she sung, as she was wont, still part of

that which she had seen in town mingled itself with that which she

enjoyed in the country; the customs of a populous city were not to be

easily banished from her, and she could not be so happy as formerly. To

her father and her mother she was the same adored object; both rejoiced

in her beauty, and while they would at times talk of who might be her

husband, they would soon chase away the idea as that of a robber that

would deprive them of their all.

A little after Mary’s return to her father’s, Charles Morley returned

likewise from the University. He was the son of the laird, but he had

been at the parish school with the young men, and once been their

constant companion. He hunted for birds’ nests with them, he had fished

with them, he had often broken into his father’s garden with them, and

Morley was as one of themselves. He had ever been attentive to Mary

Wilson; and she, if the umpire of a race or a wrestle, was always happy

when she could adjudge the honour of victory to Charlie Morley, because

he would at times snatch a kiss from her, and would always take her hand

and assist her when wading through the burns. He had completed his

education at the University, and, while he had acquired knowledge, he

had lost the command of himself. Long did he withstand the temptations

laid in his way by more wicked companions, and long did he endeavour to

retain the principles his old master had instilled into him; but in

vain: while the sage was discoursing on the nobleness of man’s nature,

and the blessings of wisdom, and while he acquiesced in all the learned

man said, Charles Morley had become one of the most profligate young men

in the college.

When he returned to the country, he often met Mary Wilson, both at her

father’s and at the houses of the other tenants. Their meetings became

frequent, and though they never made assignations, yet Charles Morley

was sure to meet with Mary Wilson in her walks. She saw no harm in

meeting with her old school companion, but he had his schemes laid; he

saw her leaning on him in all her maiden fondness; he knew human nature,

and he knew that if he attempted to wrong her in their early meetings,

he would discover his baseness and be spurned. He suffered therefore her

affection to grow upon her, and, when it had fully ripened, he gave her

his feigned love, and received hers, as the offerings of a devotee to

his God, in return. For some time she was almost happy, and though she

knew her situation must soon be known, she was certain it would not be

so till she was the wife of Charles Morley—for so he had promised; and

could she doubt him? Time, however, flew on, and Mary becoming

discontented and frightened, Morley, in order to draw her from a place

where discovery would have been ruin to himself, proposed flight. When a

woman has once gone astray, the man who has ruined her does not require

great efforts to persuade her to anything. She is his, body and soul.

Mary one night bade adieu to the house of her father, and fled with her

paramour to an obscure lodging in the capital.

Sad was the morning which arose to her parents on the discovery of her

departure, and more especially the cause of it, which neighbours were

not slow in surmising and hinting. Her mother wept in all the bitterness

of woe, but her tears could not express the sorrow of her heart. The

father was louder in his grief; he wept and raved by turns. Now he

grieved for her helplessness, and prayed to God to grant her mercy; then

he cursed the hour in which she was born, and called down curses on him

who had ruined the hope of his days. In a little time their violent

grief had subsided; the fugitives could not be traced, and neither

Joseph nor his wife suffered that name which was nearest to their hearts

to pass their lips. But when Marjory would see the work-basket of her

daughter, she would throw herself on her bed and weep; and Joseph, when

anything came in his way that strongly associated the idea of his Mary,

would seize his hat, rush from the house, and give utterance to a grief

which he would fain conceal from an already heart-broken wife.

It was about five months after the departure of Mary, when Marjory,

hearing one day a gentle tap at the door, went to open it. It was Mary

who knocked; but oh! how changed from her who once was the boast of the

country side! She was pale and emaciated, her eye had lost its lustre,

and she seemed to be worse than the shadow of her former loveliness. Her

dress was ragged and torn, and in her arms she bore a child—the

ill-fated offspring of her illicit amour. Her mother held the door for

some minutes, while she surveyed with melancholy eyes the woeworn

condition of her daughter. “Mary,” she said—and her manner was

composed—“Mary, you did not need formerly to knock at the door of your

father’s house.” Mary stepped over the threshold, and staggering, rather

than walking, forward into the kitchen, threw herself on the dais.

“Mary,” said her mother again, “where have you been? Are you a married

woman? Better be the wife of the poorest man than——.” Here her daughter

buried her face in the bosom of her child, and sobbed aloud. “Mary,”

again said her mother, “I reproach you not. God will grant you His

forgiveness, as I do mine; I feel I cannot live long after this stroke,

and we must all meet with trials on this side the grave; but Mary, oh,

my darling Mary,” and she threw her arms around her daughter’s neck and

kissed her, “your father! how will you bear the look of your father?”

Her words were scarce finished when Joseph entered. He laid his hat on

the table, he shaded back his gray hairs, and clasped his hands, and,

from his hard-knitted brows, he seemed about to pray the vengeance of

God on her who had so dishonoured his old age. He looked at his

daughter; her eyes were on him, and her once lovely arm was extended as

if to avoid the threatened curse; his brows relaxed, he unclasped his

hands, and placing them on his face, wept aloud. She laid her child on

the seat, she was at his feet on her knees, and her arms grasped him by

the waist. He felt her, he placed one hand in hers, and raised the other

as he said, “May God forgive thee, my daughter! Ah, Mary, Mary, thou art

still my offspring, though thou art a defiled vessel in the eyes of God

and man!”

On the second Sunday after her return to her father’s, she prepared to

attend her purification in the kirk. She had gone through all

preliminary forms, and was now once more to take her seat in the house

of God. She went muffled up and attended by her father and mother, and

was not recognised. During the singing of the first and second psalms

she was silent; but at the third, her father desired her to sing to the

praise of that God who had brought her back as a lost sheep into His

fold. In the second line she joined the tune; but weakly and feebly

compared to that voice which used to lead the whole kirk. It was,

however, recognised; there was a more than momentary stop while all eyes

were turned towards her; and her old master, turning towards the seat of

his old favourite, strove, while the big tears rolled down his cheeks,

and his voice faltered, to bear her through the tune. The minister again

rose to prayer: he stretched his hands to heaven, and prayed for all

mankind; he prayed for the sinner that had gone astray, and that the

Father of mercies would have compassion on the wretched, and again take

her into his bosom. There was not a dry eye in the kirk. Humanity for

once prevailed, and human selfishness forgot itself in the woes of a

fellow-mortal. She, for whom they were supplicating, stood with her

hands firmly clasped, her eyes closed, and her head bowed to the earth;

and though her father and mother sobbed and wept, she moved not, but,

when service was over, she walked with a firm step, and uncovered face

and head, through all the parishioners, to her father’s dwelling. She

laid herself down on her bed, and in three weeks the grave yawned and

closed on the unfortunate Mary Wilson.

A few weeks ago, I made it in my way to pass through D——. Many

revolutions of a tropical sun had passed over my head since I had left

my native land, and, on my return, I was anxious to visit that spot

where I passed many of my happiest days, even though I knew that all my

relatives were long since in the cold grave. As I turned round the hill,

the well-known cottage of Joseph Wilson came in view, and the story of

his daughter flashed vividly on my mind. I approached a countryman, who

was standing with his plough and horses at the end of a furrow, wiping

the sweat from his brow, and inquired, if Joseph Wilson was still

living.

“Na,” replied he, “nor ane o’ his kith or kindred. The poor wean that

suckled frae an unfortunate breast died soon after his mother, like a

young shoot or sapling that has been rashly cut down. Then Marjory soon

followed, and Joseph became a heart-broken man; a’thing gaed to wreck,

and he died on the parish. There are sad ups and downs in life, and nae

the lightest thing to disturb our balance is the waywardness of a

child.”

“Poor Mary Wilson!” said I. She became as visible to my mind’s eye as

when I saw her winding in the mazes of a dance in all her maiden beauty

and innocence; and the lines of my favourite poet came to my lips:—

When lovely woman stoops to folly,

And finds, too late, that men betray,

What charms can soothe her melancholy?

What art can wash her guilt away?

The only art her guilt to cover,

To hide her shame from every eye,

To give repentance to her lover,

And wring his bosom, is—to die.

“And what has become of the laird?” said I, looking to the well-known

mansion.

“The old laird is dead, and the young one, that was once expected to be

laird, lies rotting with many carcases in a foreign trench. He broke his

father’s heart, spent his substance, and died a common soldier. The

comforting dew of heaven seldom falls on him who disregards its

commands: seldom does the friendly hands of woman smooth the dying bed

of the seducer; and still more rarely does the insulter of a parent’s

gray hairs sleep in the same grave wi’ him. Ye canna lament Mary Wilson

mair than I do.”

“Do you possess her father’s land?” said I.

“Ay do I,” replied the rustic,—apparently much moved; “and it may be

that I would hae ploughed them mair pleasantly, and whistled mair

cheerfully to my horses, had Mary shared it with a plain man, as became

her station; but we maunna repine.”

I had no wish to proceed farther; and in my ride back I enjoyed one of

those deep, melancholy musings, far more congenial to my mind than the

most ecstatic dreams of the most ambitious men.—_Aberdeen Censor._

THE LAIRD OF CASSWAY.

BY JAMES HOGG, THE “ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

CHAPTER I.

There is an old story which I have often heard related, about a great

Laird of Cassway, in an outer corner of Dumfriesshire, of the name of

Beattie, and his two sons. The incidents of the story are of a very

extraordinary nature. This Beattie had occasion to be almost constantly

in England, because, as my informant said, he took a great hand in

government affairs, from which I conclude that the tradition had its

rise about the time of the civil wars; for about the close of that time

the Scotts took advantage of the times to put the Beatties down, who for

some previous ages had maintained the superiority of that district.

Be that as it may, the Laird of Cassway’s second son, Francis, fell

desperately in love with a remarkably beautiful girl, the eldest

daughter of Henry Scott of Drumfielding, a gentleman, but still only a

retainer, and far beneath Beattie of Cassway, both in point of wealth

and influence. Francis was a scholar newly returned from the university;

was tall, handsome, of a pale complexion, and gentlemanly appearance,

while Thomas, the eldest son, was fair, ruddy, and stout made, a perfect

picture of health and good humour,—a sportsman, a warrior, and a jovial

blade; one who would not suffer a fox to get rest in the whole moor

district. He rode the best horse, kept the best hounds, played the best

fiddle, danced the best country bumpkin, and took the stoutest draught

of mountain dew, of any man between Erick Brae and Teviot Stone, and was

altogether the sort of young man, that whenever he cast his eyes on a

pretty girl, either at chapel or at weapon-shaw, she would hide her

face, and giggle as if tickled by some unseen hand.

Now, though Thomas, or the Young Laird, as he was called, had only

spoken once to Ellen Scott in his life, at which time he chucked her

below the chin, and bid the deil take him if ever he saw as bonny a face

in his whole born days; yet for all that, Ellen loved him. It could not

be said that she was “in love” with him, for a maiden’s heart must be

won before it is given absolutely away; but hers gave him the preference

to any other young man. She loved to see him, to hear of him, and to

laugh at him; and it was even observed by the domestics, that Tam

Beattie o’ the Cassway’s name came oftener into her conversation than

there was any good reason for.

Such was the state of affairs when Francis came home, and fell

desperately in love with Ellen Scott; and his father being in England,

and he under no restraint, he went frequently to visit her. She received

him with a kindness and affability that pleased him to the heart; but he

little wist that this was only a spontaneous and natural glow of

kindness towards him because of his connections, and rather because he

was the young laird of Cassway’s only brother, than the poor but

accomplished Francis Beattie, the scholar from Oxford.

He was, however, so much delighted with her, that he asked her father’s

permission to pay his addresses to her. Her father, who was a prudent

and sensible man, answered him in this wise:—“That nothing would give

him greater delight than to see his beloved Ellen joined with so

accomplished and amiable a young gentleman in the bonds of holy wedlock,

provided his father’s assent was previously obtained. But as he himself

was subordinate to another house, not on the best terms with the house

of Cassway, he would not take it on him to sanction any such connection

without the old Laird’s full consent. That, moreover, as he, Francis

Beattie, was just setting out in life as a lawyer, there was but too

much reason to doubt that a matrimonial connection with Ellen at that

time would be highly imprudent; therefore it was not to be thought

further of till the old laird was consulted. In the meantime, he should

always be welcome to his house, and to his daughter’s company, as he had

the same confidence in his honour and integrity as if he had been a son

of his own.”

The young man thanked him affectionately, and could not help acquiescing

in the truth of his remarks, promised not to mention matrimony farther

till he had consulted his father, and added,—“But indeed you must excuse

me, if I avail myself of your permission to visit here often, as I am

sensible that it will be impossible for me to live for any space of time

out of my dear Ellen’s sight.” He was again assured of welcome, and the

two parted mutually pleased.

Henry Scott of Drumfielding was a widower, with six daughters, over whom

presided Mrs Jane Jerdan, their maternal aunt, an old maid, with

fashions and ideas even more antiquated than herself. No sooner had the

young wooer taken his leave than she bounced into the room, the only

sitting apartment in the house, and said, in a loud, important whisper,

“What’s that young swankey of a lawyer wanting, that he’s aye hankering

sae muckle about our town? I’ll tell you what, brother Harry, it strikes

me that he wants to make a wheelwright o’ your daughter Nell. Now, gin

he axes your consent to ony siccan thing, dinna ye grant it. That’s a.’

Tak an auld fool’s advice gin ye wad prosper. Folk are a’ wise ahint the

hand, and sae will ye be.”

“Dear Mrs Jane, what objections can you have to Mr Francis Beattie, the

most accomplished young gentleman of the whole country?”

“’Complished gentleman! ’Complished kirn-milk! I’ll tell ye what,

brother Harry,—afore I were a landless lady, I wad rather be a tailor’s

lay-board. What has he to maintain a lady spouse with? The wind o’ his

lungs, forsooth!—thinks to sell that for goud in goupins. Hech me! Crazy

wad they be wha wad buy it; and they wha trust to crazy people for their

living will live but crazily. Tak an auld fool’s advice gin ye wad

prosper, else ye’ll be wise ahint the hand. Have nae mair to do with

him—Nell’s bread for his betters; tell him that. Or, by my certie, gin I

meet wi’ him face to face, _I’ll_ tell him!”

“It would be unfriendly in me to keep aught a secret from you, sister,

considering the interest you have taken in my family. I _have_ given him

my consent to visit my daughter, but at the same time have restricted

him from mentioning matrimony until he has consulted his father.”

“And what has the visiting to gang for, then? Awa wi’ him! Our Nell’s

food for his betters. What wad you think an she could get the young

laird, his brother, wi’ a blink o’ her ee?”

“Never speak to me of that, Mrs Jane. I wad rather see the poorest of

his shepherd lads coming to court my child than see him;” and with these

words Henry left the room.

Mrs Jane stood long, making faces, shaking her apron with both hands,

nodding her head, and sometimes giving a stamp with her foot. “I have

set my face against that connexion,” said she. “Our Nell’s no made for a

lady to a London lawyer. It wad set her rather better to be Lady of

Cassway. The young laird for me! I’ll hae the branks of love thrown ower

the heads o’ the twasome, tie the tangs thegither, and then let them

gallop like twa kippled grews. My brother Harry’s a simple man; he disna

ken the credit that he has by his daughters—thanks to some other body

than him! Niece Nell has a shape, an ee, and a lady-manner that wad

kilhab the best lord o’ the kingdom, were he to come under their

influence and my manoovres. She’s a Jerdan a’ through; and that I’ll let

them ken! Folk are a’ wise ahint the hand; credit only comes by catch

and keep. Good night to a’ younger brothers, puffings o’ love vows, and

sabs o’ wind! Gie me the good green hills, the gruff wedders, and

bobtailed yowes; and let the law and the gospel-men sell the wind o’

their lungs as dear as they can!”

In a few days, Henry of Drumfielding was called out to attend his chief

on some expedition; on which Mrs Jane, not caring to trust her message

to any other person, went over to Cassway, and invited the young laird

to Drumfielding to see her niece, quite convinced that her charms and

endowments would at once enslave the elder brother, as they had done the

younger. Tam Beattie was delighted at finding such a good back friend as

Mrs Jane, for he had not failed to observe, for a twelvemonth back, that

Ellen Scott was very pretty, and either through chance or design, he

asked Mrs Jane if the young lady was privy to this invitation.

“_She_ privy to it!” exclaimed Mrs Jane, shaking her apron. “Ha, weel I

wat, no! She wad soon hae flown in my face wi’ her gibery and her

jaukery, had I tauld her my errand; but the gowk kens what the tittling

wants, although it is no aye crying, ‘Give, give,’ like the horse

loch-leech.”

“Does the horse-leech really cry that, Mrs Jane? I should think, from a

view of its mouth, that it could scarcely cry anything,” said Tom.

“Are ye sic a reprobate as to deny the words o’ the Scripture, sir?

Hech, wae’s me! what some folk hae to answer for! We’re a’ wise ahint

the hand. But hark ye,—come ye ower in time, else I am feared she may be

settled for ever out o’ your reach. Now, I canna bide to think on that,

for I have always thought you twa made for ane anither. Let me take a

look o’ you frae tap to tae—O yes—made for ane anither. Come ower in

time, before billy Harry come hame again; and let your visit be in

timeous hours, else I’ll gie you the back of the door to keep.—Wild

reprobate!” she exclaimed to herself, on taking her leave; “to deny that

the horse loch-leech can speak! Ha—ha—the young laird is the man for

me!”

Thomas Beattie was true to his appointment, as may be supposed, and Mrs

Jane having her niece dressed in style, he was perfectly charmed with

her; and really it cannot be denied that Ellen was as much delighted

with him. She was young, gay, and frolicsome, and she never spent a more

joyous and happy afternoon, or knew before what it was to be in a

presence that delighted her so much. While they sat conversing, and

apparently better satisfied with the company of each other than was

likely to be regarded with indifference by any other individual aspiring

to the favour of the young lady, the door was opened, and there entered

no other than Francis Beattie! When Ellen saw her devoted lover appear

thus suddenly, she blushed deeply, and her glee was damped in a moment.

She looked rather like a condemned criminal, or at least a guilty

creature, than what she really was,—a being over whose mind the cloud of

guilt had never cast its shadow.

Francis loved her above all things on earth or in heaven, and the moment

he saw her so much abashed at being surprised in the company of his

brother, his spirit was moved to jealousy—to maddening and

uncontrollable jealousy. His ears rang, his hair stood on end, and the

contour of his face became like a bent bow. He walked up to his brother

with his hand on his sword-hilt, and, in a state of excitement which

rendered his words inarticulate, addressed him thus, while his teeth

ground together like a horse-rattle:—

“Pray, sir, may I ask you of your intentions, and of what you are

seeking here?”

“I know not, Frank, what right you have to ask any such questions; but

you will allow that I have a right to ask at you what you are seeking

here at present, seeing you come so very inopportunely?”

“Sir,” said Francis, whose passion could stay no farther parley, “dare

you put it to the issue of the sword this moment?”

“Come now, dear Francis, do not act the fool and the madman both at a

time. Rather than bring such a dispute to the issue of the sword between

two brothers who never had a quarrel in their lives, I propose that we

bring it to a much more temperate and decisive issue here where we

stand, by giving the maiden her choice. Stand you there at that corner

of the room, I at this, and Ellen Scott in the middle; let us both ask,

and to whomsoever she comes, the prize be his. Why should we try to

decide, by the loss of one of our lives, what we cannot decide, and what

may be decided in a friendly and rational way in one minute?”

“It is easy for you, sir, to talk temperately and with indifference of

such a trial, but not so with me. This young lady is dear to my heart.”

“Well, but so is she to mine. Let us, therefore, appeal to the lady at

once whose claim is the best; and, as your pretensions are the highest,

do you ask her first.”

“My dearest Ellen,” said Francis, humbly and affectionately, “you know

that my whole soul is devoted to your love, and that I aspire to it only

in the most honourable way; put an end to this dispute, therefore, by

honouring me with the preference which the unequivocal offer of my hand

merits.”

Ellen stood dumb and motionless, looking stedfastly down at the hem of

her jerkin, which she was nibbling with her hands. She dared not lift an

eye to either of the brothers, though apparently conscious that she

ought to have recognised the claims of Francis.

“Ellen, I need not tell you that I love you,” said Thomas, in a light

and careless manner, as if certain that his appeal would be successful;

“nor need I attempt to tell how dearly and how long I will love you,

for, in faith, I cannot. Will you make the discovery for yourself, by

deciding in my favour?”

Ellen looked up. There was a smile on her face; an arch, mischievous,

and happy smile, but it turned not on Thomas. Her face turned to the

contrary side, but yet the beam of that smile fell not on Francis, who

stood in a state of as terrible suspense between hope and fear, as a

Roman Catholic sinner at the gate of heaven, who has implored St Peter

to open the gate, and awaits a final answer. The die of his fate was

soon cast; for Ellen, looking one way, yet moving another, straightway

threw herself into Thomas Beattie’s arms, exclaiming, “Ah, Tom! I fear I

am doing that which I shall rue, but I must trust to your generosity;

for, bad as you are, I like you the best!”

Thomas took her in his arms, and kissed her; but before he could say a

word in return, the despair and rage of his brother, breaking forth over

every barrier of reason, interrupted him.

“This is the trick of a coward, to screen himself from the chastisement

he deserves. But you escape me not thus. Follow me, if you dare!” And as

he said this, Francis rushed from the house, shaking his naked sword at

his brother.

Ellen trembled with agitation at the young man’s rage; and while Thomas

still continued to assure her of his unalterable affection, Mrs Jane

Jerdan entered, plucking her apron so as to make it twang like a

bowstring.

“What’s a’ this, Squire Tummas? Are we to be habbled out o’ house and

hadding by this outrageous young lawyer o’ yours? By the souls o’ the

Jerdans, I’ll kick up sic a stour about his lugs as shall blind the

juridical een o’ him! Its’ queer that men should study the law only to

learn to break it. Sure am I, nae gentleman, that hasna been bred a

lawyer, wad come into a neighbour’s house bullyragging that gate, wi’

sword in han’, malice prepense in his eye, and venom on his tongue. Just

as if a lassie hadna her ain freedom o’ choice, because a fool has been

pleased to ask her! Haud the grip you hae, niece Nell; ye hae made a

wise choice for aince. Tam’s the man for my money! Folk are a’ wise

ahint the hand, but real wisdom lies taking time by the forelock. But,

Squire Tam, the thing that I want to ken is this—Are you going to put up

wi’ a’ that bullying and threatening, or do you propose to chastise the

fool according to his folly?”

“In truth, Mrs Jane, I am very sorry for my brother’s behaviour, and

could not, with honour, yield any more than I did to pacify him. But he

must be humbled. It would not do to suffer him to carry matters with so

high a hand.”

“Now, wad ye be but advised and leave him to me, I would play him sic a

plisky as he shouldna forget till his dying day. By the souls o’ the

Jerdans, I would! Now, promise to me that ye winna fight him.”

“O promise, promise!” cried Ellen, vehemently; “for the sake of Heaven’s

love, promise my aunt that.”

Thomas smiled and shook his head, as much as if he had said, “You do not

know what you are asking.” Mrs Jane went on.

“Do it then—do it with a vengence; and remember this, that wherever ye

set the place o’ combat, be it in hill or dale, deep linn or moss hag, I

shall have a thirsdman there to encourage you on. I shall give you a

meeting you little wot of!”

Thomas Beattie took all this for words of course, as Mrs Jane was well

known for a raving, ranting old maid, whose vehemence few regarded,

though a great many respected her for the care she had taken of her

sister’s family, and a greater number still regarded her with terror, as

a being possessed of superhuman powers; so after many expressions of the

fondest love for Ellen, he took his leave, his mind being made up how it

behoved him to deal with his brother.

I forgot to mention before, that old Beattie lived at Nether Cassway

with his family; and his eldest son Thomas at Over Cassway, having, on

his father’s entering into a second marriage, been put in possession of

that castle and these lands. Francis, of course, lived in his father’s

house when in Scotland; and it was thus that his brother knew nothing of

his frequent visits to Ellen Scott.

That night, as soon as Thomas went home, he despatched a note to his

brother to the following purport: That he was sorry for the rudeness and

unreasonableness of his behaviour. But if, on coming to himself, he was

willing to make an apology before his mistress, then he (Thomas) would

gladly extend to him the right hand of love and brotherhood; but if he

refused this, he would please to meet him on the Crook of Glendearg next

morning by the sunrising. Francis returned for answer, that he would

meet him at the time and place appointed. There was then no farther door

of reconciliation left open, but Thomas still had hopes of managing him

even on the combat field.

Francis slept little that night, being wholly set on revenge for the

loss of his beloved mistress; and a little after daybreak he arose, and

putting himself in light armour, proceeded to the place of rendezvous.

He had farther to go than his elder brother, and on coming in sight of

the Crook of Glendearg, he perceived the latter there before him. He was

wrapt in his cavalier’s cloak, and walking up and down the Crook with

impassioned strides, on which Francis soliloquized as follows, as he

hasted on:—“Ah, ha! so Tom is here before me! This is what I did not

expect, for I did not think the flagitious dog had so much spirit or

courage in him as to meet me. I am glad he has! for how I long to

chastise him, and draw some of the pampered blood from that vain and

insolent heart, which has bereaved me of all I held dear on earth.”

In this way did he cherish his wrath till close at his brother’s side,

and then, addressing him in the same insolent terms, he desired him to

cease his cowardly cogitations and draw. His opponent instantly wheeled

about, threw off his horseman’s cloak, and presented his sword; and,

behold, the young man’s father stood before him, armed and ready for

action! The sword fell from Francis’ hand, and he stood appalled, as if

he had been a statue, unable either to utter a word or move a muscle.

“Take up thy sword, caitiff, and let it work thy ruthless work of

vengeance here. Is it not better that thou shouldst pierce this old

heart, worn out with care and sorrow, and chilled by the ingratitude of

my race, than that of thy gallant and generous brother, the

representative of our house, and the chief of our name? Take up thy

sword, I say, and if I do not chastise thee as thou deservest, may

heaven reft the sword of justice from the hand of the avenger!”

“The God of heaven forbid that I should ever lift my sword against my

honoured father!” said Francis.

“Thou darest not, thou traitor and coward!” returned the father. “I

throw back the disgraceful terms in thy teeth which thou usedst to thy

brother. Thou camest here boiling with rancour to shed his blood; and

when I appear in person for him, thou darest not accept the challenge.”

“You never did me wrong, my dear father; but my brother has wronged me

in the tenderest part.”

“Thy brother never wronged thee intentionally, thou deceitful and

sanguinary fratricide. It was thou alone who forced this quarrel upon

him; and I have great reason to suspect thee of a design to cut him off,

that the inheritance and the maid might both be thine own. But here I

swear by Him that made me, and the Redeemer that saved me, if thou wilt

not go straight and kneel to thy brother for forgiveness, confessing thy

injurious treatment, and swearing submission to thy natural chief, I

will banish thee from my house and presence for ever, and load thee with

a parent’s curse.”

The young scholar, being utterly astounded at his father’s words, and at

the awful and stern manner in which he addressed him, whom he had never

before reprimanded, was wholly overcome. He kneeled to his parent, and

implored his forgiveness, promising, with tears, to fulfil every

injunction which it would please him to enjoin; and on this

understanding, the two parted on amicable and gracious terms.

CHAPTER II.

Francis went straight to the tower of Over Cassway, and inquired for his

brother, resolved to fulfil his father’s stern injunctions to the very

letter. He was informed his brother was in his chamber in bed, and

indisposed. He asked the porter farther, if he had not been forth that

day, and was answered, that he had gone forth early in the morning in

armour, but had quickly returned, apparently in great agitation, and

betaken himself to his bed. Francis then requested to be taken to his

brother, to which the servant instantly assented, and led him up to the

chamber, never suspecting that there could be any animosity between the

two only brothers; but on John Burgess opening the door, and announcing

the Tutor, Thomas, being in a nervous state, was a little alarmed.

“Remain in the room there, Burgess,” said he. “What, brother Frank, are

you seeking here at this hour, armed cap-a-pie? I hope you are not come

to assassinate me in my bed?”

“God forbid, brother,” said the other; “here John, take my sword down

with you, I want some private conversation with Thomas.” John did so,

and the following conversation ensued; for as soon as the door closed,

Francis dropt on his knees, and said, “O, my dear brother, I have erred

grievously, and am come to confess my crime, and implore your pardon.”

“We have both erred, Francis, in suffering any earthly concern to incite

us against each other’s lives. We have both erred, but you have my

forgiveness cheerfully; here is my hand on it, and grant me thine in

return. Oh, Francis, I have got an admonition this morning, that never

will be erased from my memory, and which has caused me to see my life in

a new light. What or whom think you I met an hour ago on my way to the

Crook of Glendearg to encounter you?”

“Our father, perhaps.”

“You have seen him, then?”

“Indeed I have, and he has given me such a reprimand for severity as son

never before received from a parent.”

“Brother Frank, I must tell you, and when I do, you will not believe

me—It _was not_ our father whom we both saw this morning.”

“It was no other whom I saw. What do you mean? Do you suppose that I do

not know my own father?”

“I tell you it was not, and could not be. I had an express from him

yesterday. He is two hundred miles from this, and cannot be in Scotland

sooner than three weeks hence.”

“You astonish me, Thomas. This is beyond human comprehension.”

“It is true—that I avouch, and the certainty of it has sickened me at

heart. You must be aware that he came not home last night, and that his

horse and retinue have not arrived.”

“He was not at home, it is true, nor have his horse and retinue arrived

in Scotland. Still there is no denying that our father is here, and that

it was he who spoke to and admonished me.”

“I tell you it is impossible. A spirit has spoken to us in our father’s

likeness, for he is not, and cannot be, in Scotland at this time. My

faculties are altogether confounded by the event, not being able to

calculate on the qualities or condition of our monitor. An evil spirit

it certainly could not be, for all its admonitions pointed to good. I

sorely dread, Francis, that our father is no more: that there has been

another engagement, that he has lost his life, and that his soul has

been lingering around his family before taking its final leave of this

sphere. I believe that our father is dead; and for my part I am so sick

at heart, that my nerves are all unstrung. Pray, do you take horse and

post off for Salop, from whence his commission to me yesterday was

dated, and see what hath happened to our revered father.”

“I cannot, for my life, give credit to this, brother, or that it was any

other being but my father himself who rebuked me. Pray allow me to tarry

another day at least before I set out. Perhaps our father may appear in

the neighbourhood, and may be concealing himself for some secret

purpose. Did you tell him of our quarrel?”

“No. He never asked me concerning it, but charged me sharply with my

intent on the first word, and adjured me, by my regard for his blessing,

and my hope of heaven, to desist from my purpose.”

“Then he knew it all intuitively; for when I first went in view of the

spot appointed for our meeting, I perceived him walking sharply to and

fro, wrapped in his military cloak. He never so much as deigned to look

at me, till I came close to his side, and thinking it was yourself, I

fell to upbraiding him, and desired him to draw. He then threw off his

cloak, drew his sword, and, telling me he came in your place, dared me

to the encounter. But he knew all the grounds of our quarrel minutely,

and laid the blame on me. I own I am a little puzzled to reconcile

circumstances, but am convinced my father is near at hand. I heard his

words, and saw his eyes flashing anger and indignation. Unfortunately, I

did not touch him, which would have put an end to all doubts; for he did

not present the hand of reconciliation to me, as I expected he would

have done, on my yielding implicitly to all his injunctions.”

The two brothers then parted, with protestations of mutual forbearance

in all time coming, and with an understanding, as that was the morning

of Saturday, that if their father, or some word of him, did not reach

home before the next evening, the Tutor of Cassway was to take horse for

the county of Salop early on Monday morning.

Thomas, being thus once more left to himself, could do nothing but toss

and tumble in his bed, and reflect on the extraordinary occurrence of

that morning; and, after many troubled cogitations, it at length

occurred to his recollection what Mrs Jane Jerdan had said to him:—“Do

it, then. Do it with a vengeance!—But remember this, that wherever ye

set the place of combat, be it in hill or dale, deep linn or moss hag, I

shall have a thirdsman there to encourage you on. I shall give you a

meeting you little wot of.”

If he was confounded before, he was ten times more so at the remembrance

of these words of most ominous import.

At the time he totally disregarded them, taking them for mere

rhodomontade; but now the idea was to him terrible, that his father’s

spirit, like the prophet’s of old, should have been conjured up by

witchcraft; and then again he bethought himself that no witch would have

employed her power to prevent evil. In the end he knew not what to

think, and so, taking the hammer from its rest, he gave three raps on

the pipe drum (for there were no bells in the towers of those days), and

up came John Burgess, Thomas Beattie’s henchman, huntsman, and groom of

the chambers, one who had been attached to the family for fifty years,

and he says, in his slow west-border tongue, “How’s thou now,

callan’?—Is thou ony better-lins? There has been tway stags seen in the

Bloodhope-Linns this morning already.”

“Ay, and there has been something else seen, John, that lies nearer to

my heart to-day.” John looked at his master with an inquisitive eye and

quivering lip, but said nothing. The latter went on: “I am very unwell

to-day, John, and cannot tell what is the matter with me. I think I am

bewitched.”

“It’s very like thou is, callan’. I pits nae doubt on’t at a’.”

“Is there anybody in this moor district whom you ever heard blamed for

the horrible crime of witchcraft?”

“Ay, that there is; mair than ane or tway. There’s our neighbour, Lucky

Jerdan, for instance, and her niece Nell,—the warst o’ the pair, I

doubt.” John said this with a sly stupid leer, for he had admitted the

old lady to an audience with his master the day before, and had eyed him

afterwards bending his course towards Drumfielding.

“John, I am not disposed to jest at this time; for I am disturbed in

mind, and very ill. Tell me, in reality, did you ever hear Mrs Jane

Jerdan accused of being a witch?”

“Why, look thee, master, I dare nae say she’s a witch; for Lucky has

mony good points in her character. But it’s weel kenned she has mair

power nor her ain, for she can stop a’ the plews in Eskdale wi’ a wave

o’ her hand, and can raise the dead out o’ their graves, just as a

matter of coorse.”

“That, John, is an extraordinary power indeed. But did you never hear of

her sending any living men to their graves? For as that is rather the

danger that hangs over me, I wish you would take a ride over and desire

Mrs Jane to come and see me. Tell her I am ill, and request her to come

and see me.”

“I shall do that, callan’. But are thou sure it is the auld witch I’m to

bring? For it strikes me the young ane maybe has done the deed; and if

sae, she is the fittest to effect the cure. But I shall bring the auld

ane.—Dinna flee intil a rage, for I shall bring the auld ane; though,

gude forgie me! it is unco like bringing the houdie.”

Away went John Burgess to Drumfielding; but Mrs Jane would not move for

all his entreaties. She sent back word to his master, to “rise out o’

his bed, for he wad be waur if ony thing ailed him; and if he had aught

to say to auld Jane Jerdan, she would be ready to hear it at hame,

though he behoved to remember that it wasna ilka subject under the sun

that she could thole to be questioned anent.”

With this answer John was forced to return, and there being no accounts

of old Beattie having been seen in Scotland, the young men remained all

the Sabbath-day in the utmost consternation at the apparition of their

father they had seen, and the appalling rebuke they had received from

it. The most incredulous mind could scarce doubt that they had had

communion with a supernatural being; and not being able to draw any

other conclusion themselves, they became persuaded that their father was

dead; and accordingly, both prepared for setting out early on Monday

morning toward the county of Salop, from whence they had last heard of

him.

But just as they were ready to set out, when their spurs were buckled on

and their horses bridled, Andrew Johnston, their father’s confidential

servant, arrived from the place to which they were bound. He had ridden

night and day, never once stinting the light gallop, as he said, and had

changed his horse seven times. He appeared as if his ideas were in a

state of derangement and confusion; and when he saw his young masters

standing together, and ready-mounted for a journey, he stared at them as

if he scarcely believed his own senses. They of course asked immediately

about the cause of his express; but his answers were equivocal, and he

appeared not to be able to assign any motive. They asked him concerning

their father, and if anything extraordinary had happened to him. He

would not say either that there had, or that there had not; but

inquired, in his turn, if nothing extraordinary had happened with them

at home. They looked to one another, and returned him no answer; but at

length the youngest said, “Why, Andrew, you profess to have ridden

express for the distance of two hundred miles; now you surely must have

some guess for what purpose you have done this? Say, then, at once, what

your message is: Is our father alive?”

“Ye—es; I think he is.”

“You _think_ he is? Are you uncertain, then?”

“I am certain he is not dead,—at least, was not when I left him.

But—hum—certainly there has a change taken place. Hark ye, masters—can a

man be said to be in life when he is out of himself?”

“Why, man, keep us not in this thrilling suspense. Is our father well?”

“No—not _quite_ well. I am sorry to say, honest gentlemen, that he is

not. But the truth is, my masters, now that I see you well and hearty,

and about to take a journey in company, I begin to suspect that I have

been posted all this way on a fool’s errand; and not another syllable

will I speak on the subject, till I have some refreshment, and if you

still insist on hearing a ridiculous story, you will hear it then.”

When the matter of the refreshment had been got over to Andrew’s full

satisfaction, he began as follows:—

“Why, faith, you see, my masters, it is not easy to say my errand to

you, for in fact I have none. Therefore, all that I can do is to tell

you a story—a most ridiculous one it is, as ever sent a poor fellow out

on the gallop for the matter of two hundred miles or so. On the morning

before last, right early, little Isaac, the page, comes to me, and he

says,—‘Johnston, thou must go and visit master. He’s bad.’”

“Bad!” says I, “Whatever way is he bad?”

“‘Why,’ says he, ‘he’s so far ill as he’s not well, and desires to see

you without one moment’s delay. He’s in fine taking, and that you’ll

find; but what for do I stand here? Lord, I never got such a fright.

Why, Johnston, does thou know that master hath lost himself?’

“‘How lost himself, rabbit?’ says I; ‘speak plain out, else I’ll have

thee lug-hauled, thou dwarf!’ for my blood rose at the imp, for fooling

at any mishap of my master’s. But my choler only made him worse, for

there is not a greater diel’s-buckie in all the Five Dales.

“‘Why, man, it is true that I said,’ quoth he, laughing; ‘the old gurly

squire hath lost himself; and it will be grand sport to see thee going

calling him at all the stane-crosses in the kingdom, in this here

way.—Ho, yes! and a two times ho, yes! and a three times ho, yes! Did

anybody no see the better half of my master, Laird of the twa Cassway’s,

Bloodhope, and Pentland, which was amissing overnight, and is supposed

to have gone a-woolgathering? If anybody hath seen that better part of

my master, whilk contains as much wit as a man could drive on a

hurlbarrow, let them restore it to me, Andrew Johnston, piper,

trumpeter, whacker, and wheedler, to the same great and noble squire;

and high shall be his reward. Ho, yes!’

“‘The deuce restore thee to thy right mind!’ said I, knocking him down,

and leaving him sprawling in the kennel, and then hasted to my master,

whom I found feverish, restless, and raving, and yet with an earnestness

in his demeanour that stunned and terrified me. He seized my hand in

both his, which were burning like fire, and gave me such a look of

despair as I shall never forget. ‘Johnston, I am ill,’ said he,

‘grievously ill, and know not what is to become of me. Every nerve in my

body is in a burning heat, and my soul is as it were torn to fritters

with amazement. Johnston, as sure as you are in the body, something most

deplorable hath happened to them.’

“‘Yes, as sure as I am in the body, there has, master,’ says I. ‘But

I’ll have you bled and doctored in style, and you shall soon be as sound

as a roach,’ says I, ‘for a gentleman must not lose heart altogether for

a little fire-raising in his outworks, if it does not reach the

citadel,’ says I to him. But he cut me short by shaking his head and

flinging my hand from him.

“‘A truce with your talking,’ says he. ‘That which hath befallen me is

as much above your comprehension as the sun is above the earth, and

never will be comprehended by mortal man; but I must inform you of it,

as I have no other means of gaining the intelligence I yearn for, and

which I am incapable of gaining personally. Johnston, there never was a

mortal man suffered what I have suffered since midnight. I believe I

have had doings with hell; for I have been disembodied, and embodied

again, and the intensity of my tortures has been unparalleled.—I was at

home this morning at daybreak.’

“‘At home at Cassway!’ says I. ‘I am sorry to hear you say so, master,

because you know, or should know, that the thing is impossible, you

being in the ancient town of Shrewsbury on the king’s business.’

“‘I was at home in very deed, Andrew,’ returned he; ‘but whether in the

body or out of the body, I cannot tell—the Lord only knoweth. But there

I was in this guise, and with this heart and all its feelings within me,

where I saw scenes, heard words, and spoke others, which I will here

relate to you. I had finished my despatches last night by midnight, and

was sitting musing on the hard fate and improvidence of my sovereign

master, when, ere ever I was aware, a neighbour of ours, Mrs Jane

Jerdan, of Drumfielding, a mysterious character, with whom I have had

some strange doings in my time, came suddenly into the chamber, and

stood before me. I accosted her with doubt and terror, asking what had

brought her so far from home.’

“‘You are not so far from home as you imagine,’ said she; ‘and it is

fortunate for some that it is so. Your two sons have quarrelled about

the possession of niece Ellen, and though the eldest is blameless of the

quarrel, yet has he been forced into it, and they are engaged to fight

at daybreak at the Crook of Glendearg. There they will assuredly fall by

each other’s hands, if you interpose not; for there is no other

authority now on earth that can prevent this woful calamity.’

“‘Alas! how can I interfere,’ said I, ‘at a distance? It is already

within a few hours of the meeting, and before I get from among the

windings of the Severn, their swords will be bathed in each other’s

blood! I must trust to the interference of Heaven.’

“‘Is your name and influence, then, to perish for ever?’ said she. ‘Is

it so soon to follow your master’s, the great Maxwell of the Dales, into

utter oblivion? Why not rather rouse into requisition the energies of

the spirits that watch over human destinies? At least step aside with

me, that I may disclose the scene to your eyes. You know I can do it;

and you may then act according to your natural impulse.’

“Such was the import of the words she spoke to me, if not the very words

themselves. I understood them not at the time; nor do I yet. But when

she had done speaking, she took me by the hand, and hurried me towards

the door of the apartment, which she opened, and the first step we took

over the threshold, we stepped into a void space and fell downward. I

was going to call out, but felt my descent so rapid, that my voice was

stifled, and I could not so much as draw my breath. I expected every

moment to fall against something, and be dashed to pieces; and I shut my

eyes, clenched my teeth, and held by the dame’s hand with a frenzied

grasp, in expectation of the catastrophe. But down we went—down and

down, with a celerity which tongue cannot describe, without light,

breath, or any sort of impediment. I now felt assured that we had both

at once stepped from off the earth, and were hurled into the

immeasurable void. The airs of darkness sung in my ears with a booming

din as I rolled down the steeps of everlasting night, an outcast from

nature and all its harmonies, and a journeyer into the depths of hell.

“I still held my companion’s hand, and felt the pressure of hers; and so

long did this our alarming descent continue, that I at length caught

myself breathing once more, but as quick as if I had been in the height

of a fever. I then tried every effort to speak, but they were all

unavailing; for I could not emit one sound, although my lips and tongue

fashioned the words. Think, then, of my astonishment, when my companion

sung out the following stanza with the greatest glee:—

‘Here we roll,

Body and soul,

Down to the deeps of the Paynim’s goal—

With speed and with spell,

With yo and with yell,

This is the way to the palace of hell—

Sing yo! ho!

Level and low,

Down to the Valley of Vision we go!’

“‘Ha, ha, ha! Tam Beattie,’ added she, ‘where is a’ your courage now?

Cannot ye lift up your voice and sing a stave wi’ your auld crony? And

cannot ye lift up your een, and see what region you are in now?’

“I did force open my eyelids, and beheld light, and apparently worlds,

or huge lurid substances, gliding by me with speed beyond that of the

lightning of heaven. I certainly perceived light, though of a dim,

uncertain nature; but so precipitate was my descent, I could not

distinguish from whence it proceeded, or of what it consisted, whether

of the vapours of chaotic wastes, or the streamers of hell. So I again

shut my eyes closer than ever, and waited the event in terror

unutterable.

“We at length came upon something which interrupted our farther

progress. I had no feeling as we fell against it, but merely as if we

came in contact with some soft substance that impeded our descent; and

immediately afterwards I perceived that our motion had ceased.

“‘What a terrible tumble we hae gotten, Laird!’ said my companion. ‘But

ye are now in the place where you should be; and deil speed the coward!’

“So saying, she quitted my hand, and I felt as if she were wrested from

me by a third object; but still I durst not open my eyes, being

convinced that I was lying in the depths of hell, or some hideous place

not to be dreamt of; so I lay still in despair, not even daring to

address a prayer to my Maker. At length I lifted my eyes slowly and

fearfully; but they had no power of distinguishing objects. All that I

perceived was a vision of something in nature, with which I had in life

been too well acquainted. It was a glimpse of green glens, long

withdrawing ridges, and one high hill, with a cairn on its summit. I

rubbed my eyes to divest them of the enchantment, but when I opened them

again, the illusion was still brighter and more magnificent. Then

springing to my feet, I perceived that I was lying in a little fairy

ring, not one hundred yards from the door of my own hall!

“I was, as you may well conceive, dazzled with admiration; still I felt

that something was not right with me, and that I was struggling with an

enchantment; but recollecting the hideous story told me by the beldame,

of the deadly discord between my two sons, I hasted to watch their

motions, for the morning was yet but dawning. In a few seconds after

recovering my senses, I perceived my eldest son Thomas leave his tower

armed, and pass on towards the place of appointment. I waylaid him, and

remarked to him that he was very early astir, and I feared on no good

intent. He made no answer, but stood like one in a stupor, and gazed at

me. ‘I know your purpose, son Thomas,’ said I; ‘so it is in vain for you

to equivocate. You have challenged your brother, and are going to meet

him in deadly combat; but as you value your father’s blessing, and would

deprecate his curse—as you value your hope of heaven, and would escape

the punishment of hell—abandon the hideous and cursed intent, and be

reconciled to your only brother.’

“On this, my dutiful son Thomas kneeled to me, and presented his sword,

disclaiming at the same time all intentions of taking away his brother’s

life, and all animosity for the vengeance sought against himself, and

thanked me in a flood of tears for my interference. I then commanded him

back to his couch, and taking his cloak and sword, hasted away to the

Crook of Glendearg, to wait the arrival of his brother.”

Here Andrew Johnston’s narrative detailed the selfsame circumstances

recorded in a former part of this tale, as having passed between the

father and his younger son, so that it is needless to recapitulate them;

but beginning where that broke off, he added, in the words of the old

laird: “As soon as my son Francis had left me, in order to be reconciled

to his brother, I returned to the fairy knowe and ring, where I first

found myself seated at daybreak. I know not why I went there, for though

I considered with myself, I could discover no motive that I had for

doing so, but was led thither by a sort of impulse which I could not

resist, and from the same feeling spread my son’s mantle on the spot,

laid his sword beside it, and stretched me down to sleep. I remember

nothing farther with any degree of accuracy, for I instantly fell into a

chaos of suffering, confusion, and racking dismay, from which I was only

of late released by awaking from a trance on the very seat, and in the

same guise in which I was the evening before. I am certain I was at home

in body or in spirit—saw my sons—spake these words to them, and heard

theirs in return. How I returned I know even less, if that is possible,

than how I went; for it seemed to me that the mysterious force that

presses us to this sphere, and supports us on it, was in my case

withdrawn or subverted, and that I merely fell from one part of the

earth’s surface and alighted on another. Now I am so ill that I cannot

move from this couch; therefore, Andrew, do you mount and ride straight

home. Spare no horseflesh, by night or by day, to bring me word of my

family, for I dread that some evil hath befallen them. If you find them

in life, give them many charges from me of brotherly love and affection;

if not—what can I say, but, in the words of the patriarch, if I am

bereaved of my children, I am bereaved.”

The two brothers, in utter amazement, went together to the green ring on

the top of the knoll above the castle of Cassway, and there found the

mantle lying spread, and the sword beside it. They then, without letting

Johnston into the awful secret, mounted straight, and rode off with him

to their father. They found him still in bed, and very ill; and though

rejoiced at seeing them, they soon lost hope of his recovery, his

spirits being broken and deranged in a wonderful manner. Their

conversations together were of the most solemn nature, the visitation

deigned to them having been above their capacity. On the third or fourth

day, their father was removed by death from this terrestrial scene, and

the minds of the young men were so much impressed by the whole of the

circumstances, that it made a great alteration in their after life.

Thomas, as solemnly charged by his father, married Ellen Scott, and

Francis was well known afterwards as the celebrated Dr Beattie of

Amherst. Ellen was mother to twelve sons; and on the night that her

seventh son was born, her aunt Jerdan was lost, and never more heard of,

either living or dead.[9]

Footnote 9:

This will be viewed as a most romantic and unnatural story, as without

doubt it is; but I have the strongest reasons for believing that it is

founded on a literal fact, of which all the three were sensibly and

positively convinced. It was published in England in Dr Beattie’s

lifetime, and by his acquiescence, and owing to the respectable source

from whence it came, it was never disputed in that day that it had its

origin in truth. It was again republished, with some miserable

alterations, in a London collection of 1770, by J. Smith, at No. 15,

Paternoster Row, and though I have seen none of these accounts, but

relate the story wholly from tradition, yet the assurance obtained

from a friend of their existence, is a curious corroborative

circumstance, and proves that if the story was not true, the parties

at least believed it to be so.—_Note by the Author._

THE ELDER’S FUNERAL.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

How beautiful to the eye and to the heart rise up, in a pastoral region,

the green silent hills from the dissolving snow-wreaths that yet linger

at their feet! A few warm sunny days, and a few breezy and melting

nights, have seemed to create the sweet season of spring out of the

winter’s bleakest desolation. We can scarcely believe that such

brightness of verdure could have been shrouded in the snow, blending

itself, as it now does, so vividly with the deep blue of heaven. With

the revival of nature our own souls feel restored. Happiness becomes

milder, meeker, and richer in pensive thought; while sorrow catches a

faint tinge of joy, and reposes itself on the quietness of earth’s

opening breast. Then is youth rejoicing—manhood sedate—and old age

resigned. The child shakes his golden curls in his glee; he of riper

life hails the coming year with temperate exultation; and the eye that

has been touched with dimness, in the general spirit of delight, forgets

or fears not the shadows of the grave.

On such a vernal day as this did we, who had visited the Elder on his

death-bed,[10] walk together to his house in the Hazel Glen, to

accompany his body to the place of burial. On the night he died, it

seemed to be the dead of winter. On the day he was buried, it seemed to

be the birth of spring. The old pastor and I were alone for awhile as we

pursued our path up the glen, by the banks of the little burn. It had

cleared itself off from the melted snow, and ran so pellucid a race that

every stone and pebble was visible in its yellow channel. The willows,

the alders, and the birches, the fairest and the earliest of our native

hill-trees, seemed almost tinged with a verdant light, as if they were

budding; and beneath them, here and there peeped out, as in the pleasure

of new existence, the primrose lonely, or in little families and flocks.

The bee had not yet ventured to leave his cell, yet the flowers reminded

one of his murmur. A few insects were dancing in the air, and here and

there some little moorland bird, touched at the heart with the warm and

sunny change, was piping his love-sweet song among the braes. It was

just such a day as a grave meditative man, like him we were about to

inter, would have chosen to walk over his farm in religious contentment

with his lot. That was the thought that entered the pastor’s heart, as

we paused to enjoy one brighter gleam of the sun in a little

meadow-field of peculiar beauty.

Footnote 10:

See _ante_, page 280.

“This is the last day of the week, and on that day often did the Elder

walk through this little happy kingdom of his own, with some of his

grandchildren beside and around him, and often his Bible in his hand. It

is, you feel, a solitary place,—all the vale is one seclusion—and often

have its quiet bounds been a place of undisturbed meditation and

prayer.”

We now came in sight of the cottage, and beyond it the termination of

the glen. There the high hills came sloping gently down; and a little

waterfall, in the distance, gave animation to a scene of perfect repose.

We were now joined by various small parties coming to the funeral

through openings among the hills; all sedate, but none sad, and every

greeting was that of kindness and peace. The Elder had died full of

years; and there was no need why any out of his household should weep. A

long life of piety had been beautifully closed; and, therefore, we were

all going to commit the body to the earth, assured, as far as human

beings may be so assured, that the soul was in heaven. As the party

increased on our approach to the house, there was even cheerfulness

among us. We spoke of the early and bright promise of spring—of the

sorrows and joys of other families—of marriages and births—of the new

schoolmaster—of to-morrow’s Sabbath. There was no topic of which, on any

common occasion, it might have been fitting to speak, that did not now

perhaps occupy, for a few moments, some one or other of the group, till

we found ourselves ascending the greensward before the cottage, and

stood below the bare branches of the sycamores. Then we were all silent,

and, after a short pause, reverently entered into the house of death.

At the door the son received us with a calm, humble, and untroubled

face; and in his manner towards the old minister, there was something

that could not be misunderstood, expressing penitence, gratitude, and

resignation. We all sat down in the large kitchen; and the son decently

received each person at the door, and showed him to his place. There

were some old gray heads, more becoming gray, and many bright in manhood

and youth. But the same solemn hush was over them all, and they sat all

bound together in one uniting and assimilating spirit of devotion and

faith. Wine and bread were to be sent round; but the son looked to the

old minister, who rose, lifted up his withered hand, and began a

blessing and a prayer.

There was so much composure and stillness in the old man’s attitude, and

something so affecting in his voice, tremulous and broken, not in grief

but age, that no sooner had he begun to pray, than every heart and every

breath at once were hushed. All stood motionless, nor could one eye

abstain from that placid and patriarchal countenance, with its closed

eyes, and long silvery hair. There was nothing sad in his words, but

they were all humble and solemn, and at times even joyful in the

kindling spirit of piety and faith. He spoke of the dead man’s goodness

as imperfect in the eyes of his Great Judge, but such as, we were

taught, might lead, through intercession, to the kingdom of heaven.

Might the blessing of God, he prayed, which had so long rested on the

head now coffined, not forsake that of him who was now to be the father

of this house. There was more—more joy, we were told, in heaven, over

one sinner that repenteth, than over ninety and nine just persons which

need no repentance. Fervently, too, and tenderly, did the old man pray

for her, in her silent chamber, who had lost so kind a parent, and for

all the little children round her knees. Nor did he end his prayer

without some allusion to his own gray hairs, and to the approaching day

on which many then present would attend his burial.

Just as he ceased to speak, one solitary stifled sob was heard, and all

eyes turned kindly round to a little boy who was standing by the side of

the Elder’s son. Restored once more to his own father’s love, his heart

had been insensibly filled with peace since the old man’s death. The

returning tenderness of the living came in place of that of the dead,

and the child yearned towards his father now with a stronger affection,

relieved at last from all his fear. He had been suffered to sit an hour

each day beside the bed on which his grandfather lay shrouded, and he

had got reconciled to the cold but silent and happy looks of death. His

mother and his Bible told him to obey God without repining in all

things; and the child did so with perfect simplicity. One sob had found

its way at the close of that pathetic prayer; but the tears that bathed

his glistening cheeks were far different from those that, on the day and

night of his grandfather’s decease, had burst from the agony of a

breaking heart. The old minister laid his hand silently upon his golden

head; there was a momentary murmur of kindness and pity over the room;

the child was pacified, and again all was repose and peace.

A sober voice said all was ready, and the son and the minister led the

way reverently out into the open air. The bier stood before the door,

and was lifted slowly up with its sable pall. Silently each mourner took

his place. The sun was shining pleasantly, and a gentle breeze, passing

through the sycamore, shook down the glittering raindrops upon the

funeral velvet. The small procession, with an instinctive spirit, began

to move along; and as I cast up my eyes to take a farewell look of that

beautiful dwelling, now finally left by him who so long had blessed it,

I saw at the half-open lattice of the little bedroom window above, the

pale weeping face of that stainless matron, who was taking her last

passionate farewell of the mortal remains of her father, now slowly

receding from her to the quiet field of graves.

We proceeded along the edges of the hills, and along the meadow-fields,

crossed the old wooden bridge over the burn, now widening in its course

to the plain, and in an hour of pensive silence, or pleasant talk, we

found ourselves entering, in a closer body, the little gateway of the

churchyard. To the tolling of the bell we moved across the green mounds,

and arranged ourselves, according to the plan and order which our

feelings suggested, around the bier and its natural supporters. There

was no delay. In a few minutes the Elder was laid among the mould of his

forefathers, in their long-ago chosen spot of rest. One by one the

people dropped away, and none were left by the new made grave but the

son and his little boy, the pastor and myself. As yet nothing was said,

and in that pause I looked around me, over the sweet burial-ground.

Each tombstone and grave over which I had often walked in boyhood arose

in my memory, as I looked steadfastly upon their long-forgotten

inscriptions; and many had then been erected. The whole character of the

place was still simple and unostentatious, but from the abodes of the

dead I could see that there had been an improvement in the condition of

the living. There was a taste visible in their decorations, not without

much of native feeling, and occasionally something even of native grace.

If there was any other inscription than the name and age of the poor

inhabitants below, it was, in general, some short text of Scripture; for

it is most pleasant and soothing to the pious mind, when bereaved of

friends, to commemorate them on earth by some touching expression taken

from that Book which reveals to them a life in heaven.

There is a sort of gradation, a scale of forgetfulness, in a country

churchyard, where the processes of nature are suffered to go on over the

green place of burial, that is extremely affecting in the contemplation.

The soul goes from the grave just covered up, to that which seems

scarcely joined together, on and on to those folded and bound by the

undisturbed verdure of many, many unremembered years. It then glides at

last into nooks and corners where the ground seems perfectly calm and

waveless, utter oblivion having smoothed the earth over the long

mouldered bones. Tombstones, on which the inscriptions are hidden in

green obliteration, or that are mouldering, or falling to a side, are

close to others which last week were brushed by the chisel;—constant

renovation and constant decay—vain attempts to adhere to memory—and

oblivion, now baffled and now triumphant, smiling among all the

memorials of human affection, as they keep continually crumbling away

into the world of undistinguishable dust and ashes.

The churchyard, to the inhabitants of a rural parish, is the place to

which, as they grow older, all their thoughts and feelings turn. The

young take a look of it every Sabbath-day, not always perhaps a careless

look, but carry away from it, unconsciously, many salutary impressions.

What is more pleasant than the meeting of a rural congregation in the

churchyard before the minister appears? What is there to shudder at in

lying down, sooner or later, in such a peaceful and sacred place, to be

spoken of frequently on Sabbath among the groups of which we used to be

one, and our low burial-spot to be visited, at such times, as long as

there remains on earth any one to whom our face was dear? To those who

mix in the strife and dangers of the world, the place is felt to be

uncertain wherein they may finally lie at rest. The soldier—the

sailor—the traveller—can only see some dim grave dug for him when he

dies, in some place obscure, nameless, and unfixed to the imagination.

All he feels is, that his burial will be—on earth—or in the sea. But the

peaceful dwellers who cultivate their paternal acres, or tilling at

least the same small spot of soil, shift only from a cottage on the

hillside to one on the plain, still within the bounds of one quiet

parish; they look to lay their bones at last in the burial-place of the

kirk in which they were baptised, and with them it almost literally is

but a step from the cradle to the grave.

Such were the thoughts that calmly followed each other in my reverie, as

I stood beside the Elder’s grave, and the trodden grass was again

lifting up its blades from the pressure of many feet, now all, but a

few, departed. What a simple burial had it been! Dust was consigned to

dust—no more. Bare, naked, simple, and austere is in Scotland the

service of the grave. It is left to the soul itself to consecrate, by

its passion, the mould over which tears, but no words, are poured.

Surely there is a beauty in this; for the heart is left unto its own

sorrow—according as it is a friend—a brother—a parent—or a child, that

is covered up from our eyes. Yet call not other rites, however different

from this, less beautiful or pathetic. For willingly does the soul

connect its grief with any consecrated ritual of the dead. Sound or

silence—music—hymns—psalms—sable garments, or raiment white as snow—all

become holy symbols of the soul’s affection; nor is it for any man to

say which is the most natural, which is the best, of the thousand shows

and expressions, and testimonies of sorrow, resignation, and love, by

which mortal beings would seek to express their souls when one of their

brethren has returned to his parent dust.

My mind was recalled from all these sad, yet not unpleasant fancies, by

a deep groan, and I beheld the Elder’s son fling himself down upon the

grave and kiss it passionately, imploring pardon from God. “I distressed

my father’s heart in his old age—I repented—and received thy forgiveness

even on thy death-bed! But how may I be assured that God will forgive me

for having so sinned against my old, grayheaded father, when his limbs

were weak and his eyesight dim!” The old minister stood at the head of

the grave without speaking a word, with his solemn and pitiful eyes

fixed upon the prostrate and contrite man. His sin had been great, and

tears that till now had, on this day at least, been compressed within

his heart by the presence of so many of his friends, now poured down

upon the sod as if they would have found their way to the very body of

his father. Neither of us offered to lift him up, for we felt awed by

the rueful passion of his love, his remorse, and his penitence; and

nature, we felt, ought to have her way. “Fear not, my son,” at length

said the old man, in a gentle voice—“fear not, my son, but that you are

already forgiven. Dost thou not feel pardon within thy contrite spirit?”

He rose up from his knees with a faint smile, while the minister, with

his white head yet uncovered, held his hands over him as in benediction;

and that beautiful and loving child, who had been standing in a fit of

weeping terror at his father’s agony, now came up to him and kissed his

cheek—holding in his little hand a few faded primroses which he had

unconsciously gathered together as they lay on the turf of his

grandfather’s grave.

MACDONALD, THE CATTLE-RIEVER.

Archibald Macdonald was perhaps the most perfect master of his hazardous

profession of any who ever practised it. Archibald was by birth a

gentleman, and proprietor of a small estate in Argyleshire, which he

however lost early in life. He soon distinguished himself as a

cattle-lifter on an extensive scale; and weak as the arm of the law

might then have been, he found it advisable to remove further from its

influence, and he shifted his residence from his native district of

Appin to the remote peninsula of Ardnamurchan, which was admirably

adapted to his purpose, from its geographical position. He obtained a

lease of an extensive farm, and he fitted up a large cowhouse, though

his whole visible live-stock consisted of one filly. His neighbours

could not help making remarks on this subject, but he begged of them to

have no anxiety on that head, assuring them that his byre would be full

ere Christmas; and he was as good as his word. He had trained the filly

to suit his purpose, and it was a practice of his to tie other horses to

her tail; she then directed her course homeward by unfrequented routes,

and always found her way in safety.

His expeditions were generally carried on by sea, and he annoyed the

most distant of the Hebrides, both to the south and north. He often

changed the colour of his boats and sails, and adopted whatever appeared

best suited to his immediate purpose. In consequence of this artifice,

his depredations were frequently ascribed to others, and sometimes to

men of the first distinction in that country, so dexterously did he

imitate their birlings and their insignia. He held his land from

Campbell of Lochnell, into whose favour he had insinuated himself by his

knowledge and address.

When Lochnell resided at the castle of Mingary, Archibald was often

ordered to lie on a mattress in his bedroom, to entertain him at night

with the recitation of the poems of Ossian, and with tales. Archibald

contrived means to convert this circumstance to his advantage. He

ordered his men to be in readiness, and that night he selected one of

his longest poems. As he calculated, Lochnell fell asleep before he had

finished the recital; the robber slunk out and soon joined his

associates. He steered for the island of Mull, where some of his men had

been previously sent to execute his orders; he carried off a whole fold

of cattle, which he landed safely, and returned to his mattress before

Lochnell awoke. When he lay down he purposely snored so loudly that the

sleeping chief was disturbed, and complained of the tremendous noise the

fellow made, observing that, fond as he was of poetry, he must deprive

himself of it in future on such conditions. To this Archibald had no

objections; his principal object was then accomplished, and taking up

the tale where he had stopped when his patron fell asleep, he finished

it, and slept soundly to an advanced hour.

The cattle were immediately missed, and suspicion fell on Archibald; but

he triumphantly referred to Lochnell for a proof of his innocence, and

this he obtained. That gentleman solemnly declared that the robber had

never been out of his room during that night, and the charge was of

course dropped.

A wealthy man who resided in the neighbourhood was noted for his

penurious habits, and he had incurred particular odium by refusing a

supply of meal to a poor widow in distress. This man had sent a

considerable quantity of grain to the mill, which, as usual, he attended

himself, and was conveying the meal home at night on horseback. The

horses were tied in a string, the halter of one fixed to the tail of

another; and the owner led the foremost by a long tether. His road lay

through a wood, and Archibald there watched his approach. The night was

dark, and the man walked slowly, humming a song; the ground was soft,

and the horses having no shoes (as is still usual in that country),

their tread made no noise. Archibald ordered one of his men to loosen

the tether from the head of the front horse, and to hold it, himself

occupying the place of the horse, and walking on at the same pace. He

thus got possession of the whole. The miser soon arrived at his own

door, and called for assistance to deposit his winter store in safety,

but, to his astonishment, found he had but the halter!

Availing himself of the credulity of his countrymen, he pretended to

hold frequent intercourse with a spirit or genii, still much

distinguished in the West Highlands under the appellation of Glastig.

This he turned to excellent account, as the stories which his partisans

fabricated of the command he had over the Glastig, and the connexion

between them, terrified the people so much, that few could be prevailed

upon to watch their cattle at night, and they thus fell an easy prey to

this artful rogue.

Archibald’s father having died early, his mother afterwards married a

second husband, who resided in a neighbouring island. When she died, her

son was out of favour with his stepfather, and he was refused the

privilege of having the disposal of his mother’s remains, nor did he

think it prudent to appear openly at her funeral. He however obtained

accurate information of the place where the corpse was lying. One dark

night, he made an opening in the thatched roof of the earthen hut, and

the wakers being occupied in the feats of athletic exercise usually

practised on these occasions, the body being excluded from their sight

by a screen which hung across the house, Archibald carried it off to his

boat like another Æneas. He also got possession of the stock of whisky

intended for the occasion, as it lay in the same place—thus discharging

the last duties of a pious son with little expense to himself.

A fatal event at length occurred, which rendered it necessary for the

man to retire from trade. He made a descent on one of the small islands

on that coast, and had collected the cattle, when the proprietor (who

had information of the circumstance), made his appearance to rescue

them. Archibald was compelled to yield up his prey, but one of the

villains who accompanied him levelled his musket at the gentleman, and

shot him dead from the boat.

The robber was fully aware of his danger, and, with the assistance of a

fair wind, he shaped his course for the mainland. He pushed on with all

possible speed, and arrived at Inveraray before sunrise the following

morning. Having information that Stewart of Appin was then in town, he

watched his motions, and at an early hour saw him on the street in

conversation with the sheriff of the county. Archibald, who was an old

acquaintance, saluted him, and his salute was returned. When Appin

parted with the sheriff, Archibald complained that he had taken no

notice of him the preceding day, when he accosted him in the same place.

Appin said he was conscious of having seen him, but that he was much

hurried at the time, and hoped he would excuse him. The robber’s object

was accomplished. Appin had no doubt of the truth of what he said; and

on his trial for the murder, an alibi was established in his favour,

from this very extraordinary piece of address. Some of his crew were

afterwards taken in Ross-shire, and executed there by order of the Earl

of Seaforth, though the actual murderer escaped punishment. Archibald,

however, never again plundered on a large scale. He died about the

middle of the 17th century, and his name still stands unrivalled for

cunning and address in his calling.—_“Traditions of the Western

Highlands,” in the London Literary Gazette._

THE MURDER HOLE:

AN ANCIENT LEGEND OF GALLOWAY.

Ah, frantic Fear!

I see, I see thee near;

I know thy hurried step, thy haggard eye!

Like thee I start, like thee disordered fly!

_Collins._

In a remote district of country belonging to Lord Cassilis, between

Ayrshire and Galloway, about three hundred years ago, a moor of

apparently boundless extent stretched several miles along the road, and

wearied the eye of the traveller by the sameness and desolation of its

appearance: not a tree varied the prospect—not a shrub enlivened the eye

by its freshness—not a native flower bloomed to adorn this ungenial

soil. One “lonesome desert” reached the horizon on every side, with

nothing to mark that any mortal had ever visited the scene before,

except a few rude huts that were scattered near its centre; and a road,

or rather pathway, for those whom business or necessity obliged to pass

in that direction. At length, deserted as this wild region had always

been, it became still more gloomy. Strange rumours arose that the path

of unwary travellers had been beset on this “blasted heath,” and that

treachery and murder had intercepted the solitary stranger as he

traversed its dreary extent. When several persons, who were known to

have passed that way, mysteriously disappeared, the inquiries of their

relatives led to a strict and anxious investigation; but though the

officers of justice were sent to scour the country, and examine the

inhabitants, not a trace could be obtained of the persons in question,

nor of any place of concealment which could be a refuge for the lawless

or desperate to horde in. Yet as inquiry became stricter, and the

disappearance of individuals more frequent, the simple inhabitants of

the neighbouring hamlet were agitated by the most fearful apprehensions.

Some declared that the death-like stillness of the night was often

interrupted by sudden and preternatural cries of more than mortal

anguish, which seemed to arise in the distance; and a shepherd one

evening, who had lost his way on the moor, declared he had approached

three mysterious figures, who seemed struggling against each other with

supernatural energy, till at length one of them, with a frightful

scream, suddenly sunk into the earth.

Gradually the inhabitants deserted their dwellings on the heath, and

settled in distant quarters, till at length but one of the cottages

continued to be inhabited by an old woman and her two sons, who loudly

lamented that poverty chained them to this solitary and mysterious spot.

Travellers who frequented this road now generally did so in groups to

protect each other; and if night overtook them, they usually stopped at

the humble cottage of the old woman and her sons, where cleanliness

compensated for the want of luxury, and where, over a blazing fire of

peat, the bolder spirits smiled at the imaginary dangers of the road,

and the more timid trembled as they listened to the tales of terror and

affright with which their hosts entertained them.

One gloomy and tempestuous night in November, a pedlar-boy hastily

traversed the moor. Terrified to find himself involved in darkness

amidst its boundless wastes, a thousand frightful traditions, connected

with this dreary scene, darted across his mind: every blast, as it swept

in hollow gusts over the heath, seemed to teem with the sighs of

departed spirits; and the birds, as they winged their way above his

head, appeared, with loud and shrill cries, to warn him of approaching

danger. The whistle, with which he usually beguiled his weary

pilgrimage, died away into silence, and he groped along with trembling

and uncertain steps, which sounded too loudly in his ears. The promise

of Scripture occurred to his memory, and revived his courage: “I will be

unto thee as a rock in the desert, and as an hiding-place in the storm.”

“Surely,” thought he, “though alone, I am not forsaken;” and a prayer

for assistance hovered on his lips.

A light now glimmered in the distance which would lead him, he

conjectured, to the cottage of the old woman; and towards that he

eagerly bent his way, remembering, as he hastened along, that when he

had visited it the year before, it was in company of a large party of

travellers, who had beguiled the evening with those tales of mystery

which had so lately filled his brain with images of terror. He

recollected, too, how anxiously the old woman and her sons had

endeavoured to detain him when the other travellers were departing; and

now, therefore, he confidently anticipated a cordial and cheering

reception. His first call for admission obtained no visible marks of

attention, but instantly the greatest noise and confusion prevailed

within the cottage. “They think it is one of the supernatural visitants

of whom the old lady talks so much,” thought the boy, approaching a

window, where the light within showed him all the inhabitants at their

several occupations; the old woman was hastily scrubbing the stone

floor, and strewing it thickly with sand, while her two sons seemed,

with equal haste, to be thrusting something large and heavy into an

immense chest, which they carefully locked.

The boy, in a frolicsome mood, thoughtlessly tapped at the window, when

they all instantly started up with consternation so strongly depicted on

their countenances, that he shrunk back involuntarily with an undefined

feeling of apprehension; but before he had time to reflect a moment

longer, one of the men suddenly darted out at the door, and seizing the

boy roughly by the shoulder, dragged him violently into the cottage.

“I am not what you take me for,” said the boy, attempting to laugh; “but

only the poor pedlar who visited you last year.”

“Are you _alone_?” inquired the old woman, in a harsh, deep tone, which

made his heart thrill with apprehension.

“Yes,” said the boy, “I am alone _here_; and alas!” he added with a

burst of uncontrollable feeling, “I am alone in the wide world also! Not

a person exists who would assist me in distress, or shed a single tear

if I died this very night.”

“Then you are welcome!” said one of the men with a sneer, while he cast

a glance of peculiar expression at the other inhabitants of the cottage.

It was with a shiver of apprehension, rather than of cold, that the boy

drew towards the fire, and the looks which the old woman and her sons

exchanged made him wish that he had preferred the shelter of any one of

the roofless cottages which were scattered near, rather than thrust

himself among persons of such dubious aspect. Dreadful surmises flitted

across his brain; and terrors which he could neither combat nor examine

imperceptibly stole into his mind; but alone, and beyond the reach of

assistance, he resolved to smother his suspicions, or at least not

increase the danger by revealing them. The room to which he retired for

the night had a confused and desolate aspect: the curtains seemed to

have been violently torn down from the bed, and still hung in tatters

around it; the table seemed to have been broken by some violent

concussion, and the fragments of various pieces of furniture lay

scattered upon the floor. The boy begged that a light might burn in his

apartment till he was asleep, and anxiously examined the fastenings of

the door; but they seemed to have been wrenched asunder on a former

occasion, and were still left rusty and broken.

It was long ere the pedlar attempted to compose his agitated nerves to

rest, but at length his senses began to “steep themselves in

forgetfulness,” though his imagination remained painfully active, and

presented new scenes of terror to his mind, with all the vividness of

reality. He fancied himself again wandering on the heath, which appeared

to be peopled with spectres, who all beckoned to him not to enter the

cottage, and as he approached it, they vanished with a hollow and

despairing cry. The scene then changed, and he found himself again

seated by the fire, where the countenances of the men scowled upon him

with the most terrifying malignity, and he thought the old woman

suddenly seized him by the arms, and pinioned them to his side.

Suddenly the boy was startled from these agitated slumbers, by what

sounded to him like a cry of distress; he was broad awake in a moment,

and sat up in bed; but the noise was not repeated, and he endeavoured to

persuade himself it had only been a continuation of the fearful images

which had disturbed his rest, when, on glancing at the door, he observed

underneath it a broad red stream of blood silently stealing its course

along the floor. Frantic with alarm, it was but the work of a moment to

spring from his bed, and rush to the door, through a chink of which, his

eye nearly dimmed with affright, he could watch unsuspected whatever

might be done in the adjoining room.

His fear vanished instantly when he perceived that it was only a goat

that they had been slaughtering; and he was about to steal into his bed

again, ashamed of his groundless apprehensions, when his ear was

arrested by a conversation which transfixed him aghast with terror to

the spot.

“This is an easier job than you had yesterday,” said the man who held

the goat. “I wish all the throats we’ve cut were as easily and quietly

done. Did you ever hear such a noise as the old gentleman made last

night? It was well we had no neighbours within a dozen miles, or they

must have heard his cries for help and mercy.”

“Don’t speak of it,” replied the other; “I was never fond of bloodshed.”

“Ha! ha!” said the other, with a sneer, “you say so, do you?”

“I do,” answered the first, gloomily; “the Murder Hole is the thing for

me—that tells no tales; a single scuffle,—a single plunge,—and the

fellow’s dead and buried to your hand in a moment. I would defy all the

officers in Christendom to discover any mischief there.

“Ay, Nature did us a good turn when she contrived such a place as that.

Who that saw a hole in the heath, filled with clear water, and so small

that the long grass meets over the top of it, would suppose that the

depth is unfathomable, and that it conceals more than forty people, who

have met their deaths there? It sucks them in like a leech!”

“How do you mean to despatch the lad in the next room?” asked the old

woman in an undertone. The elder son made her a sign to be silent, and

pointed towards the door where their trembling auditor was concealed;

while the other, with an expression of brutal ferocity, passed his

bloody knife across his throat.

The pedlar boy possessed a bold and daring spirit, which was now roused

to desperation; but in any open resistance the odds were so completely

against him that flight seemed his best resource. He gently stole to the

window, and having forced back the rusty bolt by which the casement had

been fastened, he let himself down without noise or difficulty. “This

betokens good,” thought he, pausing an instant, in dreadful hesitation

what direction to take. This momentary deliberation was fearfully

interrupted by the hoarse voice of the men calling aloud, “_The boy has

fled—let loose the bloodhound!_” These words sunk like a death-knell on

his heart, for escape appeared now impossible, and his nerves seemed to

melt away like wax in a furnace. “Shall I perish without a struggle?”

thought he, rousing himself to exertion, and, helpless and terrified as

a hare, pursued by its ruthless hunters, he fled across the heath. Soon

the baying of the bloodhound broke the stillness of the night, and the

voice of its masters sounded through the moor, as they endeavoured to

accelerate its speed. Panting and breathless, the boy pursued his

hopeless career, but every moment his pursuers seemed to gain upon his

failing steps. The hound was unimpeded by the darkness which was to him

so impenetrable, and its noise rung louder and deeper on his ear,—while

the lanterns which were carried by the men gleamed near and distinct

upon his vision.

At his fullest speed the terrified boy fell with violence over a heap of

stones, and having nothing on but his shirt, he was severely cut in

every limb. With one wild cry to Heaven for assistance, he continued

prostrate on the earth, bleeding and nearly insensible. The hoarse

voices of the men, and the still louder baying of the dog, were now so

near, that instant destruction seemed inevitable; already he felt

himself in their fangs, and the bloody knife of the assassin appeared to

gleam before his eyes. Despair renewed his energy, and once more, in an

agony of affright that seemed verging towards madness, he rushed forward

so rapidly that terror seemed to have given wings to his feet. A loud

cry near the spot he had left arose in his ears without suspending his

flight. The hound had stopped at the place where the pedlar’s wounds

bled so profusely, and deeming the chase now over, it lay down there,

and could not be induced to proceed. In vain the men beat it with

frantic violence, and cried again to put the hound on the scent,—the

sight of blood satisfied the animal that its work was done, and it

obstinately resisted every inducement to pursue the same scent a second

time.

The pedlar boy in the meantime paused not in his flight till morning

dawned; and still as he fled, the noise of steps seemed to pursue him,

and the cry of his would-be assassins sounded in the distance. He at

length reached a village, and spread instant alarm throughout the

neighbourhood; the inhabitants were aroused with one accord into a

tumult of indignation—several of them had lost sons, brothers, or

friends on the heath, and all united in proceeding immediately to seize

the old woman and her sons, who were nearly torn to pieces in their

furious wrath. Three gibbets were at once raised on the moor, and the

wretched culprits confessed before their execution to the destruction of

nearly fifty victims in the Murder Hole, which they pointed out, and

near which they suffered the penalty of their crimes. The bones of

several murdered persons were with difficulty brought up from the abyss

into which they had been thrust; but so narrow is the aperture, and so

extraordinary the depth, that all who see it are inclined to coincide in

the tradition of the country people, that it is unfathomable.

The scene of these events still continues nearly as it was three hundred

years ago: the remains of the old cottage, with its blackened walls

(haunted, of course, by a thousand evil spirits), and the extensive

moor, on which a more modern inn (if it can be dignified with such an

epithet) resembles its predecessor in everything but the character of

its inhabitants. The landlord is deformed, but possesses extraordinary

genius; he has himself manufactured a violin, on which he plays with

untaught skill,—and if any _discord_ be heard in the house, or any

murder committed in it, _this_ is his only instrument. His daughter (who

has never travelled beyond the heath) has inherited her father’s talent,

and learned all his tales of terror and superstition, which she relates

with infinite spirit; but when you are led by her across the heath to

drop a stone into that deep and narrow gulf to which our story

relates,—when you stand on its slippery edge, and, parting the long

grass with which it is covered, gaze into its mysterious depths,—when

she describes, with all the animation of an eye-witness, the struggle of

the victims clutching the grass as a last hope of preservation, and

trying to drag in their assassin as an expiring effort of

vengeance,—when you are told that for three hundred years the clear

waters in this diamond of the desert have remained untasted by mortal

lips, and that the solitary traveller is still pursued at night by the

howling of the bloodhound,—it is then only that it is possible fully to

appreciate the terrors of “The Murder Hole.”—_Blackwood’s Magazine_,

1829.

THE MILLER OF DOUNE:

_A TRAVELLER’S TALE_.

CHAPTER I.

In the reign of James the Fifth, the mill on the Teath, near Doune, was

possessed, as it had been for abune a century, by a family of the name

of Marshall.

They were a bauld and a strong race of men, and when the miller of whom

we’re now to speak was in his prime, it used to be a common saying in

the kintra, “Better get a kick frae a naig’s foot, than a stroke frae

John Marshall;” and even now that he was threescore and one, there were

unco few that liked to come to grips wi’ him. But though John kent he

need fear nae man, and would carry things wi’ a high hand when needfu’,

yet he was onything but quarrelsome, and was aye mair ready to gree wi’

a man than to fight wi’ him; and as he was a gash sensible man, and

thoroughly honest, he had mony frien’s and weel-wishers, and was muckle

respeckit in the hale kintra side.

John’s family consisted of twa sons and a dochter, who had lost their

mither when they were but weans. The eldest, James, was as like what his

father was at the same age, as twa peas; only, if onything, a thought

stronger. William, the next, was mair slender; but though he couldna put

the stane, nor fling the fore-hammer, within mony an ell o’ James, yet

he could jump higher than ony man he had ever met wi’; and as for

rinnin’, naebody could come near him. Of Jeanie Marshall we need say nae

mair than that she was a sensible, spirited, light-hearted lassie, the

pride of her brothers, and her father’s darling.

It happened ae night, as the miller was coming back frae gien his horse

a drink at the water, that he heard something cheep-cheeping in the

grass at the roadside, and every now and then it gied a bit flee up in

the air, and then doun again; and upon looking at it again, the miller

saw that it was a robin chased by a whuttrit, which was trying to grip

it; and the miller said to himsel, “I canna thole to see the puir bit

burdie riven a’ to coopens afore my very een;” so he banged aff the

horse, and ran and got it up in his hand, and he let drive sic a kick at

the whuttrit, that the beast gaed up in the lift, and ower the hedge,

just as if it had been a kuisten snawba’.

On lookin’ at the robin, John saw some straes stickin’ to’t wi’

burd-lime, which had stoppit it frae fleein’, and he begood to pike them

aff; but Clod, who was a restless brute, and was wearyin’ for his

stable, tuggit and ruggit sae at the helter, that the miller could come

nae speed ava. “And now,” says the miller, “gif I set you doun, puir

thing, as ye are, some beast or anither will come and worry ye; and it’s

no in my power to get on that dancing deevil’s back wi’ ae hand—sae gang

ye in there;” and he lifted up the flap o’ his pouch, and pat in the

robin.

Now, John Marshall kentna that a’ this time there was a man at the back

o’ the hedge wi’ a cockit gun in his hand, ready to shoot the whuttrit;

but who, when he saw the miller jump aff his horse, took doun the gun

frae his shouther, to watch the upshot o’t; and when he heard what the

miller said, and saw him put the robin in his pouch, he thought to

himsel, “I maun ken something mair about this man;” sae he follows the

miller at a distance. And when he sees him come out o’ the stable, and

into the house, and the door steekit, and a’ quiet, he slips up to a

window which was a wee bit open, and whaur he could hear and see a’ that

gaed on. The first thing he sees is the miller and his family preparing

for family worship, for that was a thing John Marshall ne’er missed; and

after the psalm was dune, the miller spreads the Bible before him, and

pittin’ his hand into his pouch for his napkin, to dight his spectacles,

out comes napkin, an’ burd, an’ a’.

“’Od,” says Jeanie, saftly, “gif my father hasna brought hame a robin.”

“Whaur got ye the bit robin, father?” said William.

“Ne’er ye mind, William, my man,” said the miller; “I’m gaun to read ye

a part o’ the Word o’ God, and that will do ye mair gude than onything I

hae to tell ye;” and as he pat out his hand to tak the corner o’ his

napkin, the robin gied him a dab. “Aye, neebor!” says the miller. “But

ye’re no to blame, puir beastie, for ye wasna to ken whether I meant ye

ill or gude. And now that I think o’t,” continued the miller, “I’ll pass

by our regular order the night, and read ye that chapter whaur we’re

tauld that no even a sparrow shall fa’ to the grund without the Lord

wills it.”

When he had finished it, they a’ went doun on their knees, and the

miller, amang ither things, prayed that He, wha took care even o’ the

bit burds o’ the air, would watch for their welfare, and gie them grace

to resist a’ temptation, and to live a gude and a godly life, like men

and like Christians. And when it was ower, and Jeanie was putting by the

Bible, a dirl comes to the door.

“See wha’s that, Jeanie,” cried the miller. Sae Jeanie opens it, and

when she comes back, she says, “It’s ane John Murdoch, father, wha’s

travell’t a gey lang bit the day; but gif it’s no convenient to tak him

in, he’ll just trudge on.”

“Bring him ben, lassie,” quoth the miller. Sae in walks John Murdoch, a

plain, honest, kintra-like chiel; and “Guid e’en to you, miller,” says

he.

“The same to you, frien’,” says John Marshall; “and sit ye doun, and pit

by your bonnet. We’re gaun to hae our parritch belyve, and if ye’ll tak

your share o’ them, and stay a’ night wi’ us, we’ll mak ye welcome.”

“Wi’ a’ my heart,” says John Murdoch, sitting himsel down. “And ye’ve

gotten a bit burdie on the table, I see,—but it’s a wee douf ways, I

think.”

“Ou aye,” quoth the miller, “the puir thing’s gotten a bit fright the

night; and it’s a’ stickin’ wi’ burd-lime, and I kenna how to get it

aff.”

“Let me see’t,” says John Murdoch, “I hae some bit notion o’ thae

things.” An’ he took a’ the straes aff it, and dighted and cleaned its

feathers, and made it just as right’s ever.

“And whaur’ll we put it now?” said he.

“’Od,” quoth the miller, “it would amaist be a pity to put it out at the

window the night; sae, Jeanie, see, if there’s naething to haud it till

the morn’s morning.”

“We’ll sune manage that,” said Jeanie, takin’ doun an auld cage.

The robin being safely disposed of, John Murdoch began to speak to the

miller of a heap o’ things, and he had the best o’t on maist o’ them;

but when he cam to speak o’ kye, and on kintra matters, “I hae ye now,

man,” thought the miller; but faith he found John Murdoch his match

there too; and he said to himsel, “Od, but he’s a queer man that, sure

eneugh.” And John Murdoch gaed on tellin’ a wheen funny stories. The

miller leugh and better leugh, and Jeanie was sae ta’en up about them,

that in she rins twa handfu’s o’ saut instead o’ meal into the parritch,

and them sauted afore. Sae when they’re set on the table, John Murdoch

gets the first platefu’; and when he tastes them, he says very gravely,

“No that ill; but maybe ye’ll hae run out o’ saut?”

“Saut!” cried William, “do they want saut?” and in gangs a spoonfu’.

“Gudesake!” cried he, turning roun’ to John Murdoch.

“What’s wrang with them, William?” said the miller.

“Ou, naething, naething, father—only they’re as saut’s lick, that’s a’.”

“Gae awa wi’ your havers,” cried Jeanie; “let me taste them. Bless me!

an’ how in a’ the wide warl’ could that happen? I ne’er made sic a

mistak in a’ my days, an’ I canna account for’t in no gate.”

“Now dinna ye gang and vex yoursel about it,” said John Murdoch, “for

they’ll just gaur the yill there gang doun a’ the better.”

“If that’s the gate o’t,” cried the miller, “they’ll need strong yill

frae the first; sae, Jeanie, put ye that sma’ thing by, and bring the

ither.”

“Na, na, gudeman,” says John Murdoch, “if we do that, wee’l be fou; sae

let’s begin wi’ the sma’ thing first, and we can tak the strong yill

afterwards, at our leisure.”

“Weel, weel,” said the miller, “sae be’t.”

Sae after supper they fell to the strong yill, and to crackin’, and the

miller took his share in’t, but nane o’ his family said onything maist;

but they couldna keep their een aff John Murdoch when he was lookin’ at

their father, though they found that they couldna look him steady in the

face when he turned to them, just frae something in his ee, they couldna

tell what.

“And it’s a bonnie place this o’ yours, miller,” said John Murdoch; “and

nae doubt you and your folk afore ye hae been a gey while in’t.”

“’Deed hae we,” said the miller, a wee gravely, “and, as ye say, it’s a

gey bonnie bit place.”

John Murdoch was gaun to ask something mair about it, but he stopped on

getting a particular look frae Jeanie, and changed the subject; but the

miller noticed it, and guessing the reason, said to John Murdoch, “Ye

see, frien’, that me and my forefathers hae had this place for about twa

hunder years, and we’re sweert to leave’t, and my bairns ken that, and

dinna like to speak o’t.”

“And what’s makin’ ye leave’t?” says John Murdoch; “that’s to say, if

its no ony secret.”

“Ou, nane ava,” says the miller; “it’s just this, ye see: its owner

thinks that it’s worth mair rent, and maybe he counts on our gien him

mair than the value o’t rather than gang awa, sae he’s just put the

double on’t, and gang we maun; for to stay here at that rate, would just

rin awa wi’ the wee thing I hae laid by for my bairns, which I would be

sweert to see. It’s no very muckle, to be sure; but I can say this, John

Murdoch, that it wasna gotten either by cheating or idleness. However,

we needna weary you wi’ our concerns, sae come, we’s drink King James,

and lang life to him.”

“Wi’ a’ my heart, miller,” quoth John Murdoch. “And nae doubt ye’ll a’

be gaun to the sports that’s sune to be hauden at Stirling; they say

there’ll be grand fun, and I was just thinking that your auld son there

wadna hae a bad chance o’ winning at puttin’ the stane, or flinging the

mell.”

“And I ken,” cried Jeanie, “wha wad hae some chance at the race, gif

there’s to be ane.”

“Dinna brag, bairns,” said the miller, “and then, if ye’re waured,

there’s naething to be ashamed o’; but whether we gang there or no, time

will show; in the meantime, Jeanie, bring anither bottle o’ strong

yill.”

“Miller,” quoth John Murdoch, “ken ye what hour it’s?”

“Me!” said the miller, “not I—maybe half an hour after nine.”

“Because it just wants five minutes of eleven,” quoth John Murdoch.

“Five minutes o’ eleven!” cried the miller, “and me no in my bed! Faith,

then, frien’, since ye dinna seem for’t yoursel, we’ll just let the yill

stan’, and be aff to our nests; sae a gude soun’ sleep to you.”

“And the same to you and yours,” quoth John Murdoch, as he raise and

gaed awa wi’ William.

CHAPTER II.

Next morning the miller’s family were up and out at the usual hour; but

John Murdoch, who had wearied himsel the day before, and who hadna,

maybe, been used to sae muckle strong yill at ance, lay still; and it

was aught o’clock when he cam into the kitchen and bade Jeanie gude

mornin’.

“And how’s the gudeman? and is he out or in?”

“How!” cries Jeanie, “he and the lave hae been up and out at their wark

three hours syne.”

“And what are _ye_ gaun to be about, my dawtie?” says John Murdoch.

“I’m gaun to wash the kirn,” says Jeanie.

“And suppose I haud it for ye, and help ye?” says he.

“Weel aweel,” says Jeanie, “gin ye like; we’ll hae’t the sooner ower.”

And John Murdoch did his best, and was very active; and when a’ was

dune, he says, “An’ now, my dawtie, what am I to get for helping ye?”

“Nae mair,” quoth Jeanie, “than the thanks ye hae gotten already.”

“But in my kintra,” says John Murdoch, “when a lad helps a lass to clean

out a kirn, he aye gets _ae_ kiss at least.”

“We ken naething about thae fashions hereabouts,” says Jeanie, “sae haud

ye out o’ my gate!”

But as she passed him, John Murdoch, who thought she wasna in earnest,

drew her suddenly to him, and he had ta’en twa or three kisses before

Jeanie could recollect herself; but the next minute she threw him frae

her, and catching the ladle, she ran to the parritch-pat on the fire,

and whipped aff the lid; and if John Murdoch, who saw what was coming,

hadna darted out at the back door, he wad hae had it a’ about him; as it

was, a part o’ the het parritch played splarge aff the wa’ on his coat.

“And now,” thought John Murdoch, “is this real anger, or is’t put on?”

and he stood a wee bit aff, joking an’ jeering her.

“Aye, aye,” says he, “ye’re makin’ an unco wark about it, just as if ye

hadna been kissed a dozen times frae lug to lug, an’ by as mony lads,

and no said a word about it.”

“Ye notorious vagabond that ye are,” cried Jeanie,—“but I’se sort ye

for’t;” and she flung down the ladle and ran to loose the muckle dog.

“Ye’re surely no gaun to set the dog on me?” says John Murdoch.

“Am I no?” says Jeanie, drawing and working wi’ the collar wi’ a’ her

might.

John Murdoch, seeing her sae determined, slips to ae side, and gets his

gun frae whaur he had hidden’t.

“And now, Jeanie,” cries he, “haud your hand, for see, I’ve a gun.”

“I dinna care gin ye had twenty guns,” said Jeanie, who had now

unbuckled the collar, an’ held it in her hands; “sae tak leg-bail an’

aff wi’ ye, my man, or Bawtie comes to ye.”

“Jeanie,” quoth John Murdoch, “I’m ready to walk awa peaceably, since it

maun be sae; but I’ll no be hunted frae your father’s house like a thief

an’ a scoundrel; sae keep up your dog, if ye’re wise.”

“We’ll sune try that,” says Jeanie, loosening the collar; “sae at him,

Bawtie! an’ we’ll sune see him rin.”

But John Murdoch stirredna ae step, and when Bawtie made at him, he

keepit him aff for a while, till the brute gettin’ below the muzzle,

made a dart at him; and if John Murdoch hadna jumped quickly to ae side,

he wad hae gripped him; as it was, he took awa ane o’ the tails o’ his

coat. And when Jeanie saw that, she was in a terrible fright, for she

didna wish him hurt, and thought he wad hae ran for’t when she loosed

the dog, and she cried wi’ a’ her might for Bawtie to come back. But the

beast wadna mind her, for he had gotten twa or three gude paps on the

nose, which made him furious; and sae when he’s gaun to mak anither

spring, John Murdoch, who saw there was naething else for it, levels at

him and lets drive; and round and round the beast gaed, and then ower

wi’ him; and when Jeanie saw he was killed, she set up a great screigh,

and ran till him, abusing John Murdoch.

“I’m sorry for’t, but it’s a’ your ain faut, Jeanie,” says he, “an’

canna now be helpit; sae fare-ye-weel.” An’ as he gaed awa, William

comes runnin’ in at the other side o’ the house, an’ cries to Jeanie to

ken what’s the matter.

“It’s a’ John Murdoch’s doings,” cried Jeanie; “he first affronted me,

an’ now he’s killed poor Bawtie.”

“An’ which way is he gane?” cried William.

“Out that gate,” said Jeanie; and away went William like a shot.

But John Murdoch, who had heard what passed, and didna want to hae ony

mair to do in the matter, coured down ahint some bushes till William was

passed; then rising up, he took anither direction, an’ thought he had

got clear o’ him, but as he was stappin’ ower a dike, William got a

glimpse o’ him. Doun he comes after him at a bonnie rate; an’ as he gets

near him, “Stop, ye rascal!” he cries to him; “ye may just as weel stop

at ance, for ye may depend on my laying a dizzen on ye for every hunder

ell ye mak me rin after ye.”

And when John Murdoch heard that, the blude gaed up into his brow, an’

he was thinking o’ standin’ still, when he hears James cry out,—

“What’s the matter, William? An’ what are ye chasing the man for?”

“He’s misbehaved to Jeanie, an’ shot Bawtie,” cried William.

“Then taigle him, just taigle him, till I come up,” cried James.

“It’s needless,” thought John Murdoch to himself, “to fight wi’ twa o’

them, an’ ane o’ them a second Samson, and to mak an explanation or

apology wad be ten times waur, sae I’ll e’en pit on;” an’ aff he gaed at

nearly the tap o’ his fit. After rinning a gude bit, he looks o’er his

shouther, an’ seeing naebody near him, he thinks they’ve gien’t up; but

just as he’s coming to the end o’ a bit wood, he sees William, wha had

ta’en a nearer cut, just afore him; an’ round he comes on him, crying,

“Now, my man, I hae ye now,” putting out his hand to catch John Murdoch;

but John drave down his hand in a moment, an’ clapping his foot ahint

William’s, an’ whirling him to ae side, “Tak ye that, my man,” says he;

an’ William gaed down wi’ sic a breinge, that the blude spouted out frae

his nose, an’ the hale warld gaed round wi’ him.

It was a wee while or James cam up, an’ when he saw William lying

covered wi’ blude, “The Lord preserve us,” cried he, “the callant’s

killed!” an’ he sat down beside him, an’ got William’s head on his knee,

an’ tried to recover him. By an’ by, William opens his een, an’ when he

sees James, “After him, after him,” cries he, “an’ no mind me.”

“After him,” says James, “an’ the man a mile agate already? It wad be

nonsense for me to try’t.”

“Then let me up, an’ I’ll try it mysel,” cried William.

But James held him fast. “The deil’s in the callant,” says he, “to think

o’ runnin’, an’ him no able to stand his lane. Lie still, I tell ye!”

And William, who knew it was in vain for him to strive with his strong

brither, thought it best no to struggle ony mair. When he had gotten

quite round again, James helpit him up, an’ as they’re gaun down to the

water for William to wash himsel, they meet Jeanie coming fleein’ up the

path; and when she saw William’s bloody face and claes, she clasped her

hands thegither, an’ would hae fa’en, if James hadna keppit her. When

they questioned her about what had happened, she tell’t it to them

honestly frae first to last, and blamed hersel sair for being sae angry

an’ rash, when, after a’, the man meant nae ill; but the thought o’ what

Geordie Wilson might think if he heard o’t, an’ the shootin’ o’ Bawtie

thegither, had perfectly dumfoundered her. “However,” continued Jeanie,

“I’m thankfu’ that things are nae waur, an’ that the man’s awa.”

“Aye, he’s awa,” says James, “but gin him an’ me foregather again, I’se

promise him the best paid skin he e’er got since he was kirstened.”

“Weel, weel,” said Jeanie, “but I hope ye’ll ne’er meet; an’ now we must

gang and pit puir Bawtie out o’ the gate, an’ think on something to say

about him, and about John Murdoch’s gangin’ awa sae early, before our

father comes in to his breakfast.”

CHAPTER III.

The time was now drawing near for the sports to be held at Stirling, and

William was aye wanting to speak to his father about it, and to ken if

they were gaun; but Jeanie advised against it. “If ye speak till him,

and fash him about it enow,” says she, “it’s ten to ane but he’ll say

no, and then, ye ken, there’s an’ end o’t; but gif ye say naething, and

keep steady to your wark, like enough he may speak o’ gaun himsel; sae

tak my advice an’ sae naething ava about it.”

William did as Jeanie wanted him, but still the miller didna speak, an’

now it was the afternoon of the day before the sports were to come on,

an’ no a word had been said about them; an’ William was unco vexed, an’

didna weel ken what to do. When he’s sitting thinking about it, the door

opens, an’ in steps their neebour, Saunders Mushet, just to crack a wee;

an’ by an’ by he says, “Weel, miller, an’ what time will ye be for

setting aff the morn’s morning?”

“Me!” said the miller, “an’ what to do?”

“What to do?” says Saunders, “why, to see the sports at Stirling, to be

sure; you’ll surely never think o’ missing sic a grand sight?”

“An’ troth, Saunders,” says the miller, “I had clean forgotten’t. ’Od, I

daursay there’ll be grand fun, an’ my bairns wad maybe like to see’t;

an’ now that I think o’t, they’ve dune unco weel this while past,

especially William there, wha’s wrought mair than e’er I saw him do

afore in the same space o’ time; sae get ye ready, bairns, to set out at

five o’clock the morn’s morning, an’ we’ll tak Saunders up as we gae

by.”

This was glad news to the miller’s family, an’ ye needna doubt but they

were a’ ready in plenty o’ time; an’ when they cam to Stirling, they got

their breakfast, an’ a gude rest before aught o’clock cam, which was the

hour when the sports were to begin; an’ grand sports they were, an’

muckle diversion gaed on; but nane o’ the miller’s family took ony share

in them, till they cam to puttin’ the stane, and flingin’ the mell.

“Now James, my man,” says Jeanie, squeezing his arm.

“I’ll do my best, Jeanie,” says James, “ye may depend on that; and if

I’m beaten, I canna help it, ye ken.”

James lost at the puttin’-stane,—by about an inch just; the folk said by

the ither man’s slight o’ hand, an’ having the art o’t. But when they

cam to fling the mell, there wasna a man could come within twa ell o’

him. Sae James got the prize, which was a grand gun an’ a fine pouther

horn.

An’ now the cry gaed round to clear the course, and for the rinners to

come forrit; and Jeanie she helps William aff wi’ his coat and

waistcoat, and maks him tie it round his waist, and gies him mony a

caution no to rin ower fast at first, but to hain himsel for the push;

an’ when she has him a’ right and sorted, she begins to look at the

aught that’s to rin wi’ him. When her ee cam to the middle

ane,—“Gudesake,” says she, “wha’s that? Surely—yes—no—an’ yet, if he had

but yellow hair in place o’ red, I could swear to him. Friend,”

continues Jeanie to the man next to her, “can ye tell me what’s his name

amang the rinners there,—the man in the middle, I mean, wi’ the red

head?”

“Why, honest woman,” said he, hesitating a little, “I’m not just

sure,—that is to say,—but why do you ask?”

“For a reason I ken mysel,” said Jeanie; “but since ye canna, or winna,

tell me, I’ll try somebody else.”

She then turned to look for James, but the signal was given, an’ awa

they went helter skelter, as if it was deil tak the hindmost. But mony

o’ them couldna rin lang at that rate, and they drapped aff ane after

anither, till naebody was left but William and the red-headed man; an’

the cry got up that the miller’s son wad win, for William had keepit

foremost from the first. But some gash carles noticed that though the

red-headed man was hindmost, he lost nae grund, an’ there was nae saying

how it might end. William himsel began to be a wee thing feared, for he

had mair than ance tried to leave the ither man farer ahint him; but as

he quickened his pace, sae did the ither, an’ he was never nearer nor

ever farer frae him than about ten yards. In a little while afterwards

they cam up to the distance-post, and when they had passed it a wee

bit,—“Now’s my time,” thought William to himsel; and he puts on faster,

an’ the cry raise that the miller’s son had it clean, an’ was leaving

the ither ane fast, fast; but that was sune followed by anither cry,

that the red-haired man was coming up again. William heard him gaining

on him, an’ he gained an’ gained, till he was fairly up wi’ him; an’ now

they ran awhile breast an’ breast thegither; but in spite o’ a’ that

William could do, the red-headed man gaed by him, little by little, an’

wan the race by four yards.

“My ain puir William,” cried Jeanie, dawtin’ an’ makin’ o’ him, “no to

be first. But ne’er mind it,” continued she, “for ye hae muckle credit

by it; for a’ the folk round me said that they ne’er saw sic a race

since Stirling was a toun, sae ye’re no to tak it to heart.”

“Surely no,” said William; “an yet it’s gey hard to be beaten.”

“Weel, weel,” said Jeanie, “so it is—so it is; but dinna speak,—dinna

speak yet; just tak breath an’ rest ye.”

A cry now got up to mak room, an’ gie air; an’ the crowd fell back an’

made an open space between the twa runners; an’ when Jeanie turned

round, lo and behold! she sees John Murdoch, standing wi’ his red wig in

ae hand, an’ rubbin’ his lang yellow hair wi’ a napkin in the tither.

An’ what he had dune to her an’ to Bawtie, an’ makin’ William lose the

race too, made her sae angry, that up she flees to him,—“An’ how daured

ye kill our Bawtie?” she cries; “I say, how daured ye kill our Bawtie?”

Wi’ that up starts James, “An’ by my faith, John Murdoch, but ye’ll hae

the weight o’ my nieve now;” but before he could do anything, in comes

the Earl o’ Lennox between them,—“What, sir, dare to strike your

sovereign?”

“Preserve us a’,” cried Jeanie, jumping back, and turning white and red,

time about.

“Here,” continued the earl, “seize this fellow, and keep him fast till

we can examine into it.”

“No, no, Lennox,” cried the King, panting for breath; “don’t touch

him,—don’t touch him; there’s no harm done. But where’s the Miller o’

Doune?—Bring John Marshall.” An’ the cry raise up for the Miller o’

Doune.

“An’ wha wants me?” quoth John Marshall. “I’m here.”

“Your sovereign wants ye,” says ane o’ the courtiers; “sae come ye to

King James. An’ now tak aff yer bonnet, an’ stand there.” John Marshall

stood still without lookin’ up, waiting to hear what King James wanted

wi’ him.

An’ he hears a voice say,—“Look at me, miller, an’ tell me if you think

we e’er met before.”

John Marshall raised his een, and after a pause, he says, “An please

your Majesty, if it wadna offend your Grace, I wad say that ye had ance

been at the Mill o’ Doune.”

“Ye’re right, miller,” said James, “ye’re quite right. An’ little did ye

ken, when ye louped aff your horse to save the robin, an’ to tak it hame

wi’ ye, that your sovereign was so near ye, an’ saw it all, as well as

the way that ye bring up your family to serve their Maker; an’ it gied

me a gude opinion o’ ye, miller, an’ all that I hae learned since has

confirmed me in it, an’ makes me say, before a’ the folk here present,

that ye’re a gude and an honest man. Ye tell’t me, miller, that ye wad

hae to leave the mill; but I tell ye that I hae settled it, an’ that

it’s yours at the auld rent, while grass grows an’ water rins, an’ lang

may you an’ yours possess it.”

King James having finished, the miller tried to say something; but his

lip began to quiver, an’ his ee to fill, an’ he couldna speak; sae he

claspit his bonnet between his twa hands, laid it to his breast, and

bowed his head in silence to the king.

“It’s enough,” said King James; “an’ now call Geordie Wilson o’ the

Hope.” Sae Geordie was brought and placed before him, and the king said

to him, “I hear, young man, that ye hae met wi’ some misfortunes of

late, an’ I hae been askin’ about you, an’ find that ye’re an

industrious man, an’ a man o’ character, an’ hae behaved yoursel weel in

a’ respects; sae gang ye hame to the Hope, an’ ye’ll maybe find

something, baith in the house an’ out o’ the house, that will please ye.

An’ hear ye, Geordie Wilson,” continued King James, “if it happens, as

it _may_ happen, that ye court a lass, tak ye gude care that she’s no

quick o’ the temper” (an’ he glanced at Jeanie); “an’ dinna mak ower

muckle o’ her, or gie her a’ her ain way; for there’s a saying, A birkie

wife, an’ a new lightit candle, are the better o’ haein’ their heads

hauden doun.”

“Come hither, William Marshall,” said King James; “this prize was for

the best runner among his subjects, and the king canna tak it, sae it’s

yours; and, young man,” continued the king, in a lower voice, “ye got a

sairer fa’ than I intended ye, but my blude was up at the time,—for

kings are no muckle used to haein’ hands laid on them.”

“My liege,” cried the Earl of Lennox, “the Queen fears that danger may

arise from your Majesty’s remaining so long uncovered after your late

exertion, and her Majesty entreats that you will be pleased to throw

this cloak around you.”

“’Tis well thought of, Lennox,” said the king; “and now for a brisk

walk, and a change of dress, and all will be well;” and as he went away

the people threw up their hats and bonnets, and the air resounded with

cries of, “Long live the good King James!”

CHAPTER IV.

An’ now the folk set aff for their ain hames, an’ the miller and his

family crackit wi’ their neebours till they parted at the road that led

to the mill; and then nane o’ them said onything, for they were a’ busy

wi’ their ain thoughts; an’ when the miller gaed into the kitchen, the

robin chirped and chirped, for he aye fed it, an’ it was glad to see

him.

The miller gets some seed in his hand, an’ as he’s feeding the robin,

his heart begins to swell, an’ his ee to fill, an’ he says, “Bairns, wha

wad hae thought it; I say,” clearing his throat, “wha wad hae thought

it, bairns, that sae muckle gude wad hae fa’en to our lot, an’ a’ coming

out o’ saving the life o’ a bit burdie?”

“An’ wha kens, father,” said Jeanie, “but ye may be now rewarded for a’

the gude that grandfather Thomas did, an’ about which ye hae often

tell’t us? For ye ken there’s a promise to that effect in the Bible, an’

as the Bible canna lie, I ken wha’ll hae a gude chance too.”

“Ye’re right, Jeanie,” quoth the miller, “ye’re very right; and gie me

doun the Bible, and I’se read it to you.”

Just as it was dune, the door flees open, an’ in comes Geordie Wilson,

clean out o’ breath wi’ running.

“What’s the matter now, man?” says William.

“I’m sure it’s something gude,” says James; “I ken by his ee.”

“Ou aye, ou aye,” cries Geordie, “grand news! grand news!” an’ he gaspit

for breath.

“Tak a wee thought time,” says James; “and now tell us.”

“Weel, ye ken,” says Geordie, “that we lost four cows, and an auld horse

and a young ane, by the fire, an’ a sair loss it was; an’ when I heard

what the king said, I wonder’t, and I better wonder’t, what could be the

meaning o’t. An’ Jeanie, she says to me, ‘If I was you, in place o’

standing wondering there, I wad be aff to the Hope;’ sae aff I rins; and

when I gets up till’t, lo and behold! I sees sax fine cows, an’ twa as

pretty naigs as e’er I set een on, a’ thrang puing awa at the grass; an’

as I’m standing glowerin’ at them, an’ wondering whaur they cam frae, a

man comes up to me, an’ he says, ‘Are ye Geordie Wilson?’ says he.

‘That’s me,’ says I.

“‘Weel then,’ says he, ‘there’s a paper for ye’; an’ as he put it into

my hand he began to move awa.

“‘But will ye no stap in, frien’, an’ tak something?’ says I.

“‘No, no,’ cries he, ‘I daurna bide;’ an’ aff he rins.

“Sae I opens the paper, an’ there I sees a letter from our landlord,

telling me that as I was a man o’ gude character, an’ very industrious,

he had sent me the kye an’ the horse in a compliment to mak up my loss;

an’ saying that as he had a gude opinion o’ me, he wad gie me a twa

nineteen years’ lease o’ the Hope at the auld rent; and sae we’ll be

happy yet, Jeanie.”

“What, sir!” cries the miller, “are ye thinking o’ my Jeanie, an’ we sae

honour’t as we hae been this day?”

“Gude Heaven!” exclaimed Geordie Wilson, grippin’ the back o’ a chair to

keep himsel up;—an’ nae wonder at it, when the miller spak sae gravely,

that Jeanie hersel gied a great start. But weel can a bairn read what’s

in a parent’s ee, though anither canna; an’ the next minute she had the

miller round the neck,—“An’ how daured ye, father, gie me sic a fright?”

“Is—is—is your father only joking, Jeanie?” stammered Geordie Wilson.

“Atweel was I,” said the miller; “sae, tak her; an’ a’ that I hae to say

is, that if I kent ony man that deserved her better, ye wadna hae gotten

her. But dinna ye dawt her ower muckle, my man, or gie her a’ her ain

way,—but mind ye what King James said the day.”

Geordie held up his hand, an’ lookit at Jeanie, as much as to say, “Do

ye hear that, madam?”

But Jeanie, she half steekit her een, an’ made a mouth at him, just

like, “An’ wha cares?”

“An’ now, bairns,” continued the miller, “I’m gaun to my room, and mauna

be disturbit.”

“He’s awa to pray to his Maker,” says Jeanie, “for a’ that’s happened to

us, an’ I think we should a’ do the same. At ony rate, I can read the

Bible.”

“Hout now, woman,” says Geordie Wilson, “can ye no just let it stand a

wee, an’ gang outby for a little?”

“I dinna think it,” says Jeanie.

“But just a wee bit,” says Geordie; “nae mair than ten staps, unless ye

like.”

“Aweel,” says Jeanie, “but mind, I’ll gang nae farer than just the end

o’ the lane.”

“Jeanie,” says William, “ye’d better put on the pat for the kail.”

“Put on the pat!” exclaimed Jeanie, “an’ it no muckle past eleven

o’clock! Is the man gane gyte?”

“There’s time eneugh, nae doubt,” said William, “gif ye’re back in

time.”

“Back in time!” echoed Jeanie, “an’ me only gaun to the end o’ the

lane—gae awa wi’ your havers, man!”

“Weel, weel,” said William, “we’ll see, we’ll see.”

“Ou aye,” said Jeanie, “ye’re aye thinking yoursel wiser than ither

folk.”

* * * * *

“I really maist dinna ken what to do wi’ mysel the day,” said William;

“I can neither settle to work, nor yet sit still; ’od, by-the-by, I’ll

gang an’ ’oup my fishing rod, to be ready for the neist shower.”

Sae he taks it doun an’ begins working at it, and presently he sees

James rise and put on his bonnet.

“Whaur are ye gaun, James,” says he.

“I was thinking,” says James, “o’ gaun up to Wattie Simpson’s to see if

they want ony potatoes.”

“Just as if they didna get a bow o’ them last Tuesday!” said William.

“Weel, I can stap in an’ speir how they like them.”

“Are ye sure, James, you’re gaun there?” asked William, a wee slily.

“Where’er I’m gaun, William,” said James, “I’m gaun for nae harm.”

“I’ve gane far eneugh wi’ Samson,” thought William; “sae I’ll say nae

mair.” An’ sae he keeps tying his fishing-rod; but no muckle minding

what he’s doing, the string plays snap in twa.

“Toots!” says William, a wee angered, “and me sae near dune!” Sae he

begins ower again, wi’ mair care; but he sune forgets himsel again, an’

snap gangs the twine a second time.

“The deil tak the string and the whaun too!” cried he, “I’ll meddle nae

mair wi’t the day.” Sae he hangs it up, and then draws out his watch and

examines it again. “It’s really a grand siller watch, an’ a grand siller

chain too, an’ mony a ane will be asking to look at it;—and I think Elie

Allison wad like to see it;—and now that I mind o’t, gif I didna promise

to ca’ and tell her a’ the news, and me to forget it a’ this time!”

Sae awa William fares to Elie’s, and there he sits crackin’ and laughin’

at an unco rate, and never thinking o’ the time o’ day. And Elie’s

auntie, she says to him, “And now, William, are ye for takin’ a potato

wi’ us, or are ye gaun hame?”

An’ his face turned a wee red, for he thought she wantit him awa; and he

said he was gaun hame, to be sure.

“But dinna tak it amiss,” said the auntie, “for I thought ye wad be ower

late for hame.”

“Nae fear o’ that,” said William, “for we dinna dine till twa o’clock.”

“I kent that,” said she, “but it’s past it already.”

“The deuce it is!” cried William, jumping up; “then fareweel—I’ll maybe

see ye the morn.”

As he’s hurrying hame, he sees somebody coming frae the road to the

Hope, and walking unco fast.

“’Od,” thought he, “can that be Jeanie?—’deed is’t, an’ I’ll lay my lugs

she hasna been hame yet. But I maun get before her, and then see if I

dinna gie her’t, for what she said to me the day.”

Sae awa he sets wi’ a’ his might, an’ as he gets near the mill, aff wi’

his coat, an’ up wi’ a spade, an’ begins delving; an’ keeking ower his

shouther, he sees Jeanie turning the corner o’ the plantin’, but he

never lets on, nor looks round, till she’s just beside him, an’ speaks

to him.

“Hech!” says he, “I’m glad he’s ready at last;—’od, I really thought we

were to get nae dinner the day.”

“Is my father in the house?” says Jeanie.

“Is your father in the house!” repeated William, “’odsake, lassie, hae

ye no been hame yet?”

“I was taigled,” answered Jeanie, looking a wee foolish.

“An’ the kail will no be on yet,” cried he; “I was sure o’t now—quite

sure o’t!”

“An’ what for did ye no gang in and put them on yoursel, then, if ye was

sae sure o’t?”

“An’ sae I wad, if you hadna threepit, and better threepit, that ye was

gaun nae farer than the lane. But dinna put aff time here, for I’se

warrant my father’s in a bonny kippidge already.”

“I’m no fear’t for that,” says Jeanie but she wasna very easy for a’

that.

Sae when she comes in at the kitchen door, she sees the kail-pat

standin’ on the floor, and her father gien a bit pick to the robin.

“Did ever mortal ken the like o’ this?” cried she: “naething to be dune,

and my gude auld father sitting just as contentit there as if the dinner

was ready to be put on the table; but we’ll no be lang o’ makin’

something.” An’ she up wi’ the stoup, and aff wi’ the lid o’ the pat,

when the miller cries to her, “Tak care, Jeanie, an’ no spoil the kail!”

“Weel, I declare,” she exclaimed, “if that callant shouldna get his

paiks, for gauring me believe that the kail wasna ready: but it was

thoughtfu’ o’ him, after a’, to pit them on; and troth,” says she,

“they’re uncommon gude.”

“An’ what for no, Jeanie?” asked the miller. “Did ye think that your

father had forgotten how to mak a patfu’ o’ kail?”

“Did ye mak them, father?”

“Troth did I; wha else was there to do it?”

“But couldna ye hae cried in William, father? I’m sure it wad hae been

better for him to hae been in the house, than puttin’ himsel into sic a

terrible heat wi’ delving this warm day.”

“If William’s in a heat,” quoth the miller, “it’s no wi’ delving, for I

haena seen him near the house the hale day, an’ I was out twa or three

times.”

“Then I’ll lay onything I ken whaur he’s been,” said Jeanie; “and him to

hae the impudence to speak to me yon gate—but I’se gie him’t;—an’ yet

what right hae I to be angry wi’ him, me that’s forgotten mysel sae

muckle?”

“Dinna vex yoursel about that, my bairn,” quoth the miller; “what has

happened the day’s enough to put us a’ out o’ sorts; but we’ll a come to

oursels belyve. An’ now, Jeanie, gang ye out an’ look if ye can see

James coming hame, an’ then we’ll hae our dinner.”

Sae awa she gangs, and when William sees her coming, he pretends to be

unco busy working.

“William,” cries she, “ken ye whaur James is gane?”

“Me!” said William, “how should I ken whaur folk stravaig to? I might

rather hae askit you gif ye had fa’en in wi’ him, I think.”

“Aye, aye, my man, but ye’re speaking rather crouse. And whaur hae ye

been yoursel a’ day, I wonder? No delvin’, I’m sure, gif ane may judge

by the wee pickle yird that’s turned up.”

“An’ do ye think,” said William, “that after a’ my racing and rinnin’, I

should hae been delving a’ day, and lighter wark to do about the farm?”

“An’ whaur was ye, then, that father couldna see you when he was out?”

“Did my father cry on me?” asked William.

“No,” said Jeanie; “at least he didna say’t.”

“Then that’s it,—just it; for he cries sae loud, that it wad hae wakened

a man wi’ the hale haystack abune him, forbye lyin’ at the side o’t.”

“An’ sae ye’ll hae me to believe,” says Jeanie, “that ye was sleepin’;

but I’m thinking ye was anither gate. I’se find it out yet.”

“Women’s tongues, women’s tongues!” said William, beating a piece yird

as if he wad mak pouther o’t; “they’re aye either fleechin’ or flytin’.”

“Did ye ever say that to Elie Allison? Ye’ve been there, I’ve a notion.

But we’ll say nae mair about it enow, for yonder’s James; sae pit ye on

your coat, and bring in your spade; or if ye’ll wait, James will carry

it for ye, for your arms maun be unco wearit!”

When William saw James coming alang, as grave-like as frae a preaching,

and thought on whaur he had been, he kent he wad laugh in his face

downright if he met him, and that might anger Samson; sae he set aff by

himsel an’ put by his spade. An’ when he saw him fairly in the house,

an’ had his laugh out alane, he composed himsel, and walked into the

kitchen as if naething had happened.

CHAPTER V.

Neist day the miller spoke to James anent his marriage, an’ tell’t him,

as they were no to move frae the mill, it needna be putten aff ony

langer; sae it was settled to be in a fortnight, an’ that created an

unco bustle in the house. An’ Jeanie was every now and then speakin’ o’

how they were a’ to manage, but the miller ne’er seemed to mind her.

So ae day, when they’re in the kitchen by themsels, she begins on’t

again: “An’ James an’ his wife will hae to get the room that he an’

William are in; an’ then William he maun either get mine, or sleep

outby, for there’ll be nae puttin’ him in yon cauld, damp bed, unless we

want him to gang like a cripple; sae I dinna ken what’s to be dune.”

“Ye forget, Jeanie,” said the miller, “that John Murdoch sleepit there,

an’ he didna seem to be the waur o’t.”

“Aye, for ae night, nae doubt, and in fine weather; but how lang will

that last?”

The miller gies her nae answer; but after sittin’ thinking a wee, he

rises and taks down his bonnet.

“It’s a fine day for being out,” says Jeanie; “but are ye gaun far,

father?”

“Nae farer than the Hope,” said the miller.

“The Hope!” exclaimed Jeanie, as her face reddened.

“Ay,” says the miller; “and I’m thinking o’ speirin’ if there’s room

there for ane o’ ye.”

“Now God bless my gude auld father,” said Jeanie; “he sees brawly what I

wanted, and wadna even look me in the face to confuse me.”

* * * * *

“Geordie Wilson,” cries the miller, “when will it suit you to marry my

dochter?”

“The day—the morn—ony day,” answers Geordie, as happy’s a prince.

“Because I was thinking,” says the miller, “that it might be as weel to

pit James’s waddin’ and yours ower thegither.”

“Wi’ a’ my heart,” says Geordie, “wi’ a’ my heart!”

“Weel, then,” quoth the miller, “I’ll awa hame and see what our Jeanie

says to’t.”

“And I’ll gang wi’ you,” cries Geordie.

“Come your wa’s then, my man,” says the miller.

And sae as they’re gaun down the road thegither, they meets William, an’

Geordie tells him how matters stood. An’ when William hears o’t, he

shakes Geordie by the hand, an’ awa he flees ower ditch and dyke, an’ is

hame in nae time. An’ after resting himsel a minute, an’ to tak breath,

in he gangs to the kitchen; an’ when Jeanie sees him, she says, “Ye’re

warm-like, William,—ye’ve surely been running?”

“Is onything wrang wi’ my father?” asked he.

“Gude forbid!” said Jeanie; “but what maks ye speir?”

“Ou, naething ava, amaist; but only I met him walking unco grave-like,

an’ he scarcely spak to me; an’ I met wi’ Geordie Wilson too, and he

didna say muckle either.”

“Preserve us a’!” cries Jeanie; “if onything has happened atween the

twa!”

“What could put that nonsense in your head, lassie?” said William.

“By-the-by,” continues he, after a pause, “Geordie’s at the end o’ the

lane, an’ wishing muckle to speak to ye.”

“An’ what for did ye no tell me that at first, ye haverel?” cried

Jeanie; and out she flees. An’ just as she’s turning the corner, she

runs against her father wi’ a great drive.

“The lassie’s in a creel, I think!” quoth the miller; “but it’s the same

wi’ them a’.”

“Jeanie! my ain Jeanie!” whispers Geordie, “an’ it’s a’ settled for

neist week, and we’ll be sae happy!”

Jeanie held him at arm’s length frae her, that she might look him in the

face.

“I see it’s true! I see it’s true!” she said, “an’ ye’re no joking me!

An’ that wicked callant, to gang and gie me sic a fright! Hech! I haena

gotten the better o’t yet!”

“An’ now, Jeanie, that I hae seen ye,” says Geordie, “I maun rin awa

hame and tell my gude auld mither that it’s a’ fixed; for she wasna in

when your father cam to the Hope; and then I maun awa to the toun for

things. An’ what’ll I bring ye, Jeanie? what’ll I bring?”

“Ou, just onything ye like,” said she; “bring back yoursel, that’s a’

Jeanie cares about.”

An’ she stands an’ looks after him till he’s out o’ sight; an’ as she

turns about, “Jeanie! my ain Jeanie!” says James, takin’ her in his

arms.

“My ain gude and aye kind brither!” said Jeanie, resting her head on his

shouther.

“She’ll no speak to _me_, nae doubt,” says William, his voice shakin’ a

wee.

“Ah, ye wicked callant!” says Jeanie, kissing his cheek. “But ye mauna

plague me nae mair; na, ye’ll no daur do’t!”

“No!” cries William, “I’m sure I’m fit for a’ that Geordie Wilson can do

ony day, an’ maybe mair.”

Jeanie was gaun to answer, but she got her ee on the miller standing at

the door.

“I maun hae _his_ blessing first,” she cries, “and then Jeanie’s heart

will be at peace.”

When the miller saw her coming, he gaes slowly back to his ain room, an’

in she comes after him, and, “Bless me, bless your bairn, my gude auld

father!—you that’s been father an’ mither, an’ a’ to her since before

she could guide hersel! Bless your Jeanie, an’ she’ll hae naething mair

to wish for!”

“How like she’s to her mither!” said the miller in a low voice; “but

ye’ll no mind her sae weel, Jeanie. I mind weel, that on the night

before she dee’t, an’ when I was like ane distrackit, ‘It’s the will o’

Providence, John,’ says she, ‘and we maun a’ bow till’t; but dinna ye

grieve sae sair for my loss, John; for young as she is yet, my heart

tells me that I’m leaving ane ahint me, wha’ll be a blessing an’ a

comfort to ye when I’m awa;’ and ne’er were truer words spoken,”

continued the miller, “for ne’er frae that day to this was her father’s

heart wae for Jeanie; sae bless you, my bairn, an’ may a’ that’s gude

attend ye, an’ may ye be spared to be a comfort and an example to a’

around ye, lang, lang after your auld father’s head’s laid low.” An’ as

he raised her frae her knees he kissed her, an’ then turned slowly frae

her, an’ Jeanie slippit saftly awa.

On the neist Friday the twa marriages took place, an’ a’ the folk sat

down to a gude an’ a plentifu’ dinner, an’ there was an unco deal o’ fun

an’ laughing gaed on. An’ when dinner was ower and thanks returned, the

miller cried for a’ to fill a fu’, fu’ bumper. “An’ now,” says he,

“we’ll dring King James’s health, an’ lang may he and his rule ower us.”

This led them to speak o’ his coming there as John Murdoch; and some o’

them that hadna heard the hale story, askit the miller to tell’t.

“Wi’ a’ my heart,” quoth the miller; “but first open that cage-door,

Jeanie, for it’s no fitting that _it_, wha had sae muckle share in’t,

should be a prisoner at sic a time.”

An’ the robin cam fleein’ out to the miller’s whistle, an’ lightit on

the table beside him.

When the miller was dune wi’ the story, “An’ now, frien’s,” said he, “ye

may learn this frae it, that it’s aye best to do as muckle gude and as

little ill as we can. But there’s a time for a’thing,” continued he;

“sae here, Jeanie, my dawtie, put ye by the robin again; and now, lads,

round wi’ the whisky.”

They a’ sat crackin’ an’ laughin’ thegither, till it was time for

Geordie an’ his wife to be settin’ aff for the Hope, and the rest o’ the

folk gaed wi’ them, an’ a’ was quiet at the mill again.

In twa year after that, William was married to Elie Allison. And when he

was three score and ten, the miller yielded up his spirit to Him that

gied it; an’ when King James heard that he was dead, he said publicly,

that he had lost a gude subject and an honest man, and that he wished

there was mair folk in the kintra like John Marshall.

And James succeeded to his father; an’ after James cam James’s sons, and

their sons after them for never sae lang; and, for aught I ken to the

contrair, there’s a Marshall in the Mill o’ Doune at this day.—“_The Odd

Volume._”

THE HEADLESS CUMINS.

BY SIR THOMAS DICK LAUDER.

In the parish of Edinkellie, a place towards the centre of Morayshire,

in the northern part of Scotland, there is a romantic and fearful chasm,

supposed to have been at one time the bed of the river Divie. It has two

entrances at the upper end, and the ancient courses which led the river

into these successively are easily traceable. The lower extremity of the

ravine terminates abruptly about forty feet high above the Divie, that

flows at its base. This spot is one of a very interesting nature. Its

name in Gaelic signifies “the Hollow of the Heads;” a name originating,

it is said, in the following transaction:—

Near the upper end of the ravine there is a curious cavern, formed of

huge masses of fallen crags, that cover the bottom of the place. It

enters downwards like a pit, and the mouth, which is no more than wide

enough to admit a man, is not easily discovered. Here it was that the

brave Allister Bane secreted himself after the Battle of the Lost

Standard. At this time the Castle of Dunphail was besieged by Randolph,

Earl of Moray; and Allister Bane, who could no longer make head against

him in the open field, contented himself with harassing the enemy.

Knowing that his father and his garrison were reduced to great want, he

and a few of his followers disguised themselves as countrymen, and,

driving a parcel of horses, yoked in rude sledges, laden with sacks,

they came to the edge of the glen where Randolph’s beleaguering party

lay, and, pretending to be peasants carrying meal from the low country

to the Highlands, they entreated their protection from one Allister

Bane, of whom they were afraid. Their prayer being granted, they unyoked

their horses, and took care to leave their sledges at the brink of the

precipice, so that, on a given signal agreed on with the garrison, they

tumbled sledges, sacks, and all over into the glen below, and the

garrison, making a sally at the same time, each man bore off a sack on

his back, whilst the pretended peasants sprang on their horses, and were

out of sight before the astonished sentinels of the enemy had well given

the alarm.

Randolph was so provoked on learning who the author of this trick was,

that he set a price upon his head. A certain private pique led a Cumin

to betray his master’s lurking-place. His enemies hurried to the spot to

make sure of their game; but when they saw the small uncouth-looking

aperture, they paused in a circle round it. One only could descend at a

time, and the death of him who should attempt it was certain; for the

red glare of the Cumin’s eye in the obscurity within, and the flash of

his dirk-blade, showed that he had wound up his dauntless soul to die

with the “_courage_” of the lion on his crest. They called on him to

surrender at discretion. He replied by howling a deep note of defiance

from the dark womb of the rocks,—“Let me but come out, and with my back

to that crag, I will live or die like a Cumin!” “No!” exclaimed the

leader of his foes; “thou shalt die like a fox as thou art!” Brushwood

was quickly piled over the hole, but no word of entreaty for mercy

ascended from below. Heap after heap was set fire to, and crammed

blazing down upon him. His struggles to force a way upwards were easily

repelled by those above, and after a sufficient quantity of burning

matter had been thrust in to ensure his suffocation, they rolled stones

over the mouth of the hole.

When the cruel deed was done, and the hole opened, Allister Bane was

found reclining in one corner, his head muffled in his plaid, and

resting on the pummel of his sword, with two or three attendants around

him, all dead. To make sure of them, their heads were cut off and

thrown, one after another, into the fortress, with this horrible taunt

to the old man,—“Your son provided you with meal, and we now send you

flesh to eat with it.” The veteran warrior recognised the fair head of

his son. “It is a bitter morsel indeed,” said he, as he took it up,

kissed it, and wept over it; “but I will gnaw the last bone of it before

I surrender.”

THE LADY ISABEL:

_A LEGENDARY TALE OF THE FIFTEENTH CENTURY_.

The Lady Isabel was a Scottish baron’s daughter, and far was she famed.

Were others fair, she was fairer; were others rich, she was richer. In

short, all perfections were said to be centred in the Lady Isabel, and

yet that quality for which she ought to have been most prized, seemed

the one which made the least noise in the world,—this was her devoted

duty to her father. She was his only child—the child of his old age, the

idol of his heart, and the lamp of his life. But still was he a cruel

father; for in return for her duteous affection, he had determined to

wed her to a man she had never seen, while he knew that her heart was

another’s.

The Lord of Ormisdale was the son of his ancient friend, and the

possessor of broad lands in a distant part of Scotland. The two old men

had sworn to each other that their children should be united, but ere

this paction, the youth had been sent abroad to be initiated in the art

of war—an art but too much practised in his native country at that time;

for be it known that our peerless beauty bloomed in the 15th century,

when the feuds of the Scottish nobility were frequent and deadly. Much

was bruited abroad of the goodly person and brave qualities of the young

earl, but of this Lady Isabel had no opportunity of judging, for never,

as has been told, had she seen him. She had, however, but too often seen

his cousin Roderick, and to him was her heart devoted. It was true he

had neither title, nor lands, nor vassals; but he was a handsome, a

noble, and a gallant youth, and he had knelt at her feet, confessed his

love, and swore eternal constancy; and though, when she thought of her

father, she turned coldly away, it was but to treasure his image in her

heart, and to weep most bitter tears for the hapless fate which doomed

her to wed another. Roderick, by-and-by, went away to a foreign land,

distraught by his passion for the Lady Isabel; and the time was long,

and he returned not, and none spoke of him, or seemed to think of him,

save his disconsolate love. But it was not so; for the old Baron loved

him for his worth and manly bearing; and when he saw his daughter

drooping her head like a lily, he too was unhappy, and repented him of

his rash vow, though he would rather have sacrificed his own life, and

hers too, than have broken his oath. And so time passed on, and many

were the suitors that sought the hand of the Lady Isabel. Some loved her

for herself, some for her great possessions, and some for both; but all

were sent hopeless away.

And now the time was at hand when the sun was to shine upon the

nineteenth birthday of the baron’s daughter, and multitudes were invited

to his castle to celebrate the festival with mirth and revelry. Many

were the reasons on which he had thrown wide his castle gates and

welcomed numerous guests, and ample the hospitable provision he had made

for them; but never, during his life, or that of his forefathers, had

there been such doings as now. Whole hecatombs of sheep and oxen bled on

the occasion, with wain-loads of deer, wild and tame fowl, and other

creatures. Every country seemed to have been taxed for fruit and other

delicacies, while beer of the strongest, and wines of the richest,

seemed, by the quantities provided, to be intended absolutely to flow in

rivers. The birthday of the Lady Isabel had been celebrated, as it came

round, ever since that on which she first drew her breath, but never had

there been even imagined such preparations as this. The tongues of all

the gossiping old dowagers in the kingdom were set a-going on the

occasion: some assigned one reason for this extraordinary entertainment,

and some another. There were several whose eager curiosity caused them

so much uneasiness, that they went so far as to ask an explanation of

the old baron himself. They were all, however, foiled in the attempt to

penetrate the mystery, and therefore settled in their own minds that the

old man had either lost his wits altogether, or was in his dotage.

Nor, to speak the truth, did the young lady, on whose account was all

this turmoil, feel less surprised than other people at her father’s

unbounded extravagance, especially as there arrived from the capital

chest after chest, packed with the richest vestments, cut in the

approved fashion of the day, and boxes filled with jewellery, which,

added to the family gems she already possessed, might have furnished the

dowry of a princess.

The day at length arrived for which all this extraordinary preparation

had been made; and the baron, not content with charging his daughter to

apparel herself in a suit which, by its exceeding splendour, seemed to

have been particularly intended for the occasion, and to wear her most

costly jewels, also commanded her maidens to tax their wits in

ornamenting and setting off, to the best advantage, the charms of their

young mistress.

And now, after having arranged all things, and being promised implicit

obedience by his daughter, the mystery of all his magnificent

proceedings was partly unravelled by his telling her that they were that

night to expect the arrival of the Earl of Ormisdale. He moreover

presented her with a mask, and informed her that he had taken order that

each of his guests should put on a visor before they enter the

ball-room, after they left the banqueting-hall, and that he had done

this for her sake, that the eye of idle curiosity should not read in her

features what was passing in her mind when she first met her betrothed.

It was in vain that the afflicted Lady Isabel pled most movingly for a

more private meeting, for her father was deaf to her entreaties, while

he affirmed that his precaution of the visor would do away all

objections, and was so peremptory in the matter, that, as usual, she

acquiesced; and having thanked and kissed his dutiful daughter, he

withdrew from her with renewed youth in his step, and joy in his eye.

How different, however, were the feelings of his daughter on this

momentous subject! and sore averse was she to meet the man she was sure

that she could never love; and many were the tears shed, and many the

resolves she made to retract all her promises, and live and die in

solitude. But then she bethought her of the despair of her poor old

father—of his tender, though mistaken love—of the few remaining years of

his life embittered by disappointment—and his death probably hurried on

through her means. All this was too much when laid in the balance with

only her own happiness, and she still sustained the character of a

dutiful daughter, by heroically determining to sacrifice all selfishness

at the altar of filial duty and affection.

But though this was her ultimate resolve, we need not be surprised that,

when decked in her splendid attire, and presiding in the gorgeous

banqueting-hall of her father, she looked and felt as if assisting at a

funeral feast, and that she even then would have been the better of the

visor to prevent many conjectures on what her saddened looks might mean.

But the time for assuming the mask arrived, and the nobles of the land,

with their haughty dames, and many a knight, and many a damsel fair,

bedight in silk and cloth of gold, and blazing with jewels, graced the

tapestried ball-room, on which a flood of brilliant light was poured

from lamp and torch. And each in joyous mood, cheered by the merry

minstrels, and by the sound of harp and viol, impatiently awaited the

commencement of the dance, when they were informed that it was stayed

for an expected and honourable guest. And now again curiosity was at its

height. But presently there was a flourish of the music, and a cry of

the ushers to make way for the noble Earl of Ormisdale, and the large

doors at the foot of the hall were flung wide open, and the gallant

young earl, masked, and attended by a train of young gentlemen, all his

kinsmen, or picked and chosen friends, advanced amid murmurs of

admiration to the middle of the hall. Here they were met and welcomed by

the baron, who led the earl to his lovely daughter, and having presented

him to her, the guests were presently gratified by seeing the gallant

young nobleman take the hand of the Lady Isabel, and lead her out to

dance. Nor were there any present whose eyes did not follow them with

admiration, though the measure chosen by the high-born damsel savoured

more that night of grace and dignity than lightness of either heart or

heel. Meantime, the old baron was so full of joy and delight, that it

was remarked by all, as he was still seen near his daughter and her

partner. But their hearts were both quaking: the unhappy Lady Isabel’s

with thinking of her promise to her father, and that of her betrothed

with a fear known only to himself, for he had heard that she had loved,

and now observed her narrowly. And, not content with this, he asked her,

as he sat beside her, many a wily question, till at last he spoke his

fears in plain guise, and she, with many sighs and tears shed within her

mask, confessed the truth; still saying, that for her father’s sake she

would be his wife, if he accepted of her on such terms. But now her

father whispered to her that she must presently prepare to keep her

word, as this must be her bridal-night, for to that purpose alone was

this high wassail kept. Her lover, too, no way daunted by his knowledge

of her heart, pressed on his suit to have it so. And now was the

despairing damsel almost beside herself, when her father, announcing

aloud his purpose to the astonished guests, called for the priest, and

caused all to unmask. But in what words shall we paint the surprise, the

delight, the flood of joy that came upon the heart of the Lady Isabel,

when the earl’s mask was removed, and she beheld in him her much beloved

Roderick, who, his cousin being dead, was now the Earl of Ormisdale!

And now was each corner of the castle, from basement stone to turret

height, filled with joyous greetings, and the health and happiness of

the noble Earl Roderick, and of his bride, the dutiful Lady Isabel,

deeply drank in many a wassail bowl.

The stately castle and its revels, the proud baron and his pomp, the

beauteous dame and her children’s children, have now passed away into

oblivion, save this slight record, which has only been preserved in

remembrance of the daughter’s virtue, who preferred her father’s

happiness to her own.—_Chambers’s Edinburgh Journal_, 1833.

THE DESPERATE DUEL.

BY D. M. MOIR, M.D.

Nay, never shake thy gory locks at me;

Thou canst not say I did it!—_Macbeth._

It was on a fine summer morning, somewhere about four o’clock, when I

waukened from my night’s rest, and was about thinking to bestir mysel,

that I heard the sound of voices in the kail-yard, stretching south frae

our back windows. I listened—and I listened—and I better listened—and

still the sound of the argle-bargling became more distinct, now in a

fleeching way, and now in harsh angry tones, as if some quarrelsome

disagreement had ta’en place. I hadna the comfort of my wife’s company

in this dilemma; she being awa, three days before, on the top of Tammy

Trundle the carrier’s cart, to Lauder, on a visit to her folks there;

her mother (my gudemother, like) having been for some time ill, with an

income in her leg, which threatened to make a lameter of her in her old

age; the twa doctors there, no speaking of the blacksmith, and sundry

skeely old women, being able to mak naething of the business; so nane

happened to be wi’ me in the room, saving wee Benjie, who was lying

asleep at the back of the bed, with his little Kilmarnock on his head,

as sound as a top. Nevertheless, I lookit for my claes; and opening

one-half of the window-shutter, I saw four young birkies well dressed;

indeed three of them customers of my ain, all belanging to the toun; twa

of them young doctors; ane of them a writer’s clerk; and the ither a

grocer; the hale looking very fierce and fearsome, like turkey cocks;

swaggering about with their hands and arms as if they had been the

king’s dragoons; and priming a pair of pistols, which ane of the

surgeons, a speerity, out-spoken lad, Maister Blister, was haddin’ in

his grip.

I jaloused at ance what they were after, being now a wee up to firearms;

so I saw that skaith was to come o’t, and that I wad be wanting in my

duty on four heads—first, as a Christian; second, as a man; third, as a

subject; and fourth, as a father, if I withheld mysel frae the scene,

nor lifted up my voice, however fruitlessly, against such crying

iniquity as the wanton letting out of human blood; sae furth I

hastened—half-dressed, with my gray stockings rolled up my thighs, over

my corduroys, and my auld hat aboon my cowl—to the kail-yard of

contention.

I was just in the nick of time, and my presence checked the effusion of

blood for a little;—but wait a wee. So high and furious were at least

three of the party, that I saw it was catching water in a sieve to waste

words on them, knowing, as clearly as the sun serves the world, that

interceding would be of no avail. Howsomever, I made a feint, and

threatened to bowl awa for a magistrait, if they wadna desist, and stop

from their barbarous and bluidy purpose; but, i’fegs, I had better have

keepit my counsel till it was asked for.

“Tailor Mansie,” quoth Maister Thomas Blister, with a furious cock of

his eye (he was a queer Eirish birkie, come ower for his yedication),

“since ye have ventured to thrust your nose,” said he, “where nobody

invited ye, you must just stay,” said he, “and abide by the

consequences. This is an affair of honour,” quoth he; “and if ye venture

to stir one foot from the spot, och then,” said he, “by the poker of St

Patrick, but whisk through ye goes one of these leaden playthings, as

sure as ye ever spoiled a coat, or cabbaged broadcloth. Ye have now come

out, ye observe, hark ye,” said ye, “and are art and part in the

business;—and, if one, or both, of the principals be killed, poor

devils,” said he, “we are all alike liable to take our trial before the

Justiciary Court, hark ye; and, by the powers,” said he, “I doubt not

but that, on proper consideration, they will allow us to get off

mercifully, on this side of hanging, by a verdict of manslaughter.”

’Od, I fund mysel immediately in a scrape; but how to get out of it

baffled my gumption. It set me all a shivering; yet I thought that, come

the warst when it wad, they surely wad not hang the faither of a

helpless sma family, that had naething but his needle for their support,

if I made a proper affidavy, about having tried to make peace between

the youths. So, conscience being a brave supporter, I abode in silence,

though not without many queer and qualmish thochts, and a pit-patting of

the heart, no unco pleasant in the tholing.

“Blood and wounds!” bawled Maister Thomas Blister, “it would be a

disgrace for ever on the honourable profession of physic,” egging on

puir Maister Willie Magneezhy, whose face was as white as

double-bleached linen, “to make any apology for such an insult. You not

fit to doctor a cat,—you not fit to bleed a calf,—you not fit to

poultice a pig,—after three years apprenticeship,” said he, “and a

winter with Doctor Monro? By the cupping-glasses of ’Pocrates,” said he,

“and by the pistol of Gallon, but I would have caned him on the spot, if

he had just let out half as much to me. Look ye, man,” said he, “look

ye, man, he is all shaking” (this was the truth); “he’ll turn tail. At

him like fire, Willie.”

Magneezhy, though sadly frightened, looked a thocht brighter, and made a

kind o’ half stap forrit. “Say that ye’ll ask my pardon once more,—and

if no,” said the puir lad, with a voice broken and trembling, “then we

must just shoot one another.”

“Devil a bit,” answered Mr Bloatsheet, “devil a bit. No, sir; you must

down on your bare knees, and beg ten thousand pardons for calling me out

here, in a raw morning; or I’ll have a shot at you, whether you will or

no.”

“Will you stand that?” said Blister, with eyes like burning coals. “By

the living jingo and the holy poker, Magneezhy, if you stand that—if you

stand that, I say, I stand no longer your second, but leave you to

disgrace, and a caning. If he likes to shoot you like a dog, and not as

a gentleman, then let him do it and be done.”

“No, sir,” replied Magneezhy, with a quivering voice, which he tried in

vain, puir fellow, to render warlike (he had never been in the

volunteers, like me). “Hand us the pistols, then, and let us do or die!”

“Spoken like a hero, and brother of the lancet: as little afraid at the

sight of your own blood, as at that of your patients,” said Blister.

“Hand over the pistols.”

It was an awfu’ business. Gude save us, such goings on in a Christian

land! While Mr Bloatsheet, the young writer, was in the act of doing

what he was bid, I again, but to no purpose, endeavoured to slip in a

word edgeways. Magneezhy was in an awfu’ case; if he had been already

shot, he could not have looked mair clay and corpse-like; so I took a

kind of whispering, while the stramash was drawing to a bloody

conclusion, with Maister Harry Molasses, the fourth in the spree, who

was standing behind Bloatsheet, with a large mahogany box under his arm,

something in shape like that of a licensed packman, ganging about from

house to house through the country-side, selling toys and trinkets, or

niffering plated ear-rings and sic like, wi’ young lasses, for auld

silver coins or cracked tea-spoons.

“Oh!” answered he, very composedly, as if it had been a canister fu’ of

black rappee, or blackguard, that he had just lifted down from his tap

shelf, “it’s just Doctor Blister’s saws, whittles, and big knives, in

case ony of their legs or arms be blawn away, that he may cut them off.”

Little wad have prevented me sinking down through the ground, had I not

remembered, at the preceese moment, that I myself was a soldier, and

liable, when the hour of danger threatened, to be called out, in

marching order, to the field of battle. But by this time the pistols

were handed to the two infatuated young men—Mr Bloatsheet, as fierce as

a hussar dragoon, and Magneezhy, as supple in the knees as if he was all

on oiled hinges; so the next consideration was to get weel out of the

way, the lookers-on running nearly as great a chance of being shot as

the principals, they no being accustomed, like me, for instance, to the

use of arms; on which account, I scougged mysel behind a big pear-tree;

baith being to fire when Blister gied the word “Off!”

I had hardly jouked into my hidy-hole, when “crack, crack” played the

pistols like lightning, and as soon as I got my cowl ta’en from my een,

and looked about, wae’s me, I saw Magneezhy clap his hand to his brow,

wheel round like a peerie, or a sheep seized wi’ the sturdie, and then

play flap down on his braidside, breaking the necks of half a dozen

cabbage-stocks, three of which were afterwards clean lost, as we couldna

pit them all into the pat at ae time. The hale o’ us ran forrit, but

foremost was Bloatsheet, who, seizing Magneezhy by the hand, said wi’ a

mournful face, “I hope you forgive me?—Only say this as long as you have

breath, for I am off to Leith harbour in half a minute.”

The blude was rinning ower puir Magneezhy’s een, and drib-dribbling frae

the neb o’ his nose; so he was truly in a pitiful state; but he said

with more strength than I thocht he could have mustered,—“Yes, yes, fly

for your life, I am dying without much pain—fly for your life, for I am

a gone man!”

Bloatsheet bounced through the bit kail-yard like a maukin, clamb ower

the bit wa’, and aff like mad; while Blister was feeling Magneezhy’s

pulse with ane hand, and looking at his doctor’s watch, which he had in

the ither.

“Do ye think that the puir lad will live, doctor?” said I till him.

He gave his head a wise shake, and only observed, “I dare say, it will

be a hanging business amang us. In what direction do you think, Mansie,

we should all take flight?”

But I answered bravely, “Flee them that will, I’se flee nane. If am

ta’en prisoner, the town-officers maun haul me frae my ain house; but

nevertheless I trust the visibility of my innocence will be as plain as

a pikestaff to the een of the fifteen.”

“What then, Mansie, will we do with poor Magneezhy? Give us your advice

in need.”

“Let us carry him down to my ain bed,” answered I; “I wad not desert a

fellow-creature in his dying hour! Help me down wi’ him, and then flee

the country as fast as you are able!”

We immediately proceeded, and lifted the poor lad, wha had now dwaumed

away, upon our wife’s hand-barrow, Blister taking the feet, and me the

oxters, whereby I got my waistcoat a’ japanned with blude; so, when we

got him laid right, we proceeded to carry him between us down the close,

just as if he had been a stickit sheep, and in at the back door, which

cost us some trouble, being narrow, and the barrow getting jammed in;

but, at lang and last, we got him streeked out aboon the blankets,

having previously shooken Benjie, and waukened him out of his morning’s

nap.

A’ this being accomplished, and got ower, Blister decamped, leaving me

my leeful lane, excepting Benjie, wha was next to naebody, in the house

with the deein’ man. What a frightfu’ face he had, all smeared ower with

blude and pouther! And I really jaloused, that if he deed in that room,

it wad be haunted for ever mair, he being in a manner a murdered man, so

that, even should I be acquitted of art and part, his ghaist might still

come to bother us, making our house a hell upon yirth, and frightening

us out of our seven senses. But, in the midst of my dreadful surmeeses,

when all was still, so that you might hae heard a pin fall, a

knock-knock-knock cam to the door, on which, recovering my senses, I

dreaded first that it was the death-chap, and syne that the affair had

gotten wind, and that it was the beagles come in search of me; so I

kissed little Benjie, wha was sitting on his creepie, blubbering and

greeting for his parritch, while a tear stood in my ain ee, as I gaed

forrit to lift the sneck, to let the officers, as I thocht, harry our

house, by carrying aff me, its master; but it was—thank Heaven!—only

Tammy Bodkin coming in whistling to his wark with some measuring-papers

hinging round his neck.

“Ah, Tammy,” said I to him, my heart warming at a kent face, and making

the laddie, although my bounden servant by a regular indenture of five

years, a friend in my need, “come in, my man. I fear ye’ll hae to tak

charge of the business for some time to come. Mind what I tell’d ye

about the shaping and the cutting, and no making the goose ower warm, as

I doubt I am about to be harled awa to the Tolbooth.”

Tammy’s heart louped to his mouth.

“Ay, maister,” he said, “ye’re joking. What should ye have done that ye

should be ta’en to sic an ill place?”

“Ah, Tammy, lad,” answered I, “it is but ower true.”

“Weel, weel,” quo’ Tammy—I really thought it a great deal of the

laddie—“weel, weel, they canna prevent me coming to sew beside ye; and,

if I can tak the measure of customers without, ye can cut the claith

within. But what is’t for, maister?”

“Come in here,” said I to him, “and believe your ain een, Tammy, my

man.”

“Losh me!” cried the puir laddie, glowering at the bluidy face of the

man in the bed. “Ay—ay—ay! maister; save us, maister; ay—ay—ay—you have

na cloured his harnpan wi’ the goose? Ay, maister, maister! what an

unyirthly sight!! I doubt they’ll hang us a’;—you for doing’t, and me on

suspicion, and Benjie as art and part, puir thing. But I’ll rin for a

doctor. Will I, maister?”

The thocht had never struck me before, being in a sort of a manner dung

stupid; but catching up the word, I said wi’ all my pith and birr, “Rin,

rin, Tammy, rin for life and death!”

Tammy bolted like a nine-year-auld, never looking ahint his tail: so, in

less than ten minutes, he returned, hauling alang auld Doctor Gripes,

whom he had wakened out o’ his bed by the lug and horn, at the very time

I was trying to quiet young Benjie, wha was following me up and doun the

house, as I was pacing to and fro in distraction, girning and whinging

for his breakfast.

“Bad business, bad business; bless us, what is this?” said the auld

doctor, staring at Magneezhy’s bluidy face through his silver

spectacles—“What’s the matter?”

The puir patient knew at once his maister’s tongue, and, lifting up ane

of his eyes—the other being stiff and barkened down—said in a melancholy

voice, “Ah, master, do ye think I’ll get better?”

Doctor Gripes, auld man as he was, started back, as if he had been a

French dancing-master, or had strampit on a het bar of iron. “Tom, Tom,

is this you? What, in the name of wonder, has done this?” Then feeling

his wrist—“But your pulse is quite good. Have you fallen, boy? Where is

the blood coming from?”

“Somewhere about the hairy scaup,” answered Magneezhy, in his own sort

of lingo. “I doubt some artery’s cut through!”

The doctor immediately bade him lie quiet, and hush, as he was getting a

needle and silken thread ready to sew it up; ordering me to get a basin

and water ready, to wash the puir lad’s physog. I did so as hard as I

was able, though I wasna sure about the blude just; auld Doctor Gripes

watching ower my shouther, wi’ a lighted penny candle in ae hand, and

the needle and thread in the ither, to see where the bluid spouted frae.

But we were as daft as wise; so he bade me tak my big shears, and cut

out a’ the hair on the fore part of the head as bare as my loof; and

syne we washed, and better washed; so Magneezhy got the ither ee up,

when the barkened blude was loosed, looking, though as pale as a clean

shirt, mair frighted than hurt; until it became plain to us all, first

to the doctor, syne to me, and syne to Tammy Bodkin, and last of a’ to

Magneezhy himsel, that his skin was na sae much as peeled; so we helped

him out of the bed, and blithe was I to see the lad standing on the

floor, without a haud, on his ain feet.

I did my best to clean his neckcloth and sark-neck of the blude, making

him look as decentish as possible, considering circumstances; and

lending him, as the Scripture commands, my tartan mantle to hide the

infirmity of his bluidy breeks and waistcoat. Hame gaed he and his

maister thegither, me standing at our close mouth, wishing them a gude

morning, and blithe to see their backs. Indeed, a condemned thief with

the rope about his neck, and the white cowl tied ower his een, to say

naething of his hands yerked thegither behind his back, and on the nick

of being thrown ower, couldna been mair thankfu’ for a reprieve than I

was, at the same blessed moment. It was like Adam seeing the deil’s rear

marching out o’ Paradise, if ane may be allowed to think sic a thing.

The hale business—tag, rag, and bobtail—soon, however, spunkit out, and

was the town talk for mair than ae day. But ye’ll hear.

At the first I pitied the puir lads, that I thocht had fled for ever and

aye from their native country to Bengal, Seringapatam, Copenhagen,

Botany Bay, or Jamaica; leaving behint them all their friends and auld

Scotland, as they might never hear o’ the gudeness of Providence in

their behalf. But—wait a wee.

Wad ye believe it? As sure’s death, the hale was but a wicked trick

played by that mischievous loon Blister and his cronies, upon ane that

was a simple and saft-headed callant. Deil a haet was in the ae pistol

but a pluff o’ pouther; and, in the ither, a cartridge paper, fu’ o’

bull’s blood, was rammed down upon the charge, the which, hiting

Magneezhy on the ee-bree, had caused a business that seemed to have put

him out o’ life, and nearly put me (though ane of the volunteers) out of

my seven senses.—_Mansie Wauch._

THE VACANT CHAIR.

BY JOHN MACKAY WILSON.

You have all heard of the Cheviot mountains. They are a rough, rugged,

majestic chain of hills, which a poet might term the Roman wall of

nature; crowned with snow, belted with storms, surrounded by pastures

and fruitful fields, and still dividing the northern portion of Great

Britain from the southern. With their proud summits piercing the clouds,

and their dark, rocky declivities frowning upon the glens below, thay

appear symbolical of the wild and untamable spirits of the Borderers who

once inhabited their sides. We say, you have all heard of the Cheviots,

and know them to be very high hills, like a huge clasp riveting England

and Scotland together; but we are not aware that you may have heard of

Marchlaw, an old, gray-looking farm-house, substantial as a modern

fortress, recently, and, for aught we know to the contrary, still

inhabited by Peter Elliot, the proprietor of some five hundred

surrounding acres. The boundaries of Peter’s farm, indeed, were defined

neither by fields, hedges, nor stone walls. A wooden stake here, and a

stone there, at considerable distances from each other, were the general

landmarks; but neither Peter nor his neighbours considered a few acres

worth quarrelling about; and their sheep frequently visited each other’s

pastures in a friendly way, harmoniously sharing a family dinner, in the

same spirit as their masters made themselves free at each other’s

tables.

Peter was placed in very unpleasant circumstances, owing to the

situation of Marchlaw House, which, unfortunately, was built immediately

across the “ideal line,” dividing the two kingdoms; and his misfortune

was, that, being born within it, he knew not whether he was an

Englishman or a Scotchman. He could trace his ancestral line no farther

back than his great-grandfather, who, it appeared from the family Bible,

had, together with his grandfather and father, claimed Marchlaw as their

birthplace. They, however, were not involved in the same perplexities as

their descendant. The parlour was distinctly acknowledged to be in

Scotland, and two-thirds of the kitchen were as certainly allowed to be

in England;—his three ancestors were born in the room over the parlour,

and, therefore, were Scotchmen beyond question; but Peter, unluckily,

being brought into the world before the death of his grandfather, his

parents occupied a room immediately over the debatable boundary line

which crossed the kitchen. The room, though scarcely eight feet square,

was evidently situated between the two countries; but, no one being able

to ascertain what portion belonged to each, Peter, after many arguments

and altercations upon the subject, was driven to the disagreeable

alternative of confessing he knew not what countryman he was. What

rendered the confession the more painful was, that it was Peter’s

highest ambition to be thought a Scotsman. All his arable land lay on

the Scottish side; his mother was collaterally related to the Stuarts;

and few families were more ancient or respectable than the Elliots.

Peter’s speech, indeed, bewrayed him to be a walking partition between

the two kingdoms—a living representation of the Union; for in one word

he pronounced the letter _r_ with the broad, masculine sound of the

North Briton, and in the next with the liquid _burr_ of the

Northumbrians.

Peter, or, if you prefer it, Peter Elliot, Esquire of Marchlaw, in the

counties of Northumberland and Roxburgh, was, for many years, the best

runner, leaper, and wrestler between Wooler and Jedburgh. Whirled from

his hand, the ponderous bullet whizzed through the air like a pigeon on

the wing; and the best “putter” on the Borders quailed from competition.

As a feather in his grasp, he seized the unwieldy hammer, swept it round

and round his head, accompanying with agile limb its evolutions, swiftly

as swallows play around a circle, and hurled it from his hands like a

shot from a rifle, till antagonists shrunk back, and the spectators

burst into a shout. “Well done, squire! the squire for ever!” once

exclaimed a servile observer of titles. “Squire! wha are ye squiring

at?” returned Peter. “Confound ye! where was ye when I was christened

squire? My name’s Peter Elliot—your man, or onybody’s man, at whatever

they like!”

Peter’s soul was free, bounding, and buoyant as the wind that carolled

in a zephyr, or shouted in a hurricane, upon his native hills; and his

body was thirteen stone of healthy substantial flesh, steeped in the

spirits of life. He had been long married, but marriage had wrought no

change upon him. They who suppose that wedlock transforms the lark into

an owl, offer an insult to the lovely beings who, brightening our

darkest hours with the smiles of affection, teach us that that only is

unbecoming in the husband which is disgraceful in the man. Nearly twenty

years had passed over them; but Janet was still as kind, and, in his

eyes, as beautiful as when, bestowing on him her hand, she blushed her

vows at the altar; and he was still as happy, as generous, and as free.

Nine fair children sat around their domestic hearth, and one, the

youngling of the flock, smiled upon its mother’s knee. Peter had never

known sorrow; he was blest in his wife, in his children, in his flocks.

He had become richer than his fathers. He was beloved by his neighbours,

the tillers of his ground, and his herdsmen: yea, no man envied his

prosperity. But a blight passed over the harvest of his joys, and gall

was rained into the cup of his felicity.

It was Christmas-day, and a more melancholy-looking sun never rose on

the 25th of December. One vast, sable cloud, like a universal pall,

overspread the heavens. For weeks the ground had been covered with

clear, dazzling snow; and as throughout the day the rain continued its

unwearied and monotonous drizzle, the earth assumed a character and

appearance melancholy and troubled as the heavens. Like a mastiff that

has lost its owner, the wind howled dolefully down the glens, and was

re-echoed from the caves of the mountains, as the lamentations of a

legion of invisible spirits. The frowning, snow-clad precipices were

instinct with motion, as avalanche upon avalanche, the larger burying

the less, crowded downward in their tremendous journey to the plain. The

simple mountain rills had assumed the majesty of rivers; the broader

streams were swollen into the wild torrent, and, gushing forth as

cataracts, in fury and in foam, enveloped the valleys in an angry flood.

But at Marchlaw the fire blazed blithely; the kitchen groaned beneath

the load of preparations for a joyful feast; and glad faces glided from

room to room.

Peter Elliot kept Christmas, not so much because it was Christmas, as in

honour of its being the birthday of Thomas, his first-born, who that day

entered his nineteenth year. With a father’s love, his heart yearned for

all his children; but Thomas was the pride of his eyes. Cards of apology

had not then found their way among our Border hills; and as all knew

that, although Peter admitted no spirits within his threshold, nor a

drunkard at his table, he was, nevertheless, no niggard in his

hospitality, his invitations were accepted without ceremony. The guests

were assembled; and the kitchen being the only apartment in the building

large enough to contain them, the cloth was spread upon a long, clean,

oaken table, stretching from England into Scotland. On the English end

of the board were placed a ponderous plum-pudding, studded with

temptation, and a smoking sirloin; on Scotland, a savoury and

well-seasoned haggis, with a sheep’shead and trotters; while the

intermediate space was filled with the good things of this life, common

to both kingdoms and to the season.

The guests from the north and from the south were arranged

promiscuously. Every seat was filled—save one. The chair by Peter’s

right hand remained unoccupied. He had raised his hands before his eyes,

and besought a blessing on what was placed before them, and was

preparing to carve for his visitors, when his eyes fell upon the vacant

chair. The knife dropped upon the table. Anxiety flashed across his

countenance, like an arrow from an unseen hand.

“Janet, where is Thomas?” he inquired; “hae nane o’ ye seen him?” and,

without waiting an answer, he continued—“How is it possible he can be

absent at a time like this? And on such a day, too? Excuse me a minute,

friends, till I just step out and see if I can find him. Since ever I

kept this day, as mony o’ ye ken, he has always been at my right hand,

in that very chair; I canna think o’ beginning our dinner while I see it

empty.”

“If the filling of the chair be all,” said a pert young sheep-farmer,

named Johnson, “I will step into it till Master Thomas arrive.”

“Ye’re not a father, young man,” said Peter, and walked out of the room.

Minute succeeded minute, but Peter returned not. The guests became

hungry, peevish, and gloomy, while an excellent dinner continued

spoiling before them. Mrs Elliot, whose goodnature was the most

prominent feature in her character, strove, by every possible effort, to

beguile the unpleasant impressions she perceived gathering upon their

countenances.

“Peter is just as bad as him,” she remarked, “to hae gane to seek him

when he kenned the dinner wouldna keep. And I’m sure Thomas kenned it

would be ready at one o’clock to a minute. It’s sae unthinking and

unfriendly like to keep folk waiting.” And, endeavouring to smile upon a

beautiful black-haired girl of seventeen, who sat by her elbow, she

continued in an anxious whisper—“Did ye see naething o’ him, Elizabeth,

hinny?”

The maiden blushed deeply; the question evidently gave freedom to a

tear, which had, for some time, been an unwilling prisoner in the

brightest eyes in the room; and the monosyllable, “No,” that trembled

from her lips, was audible only to the ear of the inquirer. In vain Mrs

Elliot despatched one of her children after another, in quest of their

father and brother; they came and went, but brought no tidings more

cheering than the moaning of the hollow wind. Minutes rolled into hours,

yet neither came. She perceived the prouder of her guests preparing to

withdraw, and, observing that “Thomas’s absence was so singular and

unaccountable, and so unlike either him or his father, she didna ken

what apology to make to her friends for such treatment; but it was

needless waiting, and begged they would use no ceremony, but just

begin.”

No second invitation was necessary. Good humour appeared to be restored,

and sirloins, pies, pasties, and moorfowl began to disappear like the

lost son. For a moment, Mrs Elliot apparently partook in the restoration

of cheerfulness; but a low sigh at her elbow again drove the colour from

her rosy cheeks. Her eye wandered to the farther end of the table, and

rested on the unoccupied seat of her husband, and the vacant chair of

her first-born. Her heart fell heavily within her; all the mother gushed

into her bosom; and, rising from the table, “What in the world can be

the meaning o’ this?” said she, as she hurried, with a troubled

countenance, towards the door. Her husband met her on the threshold.

“Where hae ye been, Peter?” said she, eagerly. “Hae ye seen naething o’

him?”

“Naething, naething,” replied he; “is he no cast up yet?” And, with a

melancholy glance, his eyes sought an answer in the deserted chair. His

lips quivered, his tongue faltered.

“Gude forgie me,” said he, “and such a day for even an enemy to be out

in! I’ve been up and doun every way that I can think on, but not a

living creature has seen or heard tell o’ him. Ye’ll excuse me,

neebors,” he added, leaving the house; “I must awa again, for I canna

rest.”

“I ken by mysel, friends,” said Adam Bell, a decent-looking

Northumbrian, “that a faither’s heart is as sensitive as the apple o’

his e’e; and I think we would show a want o’ natural sympathy and

respect for our worthy neighbour, if we didna every one get his foot

into the stirrup without loss o’ time, and assist him in his search.

For, in my rough, country way o’ thinking, it must be something

particularly out o’ the common that would tempt Thomas to be amissing.

Indeed, I needna say tempt, for there could be no inclination in the

way. And our hills,” he concluded, in a lower tone, “are not ower chancy

in other respects, besides the breaking up o’ the storm.”

“Oh!” said Mrs Elliot, wringing her hands, “I have had the coming o’

this about me for days and days. My head was growing dizzy with

happiness, but thoughts came stealing upon me like ghosts, and I felt a

lonely soughing about my heart, without being able to tell the cause;

but the cause is come at last! And my dear Thomas—the very pride and

staff o’ my life—is lost—lost to me for ever!”

“I ken, Mrs Elliot,” replied the Northumbrian, “it is an easy matter to

say compose yourself, for them that dinna ken what it is to feel. But,

at the same time, in our plain, country way o’ thinking, we are always

ready to believe the worst. I’ve often heard my father say, and I’ve as

often remarked it myself, that, before anything happens to a body, there

is a something comes ower them, like a cloud before the face o’ the sun;

a sort o’ dumb whispering about the breast from the other world. And

though I trust there is naething o’ the kind in your case, yet as you

observe, when I find myself growing dizzy, as it were, with happiness,

it makes good a saying o’ my mother’s, poor body. ‘Bairns, bairns,’ she

used to say, ‘there is ower muckle singing in your heads to-night; we

will have a shower before bedtime.’ And I never, in my born days, saw it

fail.”

At any other period, Mr Bell’s dissertation on presentiments would have

been found a fitting text on which to hang all the dreams, wraiths,

warnings, and marvellous circumstances, that had been handed down to the

company from the days of their grandfathers; but, in the present

instance, they were too much occupied in consultation regarding the

different routes to be taken in their search.

Twelve horsemen, and some half-dozen pedestrians, were seen hurrying in

divers directions from Marchlaw, as the last faint lights of a

melancholy day were yielding to the heavy darkness which appeared

pressing in solid masses down the sides of the mountains. The wives and

daughters of the party were alone left with the disconsolate mother, who

alternately pressed her weeping children to her heart, and told them to

weep not, for their brother would soon return; while the tears stole

down her own cheeks, and the infant in her arms wept because its mother

wept. Her friends strove with each other to inspire hope, and poured

upon her ear their mingled and loquacious consolation. But one remained

silent. The daughter of Adam Bell, who sat by Mrs Elliot’s elbow at

table, had shrunk into an obscure corner of the room. Before her face

she held a handkerchief wet with tears. Her bosom throbbed convulsively;

and, as occasionally her broken sighs burst from their prison house, a

significant whisper passed among the younger part of the company.

Mrs Elliot approached her, and taking her hand tenderly within both of

hers—“Oh, hinny! hinny!” said she, “yer sighs gae through my heart like

a knife! An’ what can I do to comfort ye? Come, Elizabeth, my bonny

love, let us hope for the best. Ye see before ye a sorrowin’ mother—a

mother that fondly hoped to see you an’—I canna say it—an’ I am ill

qualified to gie comfort, when my own heart is like a furnace! But, oh!

let us try and remember the blessed portion, ‘Whom the Lord loveth He

chasteneth,’ an’ inwardly pray for strength to say ‘His will be done!’”

Time stole on towards midnight, and one by one the unsuccessful party

returned. As foot after foot approached, every breath was held to

listen.

“No, no, no,” cried the mother, again and again, with increasing

anguish, “it’s no the foot o’ my ain bairn;” while her keen gaze still

remained riveted upon the door, and was not withdrawn, nor the hope of

despair relinquished, till the individual entered, and with a silent and

ominous shake of his head, betokened his fruitless efforts. The clock

had struck twelve; all were returned, save the father. The wind howled

more wildly; the rain poured upon the windows in ceaseless torrents; and

the roaring of the mountain rivers gave a character of deeper

ghostliness to their sepulchral silence; for they sat, each wrapt in

forebodings, listening to the storm; and no sounds were heard, save the

groans of the mother, the weeping of her children, and the bitter and

broken sobs of the bereaved maiden, who leaned her head upon her

father’s bosom, refusing to be comforted.

At length the barking of the farm dog announced footsteps at a distance.

Every ear was raised to listen, every eye turned to the door; but,

before the tread was yet audible to the listeners—“Oh! it is only

Peter’s foot!” said the miserable mother, and, weeping, rose to meet

him.

“Janet, Janet!” he exclaimed, as he entered, and threw his arms around

her neck, “what’s this come upon us at last?”

He cast an inquisitive glance around his dwelling, and a convulsive

shiver passed over his manly frame, as his eye again fell on the vacant

chair, which no one had ventured to occupy. Hour succeeded hour, but the

company separated not; and low, sorrowful whispers mingled with the

lamentations of the parents.

“Neighbours,” said Adam Bell, “the morn is a new day, and we will wait

to see what it may bring forth; but, in the meantime, let us read a

portion o’ the Divine Word, an’ kneel together in prayer, that, whether

or not the day-dawn cause light to shine upon this singular bereavement,

the Sun o’ Righteousness may arise wi’ healing on His wings, upon the

hearts o’ this afflicted family, an’ upon the hearts o’ all present.”

“Amen!” responded Peter, wringing his hands; and his friend, taking down

the “Ha’ Bible,” read the chapter wherein it is written—“It is better to

be in the house of mourning than in the house of feasting;” and again

the portion which saith—“It is well for me that I have been afflicted,

for before I was afflicted I went astray.”

The morning came, but brought no tidings of the lost son. After a solemn

farewell, all the visitants, save Adam Bell and his daughter, returned

every one to their own house; and the disconsolate father, with his

servants, again renewed the search among the hills and surrounding

villages.

Days, weeks, months, and years rolled on. Time had subdued the anguish

of the parents into a holy calm; but their lost first-born was not

forgotten, although no trace of his fate had been discovered. The

general belief was, that he had perished on the breaking up of the snow;

and the few in whose remembrance he still lived, merely spoke of his

death as a “very extraordinary circumstance,” remarking that “he was a

wild, venturesome sort o’ lad.”

Christmas had succeeded Christmas, and Peter Elliot still kept it in

commemoration of the birthday of him who was not. For the first few

years after the loss of their son, sadness and silence characterized the

party who sat down to dinner at Marchlaw, and still at Peter’s right

hand was placed the vacant chair. But, as the younger branches of the

family advanced in years, the remembrance of their brother became less

poignant. Christmas was, with all around them, a day of rejoicing, and

they began to make merry with their friends; while their parents partook

in their enjoyment, with a smile, half of approval and half of sorrow.

Twelve years had passed away; Christmas had again come. It was the

counterpart of its fatal predecessor. The hills had not yet cast off

their summer verdure; the sun, although shorn of its heat, had lost none

of its brightness or glory, and looked down upon the earth as though

participating in its gladness; and the clear blue sky was tranquil as

the sea sleeping beneath the moon. Many visitors had again assembled at

Marchlaw. The sons of Mr Elliot, and the young men of the party, were

assembled upon a level green near the house, amusing themselves with

throwing the hammer, and other Border games, while himself and the elder

guests stood by as spectators, recounting the deeds of their youth.

Johnson, the sheep-farmer, whom we have already mentioned, now a brawny

and gigantic fellow of two-and-thirty, bore away in every game the palm

from all competitors. More than once, as Peter beheld his sons defeated,

he felt the spirit of youth glowing in his veins, and, “Oh!” muttered

he, in bitterness, “had my Thomas been spared to me, he would hae thrown

his heart’s blude after the hammer, before he would hae been beat by

e’er a Johnson in the country!”

While he thus soliloquized, and with difficulty restrained an impulse to

compete with the victor himself, a dark, foreign-looking, strong-built

seaman, unceremoniously approached, and, with his arms folded, cast a

look of contempt upon the boasting conqueror. Every eye was turned with

a scrutinizing glance upon the stranger. In height he could not exceed

five feet nine, but his whole frame was the model of muscular strength;

his features open and manly, but deeply sunburnt and weather-beaten; his

long, glossy, black hair, curled into ringlets by the breeze and the

billow, fell thickly over his temples and forehead; and whiskers of a

similar hue, more conspicuous for size than elegance, gave a character

of fierceness to a countenance otherwise possessing a striking impress

of manly beauty. Without asking permission, he stepped forward, lifted

the hammer, and, swinging it around his head, hurled it upwards of five

yards beyond Johnson’s most successful throw. “Well done!” shouted the

astonished spectators. The heart of Peter Elliott warmed within him, and

he was hurrying forward to grasp the stranger by the hand, when the

words groaned in his throat, “It was just such a throw as my Thomas

would have made!—my own lost Thomas!” The tears burst into his eyes,

and, without speaking, he turned back, and hurried towards the house to

conceal his emotion.

Successively, at every game, the stranger had defeated all who ventured

to oppose him, when a messenger announced that dinner waited their

arrival. Some of the guests were already seated, others entering; and,

as heretofore, placed beside Mrs Elliot was Elizabeth Bell, still in the

noontide of her beauty; but sorrow had passed over her features, like a

veil before the countenance of an angel. Johnson, crest-fallen and out

of humour at his defeat, seated himself by her side. In early life he

had regarded Thomas Elliot as a rival for her affections; and,

stimulated by the knowledge that Adam Bell would be able to bestow

several thousands upon his daughter for a dowry, he yet prosecuted his

attentions with unabated assiduity, in despite of the daughter’s

aversion and the coldness of her father. Peter had taken his place at

the table; and still by his side, unoccupied and sacred, appeared the

vacant chair, the chair of his first-born, whereon none had sat since

his mysterious death or disappearance.

“Bairns,” said he, “did nane o’ye ask the sailor to come up and tak a

bit o’ dinner wi’ us?”

“We were afraid it might lead to a quarrel with Mr Johnson,” whispered

one of the sons.

“He is come without asking,” replied the stranger, entering; “and the

wind shall blow from a new point if I destroy the mirth or happiness of

the company.”

“Ye’re a stranger, young man,” said Peter, “or ye would ken this is no a

meeting o’ mirth-makers. But, I assure ye, ye are welcome, heartily

welcome. Haste ye, lasses,” he added to the servants; “some o’ ye get a

chair for the gentleman.”

“Gentleman, indeed!” muttered Johnson between his teeth.

“Never mind about a chair, my hearties,” said the seaman; “this will

do!” And, before Peter could speak to withhold him, he had thrown

himself carelessly into the hallowed, the venerated, the twelve years

unoccupied chair! The spirit of sacrilege uttering blasphemies from a

pulpit could not have smitten a congregation of pious worshippers with

deeper horror and consternation, than did this filling of the vacant

chair the inhabitants of Marchlaw.

“Excuse me, sir! excuse me, sir!” said Peter, the words trembling upon

his tongue; “but ye cannot—ye cannot sit there!”

“O man! man!” cried Mrs Elliot, “get out o’ that! get out o’ that!—take

my chair!—take ony chair i’ the house!—but dinna, dinna sit there! It

has never been sat in by mortal being since the death o’ my dear

bairn!—and to see it filled by another is a thing I canna endure!”

“Sir! sir!” continued the father, “ye have done it through ignorance,

and we excuse ye. But that was my Thomas’s seat! Twelve years this very

day—his birthday—he perished, Heaven kens how! He went out from our

sight, like the cloud that passes over the hills—never, never to return.

And, O sir, spare a father’s feelings! for to see it filled wrings the

blood from my heart!”

“Give me your hand, my worthy soul!” exclaimed the seaman; “I

revere—nay, hang it! I would die for your feelings! But Tom Elliot was

my friend, and I cast anchor in this chair by special commission. I know

that a sudden broadside of joy is a bad thing; but as I don’t know how

to preach a sermon before telling you, all I have to say is—that Tom

aint dead.”

“Not dead!” said Peter, grasping the hand of the stranger, and speaking

with an eagerness that almost choked his utterance. “O sir! sir! tell me

how!—how!—Did ye say living?—Is my ain Thomas living?”

“Not dead, do ye say?” cried Mrs Elliot, hurrying towards him and

grasping his other hand—“not dead! And shall I see my bairn again? Oh!

may the blessing o’ Heaven, and the blessing o’ a broken-hearted mother

be upon the bearer o’ the gracious tidings! But tell me—tell me, how is

it possible? As ye would expect happiness here or hereafter, dinna,

dinna deceive me!”

“Deceive you!” returned the stranger, grasping, with impassioned

earnestness, their hands in his—“Never!—never! and all I can say is—Tom

Elliot is alive and hearty.”

“No, no!” said Elizabeth, rising from her seat, “he does not deceive us;

there is that in his countenance which bespeaks a falsehood impossible.”

And she also endeavoured to move towards him, when Johnson threw his arm

around her to withhold her.

“Hands off, you land-lubber!” exclaimed the seaman, springing towards

them, “or, shiver me! I’ll show daylight through your timbers in the

turning of a handspike.” And, clasping the lovely girl in his arms,

“Betty! Betty, my love!” he cried, “don’t you know your own Tom? Father,

mother, don’t you know me? Have you really forgot your own son? If

twelve years have made some change on his face, his heart is as sound as

ever.”

His father, his mother, and his brothers clung around him, weeping,

smiling, and mingling a hundred questions together. He threw his arms

around the neck of each, and in answer to their enquiries,

replied—“Well! well! there is time enough to answer questions, but not

to-day—not to-day!”

“No, my bairn,” said his mother, “we’ll ask you no questions—nobody

shall ask you any! But how—how were you torn away from us, my love? And,

O hinny! where—where hae you been?”

“It’s a long story, mother,” said he, “and would take a week to tell it.

But, howsoever, to make a long story short, you remember when the

smugglers were pursued, and wished to conceal their brandy in our house,

my father prevented them; they left muttering revenge—and they have been

revenged. This day twelve years, I went out with the intention of

meeting Elizabeth and her father, when I came upon a party of the gang

concealed in Hell’s Hole. In a moment half-a-dozen pistols were held to

my breast, and, tying my hands to my sides, they dragged me into the

cavern. Here I had not been long their prisoner, when the snow, rolling

down the mountains, almost totally blocked up its mouth. On the second

night they cut through the snow, and, hurrying me along with them, I was

bound to a horse between two, and, before daylight, found myself stowed,

like a piece of old junk, in the hold of a smuggling lugger. Within a

week I was shipped on board a Dutch man-of-war, and for six years was

kept dodging about on different stations, till our old yawning hulk

received orders to join the fleet, which was to fight against the

gallant Duncan at Camperdown. To think of fighting against my own

countrymen—my own flesh and blood—was worse than to be cut to pieces by

a cat-o’-nine tails; and, under cover of the smoke of the first

broadside, I sprang upon the gunwale, plunged into the sea, and swam for

the English fleet. Never, never shall I forget the moment that my feet

first trod upon the deck of a British frigate! My nerves felt as firm as

her oak, and my heart free as the pennant that waved defiance from her

masthead! I was as active as any one during the battle; and when it was

over, and I found myself again among my own countrymen, and all speaking

my own language, I fancied—nay, hang it! I almost believed—I should meet

my father, my mother, or my dear Bess, on board of the British frigate.

I expected to see you all again in a few weeks at farthest; but, instead

of returning to old England, before I was aware, I found it was helm

about with us. As to writing, I never had an opportunity but once. We

were anchored before a French fort; a packet was lying alongside ready

to sail; I had half a side written, and was scratching my head to think

how I should come over writing about you, Bess, my love, when, as bad

luck would have it, our lieutenant comes to me, and says he, ‘Elliot,’

says he, ‘I know you like a little smart service; come, my lad, take the

head oar, while we board some of those French bum-boats under the

batteries.’ I couldn’t say no. We pulled ashore, made a bonfire of one

of their craft, and were setting fire to a second, when a deadly shower

of small shot from the garrison scuttled our boat, killed our commanding

officer with half of the crew, and the few who were left of us were made

prisoners. It is of no use bothering you by telling how we escaped from

a French prison. We did escape, and Tom once more fills his vacant

chair.”

Should any of our readers wish farther acquaintance with our friends,

all we can say is, the new year was still young when Adam Bell bestowed

his daughter’s hand upon the heir of Marchlaw, and Peter beheld the once

vacant chair again occupied, and a namesake of the third generation

prattling on his knee.

COLKITTOCH.

The name of Colkittoch often occurs in the history of the great

rebellion in the reign of Charles I. By some he is denominated Macdonald

of Colkittoch, by others Colkittoch, and by many he is confounded with

his son. His name was Coll, or Colle, Macdonald: he was a native of

Ireland. His father was Archibald Macdonell, who was an illegitimate son

of the Earl of Antrim. With the aid of his partisans, Coll took violent

possession of the island of Colonsay, one of the Hebrides, having driven

away the Macfees, who had held it for many centuries. Coll was

denominated Kittoch, or, more correctly, Ciotach, from his being

left-handed. Coll had distinguished himself in the unhappy disturbances

in Ireland, and when Lord Antrim sent troops to Scotland as auxiliaries

in the royal cause, he served as an officer under his own son, Allister,

or Alexander, who had the chief command of the corps. The father and son

were well qualified for this service, both of them being well known in

the Highlands, and connected by blood or marriage with some of the best

families in that country.

Coll was noted for his strength and prowess, though tainted with the

cruelty too familiar to his countrymen at that time. He fought in all

the battles in which the Irish auxiliaries were engaged under Montrose;

he was also concerned in their plundering expeditions in Argyleshire,

where private revenge was unfortunately added to the horrors of war.

Many of the lyric compositions of those days extol his bravery and his

bloody vengeance on his antagonists, the Campbells, though it seems he

was on very friendly terms with some of that name.

Coll had possession of the Castle of Duntroon, and having placed a

garrison in it, he went to another quarter; but in his absence it was

taken by stratagem. He was ignorant of this misfortune, and on his

return he steered his boat direct for the castle. His own piper was then

a prisoner there; and knowing his master’s boat, to warn him of his

danger, he played a tune which he composed for the purpose; and so

accurately did the sound correspond with the meaning, that Coll

understood the intention, and avoided the castle.

After the defeat of Montrose at Philiphaugh, and the retreat of his son

Alexander to Ireland, Coll was left in command of the castle of

Dunaovaig, the ancient seat of the Macdonalds of Islay. The garrison

consisted of 150 men; but the pipes which conveyed the water being cut

by the enemy, on the assurance of Sir David Leslie, who commanded the

parliamentary forces, Coll was induced to go out of the castle to hold

parley with his old friend Campbell of Dunstaffnage. Leslie basely broke

his word, and made Coll prisoner. The Marquis of Argyle was present on

the occasion, and was blamed for this. After the Restoration, when

Argyle was brought to trial, he was accused of the heinous crime of

having ordered this garrison to be put on a rock, surrounded by the sea,

to perish without food or water. He denied all knowledge of any such

thing; and the proof on this point does not appear satisfactory, nor

could we find any tradition in that country of such an atrocious action.

Coll was committed to the custody of the captain of Dunstaffnage, in

whose castle he was confined, and the tower where he lay is still named

after him. That gentleman being no doubt sensible of the dishonourable

treatment his prisoner had received, gave him every possible indulgence.

He permitted Coll to walk about the place, but he had cause to repent

his lenity. The Marquis of Argyle charged him with misconduct; and

dreading the well-known severity of his chief, Dunstaffnage denied it.

Argyle swore that if Coll should be found at large, the captain would be

severely punished, and a messenger was despatched to ascertain the fact.

Dunstaffnage being at Inveraray at the time, ordered his foster-brother

to set off with all speed, and outrun the other, which he did; and on

coming in sight of the castle, he cried out, “Coll in irons! Coll in

irons!” Coll was occupied in superintending the shearing of corn at the

time, and was the first who heard the cries. Conjecturing what the cause

might be, he instantly retired to his dungeon, and with his own hands

put on the irons. He was soon after this brought to trial before the

sheriff of Argyle, in the castle where he was confined. Maclean of

Ardgour, who originally had been on the royal side, was one of the jury;

and wishing to display his zeal for the republican cause, which, with

many others, he then espoused, asked Coll if he had been present at the

battle of Inverlochy; the prisoner boldly replied, “By my baptism! I was

so, carle, and did more service there than thyself.” He was condemned to

die, and was executed, by hanging from the mast of his own boat, laid

across the cleft of a rock.[11] He suffered death without dismay,

requesting that his body might be laid so near that of his friend, the

captain of Dunstaffnage, that they might exchange snuff-boxes in their

graves; and this request was complied with. The fate of Collkittoch was

amply avenged: at the Restoration, his death and sufferings formed some

of the most serious and fatal charges against the Marquis of

Argyle.—_“Traditions of the Western Highlands,” in the London Literary

Gazette._

Footnote 11:

Coll’s execution took place in 1647.

THE COVENANTERS:

_A TRADITIONARY TALE OF LANARKSHIRE_.

BY ROBERT MACNISH, LL.D.

CHAPTER I.

During the persecutions in Scotland, consequent upon the fruitless

attempt to root out Presbyterianism and establish Episcopacy by force,

there lived one Allan Hamilton, a farmer, at the foot of the Lowther

mountains in Lanarkshire. His house was situated in a remote valley,

which, though of small extent, was beautiful and romantic, being

embosomed on all sides by hills covered to their summits with rich

verdure. Around the house was a considerable piece of arable ground, and

behind it a well-stocked orchard and garden. A few tall trees grew in

front, waving their ample foliage over the roof, while at each side of

the door was a little plot planted with honeysuckle, wallflower, and

various odoriferous shrubs. The owner of this neat mansion was a

fortunate man; for the world had hitherto gone well with him, and if he

had lost his wife—an affliction which sixteen years had mellowed over—he

was blessed with an affectionate and virtuous daughter. He had two male

and as many female servants to assist him in his farming operations; and

so well had his industry been rewarded, that he might be considered as

one of the most prosperous husbandmen in that part of the country.

Mary Hamilton, his only child, was, at the time we speak of, nineteen

years of age. She was an extremely handsome girl, and, though living in

so remote a quarter, the whole district of the Lowthers rung with the

fame of her beauty. But this was the least of her qualifications, for

her mind was even fairer than her person; and on her pure spirit the

impress of virtue and affection was stamped in legible characters.

Allan, though a religious man, was not an enthusiast; and, from certain

prudent considerations, had forborne to show any of that ardent zeal for

the faith which distinguished many of his countrymen. He approved

secretly in his heart of the measures adopted by the Covenanters, and

inwardly prayed for their success; but these matters he kept to his own

mind, reading his Bible with his daughter at home, and not exposing

himself or her to the machinations of the persecuting party.

It was on an August evening that he and his daughter were seated

together in their little parlour. He had performed all his daily

labours, and had permitted his servants to go to some rural meeting

several miles off. Being thus left undisturbed, he enjoyed with her that

quiet rest so grateful after a day spent in toil. The day had been

remarkably beautiful; but towards nightfall, the heavens were overcast

with dark clouds, and the sun had that sultry glare which is so often

the forerunner of a tempest. When this luminary disappeared beneath the

mountains, he left a red and glowing twilight behind him; and over the

firmament a tissue of crimson clouds was extended, mingled here and

there with black vapours. The atmosphere was hot, sickening, and

oppressive, and seemed to teem with some approaching convulsion.

“We shall have a storm to-night,” Allan remarked to his daughter. “I

wish that I had not let the servants out; they will be overtaken in it

to a certainty as they cross the moors.”

“There is no fear of them, father,” replied Mary; “they know the road

well; at any rate, the tempest will be over before they think of

stirring from where they are.”

Allan did not make any answer, but continued looking through the window

opposite to which he was placed. He could see from it the mountain of

Lowther, the highest in Lanarkshire; its huge shoulders and top were

distinctly visible, standing forth in grand relief from the red clouds

above and behind it. The last rays of the sun, bursting from the rim of

the horizon, still lingered upon the hill, and, casting over its western

side a broad and luminous glare, gave to it the appearance of a

burnished pyramid towering from the earth. This gorgeous vision,

however, did not continue long. In a few minutes the mountain lost its

ruddy tint, and the sky around it became obscurer. Shortly afterwards a

huge sable cloud was observed hovering over its summit. “Look, Mary,”

cried Allan to his daughter, “did you ever see anything grander than

this? Look at yon black cloud that hangs over Lowther.” Mary did so, and

saw the same thing as was remarked by her father. The cloud came down

slowly and majestically, enveloped the summit of the mountain, and

descended for some way upon its sides. At last, when it had fairly

settled, confirming, as it were, its dismal empire, a flash of fire was

seen suddenly to issue from the midst of it. It revealed, for an

instant, the summit of Lowther; then vanishing with meteor-like

rapidity, left everything in the former state of gloom. Mary clung with

alarm to her father. “Hush, my dear,” said Allan, pressing her closely

to him, “and you will hear the thunder.” He had scarcely pronounced the

word when a clap was heard, so loud that the summit of the mountain

appeared to be rent in twain. The terrific sound continued some time,

for the neighbouring hills caught it up and re-echoed it to each other,

till it died away in the distance. A succession of flashes and peals

from different quarters succeeded, and, in a short time, a deluge of

rain poured down with the utmost violence.

The two inmates did not hear this noise without alarm. The rain beat

loudly upon the windows, while, every now and then, fearful peals of

thunder burst overhead. Without, no object was visible: darkness alone

prevailed, varied at intervals with fierce glares of lightning.

Thereafter gusts of wind began to sweep with tumult through the glen;

and the stream which flowed past the house was evidently swollen, from

the increased noise of its current rushing impetuously on.

The tempest continued to rage with unabated violence, when a knock was

heard at the door. Allan opened it, expecting to find his domestics; but

to his astonishment and dismay he beheld the Rev. Thomas Hervey, one of

the most famous preachers of the Covenant. He was a venerable old man,

and seemed overcome with fatigue and want, for he was pale and drooping,

while his thin garments were drenched with rain. Now, though Allan

Hamilton would yield to no man in benevolence, he never, on any

occasion, felt so disposed, as at present, to outrage his own feelings,

and cast aside the godlike virtue of charity. Mr Hervey, like many other

good men, was proscribed by the ruling powers; and persecution then ran

so high, that to grant him a night’s lodging amounted to a capital

crime. Many persons had already been shot for affording this slight

charity to the outlawed Covenanters: Allan himself had been an unwilling

witness of this dreadful fact. It was not, therefore, with his usual

alacrity that he welcomed in the way-worn stranger. On the contrary, he

held the door half-shut, and in a tone of embarrassment asked him what

he wanted.

“I see, Mr Hamilton,” said the minister, calmly, “that you do not wish I

should cross your threshold. You ask me what I want. Is that Christian?

What can any one want in a night like this, but lodgment and protection?

If you grant it to me, I shall pray for you and yours; if you refuse it,

I can only shake the dust off my feet and depart, albeit it be to

death.”

“Mr Hervey,” said Allan, “you know your situation, and you know mine. I

would be loth to treat the meanest thing that breathes as I have now

treated you; but you are an outlawed man, and a lodging for one night

under my roof is as much as my life is worth. Was it not last month I

saw one of my nearest neighbours cruelly slain for doing a less

thing,—even for giving a morsel of bread to one of your brethren? Mr

Hervey, I repeat it, and with sorrow, that you know my situation, and

that for the sake of my poor daughter and myself I have no alternative.”

“Yes, I know your situation,” answered the preacher, drawing himself up

indignantly. “You are one of those faint-hearted believers who, for the

sake of ease and temporal gain, have deserted that glorious cause for

which your fathers have struggled. You are one of those who can stand by

coolly and see others fight the good fight; and when they have overcome,

you will doubtless enjoy the blessed fruits of their combating. You held

back in the time of need: you have abetted prelacy and persecution, in

so far as you have not set your shoulder to the wheel of the Covenant.

Now, when a humble forwarder of that holy cause craves from you an hour

of shelter, you stand with your door well-nigh closed, and refuse him

admittance. I leave God to judge of your iniquity, and I quit your

inhospitable and unchristian mansion.”

He was moving off when Mary Hamilton, who had listened with a beating

heart to this colloquy, rushed forward and caught him by the arm. Her

beautiful eyes were wet with tears, and she looked at her parent with an

expression in which entreaty and upbraiding were mingled together. “You

will not turn out this poor old man, father? Indeed you will not. You

were only jesting. Come in, Mr Hervey; my father did not mean what he

said;”—and she led him in by the hand, pushing gently back Allan, who

still stood by the door. “Now, Mr Hervey, sit down there and dry

yourself; and, father, shut the door.”

“Thank you, my fair maiden,” said the minister. “The Lord, for this good

deed, will aid you in your distresses. You have shown that the old may

be taught by the young; and I pray that this lesson of charity, which

you have given to your father, may not turn out to your scaith or his.”

Allan said nothing; he felt that the part he had acted was hardly a

generous one, although perhaps justified by the stern necessity of the

times. His heart was naturally benevolent, and in the consciousness of

self-reproach every dread of danger was obliterated.

The first attention of him and Mary was directed to their guest. His

garments having been thoroughly dried, food was placed before him, of

which he partook, after returning thanks to God in a lengthened grace,

for so disposing towards him the hearts of His creatures. When he had

finished the repast, he raised his face slightly towards heaven, closed

his eyes, and clasping his hands together, fervently implored the

blessings of Providence on the father of that mansion and his child.

When he had done this, he took a small Bible from his pocket, and read

some of the most affecting passages of the Old Testament, descanting

upon them as he went along: how God fed Elijah in the wilderness; how he

conducted the Israelites through their forty years of sojourn; how

Daniel, by faith, remained unhurt in the lion’s den; and how Shadrach,

Meshach, and Abednego, walked through the fiery furnace, and not even

their garments were touched by the flames. Allan and Mary listened with

the most intense interest to the old man, whose voice became stronger,

whose form seemed to dilate, and whose eyes were lit up with a sort of

prophetic rapture, as he threw his spirit into those mysteries of Holy

Writ.

After having concluded this part of his devotions, and before retiring

to rest, he proposed that evening prayer should be offered up. Each

accordingly knelt down, and he commenced in a strain of ardent and

impassioned language. He deplored the afflicted state of God’s kirk;

prayed that the hearts of those who still clung to it might be confirmed

and made steadfast; that confidence might be given to the wavering; that

those who from fear or worldly considerations had held off from the good

cause, might be taught to see the error of their ways; and that all

backsliders might be reclaimed, and become goodly members of the broken

and distressed Covenant. “O Lord!” continued he, “Thou who hast watched

over us in all time—who from Thy throne in the highest heaven hast

vouchsafed to hearken to the prayer of Thy servants, Thou will not now

abandon us in our need. We have worshipped Thee from the depths of the

valley, and the rocks and hills of the desert have heard our voices

calling upon Thy name. ‘Where is your temple, ye outcast remnant?’ cry

the scorners. We answer, O Lord, that we have no temple, but such as

Thou hast created; and yet from that tabernacle of the wilderness hast

thou heard us, though storms walked around. We have trod the valley of

the shadow of death, and yet Thou hast been a light in our path; we have

been chased like wild beasts through the land, yet Thy spirit hath not

deserted us; armed men have encompassed us on all sides, threatening to

destroy, yet our hearts have not failed; neither has the prison nor the

torture had power to make us abjure Thy most holy laws.”

During the whole of his supplication, which he had poured forth with

singular enthusiasm, the storm continued without, and distant peals of

thunder were occasionally heard. This convulsion of the elements did

not, however, distract his thoughts; on the contrary, it rendered them

more ardent; and in apostrophising the tempest he frequently rose to a

pitch of wild sublimity. Mary listened with deep awe. Her feelings,

constitutionally warm and religious, were aroused, and she sobbed with

emotion. Allan Hamilton, though not by nature a man of imagination, was

also strongly affected; he breathed hard, and occasionally a

half-suppressed groan came from his breast. He could not help feeling

deep remorse for the lukewarmness he had shown to the great cause then

at stake.

The night, though fearfully tempestuous, did not prevent slumber from

falling on the eyes of all. Each slept soundly, and the old minister,

perhaps, more so than any. Many months had elapsed since he had

stretched himself on such a couch as that which Mary Hamilton had

prepared for him; for he was a dweller in the desert, and had often lain

upon the heath, with no other shelter than his plaid afforded. His

slumbers, therefore, were delicious; but they were not long, for no

sooner had the morning light begun to peep through the window of his

chamber than he was up and at his devotions. Allan, though an early

riser, was still in bed, and not a little astonished when he heard his

door open, and saw the old man walk softly up to his side.

“Hush! Allan Hamilton, do not awaken the dear maiden, your daughter, in

the next room. I have come to thank you and to bid you farewell. The

morning sun is up, and I may not tarry longer here, consistent with my

own safety or yours. There are spies through all the country; but

peradventure I have escaped their observation. I am going a few miles

off near the Clyde, to meet sundry of my flock who are to assemble

there. May God bless you, and send better times to this afflicted land!”

CHAPTER II.

When Allan and his daughter sat down to their homely breakfast, the

morning presented a pleasing contrast to the previous night. The sky was

perfectly clear and serene. Every mountain sparkled, and the earth had a

peculiar freshness diffused over its surface. The few clouds visible

were at a great elevation, and were hurrying away, as if not to leave a

stain on the transparent concave of heaven. There was little wind on the

lower regions, scarcely sufficient to ruffle the surface of a slumbering

lake. The dampness of the grass, the clay washed from the pebbles, and

the rivulet swollen and turbid, were the only relics of the tempest. The

weather continued beautifully serene, and when the sun was at its

height, one of the finest days was presented that ever graced this most

gorgeous month of the year.

It was about the middle of the day when Mary, who happened to look out,

perceived six armed troopers approaching. They were on foot, their

broadswords hanging at their sides, and carbines swung over their

shoulders. In addition to this, each had a couple of pistols stuck in

his belt. As soon as she saw them she ran in to her father with manifest

looks of alarm, and informed him of their approach. Allan could not help

feeling uneasy at this intelligence; for the military were then

universally dreaded, and whenever a number were seen together, it was

almost always on some errand of destruction. He went to the door; but

just as he reached it the soldiers were on the point of entering. The

leader of this body he recognised to be the ferocious Captain

Clobberton, who had rendered himself universally infamous by his

cruelties; and who, it was reported, had in his career of persecution

caused no less than seventeen persons to be put to death, in cold blood,

without even the formality of a trial. He was one of the chief

favourites of Dalzell, who used to call him his “lamb.” The man’s aspect

did not belie his heart, for it was fierce, lowering, and cruel. His

companions, with a single exception, seemed well suited to their leader,

and fit instruments to carry his bloody mandates into execution. Allan,

when he confronted this worthy agent of tyranny, turned back, followed

by him and his crew into the house.

“Shut the door, my dear chucks,” said Clobberton; “we must have some

conversation with this godly man. So, Mr Hamilton, you have taken up

with that pious remnant: you have turned a psalm-singer, eh? Come, don’t

stare at me as if you saw an owl; answer my question—yes or no.” Allan

looked at him with a steady eye. “Captain Clobberton, you have asked me

no question. I shall not scruple to answer anything which may be justly

commanded of me.”

“Answer me, then, sir,” continued the captain. “Were you not present at

the field-preaching near Lanark, when one of the king’s soldiers was

slain, in attempting with several others to disperse it?”

“I was not,” answered Allan; “I never in my life attended a

field-preaching.”

“Or a conventicle?”

“Nor a conventicle either.”

“Do you mean to deny that you are one of that hypocritical set, who

preach their absurd and treasonable jargon in defiance of the law? In a

word, do you deny that you are one of the sworn members of the

Covenant?”

“I do deny it, stoutly.”

“Acknowledge it, and save your wretched life. Acknowledge it, or I will

confront you with a proof which will perhaps astonish you, and cost you

more than you are aware of.”

“I will tell no untruth, even to save my life.”

“Then on your own stupid head rest the consequences. Do you know one

Hervey, a preacher?”

“I do,” said Allan, firmly.

“Ha, here it comes! You have then spoken to that man, most godly Allan?”

“I have spoken to him.”

“He has been in your house?”

“I do not mean to deny that he has.”

“Has he not sung psalms in your house, and prayed in your house, and

lodged in your house? Eh? And was it not last night that these doings

were going on?”

“I will gainsay nothing of what you have said.”

“Then Allan Hamilton,” said the other, “I tell you plainly that you have

harboured a traitor; and that unless you deliver him up, or tell where

he may be found, I shall hold you guilty of treason, and punish you

accordingly.”

“The Lord’s will be done,” answered Hamilton, with a deep sigh. “What I

did was an act of common charity. The old man applied to me in his

distress; and it would have been cruel to have closed my door against

him. Wreak your will upon me as it pleases you. Where he has gone I know

not; and though I did know, I should hardly consider myself justified in

telling you.”

“Then we shall make short work with you,” rejoined Clobberton with an

oath. “Ross, give him ten minutes to say his prayers, and then bind up

his eyes. It is needless to palaver with him. We have other jobs of a

like kind to manage to-day.”

Here Mary, who stood in a corner listening with terrified heart, uttered

a loud scream when she heard her father’s doom pronounced. She rushed

forth into the middle of the room, and fell upon her knees before

Clobberton.

“Oh, captain, do not slay my father! Take _my_ life. It was _my_ fault

alone that the old man was let into the house. My father refused to

admit him. Take my life and save his. I shall be his murderess if he

die—for I brought him into this trouble.”

She continued some moments in this attitude, gazing up at him with looks

of fear and entreaty, and clasping his knees. He had, however, been too

long accustomed to scenes of this afflicting nature to be much moved;

and he extricated himself from the unhappy girl with brutal rudeness.

She fell speechless at his feet.

“Confound the wench! Was there ever seen the like of it? She takes me

for one of your chicken-hearted milksops,—out of the way with the

ninny.”

He was about to lay rough hands upon her, when a trooper, stepping

forward, raised her gently up and placed her on a seat. This was the

only one of Clobberton’s followers whose appearance was at all

indicative of humanity. He was a handsome and strongly-built young man

of six feet. His countenance was well formed; but its expression was

rather dissolute, and rendered stern, apparently by the prevalence of

some fierce internal passion. The marks of a generous heart were,

notwithstanding, imprinted upon its bold outlines; and whoever looked

upon him could not help thinking that his natural disposition had been

perverted by the wicked characters and scenes among which he was placed.

“Captain,” said he, “I do not see the use of shooting this old fool. I

begin to feel that we have had a surfeit of this work. Besides, if what

the girl declares is correct, there is no great matter of treason in the

case. At all events, I would vote to leave the business to the

Justiciary.”

“Graham,” said Clobberton, eyeing him sternly, “give me none of your

cursed whining palaver. What is your liver made of? When there is

anything in the way of justice to be done, you are as mealy and

cream-faced as if you saw the devil. A fine fellow to wear the king’s

uniform! If you say another word,” added he, with a frightful oath,

“I’ll have you reported to the general!”

“Captain,” said Graham, stepping modestly but firmly forward, “you may

speak of me as you please—you are my officer—(though neither you nor any

man of the regiment need be told that when my service was needed in real

danger, I was never behind); but I cannot stand by unmoved and see

downright butchery. If you have anything to urge against this man, let

him be brought to Edinburgh, and there tried by the commission, which

will punish him severely enough, in all conscience, if he be really

guilty. I have assisted in some of these murders; but my conscience

tells me that I have done wrong; and whatever the consequences be, I

shall assist at them no more.”

“Ay,” said Clobberton, “you are a pretty dainty fellow—fitter to strut

about in regimentals before wenches than behave like a man; but, Mr John

Graham, let me tell you that your eloquence, instead of retarding, has

hastened the fate of this rascally traitor. And, let me tell you

farther, that on my arrival at head-quarters, I shall have you arraigned

for mutiny and disobedience of orders. Ross, blindfold Hamilton and lead

him out.”

His command was instantly executed; while Mary, in a fit of distraction,

flew up to her father, cast her arms round his neck, and kissed him with

the most heart-rending affliction.

“My father, my father, I am your murderess! I will die with you! Ye

cruel-hearted men, will none of you save him from this bloody death?”

“My dear Mary, may God protect you, and send you a happier lot than

mine,” was all that the unhappy parent could articulate. He was then

torn from her with violence, and hurried out to the green before the

house. Mary, on this separation, fell into a short swoon; on awakening

from which she found herself in the chamber with no one except Graham.

His face was flushed with anger, and he walked impatiently up and down.

By a sudden impulse she ran to the window, and the first sight which

caught her eye was her father kneeling down, and opposite to him the

four troopers, seemingly waiting for the signal of Clobberton, who

looked intently at his watch. At this terrifying spectacle, and in an

agony of desperation, she threw herself on her knees before the soldier.

“Young man—young man, save my father’s life! Oh, try at least to save

him. I will love you, and work for you, and be your slave for ever.

Blessings on your kind heart, you will do it—yes, you will do it.” And

she rose up and threw her arms round his neck, and kissed him on the

cheek. A tear rolled from Graham’s manly eye, and his soul was moved

with compassion for the lovely being who clung to him and implored him

so feelingly. He turned an instant to the window.

“Let me go, my dear—the accursed miscreant is putting up his watch and

has told them to present; there is not a second to lose.”

Without saying another word, he unslung his carbine, rushed to the open

air—and shot Clobberton dead on the spot.

The troopers were confounded at this sudden action. They lowered the

weapons which they had that instant raised to their shoulders, and stood

for some time gazing confusedly at each other—then at Graham—then at the

body of their captain. When they recovered their self-possession, they

raised up the latter to see if any spark of life remained. He was

perfectly dead. The following colloquy then ensued between them.

_Russell._—Why, I thinks as how he be dead.

_Smith._—Dead! ay, as dead as Julius Cæsar. I wonder what old Dalzell

will say when he hears of his dear “lamb” being butchered thus?

_Russell._—Now hang it, Smith, don’t speak ill of the captain. He was a

worthy man—that is to say, after his own fashion; and no one ever sarved

his country better in the way of ridding it of crop-eared preachers: he

was worth a score of hangmen.

_Ross._—Gentlemen, there is no occasion to stand jesting and talking

nonsense. Here is as pretty a piece of murder as ever was committed; and

it remains for us to decide what we will do, first with the traitor,

Hamilton, and secondly with the murderer, Graham.

_Graham._—Whatever you do with me, I hope you will not harm that poor

man. Let him go; and thus do a charitable action for once in your lives.

_Russell._—I always, do you see, gentlemen, goes with the majority. Hang

it, shoot or not is all one to Dick Russell. If you make up your minds

to let him go scot-free, why, I’se not oppose it.

_Jones._—Well, well, let him go and sing psalms in his own canting

fashion.

The fact is, these men were getting sick of shedding innocent blood, and

although ready to spill more on being ordered, rather shunned it than

otherwise—especially when their victims were unresisting.

“I see, comrades, you are agreed to let the old fool go unharmed,” said

Ross. Then walking up to Allan, who still knelt—his daughter with her

arms around him, awaiting in terrible suspense the result of their

deliberation, “Get up,” said he, “and bless your stars; but take care in

future of your treasonable Covenanting tricks under the cloak of

charity. It is not every day you will get a young fellow to shoot your

executioner and save your life. As for you, Graham,” turning to his

companion, “I hold you prisoner. You must accompany us to head-quarters,

and there take your trial for this business. You have committed a black

murder on the body of your officer; and if we failed to bring you up,

old Dalzell would have us shot like so many pyets the minute after.”

Graham’s carbine and pistols were immediately taken from him, and his

hands tied behind his back by the remaining troopers.

“Farewell, young woman,” said he to Mary, who looked at him with tears

of gratitude, “farewell! I have saved your father’s life and forfeited

my own: don’t forget Jack Graham.”

The unfortunate girl was distracted at this heartrending sight; and she

rushed forward to entreat his guards to give him liberty. One of them

presented his carbine at her—

“Off, mistress; blast my heart, if it were not for your pretty face, I

would send an ounce of cold lead through you. What the devil—haven’t we

spared your father’s life, and you would have us connive at the escape

of a murderer, to the risk of our own necks!”

“Do not distress yourself about me, my sweet girl,” cried

Graham—“farewell once more!”

And she turned back weeping, while the troopers held their way towards

the western outlet of the valley.

CHAPTER III.

Mary was too generous to be happy in the safety of her father, when that

was bought with the life of his brave deliverer. When Graham was taken

away, she felt a pang as if he had been led to execution. Instead,

therefore, of indulging in selfish congratulation, her whole soul was

taken up in the romantic and apparently hopeless scheme of extricating

him from his danger. There was not a moment to lose; and she asked her

father if he could think of any way in which a rescue might be

attempted.

“Mary, my dear, I know of none,” was his answer. “We live far from any

house, and before assistance could be procured, they would be miles

beyond our reach.”

“Yes, father, there is a chance,” said she, with impatience. “Gallop

over to Allister Wilson’s on the other side of the hills. He is a strong

and determined man, and, as well as some of his near neighbours, is

accustomed to contest. You know he fought desperately at Drumclog; and

though he blamed you for not joining the cause, he will not be loth to

assist in this bitter extremity.”

Allan, at these words, started up as if awakened from a reverie. “That

will do, my dear bairn. I never thought of it; but your understanding is

quicker than mine. I shall get out the horse; follow me on foot, as hard

as you can.”

This was the work of a minute. The horse was brought from the stable,

and Allan lashed him to his full speed across the moor. Most fortunately

he arrived at Allister’s house as the latter was on the point of leaving

it. He carried a musket over his shoulder, and a huge claymore hung down

from a belt girded round his loins.

“You have just come in time,” said this stern son of the Covenant, after

Allan had briefly related to him what had happened. “I am on my way to

hear that precious saint, Mr Hervey, hold forth. You see I am armed to

defend myself against temporal foes, and so are many others of my

friends and brethren in God, who will be present on that blessed

occasion. Come away, Allan Hamilton, you are one of the timid and

faint-hearted flock of Jacob, but we will aid you as you wish, and

peradventure save the young man who has done you such a good turn.”

They went on swiftly to a retired spot at the distance of half a mile;

it was a small glen nearly surrounded with rocks. There they beheld the

Reverend Mr Hervey standing upon a mound of earth, and preaching to a

congregation, the greater part of the males of which were armed with

muskets, swords, or pikes; they formed, as it were, the outworks of the

assembly,—the women, old men, and children being placed in the centre.

These were a few of the devoted Christians who, from the rocks and caves

of their native land, sent up their fearless voices to heaven—who,

disowning the spiritual authority of a tyrannic government, thought it

nowise unbecoming or treasonable to oppose the strong arm of lawless

power with its own weapons; and who finally triumphed in the glorious

contest, establishing that pure religion, for which posterity has

proved, alas, too ungrateful!

In the pressing urgency of the case, Allister did not scruple to go up

to the minister, in the midst of his discourse. Such interruptions

indeed were common in these distracted times, when it was necessary to

skulk from place to place, and perform divine worship as if it was an

act of treason against the state. Mr Hervey made known to his flock in a

few words what had been communicated to him, taking care to applaud

highly the scheme proposed by Wilson. There was no time to be lost, and

under the guidance of Allister the whole of the assemblage hurried to a

gorge of the mountains through which the troopers must necessarily pass.

As the route of the latter was circuitous, time was allowed to this

sagacious leader to arrange his forces. This he did by placing all the

armed men—about twenty-five in number—in two lines across the pass.

Those who were not armed, together with the women and children, were

sent to the rear. When, therefore, the soldiers came up, they found to

their surprise a formidable body ready to dispute the passage.

“What means this interruption?” said Ross, who acted the part of

spokesman to the rest. Whereupon Mr Hervey advanced in front—“Release,”

said he, “that young man whom ye have in bonds.”

“Release him!” replied Ross. “Would you have us release a murderer? Are

you aware that he has shot his officer?”

“I am aware of it,” Mr Hervey answered, “and I blame him not for the

deed. Stand forth, Allan Hamilton, and say if that is the soldier who

saved your life; and you, Mary Hamilton, stand forth likewise.”

Both, to the astonishment of the soldiers, came in front of the crowd.

“That,” said Allan, “is the man, and may God bless him for his

humanity.”—“It is the same,” cried his daughter; “I saw him with these

eyes shoot the cruel Clobberton. On my knees I begged him to sue for

mercy, and his kind heart had pity upon me, and saved my father.”

“Soldiers,” said Mr Hervey, “I have nothing more to say to you. That

young man has slain your captain, but he has done no murder. His deed

was justifiable: yea, it was praiseworthy, in so far as it saved an

upright man, and rid the earth of a cruel persecutor. Deliver him up,

and go away in peace, or peradventure ye may fare ill among these armed

men who stand before you.”

The troopers consulted together for a short time, till, seeing that

resistance would be utter madness against such odds, they reluctantly

let go their prisoner. The first person who came up to him was Mary

Hamilton. She loosened the cords that tied him, and presented him with

conscious pride to those of her own sex who were assembled round.

“Good bye, Graham,” cried Ross, with a sneer;—“you have bit us once, but

it will puzzle you to do so again. We shall soon ‘harry’ you and your

puritanical friends from your strongholds. An ell of strong hemp is in

readiness for you at the Grassmarket of Edinburgh. Take my defiance for

a knave, as you are,” added he, with an imprecation.

He had scarcely pronounced the last sentence when Graham unsheathed the

weapon which hung at his side, sprang from the middle of the crowd, and

stood before his defier. “Ross, you have challenged me, and you shall

abide it—draw!” Here there was an instantaneous movement among the

Covenanters, who rushed in between the two fierce soldiers, who stood

with their naked weapons, their eyes glancing fire at each other. Mary

Hamilton screamed aloud with terror, and cries of “separate them!” were

heard from all the women. Mr Hervey came forward and entreated them to

put up their swords, and he was seconded by most of the old men; but all

entreaties were in vain. They stood fronting each other, and only

waiting for free ground to commence their desperate game.

“Let me alone,” said Graham, furiously, to some who were attempting to

draw him back; “am I to be bearded to my teeth by that swaggering

ruffian?”

“Come on, my sweet cock of the Covenant,” cries Ross, with the most

insulting derision, “you or any one of your canting crew—or a dozen of

you, one after the other.”

“Let Graham go,” was heard from the deep stern voice of Allister Wilson;

“let him go, or I will meet that man with my own weapon. Mr Hervey, your

advice is dear to us all, and well do we know that the blood of God’s

creatures must not be shed in vain; but has not that man of blood openly

defied us, and shall we hinder our champion from going forward to meet

him? No; let them join in combat and try which is the better cause. If

the challenger overcomes, we shall do him no harm, but let him depart in

peace: if he be overcome, let him rue the consequences of his

insolence.”

This proposition, though violently opposed by the women and the aged

part of the crowd, met the entire approbation of the young men. Each

felt himself personally insulted, and allowed, for a time, the turbulent

passions of his nature to get the better of every milder feeling. A

space of ground was immediately cleared for the combat, the friends of

Ross being allowed to arrange matters as they thought fit. They went

about it with a coolness and precision which showed that to them this

sort of pastime was nothing new. “All is right—fall on,” was their cry,

and in a moment the combatants met in the area. The three troopers

looked on with characteristic _sang froid_, but it was otherwise with

the rest of the bystanders, who gazed upon the scene with the most

intense interest. Some of the females turned away their eyes from it,

and among them Mary Hamilton, who almost sank to the earth, and was with

difficulty supported by her father.

The combat was desperate, for the men were of powerful strength, and of

tried courage and skill in their weapons. The blows were parried for

some time on both sides with consummate address, and neither could be

said to have the advantage. At length, after contending fiercely, Ross

exhibited signs of exhaustion—neither guarding himself nor assaulting

his opponent so vigorously as at first. Graham, on noticing this,

redoubled his efforts. He acted now wholly on the offensive, sending

blow upon blow with the rapidity of lightning. His last and most

desperate stroke was made at the head of his enemy. The sword of the

latter, which was held up in a masterly manner to receive it, was beat

down by Graham’s weapon, which descended forcibly upon his helmet. The

blow proved decisive, and Ross fell senseless upon the ground. His

conqueror immediately wrested the weapon from him, while a shout was set

up by the crowd in token of victory. The troopers looked mortified at

this result of the duel, which was by them evidently unexpected. Their

first care was to raise up their fellow comrade. On examination, no

wound was perceived upon his head. His helmet had been penetrated by the

sword, which, however, did not go further. His own weapon had

contributed to deaden the blow, by partially arresting that of Graham in

its furious descent. It was this only which saved his life. In a few

minutes he so far recovered as to get up and look around him. The first

object which struck him was his opponent standing in the ring wiping his

forehead.

“Well, Ross,” said one of his companions, “I always took you to be the

best swordsman in the regiment; but I think you have met your match.”

“My match? confound me!” returned the vanquished man, “I thought I would

have made minced meat of him. There, for three years, have I had the

character of being one of the best men in the army at my weapon, and

here is all this good name taken out of me in a trice. How

mortifying—and to lose my good sword too!”

“Here is your sword, Ross, and keep it,” said Graham. “You have behaved

like a brave man; and I honour such a fellow, whether he be my friend or

foe. Only don’t go on with your insolent bragging—that is all the advice

I have to give you; nor call any man a knave till you have good proof

that he is so.”

“Well, well, Graham,” answered the other, “I retract what I said; I have

a better opinion of you than I had ten minutes ago. Take care of old

Dalzell—his “lambs” will be after you, and you had better keep out of

the way. Take this advice in return for my weapon which you have given

me back. It would, after all, be a pity to tuck up such a pretty fellow

as you are; although I would care very little to see your long-faced

acquaintances there dangling by their necks. Give us your hand for old

fellowship, and shift your quarters as soon as you choose. Good bye.” So

saying, he and his three comrades departed.

After these doings, it was considered imprudent for the principal actors

to remain longer in this quarter. Mr Hervey retired about twenty miles

to the northward, in company with Allan Hamilton and his daughter, and

Allister Wilson. Graham went by a circuitous route to Argyleshire, where

he secreted himself so judiciously, that though the agents of government

got information of his being in that country, they could never manage to

lay hand upon him. These steps were prudent in all parties; for the very

day after the rescue, a strong body of dragoons was sent to the

Lowthers, to apprehend the above named persons. They behaved with great

cruelty, burning the cottages of numbers of the inhabitants, and

destroying their cattle. They searched Allan Hamilton’s house, took from

it everything that could be easily carried away, and such of his cattle

as were found on the premises. Among other things, they carried off the

body of the sanguinary Clobberton, which they found on the spot where it

had been left, and interred it in Lanark churchyard, with military

honours. None of the individuals, however, whom they sought for were

found.

For a short time after this, the persecution raged with great violence

in the south of Lanarkshire; but happier days were beginning to dawn;

and the arrival of King William, and the dethronement of the bigoted

James, put an end to such scenes of cruelty. When these events occurred,

the persecuted came forth from their hiding-places. Mr Hervey, among

others, returned to the Lowthers, and enjoyed many happy days in this

seat of his ministry and trials. Allan and his daughter were among the

first to make their appearance. Their house soon recovered its former

comfort; and in the course of time every worldly concern went well with

them. Mary, however, for a month or more after their return, did not

feel entirely satisfied. She was duller than was her wont, and neither

she nor her father could give any explanation why it should be so. At

this time a tall young man paid them a visit, and, strange to say, she

became perfectly happy. This visitor was no other than the wild fighting

fellow Graham,—now perfectly reformed from his former evil courses, by

separation from his profligate companions, and by the better company and

principles with which his late troubles had brought him acquainted.

A few words more will end our story. This bold trooper and the beautiful

daughter of Allan Hamilton were seen five weeks thereafter going to

church as man and wife. It was allowed that they were the handsomest

couple ever seen in the Lowthers. Graham proved a kind husband; and it

is hardly necessary to say that Mary was a most affectionate and

exemplary wife. Allan Hamilton attained a happy old age, and saw his

grandchildren ripening into fair promise around him. His daughter, many

years after his death, used to repeat to them the story of his danger

and escape, which we have here imperfectly related. The tale is not

fictitious. It is handed down in tradition over the upper and middle

wards of Lanarkshire, and with a consistency which leaves no doubt of

its truth.

THE POOR SCHOLAR.

BY PROFESSOR WILSON.

The vernal weather, that had come so early in the year as to induce a

fear that it would not be lasting, seemed, contrary to that foreboding

of change, to become every day more mild and genial, and the spirit of

beauty, that had at first ventured out over the bosom of the earth with

timid footsteps, was now blending itself more boldly with the deep

verdure of the ground, and the life of the budding trees. Something in

the air, and in the great wide blue bending arch of the unclouded sky,

called upon the heart to come forth from the seclusion of parlour or

study, and partake of the cheerfulness of nature.

We had made some short excursions together up the lonely glens, and over

the moors, and also through the more thickly inhabited field-farms of

his parish, and now the old minister proposed that we should pay a visit

to a solitary hut near the head of a dell, which, although not very

remote from the manse, we had not yet seen; and I was anxious that we

should do so, as, from his conversation, I understood that we should see

there a family—if so a widow and her one son could be called—that would

repay us by the interest we could not fail to feel in their character,

for the time and toil spent on reaching their secluded and guarded

dwelling.

“The poor widow woman,” said the minister, “who lives in the hut called

Braehead, has as noble a soul as ever tenanted a human bosom. One

earthly hope alone has she now—but I fear it never will be fulfilled.

She is the widow of a common cottar, who lived and died in the hut which

she and her son now inhabit. Her husband was a man of little education,

but intelligent, even ingenious, simple, laborious, and pious. His

duties lay all within a narrow circle, and his temptations, it may be

said, were few. Such as they were, he discharged the one and withstood

the other. Nor is there any reason to think that, had they both been

greater, he would have been found wanting. He was contented with meal

and water all his days, and so fond of work that he seemed to love the

summer chiefly for the length of its labouring days. He had a slight

genius for mechanics; and during the long winter evenings he made many

articles of curious workmanship, the sale of which added a little to the

earnings of his severer toil. The same love of industry excited him from

morning to night; but he had also stronger, tenderer, and dearer

motives; for if his wife and their one pretty boy should outlive him, he

hoped that, though left poor, they would not be left in penury, but

enabled to lead, without any additional hardships, the usual life, at

least, of the widow and the orphans of honest hardworking men. Few

thought much about Abraham Blane while he lived, except that he was an

industrious and blameless man; but, on his death, it was felt that there

had been something far more valuable in his character; and now, I

myself, who knew him well, was pleasingly surprised to know that he had

left his widow and boy a small independence. Then the memory of his long

summer days, and long winter nights, all ceaselessly employed in some

kind of manual labour, dignified the lowly and steadfast virtue of the

unpretending and conscientious man.

“The widow of this humble-hearted and simple-minded man, whom we shall

this forenoon visit, you will remember, perhaps,—although then neither

she nor her husband were much known in the parish,—as the wife of the

basket-maker. Her father had been a clergyman—but his stipend was one of

the smallest in Scotland, and he died in extreme poverty. This, his only

daughter, who had many fine feelings and deep thoughts in her young

innocent and simple heart, was forced to become a menial servant in a

farmhouse. There, subduing her heart to her situation, she married that

inoffensive and good man; and all her life has been—maid, wife, and

widow—the humblest among the humble. But you shall soon have an

opportunity of seeing, what sense, what feeling, what knowledge, and

what piety, may all live together, without their owner suspecting them,

in the soul of the lonely widow of a Scottish cottar; for except that

she is pious, she thinks not that she possesses any other treasure; and

even her piety she regards, like a true Christian, as a gift bestowed.

“But well worthy of esteem, and, to speak in the language of this

world’s fancies, of admiration, as you will think this poor solitary

widow, perhaps you will think such feelings bestowed even more

deservedly on her only son. He is now a boy only of sixteen years of

age, but in my limited experience of life, never knew I such another.

From his veriest infancy he showed a singular capacity for learning; at

seven years of age he could read, write, and was even an arithmetician.

He seized upon books with the same avidity with which children in

general seize upon playthings. He soon caught glimmerings of the meaning

even of other languages; and, before he was ten years old, there were in

his mind clear dawnings of the scholar, and indications not to be

doubted of genius and intellectual power. His father was dead—but his

mother, who was no common woman, however common her lot, saw with pure

delight, and with strong maternal pride, that God had given her an

extraordinary child to bless her solitary hut. She vowed to dedicate him

to the ministry, and that all her husband had left should be spent upon

him, to the last farthing, to qualify him to be a preacher of God’s

Word. Such ambition, if sometimes misplaced, is almost always

necessarily honourable. Here it was justified by the excelling talents

of the boy—by his zeal for knowledge, which was like a fever in his

blood—and by a childish piety, of which the simple, and eloquent, and

beautiful expression has more than once made me shed tears. But let us

leave the manse, and walk to Braehead. The sunshine is precious at this

early season; let us enjoy it while it smiles!”

We crossed a few fields—a few coppice woods—an extensive sheep-pasture,

and then found ourselves on the edge of a moorland. Keeping the shelving

heather ridge of hills above us, we gently descended into a narrow rushy

glen, without anything that could be called a stream, but here and there

crossed and intersected by various runlets. Soon all cultivation ceased,

and no houses were to be seen. Had the glen been a long one, it would

have seemed desolate, but on turning round a little green mount that ran

almost across it, we saw at once an end to our walk, and one hut, with a

peatstack close to it, and one or two elder, or, as we call them in

Scotland, bourtrie bushes, at the low gable-end. A little smoke seemed

to tinge the air over the roof uncertainly—but except in that, there was

nothing to tell that the hut was inhabited. A few sheep lying near it,

and a single cow of the small hill-breed, seemed to appertain to the

hut, and a circular wall behind it apparently enclosed the garden. We

sat down together on one of those large mossy stones that often lie

among the smooth green pastoral hills, like the relics of some building

utterly decayed—and my venerable friend, whose solemn voice was indeed

pleasant in this quiet solitude, continued the simple history of the

poor scholar.

“At school he soon outstripped all the other boys, but no desire of

superiority over his companions seemed to actuate him—it was the pure

native love of knowledge. Gentle as a lamb, but happy as a lark, the

very wildest of them all loved Isaac Blane. He procured a Hebrew Bible

and a Greek Testament, both of which he taught himself to read. It was

more than affecting—it was sublime and awful to see the solitary boy

sitting by himself on the braes shedding tears over the mysteries of the

Christian faith. His mother’s heart burned within her towards her son;

and if it was pride, you will allow that it was pride of a divine

origin. She appeared with him in the kirk every Sabbath, dressed not

ostentatiously, but still in a way that showed she intended him not for

a life of manual labour. Perhaps, at first, some half thought that she

was too proud of him; but that was a suggestion not to be cherished, for

all acknowledged that he was sure to prove an honour to the parish in

which he was born. She often brought him to the manse, and earth did not

contain a happier creature than she, when her boy answered all my

questions, and modestly made his own simple, yet wise remarks on the

sacred subjects gradually unfolding before his understanding and his

heart.

“Before he was twelve years of age he went to college; and his mother

accompanied him to pass the winter in the city. Two small rooms she took

near the cathedral; and while he was at the classes, or reading alone,

she was not idle, but strove to make a small sum to help to defray their

winter’s expenses. To her that retired cell was a heaven when she looked

upon her pious and studious boy. His genius was soon conspicuous; for

four winters he pursued his studies in the university, returning always

in summer to this hut, the door of which during their absence was

closed. He made many friends, and frequently during the three last

summers, visitors came to pass a day at Braehead, in a rank of life far

above his own. But in Scotland, thank God, talent and learning, and

genius and virtue, when found in the poorest hut, go not without their

admiration and their reward. Young as he is, he has had pupils of his

own—his mother’s little property has not been lessened at this hour by

his education; and besides contributing to the support of her and

himself, he has brought neater furniture into that lonely hut, and there

has he a library, limited in the number, but rich in the choice of

books, such as contain food for years of silent thought to the poor

scholar—if years indeed are to be his on earth.”

We rose to proceed onwards to the hut, across one smooth level of

greenest herbage, and up one intervening knowe, a little lower than the

mount on which it stood. Why, thought I, has the old man always spoken

of the poor scholar as if he had been speaking of one now dead? Can it

be, from the hints he has dropped, that this youth, so richly endowed,

is under the doom of death, and the fountain of all those clear and

fresh-gushing thoughts about to be sealed? I asked, as we walked along,

if Isaac Blane seemed marked out to be one of those sweet flowers “no

sooner blown than blasted,” and who perish away like the creatures of a

dream? The old man made answer that it was even so, that he had been

unable to attend college last winter, and that it was to be feared he

was now far advanced in a hopeless decline. “Simple is he still as a

very child; but with a sublime sense of duty to God and man—of profound

affection and humanity never to be appeased towards all the brethren of

our race. Each month—each week—each day, has seemed visibly to bring him

new stores of silent feeling and thought—and even now, boy as he is, he

is fit for the ministry. But he has no hopes of living to that day—nor

have I. The deep spirit of his piety is now blended with a sure

prescience of an early death. Expect, therefore, to see him pale,

emaciated, and sitting in the hut like a beautiful and blessed ghost.”

We entered the hut, but no one was in the room. The clock ticked

solitarily, and on a table, beside a nearly extinguished peat fire, lay

the open Bible, and a small volume, which, on lifting it up, I found to

be a Greek Testament.

“They have gone out to walk, or to sit down for an hour in the warm

sunshine,” said the old man. “Let us sit down and wait their return. It

will not be long.” A long, low sigh was heard in the silence,

proceeding, as it seemed, from a small room adjoining that in which we

were sitting, and of which the door was left half open. The minister

looked into that room, and, after a long earnest gaze, stepped softly

back to me again, with a solemn face, and taking me by the hand,

whispered to me to come with him to that door, which he gently moved. On

a low bed lay the poor scholar, dressed as he had been for the day,

stretched out in a stillness too motionless and profound for sleep, and

with his fixed face up to heaven. We saw that he was dead. His mother

was kneeling, with her face on the bed, and covered with both her hands.

Then she lifted up her eyes and said, “O merciful Redeemer, who wrought

that miracle on the child of the widow of Nain, comfort me—comfort me,

in this my sore distress. I know that my son is never to rise again

until the great judgment day. But not the less do I bless Thy holy name,

for Thou didst die to save us sinners.”

She arose from her knees, and, still blind to every other object, went

up to his breast. “I thought thee lovelier, when alive, than any of the

sons of the children of men, but that smile is beyond the power of a

mother’s heart to sustain.” And, stooping down, she kissed his lips, and

cheeks, and eyes, and forehead, with a hundred soft, streaming, and

murmuring kisses, and then stood up in her solitary hut, alone and

childless, with a long mortal sigh, in which all earthly feelings seemed

breathed out, and all earthly ties broken. Her eyes wandered towards the

door, and fixed themselves with a ghastly and unconscious gaze for a few

moments on the gray locks and withered countenance of the holy old man,

bent towards her with a pitying and benignant air, and stooped, too, in

the posture of devotion. She soon recognised the best friend of her son,

and leaving the bed on which his body lay, she came out into the room,

and said, “You have come to me at a time when your presence was sorely

needed. Had you been here but a few minutes sooner you would have seen

my Isaac die!”

Unconsciously we were all seated; and the widow, turning fervently to

her venerated friend, said, “He was reading the Bible—he felt faint—and

said feebly, ‘Mother, attend me to my bed, and when I lie down, put your

arm over my breast and kiss me.’ I did just as he told me; and, on

wiping away a tear or two vainly shed by me on my dear boy’s face, I saw

that his eyes, though open, moved not, and that the lids were fixed. He

had gone to another world. See—sir! there is the Bible lying open at the

place he was reading—God preserve my soul from repining!—only a few, few

minutes ago.”

The minister took the Bible on his knees, and laying his right hand,

without selection, on part of one of the pages that lay open, he read

aloud the following verses:—

“Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.

“Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted.”

The mother’s heart seemed to be deeply blest for a while by these words.

She gave a grateful smile to the old man, and sat silent, moving her

lips. At length she again broke forth:—

“Oh! death, whatever may have been our thoughts or fears, ever comes

unexpectedly at last. My son often—often told me, that he was dying, and

I saw that it was so ever since Christmas. But how could I prevent hope

from entering my heart? His sweet happy voice—the calmness of his

prayers—his smiles that never left his face whenever he looked or spoke

to me—his studies, still pursued as anxiously as ever—the interest he

took in any little incident of our retired life—all forced me to believe

at times that he was not destined to die. But why think on all these

things now? Yes! I will always think of them, till I join him and my

husband in heaven!”

It seemed now as if the widow had only noticed me for the first time.

Her soul had been so engrossed with its passion of grief, and with the

felt sympathy and compassion of my venerable friend. She asked me if I

had known her son; and I answered, that if I had, I could not have sat

there so composedly; but that I was no stranger to his incomparable

excellence, and felt indeed for her grievous loss. She listened to my

words, but did not seem to hear them, and once more addressed the old

man.

“He suffered much sickness, my poor boy. For although it was a

consumption, that is not always an easy death. But as soon as the

sickness and the racking pain gave way to our united prayers, God and

our Saviour made us happy; and sure he spake then as never mortal spake,

kindling into a happiness that was beautiful to see, when I beheld his

face marked by dissolution, and knew, even in those inspired moments

(for I can call them nothing else), that ere long the dust was to lie on

those lips now flowing over with heavenly music!”

We sat for some hours in the widow’s hut, and the minister several times

prayed with her, at her own request. On rising to depart, he said that

he would send up one of her dearest friends to pass the night with her,

and help her to do the last offices to her son. But she replied that she

wished to be left alone for that day and night, and would expect her

friend in the morning. We went towards the outer door, and she, in a

sort of sudden stupor, let us depart without any farewell words, and

retired into the room where her son was lying. Casting back our eyes

before our departure, we saw her steal into the bed beside the dead

body, and drawing the head gently into her bosom, she lay down with him

in her arms, and as if they had in that manner fallen asleep.

THE CRUSHED BONNET.

Towards the close of a beautiful autumnal day in 18—, when pacing slowly

on my way, and in a contemplative mood admiring the delightful scenery

between Blair Athole and Dunkeld, on my return from a survey of the

celebrated pass of Killiecrankie, and other places rendered famous in

Scottish story, I was accosted by a female, little past the prime of

life, but with two children of unequal age walking by her side, and a

younger slung upon her back. The salutation was of the supplicatory

kind, and while the tones were almost perfectly English, the

pronunciation of the words was often highly Scottish. The words, a

“sodger’s widow”—“three helpless bairns”—and “Waterloo,” broke my

meditations with the force of an enchantment, excited my sympathy, and

made me draw my purse. While in the act of tendering a piece of money—a

cheap and easy mode of procuring the luxury of doing good—I thought the

countenance, though browned and weather-beaten, one which I before had

seen, without exactly recollecting when or where. My curiosity thus

raised, many interrogatives and answers speedily followed, when at last

I discovered that there stood before me Jeanie Strathavon, once the

beauty and the pride of my own native village. Ten long and troublous

years had passed away since Jeanie left the neighbourhood in which she

was born to follow the spirit-stirring drum; and where she had gone, or

how she had afterwards fared, many enquired, though but few could tell.

The incident which led to all her subsequent toil and suffering seemed

but trivial at the time, yet, like many other trivial occurrences,

became to her one fraught with mighty consequences.

She was an only daughter, her father was an honest labourer, and though

not nursed in the bosom of affluence, she hardly knew what it was to

have a wish ungratified. She possessed mental vivacity, and personal

attractions, rarely exhibited, especially at the present day, by persons

in her humble sphere of life. Though she never could boast what might

properly be called education, yet great care had been taken to render

her modest, affectionate, and pious. Her parents, now in the decline of

life, looked upon her as their only solace. She had been from her very

birth the idol of their hearts; and as there was no sunshine in their

days but when she was healthy and happy, so their prospects were never

clouded but when she was the reverse. Always the favourite of one sex,

and the envy of another, when not yet out of her teens, she was

importuned by the addresses of many both of her own rank and of a rank

above her own, to change her mode of life. The attentions of the latter,

in obedience to the suggestions of her affectionate but simple hearted

parents, she always discouraged, for they never would allow themselves

to think that “folk wi’ siller would be looking after their bairn for

ony gude end.” Among those of her own station, she could hardly be said

to have yet shown a decided preference to any one, though the glances

which she cast at Henry Williams, when passing through the kirkyard on

Sundays, seemed to every one to say where, if she had her own unbiassed

will, her choice would light. Still she had never thought seriously upon

the time when, nor the person for whom, she would leave her fond and

doting parents. Chance or accident, however, in these matters, often

outruns the speed of deliberate choice; at least such was the case with

poor Jeanie.

Decked out one Sabbath morning in her best, to go to what Burns calls a

“Holy Fair,” in the neighbouring parish, though viewed in a far

different light by her, Jeanie had on her brawest and her best; and

among other things, a fine new bonnet, which excited the gossip and the

gaze of all the lasses in the village. Having sat for an hour or two at

the tent, listening earnestly and devoutly to a discourse which formed a

complete body of divinity, she, with many others, was at length obliged

to take refuge in the church, to shun a heavy summer shower, which

unexpectedly arrested the out-door devotions. Here, whether wearied with

the long walk she had in the morning, or overpowered with the heat and

suffocation consequent upon such a crowd, she began to feel a serious

oppression of sickness, and before she could effect her escape she

entirely fainted away, requiring to be carried out in a state of

complete insensibility.

It was long before she came to herself; and when she did, she found that

the rough hands of those who had caught her when falling, and borne her

through the crowd to the open air, had, amidst the anxiety for her

recovery, treated her finery with but very little ceremony. Among other

instances of this kind, she found that her bonnet had been hastily torn

from her head, thrown carelessly aside, and, being accidentally trod

upon, had been so crushed, as to render it perfectly useless. The grief

which this caused made her forget the occasion which produced such

disaster; and adjusting herself as well as she could, she did not wait

the conclusion of the solemn service, but sought her father’s cottage

amidst much sorrow and confusion.

When she reached home, she found her parents engaged in devotional

reading, their usual mode of spending the Sabbath evenings. As it was

not altogether with their consent that she had not accompanied them that

day to their usual place of being instructed in divine things, the

plight in which she returned to them excited, especially on the mother’s

part, a hasty burst of displeasure, if not of anger; and the calm

improving peace of the evening was entirely broken. Sacred as to them

the day appeared, they could not restrain inquiry as to the cause of her

altered appearance, and maternal anxiety gave birth to suspicions which

poor Jeanie’s known veracity and simple unaffected narrative could not

altogether repress. Thus, for the first time in her life, had Jeanie

excited the frown of her parents, and every reproving look and word was

as a dagger to her heart.

Night came, and she retired to rest, but her innocent breast was too

much agitated to allow her eyes to close in sleep; and the return of

morning only brought with it an additional burden to her heart, by a

renewed discussion of the events of the previous day. This was more than

she was able to stand, and she took the first opportunity to escape from

that roof where, till now, she had never known aught but delight, to go

to pour her complaint into the ear of one who seemed to love her almost

to distraction,—her youthful admirer, Henry Williams. Their interview,

though not long, terminated in the proposal on his part to relieve her

from her embarrassed situation by forthwith making her his own. Whether

this was what she desired, in having recourse to such an adviser, cannot

be known, but, at all events, she acceded with blamable facility to his

wishes. She could not endure the thought of being without a friend, and

she knew not that the friendship and affection of her parents had

suffered no abatement, though their great concern for her innocence and

welfare had pushed their reproofs further than they intended, or than

prudence under such circumstances would warrant.

Henry was little more than her own age, of but moderate capacity,

handsome in person, and ill provided with the means of making matrimony

a state of enjoyment; and too much addicted to the frivolities of his

years to be fitted for the serious business of being the head of a

family. Youth and inexperience seldom consider consequences, and the

desire of the one to receive, and of the other to afford relief, under

existing circumstances, made them resolve neither to ask parental

consent to their purpose, nor wait the ordinary steps prescribed by the

Church. The connection was therefore no less irregular than it was

precipitate, and Jeanie never so much as sought to see her father’s

house till the solemn knot was tied.

In her absence many inquiries were made respecting her by the villagers,

who had witnessed or heard of what had happened to her on the previous

day. Her truth and innocence being thus put beyond the shadow of a

doubt, consternation at the long absence of their child, and compunction

for the severity of their reproofs, drove the unhappy parents almost

frantic. When the news of the re-appearance of their daughter dispelled

their direful apprehensions as to her safety, though they felt a

momentary gleam of joy, yet they experienced nothing like heartfelt

satisfaction.

Jeanie made as sweet and loving a wife as she had been a daughter; but

the cares of providing for more than himself soon made Henry regret his

rashness, and the prospect of these cares speedily increasing made him

more and more dissatisfied with his new state of life. All Jeanie’s care

and anxiety to soothe and please him were unavailing. It is not in the

power of beauty, youth, and innocence, to check and control the sallies

of ignorance and caprice. Chagrined because his youthful wife had not

prepared his morning meal to his liking, on a day when he was to visit a

neighbouring city for some trifling purpose, he determined to free

himself from the yoke into which he had so heedlessly run, and returned

home on the evening of the following day somewhat altered in dress and

appearance, and with the king’s money in his pocket. The grief and agony

of Jeanie, and of her affectionate parents, were past all description;

and the consideration of her rashness and imprudence having been the

occasion of so much distress to herself and others, rendered her almost

desperate.

Henry was not long in the hands of the drill sergeant till he became

nearly as penitent and full of regrets as his lovely young wife, and he

willingly would, had he been permitted, have returned to a faithful

discharge of the duties of a husband; but the country was at that time

in too great need of men such as Henry, to part with him either for

money or interest. When he began to reap the bitter fruits of his own

folly, his affection for Jeanie, if it ever deserved so sacred a name,

returned with redoubled intensity; and that object, for the abandonment

of which he had plunged himself into the hardships of which he

complained, he thought he could not now live without. He was shortly to

be marched off to his regiment, and poor Jeanie, whose attachment

remained unshaken amidst the severe treatment she had suffered,

determined to follow him through all the casualties of the military

life; and at any rate preferred hardship to the disgrace which she

thought she had brought upon herself by her own imprudence. She had at

this time been a mother for little more than two months; but even this

could not change her resolution to follow the father of her child,

exposed as she must be to all the privations and hardships of the

soldier’s wife. She saw her father and mother on the morning of her

departure, but neither she nor they were able to exchange words, so full

were their hearts; save that the old man said, “God help and bless you,

Jeanie!” Scarcely a dry eye was to be seen in the village that morning,

and a crowd of youths, amidst silent dejection, saw her far on her way,

carrying her baby and her bundle by turns. The toils through which she

passed in following her husband were too many and too severe to be here

related. He was ultimately one of those who assisted to decide the

dreadful conflict at Waterloo, and received a severe wound when the day

was just about won. In a foreign hospital, though he suffered much, he

at length recovered; but upon returning home, his wounds broke forth

afresh, and at last carried him off. Jeanie was now left quite

unfriended. She had seen her two eldest children laid in the dust, the

one in a distant clime, and the other, though on British soil, yet far

from the tomb of her fathers. She still had three surviving, and her

parents being gone to their long home, her only resource at the time I

met her was dependence on public charity.—“_The Athenæum_,”—_Glasgow

University Annual_, 1830.

THE VILLAGERS OF AUCHINCRAIG.

BY DANIEL GORRIE.

In one of the eastern counties of Scotland, there is a pleasant secluded

valley, known by the name of Strathkirtle. It is well cultivated,

growing good grain crops, abounding in rich pasture-land, and beautified

by the water of Kirtle, which winds smoothly along between its fertile

banks, and loses itself at last in the German Ocean. Strips and roundels

of woodland, snug farm steadings, and the sheltering hills on either

side, impart an air of peace and an aspect of comfort to this secluded

Scottish strath, such as may rarely be witnessed in other countries.

Spring nurses there her sweetest wild-flowers, on the meadows, in the

woods, and by the water-courses; summer comes early with choirs of

singing-birds, and the voice of the cuckoo; autumn adorns the fields

with the mellowest beauty, and touches the green leaves into gold; and

winter ever spares some gladsome relics of the sister seasons, to cheer

the hearts of the inhabitants at Strathkirtle.

In the centre of the valley, and close beside the stream, there formerly

stood the ancient village of Auchincraig; but the progress of

improvement has, I am told, almost swept its last vestiges away. It was,

without exception, the oddest, old-fashioned place in which I ever

resided for any length of time. The dwelling-houses were of all shapes

and sizes, and they had been built, whether solitary, in rows, or in

batches, in utter contempt of all order and regularity. One might almost

have imagined that they had fallen down in dire confusion from the

clouds, and been allowed to stand peaceably where they fell. Some had

their gables to the street, some were planted back to back, some frowned

front to front. The roofs of not a few rose in ridges like the back of a

dromedary, while the appearance of others betokened a perilous collapse

and sudden downfall. Auchincraig could boast of styles of architecture

unknown to Grecian and Roman fame. The primitive builders had not been

particular regarding the situation of the doors, and evidently

considered windows as useless breaks in the walls. Houses two storeys

high, with weather-worn and weather-stained slate roofs, stood beside

humbler dwellings, low and long, and covered with thatch. The parish

church was situated in the burial ground at the east end of the village.

It was an old edifice, with ivy-mantled spire, which seemed ready to

sink down and mingle with the dust of the many generations who slept

around. Jackdaws congregated on its summit, and swallows, unmolested,

built their nests in all the windows of the hoary pile. The parish

manse, which appeared scarcely less ancient than the church, stood about

a stone’s cast from the place of graves. Primeval trees hung their

foliage over it in summer, shading its roof and windows from the

sunrays, and groaned mournfully throughout all their bare bulk when the

bitter blast of winter swept over the exposed churchyard. A beechen

hedge encircled the manse and the garden attached. The residence of the

minister was by far the pleasantest abode in Auchincraig.

Queer and old-fashioned as the village was, it was far surpassed in

these respects by the villagers. I could scarcely have believed that it

was possible to find so many odd characters and strange mortals

collected together in one locality. Nothing astonished me more than the

number of old people, male and female, who, “daunered” about the village

streets, or sat dozing on three-legged stools at the doors of their

dwellings. It seemed as if the promise, “Thou shalt live long upon the

land,” had been specially vouchsafed to them. The old men wore

knee-breeches, home-made stockings, blue coats with metal buttons, and

red Kilmarnocks; while the old women looked the very picture of sedate,

sagacious, and decent eld, with their white coifs and black ribbons, and

bone spectacles bestriding their attenuated noses. The village children

had an “auld-farrant” appearance; and the young men and women, whose

principal employment was weaving and spinning, partook somewhat of the

gravity of their elders with whom they associated so much. It was only

at such festive seasons as Hallowe’en, Hansel Monday, and the annual

summer Fair, that the natural hilarity of youth displayed itself in any

remarkable degree.

One of the odd characters of this venerable village was the minister

himself. He belonged to that quaint, homely class of Scottish rural

pastors, the last remnants of which have now altogether vanished. A

strange, eccentric old man was the Rev. Thomas Watson—more generally and

familiarly known by the name of “Tammy”—parish minister of Auchincraig.

He was a grayhaired man, but stout of body and ruddy of countenance,

hale and hearty as an old farmer, and fond of his own creature comfort,

while he imparted to others spiritual consolation. He was generally

attired, at home and abroad, in a broad-brimmed hat, knee breeches, and

a loose coat, cut in the shape of a jockey’s jacket. He had a habit of

screwing his face and shrugging his shoulders, both in the pulpit and

out of it, when anything unpleasant occurred. It was amusing to see him

engaged in conversation with one of his aged parishioners on the streets

of the village. He applied vigorously to his snuff-box, and a hearty

slap on the shoulder of his auditor was the invariable prelude to a

humorous remark. One day, while he was thus enjoying a “twa-handed

crack” with an aged member of his congregation, he administered a

heavier slap than was desirable, upon which the parishioner exclaimed,

with more familiarity than reverence, “Tammy, Tammy! my banes are no

made o’ brass—dinna hit sae sair!” Tammy, notwithstanding his slapping

propensities, was a great favourite amongst the people, and I have heard

the villagers repeating with great glee some of his witty remarks, and

telling anecdotes regarding his eccentricities. He always addressed the

people in broad Scotch from the pulpit. Indeed it is more than probable

that they would have accused him of preaching heresy if he had ever

attempted English. He felt himself as much at home, and said as homely

things, in the church and before the congregation, as when sitting in

social converse beside the manse hearth. Several instances of this I

distinctly remember. One Sabbath forenoon, his own servant-girl entered

the church rather late—in fact, the first psalm had been sung, and the

Rev. Thomas was in the midst of his lengthy opening prayer. Janet,

flurried no doubt by disturbing the devotions of the congregation,

omitted to shut the door behind her, and a breeze blew up the passage

and waved the gray locks of the minister. This was more than the

reverend gentleman could endure. He opened his eyes, saw the culprit,

and said with his own broad peculiar accent, “Janet, woman, Janet! can

ye no steek the door ahint ye, an’ keep the wund oot!” Ludicrous as this

remark might have appeared in the circumstances to a stranger, it was

listened to by his hearers as devoutly as if it had been an ordinary

part of the service.

On another occasion “Tammy” was holding an evening diet of worship in

the church. This, it must be confessed, was with him a rare event

indeed. It was the winter season, and, at the close of the first

devotional exercise, the candles were emitting a light faint, and feeble

as that of the waning crescent-moon. “Tammy” took up the psalmbook and

adjusted his spectacles, but it was of no avail. The solitary “dips” at

each side of the pulpit showed long wicks but little flame. The minister

fumbled about for a time, but could not find the object of his search.

At last, screwing his face, and shrugging his shoulders, he exclaimed,

addressing the beadle (who was also the grave-digger), “Pate, I say,

Pate! what’s come ower ye?—whaur’s the snuffers, man?”

Numerous anecdotes of a similar kind are recorded of the eccentric

divine of Auchincraig. Once, however, on a baptismal occasion in the

church, he committed what was regarded as a sacrilegious act by many of

his parishioners. It set the tongues of all the mothers and grandmothers

a-wagging for a month, and “Tammy” narrowly escaped a presbyterial

investigation. The affair was innocent enough, allowing a margin for

oddity of character, and he would, in all probability, have come off

triumphant from a trial, unless the members of the presbytery had been

rigid disciplinarians. The circumstances of the case may briefly be

told. At the conclusion of the forenoon’s discourse, a child was brought

up for baptism. The father received the customary exhortations and took

his vows, and “Tammy” had just folded up his sleeve preparatory to

sprinkling the baptismal water on the infant’s face, when he found to

his surprise that Peter, otherwise Pate, the beadle, had stinted

somewhat the necessary supply of liquid, perhaps in deference to the

wishes of the child’s mother. The eccentric minister had conscientious

objections at performing the sacred rite in a perfunctory manner, and he

accordingly lifted the large pewter basin from its place, much to the

amazement of the congregation, and sprinkled the whole contents to the

last drop over the face and white attire of the squalling babe! He then

coolly continued the service, in his own peculiar style, as if nothing

extraordinary had occurred.

The Reverend Thomas Watson made himself at home wherever he was. When

breakfasting with any of his parishioners, or in the neighbouring manses

of brother clergymen, he invariably took possession of the largest egg,

giving as his excuse and speaking from his experience, that “the biggest

were aye the maist caller!” He was very fond of porter, and could drink

as much toddy as any laird in all Strathkirtle, without showing the

slightest symptoms that he had imbibed more than was good for the health

of his body and brain. “Tammy,” it must be confessed, with all his good

qualities, was rather lazy and self indulgent. To have spent more than

an hour or two in the preparation of a discourse he would have regarded

as a culpable waste of precious time. A clergyman in the neighbourhood

once narrated to me a ludicrous instance of the manner in which the

Auchincraig minister rolled the burden of duty upon the shoulders of

others, and managed to escape himself.

“Tammy,” on a certain occasion, was assisting at the dispensation of the

sacrament in another part of the county. The good cheer provided for

clergymen in the manses at communion seasons he relished with infinite

zest, and he generally contrived to coax the younger “hands” into

undertaking a large share of his allotted spiritual work. When he could

not succeed by coaxing, he adopted more effective means. On the special

occasion referred to, he had taken as little part as he possibly could

in the Saturday and Sunday services. It was his duty on Monday to preach

one of two sermons; but that was with him the great day of the feast; a

good winding-up dinner was expected in the afternoon, and he felt little

inclination for ministerial work. Accordingly, as soon as breakfast was

finished, and an hour before the commencement of public worship, he

mysteriously disappeared. When the bell began to toll, the Rev. Thomas

was searched for through every room of the house, and in every nook of

the manse garden, but he could not be discovered, and another clergyman

present was compelled, at a moment’s notice, to undertake the duty of

the renegade. Meanwhile, “Tammy” was stretched at full length in an

adjoining corn-field, quietly sunning himself, with much self-complacent

composure, and listening to the voice of psalms floating upwards to the

summer heavens from the lips of the assembled worshippers. He did not

leave his lair until the guests were assembled for dinner, and then he

returned to the manse, and heartily thanked the “dear brother” who had

officiated in his stead. His ready wit, his contagious laugh, his fund

of racy anecdotes, would doubtless be regarded by the company as some

compensation for the sin he had committed in failing to discharge his

ministerial duty. Many years have elapsed since old Tammy Watson was

gathered to his fathers; and of the ancient kirk of Auchincraig in which

he preached not one stone now stands upon another. _Requiescat in pace!_

The parish dominie was another of the eccentric characters in the

village. He inhabited a house that had once seen better days, and he

appeared also to have seen them himself. He was a tall, thin, silent,

swarthy man, past middle age, abstemious and even miserly in his habits.

Dominie Dawson was a bachelor, and few people ever crossed his

threshold. He disliked old “Tammy,” who took a malicious pleasure in

plaguing and bantering him upon the spareness of his body. Never were

two men, occupying the highest posts in a parish, more utterly opposed

to each other in appearance, tastes, and habits. “Tammy” was always

ready with his joke; dominie Dawson had never even perpetrated a pun all

his life. “Tammy” laughed immoderately when anything tickled his fancy;

dominie Dawson was seldom seen to relax his grim countenance by a smile.

Some men seem to have all things in common, but these two had absolutely

nothing. The dominie never dined at the manse, and the minister never

supped with the dominie. Still there was room in the parish for them

both, and each held on the tenor of his way, independent of the other.

The dominie, it could not be denied, was by far a more learned man than

the minister. He was a capital linguist, as had been proved on more than

one occasion, although his knowledge of languages was of little

practical avail in the village of Auchincraig. He was also an

enthusiastic naturalist. He returned from solitary rambles among the

woods, and along the banks of the Kirtle, with his hat full of wild

flowers and “weeds of glorious feature.” The old wives of the village

used to say, “the man mun be crazed, for he’s aye houkin’ among divots!”

On Saturday afternoons he sent bands of the school children away in

search of beetles, moths, butterflies, and all varieties of insects; and

these, after much study and careful examination, he pinned carefully on

squares of pasteboard. Dominie Dawson was, in fact, an unrecognised

genius. He seemed quite out of place in that secluded village, and yet

it was almost impossible that he could have existed anywhere else. He

was neither very much beloved, nor particularly disliked by his

scholars. He flourished the birch pretty vigorously at times, and it was

universally allowed that he made an excellent teacher. He opened his

school each day with a prayer, which he had repeated so often that he

could think on other matters during the time of its delivery. He always

kept his eyes wide open when engaged in the act of devotion, watching

intently the behaviour of his scholars, and no sooner was the prayer

finished than he proceeded to apply the birchen rod as a corrective to

misconduct, and an incitement to devotional feeling. “Tammy,” alluding

to this circumstance, said to him one day—“Skelpin’ may mak gude

scholars, dominie, but it’s sure to mak bad Christians.” After

school-hours, the dominie either kept within doors, or walked forth

alone. He had not a single companion in the whole village, nor did he

cultivate any one’s society. He returned a salutation with civility, but

appeared to have no desire for further intercourse. He was still parish

teacher when I left the village; but it is more than probable that the

loneliness of his life has now merged into the solitude of the grave.

After the minister and dominie, the village crier must not be forgotten.

He used a large hand-bell instead of the kettle-drum which is employed

in most country places to herald important public announcements. “Pob

Jamie” was the name by which the bellman, as he was called, was

generally known throughout the district. A squalid, ragged, cadaverous,

miserable-looking object he was. He wore a hat “which was not all a

hat,” part of the rim being gone, and the rain and sunshine finding a

free passage through its rents of ruin. A long gaberlunzie’s gaberdine,

formed, like Joseph’s coat, of many colours, and adorned with many

streamers, descended from his neck to his heels. His feet were strapped

over the soles of old shoes that served the purpose of sandals. Thus

arrayed, he shuffled with his bell through the streets of Auchincraig,

like the presiding genius of the place. It was no use attempting to

clothe him in better attire. If he had been presented over night with a

royal mantle, he would have appeared at his vocation next day in his

many-coloured and tattered gaberdine. “Pob Jamie” was “cracked,” and

public pity alone kept him in his responsible office. It was one of the

most ludicrous sights in the world to see him actively engaged in the

discharge of his duty, for which he seemed to think he had special

calling. After tingling his bell for a time, he planted his staff behind

him, and leant upon it in a half-sitting posture, and then drawing a

long breath, commenced thus, in drawling tones, to give the world the

benefit of his announcement:—“Go-od faa-aat bee-eef to be so-old at

Mustruss Ma-act-avushes sho-op at sa-axpence the pund.” Poor Pob made a

sad mess of long roup-bills and documents of a similar kind. The

villagers, accustomed to his voice and manner, could make some meaning

out of his words; but to strangers it sounded like a language never

spoken before on earth since the dispersion at the Tower of Babel. The

village boys annoyed the bellman greatly by mimicking his attitude and

voice when he was in the act of “crying” through the streets. It

invariably excited his somewhat irascible temper, and he prolonged and

intensified his tones to an amusing extent. Jamie had a withered,

ill-natured, half-crazed old woman for a wife, and a wretched

cat-and-dog life they led together in their tottering hovel. The union

of these two miserable beings was a melancholy caricature of the

matrimonial alliance. They were never known to exchange a single word of

affection. In fact, they were apparently bound to each other by mutual

hatred. It was strange to think for what purpose they had been created,

or why they should exist in the world so long. One winter day, after

going his customary round, Pob fell sick, and rapidly declined. In the

course of a day or two it was apparent that he was on the very verge of

death. His old wife contemplated with evident pleasure the prospect of

his speedy dissolution, and within five minutes of his death the

half-crazed hag hissed these words into his ear, “Dee, ye deevil, dee!”

Space would fail me to describe minutely all the oddities of

Auchincraig. There was the keeper of the post-office—a dwarfish man,

with elfin locks, and a notorious squint, who knew all the secrets of

the village, and seemed to possess the power of reading the contents of

letters without breaking the seals. There was “burnewin,”—a man of huge

stature and gigantic strength,—whose “smiddy” after nightfall, when the

furnace blazed, was the favourite resort of all the cockfighters,

poachers, and blackguards throughout Strathkirtle. There were the

“souter” and the tailor, politicians both, and hard drinkers to boot.

Nor did the village want its due complement of “innocents.” It had

greatly more than the average number; and throughout all my wanderings,

and during all my residences in towns and remote villages, I have never

met so many odd characters gathered together as in old Auchincraig. It

seemed to me strange that in a valley so beautiful,—where nature is

prodigal of her richest gifts, where flowers bloom, birds sing, and

corn-fields rustle in the summer breeze,—humanity should have appeared

in such strange shapes and eccentric manifestations. But the old village

is gone, and the old villagers have departed, and the sun now shines

upon new homes and fresher hearts.

PERLING JOAN.

BY JOHN GIBSON LOCKHART, LL.D.

Our Laird was a very young man when his father died, and he gaed awa to

France, and Italy, and Flanders, and Germany, immediately, and we saw

naething o’ him for three years; and my brother, John Baird, went wi’

him as his own body-servant. When that time was gane by, our Johnny cam

hame and tauld us that Sir Claud wad be here the next day, an’ that he

was bringing hame a foreign lady wi’ him—but they were not married. This

news was a sair heart, as ye may suppose, to a’ that were about the

house; and we were just glad that the auld lady was dead and buried, not

to hear of sic doings. But what could we do? To be sure, the rooms were

a’ put in order, and the best chamber in the hale house was got ready

for Sir Claud and her. John tauld me, when we were alane together that

night, that I wad be surprised wi’ her beauty when she came.

But I never could have believed, till I saw her, that she was sae very

young—such a mere bairn, I may say; I’m sure she was not more than

fifteen. Such a dancing, gleesome bit bird of a lassie was never seen;

and ane could not but pity her mair than blame her for what she had

done, she was sae visibly in the daftness and light-headedness of youth.

Oh, how she sang, and played, and galloped about on the wildest horses

in the stable, as fearlessly as if she had been a man! The house was

full of fun and glee; and Sir Claud and she were both so young and so

comely, that it was enough to break ane’s very heart to behold their

thoughtlessness. She was aye sitting on his knee, wi’ her arm about his

neck; and for weeks and months this love and merriment lasted. The poor

body had no airs wi’ her; she was just as humble in her speech to the

like of us, as if she had been a cottar’s lassie. I believe there was

not one of us that could help liking her, for a’ her faults. She was a

glaiket creature; but gentle and tender-hearted as a perfect lamb, and

sae bonny! I never sat eyes upon her match. She had never any colour but

black for her gown, and it was commonly satin, and aye made in the same

fashion; and a’ the perling about her bosom, and a great gowden chain

stuck full of precious rubies and diamonds. She never put powder on her

head neither; oh proud, proud was she of her hair! I’ve often known her

comb and comb at it for an hour on end; and when it was out of the

buckle, the bonny black curls fell as low as her knee. You never saw

such a head of hair since ye were born. She was the daughter of a rich

auld Jew in Flanders, and ran awa frae the house wi’ Sir Claud, ae night

when there was a great feast gaun on,—the Passover supper, as John

thought,—and out she came by the back-door to Sir Claud, dressed for

supper wi’ a’ her braws.

Weel, this lasted for the maist feck of a year; and Perling Joan (for

that was what the servants used to ca’ her, frae the laces about her

bosom), Mrs Joan lay in and had a lassie.

Sir Claud’s auld uncle, the colonel, was come hame from America about

this time, and he wrote for the laird to gang in to Edinburgh to see

him, and he behoved to do this; and away he went ere the bairn was mair

than a fortnight auld, leaving the lady wi’ us.

I was the maist experienced body about the house, and it was me that got

chief charge of being with her in her recovery. The poor young thing was

quite changed now. Often and often did she greet herself blind,

lamenting to me about Sir Claud’s no marrying her; for she said she did

not take muckle thought about thae things afore; but that now she had a

bairn to Sir Claud, and she could not bear to look the wee thing in the

face, and think a’ body would ca’ it a bastard. And then she said she

was come of as decent folk as any lady in Scotland, and moaned and

sobbit about her auld father and her sisters.

But the colonel, ye see, had gotten Sir Claud into the town; and we soon

began to hear reports that the colonel had been terribly angry about

Perling Joan, and threatened Sir Claud to leave every penny he had past

him, if he did not put Joan away, and marry a lady like himself. And

what wi’ fleeching, and what wi’ flyting, sae it was that Sir Claud went

away to the north wi’ the colonel, and the marriage between him and lady

Juliana was agreed upon, and everything settled.

Everybody about the house had heard mair or less about a’ this, or ever

a word of it came her length. But at last, Sir Claud himself writes a

long letter, telling her what a’ was to be; and offering to gie her a

heap o’ siller, and send our John ower the sea wi’ her, to see her safe

back to her friends—her and her baby, if she liked best to take it with

her; but if not, the colonel was to take the bairn hame, and bring her

up a lady, away from the house here, not to breed any dispeace.

This was what our Johnny said was to be proposed; for as to the letter

itself, I saw her get it, and she read it twice ower, and flung it into

the fire before my face. She read it, whatever it was, with a wonderful

composure; but the moment after it was in the fire she gaed clean aff

into a fit, and she was out of one and into anither for maist part of

the forenoon. Oh, what a sight she was! It would have melted the heart

of stone to see her.

The first thing that brought her to herself was the sight of her bairn.

I brought it, and laid it on her knee, thinking it would do her good if

she could give it a suck; and the poor trembling thing did as I bade

her; and the moment the bairn’s mouth was at the breast, she turned as

calm as the baby itsel—the tears rapping ower her cheeks, to be sure,

but not one word more. I never heard her either greet or sob again a’

that day.

I put her and the bairn to bed that night—but nae combing and curling o’

the bonnie black hair did I see then. However, she seemed very calm and

composed, and I left them, and gaed to my ain bed, which was in a little

room within hers.

Next morning, the bed was found cauld and empty, and the front door of

the house standing wide open. We dragged the waters, and sent man and

horse every gate, but ne’er a trace of her could we ever light on, till

a letter came twa or three weeks after, addressed to me, frae hersel. It

was just a line or twa, to say that she was well, and thanking me, poor

thing, for having been attentive about her in her down-lying. It was

dated frae London. And she charged me to say nothing to anybody of

having received it. But this was what I could not do; for everybody had

set it down for a certain thing, that the poor lassie had made away

baith wi’ hersel and the bairn.

I dinna weel ken whether it was owing to this or not, but Sir Claud’s

marriage was put aff for twa or three years, and he never cam near us a’

that while. At length word came that the wedding was to be put over

directly; and painters, and upholsterers, and I know not what all, came

and turned the hale house upside down, to prepare for my lady’s

hame-coming. The only room that they never meddled wi’ was that that had

been Mrs Joan’s: and no doubt they had been ordered what to do.

Weel, the day came, and a braw sunny spring day it was, that Sir Claud

and the bride were to come hame to the Mains. The grass was a’ new mawn

about the policy, and the walks sweepit, and the cloth laid for dinner,

and everybody in their best to give them their welcoming. John Baird

came galloping up the avenue like mad, to tell us that the coach was

amaist within sight, and gar us put oursels in order afore the ha’

steps. We were a’ standing there in our ranks, and up came the coach

rattling and driving, wi’ I dinna ken how mony servants riding behind

it; and Sir Claud lookit out at the window, and was waving his

handkerchief to us, when, just as fast as fire ever flew frae flint, a

woman in a red cloak rushed out from among the auld shrubbery at the

west end of the house, and flung herself in among the horses’ feet, and

the wheels gaed clean out ower her breast, and crushed her dead in a

single moment. She never stirred. Poor thing! she was nae Perling Joan

then. She was in rags—perfect rags all below the bit cloak; and we found

the bairn, rowed in a checked apron, lying just behind the hedge. A braw

heartsome welcoming for a pair of young married folk!—_The History of

Matthew Wald._

JANET SMITH.

BY PROFESSOR THOMAS GILLESPIE.

Old Janet Smith lived in a cottage overshadowed by an ash-tree, and

flanked by a hawthorn, called Lasscairn,—so named, in all probability,

from a cairn of stones, almost in the centre of which this simple

habitation was placed, in which, even within the period of my

remembrance, three maiden veterans kept “rock and reel, bleezing hearth

and reeking lum.” They were uniformly mentioned in the neighbourhood as

“the lasses o’ Lasscairn,” though their united ages might have amounted

to something considerably above three-score thrice told. Janet, however,

of whom I am now speaking, had been married in her teens, and her

husband having lost his life in a lime-quarry, she had been left with an

only child, a daughter, whom, by the help of God’s blessing, and her wee

wheel, she had reared and educated as far as the Proofs and Willison’s.

This daughter having attained to a suitable age, had been induced one

fine summer evening, whilst her mother was engaged in her evening

devotion under the shadow of the ash-tree, to take a pleasure walk with

Rob Paton, a neighbouring ploughman, but then recently enlisted, and to

share his name and his fortunes for twenty-four months to come. At the

end of this period, she found her mother nearly in the same position in

which she had left her, praying earnestly to her God to protect, direct,

and return her “bairn.” There were, however, two bairns for the good old

woman to bless, instead of one, and the young Jessie Paton was said to

be the very picture of her mother. Be that as it may, old Janet, now a

grannie, loved the bairn, forgave the mother, and by the help of an

additional wheel, which, in contradistinction to her own, was designated

“muckle,” she, and her “broken-hearted, deserted” daughter, contrived

for years to earn such a subsistence as their very moderate wants

required. At last a severe fever cut off the mother, and left a somewhat

sickly child at about nine years of age, under the sole protection of an

aged and enfeebled grandmother. It was at this stage of old Janet’s

earthly travail that, in the character of a schoolboy, I became

acquainted with her and her daughter,—for ever after the mother’s death,

the child knew her grandmother by no other name, and under no other

relation.

Janet had a particular way—still the practice in Dumfriesshire—of

dressing or preparing her meal of potatoes. They were scraped,

well-dried, salted, beetled, buttered, milked, and ultimately rumbled

into the most beautiful and palatable consistency. In short, they became

that first, and—beyond the limits of the south country—least known of

all delicacies, “champit potatoes.” As I returned often hungry and weary

from school, Janet’s pot presented itself to me, hanging in the reek,

and at a considerable elevation above the fire, as the most tempting of

all objects. In fact, Janet, knowing that my hour of return from school

was full two hours later than hers of repast, took this method of

reserving for me a full heaped spoonful of the residue of her and her

Jessie’s meal. Never whilst I live, and live by food, shall I forget the

exquisite feelings of eager delight with which that single overloaded

spoonful of beat or “champit” potatoes was devoured. There are pleasures

of sentiment and imagination of which I have occasionally partaken, and

others connected with what is called the heart and affections; all these

are beautiful and engrossing in their way and in their season, but to a

hungry schoolboy, who has devoured his dinner “piece” ere ten o’clock

a.m., and is returning to his home at a quarter before five, the

presentiment, the sight, and, above all, the taste and reflection

connected with the swallowing of a spoonful—and such a spoonful!—of

Janet Smith’s potatoes, is, to say nothing flighty or extravagant, not

less seasonable than exquisite. As my tongue walked slowly and

cautiously round and round the lower and upper boundaries of the

delicious load, as if loath rapidly to diminish that bulk, which the

craving stomach would have wished to have been increased had it been

tenfold, my whole soul was wrapped in Elysium; it tumbled about, and

rioted in an excess of delight—a kind of feather-bed of downy softness.

Drinking is good enough in its season, particularly when one is thirsty;

but the pleasures attendant on the satisfying of _the appetite_ for

me!—this is assuredly the great, the master gratification.

But Janet did not only deal in potatoes; she had likewise a cheese, and,

on pressing occasions, a bottle of beer besides. The one stood in a kind

of corner press or cupboard, whilst the other occupied a still less

dignified position beneath old Janet’s bed. To say the truth of Janet’s

cheese, it was not much beholden to the maker. It might have been

advantageously cut into bullets or marbles, such was its hardness and

solidity; but then, _in those days_, my teeth were good; and, with a

keen stomach and a willing mind, much may be effected even on a “three

times skimmed sky-blue!” The beer—for which I have often adventured into

the terra incognita already mentioned, even at the price of a prostrate

person and a dusty jacket—was excellent, brisk, frothy, and nippy;—my

breath still goes when I think of it. And then Janet wore such long

strings of tape, blue and red, white and yellow, all striped and

variegated like a gardener’s garter! I shall never be such a beau again,

as when my stockings on Sabbath were ornamented with a new pair of

Janet’s well-known, much-prized, and admired garters.

It was, however, after all, on Sabbath that Janet appeared to move in

her native element. It was on Sabbath that her face brightened, and her

step became accelerated—that her spectacles were carefully wiped with

the corner of a clean neck-napkin, and her Bible was called into early

and almost uninterrupted use. It was on Sabbath that her devotions were

poured forth—both in a family and private capacity—with an earnestness

and a fervency which I have never seen surpassed in manse or mansion, in

desk or pulpit. There is, indeed, nothing in nature so beautiful and

elevating as sincere and heartfelt, heart-warming devotion. There is a

poor, frail creature, verging on three-score and ten years, with an

attendant lassie, white-faced, and every way “shilpy” in appearance.

Around them are nothing more elevating or exciting than a few old sticks

of furniture, sooty rafters, and a smoky atmosphere. Surely imbecility

has here clothed herself in the forbidding garb of dependence and

squalid poverty! The worm that crawls into light through the dried

mole-hill, all powdered over with the dust from which it is escaping, is

a fit emblem of such an object and such a condition. But over all this

let us pour the warm and glowing radiance of genuine devotion! The roots

of that consecrated ash can bear witness to those half-articulated

breathings, which connect the weakness of man with the power of God,—the

squalidness of poverty with the radiant richness of divine grace. Do

those two hearts, which under one covering _now_ breathe forth their

evening sacrifice in hope and reliance—do they feel, do they acknowledge

any alliance with the world’s opinions, the world’s artificial and cruel

distinctions? If there be one object more pleasing to God and to the

holy ministers of His will than another, it is this—age uniting with

youth, and youth with age, in the giving forth into audible, if not

articulate expression, the fulness of the devout heart!

Lord W——, whose splendid residence stands about fifteen miles distant

from Lasscairn, happened to be engaged in a hunting expedition in the

neighbourhood of this humble and solitary abode, and having separated

from his attendants and companions, he bethought himself of resting for

a little under a roof, however humble, from which he saw smoke issuing.

But when he put his thumb to the latch it would not move; and after an

effort or two, he applied first his eye, and lastly his ear, to the

keyhole, to ascertain the presence of the inhabitants. The solemn voice

of fervent prayer met his ear, uttered by a person evidently not in a

kneeling, but in an erect position; he could, in short, distinctly

gather the nature and tendency of Janet’s address to her Maker.

She was manifestly engaged in asking a blessing on her daily meal, and

was proceeding to enumerate, with the voice of thanksgiving, the many

mercies with which, under God’s good providence, she and hers had been

visited. After an extensive enumeration, she came at last to speak of

that _ample provision_ on which she was now imploring a blessing. In

this part of her address she dwelt with peculiar cheerfulness, as well

as earnestness of tone, on that goodness which had provided so

bountifully for her, whilst many better deserving than she were worse

circumstanced. The whole tenor of her prayer tended to impress the

listener with the belief that Janet’s board, though spread in a humble

hut, must be at least amply supplied with the necessaries of life. But

what was Lord W——’s surprise, on entrance, to find that a round oaten

bannock, toasting before a brick at a peat fire, with a basin of

whey,—the gift of a kind neighbour,—composed that _ample and bountiful

provision_ for which this humble, but contented and pious woman

expressed so much gratitude! Lord W—— was struck with the contrast

between his own condition and feelings and those of this humble pair;

and, in settling upon Janet and her inmate £6 a-year for life, he

enabled her to accommodate herself with a new plaid and black silk hood,

in which she appeared, with her granddaughter, every Sabbath, occupying

her well-known and acknowledged position on the lowest step of the

pulpit stair, and paying the same respect to the minister in passing as

if she had been entirely dependent on her own industry and the good will

of her neighbours as formerly.

THE UNLUCKY TOP BOOTS.

CHAPTER I.

Top Boots, as everybody must have remarked, are now [1833] nearly

altogether out of fashion. Their race is all but extinct. An

occasional pair may indeed still be seen encasing the brawny legs of a

stout elderly country gentleman on a market day, or on the occasion of

a flying visit to the metropolis; but with this exception, and with

probably that of some hale obstinate bachelor octogenarian, who, in

full recollection of the impression which his top boots had made on

the public mind some fifty years since, still persists in thrusting

his shrivelled shanks into the boots of his youth;—we say, with the

first positive, and the last probable exception, this highly

respectable-looking, and somewhat flashy, article of dress has

entirely disappeared.

Time was, however, and we recollect it well, when matters stood far

otherwise with top boots. We have a distinct vision of numberless pairs

flitting before our eyes, through the mazes of the various thoroughfares

of the city; but, alas! they have vanished, one after another, like

stars before the light of approaching day. Rest to their _soles_—they

are now gathered to their fathers—their brightness is extinguished—their

glory is gone. The Conqueror of Waterloo hath conquered them also. The

top boots have fallen before the Wellingtons!

We have said that we recollect when it was otherwise with top boots, and

so we do. We recollect when a pair of top boots was a great object of

ambition with the young, whose worldly prosperity was all yet to

come—whose means of indulging in such little vanities of the flesh were

yet to be acquired. To them a pair of top boots was a sort of land-mark

in the voyage of life; a palpable, prominent, and desirable object to be

attained; a sort of Cape Horn to be doubled. Nor were they less objects

of ambition at the time we speak of—say about 40 years since—to the more

advanced, whose circumstances required a long previous hint to prepare

for such an event as the purchase of a pair of top boots. In short, top

boots were the rage of the day. The apprentice, the moment he got “out”

of his time, got “into” his top boots. The first thing the young grocer

did was to get a pair of top boots. No lover then went to woo his

mistress but in top boots, or at least if he did, the chance was, that

he would go to very little purpose. The buckishly-inclined mechanic,

too, hoarded his superfluous earnings until they reached the height of a

pair of top boots, in which to entomb his lower limbs. Although their

visits now, as we have already hinted, are “few and far between,” we

have seen the day when, instead of being but occasionally seen, like

solitary points of light as they are now, on the dusky street, they

converted it by their numbers into an absolute _via lactea_,—a perfect

galaxy of white leather,—or shot, frequent, pale, and flitting, like

northern streamers, through the dark tide of humanity as it strolled

along.

No marvel is it, therefore, that, in the midst of the wide prevalence of

this top boot epidemic, poor Tommy Aikin should have fallen a victim to

the disease—that his heart should have been set upon a pair of top

boots; nor is it a marvel that Mr Aikin should have been able finally to

gratify this longing of his, seeing that he was in tolerable

circumstances, or at least in such circumstances as enabled him, by

retrenching a little somewhere else, to attain the great object of his

ambition—a pair of top boots. No marvel, then, as we have said, are

these things which we have related of Mr Aikin; but great marvel is it

that a pair of top boots should have wrought any man such mischief, as

we shall presently show they did to that honest man. But let us not

anticipate. Let us, as has been before wisely said, begin at the

beginning, and say who Mr Aikin was, and what were the evils in which

his top boots involved him.

Be it known, then, to all whom it may concern, that Mr Thomas Aikin was

an officer of Excise, and was, at the period to which our story relates,

residing in a certain small town not more than fifty miles distant from

the city of Glasgow. Mr Aikin was a stout-made middle-aged man,

exceedingly good-natured, kind, civil, and obliging. In short, he was an

excellent fellow, honest and upright in all his dealings, and a faithful

servant of the revenue. Everybody liked Mr Aikin, and Mr Aikin liked

everybody; and sorely did everybody lament his misfortunes when they

fell upon him. Mr Aikin had for many years led a happy life in the bosom

of his family. He laughed and joked away, took his jug of toddy,

caressed his children, spoke always affectionately to and of his wife,

and was so spoken to and of by her in return. In short, Mr Aikin was a

happy man up to that evil hour when he conceived the idea of possessing

himself of a pair of top boots.

“Mary,” said Mr Aikin, one luckless evening, to his loving wife, after

having sat for about half an hour looking into the fire.

“Aweel, Thomas?” said his spouse, in token of her attention.

“I wad like to hae a pair o’ tap boots,” replied Mr Aikin, shortly, and

without further preamble, although he had in reality bestowed a good

deal of thought on the subject previously; indeed, a dim undefined

vision of top boots had been floating before his mind’s eye for nearly a

month before it took the distinct shape of such a determination as he

was now about to express.

“Aweel, Thomas,” replied his better half, with equal brevity, “ye had

better get a pair.”

“They’re decent lookin’ things,” rejoined Mr Aikin.

“Indeed are they,” said his indulgent spouse,—“very decent and

respectable, Thomas.”

“Rather flashy though, I doubt, for the like o’ me,” quoth Mr Aikin.

“I dinna see that, Thomas, sae lang as ye’re able to pay for them,”

remarked Mrs Aikin.

“No so very able, my dear,” responded her husband; “but I wad like to

hae a pair for a’ that, just to wear on Sundays and collection days.”

“Aweel, Thomas, get them; and what for no?” replied Mrs Aikin, “since

your mind’s bent on them. We’ll save the price o’ them aff something

else.”

We need not pursue further the amiable colloquy which took place on this

fatal night between Mr Aikin and his wife. Suffice it to say, that that

night fixed Mr Aikin’s resolution to order a pair of top boots. On the

very next day he was measured for the said boots; and late on the

Saturday evening following, the boots, with their tops carefully

papered, to protect them from injury, were regularly delivered by an

apprentice boy into the hands of Mrs Aikin herself, for her husband’s

interest.

As Mr Aikin was not himself in the house when the boots were brought

home, they were placed in a corner of the parlour to await his pleasure;

and certainly nothing could look more harmless or more inoffensive than

did these treacherous boots, as they now stood, with their muffled tops

and shining feet, in the corner of Mr Aikin’s parlour. But alas! alas!

shortsighted mortals that we are, that could not foresee the slightest

portion of the evils with which these rascally boots were fraught! To

shorten our story as much as possible, we proceed to say that Mr Aikin

at length came home, and being directed to where the boots lay, he

raised them up in one hand, holding a candle in the other; and having

turned them round and round several times, admiring their gloss and fair

proportions, laid them down again with a calm quiet smile of

satisfaction, and retired to bed.

Sunday came, the church bells rang, and Mr Aikin sallied forth in all

the pomp and glory of a pair of spick and span new top boots. With all

Mr Aikin’s good qualities, there was, however,—and we forgot to mention

it before,—a “leetle” touch of personal vanity; the slightest imaginable

it was, but still such an ingredient did enter into the composition of

his character, and it was this weakness, as philosophers call it, which

made him hold his head at an unwonted height, and throw out his legs

with a flourish, and plant his foot with a firmness and decision on this

particular Sunday, which was quite unusual with him, or, at least, which

had passed unnoticed before. With the exception, however, of a few

passing remarks, in which there was neither much acrimony nor much

novelty, Mr Aikin’s boots were allowed to go to and from the church in

peace and quietness. “Hae ye seen Mr Aikin’s tap boots?” “Faith, Mr

Aikin looks weel in his tap boots.” “Mr Aikin was unco grand the day in

his tap boots.” Such and such like were the only observations which Mr

Aikin’s top boots elicited on the first Sunday of their appearance.

Sunday after Sunday came and departed, and with the Sundays came also

and departed Mr Aikin’s top boots, for he wore them only on that sacred

day, and on collection days, as he himself originally proposed. Like

every other marvel, they at length sank quietly to rest, becoming so

associated and identified with the wearer, that no one ever thought of

discussing them separately. Deceitful calm—treacherous silence!—it was

but the gathering of the storm.

It so happened that Mr Aikin, in the language of the Excise, surveyed,

that is, ascertained and levied the duties payable by a tanner, or

leather dresser, who carried on his business in the town in which Mr

Aikin resided. Now, the Honourable Board of Excise were in those days

extremely jealous of the fidelity of their officers, and in a spirit of

suspicion of the honour and faith of man peculiar to themselves, readily

listened to every report prejudicial to the character of their servants.

Here, then, was an apparently intimate connection, and of the worst

sort,—a pair of top boots,—between a revenue officer and a trader, a

dresser of leather. Remote and obscure hints of connivance between the

former and the latter began to arise, and in despite of the general

esteem in which Mr Aikin was held, and the high opinion which was

entertained of his worth and integrity, these hints and suspicions—such

is the wickedness and perversity of human nature—gradually gained

ground, until they at length reached the ears of the Board, with the

most absurd aggravations.

Their honours were told, but by whom was never ascertained, that the

most nefarious practices were going on in ——, and to an enormous extent.

Large speculations in contraband leather, on the joint account of the

officer and trader, were talked of; the one sinking his capital, the

other sacrificing the king’s duties. Whole hogsheads of manufactured

boots and shoes were said to be exported to the West Indies, as the

common adventure of the officer and trader. The entire family and

friends of the former, to the tenth degree of propinquity, were said to

have been supplied gratis with boots and shoes for the last ten years.

In short, the whole affair was laid before their honours, the

Commissioners of Excise, decked out in the blackest colours, and so

swollen, distorted, and exaggerated, that no man could have conceived

for a moment that so monstrous a tale of dishonesty and turpitude could

have been manufactured out of a thing so simple as a pair of top boots.

Indeed, how could he? For the boots—the real ground of the vile

fabrication—were never once mentioned, nor in the slightest degree

alluded to; but, as it was, the thing bore a serious aspect, and so

thought the Honourable Board of Excise.

A long and grave consultation was held in the Board-room, and the result

was, an order to the then collector of Excise in Glasgow to make a

strict and immediate inquiry into the circumstances of the case, and to

report thereon; a measure which was followed up, in a day or two

afterwards, by their honours dispatching two surveying-generals, as they

are called, also to Glasgow, to assist at and superintend the

investigation which the collector had been directed to set on foot. On

the arrival of these officers at Glasgow, they forthwith waited upon the

collector, to ascertain what he had learned regarding Mr Aikin’s

nefarious practices. The result of the consultation, which was here

again held, was a determination, on the part of the generals and the

collector, to proceed to the scene of Mr Aikin’s ignominy, and to

prosecute their inquiries on the spot, as the most likely way of

arriving at a due knowledge of the facts.

Accordingly, two chaises were hired at the expense of the Crown, one for

the two generals, and another for the collector and his clerk—all this,

good reader, be it remembered, arising from the simple circumstance of

Mr Aikin’s having indulged himself in the luxury of a single solitary

pair of top boots,—and, moreover, the first pair he ever had. The

gentlemen, having seated themselves in the carriages, were joined, just

before starting, by a friend of the collector’s, on horseback, who,

agreeably to an arrangement he had made with the latter on the preceding

day, now came to ride out with them to the scene of their impending

labours; and thus, though of course he had nothing to do with the

proceedings of the day, he added not a little to the imposing character

of the procession, which was now about to move in the direction of Mr

Aikin’s top boots.

An hour and a half’s drive brought the whole cavalcade into the little

town in which the unfortunate owner of the said boots resided; and

little did he think, honest man, as he eyed the procession passing the

windows, marvelling the while what it could mean—little, we say, did he

think that the sole and only object, _pro tempore_ at least, of those

who composed it, was to inquire how, and by what means, and from whom,

he had gotten his top boots. Of this fact, however, he was soon made

aware. In less than half an hour he was sent for, and told, for the

first time, of the heavy charges which lay against him. A long, tedious

investigation took place; item after item of poor Aikin’s indictment

melted away beneath the process of inquiry; until at length the whole

affair resolved itself into the original cause of all the mischief,—the

pair of top boots. Nothing which could in the slightest degree impugn Mr

Aikin’s honesty remained but these unlucky top boots, and for them he

immediately produced his shoemaker’s receipt:—

Mr AIKIN,

_Bought of_ DAVID ANDERSON,

One pair of Top Boots, £2, 2s.

Settled in full,

DAVID ANDERSON.

With this finisher the investigation closed, and Mr Aikin stood fully

and honourably acquitted of all the charges brought against him. The

impression, however, which the affair made at head-quarters, was far

from being favourable to him. He was ever after considered there in the

light, not of an innocent man, but as one against whom nothing could be

proven; and his motions were watched with the utmost vigilance. The

consequence was, that, in less than three months, he was dismissed from

the service of the revenue, ostensibly for some trifling omission of

duty; but he himself thought, and so did everybody else, that the top

boots were in reality the cause of his misfortune.

One would have thought that this was quite enough of mischief to arise

from one pair of top boots, and so thought everybody but the top boots

themselves, we suppose. This, however, was but a beginning of the

calamities into which they walked with their unfortunate owner.

CHAPTER II.

About four miles distant from the town in which Mr Aikin lived, there

resided an extensive coal-mine proprietor of the name of Davidson; and

it so happened that he, too, had a predilection for that particular

article of dress, already so often named, viz., top boots; indeed, he

was never known to wear anything else in their place. Davidson was an

elderly gentleman, harsh and haughty in his manner, and extremely mean

in all his dealings—a manner and disposition which made him greatly

disliked by the whole country, and especially by his workmen, the

miners, of whom he employed upwards of a hundred and fifty. The

abhorrence in which Mr Davidson was at all times held by his servants,

was at this particular moment greatly increased by an attempt which he

was making to reduce his workmen’s wages; and to such a height had their

resentment risen against their employer, that some of the more ferocious

of them were heard to throw out dark hints of personal violence; and it

was much feared by Davidson’s friends—of whom he had, however, but a

very few, and these mostly connected with him by motives of

interest—that such an occurrence would, in reality, happen one night or

other, and that at no great distance of time. Nor was this fear

groundless.

Mr Davidson was invited to dine with a neighbouring gentleman. He

accepted the invitation, very foolishly, as his family thought; but he

did accept it, and went accordingly. It was in the winter time, and the

house of his host was about a mile distant from his own residence. Such

an opportunity as this of giving their employer a sound drubbing had

been long looked for by some half dozen of Mr Davidson’s workmen, and

early and correct information on the subject of his dining out enabled

them to avail themselves of it. The conspirators, having held a

consultation, resolved to waylay Davidson on his return home. With this

view they proceeded, after it became dark, in the direction of the house

in which their employer was dining. Having gone about half way, they

halted, and held another consultation, whereat it was determined that

they should conceal themselves in a sunk fence which ran alongside of

the road, until the object of their resentment approached, when they

should all rush out upon him at once, and belabour him to their hearts’

content. This settled, they all cowered down into the ditch, to await

the arrival of their victim. “But how will we ken him i’ the dark?” said

Jock Tamson, one of the conspirators, in a low whisper, to his next

neighbour; “we may fa’ foul o’ somebody else in a mistak.” The question

rather posed Jock’s neighbour, who immediately put it to the person next

him, and he again to the next, and on went the important query, until

all were in possession of it; but none could answer it. At length, one

of more happy device than the rest suggested that Mr Davidson might be

recognised by his top boots. The idea pleased all, and was by all

considered infallible, for the fame of Mr Aikin’s boots had not yet

reached this particular quarter of the country. Satisfied that they had

hit upon an unerring mark by which to know their man, the ruffians

waited patiently for his approach.

At length, after fully two hours’ watching, the fall of a footstep broke

faintly on their ears; it came nearer and nearer, and became every

moment more and more distinct. Breathless with the intensity of their

feelings, the conspirators, in dead silence, grasped their cudgels with

increased energy, and sunk themselves in the ditch until their eyes were

on a level with the ground, that they might at once place the

approaching object full before them, and between them and the feeble

light which lingered in the western sky. In the meantime, the wayfarer

approached; two dim whitey objects glimmered indistinctly in the

darkness. They were instantly recognized to be Mr Davidson’s top boots;

a loud shout followed this feeling of conviction; the colliers rushed

from their hiding-place, and in the next instant half a dozen bludgeons

whistled round the ears of the unfortunate wayfarer. The sufferer roared

lustily for mercy, but he roared in vain. The blows fell thick and fast

upon his luckless head and shoulders, for it was necessary that the work

should be done quickly; and a few seconds more saw him lying senseless

and bleeding in the ditch in which his assailants had concealed

themselves. Having satisfied their vengeance, the ruffians now fled,

leaving their victim behind them in the condition we have described.

Morning came; a man was found in a ditch, speechless, and bleeding

profusely from many severe wounds on the head and face. He was dragged

out, and, after cleansing his face from the blood and dirt with which it

was encrusted, the unfortunate man was recognised to be—Mr Thomas Aikin!

The unlucky boots, and they alone, were the cause of poor Aikin’s

mischance. He had, indeed, been mauled by mistake, as the reader will

have already anticipated. There was no intention whatever on the part of

the colliers to do Mr Aikin any injury, for Mr Aikin, in the whole

course of his harmless life, had never done them any; indeed, he was

wholly unknown to them, and they to him. It was the top boots, and

nothing but the top boots, that did all the mischief. But to go on with

our story. Aikin was carried home, and, through the strength of a

naturally good constitution and skilful surgical assistance, recovered

so far in six weeks as to be able to go about as usual, although he bore

to his grave with him on his face the marks of the violence which he had

received, besides being disfigured by the loss of some half dozen of his

front teeth.

The top boots, which poor Aikin had worn before as articles of dress,

and, of course, as a matter of choice, he was now obliged to wear daily

from necessity, being, as we have already related, dismissed from his

situation in the Excise. One would think that Aikin had now suffered

enough for his predilection for top boots, seeing—at least so far as we

can see—that there was no great harm in such an apparently inoffensive

indulgence; but Mr Aikin’s evil stars, or his top boots themselves, we

do not know which, were of a totally different opinion, and on this

opinion they forthwith proceeded to act.

Some weeks after the occurrence of the disaster just recorded, the

little town of ——, where Aikin resided, was suddenly thrown into a state

of the utmost horror and consternation by the report of a foul murder

and robbery having been committed on the highway, and within a short

distance of the town; and of all the inhabitants who felt horror-struck

on this occasion, there was no one more horrified than Mr Thomas Aikin.

The report, however, of the murder and robbery was incorrect, in so far

as the unfortunate man was still living, although little more, when

found in the morning, for the deed had been committed over night. Being

a stranger, he was immediately conveyed to the principal inn of the

town, put to bed, and medical aid called in. The fiscal, on learning

that the man was still in existence, instantly summoned his clerk, and,

accompanied by a magistrate, hastened to the dying man’s bedside, to

take down whatever particulars could be learnt from him regarding the

assault and robbery. After patiently and laboriously connecting the half

intelligible and disjointed sentences which they from time to time

elicited from him, they made out that he was a cattle-dealer, that he

belonged to Edinburgh, that he had been in Glasgow, and that, having

missed the evening coach which plies between the former and the latter

city, he had taken the road on foot, with the view of accomplishing one

stage, and there awaiting the coming up of the next coach. They further

elicited from him that he had had a large sum of money upon him, of

which, of course, he had been deprived. The fiscal next proceeded to

inquire if he could identify the person or persons who attacked him. He

mumbled a reply in the negative.

“How many were there of them?” inquired the magistrate. “Were there more

than one?”

“Only one,” muttered the unfortunate man.

“Was there any peculiarity in his dress or appearance that struck you?”

asked the fiscal.

He mumbled a reply, but none of the bystanders could make it out. The

question was again put, and both the magistrate and fiscal stooped down

simultaneously to catch the answer. After an interval it came—and what

think you it was, good reader? Why, “top boots,” distinctly and

unequivocally. The fiscal and magistrate looked at each other for a

second, but neither durst venture to hint at the astounding suspicion

which the mention of these remarkable objects forced upon them.

“He wore top boots, you say?” again inquired the fiscal, to make sure

that he had heard aright.

“Y-e-s, t-o-p b-o-o-ts,” was again the reply.

“Was he a thin man, or a stout man?”

“A stout man.”

“Young or middle-aged?”

“Middle-aged.”

“Tall or short?”

“Short,” groaned out the sufferer, and, with that word, the breath of

life departed from him.

This event, of course, put an immediate end to the inquiry. The fiscal

and magistrate now retired to consult together regarding what was best

to be done, and to consider the deposition of the murdered man. There

was a certain pair of top boots present to the minds of both, but the

wearer of them had hitherto borne an unblemished character, and was

personally known to them both as a kindhearted, inoffensive man. Indeed,

up to this hour, they would as soon have believed that the minister of

the parish would commit a robbery as Mr Aikin—we say Mr Aikin, for we

can no longer conceal the fact, that it was Mr Aikin’s boots, however

reluctantly admitted, that flashed upon the minds of the two gentlemen

of whom we are now speaking.

“The thing is impossible, incredible of such a man as Mr Aikin,” said

the magistrate, in reply to the first open insinuation of the fiscal,

although, in saying this, he said what was not in strict accordance with

certain vague suspicions which had taken possession of his own mind.

“Why, I should say so too,” replied the officer of the law, “were I to

judge by the character which he has hitherto borne; but here,” he said,

holding up the deposition of the murdered man, “here are circumstances

which we cannot be warranted in overlooking, let them implicate whom

they may. There is in especial the top boots,” went on the fiscal; “now,

there is not another pair within ten miles of us but Aikin’s; for Mr

Davidson, the only man whom I know that wears them besides, is now in

London. There is the personal description, too, exact. And besides all

this, bailie,” continued the law officer, “you will recollect that Mr

Aikin is and has been out of employment for the last six months; and

there is no saying what a man who has a large family upon his hands will

do in these circumstances.”

The bailie acknowledged the force of his colleague’s observations, but

remarked, that, as it was a serious charge, it must be gone cautiously

and warily about. “For it wad be,” he said, “rather a hard matter to

hang a man upon nae ither evidence than a pair o’ tap boots.”

“Doubtless it would,” replied the fiscal; “but here is,” he said, “a

concatenation of circumstances—a chain of evidence, so far as it goes,

perfectly entire and connected. But,” he continued, as if to reconcile

the bailie to the dangerous suspicion, “an alibi on the part o’ Mr Aikin

will set a’ to rights, and blaw the hale charge awa, like peelin’s o’

ingans; and if he be an innocent man, bailie, he can hae nae difficulty

in establishing an alibi.”

Not so fast, Mr Fiscal, not so fast, if you please; this alibi was not

so easily established, or rather it could not be established at all.

Most unfortunately for poor Aikin, it turned out, upon an inquiry which

the official authorities thought it necessary to set on foot before

proceeding to extremities—that is, before taking any decisive steps

against the object of their suspicion—that he had been not only absent

from his own house until a late hour of the night on which the murder

and robbery were committed, but had actually been at that late hour on

the very identical road on which it had taken place. The truth is, that

Aikin had been dining with a friend who lived about a mile into the

country, and, as it unfortunately happened, in the very direction in

which the crime had been perpetrated. Still, could it not have been

shown that no unnecessary time had elapsed between the moment of his

leaving his friend’s house and his arrival at his own? Such a

circumstance would surely have weighed something in his favour. So it

would, probably; but alas! even this slender exculpatory incident could

not be urged in his behalf; for the poor man, little dreaming of what

was to happen, had drunk a tumbler or two more than enough, and had

fallen asleep on the road. In short, the fiscal, considering all the

circumstances of the case as they now stood, did not think it consistent

with his duty either to delay proceedings longer against Aikin, or to

maintain any further delicacy with regard to him. A report of the whole

affair was made to the sheriff of Glasgow, who immediately ordered a

warrant to be made out for the apprehension of Aikin. This instrument

was given forthwith into the custody of two criminal officers, who set

out directly in a post-chaise to execute their commission.

Arriving in the middle of the night, they found poor Aikin, wholly

unconscious of the situation in which he stood, in bed and sound asleep.

Having roused the unhappy man, and barely allowed him time to draw on

his top boots, they hurried him into the chaise, and in little more than

an hour thereafter, Aikin was fairly lodged in Glasgow jail, to stand

his trial for murder and robbery, and this mainly, if not wholly, on the

strength of his top boots.

The day of trial came. The judge summed up the evidence, and, in an

eloquent speech, directed the special attention of the jury to Aikin’s

top boots: indeed, on these he dwelt so much, and with such effect, that

the jury returned a verdict of guilty against the prisoner at the bar,

who accordingly received sentence of death, but was strongly recommended

to mercy by the jury, as well on the ground of his previous good

character, as on that of certain misgivings regarding the top boots,

which a number of the jury could not help entertaining, in despite of

their prominence in the evidence which was led against their unfortunate

owner.

Aikin’s friends, who could not be persuaded of his guilt,

notwithstanding the strong circumstantial proof with which it was

apparently established, availing themselves of this recommendation of

the jury, immediately set to work to second the humane interference; and

Providence in its mercy kindly assisted them. From a communication which

the superintendent of police in Glasgow received from the corresponding

officer in Edinburgh, about a week after Aikin’s condemnation, it

appeared that there were more gentlemen of suspicious character in the

world who wore top boots than poor Aikin. The letter alluded to

announced the capture of a notorious character—regarding whom

information had been received from Bow Street—a “flash cove,” fresh from

London, on a foraying expedition in Scotland. The communication

described him as being remarkably well dressed, and, in especial,

alluded to the circumstance of his wearing top boots; concluding the

whole, which was indeed the principal purpose of the letter, by

inquiring if there was any charge in Glasgow against such a person as he

described. The circumstance, by some fortunate chance, reached the ears

of Aikin’s friends, and in the hope that something might be made of it,

they employed an eminent lawyer in Edinburgh to sift the matter to the

bottom.

In the meantime, the Englishman in the top boots was brought to trial

for another highway robbery, found guilty, and sentenced to death

without hope of mercy. The lawyer whom Aikin’s friends had employed,

thinking this a favourable opportunity for eliciting the truth from him,

seeing that he had now nothing more to fear in this world, waited upon

the unfortunate man, and, amidst a confession of a long series of

crimes, obtained from him that of the murder and robbery for which poor

Aikin had been tried and condemned. The consequence of this important

discovery was, the immediate liberation of Aikin, who again returned in

peace to the bosom of his family. His friends, however, not contented

with what they had done, represented the whole circumstances of the case

to the Secretary of State for the Home Department; and under the

impression that there lay a claim on the country for reparation for the

injury, though inadvertent, which its laws had done to an innocent man,

the application was replied to in favourable terms in course of post,

and in less than three weeks thereafter, Mr Thomas Aikin was appointed

to a situation in the custom-house in London, worth two hundred pounds

a-year. His steadiness, integrity, and general good conduct, soon

procured him still further advancement, and he finally died, after

enjoying his appointment for many years, in the annual receipt of more

than double the sum which we have just named. And thus ends the eventful

history of Mr Thomas Aikin and his Top Boots.—_Chambers’s Edinburgh

Journal._

MY FIRST AND LAST PLAY.

BY D. M. MOIR, M.D.

The time of Tammie Bodkin’s apprenticeship being nearly worn through, it

behoved me, as a man attentive to business and the interests of my

family, to cast my een around me in search of a callant to fill his

place, as it is customary in our trade for our young men, when their

time is out, taking a year’s journeymanship in Edinburgh to perfect them

in the mair intricate branches of the business, and learn the newest

manner of the French and London fashions, by cutting claith for the

young advocates, the college students, and the rest of the principal

tip-top bucks.

Having, though I say it myself, the word of being a canny maister, mair

than ane brought their callants to me, on reading the bill of “An

Apprentice Wanted” plaistered on my shop window. Offering to bind them

for the regular time, yet not wishing to take but ane, I thocht best no

to fix in a hurry, and make choice of him that seemed mair exactly cut

out for my purpose. In the course of a few weeks three or four cast up,

among whom was a laddie of Ben Aits, the mealmonger, and a son of

William Burlings, the baker; to say little of Saunders Broom, the sweep,

that wad fain hae putten his blackit-looking bit creature with the ae ee

under my wing; but I aye lookit to respectability in these matters, so

glad was I when I got the offer of Mungo Glen.—But more of this in half

a minute.

I must say I was glad of any feasible excuse to make to the sweep, to

get quit of him and his laddie,—the father being a drucken

ne’er-do-weel, that I wonder didna fa’ lang ere this time of day from

some chumley-head, and get his neck broken; so I tell’t him at lang and

last, when he came papping into the shop, plaguing me every time he

passed, that I had fittit mysel, and that there would be nae need of his

taking the trouble to call again. Upon which he gaed his blackit neeve a

desperate thump on the counter, making the observe, that out of respect

for him I might have given his son the preference. Though I was a wee

puzzled for an answer, I said to him, for want of a better, that having

a timber leg, he couldna weel crook his hough to the labroad for our

trade.

“Hout, tout,” said Saunders, giving his lips a smack—“crook his hough,

ye body you! Do ye think his timber leg canna screw off? That’ll no

pass.”

I was a wee dumbfoundered at this cleverness; so I said, mair on my

guard, “True, true, Saunders; but he’s ower little.”

“Ower little, and be hanged to ye!” cried the disrespectful fellow,

wheeling about on his heel, as he graspit the sneck of the shop door,

and gaed a grin that showed the only clean pairts of his body—to wit,

the whites o’ his een, and his sharp teeth,—“Ower little!—Pu, pu!—He’s

like the blackamoor’s pig, then, Maister Wauch,—he’s like the

blackamoor’s pig—he may be ver’ little, but he be tam ould;” and with

this he showed his back, clapping the door at his tail without wishing a

good day; and I am scarcely sorry when I confess that I never cuttit

claith for either father or son from that day to this ane, the losing of

such a customer being no great matter at best, and amaist clear gain,

compared with saddling mysel wi’ a callant with only ae ee and ae leg,

the tane having fa’en a victim to the dregs of the measles, and the

ither having been harled aff wi’ a farmer’s threshing-mill. However, I

got mysel properly suited.—But ye shall hear.

Our neighbour, Mrs Grassie, a widow woman, unco intimate wi’ our wife,

and very attentive to Benjie when he had the chincough, had a far-away

cousin o’ the name o’ Glen, that haddit out amang the howes of the

Lammermoor hills—a distant part of the country, ye observe. Auld Glen, a

decent-looking body of a creature, had come in wi’ his sheltie about

some private matters of business—such as the buying of a horse, or

something to that effect, where he could best fa’ in wi’t, either at our

fair, or the Grassmarket, or sic like; so he had up-pitting free of

expense from Mrs Grassie, on account of his relationship, Glen being

second cousin to Mrs Grassie’s brother’s wife, wha is deceased. I might,

indeed, have mentioned, that our neighbour hersel had been twice

married, and had the misery of seeing out baith her gudemen; but sic was

the will of fate, and she bore up with perfect resignation.

Having made a bit warm dinner ready—for she was a tidy body, and kent

what was what—she thought she couldna do better than ask in a reputable

neighbour to help her friend to eat it, and take a cheerer wi’ him; as,

maybe, being a stranger here, he wouldna like to use the freedom of

drinking by himsel—a custom which is at the best an unsocial

ane—especially wi’ nane but women-folk near him, so she did me the

honour to make choice of me, though I say’t, wha should na say’t; and

when we got our jug filled for the second time, and began to grow better

acquainted, ye would just wonder to see how we became merry, and crackit

away just like twa pen-guns. I asked him, ye see, about sheep and cows,

and corn and hay, and ploughing and thrashing, and horses and carts, and

fallow land, and lambing-time, and har’st, and making cheese and butter,

and selling eggs, and curing the sturdie, and the snifters, and the

batts, and sic like; and he, in his turn, made enquiry regarding broad

and narrow claith, Kilmarnock cowls, worsted comforters, Shetland hose,

mittens, leather caps, stuffing and padding, metal and mule-buttons,

thorls, pocket-linings, serge, twist, buckram, shaping, and sewing,

back-splaying, rund-gooseing, measuring, and all the ither particulars

belanging to our trade, which he said, at lang and last, after we had

jokit thegither, was a power better ane than the farming.

“Ye should mak yer son ane, then,” said I, “if ye think sae. Have ye ony

bairns?”

“Ye’ve het the nail on the head. ’Od, man, if ye wasna sae far away, I

would bind our auldest callant to yersel, I’m sae weel pleased wi’ yer

gentlemanly manners. But I’m speaking havers.”

“Havers here or havers there; what,” said I, “is to prevent ye boarding

him, at a cheap rate, either wi’ our friend Mrs Grassie, or wi’ the

wife? Either of the twa wad be a sort of mother till him.”

“’Deed, I daursay they would,” answered Maister Glen, stroking his chin,

which was gey rough, and hadna got a clean sin’ Sunday, having had four

days of sheer growth—our meeting, ye’ll observe by this, being on the

Thursday afternoon—“’Deed would they. ’Od, I maun speak to the mistress

about it.”

On the head of this we had anither jug, three being cannie, after which

we were baith a wee tozy-mozy; so I daursay Mrs Grassie saw plainly that

we were getting into a state where we wad not easily make a halt; so,

without letting on, she brought in the tea things before us, and showed

us a play-bill, to tell us that a company of strolling play-actors had

come in a body in the morning, with a hale cartful of scenery and grand

dresses, and were to make an exhibition at seven o’clock, at the ransom

of a shilling a head, in Laird Wheatley’s barn.

Mony a time and often had I heard of play-acting, and of players making

themselves kings and queens, and saying a great many wonderful things;

but I had never before an opportunity of making mysel a witness to the

truth of these hearsays. So Maister Glen being as fu’ o’ nonsense, and

as fain to have his curiosity gratified as mysel, we took upon us the

stout resolution to gang out thegither, he offering to treat me, and I

determined to rin the risk of Maister Wiggie our minister’s rebuke for

the transgression, hoping it would make no lasting impression on his

mind, being for the first and only time. Folks shouldna at a’ times be

ower scrupulous.

After paying our money at the door, never, while I live and breathe,

will I forget what we saw and heard that night; it just looks to me, by

all the world, when I think on’t, like a fairy dream. The place was

crowded to the full; Maister Glen and me having nearly got our ribs dung

in before we fand a seat, and them behint were obliged to mount the back

benches to get a sight. Right to the forehand of us was a large green

curtain, some five or six ells wide, a guid deal the waur of the wear,

having seen service through twa three simmers; and, just in the front of

it, were eight or ten penny candles stuck in a board fastened to the

ground, to let us see the players’ feet like, when they came on the

stage,—and even before they came on the stage,—for the curtain being

scrimpit in length, we saw legs and feet moving behind the scenes very

neatly; while twa blind fiddlers they had brought with them played the

bonniest ye ever heard. ’Od, the very music was worth a sixpence of

itsel.

The place, as I said before, was choke-full, just to excess, so that one

could scarcely breathe. Indeed, I never saw ony part sae crowded, not

even at a tent-preaching, when the Rev. Mr Roarer was giving his

discourses on the building of Solomon’s Temple. We were obligated to

have the windows opened for a mouthful of fresh air, the barn being as

close as a baker’s oven, my neighbour and me fanning our red faces wi’

our hats, to keep us cool; and, though all were half stewed, we

certainly had the worst o’t,—the toddy we had ta’en having fermented the

blood of our bodies into a perfect fever.

Just at the time that the twa blind fiddles were playing “The Downfall

of Paris,” a handbell rang, and up goes the green curtain; being hauled

to the ceiling, as I observed wi’ the tail of my ee, by a birkie at the

side, that had haud of a rope. So, on the music stopping, and all

becoming as still as that you might have heard a pin fall, in comes a

decent old gentleman at his leisure, weel powthered, wi’ an auld

fashioned coat on, waistcoat with flap-pockets, brown breeches with

buckles at the knees, and silk stockings with red gushets on a blue

ground. I never saw a man in sic distress; he stampit about, dadding the

end of his staff on the ground, and imploring all the powers of heaven

and yearth to help him to find out his runawa’ daughter, that had

decampit wi’ some ne’er-do-weel loon of a half-pay captain, that keppit

her in his arms frae her bedroom window, up twa pair o’ stairs. Every

father and head of a family maun hae felt for a man in his situation,

thus to be rubbit of his dear bairn, and an only daughter too, as he

tell’t us ower and ower again, as the saut, saut tears ran gushing down

his withered face, and he aye blew his nose on his clean calendered

pocket napkin. But, ye ken, the thing was absurd to suppose that we

should ken onything about the matter, having never seen either him or

his daughter between the een afore, and no kenning them by headmark; so

though we sympathised with him, as folks ought to do wi’ a

fellow-creature in affliction, we thought it best to haud our tongues,

to see what might cast up better than he expected. So out he gaed

stumping at the ither side, determined, he said, to find them out,

though he should follow them to the world’s end, Johnny Groat’s House,

or something to that effect.

Hardly was his back turned, and amaist before ye could cry Jack

Robinson, in comes the birkie and the very young leddy the auld

gentleman described, arm-in-arm thegither, smoodging and lauching like

daft. Dog on it! it was a shameless piece of business. As true as death,

before all the crowd of folk, he pat his arm round her waist, and ca’ed

her his sweatheart, and love, and dearie, and darling, and everything

that is sweet. If they had been courting in a close thegither on a

Friday night, they couldna hae said mair to ane anither, or gaen greater

lengths. I thought sic shame to be an ee-witness to sic ongoings, that I

was obliged at last to haud up my hat afore my face, and look down;

though, for a’ that, the young lad, to be sic a blackguard as his

conduct showed, was weel enough faured, and had a gude coat to his back,

wi’ double-gilt buttons, and fashionable lapells, to say little of a

very weel-made pair of buckskins, a little the waur o’ the wear to be

sure, but which, if they had been weel cleaned, would hae lookit amaist

as gude as new. How they had come we never could learn, as we neither

saw chaise nor gig; but, from his having spurs on his boots, it is mair

than likely they had lightit at the back-door of the barn frae a horse,

she riding on a pad behint him, maybe with her hand round his waist.

The faither lookit to be a rich auld bool, baith from his manner of

speaking and the rewards he seemed to offer for the apprehension of his

daughter; but, to be sure, when so many of us were present, that had an

equal right to the spulzie, it wadna be a great deal a thousand pounds

when divided, still it was worth the looking after; so we just bidit a

wee.

Things were brought to a bearing, howsomever, sooner than either

themsels, I daursay, or anybody else present, seemed to hae the least

glimpse of; for, just in the middle of their fine goings-on, the sound

of a coming fit was heard, and the lassie taking guilt to her, cried

out, “Hide me, hide me, for the sake of gudeness, for yonder comes my

auld faither!”

Nae sooner said than done. In he stappit her into a closet; and after

shutting the door on her, he sat down upon a chair, pretending to be

asleep in a moment. The auld faither came bouncing in, and seeing the

fellow as sound as a tap, he ran forrit and gaed him sic a shake, as if

he wad hae shooken him a’ sundry, which sune made him open his een as

fast as he had steekit them.

After blackguarding the chield at no allowance, cursing him up hill and

down dale, and ca’ing him every name but a gentleman, he held his staff

ower his crown, and gripping him by the cuff o’ the neck, askit him what

he had made o’ his daughter. Never since I was born did I ever see sic

brazen-faced impudence. The rascal had the brass to say at ance, that he

hadna seen word or wittens of his daughter for a month, though mair than

a hundred folks sitting in his company had seen him dauting her with his

arm round her jimpy waist not five minutes before. As a man, as a

father, as an elder of our kirk, my corruption was raised,—for I aye

hated leeing, as a puir cowardly sin, and an inbreak on the ten

commandments; and I found my neebour, Mr Glen, fidgeting on the seat as

well as me, so I thocht that whaever spoke first wad hae the best right

to be entitled to the reward; whereupon, just as he was in the act of

rising up, I took the word out of his mouth, saying, “Dinna believe him,

auld gentleman—dinna believe him, friend; he’s telling a parcel of lees.

Never saw her for a month! It’s no worth arguing, or ca’ing witnesses;

just open that press door, and ye’ll see whether I’m speaking truth or

no.”

The auld man stared, and lookit dumfoundered; and the young man, instead

of rinnin’ forrit wi’ his doubled nieves to strike me—the only thing I

was feared for—began a lauching, as if I had dune him a gude turn. But

never since I had a being, did ever I witness sic an uproar and noise as

immediately took place. The hale house was sae glad that the scoundrel

had been exposed, that they set up siccan a roar o’ lauchter, and they

thumpit away at siccan a rate at the boards wi’ their feet, that at lang

and last, wi’ pushing and fidgeting, clapping their hands, and hadding

their sides, down fell the place they ca’ the gallery, a’ the folk in’t

being hurled tapsy-turvy, head foremost amang the sawdust on the floor

below; their guffawing sune being turned to howling, ilka ane crying

louder than anither at the tap of their voices, “Murder! Murder! haud

aff me. Murder, my ribs are in. Murder! I’m killed—I’m speechless!” and

ither lamentations to that effect; so that a rush to the door took

place, in which everything was overturned—the doorkeeper being wheeled

away like wildfire; the furms strampit to pieces; the lights knockit

out; and the twa blind fiddlers dung head foremost ower the stage, the

bass fiddle cracking like thunder at every bruise. Siccan tearing and

swearing, and tumbling and squealing, was never witnessed in the memory

of man, since the building of Babel; legs being likely to be broken,

sides staved in, een knocked out, and lives lost; there being only one

door, and that a sma’ ane; so that, when we had been carried aff our

feet that length, my wind was fairly gane, and a sick dwalm cam ower me,

lights of a’ manner of colours, red, blue, green, and orange, dancing

before me, that entirely deprived me o’ my common sense, till on opening

my een in the dark, I fand myself leaning wi’ my braid side against the

wa’ on the opposite side of the close. It was some time before I mindit

what had happened; so, dreading scaith, I fand first the ae arm, and

then the ither, to see if they were broken—syne my head—and syne baith

o’ my legs; but a’ as weel as I could discover was skin-hale and

scart-free; on perceiving which, my joy was without bounds, having a

great notion that I had been killed on the spot. So I reached round my

hand very thankfully to tak out my pocket napkin, to gie my brow a wipe,

when, lo and behold, the tail of my Sunday’s coat was fairly aff an’

away—dockit by the hench buttons.

Sae muckle for plays and play-actors—the first and last, I trust in

grace, that I shall ever see. But indeed I could expect nae better,

after the warning that Maister Wiggie had mair than ance gien us frae

the puppit on the subject; sae, instead of getting my grand reward for

finding the auld man’s daughter, the hale covey o’ them, nae better than

a set of swindlers, took legbail, and made that very night a moonlight

flitting, and Johnny Hammer, honest man, that had wrought frae sunrise

to sunset, for twa days, fitting up their place by contract, instead of

being well paid for his trouble, as he deserved, got naething left him

but a rackle of his own gude deals, a’ dung to shivers.

JANE MALCOLM:

_A VILLAGE TALE_.

Every town in Scotland has its “character,” in the shape of some

bedlamite, innocent, or odd fish. There is something interesting about

these out-of-the-way beings. Everything they do is a kind of current

chapter of biography among their neighbours;—what they say is regarded

as the words of an oracle—more worthy of memory than the inquiries of

the laird or the advice of the parson. They are in a manner

immortalised.

Having, in the course of different summers, taken up a short residence

in some of the smaller borough towns and villages scattered through

Scotland, I took no small delight in observing the peculiarities of many

of those objects of compassion, and in tracing the source of that dismal

malady which laid prostrate the edifice of reason, and arrested the

harmonious mechanism of an organized mind. The task was sometimes of a

melancholy nature: I found histories—real histories—turning upon

incidents the most tragical, and only wonder they are so little known,

and meet with such slender sympathy. The crisis of a well-written

romance brings out more tears than were ever shed for the fall of man;

but never have I read of anything so pathetic as was developed in the

following sketch—a sketch which the pen of a Scott could do little to

adorn. The naked truth of the story is a series of catastrophes, a

parallel to which imagination seldom produces. It was told me by a

sister of the unfortunate female who figures so conspicuously in it.

Jane Malcolm was the daughter of a lint-mill proprietor in the small

town of K——n. Her father, being a wealthy man, held for a long time the

provostship of the place—a Scottish burgh. His family consisted of two

daughters and a son. Jane was the youngest of these, and her father’s

favourite. There was something about the girl extremely attractive; she

possessed all the advantages of personal beauty, combined with a

gentleness of disposition and quickness of understanding, that wrought

upon the affections of all she knew. At the manse she was peculiarly

beloved; the good old minister recognised in her the image of one he had

lost; the illusion strengthened as she grew up, and Jane Malcolm was as

much an inmate there as she was in the house of her father. A few years

saw her removed to Edinburgh, to finish an education imperfectly carried

on under the superintendence of a village governess. She returned

graceful and accomplished, to be looked up to by all her former

companions. But Jane was not proud;—her early friendships she disdained

to supplant by a feeling so unworthy—so unlike herself. Her over-bending

nature, indeed, was her fault: it brought the vulgar and undiscerning

mind into too much familiarity with her own. It became the cause of all

her misery.

Among those most intimate with her was one Margaret Innes, a young and

lively girl, but far below Jane’s rank in life. The daughter of an aged

fisherman, it was not uncommon for Jane to find her employed in offices

the most menial. For all this she loved her not the less. The affection

and humble virtues of Margaret amply repaid Jane for her condescension.

Mr Malcolm himself saw no harm in this growing friendship, marked, as it

was, with such a strong disparity of situation. But he overlooked the

circumstance that Margaret Innes had a brother, a handsome, fearless

lad. A sailor by profession, it is true he was seldom at home, but

though seldom, he was often enough for Jane to discover that his every

return brought with it a stronger impression in his favour. When very

young they were play-fellows together, and now when both were grown up,

she could not refuse a smile or a word, whenever, after a long voyage,

the light-hearted sailor returned to his native home. Sandy felt vain of

her notice, but by no means attempted more familiarity than was

consistent with his station. Without daring to love, he would have done

anything to serve Miss Malcolm, and his readiness was not unfrequently

put to the test.

Nothing Jane loved better than a short excursion upon the neighbouring

sea. The boat of the old fisherman was often in request for this

purpose, and he himself, accompanied by his daughter Margaret, made up

the party on these occasions. When Sandy was at home, he supplied the

place of his father, and his active and skilful hand directed many a

pleasant voyage—made more pleasant by a fund of amusing anecdotes and

adventures picked up in the course of his travels. One afternoon, on the

day after his return from the coast of Norway, this little group had

embarked to enjoy the delightful freshness of the sea-breeze, after a

noon of intolerable heat. Standing up to gaze at a flock of sea-birds,

collected for the purpose of devouring the small fry of the herring

which at that season visited the coast, Jane Malcolm accidentally fell

into the water. The boat receded rapidly from the spot, its sail being

filled by the wind. Immediately, however, Sandy Innes swam towards the

terrified girl. She clung to him for support. It was no easy matter to

reach the boat, carried along as it was by the breeze, and not till

Margaret had recovered from her first alarm, was she able, by turning

the helm, to give them the required assistance. They were soon safe.

This adventure called forth the liveliest feelings of gratitude on the

part of Jane Malcolm. She regarded the youthful sailor as her preserver,

and thought no recompense too liberal for the service he had rendered.

Imprudently she revealed to his sister the secret of her growing

attachment. Margaret was too generous all at once to give her brother

the advantage offered. She reasoned with Jane on the impropriety—the

unsuitableness of such a union as was hinted at; and, to render it

impracticable for the present, she induced Sandy to engage with a ship

bound for North America. Accordingly, he again left the country.

Miss Malcolm was not to be deterred. She upbraided Margaret for her want

of feeling; and, in short, took it so much to heart, that the poor girl,

on Sandy’s return, was, out of self-defence, obliged to communicate to

him the tidings she willingly would have hid. To be brief, they were

married without Mr Malcolm’s consent. This was a blow the old man never

got over; he died a few days after the ceremony. His only son had just

returned from England, a lieutenant in the army; alas! it was to lay in

the grave the remains of a heart-broken father. Enraged at the cause of

this melancholy blow, he vowed revenge against the innocent intruder

into his domestic peace. The feelings of his unhappy sister he thought

no sacrifice to win retaliation; the step she had already taken showed

them, in his eye, to be blunted and incapable of injury. To have

challenged one so much his inferior never entered into his mind; he

brooded over a purpose more dark and sanguinary, though less consistent

with his honour. His design was to have the husband of his sister

murdered, and he appears to have formed it without a moment’s

hesitation. Professing regard for his new brother-in-law, he pretended

to be reconciled to the unfortunate marriage, and even divided with him

and his other sister the patrimony of the deceased. This show of

friendship had the effect of producing a seeming intimacy between them.

Many a time they went out for a few hours upon fishing excursions,

without any discovery being made by Sandy Innes of the growing hostility

harboured by young Malcolm. One evening, however—the latter having, by

various excuses, delayed their return to shore till after sunset—as the

boat was lying quietly at anchor, about a mile from harbour, the

unsuspecting sailor leant over to recover an oar which Malcolm had

purposely dropped, when he found himself suddenly precipitated into the

sea. In attempting to regain the vessel, he was driven back, and

violently struck with the boat-hook, which his villanous brother-in-law

had seized, with the intent to put the finish to his murderous

treachery. In this, however, he was disappointed. Sandy Innes, with

strong presence of mind, caught hold of the instrument, managing, at the

same time, to overset the boat, and thus involve Malcolm in the same

fate with himself. Both had a hard struggle for life; but alas! without

success. Next morning the bodies of the two young men were discovered

lying upon the beach. They were carried into Jane’s habitation without

her knowledge—the unfortunate girl having gone out to a different part

of the shore in quest of the boat, which, she fancied, had, by the wish

of her brother, harboured all night at Inchkeith. When she returned, the

first object that met her eyes was the body of her own dear husband—a

cold corpse, with the long black hair hanging down over his once noble

brow, and the dark eyes wide open, as if fixed in death upon her and

heaven. A few days afterwards the young men were buried, side by

side,—for a fearful story was whispered of Malcolm’s guilt: how he was

seen by the crew of a boat that had landed, without notice, upon a

neighbouring rock, at the moment he attempted the atrocious deed. Their

assistance, though instantly offered, was too late, for both had gone

down ere they reached the spot.

After that sad catastrophe Jane was never herself. A fever carried away

her intellects, and left her mind in ruins. Though possessed of a

competency, it has never been used. The same weeds, though now reduced

to rags, still cover her in her long and sorrowful widowhood. The last

time I saw her, I saw a fearful picture—a beautiful female altered to a

revolting spectacle of squalidness and deformity. She was gathering the

shell-fish from among the brown layers of tangle, beyond the farthest

ebb of the tide. Now and then she broke the shells with her teeth,

muttering,—“We shall find him here—we shall find him here;” and then she

threw the shells round about her, with a sad sigh, as if her heart were

longing to break, but felt chained up in a lone and weary prison. As I

passed, I called to her—“Jane, this is a cold day, and you seem at cold

work.” “Ay! ay!” she replied, “and so are the worms! But did ye see him?

Bonny Sandy! If ye be gaun to the town, tell Meg Innes to come; for he’s

a wild laddie, and maybe she’ll ken whaur he’s hidden himsel!” Poor

creature, thought I, she will find rest in the grave!—_Edin. Lit. Jour._

BOWED JOSEPH:

_A LAST-CENTURY EDINBURGH “CHARACTER.”_

BY ROBERT CHAMBERS, LL.D.

The mobs of Edinburgh have ever been celebrated as among the fiercest in

Europe. The one which accomplished the death of Porteous, as narrated in

the tale of the Heart of Midlothian, was a most surprising instance of

popular vengeance, almost surpassing the bounds of belief; though it

must sink considerably in our admiration, when we reflect upon the power

and ferocity which at all periods have characterised the actions of this

monstrous and danger-fraught collective. The time has been, when, in the

words of the old song, “all Edinburgh” would “rise by thousands three,”

and present such a strength to the legal authorities, that all

opposition to their capricious will would be in vain. In the younger

days of many now living, even the boys of the High School, and of

Heriot’s Hospital, could erect themselves into a formidable body,

equally resistless and indomitable. It is a fact, ludicrous enough too,

that when the lads of these different schools were engaged in any of

those squabbles, formerly so frequent and fatal, between them, they

always showed a singular degree of political sagacity when assailed by

the town-guard, in immediately joining their strengths, and combining

against the common foe, when for the most part they succeeded in driving

them from the scene of action. When such was the power of boys and

striplings in this ill-protected city, and such the disorderliness of

holiday assemblies, there is little left for wonder at the ravages

committed by a mob formed of adults, actuated by violent feelings of

jealousy, bigotry, and revenge.

Of this uncontrollable omnipotence of the populace, the annals of

Edinburgh present many fearful records. At the various periods of the

Reformation and the Revolution, the Chapel of Roslin was destroyed by a

mob, whose purpose neither cooled nor evaporated during a walk of eight

miles. James the Sixth was besieged and threatened in his courts, and in

the midst of his Parliaments, by a rabble of mechanics, who, but for the

stout walls of the Tolbooth, might perhaps have taken his life. The fine

chapel of Holyrood-house was pillaged of not only its furniture and

other valuables, but also of the still more sacred bones which lay

within its precincts, by a mob which rose at the Revolution, and did

such deeds of violence and rapine as fanaticism and ignorance alone

could have excited. At the unfortunate issue of the Dover expedition, at

the execution of Captain Green, at the Union, and at many other events

of less importance, the populace of Edinburgh distinguished themselves

by insurrection and acts of outrage, such as have alone found parallels,

perhaps, in the various transactions of the French Revolution. Even so

late as 1812, there happened a foray of a most appalling nature; the

sports of an occasion of rejoicing were converted into scenes of

frightful riot, unexampled as they were unlooked for. The fatal

melancholy catastrophe of this event, had, however, the good effect of

quenching the spirit of licentiousness and blackguardism in the

Edinburgh youth, and finally undermined that system of unity and

promptitude in action and in council by which its mobs had so often

triumphed in their terrible resolutions.

In this fierce democracy, there once arose a mighty leader, who

contrived, by means of great boldness, sagacity, and other personal

merits, to subject the rabble to his will, and to elect himself dictator

of all its motives and exploits. The person who thus found means to

collect all the monstrous heads of the hydra within the grand grasp of

his command was a little decrepit being, about four feet high, almost

deprived of legs, and otherwise deformed. His name was Joseph Smith, or

more commonly, “Bowed Joseph.” He lived in Leith Wynd, and his trade as

a private citizen was a buff belt maker. This singular being—low,

miserable, and contemptible as he appeared—might be said to have had at

one time the complete command of the metropolis of Scotland. Whenever

any transaction took place in the Town Council which Joseph considered

to be of very improper tendency; whenever meal rose to whatever Joseph

considered to be an improper price; whenever anything occurred in the

city which did not accord with Joseph’s idea of right and wrong; in

short, “when they werna gude bairns,” this hero could, in the course of

an hour, collect a mob of ten thousand persons, all alike ready to

execute his commands, or to disperse at his bidding. For this purpose,

he is said to have employed a drum; and never surely had “fiery cross”

of the Highland chieftain such an effect upon the warlike devotion of

his clan, as “Bowed Joseph’s drum” had upon the _tinder_ spirits of the

Edinburgh rabble.

The “lazy corner” was a lazy corner no longer as he marched along—the

“town rats,” as they peeped forth like old cautious snails from their

Patmos in the High Street, drew in their horns and shut their door as he

approached—the West Bow ceased to clink as he descended. It seemed to be

their enthusiasm to obey him in every order—whether to sack a granary,

break the windows of an offensive magistrate, or to besiege the Town

Council in their chamber. With all this absolute dominion over the

affections and obedience of the mob, it is to be recorded to the honour

of Bowed Joseph, that however irregular the nature of his authority, he

never in any of his actions could be said to have transgressed the

bounds of propriety. With great natural sagacity, he possessed a clear

and quick-sighted faculty of judgment. And the real philanthropy of his

disposition was not less remarkable than his other singular qualities.

He was, in short, an advocate for “fair play,” as he called it, in

everything. Fair play alone was the object of his government, and

nothing else.

The following interesting story is handed down concerning Bowed Joseph,

which proves his strong love of justice, as well as the humanity of his

heart. A poor man in the Pleasance, from certain untoward circumstances,

found it impossible to pay his rent at Martinmas; and his hard-hearted

landlord, refusing a portion of the same with a forlorn promise of the

remainder being soon paid, sold off the whole effects of the tenant, and

threw him, with a family of six children, in the most miserable

condition upon the wide world. The unfortunate man, in a fit of despair,

immediately put an end to his existence, by which the family were only

rendered still more destitute. Bowed Joseph, however, did not long

remain ignorant of the case. As soon as the affair became generally

known throughout the city, he shouldered his drum, and after

half-an-hour’s beating through the streets, found himself followed by a

mob of ten thousand people. With this enormous army he marched to an

open space of ground, named in former times Thomson’s Park, where,

mounted on the shoulders of six of his lieutenant-generals, he harangued

them in the true “Cambyses vein,” concerning the flagrant and fatal

proceedings for the redress of which they were assembled. He concluded

by directing his men to seek the premises of the cruel landlord; and as

his house lay directly opposite the spot in the Pleasance, there was no

time lost in executing his orders. The mob entered, and seized upon

every article of furniture that could be found, and in ten minutes the

whole was packed in the park. Joseph set fire to the pile with his own

hands, though the magistrates stood by with a guard of soldiers, and

entreated him to desist. The eight-day clock is said to have struck

twelve just as it was consigned to the flames.

When such was the strength and organisation of an Edinburgh mob so late

as the year 1780, we need scarcely be surprised at the instance on which

the tale of the Heart of Midlothian is founded, happening, as it did, at

a much earlier period, and when the people were prompted to their

terrible purpose by the sternest feelings of personal revenge.

In the exercise of his perilous office, it does not appear that Bowed

Joseph ever drew down the vengeance of the more lawfully constituted

authorities of the land. He was, on the contrary, in some degree

countenanced by the magistrates of the city, who frequently sent for him

to the Council Chamber, in cases of emergency, to consult him on the

best means to be adopted for appeasing and dispersing the mob.

On an occasion of this moment, he was accustomed to look very large and

consequential. With one hand carelessly applied to his side, and the

other banged resolutely down upon the table, and with as much majesty as

four feet of stature, and a beard of as many weeks old, could assume,

and with as much turbulence in his fiery little eye, as if he was

himself a mob, he would stand before them pleading the cause of his

compeers, or directing the trembling Council to the most expeditious

method of assuaging their fury. The dismissal of a mob, on these

occasions, was usually accomplished at the expense of a few hogsheads of

ale, broached on the Calton Hill, and by the subsequent order of their

decrepit general, expressed in the simple words, “Disperse, my lads.”

Having for many years exercised an unlimited dominion over the

affections of the rabble, Bowed Joseph met his death at last in a manner

most unworthy of his character and great reputation. He fell from the

top of a Leith coach in a state of intoxication, and broke his neck,

which caused instantaneous death. He had been at the Leith races, and

was on his return to Edinburgh when the accident took place; and his

skeleton has the honour of being preserved in the anatomical class-room

of the College of Edinburgh.

An Edinburgh mob, although it may supply excellent subjects for tales,

in all its characteristic fierceness and insubordination, is now a

matter of mere antiquity. In the present day, the working classes of

Edinburgh, from whom it may be supposed the principal materials of the

mobs used to be drafted, are in the highest degree orderly, both in

private conduct, and in their public appearances in bodies. The printing

press, the schoolmaster, and that general improvement of manners which

now prevails, have entirely altered the character of the populace, and

any mischief now committed through the public uproar is seen to arise

not from the adult, but the juvenile and neglected portion of the

community.

THE LAIRD OF WINEHOLM.

BY JAMES HOGG, THE “ETTRICK SHEPHERD.”

“Have you heard anything of the apparition which has been seen about

Wineholm-place?” said the dominie.

“Na, I never heard o’ sic a thing, as yet,” quoth the smith; “but I

wadna wonder muckle that the news should turn out to be true.”

The dominie shook his head, and muttered, “h’m—h’m—h’m,” as if he knew

more than he was at liberty to tell.

“Weel, that beats the world,” said the smith, as he gave up blowing the

bellows, and looked over the spectacles at the dominie’s face.

The dominie shook his head again.

The smith was now in the most ticklish quandary; eager to learn

particulars, and spread the astounding news through the whole village,

and the rest of the parish to boot, but yet afraid to press the inquiry,

for fear the cautious dominie should take the alarm of being reported as

a tattler, and keep all to himself. So the smith, after waiting till the

windpipe of the great bellows ceased its rushing noise, and he had

covered the gloss neatly up with a mixture of small coals, culm, and

cinders; and then, perceiving that nothing more was forthcoming from the

dominie, he began blowing again with more energy than before—changed his

hand—put the other sooty one into his breeches-pocket—leaned to the

horn—looked in a careless manner towards the window, or rather gazed on

vacancy, and always now and then stole a sly look at the dominie’s face.

It was quite immovable. His cheek was leaned upon his open hand, and his

eyes fixed on the glowing fire.

It was very teasing for poor Clinkum, the smith. But what could he do?

He took out his glowing iron, and made a shower of fire sweep through

the whole smithy, whereof a good part, as intended, sputtered upon the

dominie, but he only shielded his face with his elbow, turned his

shoulder half round and held his peace. Thump—thump! clink—clink! went

the hammer for a space; and then, when the iron was returned to the

fire, “Weel, that beats the world!” quoth the smith.

“What is this that beats the world, Mr Clinkum?” said the dominie, with

the most cool and provoking indifference.

“This story about the apparition,” quoth the smith.

“What story?” said the dominie.

Now, really this insolence was hardly to be borne, even from the learned

dominie, who, with all his cold indifference of feeling, was sitting

toasting himself at a good smithy fire. The smith felt this, for he was

a man of acute feeling, and therefore he spit upon his hand and fell

a-clinking and pelting at the stithy with both spirit and resignation,

saying within himself, “These dominie bodies just beat the world!”

“What story?” reiterated the dominie. “For my part I related no story,

nor have ever given assent to a belief in such story that any man has

heard. Nevertheless, from the results of ratiocination, conclusions may

be formed, though not algebraically, yet corporately by constituting a

quantity, which shall be equivalent to the difference, subtracting the

less from the greater, and striking a balance in order to get rid of any

ambiguity or paradox.”

At the long adverb, _nevertheless_, the smith gave over blowing, and

pricked up his ears, but the definition went beyond his comprehension.

“Ye ken that just beats the whole world for deepness,” said the smith,

and again began blowing the bellows.

“You know, Mr Clinkum,” continued the dominie, “that a proposition is an

assertion of some distinct truth, which only becomes manifest by

demonstration. A corollary is an obvious, or easily inferred consequence

_of_ a proposition; while a hypothesis is a _sup_position, or concession

made, during the process of demonstration. Now, do you take me along

with you? Because, if you do not, it is needless to proceed.”

“Yes, yes, I understand you middling weel; but I wad like better to hear

what other folks say about it than you.”

“And why so? Wherefore would you rather hear another man’s demonstration

than mine?” said the dominie, sternly.

“Because, ye ken, ye just beat the world for words,” quoth the smith.

“Ay, ay! that is to say, words without wisdom,” said the dominie, rising

and stepping away. “Well, well, every man to his sphere, and the smith

to his bellows.”

“Ye’re quite wrang, maister,” cried the smith after him. “It isna the

_want_ o’ wisdom in you that plagues me; it is the owerplush o’t.”

This soothed the dominie, who returned, and said mildly,—

“By-the-by, Clinkum, I want a leister of your making, for I see no other

tradesman makes them so well. A five-grained one make it; at your own

price.”

“Very weel, sir. When will you be needing it?”

“Not till the end of the close time.”

“Ay, ye may gar the three auld anes do till then.”

“What do you wish to insinuate, sir? Would you infer, because I have

three leisters, that therefore I am a breaker of the laws? That I, who

am placed here as a pattern and monitor of the young and rising

generation, should be the first to set them an example of

insubordination?”

“Ye ken, that just beats a’ in words; but we ken what we ken, for a’

that, maister.”

“You had better take a little care what you say, Mr Clinkum; just a

_little_ care. I do not request you to take particular care, for of that

your tongue is incapable, but a very little is a correlative of

consequences. And mark you—don’t go to say that I said this or that

about a ghost, or mentioned such a ridiculous story.”

“The crabbitness o’ that body beats the world!” said the smith to

himself, as the dominie went halting homeward.

The very next man who entered the smithy door was no other than John

Broadcast, the new laird’s hind, who had also been hind to the late

laird for many years, and who had no sooner said his errand, than the

smith addressed him thus:—

“Have _you_ ever seen this ghost that there is such a noise about?”

“Ghost? Na, goodness be thankit! I never saw a ghost in my life, save

ance a wraith. What ghost do you mean?”

“So you never saw nor heard tell of any apparition about Wineholm-place,

lately?”

“No, I hae reason to be thankfu’ I have not.”

“Weel, that beats the world! Wow, man, but ye are sair in the dark! Do

you no think there are siccan things in nature, as folk no coming fairly

to their ends, John?”

“Goodness be wi’ us! Ye gar a’ the hairs o’ my head creep, man. What’s

that you’re saying?”

“Had ye never ony suspicions o’ that kind, John?”

“No; I canna say that I had.”

“None in the least? Weel, that beats the world!”

“O, haud your tongue—haud your tongue! We hae great reason to be

thankfu’ that we are as we are!”

“How as you are?”

“That we are nae stocks or stanes, or brute beasts, as the minister o’

Traquair says. But I hope in God there is nae siccan a thing about my

master’s place as an unearthly visitor.”

The smith shook his head, and uttered a long hem! hem! hem! He had felt

the powerful effect of that himself, and wished to make the same appeal

to the feelings and longings after information of John Broadcast. The

bait took; for the latent spark of superstition was kindled in the heart

of honest John, and there being no wit in the head to counteract it, the

portentous hint had its full sway. John’s eyes stelled in his head, and

his visage grew long, assuming meanwhile something of the hue of dried

clay in winter.

“Hech, man! but that’s an awsome story,” exclaimed he. “Folks hae great

reason to be thankfu’ that they are as they are. It is truly an awsome

story.”

“Ye ken, it just beats the world for that,” rejoined the smith.

“And is it really thought that this laird made away wi’ our auld

maister?” said John.

The smith shook his head again, and gave a straight wink with his eyes.

“Weel, I hae great reason to be thankfu’ that I never heard siccan a

story as that!” said John. “Wha was it tauld you a’ about it?”

“It was nae less a man than our mathewmatical dominie,” said the smith,

“he that kens a’ things, and can prove a proposition to the nineteenth

part of a hair. But he is terrified lest the tale should spread; and

therefore ye maunna say a word about it.”

“Na, na; I hae great reason to be thankfu’ I can keep a secret as weel

as the maist part of men, and better than the maist part of women. What

did he say? Tell us a’ that he said.”

“It is not so easy to repeat what he says, for he has sae mony

lang-nebbit words. But he said, though it was only a supposition, yet it

was easily made manifest by positive demonstration.”

“Did you ever hear the like o’ that? Now, have we no reason to be

thankfu’ that we are as we are? Did he say it was by poison that he was

taken off, or that he was strangled?”

“Na; I thought he said it was by a collar, or collary, or something to

that purpose.”

“Then it wad appear there is no doubt of the horrid transaction? I think

the doctor has reason to be thankfu’ that he’s no taken up. Is no that

strange?”

“O, ye ken, it just beats the world.”

“He deserves to be torn at young horses’ tails,” said the ploughman.

“Ay, or nippit to death with red-hot pinchers,” quoth the smith.

“Or harrowed to death, like the children of Ammon,” said the ploughman.

“Na, I’ll tell you what should be done wi’ him—he should just be docked,

and fired like a farcied horse,” quoth the smith. “’Od help ye, man, I

could beat the world for laying on a proper punishment!”

John Broadcast went home full of terror and dismay. He told his wife the

story in a secret—she told the dairymaid with a tenfold degree of

secrecy; and as Dr Davington, or the New Laird, as he was called,

sometimes kissed the pretty dairymaid for amusement, it gave her a great

deal of freedom with her master, so she went straight and told him the

whole story to his face. He was unusually affected at hearing such a

terrible accusation against himself, and changed colour again and again;

and as pretty Martha, the dairymaid, supposed it was from anger, she

fell to abusing the dominie without mercy—for he was session-clerk, and

had been giving her some hints about her morality of which she did not

approve. She therefore threw the whole blame upon him, assuring her

master that he was the most spiteful and malicious man on the face of

the earth; “and to show you that, sir”, added Martha, wiping her eyes,

“he has spread it through the hale parish that you and I baith deserve

to sit wi’ the sacking-gown on us.”

This enraged the doctor still farther, and he forthwith dispatched

Martha to desire the dominie to come up to the Place to speak with her

master, as he had something to say to him. Martha went, and delivered

her message in so insulting a manner, that the dominie suspected there

was bad blood a-brewing against him; and as he had too much

self-importance to think of succumbing to any man alive, he sent an

impertinent answer to the laird’s message, bearing that if Dr Davington

had any business with him, he would be so good as attend at his

class-room when he dismissed his scholars. And then he added, waving his

hand towards the door, “Go out. There is contamination in your presence.

What hath such a vulgar fraction ado to come into the halls of

uprightness and science?”

When this message was delivered, the doctor, being almost beside himself

with rage, instantly dispatched two village constables with a warrant to

seize the dominie, and bring him before him, for the doctor was a

justice of the peace. Accordingly, the poor dominie was seized at the

head of his pupils, and dragged away, crutch and all, up before the new

laird, to answer for such an abominable slander. The dominie denied

everything anent it, as indeed he might, save having asked the smith the

simple question, “if he had heard aught of a ghost at the Place?” But he

refused to tell _why_ he had asked that question. He had his own reasons

for it, he said, and reasons that to him were quite sufficient; but as

he was not obliged to disclose them, neither would he.

The smith was then sent for, who declared that the dominie had told him

of the ghost being seen, and a murder committed, which he called a _rash

assassination_, and said it was obvious and easily inferred that it was

done by a collar.

How the dominie did storm! He even twice threatened to knock down the

smith with his crutch; not for the slander,—he cared not for that nor

the doctor a pin, but for the total subversion of his grand illustration

from geometry; and he, therefore, denominated the smith’s head _the

logarithm to number one_, a reproach of which I do not understand the

gist, but the appropriation of it pleased the dominie exceedingly, made

him chuckle, and put him in better humour for a good while. It was in

vain that he tried to prove that his words applied only to the

definition of a problem in geometry,—he could not make himself

understood; and the smith maintaining his point firmly, and apparently

with conscientious truth, appearances were greatly against the dominie,

and the doctor pronounced him a malevolent and dangerous person.

“O, ye ken, he just beats the world for that,” quoth the smith.

“I a malevolent and dangerous person, sir!” said the dominie, fiercely,

and altering his crutch from one place to another of the floor, as if he

could not get a place to set it on. “Dost thou call me a malevolent and

dangerous person, sir? what, then, art thou? If thou knowest not, I will

tell thee. Add a cipher to a ninth figure, and what does that make?

Ninety you will say. Ay, but then put a cipher _above_ a nine, and what

does that make? Ha—ha—ha—I have you there! Your case exactly in higher

geometry! For say the chord of sixty degrees is radius, then the sine of

ninety degrees is equal to the radius, so the secant of 0 (that is

nihil-nothing, as the boys call it), is radius, and so is the co-sine of

0. The versed sine of ninety degrees is radius (that is nine with a

cipher added, you know), and the versed sine of 180 degrees is the

diameter; then, of course, the sine increases from nought (that is,

cipher or nothing) till it becomes radius, and then it decreases till it

becomes nothing. After this you note it lies on the _contrary_ side of

the diameter, and consequently, if positive before, is negative now; so

that it must end in 0, or a cipher above a nine at most.”

“This unintelligible jargon is out of place here, Mr Dominie; and if you

can show no better reasons for raising such an abominable falsehood, in

representing me as an incendiary and murderer, I shall procure you a

lodging in the house of correction.”

“Why, sir, the long and the short of the matter is this:—I only asked at

that fellow there—that logarithm of stupidity—if he had heard aught of a

ghost having been seen about Wineholm Place. I added nothing farther,

either positive or negative. Now, do you insist on my reasons for asking

such a question?”

“I insist on having them.”

“Then what will you say, sir, when I inform you, and declare my

readiness to depone to the truth of it, that I saw the ghost myself?

Yes, sir, that I saw the ghost of your late worthy father-in-law myself,

sir; and though I said no such thing to that decimal fraction, yet it

told me, sir,—yes, the spirit of your father-in-law told me, sir, that

you are a murderer.”

“Lord, now, what think ye o’ that?” quoth the smith. “Ye had better hae

letten him alane; for, ’od, ye ken, he’s the deevil of a body as ever

was made. He just beats the world!”

The doctor grew as pale as death, but whether from fear or rage, it was

hard to say.

“Why, sir,” said he, “you are mad! stark, raving mad; therefore, for

your own credit, and for the peace and comfort of my wife and myself,

and our credit among our retainers, you must unsay every word that you

have now said.”

“I’ll just as soon say that the parabola and the ellipsis are the same,”

said the dominie; “or that the diameter is not the longest line that can

be drawn in the circle. And now, sir, since you have forced me to

divulge what I was much in doubt about, I have a great mind to have the

old laird’s grave opened to-night, and have the body inspected before

witnesses.”

“If you dare disturb the sanctuary of the grave,” said the doctor

vehemently, “or with your unhallowed hands touch the remains of my

venerable and revered predecessor, it had been better for you, and all

who make the attempt, that you never had been born. If not then for my

sake, for the sake of my wife, the sole daughter of the man to whom you

have all been obliged, let this abominable and malicious calumny go no

farther, but put it down; I pray of you to put it down, as you would

value your own advantage.”

“I have seen him, and spoke with him—that I aver,” said the dominie.

“And shall I tell you what he said to me?”

“No, no! I’ll hear no more of such absolute and disgusting nonsense,”

said the doctor.

“Then, since it hath come to this, I will declare it in the face of the

whole world, and pursue it to the last,” said the dominie, “ridiculous

as it is, and I confess that it is even so. I have seen your

father-in-law within the last twenty-four hours; at least a being in his

form and habiliments, and having his aspect and voice. And he told me

that he believed you were a very great scoundrel, and that you had

helped him off the stage of time in a great haste, for fear of the

operation of a will, which he had just executed, very much to your

prejudice. I was somewhat aghast, but ventured to remark, that he must

surely have been sensible whether you murdered him or not, and in what

way. He replied that he was not very certain, for at the time you put

him down, he was much in his customary way of nights—very drunk; but

that he greatly suspected you had hanged him, for ever since he had

died, he had been troubled with a severe crick in his neck. Having seen

my late worthy patron’s body deposited in the coffin, and afterwards

consigned to the grave, these things overcame me, and a kind of mist

came over my senses; but I heard him saying as he withdrew, what a pity

it was that my nerves could not stand this disclosure! Now, for my own

satisfaction, I am resolved that, to-morrow, I shall raise the village,

with the two ministers at the head of the multitude, and have the body,

and particularly the neck of the deceased, minutely inspected.”

“If you do so, I shall make one of the number,” said the doctor. “But I

am resolved that, in the first place, every means shall be tried to

prevent a scene of madness and absurdity so disgraceful to a

well-regulated village and a sober community.”

“There is but one direct line that can be followed, and any other would

either form an acute or obtuse angle,” said the dominie; “therefore I am

resolved to proceed right forward, on mathematical principles;” and away

he went, skipping on his crutch, to arouse the villagers to the

scrutiny.

The smith remained behind, concerting with the doctor how to controvert

the dominie’s profound scheme of unshrouding the dead; and certainly the

smith’s plan, viewed professionally, was not amiss—

“O, ye ken, sir, we maun just gie him another heat, and try to saften

him to reason, for he’s just as stubborn as Muirkirk airn. He beats the

world for that.”

While the two were in confabulation, Johnston, the old house servant,

came in, and said to the doctor—

“Sir, your servants are going to leave the house, every one, this night,

if you cannot fall on some means to divert them from it. The old laird

is, it seems, risen again, and come back among them, and they are all in

the utmost consternation. Indeed, they are quite out of their reason. He

appeared in the stable to Broadcast, who has been these two hours dead

with terror, but is now recovered, and telling such a tale downstairs as

never was heard from the mouth of man.”

“Send him up here,” said the doctor. “I will silence him. What does the

ignorant clown mean by joining in this unnatural clamour?”

John came up, with his broad bonnet in his hand, shut the door with

hesitation, and then felt thrice with his hand if it was really shut.

“Well, John,” said the doctor, “what absurd lie is this that you are

vending among your fellow-servants, of having seen a ghost?”

John picked some odds and ends of threads out of his bonnet, and said

nothing.

“You are an old superstitious dreaming dotard,” continued the doctor;

“but if you propose in future to manufacture such stories, you must,

from this instant, do it somewhere else than in my service, and among my

domestics. What have you to say for yourself?”

“Indeed, sir, I hae naething to say but this, that we hae a’ muckle

reason to be thankfu’ that we are as we are.”

“And whereon does that wise saw bear? What relation has that to the

seeing of a ghost? Confess then, this instant, that you have forged and

vended a deliberate lie.”

“Indeed, sir, I hae muckle reason to be thankfu’—”

“For what?”

“That I never tauld a deliberate lie in my life. My late master came and

spoke to me in the stable; but whether it was his ghaist or himself—a

good angel or a bad ane—I hae reason to be thankfu’ I never said; for I

_do—not—ken_.”

“Now, pray let us hear from that sage tongue of yours, so full of

sublime adages, what this doubtful being said to you?”

“I wad rather be excused, an’ it were your honour’s will, and wad hae

reason to be thankfu’.”

“And why should you decline telling this?”

“Because I ken ye wadna believe a word o’t, it is siccan a strange

story. O, sirs, but folks hae muckle reason to be thankful that they are

as they are!”

“Well, out with this strange story of yours. I do not promise to credit

it, but shall give it a patient hearing, providing you swear that there

is no forgery in it.”

“Weel, as I was suppering the horses the night, I was dressing my late

kind master’s favourite mare, and I was just thinking to mysel, an’ he

had been leeving, I wadna hae been my lane the night, for he wad hae

been standing ower me, cracking his jokes, and swearing at me in his

good-natured hamely way. Ay, but he’s gane to his lang account, thinks

I, and we puir frail dying creatures that are left ahint, hae muckle

reason to be thankfu’ that we are as we are; when I looks up, and behold

there’s my auld master standing leaning against the trivage as he used

to do, and looking at me. I canna but say my heart was a little

astoundit, and maybe lap up through my midriff into my breath-bellows—I

couldna say; but in the strength o’ the Lord I was enabled to retain my

senses for a good while. ‘John Broadcast,’ said he, with a deep angry

tone,—‘John Broadcast, what the d—l are you thinking about? You are not

currying that mare half. What lubberly way of dressing a horse is that?’

“‘Lord make us thankfu’, master,’ says I; ‘are you there?’

“‘Where else would you have me be at this hour of the night, old

blockhead?’ says he.

“‘In another hame than this, master,’ says I; ‘but I fear it is nae good

ane, that ye are sae soon tired o’t.’

“‘A d—d bad one, I assure you,’ says he.

“‘Ay, but master,’ says I, ‘ye hae muckle reason to be thankfu’ that ye

are as ye are.’

“‘In what respect, dotard?’ says he.

“‘That ye hae liberty to come out o’t a start now and then to get the

air,’ says I; and oh, my heart was sair for him when I thought o’ his

state! And though I was thankfu’ that I was as I was, my heart and flesh

began to fail me, at thinking of my speaking face to face wi’ a being

frae the unhappy place. But out he breaks again wi’ a great round o’

swearing, about the mare being ill-keepit; and he ordered me to cast my

coat and curry her weel, for he had a lang journey to take on her the

morn.

“‘You take a journey on her!’ says I; ‘I doubt my new master will

dispute that privilege wi’ you, for he rides her himsel the morn.’

“‘He ride her!’ cried the angry spirit; and then he burst out into a

lang string of imprecations, fearsome to hear, against you, sir; and

then added, ‘Soon, soon, shall he be levelled with the dust!—the dog!

the parricide! First to betray my child, and then to put down myself!

But he shall not escape—he shall not escape!’ he cried with such a

hellish growl that I fainted, and heard no more.”

“Weel, that beats the world,” exclaimed the smith. “I wad hae thought

the mare wad hae luppen ower yird and stane, or fa’en down dead wi’

fright.”

“Na, na,” said John, “in place o’ that, whenever she heard him fa’ a

swearing, she was sae glad that she fell a nichering.”

“Na, but that beats the hale world a’ thegither!” quoth the smith. “Then

it has been nae ghaist ava, ye may depend on that.”

“I little wat what it was,” replied John, “but it was a being in nae

gude or happy state o’ mind, and is a warning to us how muckle reason we

hae to be thankfu’ that we are as we are.”

The doctor pretended to laugh at the absurdity of John’s narration, but

it was with a ghastly and doubtful expression of countenance, as though

he thought the story far too ridiculous for any clodpoll to have

contrived out of his own head; and forthwith he dismissed the two

dealers in the marvellous, with very little ceremony, the one protesting

that the thing beat the world, and the other that they had both reason

to be thankful that they were as they were.

Next morning the villagers, small and great, were assembled at an early

hour to witness the lifting of the body of the late laird, and, headed

by the established and dissenting clergymen, and two surgeons, they

proceeded to the tomb, and soon extracted the splendid coffin, which

they opened with all due caution and ceremony. But instead of the

murdered body of their late benefactor, which they expected in good

earnest to find, there was nothing in the coffin but a layer of gravel,

of about the weight of a corpulent man.

The clamour against the new laird then rose all at once into a tumult

that it was impossible to check, every one declaring that he had not

only murdered their benefactor, but, for fear of discovery, had raised

the body, and given, or rather sold it, for dissection. The thing was

not to be tolerated; so the mob proceeded in a body to Wineholm Place,

to take out their poor deluded lady, and burn the doctor and his basely

acquired habitation to ashes. It was not till the multitude had

surrounded the house that the ministers and two or three other gentlemen

could stay them, which they only did by assuring the mob that they would

bring out the doctor before their eyes, and deliver him up to justice.

This pacified the throng; but on inquiry at the hall, it was found that

the doctor had gone off early that morning, so that nothing further

could be done for the present. But the coffin, filled with gravel, was

laid up in the aisle, and kept open for inspection.

Nothing could now exceed the consternation of the simple villagers of

Wineholm at these dark and mysterious events. Business, labour, and

employment of every sort, were at a stand, and the people hurried about

to one another’s houses, and mingled their conjectures together in one

heterogeneous mass. The smith put his hand to his bellows, but forgot to

blow till the fire went out; the weaver leaned on his loom, and listened

to the legend of the ghastly tailor. The team stood in mid-furrow, and

the thrasher agape over his flail; and even the dominie was heard to

declare that the geometrical series of events was increasing by no

_common_ ratio, and therefore ought to be calculated rather

arithmetically than by logarithms; and John Broadcast saw more and more

reason for being thankfu’ that he was as he was, and neither a stock,

nor a stone, nor a brute beast.

Every new thing that happened was more extraordinary than the last; and

the most puzzling of all was the circumstance of the late laird’s mare,

saddle, bridle, and all, being off before daylight next morning; so that

Dr Davington was obliged to have recourse to his own, on which he was

seen posting away on the road towards Edinburgh. It was thus but too

obvious that the late laird had ridden off on his favourite mare,—but

whither, none of the sages of Wineholm could divine. But their souls

grew chill as an iceberg, and their very frames rigid, at the thought of

a spirit riding away on a brute beast to the place appointed for wicked

men. And had not John Broadcast reason to be thankfu’ that he was as he

was?

However, the outcry of the community became so outrageous of murder and

foul play, in so many ways, that the officers of justice were compelled

to take note of it; and accordingly the sheriff-substitute, the

sheriff-clerk, the fiscal, and two assistants, came in two chaises to

Wineholm to take a precognition; and there a court was held which lasted

the whole day, at which Mrs Davington, the late laird’s only daughter,

all the servants, and a great number of the villagers, were examined on

oath. It appeared from the evidence that Dr Davington had come to the

village and set up as a surgeon; that he had used every endeavour to be

employed in the laird’s family in vain, as the latter detested him; that

he, however, found means of inducing his only daughter to elope with

him, which put the laird quite beside himself, and from thenceforward he

became drowned in dissipation; that such, however, was his affection for

his daughter, that he caused her to live with him, but would never

suffer the doctor to enter his door; that it was, nevertheless, quite

customary for the doctor to be sent for to his lady’s chamber,

particularly when her father was in his cups; and that on a certain

night, when the laird had had company, and was so overcome that he could

not rise from his chair, he had died suddenly of apoplexy; and that no

other skill was sent for, or near him, but this his detested son-in-law,

whom he had by will disinherited, though the legal term for rendering

that will competent had not expired. The body was coffined the second

day after death, and locked up in a low room in one of the wings of the

building; and nothing farther could be elicited. The doctor was missing,

and it was whispered that he had absconded; indeed it was evident, and

the sheriff acknowledged that, according to the evidence taken, the

matter had a very suspicious aspect, although there was no direct proof

against the doctor. It was proved that he had attempted to bleed the

patient, but had not succeeded, and that at that time the old laird was

black in the face.

When it began to wear nigh night, and nothing further could be learned,

the sheriff-clerk, a quiet considerate gentleman, asked why they had not

examined the wright who had made the coffin, and also placed the body in

it. The thing had not been thought of; but he was found in court, and

instantly put into the witness-box, and examined on oath. His name was

James Sanderson, a little, stout-made, shrewd-looking man, with a very

peculiar squint. He was examined thus by the procurator-fiscal:—

“Were you long acquainted with the late Laird of Wineholm, James?”

“Yes, ever since I left my apprenticeship; for, I suppose, about

nineteen years.”

“Was he very much given to drinking of late?”

“I could not say; he took his glass geyan heartily.”

“Did you ever drink with him.”

“O yes, mony a time.”

“You must have seen him very drunk, then? Did you ever see him so drunk,

for instance, that he could not rise?”

“Never; for long afore that, I could not have kenned whether he was

sitting or standing.”

“Were you present at the corpse-chesting?”

“Yes, I was.”

“And were you certain the body was then deposited in the coffin?”

“Yes; quite certain.”

“Did you screw down the coffin lid firmly then, as you do others of the

same make?”

“No, I did not.”

“What were your reasons for that?”

“They were no reasons of mine; I did what I was ordered. There were

private reasons, which I then wist not of. But, gentlemen, there are

some things connected with this affair, which I am bound in honour not

to reveal. I hope you will not compel me to divulge them at present.”

“You are bound by a solemn oath, James, the highest of all obligations;

and, for the sake of justice, you must tell everything you know; and it

would be better if you would just tell your tale straightforward,

without the interruption of question and answer.”

“Well, then, since it must be so:—That day, at the chesting, the doctor

took me aside and said to me, ‘James Sanderson, it will be necessary

that something be put into the coffin to prevent any unpleasant odour

before the funeral; for owing to the corpulence, and the inflamed state

of the body by apoplexy, there will be great danger of this.’

“‘Very well, sir,’ says I; ‘what shall I bring?’

“‘You had better only screw down the lid lightly at present, then,’ said

he; ‘and if you could bring a bucketful of quicklime a little while

hence, and pour it over the body, especially over the face, it is a very

good thing, an excellent thing, for preventing any deleterious effluvia

from escaping.’

“‘Very well, sir,’ said I; and so I followed his directions. I procured

the lime; and as I was to come privately in the evening to deposit it in

the coffin, in company with the doctor alone, I was putting off the time

in my workshop, polishing some trifle, and thinking to myself that I

could not find in my heart to choke up my old friend with quicklime,

even after he was dead, when, to my unspeakable horror, who should enter

my workshop but the identical laird himself, dressed in his dead-clothes

in the very same manner in which I had seen him laid in the coffin, but

apparently all streaming in blood to the feet. I fell back over against

a cart-wheel, and was going to call out, but could not; and as he stood

straight in the door, there was no means of escape. At length the

apparition spoke to me in a hoarse trembling voice, and it said to me,

‘Jamie Sanderson! O, Jamie Sanderson! I have been forced to appear to

you in a d—d frightful guise!’ These were the very first words it spoke,

and they were far from being a lie; but I halfflins thought to mysel

that a being in such circumstances might have spoken with a little more

caution and decency. I could make no answer, for my tongue refused all

attempts at articulation, and my lips would not come together; and all

that I could do was to lie back against my new cart-wheel, and hold up

my hands as a kind of defence. The ghastly and blood-stained apparition,

advancing a step or two, held up both its hands, flying with dead

ruffles, and cried to me in a still more frightful voice, ‘Oh, my

faithful old friend, I have been murdered! I am a murdered man, Jamie

Sanderson! And if you do not assist me in bringing upon the wretch due

retribution, dire will be your punishment in the other world.’

“This is sheer raving, James,” said the sheriff, interrupting him.

“These words can be nothing but the ravings of a disturbed and heated

imagination. I entreat you to recollect that you have appealed to the

Great Judge of heaven and earth for the truth of what you assert here,

and to answer accordingly.”

“I know what I am saying, my Lord Sheriff,” said Sanderson; “and I am

telling naething but the plain truth, as nearly as my state of mind at

the time permits me to recollect. The appalling figure approached still

nearer and nearer to me, breathing threatenings if I would not rise and

fly to his assistance, and swearing like a sergeant of dragoons at both

the doctor and myself. At length it came so close to me that I had no

other shift but to hold up both feet and hands to shield me, as I had

seen herons do when knocked down by a goshawk, and I cried out; but even

my voice failed, so that I only cried like one through his sleep.”

“‘What the d—l are you lying gaping and braying at there?’ said he,

seizing me by the wrist and dragging me after him. ‘Do you not see the

plight I am in, and why won’t you fly to succour me?’

“I now felt, to my great relief, that this terrific apparition was a

being of flesh, blood, and bones like myself;—that, in short, it was

indeed my kind old friend the laird popped out of his open coffin, and

come over to pay me an evening visit, but certainly in such a guise as

earthly visit was never paid. I soon gathered up my scattered senses,

took my old friend into my room, bathed him all over, and washed him

well with lukewarm water; then put him into a warm bed, gave him a glass

or two of hot punch, and he came round amazingly. He caused me to survey

his neck a hundred times, I am sure; and I had no doubt he had been

strangled, for there was a purple ring round it, which in some places

was black, and a little swollen; his voice creaked like a door-hinge,

and his features were still distorted. He swore terribly at both the

doctor and myself; but nothing put him half so mad as the idea of the

quicklime being poured over him, and particularly over his face. I am

mistaken if that experiment does not serve him for a theme of execration

as long as he lives.”

“So he is alive, then, you say?” asked the fiscal.

“O yes, sir, alive, and tolerably well, considering. We two have had

several bottles together in my quiet room; for I have still kept him

concealed, to see what the doctor would do next. He is in terror for

him, somehow, until sixty days be over from some date that he talks of,

and seems assured that the dog will have his life by hook or crook,

unless he can bring him to the gallows betimes, and he is absent on that

business to-day. One night lately, when fully half seas over, he set off

to the schoolhouse, and frightened the dominie; and last night he went

up to the stable, and gave old Broadcast a hearing for not keeping his

mare well enough.

“It appears that some shaking motion in the coffining of the laird had

brought him back to himself, after bleeding abundantly both at mouth and

nose; that he was on his feet ere he knew how he had been disposed of,

and was quite shocked at seeing the open coffin on the bed, and himself

dressed in his grave-clothes, and all in one bath of blood. He flew to

the door, but it was locked outside; he rapped furiously for something

to drink, but the room was far removed from any inhabited part of the

house, and none regarded; so he had nothing for it but to open the

window, and come through the garden and the back lane leading to my

workshop. And as I had got orders to bring a bucketful of quicklime, I

went over in the forenight with a bucketful of heavy gravel, as much as

I could carry, and a little white lime sprinkled on the top of it; and

being let in by the doctor, I deposited it in the coffin, screwed down

the lid, and left it. The funeral followed in due course, the whole of

which the laird viewed from my window, and gave the doctor a hearty

day’s cursing for daring to support his head and lay it in the grave.

And this, gentlemen, is the substance of what I know concerning this

enormous deed, which is, I think, quite sufficient. The laird bound me

to secrecy until such time as he could bring matters to a proper bearing

for securing the doctor; but as you have forced it from me, you must

stand my surety, and answer the charges against me.”

The laird arrived that night with proper authority, and a number of

officers, to have the doctor, his son-in-law, taken into custody; but

the bird had flown; and from that day forth he was never seen, so as to

be recognised, in Scotland. The laird lived many years after that; and

though the thoughts of the quicklime made him drink a great deal, yet

from that time he never suffered himself to get _quite_ drunk, lest some

one might take it into his head to hang him, and he not know anything

about it. The dominie acknowledged that it was as impracticable to

calculate what might happen in human affairs as to square the circle,

which could only be effected by knowing the ratio of the circumference

to the radius. For shoeing horses, vending news, and awarding proper

punishments, the smith to this day just beats the world. And old John

Broadcast is as thankfu’ to heaven as ever that things are as they are.

AN INCIDENT IN THE GREAT MORAY FLOODS OF 1829.

BY SIR THOMAS DICK LAUDER.

The flood, both in the Spey and its tributary burn, was terrible at the

village of Charlestown of Aberlour. On the 3d of August, Charles

Cruickshanks, the innkeeper, had a party of friends in his house. There

was no inebriety, but there was a fiddle; and what Scotsman is he who

does not know that the well-jerked strains of a lively strathspey have a

potent spell in them that goes beyond even the witchery of the bowl? On

one who daily inhales the breezes from the musical stream that gives

name to the measure, the influence is powerful, and it was that day felt

by Cruickshanks with a more than ordinary degree of excitement. He was

joyous to a pitch that made his wife grave. Mrs Cruickshanks was deeply

affected by her husband’s jollity. “Surely my goodman is daft the day,”

said she gravely; “I ne’er saw him dance at sic a rate. Lord grant that

he binna _fey_!”[12]

Footnote 12:

“‘I think,’ said the old gardener to one of the maids, ‘the gauger’s

_fie_’—by which word the common people express those violent spirits,

which they think a presage of death.”—_Guy Mannering._

When the river began to rise rapidly in the evening, Cruickshanks, who

had a quantity of wood lying near the mouth of the burn, asked two of

his neighbours to go and assist him in dragging it out of the water.

They readily complied, and Cruickshanks getting on the loose raft of

wood, they followed him, and did what they could in pushing and hauling

the pieces of timber ashore, till the stream increased so much, that,

with one voice, they declared they would stay no longer, and, making a

desperate effort, they plunged over-head, and reached the land with the

greatest difficulty. They then tried all their eloquence to persuade

Cruickshanks to come away, but he was a bold and experienced floater,

and laughed at their fears; nay, so utterly reckless was he, that having

now diminished the crazy ill-put-together raft he stood on, till it

consisted of a few spars only, he employed himself in trying to catch at

and save some haycocks belonging to the clergyman, which were floating

past him. But while his attention was so engaged, the flood was rapidly

increasing, till, at last, even his dauntless heart became appalled at

its magnitude and fury. “A horse! a horse!” he loudly and anxiously

exclaimed; “run for one of the minister’s horses, and ride in with a

rope, else I must go with the stream.” He was quickly obeyed, but ere a

horse arrived, the flood had rendered it impossible to approach him.

Seeing that he must abandon all hope of help in that way, Cruickshanks

was now seen as if summoning up all his resolution and presence of mind

to make the perilous attempt of dashing through the raging current, with

his frail and imperfect raft. Grasping more firmly the iron-shod pole he

held in his hand—called in floater’s language a _sting_—he pushed

resolutely into it; but he had hardly done so when the violence of the

water wrenched from his hold that which was all he had to depend on. A

shriek burst from his friends, as they beheld the wretched raft dart off

with him down the stream, like an arrow freed from the bowstring. But

the mind of Cruickshanks was no common one to quail before the first

approach of danger. He poised himself, and stood balanced, with

determination and self-command in his eye, and no sound of fear, or of

complaint, was heard to come from him.

At the point where the burn met the river, in the ordinary state of

both, there grew some trees, now surrounded by deep and strong currents,

and far from the land. The raft took a direction towards one of these,

and seeing the wide and tumultuous waters of the Spey before him, in

which there was no hope that his loosely-connected logs could stick one

moment together, he coolly prepared himself, and, collecting all his

force into one well-timed and well-directed effort, he sprang, caught a

tree, and clung among its boughs, whilst the frail raft, hurried away

from under his foot, was dashed into fragments, and scattered on the

bosom of the waves. A shout of joy arose from his anxious friends, for

they now deemed him safe; but _he_ uttered no shout in return. Every

nerve was strained to procure help. “A boat!” was the general cry, and

some ran this way, and some that, to endeavour to procure one. It was

now between seven and eight o’clock in the evening. A boat was speedily

obtained, and though no one was very expert in its use, it was quickly

manned by people eager to save Cruickshanks from his perilous situation.

The current was too terrible about the tree to admit of their nearing

it, so as to take him directly into the boat; but their object was to

row through the smoother water, to such a distance as might enable them

to throw a rope to him, by which means they hoped to drag him to the

boat. Frequently did they attempt this, and as frequently were they

foiled, even by that which was considered as the gentler part of the

stream, for it hurried them past the point whence they wished to make

the cast of their rope, and compelled them to row up again by the side,

to start on each fresh adventure.

Often were they carried so much in the direction of the tree as to be

compelled to exert all their strength to pull themselves away from him

they would have saved, that they might avoid the vortex that would have

caught and swept them to destruction. And often was poor Cruickshanks

tantalized with the approach of help, which came but to add to the other

miseries of his situation that of the bitterest disappointment. Yet he

bore all calmly. In the transient glimpses they had of him, as they were

driven past him, they saw no blenching on his dauntless countenance—they

heard no reproach, no complaint, no sound, but an occasional short

exclamation of encouragement to persevere in their friendly endeavours.

But the evening wore on, and still they were unsuccessful. It seemed to

them that something more than mere natural causes was operating against

them. “His hour is come!” said they, as they regarded one another with

looks of awe; “our struggles are vain.” The courage and the hope which

had hitherto supported them began to fail, and the descending shades of

night extinguished the last feeble sparks of both, and put an end to

their endeavours.

Fancy alone can picture the horrors that must have crept on the

unfortunate man, as, amidst the impenetrable darkness which now

prevailed, he became aware of the continued increase of the flood that

roared around him, by its gradual advance towards his feet, whilst the

rain and the tempest continued to beat more and more dreadfully upon

him. That these were long ineffectual in shaking his collected mind, we

know from the fact, afterwards ascertained, that he actually wound up

his watch while in this dreadful situation. But, hearing no more the

occasional passing exclamations of those who had been hitherto trying to

succour him, he began to shout for help in a voice that became every

moment more long-drawn and piteous, as, between the gusts of the

tempest, and borne over the thunder of the waters, it fell from time to

time on the ears of his clustered friends, and rent the heart of his

distracted wife. Ever and anon it came, and hoarser than before, and

there was an occasional wildness in its note, and now and then a strange

and clamorous repetition for a time, as if despair had inspired him with

an unnatural energy; but the shouts became gradually shorter,—less

audible and less frequent,—till at last their eagerly listening ears

could catch them no longer. “Is he gone?” was the half-whispered

question they put to one another; and the smothered responses that were

muttered around but too plainly told how much the fears of all were in

unison.

“What was that?” cried his wife in a delirious scream; “that was his

whistle I heard!” She said truly. A shrill whistle, such as that which

is given with the fingers in the mouth, rose again over the loud din of

the deluge and the yelling of the storm. He was not yet gone. His voice

was but cracked by his frequent exertions to make it heard, and he had

now resorted to an easier mode of transmitting to his friends the

certainty of his safety. For some time his unhappy wife drew hope from

such considerations, but his whistles, as they came more loud and

prolonged, pierced the ears of his foreboding friends like the

ill-omened cry of some warning spirit; and it may be matter of question

whether all believed that the sounds they heard were really mortal.

Still they came louder and clearer for a brief space; but at last they

were heard no more, save in his frantic wife’s fancy, who continued to

start, as if she still heard them, and to wander about, and to listen,

when all but herself were satisfied that she could never hear them

again.

Wet and weary, and shivering with cold, was this miserable woman, when

the tardy dawn of morning beheld her straining her eye-balls through the

imperfect light, towards the trees where Cruickshanks had been last

seen. There was something there that looked like the figure of a man,

and on that her eyes fixed. But those around her saw, alas! too well,

that what she fondly supposed to be her husband was but a bunch of wreck

gathered by the flood into one of the trees,—for the one to which he

clung had been swept away.

The body of poor Cruickshanks was found in the afternoon of next day, on

the Haugh of Dandaleith, some four or five miles below. As it had ever

been his uniform practice to wind up his watch at night, and as it was

discovered to be nearly full wound when it was taken from his pocket,

the fact of his having had self-possession enough to obey his usual

custom, under circumstances so terrible, is as unquestionable as it is

wonderful. It had stopped at a quarter of an hour past eleven o’clock,

which would seem to fix that as the fatal moment when the tree was rent

away; for when that happened, his struggles amidst the raging waves of

the Spey must have been few and short.

When the men, who had so unsuccessfully attempted to save him, were

talking over the matter, and arguing that no human help could have

availed him,—

“I’m thinkin’ I could hae ta’en him out,” said a voice in the circle.

All eyes were turned towards the speaker, and a general expression of

contempt followed; for it was a boy of the name of Rainey, a reputed

idiot, from the foot of Benrinnes, who spoke.

“You!” cried a dozen voices at once; “what would you have done, you wise

man?”

“I wud hae tied an empty anker-cask to the end o’ a lang, lang tow, an’

I wud hae floated it aff frae near aboot whaur the raft was ta’en first

awa; an’ syne, ye see, as the stream teuk the raft till the tree, maybe

she wud hae ta’en the cask there too; an’ if Charlie Cruickshanks had

ance gotten a haud o’ this rope——”

He would have finished, but his auditors were gone: they had silently

slunk away in different directions, one man alone having muttered, as he

went, something about “wisdom coming out of the mouth of fools.”

CHARLIE GRAHAM, THE TINKER.

BY GEORGE PENNY.

The notorious Charlie Graham belonged to a gang of tinkers, who had for

a long time travelled through the country, and whose headquarters were

at Lochgelly, in Fife. They were to be found at all markets, selling

their horn spoons, which was their ostensible occupation. But there was

a great deal of business done in the pickpocket line, and other branches

of the thieving art. About Charlie there were some remarkable traits of

generosity. In the midst of all the crimes he committed, he was never

known to hurt a poor man, but often out of his plunder helped those in a

strait. His father was in the same line, and was long at the head of the

gang; but being afterwards imprisoned for theft, housebreaking, &c., he

was banished the county, banished Scotland, and publicly whipped. On one

occasion he was banished, with certification that if he returned, he was

to be publicly whipped the first market-day, and thereafter to be

banished. Old Charlie was not long away when he returned, and was

apprehended and conveyed to Perth jail. A vacancy having occurred in the

office of executioner, the first market-day was allowed to pass without

inflicting the sentence, upon which Charlie entered a protest, and was

liberated. In various ways he eluded justice,—sometimes by breaking the

prison, and sometimes for want of evidence. The last time he was brought

in, he was met by an old acquaintance, who asked, “What is the matter

now?” to which old Charlie replied, “Oh, just the auld thing, and nae

proof;” which saying has since become a proverb. But this time they did

find proof, and he was again publicly whipped, and sent out of the

country. One of his daughters, Meg Graham, who had been bred from her

infancy in the same way, was every now and then apprehended for some

petty theft. Indeed, she was so often in jail, that she got twenty-eight

dinners from old John Rutherford, the writer, who gave the prisoners in

the jail a dinner every Christmas. Meg, in her young days, was reckoned

one of the first beauties of the time; but she was a wild one. She had

been whipped and pilloried, but still the root of the matter remained.

Young Charlie was a man of uncommon strength and size, being about six

feet high, and stout in proportion. His wrist was as thick as that of

two ordinary men; he had long been the terror of the country, and

attended all markets at the head of his gang, where they were sure to

kick up a row among themselves. Two of their women would commence a

battle-royal in the midst of the throng, scratch and tear one another’s

caps, until a mob was assembled, when the rest were very busy in picking

pockets. In this way they were frequently very successful.

At a market to the west of Crieff a farmer got his pocket-book taken

from him. It being ascertained that Charlie Graham and his gang were in

the market,—who were well known to several of the respectable farmers,

who frequently lodged them on their way to the country,—it was proposed

to get Charlie and give him a glass, and tell him the story. Charlie

accepted the invitation; and during the circulation of the glass, one of

the company introduced the subject, lamenting the poor man’s loss in

such a feeling way, that the right chord was struck, and Charlie’s

generosity roused. An appeal was made to him to lend the poor man such a

sum, as his credit was at stake. Charlie said they had done nothing that

day, but if anything cast up, he would see what could be done. During

this conversation another company came into the room; amongst whom was a

man with a greatcoat, a Highland bonnet, and a large drover whip. After

being seated, this personage was recognised as belonging to the gang,

and they were invited to drink with them, whilst the story of the

robbery was repeated. On this Charlie asked his friend if he could lend

him forty pounds to give to the poor man, and he would repay him in a

few days. The man replied that he had forty pounds which he was going to

pay away; but if it was to favour a friend, he would put off his

business and help him; when, to their astonishment, the identical notes

which the man had lost were tossed to him; and Charlie said that that

would relieve him in the meantime, and he could repay him when

convenient. It was evident that Charlie smelt a rat, and took this

method to get off honourably. Of course, the forty pounds were never

sought after.

Charlie was one day lodged with a poor widow, who had a few acres of

ground, and kept a public-house. She complained to him that she was

unable to raise her rent, that the factor was coming that night for

payment, and that she was considerably deficient. Charlie gave her what

made it up, and in the evening went out of the way, after learning at

what time the factor would be there. The factor came, received payment,

and returned home; but on the way he was met by Charlie, who eased him

of his cash, and returned the rent to the poor widow.

The Rev. Mr Graham of Fossoway came one day to Perth to discount some

bills in the Bank of Scotland. Having got his bills cashed, his spirits

rose to blood-heat, and a hearty glass was given to his friends, until

the parson got a little muddy. His friends, loth to leave him in that

state, hired a horse each to convey him home. It was dark and late when

they set out, and by the time they reached Damhead, where they put up

their horses, it was morning. The house was re-building at the time, and

the family living in the barn when the parson and his friends were

introduced. Here they found Charlie and some of his friends over a bowl,

of which the minister was cordially invited to partake. His companions

also joined, and kept it up with great glee for some time—the minister

singing his song, and Charlie getting very big. One of the friends,

knowing how the land lay, was very anxious to be off, for fear of the

minister’s money, and ordered out the horses; but to this Charlie would

by no means consent. This alarmed the friends still more; as for the

minister, he was now beyond all fear. However, in a short time a number

of men came in and called for drink, and then Charlie, after the glass

had gone round, said he thought it was time for the minister to get

home, and went out to see them on their horses; when he told them he had

detained them till the return of these men, who, if they had met them,

might have proved dangerous neighbours; but now they could go home in

safety.

He was one day on his way to Auchterarder market, when he met a farmer

going from home, in whose barn he had frequently lodged, when Charlie

told him he was to lodge with him that night. The farmer said he could

not take strangers into his barn in its present state, as his summer’s

cheese, and many other things, were lodged there. “D—n your cheese,”

replied Charlie; “do you think, old boy, that I would lay down my

honesty for your trash o’ cheese?” They parted, and Charlie got

permission from the gudewife for himself, as there were no others with

him. The farmer came home late, and knew not that Charlie was there. In

the morning when he went into the barn, he was astonished to find it all

in an uproar. Upwards of twenty individuals—men, women, and

children—were lying among the straw. The wife was called upon to see

what state the barn was in; and the old man, in no very soft voice,

railed at her for admitting such a band. She replied that she would send

them away quietly: and this she did by giving them as much brose and

milk as they could take. On their departure, Charlie told him he was a

mean old crab, and that his wife was worth a hundred of him. However, he

kept his word as to the cheese, and nothing was touched.

In the market next day, a good deal of business was done in his way;

several pockets were picked, and a number of petty thefts committed.

Charlie being in the habit of dealing with respectable merchants for

horn spoons, he was one day in the shop getting payment for a parcel.

The money was counted down, but during the time his wife was taking it

up, the merchant turned to speak to some one in the shop; the wife, on

taking up the money, said she wanted five shillings; the merchant said

he was positive he laid down the whole. She still insisted that she

wanted five shillings, and the merchant was determined to resist; on

which Charlie interfered, saying, “Come, come, ye limmer, down with the

money; none of your tricks here.”

At one time he took it into his head to enlist for a regiment in India,

with a party in Perth; he did very well until they were ordered to join

the regiment. All the recruits being assembled but Charlie, he at last

was found drinking in a public-house, but would not stir a foot. The

officer was got, and the party attempted, after fair means had failed,

to take him by force. They only got him the length of the street, when

he drew a short bludgeon from an inside pocket, and laid about him from

right to left, in such a way that the whole were soon sprawling on the

street, and he escaped. The officer, seeing what kind of a character he

was, desired the sergeant not to look after him, as he would have

nothing to do with him.

At all the fairs he was present with his gang. If any row commenced he

was sure to take a lead,—and whichever party he joined were generally

left masters of the field. One midsummer market at Perth, a dreadful row

got up between the weavers and the farmer lads, hundreds of whom

attended the market at that time. Charlie and his friends joined the

weavers; the streets were soon in a perfect uproar; the chapmen’s stands

were upset, and themselves tumbled in the midst of their goods; sweeties

and gingerbread were scattered in all directions by the pressure of the

contending parties; and broken heads and faces were to be seen in

abundance. The whole fair was thrown into a dreadful state of confusion,

until a party of military were brought out, who at length succeeded in

restoring order; but Charlie and his friends were not to be found. Many

individuals lost their hats, &c., and got bruised bones and torn coats;

it was also discovered that many pockets had been picked during the

affray.

Charlie had often been convicted of theft, imprisoned, and banished the

county. He not unfrequently made his escape by breaking out of prison;

but was at length apprehended for horse stealing; and during his

confinement was put in irons, in one of the strong cages in the old

jail. During his imprisonment he was very cheerful, often declaring they

could have no proof against him; but a short time convinced him of his

folly. He was tried, found guilty, and sentenced to be hanged. When

brought out to execution, he was attended by four artillerymen, for fear

of resistance. He recognised many of his old acquaintances in the

multitude—particularly the merchant with whom he dealt in spoons, and

gave him a bow and a wave of his hand. When the fatal hour approached he

appeared quite subdued, and submitted to his fate with calm resignation.

After his body was cut down it was conveyed to the grave by an immense

multitude; the coffin was opened and filled with quicklime, to render it

useless for the surgeon.

Charlie’s death was a severe loss to the gang; immediately after this

Charlie Brown, his brother-in-law, became leader. This fellow, although

not so large a man, was stout, firmly built, of great activity, and,

like Graham, had been frequently in the hands of the law, and made shift

to get clear, until at last the fiscal was determined to have him. It

being ascertained that he was in the neighbourhood, a party of light

dragoons was sent out with the officers, who traced him to Auchtergaven.

When he saw the party, he set off through the fields, until fairly run

down by two of the horsemen, and brought to Perth. This desperate

character had on him about eighty guineas; he was charged with several

crimes, convicted, and sent to Botany Bay for life. After this the gang,

who had for a long period infested the country, dispersed, and was

seldom heard of.—_Traditions of Perth._

THE SNOWING-UP OF STRATH LUGAS;

_OR, THE MATCH-MAKING LAIRD_.

Jolly old Simon Kirkton! thou art the very high-priest of Hymen. There

is something softly persuasive to matrimony in thy contented,

comfortable appearance; and thy house,—why, though it is situated in the

farthest part of Inverness-shire, it is as fertile in connubial joys as

if it were placed upon Gretna Green. Single blessedness is a term

unknown in thy vocabulary; heaven itself would be a miserable place for

thee, for _there_ is neither marrying nor giving in marriage!

Half the county was invited to a grand dinner and ball at Simon’s house

in January 1812. All the young ladies had looked forward to it in joyous

anticipation and hope, and all the young gentlemen, with considerable

expectation—and fear. Everything was to be on the greatest scale: the

dinner in the ancient hall, with the two family pipers discoursing sweet

music between the courses, and the ball in the splendid new

drawing-room, with a capital band from the county town. The Duke was to

be there with all the nobility, rank, and fashion of the district; and,

in short, such a splendid entertainment had never been given at Strath

Lugas in the memory of man. The editor of the county paper had a

description of it in type a month before, and the milliners far and near

never said their prayers without a supplication for the health of Mr

Kirkton. All this time that worthy gentleman was not idle. The

drawing-room was dismantled of its furniture, and the floors

industriously chalked over with innumerable groups of flowers. The

larder was stocked as if for a siege; the domestics drilled into a

knowledge of their duties; and every preparation completed in the most

irreproachable style. I question whether Gunter ever dreamt of such a

supper as was laid out in the dining-room: venison in all its forms, and

fish of every kind. It would have victualled a seventy-four to China.

The day came at last,—a fine, sharp, clear day, as ever gave a bluish

tinge to the countenance, or brought tears to “beauty’s eye.” There had

been a great fall of snow a few days before, but the weather seemed now

settled into a firm, enduring frost. The laird had not received a single

apology, and waited in the hall along with his lady to receive the

guests as they arrived.

“My dear, isna that a carriage coming up the Brose-fit-knowe? Auld Leddy

Clavers, I declare. She’ll be going to dress here, and the three girls.

Anne’s turned religious; so I’m thinking she’s ower auld to be married.

It’s a pity the minister’s no coming: his wife’s just dead; but

Jeanie’ll be looking out for somebody. We maun put her next to young

Gerfluin. Elizabeth’s a thocht ower young; she can stay at the

side-table with Tammy Maxwell—he’s just a hobbletehoy—it wad be a very

good match in time.”

In this way, as each party made its appearance, the laird arranged in a

moment the order in which every individual was to be placed at table;

and even before dinner, he had the satisfaction of seeing his guests

breaking off into the quiet _tête-à-têtes_, which the noise and

occupation of a general company render sweet and secluded as a meeting

“by moonlight alone.” While his eye wandered round the various parties

thus pleasantly engaged, it rested on the figure of a very beautiful

girl whom he had not previously remarked. She sat apart from all the

rest, and was amusing herself with looking at the pictures suspended

round the room, apparently unconscious of the presence of so many

strangers. She seemed in deep thought; but as she gazed on the

representation of a battlepiece, her face changed its expression from

the calmness of apathy to the most vivid enthusiasm.

“Mercy on us a’!” whispered the laird to his wife, “wha’s she that? that

beautiful young lassie in the white goon? An’ no’ a young bachelor

within a mile o’ her. Deil ane o’ them deserves such an angel!”

“It’s a Miss Mowbray,” was the reply; “she came with Mrs Carmichael,—a

great heiress they say: it’s the first time she was ever in Scotland.”

“Aha! say ye sae? Then we’ll see if we canna keep her among us noo that

she is come. Angus M‘Leod—na, he’ll no do—he’s a gude enough lad, but

he’s no bonnie. Chairlie Fletcher—he wad do weel enough; but I’m

thinking he’ll do better for Bell Johnson. ’Od, donnered auld man, no to

think o’ him before! Chairlie Melville’s the very man—the handsomest,

bravest, cleverest chield she could hae; and if she’s gotten the siller,

so much the better for Chairlie—they’ll mak a bonnie couple.”

And in an instant the laird laid his hand on the shoulder of a young

man, who was engaged with a knot of gentlemen discussing some recent

news from the Peninsula, and dragging him away, said,—

“For shame, Chairlie, for shame! Do you no see that sweet, modest lassie

a’ by hersel? Gang up to her this minute—bide by her as lang as ye

can—she’s weel worth a’ the attention ye can pay her. Miss Mowbray,” he

continued, “I’m sorry my friend, Mrs Carmichael, has left ye sae much to

yoursel; but here’s Chairlie, or rather I should say, Mr Charles, or

rather I should say, Lieutenant Charles Melville, that will be happy to

supply her place. He’ll tak ye in to yer dinner, and dance wi’ ye at the

ball.”

“All in place of Mrs Carmichael, sir?” replied the young lady, with an

arch look.

“Weel said, my dear, weel said; but I maun leave younger folks to answer

ye. I’ve seen the time I wadna hae been very blate to gie ye an answer

that wad hae stoppit your ‘wee bit mou, sae sweet and bonnie.’” Saying

these words, and whispering to his young friend, “Stick till her,

Chairlie,” he bustled off, “on hospitable thoughts intent,” to another

part of the room.

After the introduction, the young people soon entered into conversation;

and, greatly to the laird’s satisfaction, the young soldier conducted

Miss Mowbray into the hall, sat next her all the time of dinner, and

seemed as delighted with his companion as the most match-making lady or

gentleman could desire. The lady, on the other hand, seemed in high

spirits, and laughed at the remarks of her neighbour with the greatest

appearance of enjoyment.

“How long have you been with Mrs Carmichael?”

“I came the day before yesterday.”

“Rather a savage sort of country, I am afraid, you find this, after the

polished scenes of your own land?”

“Do you mean the country,” replied the lady, “or the inhabitants? They

are not nearly such savages as I expected; some of them seem

half-civilised.”

“It is only your good-nature that makes you think us so. When you know

us better, you will alter your opinion.”

“Nay; now don’t be angry, or talk as all other Scotch people do, about

your national virtues. I know you are a very wonderful people—your men

all heroes, your peasants philosophers, and your women angels; but

seriously, I was very much disappointed to find you so like other

people.”

“Why, what did you expect? Did you think we were ‘men whose heads do

grow beneath their shoulders?’”

“No, I did not expect that; but I expected to find everything different

from what I had been accustomed to. Now, the company here are dressed

just like a party in England, and behave in the same manner. Even the

language is intelligible at times; though the laird, I must say, would

require an interpreter.”

“Ah, the jolly old laird! His face is a sort of polyglot dictionary—it

is the expression for good-humour, kindness, and hospitality, in all

languages.”

“And who is that at his right hand?”

“What? the henchman? That’s Rory M‘Taggart—he was piper for twenty years

in the 73d, and killed three men with his own hand at Vimiera.”

“And is that the reason he is called the henchman?”

“Yes; henchman means, ‘the piper with the bloody hand—the slaughterer of

three.’”

“What a comprehensive word! It is almost equal to the laird’s face.”

But here the laird broke in upon their conversation.

“Miss Mowbray, dinna be frightened at a’ the daft things the wild sodger

is saying to you.” Then he added, in a lower tone, “Chairlie wad settle

down into a douce, quiet, steady, married man, for a’ his tantrums. It

wad be a pity if a Frenchman’s gun should spoil his beauty, puir

fallow!”

The young lady bowed without comprehending a syllable of the speech of

the worthy host.

“Are you likely to be soon ordered abroad?” she said.

“We expect the route for Spain every day; and then huzza for a peerage

or Westminster Abbey!”

“Ah! war is a fine game when it is played at a distance. Why can’t kings

settle their disputes without having recourse to the sword?”

“I really can’t answer your question, but I think it must be out of a

kind regard for the interest of younger brothers. A war is a capital

provision for poor fellows like myself, who were born to no estate but

that excessively large one which the Catechism calls the ‘estate of sin

and misery.’ But come, I see from your face you are very romantic, and

are going to say something sentimental—luckily his Grace is proposing a

removal into the ball-room; may I beg the honour of your hand?”

“Aha, lad!” cried the laird, who had heard the last sentence; “are ye at

that wark already—asking a leddy’s hand on sic short an acquaintance?

But folk canna do’t ower sune.”

The bustle caused by the secession of those who preferred Terpsichore to

Bacchus, lucidly prevented Miss Mowbray’s hearing the laird’s

observation, and in a few minutes she found herself entering with heart

and soul into the full enjoyment of a country dance.

Marriages, they say, are made in heaven. Charles Melville devoutly

wished the laird’s efforts might be successful, and that one could be

made on earth. She was indeed, as the laird expressed it, “a bonnie

cratur to look at.” I never could describe a beauty in my life—so the

loveliness of the English heiress must be left to the imagination. At

all events, she was “the bright consummate flower of the whole wreath”

which was then gathered together at Strath Lugas; and even Lady Clavers

said that—

“Miss Mowbray’s very weel put on indeed, for sae young a lassie. Her

hair’s something like our Anne’s—only I think Anne’s has a wee richer

tinge o’ the golden.”

“Preserve us a’!” whispered the laird; “puir Anne’s hair is as red as a

carrot.”

“An’ dinna ye think her voice,” said her ladyship—“dinna ye think her

voice is something like our Jeanie’s—only maybe no sae rich in the

tone?”

“Feth, ma’am,” answered the laird, “I maun wait till I hear Miss Mowbray

speak the Gaelic, for really the saft sort o’ beautiful English she

speaks gies her a great advantage.”

“As ye say, Mr Kirkton,” continued her ladyship, who, like all great

talkers, never attended to what any one said but herself, “Jeanie has a

great advantage ower her; but she’s weel enough, for a’ that.”

In the meantime the young lady, who was the subject of this

conversation, troubled herself very little as to what Lady Clavers said

or thought on that occasion. I shall not on any account say that she was

in love, for I highly disapprove of such a speedy surrender to Dan Cupid

in the softer sex; but at all events she was highly delighted with the

novelty of the scene, and evidently pleased with her partner. No scruple

of the same kind restrains me from mentioning the state of Charlie

Melville’s heart. He was as deeply in love as ever was the hero of a

romance, and in the pauses of the dance indulged in various reveries

about love and a cottage, and a number of other absurd notions, which

are quite common, I believe, on such occasions. He never deigned to

think on so contemptible an object as a butcher’s bill, or how

inconvenient it would be to maintain a wife and four or five angels of

either sex on ninety pounds a year; but at the same time, I must do him

the justice to state, that, although he was a Scotsman, the fact of Miss

Mowbray’s being an heiress never entered into his contemplation; and if

I may mention my own opinion, I really believe he would have been better

pleased if she had been as portionless as himself.

But time and tide wear through the roughest day; no wonder, then, they

wore very rapidly through the happiest evening he had ever spent. The

Duke and the more distant visitors had taken their leave; “the mirth and

fun grew fast and furious” among the younger and better acquainted

parties who were left; but, greatly to the mortification of the young

soldier, his partner was called away at the end of a dance, just when he

had been anticipating a delightful _tête-à-tête_ while the next was

forming. With his heart nearly bursting with admiration and regret, he

wrapt her in her cloaks and shawls, and in silent dejection, with only a

warm pressure of the hand, which he was enchanted to find returned, he

handed her into Mrs Carmichael’s old-fashioned open car, though the

night was dark and stormy,—and after listening to the last sound of the

wheels as they were lost among the snow, he slowly turned, and

re-entered the ball-room.

Their absence, to all appearance, had not been noticed by a single

eye,—a thing at which he, as a lover under such circumstances is bound

to be, was greatly surprised. “Blockheads!” he said, “they would not see

the darkness if the sun were extinguished at midday.” And he fell into a

train of reflections, which, from the expression of his countenance, did

not seem to be of a very exhilarating nature. In about twenty minutes,

however, after his return, he was roused by the henchman, whom he had

spoken of at dinner, who beckoned him from the hall.

“The bonny cratur!—the bonny cratur!” he began,—“an’ sic a nicht to gang

hame in!—the stars a’ put out, the snaw beginning to drift, and a spate

in the Lugas! Noo, if auld Andrew Strachan, the Leddy Carmichael’s

coachman,—doited auld body, an’ mair than half fou’,—tries the ford, oh,

the lassie, the bonny lassie’ll be lost! an’ I’ll never hae the heart to

spend the crownpiece she slippit into my hand just afore the dancin’!”

But what more the worthy henchman might have said must remain a mystery

to all succeeding time; for long before he had come to the episode of

the crown, Charles had rushed hatless into the open air, and dashed

forward at the top of his speed to overtake the carriage, in time to

warn them from the ford. But the snow had already formed itself into

enormous wreaths, which, besides impeding his progress, interfered

greatly with his knowledge of the localities; and he pursued his

toilsome way more in despair than hope. He shouted, in the expectation

of his voice being heard, but he heard no reply. He stooped down to see

the track of the wheels, but the snow fell so fast and drifted at the

same time, that it was quite undistinguishable, even if the darkness had

not been so deep. However, onwards he pressed towards the ford, and

shouted louder and louder as he approached it.

The roaring of the stream, now swollen to a prodigious height, drowned

his cries, and his eyes in vain searched for the object of his pursuit;

far and near he directed his gaze, and felt a transport of joy at the

hope, which their absence presented, that they had gone round by the

bridge and were saved. He was about to return, when he thought he heard,

in a bend in the river, a little way down, a faint scream above the

roaring of the torrent. Quick as lightning he rushed towards the spot,

and hallooed as loud as he could. The shriek was distinctly repeated,

and a great way out in the water he saw some substance of considerable

size. He shouted again, and a voice replied to him from the river. In an

instant he had plunged into the stream, and though it was rushing with

great impetuosity, it was luckily not so deep as to prevent his wading.

And after considerable toil, for the water was above his breast, he

succeeded in reaching the object he had descried from the bank. It was,

indeed, Mrs Carmichael’s car, and in it he had the inexpressible delight

to find the two ladies, terrified, indeed, but happily in full

possession of their presence of mind.

In a few hurried words, he desired them to trust entirely to him, and

begging the elder lady to remain quiet in the carriage, he lifted the

younger in his arms,—but in the most earnest language she implored him

to save her companion first, as she had such confidence in herself that

she was certain she could remain in the carriage till he had effected

his return. Pressing her to his heart in admiration of such magnanimity,

he laid her gently back, and lifting Mrs Carmichael from her seat, he

pushed desperately for the shore. The water even in this short time had

perceptibly risen, and on reaching the bank, and depositing his burden

in safety, he rushed once more through the torrent, fearful lest a

moment’s delay should make it impracticable to reach the car. That light

equipage was now shaking from the impetuous attacks of the stream, and

at the moment when the fainting girl was lifted up, a rush of greater

force taking it, now unbalanced by any weight, forced it on its side,

and rolled it off into the great body of the river. It had been carried

more than fifty yards below the ford, without, however, being

overturned, and had luckily become entangled with the trunk of a tree;

the horse, after severe struggles, had been drowned, and his inanimate

weight had helped to delay the progress of the carriage. The coachman

was nowhere to be found. Meanwhile the three, once more upon the land,

pursued their path back to Strath Lugas. Long and toilsome was the road,

but cheered to the young soldier by the happy consciousness that he had

saved his “heart’s idol” from death. Tired, and nearly worn out with the

harassing nature of their journey and of their feelings, they at length

reached the hospitable mansion they had so lately quitted.

The music was still sounding, the lights still burning brightly,—but

when old Simon Kirkton saw the party enter his hall, no words can do

justice to the horror of his expression. The ladies were consigned to

the attention of his wife. He himself took especial care of the hero of

the story; and after having heard the whole adventure, when the soldier,

refreshed, and in a suit of the laird’s apparel, was entering the

dancing room, he slapped him on the shoulder, and said—

“Deil a doubt o’t noo. If ye’re no laird o’ the bonny English acres, and

gudeman o’ the bonny English leddy, I’ve nae skill in spaein’, that’s

a’.”

The adventure quickly spread, and people were sent off in all directions

with lights, to discover, if possible, the body of the unfortunate

Andrew Strachan. After searching for a long time, our friend the

henchman thought he heard a voice close beside him, on the bank. He held

down his lantern, and, sure enough, there he saw the object of their

pursuit, lying at the very edge of the water, and his body on the land!

The water from time to time burst over his face, and it was only on

these occasions that an almost inarticulate grunt showed that the

comatose disciple of John Barleycorn was yet alive. The henchman

summoned his companions, and on attentively listening to the groans, as

they considered them, of the dying man, they distinctly heard him, as he

attempted to spit out the water which broke in tiny waves over his

mouth, exclaiming, “Faugh, faugh! I doot ye’re changing the liquor—a wee

drap mair whisky, and a sma’ spoonfu’ o’ sugar.” The nodding charioteer

had been ejected from his seat on the first impetus of the “spate,” and

been safely floated to land, without perceiving any remarkable change of

situation. It is needless to say he was considerably surprised to

discover where he was on being roused by the henchman’s party.

“It’s my belief,” said Jock Stewart, the piper, “the drucken body thocht

he was tipplin’ a’ the time in the butler’s ha’! It wad be a gude deed

to let the daidlin’ haveril follow his hat and wig; and I’m thinkin’ by

this time they’ll be down about Fort-George.”

The weather was become so stormy, and the snow so deep, that it was

impossible for any one to leave the house that night. The hospitable

laird immediately set about making accommodation for so large a party,

and by a little management he contrived to render everybody comfortable.

The fiddlers were lodged in the barn, the ladies settled by the

half-dozen in a room, and a supply of cloaks was collected for the

gentlemen in the hall. Where people are willing to be pleased, it is

astonishing how easy they find it. Laughter long and loud resounded

through all the apartments, and morn began to stand “upon the misty

mountain-tops” ere sleep and silence took possession of the mansion.

Next day the storm still continued. The prospect, as far as the eye

could reach, was a dreary waste of snow; and it was soon perceived, by

those who were skilful in such matters, that the whole party were fairly

snowed-up, and how long their imprisonment might last no one could tell.

It was amazing with what equanimity the intelligence was listened to;

one or two young ladies, who had been particularly pleased with their

partners, went as far as to say it was delightful.

The elders of the party bore it with great good-humour, on being assured

from the state of the larder that there was no danger of a famine; and,

above all, the laird himself, who had some private schemes of his own to

serve, was elevated into the seventh heaven by the embargo laid on his

guests.

“If this bides three days there’ll be a dizzen couple before Leddy-day.

It’s no possible for a lad and a lass to be snawed up thegither three

days without melting;—but we’ll see the night how it’s a’ to be managed.

Has onybody seen Mrs Carmichael and Miss Mowbray this morning?”

But before this question could be answered the ladies entered the room.

They were both pale from their last night’s adventure; but while the

elder lady was shaking hands with her friends, and receiving their

congratulations, the eyes of her young companion wandered searchingly

round the apartment till they fell on Charles Melville. Immediately a

flush came over her cheek, which before was deadly pale, and she started

forward and held out her hand. He rushed and caught it, and even in

presence of all that company could scarcely resist the inclination to

put it to his lips.

“Thanks! thanks!” was all she said; and even in saying these short words

her voice trembled, and a tear came to her eye. But when she saw that

all looks were fixed on her, she blushed more deeply than ever, and

retired to the side of Mrs Carmichael. The scene passed by no means

unheeded by the laird.

“Stupid whelp!” he said, “what for did he no kiss her, an it were just

to gie her cheeks an excuse for growing sae rosy? ’Od, if I had saved

her frae drooning, I wadna hae been sae nice,—that’s to say, my dear,”

he added to his wife, who was standing by, “if I hadna a wife o’ my

ain.”

The storm lasted for five days. How the plans of the laird with regard

to the matrimonial comforts of his guests prospered, I have no intention

of detailing. I believe, however, he was right in his predictions, and

the minister was presented with eight several sets of tea-things within

three months. Many a spinster at this moment looks back with regret to

her absence from the snow-party of Strath Lugas, and dates all her

misfortunes from that unhappy circumstance. On the fourth morning of

their imprisonment the laird was presented with a letter from Charles

Melville. In it he informed him that he dared not be absent longer, in

case of his regiment being ordered abroad, and that he had taken his

chance and set off on his homeward way in spite of the snow. It ended

with thanks for all his kindness, and an affectionate farewell. When

this was announced to the party they expressed great regret at his

absence. It seemed to surprise them all. Mrs Carmichael was full of

wonder on the occasion; but Miss Mowbray seemed totally unmoved by his

departure. She was duller in spirits than before, and refused to dance;

but in other respects the mirth was as uproarious, and the dancing as

joyous, as ever;—and in a day the snow was sufficiently cleared away—the

party by different conveyances broke up—and the laird was left alone,

after a week of constant enjoyment.

Four years after the events I have related, a young man presented

himself for the first time in the pump-room at Bath. The gossips of that

busy city formed many conjectures as to who and what he could be. Some

thought him a foreigner, some a man of consequence _incog._; but all

agreed that he was a soldier and an invalid. He seemed to be about

six-and-twenty, and was evidently a perfect stranger. After he had

stayed in the room a short time, and listened to the music, he went out

into the street, and just as he made his exit by one door, the marvels

of the old beldames who congregated under the orchestra were called into

activity by the entrance, through the other, of a young lady leaning on

the arm of an old one. Even so simple an incident as this is sufficient

in a place like Bath to give rise to various rumours and conjectures.

She was tall, fair, and very beautiful, but she also seemed in bad

health, and to be perfectly unknown. Such an event had not occurred at

the pump-room for ages before. Even the master of the ceremonies was at

fault. “As near as he could guess, to the best of his conjecture, he

believed he had never seen either the gentleman or the lady.”

While surmises of all kinds were going their rounds in this manner, the

gentleman pursued his walk up Milsom Street. His pace was slow, and his

strength did not seem equal even to so gentle an exertion. He leant for

support upon his walking-stick, and heard, mingled with many coughs, a

voice which he well knew, calling,—

“Chairlie—Chairlie Melville, I say! pull, ye deil’s buckie,—ugh—ugh!—sic

a confounded conveyance for a Highland gentleman. Ah, Chairlie, lad,”

said our old acquaintance the laird, who had now got up to where his

friend was standing, “sad times for baith of us. Here am I sent here wi’

a cough that wad shake a kirk, ugh—ugh.—An’ the gout in baith my

feet,—to be hurled about in a chair that gangs upon wheels,—ugh—ugh,—by

a lazy English vagabond that winna understand a word that I say till

him.—An’ you,” and here the old man looked up in the young soldier’s

face—“Oh, Chairlie, Chairlie! is this what the wars hae brocht ye

to?—ugh—ugh—yer verra mither wadna ken ye,—but come awa,—come awa to my

lodgings in Pultney Street, and tell us a’ about what ye’ve been

doin’,—ugh—ugh,—my fit, my fit,—pu’ awa’, ye ne’er-do-weel; turn about,

and be hanged till ye,—do ye no ken the road to Pultney Street yet? Come

awa, Chairlie, my man, dinna hurry.” And thus mingling his commands to

his chairman, with complaints of the gout to his friend, the laird led

the way to his lodgings.

Charlie’s story was soon told. He had shared in all the dangers and

triumphs of the last three years of the war. He had been severely

wounded at Waterloo, and had come to Bath with a debilitated frame and a

major’s commission. But though he spoke of past transactions as gaily as

he could, the quick eyes of the laird perceived there was some “secret

sorrow” which weighed down his spirits.

“An’ did ye meet with nae love adventure in your travels? For ye maunna

tell me a bit wound in the shouther would mak ye sae doun-hearted as ye

are. Is there nae Spanish or French lassie that gies ye a sair heart?

Tell it a’ to me, an’ if I can be of ony use in bringin’ it about, ye

may depend I’ll do all in my power to help ye.”

“No,” replied Charles, smiling at the continued match-making

propensities of his friend; “I shall scarcely require your services on

that score. I never saw Frenchwoman or Spaniard that cost me a single

sigh.” And here, as if by the force of the word itself, the young man

sighed.

“Weel, it must be some English or Scotch lassie then; for it’s easy to

be seen that somebody costs ye a sigh. I ance thocht you were in a fair

way o’ winnin’ yon bonny cratur ye saved frae the spate o’ the Lugas;

but ye gaed awa in such a hurry the plant hadna time to tak root.”

“She was too rich for the poor penniless subaltern to look to,” replied

the young man, a deep glow coming over his face.

“Havers! havers! She wad hae given a’ her lands yon night for a foot o’

dry grund. An’ as ye won her, ye had the best right to wear her. And I’m

muckle mista’en if the lassie didna think sae hersel.”

“Miss Mowbray must have overrated my services; but at all events I had

no right to take advantage of that fortunate accident to better my

fortunes, by presuming on her feelings of gratitude to her preserver.”

“What for no? what for no?” cried the laird; “ye should hae married her

on the spot. There were eight couples sprang frae the snaw-meeting—ye

should hae made the ninth, and then ye needna hae had a ball put through

your shouther, nor ever moved frae the braw holmes o’ Surrey. ’Od, I

wish it had been me that took her out o’ the water; that is, if I had

been as young as you, and Providence had afflicted me with the loss o’

Mrs Kirkton.”

“If I had been on a level with her as to fortune”——

“Weel, but noo yer brither’s dead, ye’re heir o’ the auld house, an’

ye’re a major—what’s to forbid the banns noo?”

“I have never heard of Miss Mowbray from that hour to this. In all

probability she is married to some lucky fellow”——

“She wasna married when I saw Mrs Carmichael four months since; she was

in what leddies call delicate health though; she had aye been melancholy

since the time of the water business. Mrs Carmichael thought ye were a

great fule for rinnin’ awa.”

“Mrs Carmichael is very kind.”

“’Deed is she,” replied the laird, “as kind-hearted a woman as ever

lived. She’s maybe a thocht ower auld, or I dinna doubt she wad be very

happy to marry you hersel.”

“I hope her gratitude would not carry her to such an alarming length,”

said Charles, laughing. “It would make young men rather tender of saving

ladies’ lives.”

“If I knew where she was just now, I wad soon put everything to rights.

It’s no ower late yet, though ye maun get fatter before the marriage—ye

wad be mair like a skeleton than a bridegroom. But, save us! what’s the

matter wi’ ye? are ye no weel? headache? gout? what is’t, man? Confound

my legs, I canna stir. Sit down, and rest ye.”

But Charles, with his eyes intently fixed on some object in the street,

gazed as if some horrible apparition had met his sight. Alternately

flushed and pale, he continued as if entranced, and then, deeply

sighing, sunk senseless on the floor.

“Rory, Rory!” screamed the laird—“ugh, ugh! oh, that I could get at the

bell! Cheer up, Chairlie. Fire! fire! ugh, ugh!—the lad will be dead

before a soul comes near him. Rory, Rory!”

And luckily the ancient henchman, Rory MacTaggart, made his appearance

in time to save his master from choking through fear and surprise.

Charlie was soon recovered, and, when left again alone with the laird,

he said—

“As I hope to live, I saw her from this very window, just as we were

speaking of her. Even her face I saw! Oh, so changed and pale! But her

walk—no _two_ can have such a graceful carriage!”

“Seen wha?” said the laird. “Mrs Carmichael? For it was her we were

speaking o’—ay, she’s sair changed; and her walk is weel kent; only I

thocht she was a wee stiffer frae the rheumatism last year. But whaur is

she?”

“It was Miss Mowbray I saw. She went into that house opposite.”

“What! the house wi’ the brass knocker, green door—the verandah with the

flower-pots, an’ twa dead geraniums?”

“Yes.”

“Then just ring the bell, and tell that English cratur to pu’ me in the

wee whirligig across the street.”

“Impossible, my dear laird! recollect your gout.”

“Deil hae the gout and the cough too! Order the chair; I’ll see if it’s

her in five minutes.”

And away, in spite of all objections and remonstrances, went the laird

to pay his visit. Now, if any one should doubt of the success of his

negotiations, I—the writer of this story—Charles Melville, late major,

—th regiment, shall be happy to convince him of it, if he will drop in

on me any day at Mowbray Hall, by my own evidence, and also that of my

happy and still beautiful Madeline, though she is the mother of three

rosy children, who at this moment are making such an intolerable noise

that I cannot understand a sentence I am writing. I may just mention,

that the laird attended the wedding, and that his cough entirely left

him. He does not suffer an attack of the gout more than once a year. He

has adopted my second boy, and every autumn we spend three months with

him at Strath Lugas. Oh, that all match-makers were as innocent and

disinterested as jolly old Simon Kirkton!—_Blackwood’s Magazine._

EZRA PEDEN.

BY ALLAN CUNNINGHAM.

I sat and watched while all men slept, and lo!

Between the green earth and the deep green sea

I saw bright spirits pass, pure as the touch

Of May’s first finger on the eastern hill.

Behind them followed fast a little cloud;

And from the cloud an evil spirit came—

A damnèd shape—one who in the dark pit

Held sovereign sway; and power to him was given

To chase the blessèd spirits from the earth,

And rule it for a season.

Soon he shed

His hellish slough, and many a subtle wile

Was his to seem a heavenly spirit to man.

First he a hermit, sore subdued in flesh,

O’er a cold cruse of water and a crust,

Poured out meek prayers abundant. Then he changed

Into a maid when she first dreams of man,

And from beneath two silken eyelids sent

The sidelong light of two such wondrous eyes,

That all the saints grew sinners. He subdued

Those wanton smiles, and grew a reverend dame,

With wintry ringlets, and grave lips, which dropt

Proverbial honey in her grandson’s ear.

Then a professor of God’s Word he seemed,

And o’er a multitude of upturned eyes

Showered blessed dews, and made the pitchy path,

Down which howl damnèd spirits, seem the bright

Thrice-hallowed way to heaven. Yet grimly through

The glorious veil of those seducing shapes

Frowned out the fearful spirit.

CHAPTER I.

The religious legend which supplies my story with the motto, affords me

no further assistance in arranging and interpreting the various

traditional remembrances of the colloquies between one of the chiefs of

the ancient Presbyterian Kirk and one of the inferior spirits of

darkness. It is seldom that tradition requires any illustration; its

voice is clear, and its language simple. It seeks to conceal nothing;

what it can explain it explains, and scorns, in the homely accuracy of

its protracted details, all mystery and reservation. But in the present

story, there is much which the popular spirit of research would dread to

have revealed;—a something too mystical and hallowed to be sought into

by a devout people. Often as I have listened to it, I never heard it

repeated without mutual awe in the teller and the auditor. The most

intrepid peasant becomes graver and graver as he proceeds, stops before

the natural termination of the story, and hesitates to pry into the

supernatural darkness of the tradition. It would be unwise, therefore,

to seek to expound or embellish the legend,—it shall be told as it was

told to me; I am but as a humble priest responding from the traditionary

oracles, and the words of other years pass without change from between

my lips.

Ezra Peden was one of the shepherds of the early Presbyterian flock, and

distinguished himself as an austere and enthusiastic pastor; fearless in

his ministration, delighting in wholesome discipline, and guiding in the

way of grace the peer as well as the peasant. He grappled boldly with

the infirmities and sins of the times; he spared not the rod in the way

of his ministry; and if in the time of peril he laid his hand on the

sword, in the time of peace his delight was to place it on the horns of

the altar. He spared no vice, he compounded with no sin, and he

discussed men’s claims to immortal happiness with a freedom which made

them tremble. Amid the fervour of his eloquence, he aspired, like some

of his fellow-professors of that period, to the prophetic mantle. Plain

and simple in his own apparel, he counted the mitred glory and exterior

magnificence of the hierarchy a sin and an abomination, and preferred

preaching on a wild hill, or in a lonesome glen, to the most splendid

edifice.

Wherever he sojourned, dance and song fled;—the former he accounted a

devoting of limbs which God made to the worship of Satan; the latter he

believed to be a sinful meting out of wanton words to a heathen measure.

Satan, he said, leaped and danced, and warbled and sung, when he came to

woo to perdition the giddy sons and daughters of men. He dictated the

colour and the cut of men’s clothes—it was seemly for those who sought

salvation to seek it in a sober suit; and the ladies of his parish were

obliged to humble their finery, and sober down their pride, before his

sarcastic sermons on female paintings, and plumings, and perfumings, and

the unloveliness of love-locks. He sought to make a modest and sedate

grace abound among women; courtship was schooled and sermoned into

church controversy, and love into mystical professions; the common

civilities between the sexes were doled out with a suspicious hand and a

jealous charity, and the primrose path through the groves of dalliance

to the sober vale of marriage was planted with thorns and sown with

briars.

He had other endowments not uncommon among the primitive teachers of the

Word. In his day, the empire of the prince of darkness was more manifest

among men than now, and his ministry was distinguished, like the reign

of King Saul, by the persecution of witches, and elves, and evil

spirits. He made himself the terror of all those who dealt in

divinations, or consulted the stars, or sought to avert witchcraft by

sinful spell and charm, instead of overcoming it by sorrowings and

spiritual watchings. The midnight times of planetary power he held as

the prime moments of Satan’s glory on earth, and he punished Hallowmas

revellers as chief priests in the infernal rites. He consigned to church

censure and the chastening of rods a wrinkled dame who sold a full sea

and a fair wind to mariners, and who insulted the apostles, and made a

mystical appeal to the twelve signs of heaven in setting a brood goose

with a dozen eggs. His wrath, too, was observed to turn against all

those who compounded with witches, and people who carried evil influence

in their eyes—this was giving tribute to the fiend, and bribing the

bottomless pit.

He rebuked the venerable dame, during three successive Sundays, for

placing a cream bowl and new-baked cake in the paths of the nocturnal

elves who, she imagined, had plotted to steal her grandson from the

mother’s bosom. He turned loose many Scripture threatenings against

those diminutive and capricious beings, the fairies, and sought to

preach them from the land. He prayed on every green hill, and held

communings in every green valley. He wandered forth at night, as a

spiritual champion, to give battle to the enemies of the light. The

fairies resigned the contest with a foe equipped from such an armoury,

and came no more among the sons and daughters of men. The sound of their

minstrelsy ceased on the hill; their equestrian processions were seen no

more sweeping past at midnight beneath the beam of the half-filled moon;

and only a solitary and sullen elf or two remained to lament the loss of

their immemorial haunts. With the spirits of evil men and the lesser

angels of darkness he waged a fierce and dubious war; he evoked an

ancient ghost from a ruined tower, which it had shared for generations

with the owl; and he laid or tranquillized a fierce and troubled spirit

which had haunted the abode of a miser in a neighbouring churchyard, and

seemed to gibber and mumble over his bones. All these places were

purified by prayer, and hallowed by the blessing of the gifted pastor

Ezra Peden.

The place of his ministry seemed fitted by nature, and largely endowed

by history, for the reception and entertainment of all singular and

personified beliefs. Part was maritime, and part mountainous, uniting

the aërial creeds of the shepherds with the stern and more imposing

beliefs of the husbandman, and the wild and characteristic superstitions

of the sailors. It often happened, when he had marched against and

vanquished a sin or a superstition of native growth, he was summoned to

wage war with a new foe; to contend with a legion of errors, and a

strange race of spirits from the haunted coasts of Norway or Sweden. All

around him on every side were records of the mouldering influence of the

enemies of faith and charity. On the hill where the heathen Odin had

appeared to his worshippers in the circle of granite, the pillars of his

Runic temple promised to be immortal; but the god was gone, and his

worship was extinct. The sword, the spear, and the banner, had found

sanctuary from fields of blood on several lofty promontories; but

shattered towers and dismantled castles told that for a time hatred,

oppression, and revenge had ceased to triumph over religion. Persecution

was now past and gone, a demon exorcised by the sword had hallowed three

wild hills and sanctified two little green valleys with the blood of

martyrs. Their gravestones, bedded among heather or long grass, cried up

to heaven against their oppressors in verses which could not surely fail

to elude the punishment awarded by the Kirk against poesy. Storms, and

quicksands, and unskilful mariners, or, as common belief said, the evil

spirits of the deep, had given to the dangerous coast the wrecks of

three stately vessels; and there they made their mansions, and raised

whirlwinds, and spread quicksands, and made sandbanks, with a wicked

diligence, which neither prayer nor preaching could abate. The forms

under which these restless spirits performed their pranks have

unfortunately been left undefined by a curious and poetical peasantry.

It happened one winter, during the fifteenth year of the ministry of

Ezra Peden, and in the year of grace 1705, that he sat by his fire

pondering deep among the treasures of the ancient Presbyterian worthies,

and listening occasionally to the chafing of the coming tide against

cliff and bank, and the fitful sweep of heavy gusts of wind over the

roof of his manor. During the day he had seemed more thoughtful than

usual; he had consulted Scripture with an anxious care, and fortified

his own interpretation of the sacred text by the wisdom of some of the

chiefs and masters of the calling. A Bible, too, bound in black oak, and

clasped with silver, from the page of which sin had received many a

rebuke, and the abominations of witchcraft and sorcery had been cleansed

from the land, was brought from its velvet sanctuary and placed beside

him. Thus armed and prepared, he sat like a watcher of old on the towers

of Judah; like one who girds up his loins and makes bare his right arm

for some fierce and dubious contest.

All this stir and preparation passed not unnoticed of an old man, his

predecessor’s coeval, and prime minister of the household; a person

thin, religious, and faithful, whose gifts in prayer were reckoned by

some old people nearly equal to those of the anointed pastor. To such a

distinction Josiah never thought of aspiring; he contented himself with

swelling the psalm into something like melody on Sunday; visiting the

sick as a forerunner of his master’s approach, and pouring forth prayers

and graces at burials and banquetings, as long and dreary as a hill

sermon. He looked on the minister as something superior to man; a being

possessed by a divine spirit; and he shook his head with all its silver

hairs, and uttered a gentle groan or two, during some of the more rapt

and glowing passages of Ezra’s sermons.

This faithful personage stood at the door of his master’s chamber,

unwilling to go in, and yet loath to depart. “Josiah, thou art called,

Josiah,” said Ezra, in a grave tone, “so come hither; the soul of an

evil man, a worker of iniquity, is about to depart; one who drank the

blood of saints, and made himself fat with the inheritance of the

righteous. It hath been revealed to me that his body is sorely troubled;

but I say unto you, he will not go from the body without the strong

compulsion of prayer, and therefore am I summoned to war with the enemy;

so I shall arm me to the task.”

Josiah was tardy in speech, and before he could reply, the clatter of a

horse’s hoofs was heard at the gate: the rider leapt down, and, splashed

with mire and sprinkled with sleet, he stood in an instant before the

minister.

“Ah, sir,” said the unceremonious messenger, “haste! snatch up the looms

of redemption, and bide not the muttering of prayer, else auld Mahoun

will have his friend Bonshaw to his cauldron, body and soul, if he hasna

him half-way hame already. Godsake, sir, start and fly, for he cannot

shoot over another hour! He talks of perdition, and speaks about a broad

road and a great fire, and friends who have travelled the way before

him. He’s no his lane, however,—that’s one comfort; for I left him

conversing with an old cronie, whom no one saw but himself—one whose

bones are ripe and rotten; and mickle they talked of a place called

Tophet,—a hot enough region, if one can credit them; but I aye doubt the

accounts of such travellers,—they are like the spies of the land of

promise”——

“Silence thine irreverent tongue, and think of thy latter end with fear

and trembling,” said Ezra, in a stern voice. “Mount thy horse, and

follow me to the evil man, thy master; brief is the time, and black is

the account, and stern and inexorable will the summoning angel be.”

And leaping on their horses, they passed from the manse, and sought out

the bank of a little busy stream, which, augmented by a fall of sleet,

lifted up a voice amid its rocky and desolate glen equal to the clamour

of a mightier brook. The glen or dell was rough with sharp and

projecting crags, which, hanging forward at times from opposite sides,

seemed to shut out all further way; while from between their dark-gray

masses the rivulet leapt out in many divided streams. The brook again

gathered together its waters, and subsided into several clear deep

pools, on which the moon, escaping for a moment from the edge of a cloud

of snow, threw a cold and wavering gleam. Along the sweeps of the stream

a rough way, shaped more by nature than by the hand of man, winded among

the rocks; and along this path proceeded Ezra, pondering on the

vicissitudes of human life.

At length he came where the glen expanded, and the sides became steep

and woody; amid a grove of decaying trees, the mansion of Bonshaw rose,

square and gray. Its walls of rough granite were high and massive; the

roof, ascending steep and sharp, carried a covering of red sandstone

flags; around the whole the rivulet poured its scanty waters in a deep

moat, while a low-browed door, guarded by loopholes, gave it the

character of a place of refuge and defence. Though decayed and war-worn

now, it had, in former times, been a fair and courtly spot. A sylvan

nook or arbour, scooped out of the everlasting rock, was wreathed about

with honeysuckle; a little pool, with a margin studded with the earliest

primroses, lay at its entrance; and a garden, redeemed by the labour of

man from the sterile upland, had its summer roses and its beds of

lilies, all bearing token of some gentle and departed inhabitant.

As he approached the house, a candle glimmered in a small square window,

and threw a line or two of straggling light along the path. At the foot

of the decayed porch he observed the figure of a man kneeling, and

presently he heard a voice chanting what sounded like a psalm or a

lyke-wake hymn. Ezra alighted and approached,—the form seemed insensible

of his presence, but stretched his hands towards the tower; and while

the feathery snow descended on his gray hair, he poured his song forth

in a slow and melancholy manner.

“I protest,” said the messenger, “here kneels old William Cameron, the

Covenanter. Hearken, he pours out some odd old-world malison against

Bonshaw. I have heard that the laird hunted him long and sore in his

youth, slew his sons, burned his house, threw his two bonny daughters

desolate,—that was nae gentle deed, however,—and broke the old mother’s

heart with downright sorrow. Sae I canna much blame the dour auld carle

for remembering it even now, though the candles of Bonshaw are burning

in the socket, and his light will soon be extinguished for ever. Let us

hearken to his psalm or his song; it is no every night we have

minstrelsy at Bonshaw gate, I can tell ye that.”

The following are the verses, which have been preserved under the title

of “Ane godly exultation of William Cameron, a chosen vessel, over

Bonshaw, the persecutor.” I have adopted a plainer, but a less

descriptive title—

THE DOWNFALL OF DALZELL.

I.

The wind is cold, the snow falls fast,

The night is dark and late,

As I lift aloud my voice and cry

By the oppressor’s gate.

There is a voice in every hill,

A tongue in every stone;

The greenwood sings a song of joy,

Since thou art dead and gone;

A poet’s voice is in each mouth,

And songs of triumph swell,

Glad songs, that tell the gladsome earth

The downfall of Dalzell.

II.

As I raised up my voice to sing,

I heard the green earth say,

Sweet am I now to beast and bird,

Since thou art passed away:

I hear no more the battle shout,

The martyrs’ dying moans;

My cottages and cities sing

From their foundation-stones;

The carbine and the culverin’s mute,—

The death-shot and the yell

Are turned into a hymn of joy,

For thy downfall, Dalzell

III.

I’ve trod thy banner in the dust,

And caused the raven call

From thy bride-chamber to the owl

Hatched on thy castle wall;

I’ve made thy minstrels’ music dumb,

And silent now to fame

Art thou, save when the orphan casts

His curses on thy name.

Now thou may’st say to good men’s prayers

A long and last farewell:

There’s hope for every sin save thine,—

Adieu, adieu, Dalzell!

IV.

The grim pit opes for thee her gates,

Where punished spirits wail,

And ghastly Death throws wide his door,

And hails thee with a Hail.

Deep from the grave there comes a voice,

A voice with hollow tones,

Such as a spirit’s tongue would have

That spoke through hollow bones:—

“Arise, ye martyred men, and shout

From earth to howling hell;

He comes, the persecutor comes!

All hail to thee, Dalzell!”

V.

O’er an old battle-field there rushed

A wind, and with a moan

The severed limbs all rustling rose,

Even fellow bone to bone.

“Lo! there he goes,” I heard them cry,

“Like babe in swathing band,

Who shook the temples of the Lord,

And passed them ’neath his brand.

Cursed be the spot where he was born,

There let the adders dwell,

And from his father’s hearthstone hiss:

All hail to thee, Dalzell!”

VI.

I saw thee growing like a tree,—

Thy green head touched the sky,—

But birds far from thy branches built,

The wild deer passed thee by;

No golden dew dropt on thy bough,

Glad summer scorned to grace

Thee with her flowers, nor shepherds wooed

Beside thy dwelling-place;

The axe has come and hewed thee down,

Nor left one shoot to tell

Where all thy stately glory grew:

Adieu, adieu, Dalzell!

VII.

An ancient man stands by thy gate,

His head like thine is gray;

Gray with the woes of many years,

Years fourscore and a day.

Five brave and stately sons were his;

Two daughters, sweet and rare;

An old dame, dearer than them all,

And lands both broad and fair;—

Two broke their hearts when two were slain,

And three in battle fell,—

An old man’s curse shall cling to thee,—

Adieu, adieu, Dalzell!

VIII.

And yet I sigh to think of thee,

A warrior tried and true

As ever spurred a steed, when thick

The splintering lances flew.

I saw thee in thy stirrups stand,

And hew thy foes down fast,

When Grierson fled, and Maxwell failed,

And Gordon stood aghast;

And Graeme, saved by thy sword, raged fierce

As one redeemed from hell.

I came to curse thee,—and I weep:

So go in peace, Dalzell!

When this wild and unusual hymn concluded, the Cameronian arose and

departed, and Ezra and his conductor entered the chamber of the dying

man.

He found him stretched on a couch of state, more like a warrior cut in

marble than a breathing being. He had still a stern and martial look,

and his tall and stalwart frame retained something of that ancient

exterior beauty for which his youth was renowned. His helmet, spoiled by

time of its plumage, was placed on his head; a rusty corslet was on his

bosom; in his arms, like a bride, lay his broad and famous sword; and as

he looked at it, the battles of his youth passed in array before him.

Armour and arms hung grouped along the walls, and banners, covered with

many a quaint and devotional device, waved in their places as the

domestic closed the door on Ezra and the dying warrior in the chamber of

presence.

The devout man stood and regarded his ancient parishioner with a meek

and sorrowful look; but nothing visible or present employed Bonshaw’s

reflections or moved his spirit—his thoughts had wandered back to

earlier years, and to scenes of peril and blood. He imagined himself at

the head of his horsemen in the hottest period of the persecution,

chasing the people from rock to rock, and from glen to cavern. His

imagination had presented to his eye the destruction of the children of

William Cameron. He addressed their mother in a tone of ironical

supplication,—

“Woman, where is thy devout husband, and thy five holy sons? Are they

busied in interminable prayers or everlasting sermons? Whisper it in my

ear, woman,—thou hast made that reservation doubtless in thy promise of

concealment. Come, else I will wrench the truth out of thee with these

gentle catechists, the thumbscrew and the bootikin. Serving the Lord,

sayest thou, woman? Why, that is rebelling against the king. Come, come,

a better answer, else I shall make thee a bride for a saint on a bloody

bed of heather!

Here he paused and waved his hand like a warrior at the head of armed

men, and thus he continued,—

“Come, uncock thy carbine, and harm not the woman till she hear the good

tidings. Sister saint, how many bairns have ye? I bless God, saith she,

five—Reuben, Simon, Levi, Praisegod, and Patrick. A bonny generation,

woman. Here, soldier, remove the bandages from the faces of those two

young men before ye shoot them. There stands Patrick, and that other is

Simon;—dost thou see the youngest of thy affections? The other three are

in Sarah’s bosom—thyself shall go to Abraham’s. The woman looks as if

she doubted me;—here, toss to her those three heads—often have they lain

in her lap, and mickle have they prayed in their time. Out, thou

simpleton! canst thou not endure the sight of the heads of thine own

fair-haired sons, the smell of powder, and the flash of a couple of

carbines?”

The re-acting of that ancient tragedy seemed to exhaust for a little

while the old persecutor. He next imagined himself receiving the secret

instructions of the Council.

“What, what, my lord, must all this pleasant work fall to me? A reeking

house and a crowing cock shall be scarce things in Nithsdale. Weepings

and wailings shall be rife—the grief of mothers, and the moaning of

fatherless babes. There shall be smoking ruins and roofless kirks, and

prayers uttered in secret, and sermons preached at a venture and a

hazard on the high and solitary places. Where is General Turner?—Gone

where the wine is good?—And where is Grierson?—Has he begun to talk of

repentance?—Gordon thinks of the unquenchable fire which the martyred

Cameronian raved about; and gentle Graeme vows he will cut no more

throats unless they wear laced cravats. Awell, my lords; I am the king’s

servant, and not Christ’s, and shall boune me to the task.”

His fancy flew over a large extent of time, and what he uttered now may

be supposed to be addressed to some invisible monitor; he seemed not

aware of the presence of the minister.

“Auld, say you, and gray-headed, and the one foot in the grave; it is

time to repent, and spice and perfume over my rottenness, and prepare

for heaven? I’ll tell ye, but ye must not speak on’t—I tried to pray

late yestreen—I knelt down, and I held up my hands to heaven—and what

think ye I beheld? a widow woman and her five fair sons standing between

me and the Most High, and calling out, ‘Woe, woe, on Bonshaw.’ I threw

myself with my face to the earth, and what got I between my hands? A

gravestone which covered five martyrs, and cried out against me for

blood which I had wantonly shed. I heard voices from the dust whispering

around me; and the angel which watched of old over the glory of my house

hid his face with his hands, and I beheld the evil spirits arise with

power to punish me for a season. I’ll tell ye what I will do—among the

children of those I have slain shall my inheritance be divided; so sit

down, holy sir, and sit down, most learned man, and hearken to my

bequest. To the children of three men slain on Irongray Moor—to the

children of two slain on Closeburn-hill—to—no, no, no, all that crowd,

that multitude, cannot be the descendants of those whom I doomed to

perish by the rope, and the pistol, and the sword. Away, I say, ye

congregation of zealots and psalm-singers!—disperse, I say, else I shall

trample ye down beneath my horse’s hoofs! Peace, thou whiteheaded

stirrer of sedition, else I shall cleave thee to the collar!—wilt thou

preach still?”

Here the departing persecutor uttered a wild imprecation, clenched his

teeth, leaped to his feet, waved his sword, and stood for several

moments, his eyes flashing from them a fierce light, and his whole

strength gathered into a blow which he aimed at his imaginary adversary.

But he stiffened as he stood—a brief shudder passed over his frame, and

he was dead before he fell on the floor, and made the hall re-echo.

The minister raised him in his arms—a smile of military joy still

dilated his stern face—and his hand grasped the sword hilt so firmly

that it required some strength to wrench it from his hold. Sore, sore

the good pastor lamented that he had no death-bed communings with the

departed chief, and he expressed this so frequently, that the peasantry

said, on the day of his burial, that it would bring back his spirit to

earth and vex mankind, and that Ezra would find him particularly

untractable and bold. Of these whisperings he took little heed, but he

became somewhat more grave and austere than usual.

CHAPTER II.

It happened on an evening about the close of the following spring, when

the oat braird was flourishing, and the barley shot its sharp green

spikes above the clod, carrying the dew on the third morning, that Ezra

Peden was returning from a wedding at Buckletiller. When he left the

bridal chamber it was about ten o’clock. His presence had suppressed for

a time the natural ardour for dancing and mirth which characterises the

Scotch; but no sooner was he mounted, and the dilatory and departing

clatter of his horse’s hoofs heard, than musicians and musical

instruments appeared from their hiding-places. The floor was

disencumbered of the bridal dinner-tables, the maids bound up their long

hair, and the hinds threw aside their mantles, and, taking their places

and their partners, the restrained mirth broke out like a whirlwind. Old

men looked on with a sigh, and uttered a feeble and faint remonstrance,

which they were not unwilling should be drowned in the abounding and

augmenting merriment.

The pastor had reached the entrance of a little wild and seldom

frequented glen, along which a grassy and scarce visible road winded to

an ancient burial-ground. Here the graceless and ungodly merriment first

reached his ears, and made the woody hollow ring and resound. Horse and

rider seemed possessed of the same spirit—the former made a full halt

when he heard the fiddle note, while the latter, uttering a very audible

groan, and laying the bridle on his horse’s neck, pondered on the wisest

and most effectual way of repressing this unseemly merriment—of

cleansing the parish of this ancient abomination. It was a beautiful

night; the unrisen moon had yet a full hour of travel before she could

reach the tops of the eastern hills; the wind was mute, and no sound was

abroad save the chafing of a small runnel, and the bridal mirth.

While Ezra sat casting in his own mind a long and a dubious contest with

this growing and unseemly sin, something like the shadowy outline of a

horse and rider appeared in the path. The night was neither light nor

dark, and the way, grassy and soft, lay broad and uninterrupted between

two hazel and holly groves. As the pastor lifted up his eyes, he beheld

a dark rider reining up a dark horse side by side with his own, nor did

he seem to want any accoutrement necessary for ruling a fine and

intractable steed. As he gazed, the figure became more distinct; it

seemed a tall martial form, with a slouched hat and feather, and a dark

and ample mantle, which was muffled up to his eyes. From the waist

downward all was indistinct, and horse and rider seemed to melt into one

dark mass visible in the outline alone. Ezra was too troubled in spirit

to court the intrusion of a stranger upon his meditations; he bent on

him a look particularly forbidding and stern, and having made up his

mind to permit the demon of mirth and minstrelsy to triumph for the

present, rode slowly down the glen.

But side by side with Ezra, and step by step, even as shadow follows

substance, moved the mute and intrusive stranger. The minister looked at

his companion, and stirred his steed onward; with corresponding speed

moved the other, till they came where the road branched off to a ruined

castle. Up this way, with the wish to avoid his new friend, Ezra turned

his horse; the other did the same. The former seemed suddenly to change

his mind, and returned to the path that led to the old burial-ground;

the latter was instantly at his side, his face still hidden in the folds

of his mantle.

Now, Ezra was stern and unaccommodating in kirk controversy, and the

meek and gentle spirit of religion, and a sense of spiritual interest,

had enough to do to appease and sober down a temper naturally bold, and

even warlike. Exasperated at this intruding stranger, his natural

triumphed over his acquired spirit, and lifting his riding-stick, and

starting up in his stirrups, he aimed a blow equal to the unhorsing of

any ordinary mortal. But the weapon met with no obstruction—it seemed to

descend through air alone. The minister gazed with dread on this

invulnerable being; the stranger gazed on him; and both made a halt like

men preparing for mortal fray. Ezra, who felt his horse shuddering

beneath him, began to suspect that his companion pertained to a more

dubious state of existence than his own, and his grim look and sable

exterior induced him to rank him at once among those infamous and evil

spirits which are sometimes permitted to trouble the earth, and to be a

torment to the worthy and the devout.

He muttered a brief and pithy prayer, and then said,—

“Evil shape, who art thou, and wherefore comest thou unto me? If thou

comest for good, speak; if for my confusion and my harm, even do thine

errand; I shall not fly from thee.”

“I come more for mine own good than for thy harm,” responded the figure.

“Far have I ridden, and much have I endured, that I might visit thee and

this land again.”

“Do you suffer in the flesh, or are you tortured in the spirit?” said

the pastor, desirous to know something certain of his unwelcome

companion.

“In both,” replied the form. “I have dwelt in the vale of fire, in the

den of punishment, hollow, and vast, and dreadful; I have ridden through

the region of snow and the land of hail; I have swam through the liquid

wilderness of burning lava,—passed an illimitable sea, and all for the

love of one hour of this fair green earth, with its fresh airs and its

new-sprung corn.”

Ezra looked on the figure with a steady and a penetrating eye. The

stranger endured the scrutiny.

“I must know of a truth to whom and what I speak—I must see you face to

face. Thou mayest be the grand artificer of deceit come to practise upon

my immortal soul. Unmantle thee, I pray, that I may behold if thou art a

poor and an afflicted spirit punished for a time, or that fierce and

restless fiend who bears the visible stamp of eternal reprobation.”

“I may not withstand thy wish,” muttered the form in a tone of

melancholy, and dropping his mantle, and turning round on the pastor,

said, “Hast thou forgotten me?”

“How can I forget thee?” said Ezra, receding as he spoke. “The stern and

haughty look of Bonshaw has been humbled indeed. Unhappy one, thou art

sorely changed since I beheld thee on earth with the helmet-plume

fanning thy hot and bloody brow as thy right hand smote down the blessed

ones of the earth! The Almighty doom—the evil and the tormenting

place—the vile companions—have each in their turn done the work of

retribution upon thee; thou art indeed more stern and more terrible, but

thou art not changed beyond the knowledge of one whom thou hast hunted

and hounded, and sought to slay utterly.”

The shape or spirit of Bonshaw, dilated with anger, and in a quicker and

fiercer tone, said—

“Be charitable; flesh and blood, be charitable. Doom not to hell-fire

and grim companions one whose sins thou canst not weigh but in the

balance of thine own prejudices. I tell thee, man of God, the

uncharitableness of the sect to which thou pertainest has thronged the

land of punishment as much as those who headed, and hanged, and stabbed,

and shot, and tortured. I may be punished for a time, and not wholly

reprobate.”

“Punished in part, or doomed in whole, thou needs must be,” answered the

pastor, who seemed now as much at his ease as if this singular colloquy

had happened with a neighbouring divine. “A holy and a blessed spirit

would have appeared in a brighter shape. I like not thy dubious words,

thou half-punished and half-pardoned spirit. Away, vanish! shall I speak

the sacred words which make the fiends howl, or wilt thou depart in

peace?”

“In peace I come to thee,” said the spirit, “and in peace let me be

gone. Hadst thou come sooner when I summoned thee, and not loitered away

the precious death-bed moments, hearkening the wild and fanciful song of

one whom I have deeply wronged, this journey might have been spared—a

journey of pain to me, and peril to thyself.”

“Peril to me!” said the pastor; “be it even as thou sayest. Shall I fly

for one cast down, over whose prostrate form the purging fire has

passed? Wicked was thy course on earth—many and full of evil were thy

days—and now thou art loose again, thou fierce and persecuting spirit,—a

woe, and a woe to poor Scotland!”

“They are loose who never were bound,” answered the spirit of Bonshaw,

darkening in anger, and expanding in form, “and that I could soon show

thee. But, behold, I am not permitted;—there is a watcher—a holy one

come nigh prepared to resist and to smite. I shall do thee no harm, holy

man—I vow by the pains of punishment and the conscience-pang—now the

watcher has departed.”

“Of whom speakest thou?” inquired Ezra. “Have we ministering spirits

who guard the good from the plots of the wicked ones? Have we evil

spirits who tempt and torment men, and teach the maidens ensnaring

songs, and lighten their feet and their heads for the wanton dance?”

“Stay, I pray thee,” said the spirit; “there are spirits of evil men and

of good men made perfect, who are permitted to visit the earth, and

power is given them for a time to work their will with men. I beheld one

of the latter even now, a bold one and a noble; but he sees I mean not

to harm thee, so we shall not war together.”

At this assurance of protection, the pastor inclined his shuddering

steed closer to his companion, and thus he proceeded:—

“You have said that my sect—my meek and lowly, and broken, and long

persecuted remnant—have helped to people the profound hell; am I to

credit thy words?”

“Credit them or not as thou wilt,” said the spirit; “whoso spilleth

blood by the sword, by the word, and by the pen, is there: the false

witness; the misinterpreter of the Gospel; the profane poet; the profane

and presumptuous preacher; the slayer and the slain; the persecutor and

the persecuted; he who died at the stake, and he who piled the

faggot;—all are there, enduring hard weird and penal fire for a time

reckoned and days numbered. They are there whom thou wottest not of,”

said the confiding spirit, drawing near as he spoke, and whispering the

names of some of the worthies of the Kirk, and the noble, and the

far-descended.

“I well believe thee,” said the pastor; “but I beseech thee to be more

particular in thy information: give me the names which some of the chief

ministers of woe in the nether world were known by in this. I shall hear

of those who built cathedrals and strongholds, and filled thrones

spiritual and temporal.”

“Ay, that thou wilt,” said the spirit, “and the names of some of the

mantled professors of God’s humble Presbyterian Kirk also; those who

preached a burning fire and a devouring hell to their dissenting

brethren, and who called out with a loud voice, ‘Perdition to the sons

and daughters of men; draw the sword; slay and smite utterly.’”

“Thou art a false spirit assuredly,” said the pastor; “yet tell me one

thing. Thy steed and thou seem to be as one, to move as one, and I

observed thee even now conversing with thy brute part; dost thou ride on

a punished spirit, and is there injustice in hell as well as on earth?”

The spirit laughed.

“Knowest thou not this patient and obedient spirit on whom I ride?—what

wouldst thou say if I named a name renowned at the holy altar? the name

of one who loosed the sword on the bodies of men, because they believed

in a humble Saviour, and he believed in a lofty. I have bestrode that

mitred personage before now; he is the hack to all the Presbyterians in

the pit, but he cannot be spared on a journey so distant as this.”

“So thou wilt not tell me the name of thy steed?” said Ezra; “well, even

as thou wilt.”

“Nay,” said the spirit, “I shall not deny so good a man so small a

matter. Knowest thou not George Johnstone, the captain of my troop,—as

bold a hand as ever bore a sword and used it among fanatics? We lived

together in life, and in death we are not divided.”

“In persecution and in punishment, thou mightest have said, thou

scoffing spirit,” said the pastor. “But tell me, do men lord it in

perdition as they did on earth; is there no retributive justice among

the condemned spirits?”

“I have condescended on that already,” said the spirit, “and I will tell

thee further: there is thy old acquaintance and mine, George Gordon;

punished and condemned though he be, he is the scourge, and the whip,

and the rod of fire to all those brave and valiant men who served those

equitable and charitable princes, Charles Stewart, and James, his

brother.”

“I suspect why those honourable cavaliers are tasting the cup of

punishment,” said the pastor; “but what crime has sedate and holy George

done that his lot is cast with the wicked?”

“Canst thou not guess it, holy Ezra?” answered the spirit. “His crime

was so contemptible and mean that I scorn to name it. Hast thou any

further questions?”

“You spoke of Charles Stuart, and James, his brother,” said the pastor;

“when sawest thou the princes for whom thou didst deluge thy country

with blood, and didst peril thine own soul?”

“Ah! thou cunning querist,” said the spirit, with a laugh; “canst thou

not ask a plain question? Thou askest questions plain and pointed enough

of the backsliding damsels of thy congregation—why shouldst thou put thy

sanctified tricks on me, a plain and straightforward spirit, as ever

uttered response to the godly? Nevertheless, I will tell thee; I saw

them not an hour ago—Charles saddled me my steed; wot ye who held my

stirrup?—even James, his brother. I asked them if they had any message

to the devout people of their ancient kingdom of Scotland. The former

laughed, and bade me bring him the kirk repentance-stool for a throne.

The latter looked grave, and muttered over his fingers like a priest

counting his beads; and hell echoed far and wide with laughter at the

two princes.”

“Ay, ay!” said the pastor; “so I find you have mirth among you: have you

dance and song also?”

“Ay, truly,” answered the spirit; “we have hymns and hallelujahs from

the lips of that holy and patriotic band who banished their native

princes, and sold their country to an alien; and the alien himself rules

and reigns among them; and when they are weary with the work of praise,

certain inferior and officious spirits moisten their lips with cupfuls

of a curious and cooling liquid, and then hymn and thanksgiving

recommence again.”

“Ah, thou dissembler,” said the minister; “and yet I see little cause

why they should be redeemed, when so many lofty minds must wallow with

the sinful for a season. But, tell me; it is long since I heard of Claud

Hamilton,—have you seen him among you? He was the friend and follower of

the alien—a mocker of the mighty minds of his native land—a scoffer of

that gifted and immortal spirit which pours the glory of Scotland to the

uttermost ends of the earth—tell me of him, I pray.”

Loud laughed the spirit, and replied in scorn—

“We take no note of things so mean and unworthy as he; he may be in some

hole in perdition, for aught I know or care. But, stay; I will answer

thee truly. He has not passed to our kingdom yet; he is condemned to the

punishment of a long and useless life on earth; and even now you will

find him gnawing his flesh in agony to hear the name he has sought to

cast down renowned over all the earth.”

The spirit now seemed impatient to be gone; they had emerged from the

glen; and vale and lea, brightened by the moon, and sown thick with

evening dew, sparkled far and wide.

“If thou wouldst question me farther,” said the frank and communicative

spirit of Bonshaw, “and learn more of the dead, meet me in the old

burial-ground an hour before moon-rise on Sunday night: tarry at home if

thou wilt; but I have more to tell thee than thou knowest to ask about;

and hair of thy head shall not be harmed.”

Even as he spoke the shape of horse and rider underwent a sudden

transformation—the spirit sank into the shape of a steed, the steed rose

into the form of the rider, and wrapping his visionary mantle about him,

and speaking to his unearthly horse, away he started, casting as he flew

a sudden and fiery glance on the astonished pastor, who muttered, as he

concluded a brief prayer,—

“There goes Captain George Johnstone, riding on his fierce old master!”

CHAPTER III.

The old burial-ground, the spirit’s trysting-place, was a fair but a

lonely spot. All around lay scenes renowned in tradition for blood, and

broil, and secret violence. The parish was formerly a land of warrior’s

towers, and of houses for penance, and vigil, and mortification. But the

Reformation came, and sacked and crushed down the houses of devotion;

while the peace between the two kingdoms curbed the courage, and

extinguished for ever the military and predatory glory of those old

Galwegian chieftains. It was in a burial-ground pertaining to one of

those ancient churches, and where the peasants still loved to have their

dust laid, that Ezra trusted to meet again the shadowy representative of

the fierce old Laird of Bonshaw.

The moon, he computed, had a full hour to travel before her beams would

be shed on the place of conference, and to that eerie and deserted spot

Ezra was observed to walk like one consecrating an evening hour to

solitary musing on the rivulet side. No house stood within half a mile;

and when he reached the little knoll on which the chapel formerly stood,

he sat down on the summit to ponder over the way to manage this singular

conference. A firm spirit, and a pure heart, he hoped, would confound

and keep at bay the enemy of man’s salvation; and he summed up, in a

short historical way, the names of those who had met and triumphed over

the machinations of fiends. Thus strengthened and reassured, he rose and

looked around, but he saw no approaching shape. The road along which he

expected the steed and rider to come was empty; and he walked towards

the broken gate, to cast himself in the way, and show with what

confidence he abode his coming.

Over the wall of the churchyard, repaired with broken and carved stones

from the tombs and altar of the chapel, he now looked, and it was with

surprise that he saw a new made widow kneeling over her husband’s grave,

and about to pour out her spirit in lamentation and sorrow. He knew her

form and face, and the deepest sorrow came upon him. She was the

daughter of an old and a faithful elder: she had married a seafaring

youth, and borne him one fair child. Her husband was returning from a

distant voyage; had entered the sea of Solway; his native hills—his own

home—rose to his view, and he saw the light streaming from the little

chamber window, where his wife and his sweet child sat awaiting his

return. But it was not written that they were to meet again in life. She

heard the sweep of a whirlwind, and she heard a shriek, and going to her

chamber-door, she saw the ship sinking, and her husband struggling in

the agitated water. It is needless to lengthen a sorrowful story: she

now threw herself weeping over his grave, and poured out the following

wail:—

“He was the fairest among men, yet the sea swept him away: he was the

kindest hearted, yet he was not to remain. What were all other men

compared to him,—his long curling hair, and his sweet hazel eyes, and

his kind and gladsome tongue? He loved me long, and he won me from many

rivals; for who could see his face, and not love him? who could listen

to his speech, and refuse him aught? When he danced, maids stood round,

and thought his feet made richer music than the instruments. When he

sang, the maids and matrons blessed him; and high-born dames loved the

song of my frank and gentle sailor. But there is no mercy in the ocean

for the sons of men; and there is nought but sorrow for their daughters.

Men go gray-headed to the grave, who, had they trusted the unstable

deeps, would have perished in their prime, and left fatherless babes,

and sorrowing widows. Alas, alas! in lonely night, on this eerie spot,

on thy low and early grave, I pour forth my heart! Who now shall speak

peace to my mind, and open the latch of my little lonely home with thy

kind and anxious hand? Who now shall dandle my sweet babe on his knee,

or love to go with me to kirk and to preaching,—to talk over our old

tales of love and courtship,—of the secret tryst and the bridal joy!”

And, concluding her melancholy chant, she looked sorrowfully and

steadfastly at the grave, and recommenced anew her wailing and her

tears.

The widow’s grief endured so long that the moon began to make her

approach manifest by shooting up a long and a broad stream of thin,

lucid, and trembling light over the eastern ridge of the Cumberland

hills. She rose from her knees, shed back her moist and disordered

locks, showing a face pale but lovely, while the watery light of two

large dark eyes, of liquid and roving blue, was cast mournfully on the

way homewards, down which she now turned her steps to be gone. Of what

passed in the pastor’s mind at this moment, tradition, which sometimes

mocks, and at other times deifies, the feelings of men, gives a very

unsatisfactory account. He saw the hour of appointment with his shadowy

messenger from the other world arrive and pass without his appearance;

and he was perhaps persuaded that the pure, and pious, and overflowing

grief of the fair young widow had prevented the intrusion of a form so

ungracious and unholy. As she advanced from the burial-ground, the

pastor of her parish stood mute and sorrowful before her. She passed him

as one not wishing to be noticed, and glided along the path with a slow

step and a downcast eye.

She had reached the side of a little lonely stream, which glided half

seen, half hid, underneath its banks of broom and honeysuckle, sprinkled

at that hour with wild daisies, and spotted with primroses—when the

voice of Ezra reached her ears. She made a full stop, like one who hears

something astounding, and turned round on the servant of the altar a

face radiant with tears, to which her tale of woe, and the wild and

lonely place, added an interest and a beauty.

“Young woman,” he began, “it is unseemly in thee to bewail thy loss at

this lonely hour, and in this dreary spot: the youth was given to thee,

and ye became vain. I remarked the pride of thy looks, and the gaudiness

of thine apparel, even in the house of holiness; he is taken from thee,

perhaps, to punish thy pride. There is less meekness in thy sorrow than

there was reason in thy joy; but be ye not discomforted.”

Here the weeping lady turned the sidelong glance of her swimming eyes on

Ezra, shed back the locks which usurped a white brow and snowy temples,

and folding her hands over a bosom, the throbbings of which made the

cambric that concealed it undulate like water, stood still, and drank in

his words of comfort and condolence.

Tradition always conducts Ezra and the mariner’s widow to this seldom

frequented place. A hundred and a hundred times have I mused over the

scene in sunlight and moonlight; a hundred and a hundred times have I

hearkened to the wild and variable accounts of the peasantry, and sought

to make bank, and bush, and stream, and tree assist in unravelling the

mystery which must still hang over the singular and tragic catastrophe.

Standing in this romantic place, a pious man, not over-stricken in

years, conversing with a rosy young widow, a vain and a fair creature, a

bank of blossomed flowers beside them, and the new risen moon scattering

her slant and ineffectual beams on the thick budded branches above

them,—such is the picture which tradition invariably draws, while

imagination endeavours to take up the tender thread of the story, and

imagination must have this licence still. Truth contents herself with

the summary of a few and unsatisfactory particulars. The dawn of morning

came, says Truth, and Ezra had not returned to his manse. Something evil

hath happened, said Imagination, scattering as she spoke a thousand

tales of a thousand hues, many of which still find credence among the

pious people of Galloway.

Josiah, the old and faithful servant of Ezra, arrived in search of his

master at the lonely burial-ground, about the dawn of the morning. He

had become alarmed at his long absence, and his alarm was not abated by

the unholy voices which at midnight sailed round the manse and kirk,

singing, as he imagined, a wild and infernal hymn of joy and

thanksgiving. He traced his steps down the footpath by the rivulet side

till he came to the little primrose bank, and found it trodden upon and

pressed as if two persons had been seated among the flowers. Here all

further traces ceased, and Josiah stood pondering on the power of evil

spirits, and the danger of holding tryst with Beelzebub or any of the

lesser spirits of darkness.

He was soon joined by an old shepherd, who told a tale which pious men

refuse to believe, though they always listen to it. The bright moonlight

had made him imagine it was morning, and he arose and walked forth to

look at his lambs on the distant hill—the moon had been up for nearly an

hour. His way lay near the little lonely primrose bank, and as he walked

along he heard the whispering of tongues: he deemed it some idle piece

of lovemaking, and he approached to see who they might be. He saw what

ought not to be seen, even the reverend Ezra seated on the bank, and

conversing with a buxom young dame and a strange one. They were talking

wondrous kindly. He observed them for a little space; the young dame was

in widow’s weeds; the mariner’s widow wore the only weeds, praise be

blest, in the parish, but she was a raven to a swan compared to the

quean who conversed with the minister. She was indeed passing fair, and

the longer he looked on her she became the lovelier—ower lovely for mere

flesh and blood. His dog shrunk back and whimpered, and an owl that

chased a bird in the grove uttered a scream of terror as it beheld her,

and forsook its prey. At length she turned the light of her eyes on

himself; Will-o’-the-wisp was but a proverb to them; they had a glance

he should never get the better of, and he hardly thought his legs

carried him home, he flew with such supernatural speed.

“But, indeed,” added the cautious peasant, “I have some doubts that the

whole was a fiction of the auld enemy, to make me think ill of the douce

man and the godly; and if he be spared to come home, so I shall tell

him. But if Ezra, pious man, is heard of nae mair, I shall be free to

believe that what I heard I heard, and what I saw I saw. And Josiah,

man, I may as weel give you the benefit of my own opinion. I’ll amaist

aver on my Bible, that the minister, a daring man and a courageous,—ower

courageous, I doubt,—has been dared out to the lonely place by some he,

or, maybe, she-fiend—the latter maist likely; and there he has been

overcome by might or temptation, and now Satan may come atween the

stilts of the gospel plough, for the right hand of Ezra will hold it no

longer; or I shouldna wonder,” added the shepherd, “but that the old

dour persecutor Bonshaw has carried him away on his fiend-steed Geordie

Johnstone; conscience! nought mair likely; and I’ll warrant even now

they are ducking him in the dub of perdition, or picking his banes ahint

the hallan o’ hell.”

The whole of this rustic prediction was not fulfilled. In a little deep

wild dell, at the distance of a gunshot, they found Ezra Peden lying on

the ground, uttering words which will be pardoned, since they were the

words of a delirious tongue. He was carried home amid the sympathy and

sorrow of his parishioners; he answered no question, nor seemed to

observe a single face, though the face of many a friend stood round him.

He only raved out words of tenderness and affection, addressed to some

imaginary person at his side; and concluded by starting up, and raising

such an outcry of horror and amazement, as if the object of his regard

had become a demon: seven strong men could hardly hold him. He died on

the third day, after making a brief disclosure, which may be readily

divined from this hasty and imperfect narrative.

YOUNG RONALD OF MORAR:

_A TRADITIONARY TALE OF THE WESTERN HIGHLANDS_.

Angus Macdonald, a son of Clanranald, having quarrelled with his

neighbour and namesake, the Laird of Morar, he made an irruption into

that district, at the head of a select portion of his followers. One of

his men was celebrated for his dexterity as a marksman; and on their

march he gave a proof of this, by striking the head off the _canna_, or

moss cotton, with an arrow. This plant is common on mossy ground in the

Highlands; it is as white as the driven snow, and not half the size of

the lily.

Having got possession of the cattle, Angus was driving away the

_spreith_ to his own country; but Dugald of Morar pursued him with a few

servants who happened to be at hand; and, being esteemed a man of great

bravery, Angus had no wish to encounter him. He ordered the marksman to

shoot him with an arrow; but the poor fellow, being unwilling to injure

Dugald, aimed high, and overshot him. Angus observed this, and expressed

his surprise that a man who could hit the _canna_ yesterday, could not

hit Dugald’s broad forehead that day; and drawing his sword, swore that

he would cleave the marksman’s head should he miss him again. John then

reluctantly drew his bow, and Dugald fell to rise no more.

Angus got into his hands the only son of the dreaded Morar, then very

young; and the treatment which the unfortunate boy received was

calculated to injure his health and shorten his life. A poor girl, who

attended the calves, had pity on him, and at last contrived to carry him

away, wrapped up in a large fleece of wool. Having escaped from her

pursuers, she made her way to the house of Cameron of Lochiel. Here she

and the boy were most hospitably received; and, according to the custom

of the country in those days, they passed a year and a day without being

asked any question. At the end of that period, Lochiel made inquiry

regarding the boy, and the girl candidly told him her story. He thus

discovered that the boy was the son of his own wife’s sister; but he

concealed the whole from his lady, of whose secrecy he was not very

confident. But he treated young Ronald with great kindness. Lochiel had

a son much of the same age; the two boys frequently quarrelled, and the

lady was angry to see her own son worsted. She at last swore that “the

girl and her vagabond must quit the house next morning.” The generous

Lochiel set out with the boy to Inverness, where he boarded him under a

false name, and placed the woman in the service of a friend in the

neighbourhood, that she might have an eye to his condition.

Ronald received such education as befitted his birth; and when he grew

up to manhood, he paid a visit to Lochiel, his kind benefactor, in

Lochaber, who was so much satisfied with him, that he determined on

giving him his powerful assistance in recovering his paternal estate,

which was then in the possession of Angus.

Lochiel ordered a hundred men to attend himself and Ronald on this

occasion; and they arrived in Morar on a Sunday, when the usurper and

all his people were in church at mass. He congratulated the young man on

the opportunity he now had of avenging his father’s blood, and

destroying all his enemies at once, by burning them in the church.

Ronald humanely objected, that though many of those persons then in the

church were guilty of his father’s death, yet there were others innocent

of that crime; and he declared that if his estate could not be recovered

otherwise, he would rather want it, and trust to Providence and his own

valour. Lochiel did not at all relish such sentiments, and left Ronald

to his fate.

Ronald took refuge in a cavern, and the daughter of Angus, his only

child, frequently passed that way, in looking after her father’s fold.

He sometimes got into conversation with her; and, though but a child,

she became attached to him. He prevailed upon her to get his shirts

washed for him. Her father having accidentally discovered the linen

bleaching, observed the initial letters of Ronald’s name; and making

inquiry into the circumstances, soon suspected that he was at hand. He

attempted to persuade his daughter to decoy Ronald into his power; but

she told the young man all that her father proposed to her; and he,

finding that Angus was still thirsting for his blood, immediately left

the country, and took the girl along with him. With much difficulty he

conveyed her in safety to Inverness, from whence he procured a passage

to France, where he placed her in a convent. He entered the French army,

and was much distinguished for his bravery; he was thus enabled to

support himself, and to defray the expense of her education. When the

young woman was of age, they were married, and returned to Scotland.

Ronald having obtained strong recommendations to the king, he found

means of being reconciled to Angus, who was then old, and had become

very penitent. He made great professions of friendship and attachment to

Ronald; but his daughter was always doubtful of his sincerity, and it

would appear that she had justly appreciated his disposition. One night,

Ronald having feigned intoxication and retired to rest, the old

barbarian calculated that he would sleep very soundly, and slunk into

his apartment, armed with a dirk, to stab his son-in-law; but the young

man watched the treacherous hypocrite, and put him to death. Ronald

obtained possession of his paternal estate, and, after a long and

prosperous life, became the founder of a very respectable family.—_Lit.

Gazette._

THE BROKEN RING.

BY ONE OF THE AUTHORS OF THE “ODD VOLUME.”

“Hout, lassie,” said the wily Dame Seton to her daughter, “dinna blear

your een wi’ greeting. What would honest Maister Binks say, if he were

to come in the now, and see you looking baith dull and dour? Dight your

een, my bairn, and snood back your hair—I’se warrant you’ll mak a

bonnier bride than ony o’ your sisters.”

“I carena whether I look bonny or no, since Willie winna see me,” said

Mary, while her eyes filled with tears. “Oh, mother, ye have been ower

hasty in this matter; I canna help thinking he will come hame yet, and

make me his wife. It’s borne in on my mind that Willie is no dead.”

“Put awa such thoughts out o’ your head, lassie,” answered her mother;

“naebody doubts but yoursel that the ship that he sailed in was

whumelled ower in the saut sea—what gars you threep he’s leeving that

gate?”

“Ye ken, mother,” answered Mary, “that when Willie gaed awa on that

wearifu’ voyage, ‘to mak the crown a pound,’ as the auld sang says, he

left a kist o’ his best claes for me to tak care o’; for he said he

would keep a’ his braws for a day that’s no like to come, and that’s our

bridal. Now, ye ken it’s said, that as lang as the moths keep aff folk’s

claes, the owner o’ them is no dead,—so I e’en took a look o’ his bit

things the day, and there’s no a broken thread among them.”

“Ye had little to do to be howking among a dead man’s claes,” said her

mother; “it was a bonny like job for a bride.”

“But I’m no a bride,” answered Mary, sobbing. “How can ye hae the heart

to speak o’t, mother, and the year no out since I broke a ring wi’ my

ain Willie!—Weel hae I keepit my half o’t; and if Willie is in this

world, he’ll hae the other as surely.”

“I trust poor Willie is in a better place,” said the mother, trying to

sigh; “and since it has been ordered sae, ye maun just settle your mind

to take honest Maister Binks; he’s rich, Mary, my dear bairn, and he’ll

let ye want for naething.”

“Riches canna buy true love,” said Mary.

“But they can buy things that will last a hantle longer,” responded the

wily mother; “so, Mary, ye maun tak him, if you would hae me die in

peace. Ye ken I can leave ye but little. The house and bit garden maun

gang to your brother, and his wife will mak him keep a close

hand;—she’ll soon let you see the cauld shouther. Poor relations are

unco little thought o’; so, lassie, as ye would deserve my benison,

dinna keep simmering it and wintering it any longer, but take a gude

offer when it’s made ye.”

“I’ll no hae him till the year is out,” cried Mary. “Wha kens but the

ship may cast up yet?”

“I fancy we’ll hae to gie you your ain gate in this matter,” replied the

dame, “mair especially as it wants but three weeks to the year, and

we’ll need that to hae ye cried in the kirk, and to get a’ your braws

ready.”

“Oh, mother, mother, I wish ye would let me die!” was Mary’s answer, as

she flung herself down on her little bed.

Delighted at having extorted Mary’s consent to the marriage, Dame Seton

quickly conveyed the happy intelligence to her son-in-law elect, a

wealthy burgess of Dunbar; and having invited Annot Cameron, Mary’s

cousin, to visit them, and assist her in cheering the sorrowful bride,

the preparations for the marriage proceeded in due form.

On the day before that appointed for the wedding, as the cousins sat

together, arranging the simple ornaments of the bridal dress, poor

Mary’s feelings could no longer be restrained, and her tears fell fast.

“Dear sake, Mary, gie ower greeting,” said Annot; “the bonny white satin

ribbon is wringing wet.”

“Sing her a canty sang to keep up her heart,” said Dame Seton.

“I canna bide a canty sang the day, for there’s ane rinnin’ in my head

that my poor Willie made ae night as we sat beneath the rowan-tree outby

there, and when we thought we were to gang hand in hand through this

wearifu’ world,” and Mary began to sing in a low voice.

At this moment the door of the dwelling opened, and a tall,

dark-complexioned woman entered, and saying, “My benison on a’ here,”

she seated herself close to the fire, and lighting her pipe, began to

smoke, to the great annoyance of Dame Seton.

“Gudewife,” said she gruffly, “ye’re spoiling the lassie’s gown, and

raising such a reek, so here’s an awmous to ye, and you’ll just gang

your ways, we’re unco thrang the day.”

“Nae doubt,” rejoined the spaewife, “a bridal time is a thrang time, but

it should be a heartsome ane too.”

“And hae ye the ill-manners to say it’s otherwise?” retorted Dame Seton.

“Gang awa wi’ ye, without anither bidding; ye’re making the lassie’s

braws as black as coom.”

“Will ye hae yer fortune spaed, my bonny May?” said the woman, as she

seized Mary’s hand.

“Na, na,” answered Mary, “I ken it but ower weel already.”

“You’ll be married soon, my bonny lassie,” said the sibyl.

“Hech, sirs, that’s piper’s news, I trow,” retorted the dame, with great

contempt; “can ye no tell us something better worth the hearing?”

“Maybe I can,” answered the spaewife. “What would you think if I were to

tell you that your daughter keeps the half o’ the gold ring she broke

wi’ the winsome sailor lad near her heart by night and by day?”

“Get out o’ my house, ye tinkler!” cried Dame Seton, in wrath; “we want

to hear nae such clavers.”

“Ye wanted news,” retorted the fortune-teller; “and I trow I’ll gie ye

mair than you’ll like to hear. Hark ye, my bonnie lassie, ye’ll be

married soon, but no to Jamie Binks,—here’s an anchor in the palm of

your hand, as plain as a pikestaff.”

“Awa wi’ ye, ye leein’ Egyptian that ye are,” cried Dame Seton, “or I’ll

set the dog on you, and I’ll promise ye he’ll no leave ae dud on your

back to mend another.”

“I wadna rede ye to middle wi’ me, Dame Seton,” said the fortune-teller.

“And now, having said my say, and wishing ye a blithe bridal, I’ll just

be stepping awa;” and ere another word was spoken, the gipsy had crossed

the threshold.

“I’ll no marry Jamie Binks,” cried Mary, wringing her hands; “send to

him, mother, and tell him sae.”

“The sorrow take the lassie,” said Dame Seton; “would you make yoursel

and your friends a warld wonder, and a’ for the clavers o’ a leein’

Egyptian,—black be her fa’, that I should ban.”

“Oh, mother, mother!” cried Mary, “how can I gie ae man my hand, when

another has my heart?”

“Troth, lassie,” replied her mother, “a living joe is better than a dead

ane ony day. But whether Willie be dead or living, ye shall be Jamie

Binks’ wife the morn. Sae tak nae thought o’ that ill-deedy body’s

words, but gang ben the house and dry your een, and Annot will put the

last steek in your bonny white gown.”

With a heavy heart Mary saw the day arrive which was to seal her fate;

and while Dame Seton is bustling about, getting everything in order for

the ceremony, which was to be performed in the house, we shall take the

liberty of directing the attention of our readers to the outside

passengers of a stagecoach, advancing from the south, and rapidly

approaching Dunbar. Close behind the coachman was seated a middle-aged,

substantial-looking farmer, with a round, fat, good-humoured face, and

at his side was placed a handsome young sailor, whose frank and jovial

manner, and stirring tale of shipwreck and captivity, had pleasantly

beguiled the way.

“And what’s taking you to Dunbar the day, Mr Johnstone?” asked the

coachman.

“Just a wedding, John,” answered the farmer. “My cousin, Jamie Binks, is

to be married the night.”

“He has been a wee ower lang about it,” said the coachman.

“I’m thinking,” replied the farmer, “it’s no the puir lassie’s fault

that the wedding hasna been put off langer; they say that bonny Mary has

little gude will to her new joe.”

“What Mary is that you are speaking about?” asked the sailor.

“Oh, just bonny Mary Seton that’s to be married the night,” answered the

farmer.

“Whew!” cried the sailor, giving a long whistle.

“I doubt,” said the farmer, “she’ll be but a waefu’ bride, for the sough

gangs that she hasna forgotten an auld joe; but ye see he was away, and

no likely to come back, and Jamie Binks is weel to pass in the world,

and the mother, they say, just made her life bitter till the puir lassie

was driven to say she would take him. It is no right in the mother, but

folks say she is a dour wife, and had aye an ee to the siller.”

“Right!” exclaimed the young sailor, “she deserves the cat-o’-nine

tails!”

“Whisht, whisht, laddie,” said the farmer. “Preserve us! where is he

gaun?” he continued, as the youth sprung from the coach and struck

across the fields.

“He’ll be taking the short cut to the town,” answered the coachman,

giving his horses the whip.

The coach whirled rapidly on, and the farmer was soon set down at Dame

Seton’s dwelling, where the whole of the bridal party was assembled,

waiting the arrival of the minister.

“I wish the minister would come,” said Dame Seton.

“We must open the window,” answered Annot, “for Mary is like to swarf

awa.”

This was accordingly done, and as Mary sat close by the window, and

gasping for breath, an unseen hand threw a small package into her lap.

“Dear sirs, Mary,” said Dame Seton, “open up the bit parcel, bairn; it

will be a present frae your Uncle Sandie; it’s a queer way o’ gieing it,

but he ne’er does things like ony ither body.” The bridal guests

gathered round Mary as she slowly undid fold after fold. “Hech!”

observed Dame Seton, “it maun be something very precious to be in such

sma’ bouk.” The words were scarcely uttered when the half of a gold ring

lay in Mary’s hand.

“Where has this come frae?” exclaimed Mary, wringing her hands. “Has the

dead risen to upbraid me?”

“No, Mary, but the living has come to claim you,” cried the young

sailor, as he vaulted through the open window, and caught her in his

arms.

“Oh, Willie, Willie, where hae ye been a’ this weary time?” exclaimed

Mary, while the tears fell on her pale cheek.

“That’s a tale for another day,” answered the sailor; “I can think of

nothing but joy while I haud you to my breast, which you will never

leave mair.”

“There will be twa words to that bargain, my joe,” retorted Dame Seton.

“Let go my bairn, and gang awa wi’ ye; she’s trysted to be this honest

man’s wife, and his wife she shall be.”

“Na, na, mistress,” said the bridegroom, “I hae nae broo o’ wedding

another man’s joe: since Willie Fleming has her heart, he may e’en tak

her hand for me.”

“Gude save us,” cried the farmer, shaking the young sailor by the hand,

“little did I ken wha I was speaking to on the top of the coach. I say,

guidwife,” he continued, “ye maun just let Willie tak her; nae gude e’er

yet come o’ crossing true love.”

“’Deed, that’s a truth,” was answered by several bonny bridesmaids. Dame

Seton, being deserted by her allies, and finding the stream running so

strongly against her, at length gave an unwilling consent to the

marriage of the lovers, which was celebrated amidst general rejoicings;

and at the request of his bride, Willie, on his wedding-day, attired

himself in the clothes which the moths had so considerately spared for

the happy occasion.

A PASSAGE OF MY LIFE.

Maiden aunts are very tough. Their very infirmities seem to bring about

a new term of life. They are like old square towers—nobody knows when

they were built, and nobody knows when they will tumble down. You may

unroof them, unfloor them, knock in their casements, and break down

their doors, till the four old black walls stand, and stand through

storm and sunshine year after year, till the eye, accustomed to

contemplate the gradual decay of everything else, sickens to look at

this anomaly in nature. My aunt, dear good soul, seemed resolved never

to die,—at least to outlive her hopeful nephew. I thought she was to

prove as perdurable as a dried mummy,—she was by this time equally

yellow and exsiccated as any of the daughters of Pharaoh.

I had run myself quite aground. But my extravagances, as well as my

distresses, I had the policy to conceal from my aged relative. She,

honest lady, occasionally had pressed me to accept of some slight

pittances of two or three £50’s at different times, which, after much

difficulty and entreaty, I made a merit of accepting, stoutly asserting

that I only received them to avoid hurting her feelings—that my own

income was amply sufficient for the limited wants of a scholar, or to

any one who could put in practice the rules of wholesome economy; but

this trifle certainly would enable me to purchase a few rather expensive

publications which I could not otherwise have hoped to do, and which

would prove of essential use in furthering the progress of the two great

works I had commenced while at college, and had been busy with ever

since, viz.: “A History of Antediluvian Literature, Arts, and Sciences,”

and, “A Dissertation on the Military Tactics of the Assyrians,” which I

intended should appear along with the last volume of Valpy’s Greek

Dictionary, or the first of Sir James Mackintosh’s History of Great

Britain.

Fortune at last grew tired of persecuting me; she fairly turned her

wheel, and put me on the brightest spoke. My aunt’s factor called one

day, and let me know that he thought I should make my visits at

Broadcroft more frequent—take a little interest in looking over the

ditching and draining of the estate (short-sighted man, he little knew

how much I had ditched and drained it by anticipation!)—walk through the

woods and plantations, and bestow my opinion as to thinning them (they

were long ago, in my own mind, transferred to the timber-yard)—apply

myself a little to master the details of business connected with

agricultural affairs, such as markets, green and white crops, manure,

&c. &c.; and concluded by telling me that his son was a remarkably

clever lad, knew country matters exceedingly well, and would be a most

valuable acquisition as factor or land grieve to any gentleman of

extensive landed property. The drift of this communication I perfectly

understood. I listened with the most profound attention, lamented my own

ignorance of the subjects wherein his clever son was so much at home,

and wished only that I had an estate, that I might entrust it to the

care of so intelligent a steward. After dispatching a bottle or two of

claret, we parted mutually pleased.

He had seen my aunt’s will, and, in the fulness of his heart, ran over

the legal jargon which constituted me the owner of Broadcroft,

Lilliesacre, Kittleford, Westerha’, Cozieholm, Harperston, and Oxgang,

with hale parts and pendicles, woods and fishings, mills and mill-lands,

muirs and mosses, rights of pasturage and commonty. I never heard more

delightful music all my days than the hour I spent hearkening to this

old rook cawing over the excellent lands that were mine in prospective.

My aunt’s letters, after this, I found assumed a querulous tone, and

became strongly impregnated with religious commonplaces—a sure sign to

me that she herself was now winding up her earthly affairs—and generally

concluded with some such sentence as this: “I am in a comfortable frame

of spirit, but my fleshly tabernacle is sorely decayed—great need hath

it of a sure prop in the evening of its days.” These epistles I

regularly answered, seasoning them with scriptural texts as well as I

could. Some, to be sure, had no manner of connection or application

whatsoever; but I did not care for that if they were there. I stuck them

thick and threefold, for I knew my aunt was an indulgent critic,

provided she got plenty of matter. I took the precaution also of paying

the postage, for I learned, with something like satisfaction, that of

late she had become rather parsimonious in her habits. I also heard that

she daily took much comfort in the soul-searching and faith-fortifying

discourses of Mr Samuel Salmasius Sickerscreed, a migratory preacher of

some denomination or other, who had found it convenient for some months

to pitch his tent in the Broadcroft. Several of my aunt’s letters told

me, in no measured terms, her high opinion of his edifying gifts. With

these opinions, as a matter of course, I warmly coincided. Sheet after

sheet now poured in from Broadcroft. I verily thought all the worthy

divines, from the Reformation downwards, had been put in requisition to

batter me to pieces with choice and ghostly counsel.

This infliction I bore up against with wonderful fortitude, and repaid

with my weightiest metal. To supply the extraordinary drafts thus made

on my stores of devout phraseology, I had to call in my worthy friend

Tom ——. He had been a regularly-bred theologian, but finding the casque

more fitting for his hot head than the presbyter’s cowl, he now lived in

elegant starvation as a dashing cornet in the —— Dragoons, and a better

fellow never breathed. His assistance was of eminent service: when we

exhausted our own invention, we immediately transcribed the sermon of

some forgotten divine of last century, and sent it thundering off. These

we denominated _shells_. At this time Tom’s fortune and mine were

hanging on the same pin; we were both up to the chin in debt; we had

stretched our respective personal credits, as far as they would go, for

each other. We were involved in such a beautiful multitude and labyrinth

of mutual obligations, that we could neither count them nor see our way

out of them. In the holy siege of Broadcroft citadel we therefore joined

heart and hand.

In this manner things went on smoothly. My aunt was becoming daily

weaker, seldom left her own bedroom, and permitted no person to see her

save the Rev. S. S. Sickerscreed. Indeed, every letter I received from

my aunt intimated more plainly than its predecessor that I might make up

my mind for a great and sudden change, and prepare myself for

afflictions. As in duty bound, my answers breathed of sorrow and

resignation—lamented the mutability of this world—its nothingness—the

utter vanity of all earthly joys. I really loved the good old lady; but

I was hampered most villanously. I knew not a spot where I could put the

sole of my foot, without some legal mine blowing me up a shivered rag

into the azure firmament,—a fate a thousand times more picturesque than

pleasant. I may therefore be excused for confessing that I looked upon

my aunt’s release from this world as the dawn of my own deliverance.

Yet, even then, I felt shame when I looked into the chambers of my

heart, and found that every feeling of grief I had there for my aunt’s

illness was beautifully edged with a gleam of satisfaction. The

cypresses and yews, and other mournful trees that threw their pensive

shadows around me, were positively resting above a burning volcano of

joy. No; it was not in human nature for a desperate man like me to

exclude from his contemplation the bills, bonds, moneys, and manors that

had accumulated for years under her thrifty and prudent management.

One morning, while musing in this indescribable state of feeling, a

little ragged boy, besmeared with dust and sweat, whom I recognised as

turnspit and running footman of the establishment at Broadcroft, thrust

a crumpled greasy-like billet in my hand.

“Come awa, laird, come awa, gin ye would like to see your auld auntie

afore she gangs aff a’thegither.”

I started up, threw down the “Sporting Magazine,” and instinctively

snatched up my hat.

“When did it happen, wee Jamie?”

“This morning, nae far’er gane—but come awa; everything’s gaun

tap-salteerie at Braidcraft—sae unexpected by us a’! Has your horse been

fed yet? Dinna put aff, but come awa. We’re a’ dementit ower the way,

and ye’re muckle wanted, and sair missed.”

With this wee Jamie darted away; I roared after him to obtain further

particulars, but wee Jamie shot off like an arrow, only twisting his

head over his shoulder, notwithstanding his trot, he screamed—

“Gerss maunna grow under my heels, if I care for my lugs. But it’s a’ by

noo, and there’s nae gude in granin’.”

With which sapient remark the kitchen boy got out of hearing, and soon

out of sight.

I now hastily broke the black wax of the billet. The note was subscribed

by Mr S. S. Sickerscreed, and was written in his most formal small-text

hand. He had been a schoolmaster in his youth, and could write legibly,

which no gentleman who regards his _caste_ should do. The three big S S

S were dearer to me than a collar of knighthood. It required my

immediate presence at Broadcroft to talk over certain serious and

impressive matters. So had Mr Samuel Salmasius Sickerscreed penned his

billet, and in the fulness of my heart I gave the poor man credit for an

excess of delicacy more than I ever noticed had belonged to him before.

Poor dear man, he, too, has lost a valuable friend. Judging of the

exquisiteness of my feelings by the agony of his own, he has kindly

delayed the fatal announcement of my aunt’s demise, till my heart has

been prepared to meet the shock with becoming fortitude. How

considerate—how very compassionate he has been! Worthy man—would I could

repay his kindness with a benifice! Thus did I soliloquise over the

dispatch from Broadcroft; but notwithstanding the tumult which it and

its bearer raised in my bosom, I did not omit communicating to Tom the

unexpected change which a few hours had produced in our destinies, and

charging him at the same time to moderate his transports till I returned

with a confirmation of our hopes.

Then backing my stoutest hunter, and taking a crow’s flight across the

country, I spared not her heaving flanks, nor drew bridle, till I

reached the long, straight, dusky avenue that led to the tall, narrow

slip of a house yclept Broadcroft Place. Here I slackened my pace, and

left my wearied and panting brute to crawl as lazily as she liked along

the avenue. I, too, lengthened my visage to the requisite degree

necessary for the melancholy purpose on which I came. The very trees had

a lugubrious and sepulchral aspect. I took them in fancy to be so many

_Sawlies_ waiting the time for heading the funeral procession of my

lamented aunt. They seemed to mourn for her in sincere sorrow, and, in

fact, walking under their shadows disposed my mind very much to

melancholy. Now a green leaf, now a withered one, dropped on my beaver

as I passed, and in the deep silence that reigned around me, I could

not, despite my constitutional recklessness, be wholly insensible to the

appeals these mute emblems of man’s mortality made to reflection.

But a pleasanter train of feelings arose when I looked at the stately

trunks of the venerable oaks, their immense girth, and (with a glow of

patriotic virtue, quite common now-a-days) pictured forth to myself how

admirably they were suited to bear Britannia’s thunders triumphantly

across the wave. Yes, every tree of them shall be devoted to the service

of my country. Perish the narrow thought, that for its own gratification

would allow them to vegetate in unprofitable uselessness, when they can

be so beneficially employed for the state. Every old, druidical-looking

oak which my eye scanned was, of course, devoted to the axe. I already

saw the timber yards piled with Broadcroft oak, and the distant sea my

imagination soon whitened with a fleet of noble barks wholly built of

them. Thus did I speculate till I reached the end of the avenue, where,

to my surprise, I found a travelling post-chaise and four drawn up

before the door of the mansion. This vehicle, an apparition of rare

occurrence in so secluded a part of the country, and at the residence of

so retired a lady as my departed aunt, was literally crushed with

trunks, and boxes, and bags, and packages of one kind or another,

strapped above, behind, and before it.

Being never unfertile in surmises, I immediately guessed that the

equipage I saw must, of necessity, belong to the clerk to the signet, my

aunt’s city lawyer, who had trundled himself into the country with the

whole muniments of my estate, for the mere purpose of welcoming me, and

regulating my deceased relative’s affairs. His prompt appearance, I

attributed, with my usual goodness of heart, to the kindly foresight of

Mr Samuel. I really did not know how I could sufficiently recompense him

for the warm, disinterested, and valuable services he had rendered in

this season of affliction. But my aunt must have remembered him in her

testament. She was ever grateful. She cannot possibly have overlooked

him. As the d—l would have it, I then asked myself, now, if your aunt

has forgotten Mr Samuel Salmasius Sickerscreed altogether, how will you

act? At first, I said he must have £100 at least; then as I looked on my

own necessities, the uncertainty of rents, the exorbitance of taxes,

this sum speedily subsided into half the amount. And by the time I

fairly reached my aunt’s door, I found my mind reconciling itself to the

handsome duty of presenting Mr Sickerscreed with a snuff-box, value £2,

10s., a mourning ring worth 30s., a new coat, and ten guineas; in all,

some twenty pieces of gold or thereby.

On alighting, I gave my horse to the servant to walk and cool. John was

old as his late mistress—a very good, foolish, gray-headed domestic,

marvellously fond of the family he served with, and marvellously fond of

conversation. He looked profoundly melancholy when he took my reins.

“It’ll be a sair dispensation to you, Maister William,” quoth John,

“this morning’s news. Ye wud be wonderfully struck and put about when ye

heard it.”

“It is, indeed,” said I, throwing as much of mournfulness as possible

into the tones of my voice. “Heavy news indeed, and most unexpected.

Great cause have I to grieve. My poor dear aunt to be thus lost to me

for ever!”

“Nae doubt, nae doubt, Maister William, ye maun hae a heavy heartfu’. We

were a’ jalousing as muckle,—that’s me, Souple Rab, and wee Jamie;

however, it’ll no do to be coosten down a’thegither,—a rainy night may

bring a blithe morrow. Every thing is uncertain in this world but death!

But come on, Kate;” and John and my reeking jade disappeared in the

direction towards the stable; John, no doubt, bursting with impatience

till he could communicate to his select cabinet, Souple Rab and wee

Jamie, the awsome and doncie looks of the young laird.

I was yet lingering on the threshold in a most comfortable frame of

mind, when the door was thrown open. Imagine my horror when the first

figure I saw was my aunt herself, not in the drapery of the grave, but

bedizzened with ribbons from head to heel, and leaning her withered hand

on the arm of the Reverend Mr Sickerscreed. I gasped for breath—my

tongue swelled and clung to the roof of my mouth—my eyes literally

started from their sockets as if they would leave their bony casements

altogether. Had I not caught hold of the porch, down I should have

dropped.

“Am I in my senses, aunt? Do I see you really alive? Is this no unreal

mockery—no cruel hallucination? Resolve me, for Heaven’s sake, else I go

mad.”

“Dear me, nephew,” said the old lady, “what agitates you so? I feel so

glad that you have paid me this visit ere I set off on my marriage jaunt

with the elect of my heart, your worthy connection, Mr Sickerscreed.”

“Marriage!” thundered I, “marriage!—I came to mourn over your bier, not

to laugh at your bridal. O, the infernal cruelty, Mr What’s-your-name,

to despatch your pharisaical letter sealed with black wax.”

“Young wrathful,” meekly rejoined Mr Samuel, “it was dark green wax,

most emblematic, as I said to your aunt, my dear spouse, of the unfading

verdure of our harmonious affections.”

“Black and green fiends dog you to Satan,” roared I. “What an ass you

have made of me! Farewell, a long farewell, to all my greatness. Oh!

Broadcroft, Lilliesacre, Kittleford, Cozieholm, and Oxgang, perished in

the clap of a hand, and for ever! The churchman’s paw is upon you, and a

poor fellow has no chance now of a single rood!”

With some more stuff of this kind, I parted with my venerable aunt and

her smooth-tongued spouse. These petrifactions of humanity had the

charity, I suppose, to consider me moon-struck. I heard Mr Samuel

sweetly observe, that verily the young lad’s scholarship had driven him

mad. I wished the rogue at the bottom of the Red Sea, or in the farthest

bog of Connaught, paring turf and cultivating potatoes—anywhere but

where I now saw him. I could have eaten him up raw and unsodden, without

salt or pepper, where he stood—ground his bones to dust, or spit upon

him till he was drowned in the flood of my spite. I did neither; but

throwing myself again on the back of Kate, off I scampered home, more

like a fury than a man.

In my way there was not a rascal I met but seemed to my heated

imagination to know my misfortunes, and enjoy, with sly satisfaction,

their fearful consummation. Two fellows I cut smartly across the cheek;

they were standing coolly by the wayside, with their hands in their

pockets, interchanging winks, and thrusting their tongues provokingly

out like hounds on a hot day. They did not relish the taste of my thong,

and one of them made an awkward squelsh into a ditch on receipt, head

over heels, immensely to my heart’s content.

It was evening when I reached the little village where my head-quarters

for some weeks had been established. To add to my miseries, I found that

Tom had, in my absence, with his usual volatility of temperament, been

entertaining a numerous party in the Cross Keys, on the faith of my

accession of property. When I rode past the tavern, my ears were

assailed with most extraordinary sounds of festivity, and my head

endangered by a shower of bottles and glasses that his reckless boon

companions were discharging from the windows. Some of these windows,

too, were illuminated with multitudes of _dips_—the extravagant

dog!—three to the pound. And some coarse transparencies were flaunting

in my face pithy sentences, such as—“A Glorious Revolution,” “Splendid

Victory,” “Jubilee to Hopeless Creditors,” “Intelligence

Extraordinary!!” &c. Then, at every pause of the maddening din, the

explosion of another bottle of champagne smote my ear like a

death-knell. Cork after cork popped against the ceiling—crack, crack,

they went like a running fire along a line of infantry, while loud above

the storm rose the vociferations of my jolly friend, as he cheered them

on to another bumper, with all the honours, or volunteered his own song.

Poor Tom, he had only one song, which he wrote himself, and never failed

to sing to the deafening of every one when he was drunk. It was never

printed, and here you have as much of it as I remember, to vary the

melancholy texture of my story:—

SONG.

Fill a can, let us drink,

For ’tis nonsense to think

Of the cares that may come with to-morrow;

And ’tis folly as big

As the Chancellor’s wig,

To dash present joy with dull sorrow.

Hip! hip! hip! fill away;

Our life’s but a day,

And ’twere pity that it proved a sad one;

’Twas in a merry pin

Our life did begin,

And we’ll close it, brave boys, in a mad one!

Hip! hip! hip! &c.

Never shrink, boys, but stand,

With a can in each hand,

Like a king with his globe and his sceptre;

And though slack in your joints,

Yet thus armed at all points,

The devil himself can’t you capture.

Hip! hip! hip! fill aright,

Should he seek us to-night,

We’ll toss off the old rogue as a whetter;

When the hot cinder’s down,

Take my oath on’t, you’ll own,

That good luck could not furnish a better.

Hip! hip! hip! &c.

Dull sophists may say,

Who have ne’er wet their clay,

That merry old wine gives no bliss,

But the flask’s sparkling high,

Gives the dotards the lie,

Crying, kiss me, my roaring lads, kiss!

Hip! hip! hip! jolly boys!

He who quarrels with those joys,

Which the longer they’re sipped of grow sweeter,

May he live to be wise,

And then when he sighs

For a smack, let him choke with this metre.

Hip! hip! hip! &c.

This was followed with what Tom emphatically styled a grand crash of

melody; that is, overturning the table, and burying in one

indiscriminate ruin, bowls, bottles, glasses, and all things brittle.

My heart sickened at the riot, and, broken in spirit and penniless, I

retreated to my lodgings.

Here I had at least peace to ruminate over my prostrate fortunes; but as

meditation would not mend them, and next morning would assuredly bring

the dire intelligence of my aunt’s marriage, I, that same night, made a

forced march, anxious to secure a convenient spot for rustication and

retirement, till fortune should again smile, or the ferocity of my

creditors be somewhat tamed. Poor Tom! I had the savage satisfaction of

breaking up his carousal by a few cabalistic words written in a strong

half-text hand: “Stole away! Done up.—Fooled and finished.—Run, if you

love freedom, and hate stone walls. You will find me earthed in the old

hole.”

Next evening I was joined by my luckless shadow. He had a hard run for

it; the scent lay strong, and the pack were sure-nosed and keen as

razors. But he threw them out from his superior knowledge of localities.

After this we both became exceedingly recluse and philosophical in our

habits. We had the world to begin anew, and we had each our own very

particular reasons for not making a noise about it.—_Paisley Magazine._

THE COURT CAVE:

_A LEGENDARY TALE OF FIFESHIRE_.

BY DRUMMOND BRUCE.

CHAPTER I.

A few years before the pride of Scotland had been prostrated by English

bows and bills, on the disastrous day of Flodden, the holding of

Balmeny, in the county of Fife, was possessed by Walter Colville, then

considerably advanced in years. Walter Colville had acquired this small

estate by the usual title to possession in the days in which he lived.

When a mere stripling, he had followed the latest Earl of Douglas, when

the banner of the bloody heart floated defiance to the Royal Stuart. But

the wavering conduct of Earl James lost him at Abercorn the bravest of

his adherents, and Walter Colville did not disdain to follow the example

of the Knight of Cadzow. He was rewarded with the hand of the heiress of

Balmeny, then a ward of Colville of East Wemyss. That baron could not of

course hesitate to bestow her on one who brought the king’s command to

that effect; and in the brief wooing space of a summer day, Walter saw

and loved the lands which were to reward his loyal valour, and wooed and

wedded the maiden by law appended to the enjoyment of them. The marriage

proved fruitful; for six bold sons sprung up in rapid succession around

his table, and one “fair May” being added at a considerable interval

after, Walter felt, so far as his iron nature could feel, the pure and

holy joys of parental love, as his eye lighted on the stalwart frames

and glowing aspects of his boys, and on the mild blue eyes and blooming

features of the young Edith, who, like a fair pearl set in a carcanet of

jaspers, received an added lustre from her singleness. But alas for the

stability of human happiness! The truth of the deep-seated belief that

the instrument of our prosperity shall also be that of our decay, was

mournfully displayed in the house of Walter Colville. By the sword had

he cut his way to the station and wealth he now enjoyed; by the sword

was his habitation rendered desolate, and his gray hairs whitened even

before their time. On the field of Bannockburn—once the scene of a more

glorious combat—three of his sons paid with their lives for their

adherence to the royal cause. Two more perished with Sir Andrew Wood,

when Steven Bull was forced to strike to the “Floure and Yellow

Carvell.” The last, regardless of entreaties and commands, followed the

fortunes of the “White Rose of York,” when Perkin Warbeck, as history

malignantly continues to style the last Plantagenet, carried his fair

wife and luckless cause to Ireland; and there young Colville found an

untimely fate and bloody grave near Dublin.

Thus bereft of so many goodly objects of his secret pride, the heart of

Walter Colville naturally sought to compensate the losses which it had

sustained in an increased exercise of affection towards his daughter.

The beauties of infancy had now been succeeded by those of ripening

maidenhood. The exuberant laugh, which had so often cheered his hours of

care or toil, while she was yet a child, had given place to a smile

still more endearing to his time-stricken feelings; face and form had

been matured into their most captivating proportions, and nothing

remained of the blue-eyed, fair-haired child, that had once clung round

his knee, save the artless openness of her disposition, and the

unsullied purity of her heart. Yet, strange to tell, the very intensity

of his affection was the source of bitter sorrow to her who was its

object, and his misdirected desire to secure her happiness, threatened

to blench, with the paleness of secret sorrow, the cheek it was his

dearest wish to deck with an ever-during smile of happiness.

Edith Colville was but an infant when her three brothers fell at

Sauchie, and had scarcely completed her eighteenth year, when the death

of her youngest brother made her at once the object of her father’s

undivided regard, and of pursuit to many who saw and were smitten with

charms in the heiress of Balmeny, which had failed to attract their

attention while her brother yet stood between the maiden and that

heritage. But the heart they now deemed worth the winning was no longer

hers to give. The death of her mother while she was yet a child, had

left her her own mistress long before the period when maternal care is

most essential; and Edith’s love was sought and won by one who had

little but youth and a warm heart to recommend him.

Arthur Winton was the orphan son of a small proprietor in the

neighbourhood, who, having been deprived of the best part of his

property by what he conceived the injustice of King James III., and the

rapacity of his favourite Cochrane, was easily induced to join the

insurgent nobles who wrought the destruction of that monarch. He was,

however, disappointed in his expectations of personal reward, having

fallen in the conflict; and his son was too young to vindicate his claim

in an age so rude as that of which we write.

Walter Colville, whose family had been so sadly thinned in the battle we

have mentioned, though they had fought on the other side, naturally bore

no goodwill to the boy; but his younger son, who was nearly of the same

age, viewed him with different feelings. He was much about the house of

Balmeny; and, to be brief, he won the affections of the young Edith long

before she knew either their nature or their value. Until the departure

of young Walter Colville, Arthur’s visits were attributed by the old man

to his friendship for his son, but when Edith had unhappily become his

heiress, he at once attributed them to their proper cause. A stern

prohibition of their repetition was the consequence, and the lovers were

henceforth reduced to hurried and sorrowful meetings in secret.

On the morning wherein we have chosen to begin the following veritable

narrative, the youthful pair had met unobserved, as they imagined, in a

shady corner of Balmeny wood, and had begun, the one to lament, and the

other to listen, when the sudden apparition of the angry father checked

the pleasing current of their imaginings.

He drew his sword as he approached, but the recollection of his seventy

years, and his now enfeebled arm, crossing his mind, he replaced the

useless weapon, and contented himself with demanding how the youth had

dared thus clandestinely to meet his daughter.

Arthur attempted to allay his anger, and to plead his passion as he best

could; but the grim and angry frown that sat on Walter Colville’s brow,

as he listened to him, soon showed how vainly he was speaking, and he

ceased in confusion.

“Have you finished, young master?” said Colville, with a sneer. “Then

listen: you are not the wooer I look for to Edith. I should prefer him

something richer, something wiser, and something truer to the king, than

any son of your father is likely ever to prove; so set your heart at

rest on that matter. And you giglot, sooth! to your rock and your

chisart. But stay; before you go, tell this gallant gay to prowl no

longer about my dwelling. By St Bride, an he does, he may chance to meet

a fox’s fate!”

“Dear father,” said the weeping girl, “upbraid us not. Never will I

disobey you, never be his, without your own consent.”

“Hold there,” replied Colville, smiling grimly, “I ask no more.” And he

led away the maiden, who dared not so much as steal a parting look.

Arthur Winton bore this fiat of the old man, and the dutiful

acquiescence of his daughter (though he doubtless thought the latter

pushed to the very extreme of filial obedience), if not with equanimity,

at least with so much of it as enabled him to leave the presence of his

mistress and her father with something like composure. He wandered

slowly to the beach, which lay at no great distance, as if he had hoped

to inhale with the cool breeze that floated from off the waters, some

portion of the calmness in which they then lay bound, his mind occupied

in turning over ill-assorted plans for the future, ever broken in upon

by some intruding recollection of the past. The place where he now

walked was one well calculated, according to the creed of those who

believe in the power exercised over the mind by the face of external

nature, to instil soothing and tranquillizing feelings. It was a smooth

grassy lawn, forming the bottom of a gentle eminence, undulating and

stretching downwards to the pebbly beach, among whose round white stones

the quiet waters of the Firth fell kissingly. The view was bounded to

the north by the rising eminences we have mentioned, and shut in on the

west by the woody promontory which is still crowned by Wemyss Castle. To

the eastward several rocky eminences stretch into the Firth, the more

distant still increasing their seaward march until the bay is closed by

the distant point of Kincraig. Before him lay the silver Firth, and,

half-veiled in distance, the green fields and hills of Lothian,

terminated by the picturesque Law of North Berwick, and the great Bass,

frowning like some vast leviathan awakening from his sleep. One or two

white-sailed barks lay motionless upon the water. The effect of the

whole was so stilling and sedative, that Arthur, half forgetting his

recent disappointment, stretched himself upon the sward, and abandoned

himself to contemplation.

While he lay thus chewing the cud of sweet and bitter fancy, the sounds

of distant song and merriment occasionally broke upon his ear. He at

first regarded them as the mere offspring of imagination, but at length

the choral swell of a seemingly joyous ballad, followed by a hearty,

far-reverberated shout, convinced him that the merry-making was real,

and at no great distance. He started to his feet in some alarm, for his

first impression was that the Good Neighbours were holding their revels

near him, and he well knew the danger of being detected as a prying

overlooker of their mystic merriment. A moment served to dissipate this

fear. The voices which he had listened to were too rough and boisterous

ever to be mistaken for the singing of those tiny minstrels, whose

loudest notes never exceeded in sound the trumpet of the bee. There was

no fairy ring round the spot on which he had lain, nor was the hour

either the “eye of day” or that of midnight, at which, as is well known,

the elfin power was most formidable. After looking and listening for

some time, he ascertained that the sounds proceeded from a cave, which

we have not yet mentioned, but which forms a striking ornament to the

beach, and an object of considerable interest to the geologist, having

been doubtless formed long before the Forth had found its present modest

limits. Being anxious to dispel the feelings that now preyed on his

peace, by a diversion of whatever kind, he walked towards the place. As

he approached, the mirth was renewed with increased vehemence, and he

perceived, at the western entrance of the cave, a female, from whose

swarthy hue and singular habiliments he at once divined the nature of

its present inmates. The woman, whose features were stern and somewhat

repulsive, wore a long gown, of some coarse dark-coloured material,

which fell almost to her feet, having short wide sleeves, which left the

arms at perfect liberty, and coming up to the neck, was there fastened

with a golden brooch. Her head-dress consisted of a red and yellow

coloured shawl, twisted fantastically into a conical shape. Pendants of

gold hung from her ears, and rings of the same metal, in many of which

were set rubies and other sparkling gems, garnished her tawny fingers.

Arthur at once recognised an Egyptian or gipsy in the dark-featured

damsel who stood before him, and hesitated a moment whether he should

pursue the determination of mixing with the revellers within, to which

his eager desire of escaping from his present unhappy feelings had

prompted him. The Egyptians were in those days of a much darker

character than the remnants of their descendants, which, in spite of

press-gangs and justice-warrants, still linger amongst us. Murder among

themselves was a thing of everyday occurrence, and desperate robberies,

committed upon the king’s lieges, by no means rare. The present gang,

from their vociferation, seemed in a state of excitement likely to

remove any little restraints which the fear of the law’s vengeance might

at another time have imposed on them, and the features of the woman,

contrary to their custom, wore no look of invitation, but rather seemed

to deepen into a warning frown the nearer he approached the door at

which she was posted. On the other hand, the honour of the race, to such

as trusted them, was proverbial. His curiosity to know more intimately

the manners of a people so remarkable as the Egyptians then were, and

still are—perhaps a latent wish of being able to extract from their

prophetic powers some favourable auspice to his almost expiring hopes—or

that nameless something which at times impels us to court the danger we

at other times shun with care—all conspired to induce him to enter the

cave, and he accordingly attempted to do so. In this, however, he was

opposed by the gipsy, who, stepping exactly in his way, waved her arm in

a repelling attitude; and, seeing him disinclined to obey this silent

injunction, coming still closer to him, whispered, “Get you gone; your

life will be endangered if you enter here.”

Before Arthur could reply to this injunction, she who gave it was

suddenly attacked by a man, who, issuing from the entrance, struck her a

smart blow across the shoulders with a staff which he carried, and then,

with a scowling look and angry accent, spoke a few words to her in a

language which Arthur understood not. She muttered something in reply,

and proceeded towards the beach. “The woman is mad at times, young sir,”

said the man, now addressing Arthur. “Heed her not, I beseech you. We

are only a few wandering puir folks, making merry, and if you wish to

share our revelry, enter, and welcome. Some of our women may be able to

read your weird, should you so incline; you have nothing to fear.”

Arthur was by no means satisfied either that the woman was mad, or that

the man meant him fairly; but as he could not now retreat without

betraying his fear to the dark searching eye which the gipsy bent on

him, and was besides conscious that he possessed a well-proved sword,

and considerable skill and strength in the handling of it, he signified

his wish to join the merrymaking, and followed the gipsy into the cave.

On entering he found himself in the interior of a high-roofed cavern, of

considerable extent, partly exposed to the seaward side by two arched

openings between the lofty recesses of rock which support the roof, that

towards the east being the smaller and lower of the two; and the other

rising in height nearly to the roof, affording a view of the Firth, and

admitting light to the place.

The inhabitants of the cave had ranged themselves along the north and

inner side. Nearest the western entrance, stretched on sacks,

sheepskins, cloaks, and other nondescript articles of clothing, sat, or

rather lay, ten or twelve men, with rather more than double that number

of women, all busily engaged in drinking; farther off, some ragged

crones were busily superintending the operation of a wood fire on a

suspended pot; while, farther off still, a few barebacked asses, and a

plentiful variety of worse clad children, were enjoying their common

straw.

Arthur was immediately introduced to the company of carousers, some of

whom received him with a shout of welcome, but others with evident

dissatisfaction; and he overheard, as he seated himself, what seemed an

angry expostulation and reply pass between his conductor and one of the

party. This individual, who was evidently the chief of the gang, was an

aged man, with a beard of silver gray, which, as he sat, descended to

his lap, entirely covering his breast. His head was quite bald, with the

exception of a few hairs that still struggled for existence behind his

ears, and this, added to the snowy whiteness of his eyebrows, and the

deep wrinkles in his brow and cheeks, would have conferred an air of

reverence on his countenance, had not the sinister expression of his

small and fiery-looking eyes destroyed the charm. On each side of him

sat a young girl—the prettiest of the company; and the familiar manner

in which they occasionally lolled on the old man’s bosom, and fondled

with his neck and beard, showed the intimate terms on which they lived

with him. The rest of the men were of various ages, and though all of

them were marked with that mixed expression of daring recklessness and

extreme cunning which has long been “the badge of all their tribe,” they

attracted (with one exception) little of Arthur’s attention. Of the

women, the very young ones were extremely pretty, the middle-aged and

old ones, more than equally ugly. Young and old, pretty and

ill-favoured, all were alike deficient in that retiring modesty of

expression without which no face can be accounted truly lovely, and the

want of which darkens into hideousness the plainness of homely features.

They joined freely in the draughts, which their male companions were

making from the horns, which, filled with wine and ale, circulated among

the company, and laughed as loud and joked as boldly as they did.

Arthur seated himself in silence, and, somewhat neglectful of the

kindness of the female who sat next him, occupied himself in surveying

the motley group before him. His eye soon rested on a man seated next

the damsel who occupied the place immediately to the left of the chief,

and the moment he did he became anxious and interested. The individual

was a man of rather more than middle height, of a muscular, though by no

means brawny frame. His countenance was ruddy, and of a pleasant

mirthful expression; his eyes were full, of a dark hazel colour; his

nose, though prominent, gracefully formed, and his mouth small and

piquant. His beard was of a dark auburn hue, and he wore moustaches of

the same colour. He was dressed in a hodden-gray doublet and hose, which

were fastened round his body by a strong leathern girdle, from which

hung a broad sword of the two-edged shape. The manner of this individual

was evidently different from those of his present companions, and that

from the very pains which he took to assimilate it. There was all their

mirth without their grossness, and his kind, affable demeanour to the

female part of the company differed widely from the blunt and sometimes

brutal behaviour of his comrades.

“Who is that on the left of the old man?” whispered Arthur to the man

who had introduced him.

“That—that’s his favourite dell,” replied the man.

“Nay, I mean not the woman—the man upon her left.”

“Why, I know not—he’s none of us—strayed in like you to share the

revelry, I fancy,—though, if he takes not better care of his eyes and

hands, an inch or two of cold iron will pay his reckoning. I think he

dallies too much with the mort.”

The cool, even tone in which this annunciation of probable murder was

uttered, rendered the communication more startling to Arthur than if it

had been made with a vindictive exclamation or suppressed groan; and he

looked anxiously and steadily on the stranger, whose gallant bearing

more and more attracted him. The latter had observed him more than once

bending his eyes on him, and was not apparently pleased with the

strictness of his scrutiny. Twice, when their eyes met, the stranger had

checked a rising frown by emptying the horn which he held in his hand;

the third time he set it down untasted, and, fixing on Arthur a look of

calm commanding dignity, which seemed more native to him than aught

around, exclaimed, in a deep and powerful accent,—

“Friend, wherefore peer you so steadily this way? If you have aught to

say, out with it—if not, reserve your ogling for some of the fair eyes

near you.”

Arthur felt abashed beneath the rebuke which his solicitude for this

individual had exposed him to, and he could only mutter in reply

something about the young damsel beside him.

“Ah! ah!” replied the stranger, resuming his good humour, “it is to her

your looks were sent? Soul of Bruce! but she is well worthy of your

wonder. Never—and I have seen many bright eyes—have I lighted on a pair

so witching.” Then, turning to the object of these praises, he took her

hand, and whispered in her ear something, which, though inaudible to

those present, was evidently of no unpleasing nature, as her dimpling

cheek unquestionably testified.

The patriarch had viewed, for some time, with ill-dissembled anger, the

approaches of the stranger to the temporary sovereign of his affections.

But whether he thought them becoming too close, or was enraged at the

placidity with which they were received, his indignation now burst out,

and as is usual in matters of violence, the weight of his vengeance fell

heaviest on the weaker individual. He smote the girl violently on the

cheek, and, addressing the stranger in a voice hoarse with passion,

poured forth a torrent of words which were to Arthur utterly

unintelligible.

The stranger, who did not seem to understand the expressions of this

address, could not, however, mistake its meaning. The language of

passion is universal—and the flashing eye and shrivelled brow of the

Egyptian chief were too unequivocal to be misunderstood. He remained

silent but a moment, and then, drawing from his bosom a purse,

apparently well-filled, he took out a golden Jacobus, and proffered it

to the patriarch, as a peace-offering to his awakened anger. The fire of

indignation fled from the old man’s eyes as they lighted on the gold,

but they were instantaneously lighted up by a fiercer and more deadly

meaning. Arthur could observe significant looks circulating among the

men, who also began to speak to one another in a jargon unintelligible

to him. He felt convinced that the purse which the incautious stranger

had produced had determined them to destroy him; and, prepossessed with

this idea, he saw at once the necessity of the keenest observation, and

of the danger which attended his scrutiny being detected. He pretended

to begin to feel the influence of the potations in which he had

indulged, and apparently occupied himself in toying with the willing

dell who sat beside him. He now perceived one or two of the men rise,

and proceed to the several openings of the cave, evidently to see that

no one approached from without, or perhaps to cut off retreat. He saw,

too, that they plied the stranger and himself with wine and ale; and,

more convincing than all, he perceived on the darkening brow and

gleaming eye of the hoary Egyptian, the awakening excitement of a

murderous design. The stranger, in the meantime, apparently unconscious

of the peril he was in, began again to bandy kind words and looks with

the favourite of the chief. The old man looked grimly on, but did not

now seem to wish to interrupt the dalliance. Suddenly he drew his hand

from his bosom. It was filled with a dagger, which he raised high,

evidently with the intention of slaying the unguarded stranger, who was

too much occupied with the eyes and hands of the beauty to perceive his

villanous intention.

Arthur, who at the moment was lifting to his mouth the ponderous pewter

“stoup,” or flagon, containing the ale on which the Egyptians were

regaling, saw the wretch’s intent, and on the impulse of the moment

flung the vessel at the lifted hand. His aim was fortunately true; the

villain’s arm fell powerless by his side, while the dagger flew to a

considerable distance. Arthur then rose, and crying hastily to the

stranger to defend himself, drew his blade and made towards him.

The stranger had perceived the intended blow, though, entangled as he at

the moment was, he would unquestionably have fallen a victim to it. He

now leaped hastily up, and exclaiming loudly, “_Morte de ma

vie!_—Treason!” drew out his sword, and looked for the foe. Arthur now

joined him, and, setting their backs to the rocky wall of the cave, they

prepared to defend themselves against the enraged gipsies, who, now

shouting wildly, drew from under their cloaks long sharp knives, which

they brandished furiously in their faces.

The stranger swept his sword around him in a manner that proved him a

practised master, and Arthur manfully seconding him, the Egyptians were

kept completely at bay, for none seemed daring enough to trust himself

within the sweep of the stranger’s sword, or that of his new companion.

But it was only while they could keep their backs to the rocky wall that

they could hope to cope with their savage enemies, who, though they did

not come near enough to stab, surrounded them as nearly as they could,

and yelled and shouted like so many disappointed fiends. There was

apparently no means of escape, though there might be of resistance, as

the moment they quitted the wall their backs would have been exposed to

the daggers of the infuriated assassins. Arthur perceived, too, to his

dismay, that sure means were taken to render their length of sword

unavailing. Several women were clambering up the rock behind them

carrying large blankets and other cloths, clearly for the purpose of

throwing over their swords and themselves, and thus yielding them up a

fettered prey to these ruffians. All hope of escape died in his bosom as

he discovered the well-laid design, and he was about to rush on the

savages, and at least sell his life dearly, when he observed the women

who carried the blankets pause and look upwards. He too looked up, and

saw, with a consternation that for a moment unmanned him, an immense

fragment of loose rock in the very act of being removed from its

immemorial resting-place, and precipitated on their heads.

“Holy Virgin! help us, or we are lost!” exclaimed the youth; and the

prayer had hardly left his lips ere the threatened engine of their

destruction was converted into the means of their immediate escape. The

ponderous stone dropped so far directly on its fatal errand, that Arthur

instinctively crouched beneath the apparently inevitable blow; but

encountering a few feet only above his head a projecting piece of rock,

it rebounded from the side of the cave in a slanting direction, and,

falling clear of its intended victims, smote to the earth the hoary head

of the patriarch. He fell beneath the huge fragment, which hid from

their sight the face and neck of the Egyptian; but the convulsive

writhings of the unhappy man, which for a moment contorted his frame,

only to leave it in utter stillness, told plainly that his long career

had ceased, and that the man of blood had become the victim of his own

pitiless design.

The Egyptians, panic-struck by this sudden death-blow, set up a loud and

stunning wail, as they crowded round the body of their chief; but the

stranger and Arthur stayed not to observe their farther demeanour, and,

taking advantage of the opening among their enemies, which was now

afforded them, sprang out of the cave, and ascended at the top of their

speed to the brow of the eminence behind it.

They continued their rapid walk for some time in silence, induced, no

doubt, by the tumultuous nature of their feelings, and the violence of

their present exertion. At length, having entered a few yards into a

wood, which then decorated the place, though soon after to be converted

into keel and timbers for the “Great Michael,” the stranger halted, and,

taking Arthur by the hand, said breathlessly,—

“By Saint Andrew, young sir, you have done us this day good service. I

never thought to have been so indebted to a pint-stoup, trow me.”

“But what sorrow tempted you, man,” replied Arthur, rather crossly, “to

play the fool with the old villain’s dearie in yon wild sort of fashion;

and, above all, what induced you to flourish your well-filled purse in

the eyes of those who love gold better than anything else save blood?”

“Whim—chance—_fate_—I thought at one time. It is long since cunning men

have told me that I shall die for a woman, and, by the Bruce’s soul! I

thought the hour had come. As for my Jacobuses, I rejoice I saved them

from the filching crew, as they will serve for an earnest—a poor one, to

be sure—of my thankfulness to my brave deliverer;” and so saying, he

drew from his bosom the purse which had excited the fatal cupidity of

the Egyptians, and gracefully proffered it to the youth.

Arthur had all along suspected—nay, felt assured—that his companion was

of a rank superior to his appearance; and, had it not been so, his

present conduct would have convinced him.

“Whoever you are, sir,” said he, “that in this lowly guise speak the

language and the sentiments of a noble-born, your own heart will, I

know, convince you that I dare not accept your gold. The service I

rendered you I would have rendered to the poorest carle in Fife, but

were it ten times greater than it was, it must not be repaid with coin.”

“All are not carles who wear hodden gray and blue bonnets with you, I

find,” replied the stranger, smiling approvingly. “But come, if gold

cannot repay the service you have done me, tell me what can.”

“Nothing in your power to perform,” replied Arthur, calmly.

“Try,” continued the stranger; “I bear with me a talisman which can

command all objects which men in general desire. Choose, then—wealth,

worship, or a fair wife!”

There was something so frank, open, yet condescending, in the tone and

appearance of this extraordinary stranger, that Arthur could not resist

their fascinating influence, and although he could not imagine that any

interference on the part of his new friend would produce the slightest

change in the stern sentence of Walter Colville, he communicated to him

a general outline of his present situation.

The stranger listened attentively to the detail—then demanded how far

distant the dwelling of Colville was; and, on being informed of its near

vicinity to the spot on which they then stood, declared his intention of

immediately proceeding thither and using his influence in Arthur’s

behalf.

The latter opposed this resolution but faintly; for, though he was, as

we have said, utterly at a loss to conceive how his cause was to be

benefited by the proffered kindness of the stranger, yet a vague and

almost latent hope of still obtaining Edith never entirely forsook him.

He conducted the stranger through the wood, therefore, by the path which

led most directly to the house of Balmeny. On reaching the skirt of the

forest, it was agreed that the former should proceed alone to the

dwelling of Colville, and that Arthur should remain where he was, and

await the result.

CHAPTER II.

The stranger set out on his voluntary mission at a rapid pace, and soon

arrived at the house. The door stood open, and he entered with the

careless sauntering air of one entirely indifferent as to the welcome he

might be greeted with. He found Colville seated apparently in no very

pleasant humour, and his daughter, bustling about among the

servant-maidens, wearing on her flushed cheek and suffused eye undoubted

symptoms of the sorrow with which the morning’s adventure had afflicted

her.

“Give you good-e’en, gudeman of Balmeny,” said the stranger, seating

himself, without waiting an invitation, on the bench opposite Colville.

“The same to you, neebour,” said the landlord, in a tone that had little

of welcome in it.

A few moments’ silence now ensued, Colville evidently waiting with some

impatience for the tidings which the other seemed in no haste to

communicate to him. But this could not last.

“Have you anything to tell, ask, or deliver, friend?” at last said

Colville.

“This bright-e’ed maiden is the bonny lass of Balmeny, I’m thinking,”

was the unreplying answer.

“That is my daughter, truly,” said the landlord, becoming more and more

impatient; “does your coming concern her?”

“That it does,” replied the stranger. “There’s an auld bye word, that

‘foul fish and fair daughters are nae keeping ware.’ This fair May is

the object of my visit; in short, gudeman, I come awooing.”

At the sound of this magnetic word, a universal commotion arose in the

dwelling of Colville. The maiden, who was its object, surveyed the

stranger with indignation and surprise; the servants whispered and

tittered among each other; and Colville seemed for a moment about to

give vent to the feelings of his anger, when the current of his feelings

suddenly changed, and, directing a look of malicious joy to his

daughter, he addressed the stranger—

“Welcome, wooer—welcome. Come, lasses, set meat and drink before this

gentle here; as the auld Earl of Douglas said, ‘It’s ill arguing between

a fu’ man and a fasting.’”

The order was obeyed with great readiness by the serving maidens, who

set before the stranger the household bread and cheese, and a bicker of

no scanty dimensions, containing the reaming ale for which Scotland has

been so long famous. There was a malicious merriment twinkling from

every eye as the scene went on; for all knew well that the over-strained

kindness of the host was soon to be converted into outrageous and

overwhelming abuse of the guest. The stranger, however, seemed either

not to notice or to slight these indications. He partook heartily of the

good cheer set before him, and amused himself by returning with

good-humoured smiles the stolen looks of the simpering maidens. He

looked in vain, however, for Edith, who had retired from the place.

“And now,” said Colville, who began to think the stranger somewhat more

at ease than he could have wished, “Your name, wooer?”

“My name?” said the stranger, somewhat embarrassed.

“Ay, your name—all men have a name. _Knaves_ [laying an emphasis on the

word] many.”

“True, gudeman, true. My name, then, is Stuart—James Stuart. I hope it

pleases you?”

“The name is the best in the land,” said the old man, touching his

bonnet. “As to the wearer—hem!—‘a Stuarts are no sib to the king’, ye

ken. What countryman are you?”

“I was born at Stirling,” said the stranger.

“Ay, ay, it may be, it may be,” replied Walter Colville; “but, to bring

the matter to a point, what lands and living hae ye, friend?”

“Sometimes less, sometimes more,” replied the stranger, “as I happen to

be in the giving or the taking humour. At the lowest ebb, however, I

think they are at least worth all that ever called a Colville master.”

“Faith, and that’s a bauld word, neebour,” cried Colville, bitterly—“and

one that, I’m jalousing, you’ll find it difficult to make gude.”

“At your own time it shall be proved, gudeman; but it is not for myself

I come to woo the bonny lass of Balmeny. I am, thanks to a wise old man

who sits in Windsor, wived already.”

“And who, in Beelzebub’s name, may you be blackfit for?” demanded

Colville, rising in wrath.

“Give your daughter to the youth I shall name, and I will, on her

wedding-day, fill you up one lippie with the red gold, and five running

o’er with silver.”

“Give her! To whom?”

“To one who loves her dearly; and, what is more, is dearly loved in

return, old man.”

“Who is he?” reiterated Colville.

“One who is worthy already of the hand of the best ae daughter of any

laird in Fife; and who, ere to-morrow’s sun sets, will be wealthier than

yourself.”

“Who—who—who is he?” cried the old man, stamping in a paroxysm of rage.

“Arthur Winton!” said the stranger.

The anger of Colville, when this unpleasing name was uttered, almost

overwhelmed him.

“Out of my doors, you rascally impostor,” at length he was able to

exclaim; “out of my doors! Swith away to the minion who sent you here,

an you would wish not to taste the discipline of the whip, or to escape

being worried by the tykes.”

To the stranger, the anger of the old man, instead of fear, seemed only

to occasion merriment. He laughed so heartily at the violence into which

the rage of his host seduced him, that the tears actually stood in his

eyes—conduct that naturally increased the passion which it fed on. The

servants stood looking on in silent wonder; and Edith, startled by the

noise of the discordant sounds, returned to the place in wonder and

alarm.

An unexpected termination was suddenly put to the scene by the entrance

of Arthur Winton. His cheek was flushed with haste; and he was so

breathless that he could hardly exclaim,—

“Save yourself, sir stranger, by instant flight; the Egyptians have

tracked our path hither, and are pursuing us here with numbers ten times

exceeding those we encountered in the cave.”

“Let them come,” said the stranger, with a smile; “Egyptians though they

be, they cannot eat through stone walls or oaken doors. We will carouse

within while they howl without, and drink the _dirige_ of their chief.”

Arthur said nothing, but looked doubtingly at Colville.

“And do you really imagine, worthy youth, and no less worthy blackfit,

that I am to have my house sieged, my cattle stolen, and my corn carried

off, to shield you from the consequences of your drunken brawls? Not I,

by the cat of the blessed Bride. Out of my doors, ye caitiffs,—they can

but slay you, and the whittle has crossed the craig of mony a better

fellow than any of ye twasome is likely to prove. Begone, I say.”

“Nay, my dear father,” said Edith, imploringly, “do not drive them forth

now; the Egyptians are approaching the house—they cannot escape.”

“And they shall not stay here,” replied the old man, harshly, the tone

of agony in which Edith’s entreaties were uttered recalling all the

bitterness of his feelings against Arthur.

“At least, Walter Colville,” said Arthur, “save this stranger. He cannot

have offended you. It was on my errand he came hither. I will go forth

alone. Perhaps one victim may suffice.”

“Nay, brave youth,” said the stranger, “we go together. Farewell, old

man. You are a Scot, and yet have betrayed your guest. You are a

Colville, and the first of the line that ever turned his back upon a

Stuart at his utmost need.”

The tone and sentiment of these words had a powerful effect on Walter

Colville. A momentary confusion rested on his countenance, and then,

with a smile ill put on, he said,—

“Come, come, sirs; I but joked wi’ ye. Did you really think that Walter

Colville would abandon to his enemy any who have bitten his bannock, and

kissed his cup as you have done? Na, na; here you are safe while the

auld wa’s stand. Sit down. I’ll go above and look out for the

landloupers.”

The old man left the place accordingly, and Arthur, seizing the

opportunity, retired to one corner with Edith, where the nature of their

conversation could be only guessed from the animated looks and gestures

of the affectionate pair.

The stranger in the meantime strode up and down the place, regardless of

the affrighted servants, singing to himself—

“O whaur will I get a bonny boy,

That will win hose and shoon;

That will rin to Lord Barnard’s yett,

And bid his ladye come?”

“What say you, my little man?” he continued, addressing a boy of twelve

or thirteen years, who sat before the fire, sharing, with a shaggy

collie, the contents of an ample cog, altogether unheeding the agitation

which reigned around him; “will you run to Wemyss Castle with a message

to Sir David?”

“I’ the noo!” said the boy, looking up with an air expressive of the

sense of the unparalleled oppression proposed in interrupting him during

the sacred ceremony of supper.

The stranger laughed, and drawing from his bosom the purse we have so

often spoken of, he displayed a Jacobus, and offered it to the boy. “Na,

I’ll no gang for the yellow bawbee,” said the urchin; “but if ye’ll gie

me the braw whittle, I’ll rin.” The stranger immediately put into his

hand the dagger he coveted, and drawing him aside, conveyed to him in

whispers the message he was to deliver.

Walter Colville now re-entered, and informed them that he had

reconnoitred the Egyptians, who, including women and children, seemed to

amount to above a hundred.

“Could I but get this younker beyond their clutches,” said the stranger,

“a short half hour would disperse them like the leaves in autumn.”

Colville stared at this avowal, but was silent. The conviction of

Arthur, that the speaker was not what he seemed, now seized on his mind

also, but it appeared to inspire him with no pleasant feeling; on the

contrary, anxiety deepened on his countenance the more and more he gazed

on the handsome features of his guest, and the wild shouts of the

Egyptians, which he had previously heard with comparative indifference,

now evidently inspired him with the deepest terror.

It was agreed at length that the boy should make the attempt. To get him

out of the house, without endangering the inmates, was comparatively

easy, as the Egyptians as yet stood at some distance from the door. Once

out, they had only his own ready wit and speed of foot to trust to.

While Colville and Arthur therefore undid with due caution the massive

bars and bolts which protected the oaken door, the stranger, anxious to

witness the success of his messenger, ascended to the upper storey, and

stood at the open casement. He was immediately observed by the

Egyptians, who set up a yell of savage impatience at the sight, the men

brandishing their weapons, and the women waving their arms, as if

threatening vengeance against him.

Their attention was now, however, directed from him to the youthful

messenger, who approached towards them undauntedly. They went forward to

meet him.

“The master sent me to see what ye’re a’ here for,” said the boy.

“Tell him,” said one of the Egyptians harshly, “we are come to demand

the two strangers who have just entered his dwelling. Let him give them

to our vengeance, and we will depart peaceably—not a feather or a rag of

his shall be scathed by us.”

“And what if he shouldna just agree to this?” said the boy, edging

towards the west, covering the manœuvre, as if retiring towards the

house.

“If he refuse us, woe unto him. We will leave him neither corn nor

cattle, kith nor kin; burn his house with fire, and his own red blood

shall lapper on his cold hearth-stone.”

“Haith, carle, you maun tell him that yoursel,” said the boy, as with

one wild bound he sprung from the group, and, with the speed of a

grayhound, made for the wood.

There was a cry of disappointment burst forth from the Egyptians as they

perceived his intention, and many set out in pursuit. The chase was

viewed with deep interest by the inmates of the house—for Colville,

Edith, and Arthur Winton had now joined the stranger. The wood was not

far distant; the boy was famous for his swiftness of foot; and they

could see that his pursuers were falling fast behind. To their dismay,

however, they perceived at length that there was a powerful dog among

the number, who continued the chase after all his human competitors had

abandoned it in despair. He gained fast upon the boy. “He is lost!” said

Edith, piteously; “that villanous dog will tear him to pieces.” But the

event belied the maiden’s fear. Just as the ferocious animal seemed

about to seize him, the boy was seen to turn upon his pursuer. The dog

gave a loud howl, and fell to the ground, and the stranger could

perceive his own dagger gleaming in the stripling’s hand, as he waved it

in triumph o’er his head ere he disappeared among the trees.

“I could stake an earldom,” said the stranger exultingly, “on that boy’s

proving a noble soldier! By the soul of Bruce, he can both fight and

flee.”

Colville’s terror, as he listened to these words, fairly mastered the

composure which he had hitherto affected. He took off his bonnet, and

bending lowly to the stranger, said in a tremulous voice—

“In Heaven’s name, say, oh! say, sir, you are not the king!”

“Even so, good Walter, James of Scotland stands before you. Are you

sorry to see me? By Saint Andrew, I had hoped I should be welcome to

every honest house,—ay, and every honest heart, in my dominions.”

Walter had dropped on his knee as the truth, which he had for some time

suspected, was confirmed to him, and, looking up to his royal guest,

while tears stood in his eyes—“Welcome, my noble prince; what is it of

Walter Colville’s, from the bodle in his purse to the last drop of his

heart’s blood, that the king’s not welcome to? I and mine, my liege,

have fought, and bled, and died for the royal house. But to see your

grace here in peril, surrounded by so many villains, and this old arm

alone left to assist you! Oh! for the six braw fellows that I have seen

prancing on yonder lea,—they would have cleared a way for your highness

through them all!”

“Never fear for me, Walter Colville; I am not doomed to fall by a brawl

of this kind, or in mine own land;—so runs the rede.”

The king now turned round, and perceived Arthur and Edith, who had

retired to a little distance. When they saw they were observed, they

advanced and would have kneeled; but the prince prevented this. He took

them both by the hand, and imprinted on the lips of Edith a kiss,

savouring as much of warm affection as of kingly courtesy.

Their attention was now directed to the operations of the Egyptians.

They perceived, with some surprise, that a considerable number of them

left the rest, and made for the wood, and that those who remained ceased

the yelling manifestations of sorrow and revenge which had so affrighted

Edith.

“They are meditating a retreat, methinks,” said the king.

“I fear, my liege,” said Colville, “they are rather planning some mode

of successful assault;” and the return of the Egyptians too soon

verified the apprehension. They bore with them the trunk of a fallen

tree, and the besieged at once saw the use for which this powerful

engine was intended.

“My door can never withstand the shock of a ram like this,” cried

Walter; “they will force a passage, and out and alas! your highness will

be murdered—murdered in the house of Balmeny!”

James was proverbially brave, but it cannot be denied that he looked a

little grave as he perceived the ponderous engine borne along, which in

all probability would, in a few minutes, lay open the passage to a band

of miscreants thirsting for his blood, and against whose rage the

bravery of himself and his friends seemed a poor defence.

“Let the worst come to the worst,” said he at length, “we three will

make good this staircase for a stricken hour at least; before then the

rescue must arrive.”

The king, Colville, and Arthur now sought the floor below; Edith, with

the serving-maidens, being stationed above, to be, in case of the

Egyptians forcing an entry, still within the defence of the stair.

The door was of massive oak, studded with iron nails, and supported by

three iron bolts of considerable thickness. An additional defence was

now added in the shape of planks placed diagonally under these bolts,

and for a few moments the besieged imagined it might withstand the

efforts of the assailants. But a few strokes of the tree soon showed the

fallacy of this hope. The door shook under the first blow, and ere a

score had been given, the yielding hinges showed that the Egyptians had

well calculated the force of their instrument.

“It must be cold steel that saves us after all,” said the king,

retreating to the staircase.

“Oh, that I and all my kin were stark dead on this floor, and your

highness safe on Falkland green!” exclaimed Colville, wringing his

wrinkled hands, and following.

They had scarcely gained their intended position at the upper landing of

the staircase, when, yielding to a desperate stroke, the door flew open,

and the infuriated Egyptians, shouting, made their way to the interior.

Not finding those they sought below, they next proceeded to ascend the

stair. This, however, was an ascent fatal to all who attempted it.

Corpse after corpse fell backward among the enraged ruffians under the

blows of the king and Arthur, until no one could be found daring enough

to attempt the passage.

“Let us smeek them in their hive,” at length cried a hoarse voice, “and

so let them either roast or come forth.”

A shout of approbation followed this advice, and, while a chosen few

remained to guard the stair, the remainder roamed about the house

collecting together everything which could assist their diabolical

design.

The king’s heart, and that of his brave companions, sunk as they heard

this resistless plan of destruction proposed and set about. It was for a

moment only, however, for suddenly they heard the clear sweet voice of

Edith exclaiming, “We are saved, we are saved! yonder comes the Lord of

Wemyss and his gallant followers!” and immediately after the maiden

herself appeared to reiterate the tidings.

“Are you sure of what you say, Edith?” asked the king eagerly. “How do

the horsemen ride?”

“As if their coursers were winged,” replied Edith, “all of them; but one

who backs a gray steed of surpassing power, is far before the rest, and

ever and anon turns round, as if upbraidingly, to his followers.”

“My trusty David!” exclaimed the king, with emotion, “well wert thou

worthy of the gallant gray!”

There was now heard a peculiar shout from among the Egyptians without,

which was rightly interpreted as a signal of retreat; for it was

immediately followed by the evacuation of the house; and so speedy and

simultaneous was their flight, that the king could only perceive the

latest of the tribe as they made for the wood, leaving to Wemyss and his

companions a deserted field and an open entrance.

“Thanks, David, for this timely rescue,” said the king, as the knight

bended the knee before him. “By my crown, the spurs were well bestowed

on one who can so fairly use them!”

James, followed by Sir David, Walter, Arthur, and the rest, now led the

way to the upper chamber where the immoderate joy and hospitality of the

old man displayed itself in the most substantial form. When they had

caroused for some time, the king, turning to Colville, said,—

“Mine host, did I hear rightly when you said there was nothing beneath

this roof-tree to which I was not welcome?”

“Your highness heard rightly.”

“Give me then this fair maiden. We kings, you know, seldom choose the

least valuable of our subjects’ chattels.”

“Your grace may command me,” said Colville, though somewhat

hesitatingly, for he saw the turn which things were taking.

“And you too, sweet Edith?” said the king, again saluting the blushing

girl; and then, without waiting for an answer, continued, “that you may

all know, my lieges, that we accept your benevolences merely for your

own benefits, I give away this treasure, tempting as it is, to one who

has well deserved the favour at our hand. Take her, Arthur, and confess

that I have found a way to repay the debt I owed you. Receive his hand,

fair maiden, and if it will add anything to its value in your eyes, know

that it has this day saved a king’s life.”

The old man’s sentiments in regard to Arthur Winton had been undergoing

a change imperceptible even to himself, from the moment he had perceived

him the companion and probable favourite of the king; but the revolution

was completed when he was made acquainted with the particulars of his

interference in the royal behalf,—a merit which in his eyes would have

outweighed a thousand faults in his intended son-in-law.

King James shortly afterwards left the house of Balmeny amid the

blessings of its inmates; and to close our tale, we have only to add,

that the gift of the monarch was shortly after confirmed at the altar,

where Edith became the happy bride of Arthur Winton; and that the royal

gratitude flowed freely on the wedded pair, as any who chooses to pursue

the time-worn records of the Great Seal may satisfy himself.

HELEN WATERS:

_A TRADITIONARY TALE OF THE ORKNEYS_.

BY JOHN MALCOLM.

The lost, the castaway on desert isles,

Or rocks of ocean, where no human aid

Can reach them more.

The mountains of Hoy, the highest of the Orkney Islands, rise abruptly

out of the ocean to an elevation of fifteen hundred feet, and terminate

on one side in a cliff, sheer and stupendous, as if the mountain had

been cut down through the middle, and the severed portion of it buried

in the sea. Immediately on the landward side of this precipice lies a

soft green valley, embosomed among huge black cliffs, where the sound of

the human voice, or the report of a gun, is reverberated among the

rocks, where it gradually dies away into faint and fainter echoes.

The hills are intersected by deep and dreary glens, where the hum of the

world is never heard, and the only voices of life are the bleat of the

lamb and the shriek of the eagle;—even the sounds of inanimate nature

are of the most doleful kind. The breeze wafts not on its wings the

whisper of the woodland; for there are no trees in the island, and the

roar of the torrent-stream and the sea’s eternal moan for ever sadden

these solitudes of the world.

The ascent of the mountains is in some parts almost perpendicular, and

in all exceedingly steep; but the admirer of nature in her grandest and

most striking aspects will be amply compensated for his toil, upon

reaching their summits, by the magnificent prospect which they afford.

Towards the north and east, the vast expanse of ocean, and the islands,

with their dark heath-clad hills, their green vales, and gigantic

cliffs, expand below as far as the eye can reach. The view towards the

south is bounded by the lofty mountains of Scarabin and Morven, and by

the wild hills of Strathnaver and Cape Wrath, stretching towards the

west. In the direction of the latter, and far away in mid-ocean, may be

seen, during clear weather, a barren rock, called Sule Skerry, which

superstition in former days had peopled with mermaids and monsters of

the deep. This solitary spot had been long known to the Orcadians as the

haunt of seafowl and seals, and was the scene of their frequent shooting

excursions, though such perilous adventures have been long since

abandoned. It is associated in my mind with a wild tale, which I have

heard in my youth, though I am uncertain whether or not the

circumstances which it narrates are yet in the memory of living men.

On the opposite side of the mountainous island of which I speak, and

divided from it by a frith of several miles in breadth, lie the flat

serpentine shores of the principal island or mainland, where, upon a

gentle slope, at a short distance from the sea-beach, may still be

traced the site of a cottage, once the dwelling of a humble couple of

the name of Waters, belonging to that class of small proprietors which

forms the connecting link betwixt the gentry and the peasantry.

Their only child Helen, at the time to which my narrative refers, was

just budding into womanhood; and though uninitiated into what would now

be considered the indispensable requisites of female education, was yet

not altogether unaccomplished for the simple times in which she lived;

and, though a child of nature, had a grace beyond the reach of art,

untaught and unteachable. There was a softness and delicacy in her whole

demeanour, never looked for and seldom found in the humble sphere of

life to which she belonged. Yet her beauty did not startle or surprise,

but stole over the heart almost insensibly, like the gentle fall of the

summer evenings of her own native isles, and, like that, produced in the

beholder an emotion almost allied to sadness.

Such a being was not likely to be appreciated by the rude and

commonplace minds by whom she was surrounded, and with whom a rosy cheek

and a laughing eye constitute the _beau-ideal_ of woman; but she

awakened a world of romance in one young heart, with which her own

gentle bosom shared the feelings she inspired.

Henry Graham, the lover of Helen Waters, was the son of a small

proprietor in the neighbourhood; and being of the same humble rank with

herself, and, though not rich, removed from poverty, their views were

undisturbed by the dotage of avarice or the fears of want, and the

smiles of approving friends seemed to await their approaching union.

The days of courtship were drawing towards a close, and the period of

their marriage was at last condescended upon by the bride. Among the

middling and lower classes of society in the Orkneys, it is customary

for the bridegroom to invite the wedding-guests in person; for which

purpose, a few days previous to the marriage, young Graham, accompanied

by his friend, took a boat and proceeded to the island of Hoy, to

request the attendance of a family residing there; which done, on the

following day they joined a party of young men upon a shooting excursion

to Rackwick, a village romantically situated on the opposite side of the

island. They left the house of their friends on a bright, calm, autumnal

morning, and began to traverse the wild and savage glens which intersect

the hills, where their progress might be guessed at by the reports of

their guns, which gradually became faint and fainter among the

mountains, and at last died away altogether in the distance.

That night and the following day passed, and they did not return to the

house of their friends; but the weather being extremely fine, it was

supposed they had extended their excursion to the opposite coast of

Caithness, or to some of the neighbouring islands, so that their absence

created no alarm whatever.

The same conjectures also quieted the anxieties of the bride, until the

morning previous to that of the marriage, when her alarm could no longer

be suppressed. A boat was manned in all haste, and dispatched to Hoy in

quest of them, but did not return during that day nor the succeeding

night.

The morning of the wedding-day dawned at last, bright and beautiful, but

still no intelligence arrived of the bridegroom and his party; and the

hope which lingered to the last, that they would still make their

appearance in time, had prevented the invitations from being postponed,

so that the marriage party began to assemble about mid-day.

While the friends were all in amazement, and the bride in a most

pitiable state, a boat was seen crossing from Hoy, and hope once more

began to revive; but, upon landing her passengers, they turned out to be

the members of the family invited from that island, whose surprise at

finding how matters stood was equal to that of the other friends.

Meantime all parties united in their endeavours to cheer the poor bride;

for which purpose it was agreed that the company should remain, and that

the festivities should go on,—an arrangement to which the guests the

more willingly consented, from a lingering hope that the absentees would

still make their appearance, and partly with a view to divert in some

measure the intense and painful attention of the bride from the untoward

circumstance; while she, on the other hand, from feelings of

hospitality, exerted herself, though with a heavy heart, to make her

guests as comfortable as possible; and, by the very endeavour to put on

an appearance of tranquillity, acquired so much of the reality as to

prevent her from sinking altogether under the weight of her fears.

Meantime the day advanced, the festivities went on, and the glass began

to circulate so freely, that the absence of the principal actor of the

scene was so far forgotten, that at length the music struck up, and

dancing commenced with all the animation which that exercise inspires

among the natives of Scotland.

Things were going on in this way, when, towards night, and during one of

the pauses of the dance, a loud rap was heard at the door, and a gleam

of hope was seen to lighten every face, when there entered, not the

bridegroom and his party, but a wandering lunatic, named Annie Fae, well

known and not a little feared in all that country-side. Her garments

were little else than a collection of fantastic and party-coloured rags,

bound close around her waist with a girdle of straw, and her head had no

other covering than the dark tangled locks that hung, snake-like, over

her wild and weather-beaten face, from which peered forth her small,

deep-sunk eyes, gleaming with the baleful light of insanity.

Before the surprise and dismay excited by her sudden and unwelcome

appearance had subsided, she addressed the company in the following wild

and incoherent manner:—

“Hech, sirs, but here’s a merry meeting indeed,—a fine company, by my

faith; plenty o’ gude meat and drink here, and nae expense spared!

Aweel, it’s no a’ lost neither; this blithe bridal will mak a braw

burial, and the same feast will do for baith. But what’s the folk a’

glowering at? I’se warrant now ye’re cursing Annie Fae for spoiling your

sport. But ye ken I maun just say my say, and that being done, I’ll no

detain you langer, but jog on my journey; only I wad just hint, that,

for decency’s sake, ye suld stop that fine fiddling and dancing; for ye

may weel believe that thae kind o’ things gie nae great pleasure to the

dead!”

Having thus delivered herself, she made a low curtsey, and brushed out

of the house, leaving the company in that state of painful excitement

which, in such circumstances, even the ravings of a poor deranged

wanderer could not fail to produce.

In this state we, too, will leave them for the present, and proceed with

the party who set off on the preceding day in search of the bridegroom

and his friends. The latter were traced to Rackwick; but there no

intelligence could be gained, except that, some days previous, a boat,

having on board several sportsmen, had been seen putting off from the

shore, and sailing away in the direction of Sule Skerry.

The weather continuing fine, the searching party hired a large boat, and

proceeded to that remote and solitary rock, upon which, as they neared

it, they could discover nothing, except swarms of seals, which

immediately began to flounder towards the water-edge. Upon landing, a

large flock of sea-fowl arose from the centre of the rock with a

deafening scream; and upon approaching the spot, they beheld, with dumb

amazement and horror, the dead bodies of the party of whom they had come

in search, but so mangled and disfigured by the seals and sea-fowl, that

they could barely be recognised.

It appeared that these unfortunates, upon landing, had forgot their guns

in the boat, which had slipt from her fastenings, and left them upon the

rock, where they had at last perished of cold and hunger.

Fancy can but feebly conceive, and still less can words describe, the

feelings with which the lost men must have beheld their bark drifting

away over the face of the waters, and found themselves abandoned in the

vast solitude of the ocean. Their sensations must have resembled his who

wakens in the grave from a death-like trance, to find himself buried

alive!

With what agony must they have gazed upon the distant sails, gliding

away over the deep, but keeping far aloof from the rock of desolation,

and have heard the shrieks which they sent over the flood, in the vain

hope of their reaching some distant ship, mocked by the doleful scream

of the sea-fowl! How must their horrors have been aggravated by the

far-off view of their native hills, lifting their lonely peaks above the

wave, and awakening the dreadful consciousness that they were still

within the grasp of humanity, yet no arm stretched forth to save them;

while the sun was riding high in the heavens, and the sea basking in his

beams below, and nature looking with reckless smiles upon their dying

agonies!

As soon as the stupor of horror and amazement had subsided, the party

placed the dead bodies in their boat, and, crowding all sail, stood for

the Orkneys. They landed at night upon the beach, immediately below the

house where the wedding guests were assembled; and there, while they

were debating in what manner to proceed, were overheard by the insane

wanderer, the result of whose visit has already been described.

She had scarcely left the house, when a low sound of voices was heard

approaching. An exclamation of joy broke from the bride. She rushed out

of the house with outstretched arms to embrace her lover, and the next

moment, with a fearful shriek, fell upon his corpse! With that shriek

reason and memory passed away for ever. She was carried to bed

delirious, and died towards morning. The bridal was changed into a

burial, and Helen Waters and her lover slept in the same grave!

LEGEND OF THE LARGE MOUTH.

BY ROBERT CHAMBERS, LL.D.

“Here’s a large mouth indeed!”

SHAKSPEARE—_King John_.

Arriving one evening at an inn in Glasgow, I was shown into a room which

already contained a promiscuous assemblage of travellers. Amongst these

gentlemen—_commercial_ gentlemen chiefly—there was one whose features

struck me as being the most ill-favoured I had ever beheld. He was a

large, pursy old man, with a forehead “villanous low,” hair like

bell-ropes, eyes the smallest and most porkish of all possible eyes, and

a nose which showed no more prominence in a side-view than that of the

moon, as exhibited in her first quarter upon a freemason’s apron. All

these monstrosities were, however, as beauties, as absolute perfections,

compared with the mouth—the enormous mouth, which, grinning beneath,

formed a sort of rustic basement to the whole superstructure of his

facial horrors. This mouth—if mouth it could be called, which bore so

little resemblance to the mouths of mankind in general—turned full upon

me as I entered, and happening at the moment to be employed in a yawn,

actually seemed as if it would have willingly received me into its

prodigious crater, and consigned me to the fate of Empedocles, without

so much as a shoe being left to tell the tale.

The company of a traveller’s room is generally very stiff, every man

sitting by his own table in his own corner, with his back turned upon

the rest. It was not so, however, on the present occasion. The most of

the present company seemed to have been so long together in the hotel as

to have become very gracious with each other; while any recent comers,

finding themselves plumped into a society already thawed and commingled,

had naturally entered into the spirit of the rest. Soon discovering how

matters stood, I joined in the conversation, and speedily found that the

man with the large mouth was one of the most polite and agreeable of

mankind. He was one of those old, experienced gentlemen of the road, who

know everything that is necessary to be known, and are never at a loss

about anything. His jokes, his anecdotes, his remarks, were all

excellent, and kept the rest bound, as it were, in a chain. The best of

him was, that he seemed quite at ease on the subject of his mouth.

No doubt he was conscious of his preternatural ugliness—for whatever may

be said about the blinding effect of self-love, and so forth, I hold

that the most of people know pretty nearly how they stand as to personal

attractions; but he had none of that boggling, unsteady, uncomplacent

deportment, so remarkable in the generality of ill-looking people. On

the contrary, there was an air of perfect self-satisfaction about him,

which told that he either was so familiar with the dreadful fact as to

mind it not, or that he was a thorough man of the world, above

considering so trivial a particular, or that he was rich, and could

afford to be detested. It was curious, however, that even while he

almost convulsed the rest with his jokes, he never laughed in the least

himself. He evidently dared not; the guffaw of such a man must have

produced consequences not to be calmly contemplated. Part, indeed, of

the humorous effect of his conversation arose from the cautious way in

which he managed his mouth. A small aperture at one side, bearing the

same proportion to the whole that the wicket of a carriage-gate does to

the whole gate itself, served for the emission of his words. Anything

else would have been a mere waste of lip.

On my ordering refreshment, I was informed by the company, that in

consideration of this being the anniversary of a distinguished

historical event, they had agreed to sup together in a rather more

formal way than usual, and that they would be happy if I would join

them. Having assented to the proposal, I began to reflect with some

anxiety upon the probable conduct of the Mouth at table. How so

extraordinary a feature would behave, what it would ask for, after what

manner it would masticate, and, above all, how much it would devour,

were to me subjects of the most interesting speculation. The wicket

won’t do there (thought I to myself), or I’m much mistaken. Yet

again,—so ran my thoughts,—many large men have been known to eat very

little, while your true devourers are found to be lean, shrivelled

creatures, who do not seem to be ever the better of it. “A large mouth,”

says the Scottish proverb, “has always a good luck for its meat.” That

may be, thought I, and yet the large mouth may be quite indifferent to

what it is so sure of getting. All kinds of ideas connected with this

subject ran through my mind; but in the end I found it all a riddle. The

Mouth might prove either gluttonous or abstemious, without exciting more

surprise by the one event than by the other.

By-and-by some one asked a waiter if supper was nearly ready, and on an

answer in the affirmative being given, I observed the Mouth suddenly

bustle up, and assume an air of eager promptitude that almost seemed to

decide the question. The man rose, and, going to a corner of the room

where his greatcoat was hanging, brought forth a small package, which he

proceeded to untie at a side-table. The only article it contained was a

spoon, which he immediately brought forward and laid upon the table,

accompanying the action with an air that might have befitted a surgeon

in arranging his instruments for an operation. I had no longer any doubt

as to the gastronomical character of the Mouth, for here was an article

that might have served in the nursery of Glumdalclitch. It was an

antique silver implement, with a short handle, and a rim about four

inches in diameter, like an ordinary saucer. Observing the curiosity of

the company to be strongly excited, the old man showed it round with

good-natured politeness, telling us that he had been so long accustomed

at home to the use of this goodly article, that he could now hardly

discuss either soup or dessert without it, and therefore made a point of

carrying it along with him in his travels.

“But, indeed, gentlemen,” said he, “why should I make this a matter of

delicacy with you? The truth is, the spoon has a history, and my

mouth—none of the least, you see—has also a history. If you feel any

curiosity upon these points, I will give you a biographical account of

the one, and an autobiographical account of the other, to amuse you till

supper is ready.”

To this frank proposal we all cordially agreed, and the old man, sitting

down with the spoon in his hand, commenced a narrative which I shall

here give in the third person.

His mouth was the chieftain and representative of a long ancestral line

of illustrious and most extensive mouths, which had flourished for

centuries at a place called Tullibody. According to tradition, the mouth

came into the family by marriage. An ancestor of the speaker wooed, and

was about to wed, a lady of great personal attractions, but no fortune,

when his father interfered, and induced him, by the threat of

disinheritation on the one hand, and the temptation of great wealth on

the other, to marry another dame, the heiress of a large fortune and

large mouth, both bequeathed to her by her grandfather, one of the

celebrated “kail-suppers of Fife.” When his resolution was communicated

to the tocherless lady, she was naturally very much enraged, and wished

that the mouth of her rival might descend, in all its latitude, to the

latest generation of her faithless swain’s posterity; after which she

took her bed—and married another lover, her _second-best_, next week, by

way of revenge.

The country people, who pay great attention to the sayings of ladies

condemned to wear the willow, waited anxiously for the fulfilment of her

malediction, and accordingly shook their heads and had their own

thoughts, when the kail-supper’s descendant brought forth a son whose

mouth, even in his swaddling-clothes, reflected back credit on her own.

The triumph of the ill-wisher was considered complete, when the second,

the third, and all the other children, were found to be distinguished by

this feature; and what gave the triumph still more poignancy was, that

the daughters were found to be no more exempted than the sons from the

family doom. In the second generation, moreover, instead of being

softened or diluted away, the mouth rather increased, and so it had done

in every successive generation since that time. The race having been

very prolific, it was now spread so much that there was scarcely a face

in Tullibody or the neighbourhood altogether free of the contagion; so

that the person addressing us, who had his permanent residence there,

could look round him upon several hundreds of kindred mouths, with all

the patriarchal feelings of the chief of a large Highland clan.

If there had been any disposition in the family to treat their fate

ill-humouredly, it would have been neutralised by the luck which

evidently accompanied the introduction and transmission of this singular

feature. So far, however, from entertaining any grudge or regret upon

the subject, it had been the habit of the family to treat it as a

capital joke, and to be always the first to laugh at it themselves. So

much was this the case, that a wealthy representative of the family,

about a century ago, founded, not an hospital or a school, but a

_spoon_, which should be handed down from mouth to mouth as a practical

and traditionary jest upon the family feature, and, though not entailed,

be regarded, he hoped, as a thing never to be parted with for any

consideration, unless fate should capriciously contract the mouths of

his descendants to such a degree as to render its use inconvenient. This

elegant symbol, after passing through the hands of a long train of

persons, who had each been more able than another to use it effectively,

came at length into the possession of the individual now addressing us—a

person evidently qualified to do full justice to the intentions of his

ancestor.

It was, therefore, with the apprehension of something awful, that after

the conclusion of the story, and the introduction of supper, I took a

place at the well-spread board. In sitting down, I cast a look at the

Mouth. It was hovering, like a prodigious rainbow, over the horizon of

the table, uncertain where to pitch itself. There was an air of terrible

resolution about it, which made me almost tremble for what was to ensue.

It was evident that we were to have “a scene.”

The Mouth—for so it might be termed _par excellence_—was preferred by

acclamation to the head of the table,—a distinction awarded, as I

afterwards understood, not so much on account of its superior greatness,

as in consideration of its seniority, though I am sure it deserved the

_pas_ on both accounts. The inferior and junior mouths all sat down at

different distances from the great Mouth, like satellites round a mighty

planet. It uttered a short, gentleman-like grace, and then began to ask

its neighbours what they would have. Some asked for one thing, some for

another, and in a short time all were served except itself. For its own

part it complained of weak appetite, and expressed a fear that it should

not be able to take anything at all. I could scarcely credit the

declaration. It added, in a singularly prim tone of voice, that, for its

part, it admired the taste of Beau Tibbs in Goldsmith—“Something nice,

and a little will do. I hate your immense loads of meat; that’s country

all over.” Hereupon, I plucked up courage, and ventured to look at it

again. It was still terrible, though placid. Its expression was that of

a fresh and strong warrior, who hesitates a moment to consider into what

part of a thick battle he shall plunge himself, or what foes he shall

select as worthy of particular attack. Its look belied its word; but

again I was thrown back by its words belying its look. It said to a

neighbour of mine, that it thought it might perhaps manage the half of

the tail of one of the herrings at his elbow, if he would be so kind as

carve. Was there ever such a puzzling mouth! I was obliged again to give

credit to words; yet again was I disappointed. My neighbour thinking it

absurd to mince such a matter as a “Glasgow magistrate,” handed up a

whole one to the chairman. The Mouth received it with a torrent of

refusals and remonstrances, in the midst of which it began to eat, and I

heard it continue to mumble forth expostulations, in a fainter and

fainter tone, at the intervals of bites, for a few seconds; till,

behold, the whole corporate substance of the burghal dignitary had

melted away to a long meagre skeleton! When done, its remonstrances

changed into a wonder how it should have got through so plump a fish; it

was perfectly astonishing; it had never eaten a whole herring in its

life before; it was an unaccountable miracle.

I did not hear the latter sentences of its wonderments; but, towards the

conclusion, heard the word “fowl” distinctly pronounced. The fowls lying

to my hand, I found myself under the necessity of entering into

conference with it, though I felt a mortal disinclination to look it in

the mouth, lest I should betray some symptom of emotion inconsistent

with good manners. Drawing down my features into a resolute pucker, and

mentally vowing I would speak to it though it should blast me, I cast my

eyes slowly and cautiously towards it, and made inquiry as to its choice

of bits. In return for my interrogation, I received a polite convulsion,

intended for a smile, and a request, out of which I only caught the

important words, “breast” and “wing.” I made haste to execute the order;

and, on handing away the desired viands, received from the mouth another

grateful convulsion, and then, to my great relief, all was over!

Well, thought I, at this juncture, a herring and a fragment of fowl are

no such great matters; perhaps the Mouth will prove quite a natural

mouth after all. In brief space, however, the chairman’s plate was

announced as again empty; and I heard it receive, discuss, and answer

various proposals of replenishment made to it by its more immediate

neighbours. I thought I should escape; but no—the fowl was really so

good that it thought it would trouble me for another breast, if I would

be so kind, &c. I was of course obliged to look at it again, in order to

receive its request in proper form; when neglecting this time my former

preparations of face, I had nearly committed myself by looking it full

in the mouth with my eyes wide open, and without having screwed my

facial muscles into their former resolute astringency. However,

instantly apprehending the amount of its demands, my glance at the Mouth

fortunately required to be only momentary, and I found immediate relief

from all danger in the ensuing business of carving. Yet even that glance

was in itself a dreadful trial—it sufficed to inform me that the Mouth

was now more terrible than before—that there was a fearful vivacity

about it, a promptitude, an alacrity, and energy, which it did not

formerly exhibit. Should this increase, thought I, it will soon be truly

dreadful. I handed up a whole fowl to it, in a sort of desperation. It

made no remonstrances, as in the case of the herring, at the abundance

of my offering. So far from that, it seemed to forgive my disobedience

with the utmost goodwill; received the fowl, dispatched it with silence

and celerity, and then began to look abroad for further prey. Indeed, it

now began to crack jokes upon itself—a sportive species of suicide. It

spoke of the spoon; lamented that, after all, there should be no soups

at table whereon it might have exhibited itself; and finally vowed that

it would visit the deficiencies of the supper upon the dessert, even

unto the third and fourth dish of _blancmange_.

The proprietor of the mouth then laid down the spoon upon the table,

there to lie in readiness till such time as he should find knives and

forks of no farther service—as the Scottish soldiery in former times

used to lay their shields upon the ground while making use of their

spears. I now gave up all hopes of the Mouth observing any propriety in

its future transactions. Having finished my own supper, I resolved to

set myself down to observe all its sayings and doings. Its placidity was

now gone—its air of self-possession lost. New powers seemed to be every

moment developing themselves throughout its vast form—new and more

terrible powers. It was beginning to have a _wild look_! It was evident

that it was now _fleshed_—that its naturally savage disposition,

formerly dormant for want of excitement, was now rising tumultuously

within it—that it would soon perform such deeds as would scare us all!

It had engaged itself, before I commenced my observations, upon a roast

gigot of mutton, which happened to lie near it. This it soon nearly

finished. It then cast a look of fearful omen at a piece of cold beef,

which lay immediately beyond, and which, being placed within reach by

some kind neighbour, it immediately commenced to, with as much

fierceness as it had just exemplified in the case of the mutton. The

beef also was soon laid waste, and another look of extermination was

forthwith cast at a broken pigeon-pie, which lay still farther off.

Hereupon the eye had scarcely alighted, when the man nearest it, with

laudable promptitude, handed it upwards. Scarcely was it laid on the

altar of destruction, when it disappeared too, and a fourth, and a

fifth, and a sixth look, were successively cast at other dishes, which

the different members of the party as promptly sent away, and which the

Mouth as promptly dispatched.

By this time all the rest of the party were lying upon their oars,

observing with leisurely astonishment the progress of the surviving,

and, as it appeared to them, endless feeder. He went on, rejoicing in

his strength, unheeding their idleness and wonder, his very soul

apparently engrossed in the grand business of devouring. They seemed to

enter into a sort of tacit compact, or agreement, to indulge and

facilitate him in his progress, by making themselves, as it were, his

servitors. Whatever dish he looked at, therefore, over the wide expanse

of the table, immediately disappeared from its place. One after another,

they trooped off towards the head of the table, like the successive

brigades which Wellington dispatched, at Waterloo, against a particular

field of French artillery; and still, dish after dish, like said

brigades, came successively away, broken, diminished, annihilated. Fish,

flesh, and fowl disappeared at the glance of that awful eye, as the

Roman fleet withered and vanished before the grand burning-glass of

Archimedes. The end of all things seemed at hand. The Mouth was arrived

at a perfect transport of voracity! It seemed no more capable of

restraining itself than some great engine, full of tremendous machinery,

which cannot stop of itself. It had no self-will. It was an

unaccountable being. It was a separate creature, independent of the

soul. It was not a human thing at all. It was everything that was

superhuman—everything that was immense—inconceivably enormous! All

objects seemed reeling and toppling on towards it, like the foam-bells

upon a mighty current, floating silently on towards the orifice of some

prodigious sea-cave. It was like the whirlpool of Maëlstrom, everything

that comes within the vortex of which, for miles around, is sure of

being caught, inextricably involved, whirled round and round and round,

and then down that monstrous gulph—that mouth of the mighty ocean, the

lips of which are overwhelming waves, whose teeth are prodigious rocks,

and whose belly is the great abyss!

Here I grew dizzy, fainted, and—I never saw the Mouth again.

RICHARD SINCLAIR;

_OR, THE POOR PRODIGAL IN THE AISLE_.

BY THOMAS AIRD.

CHAPTER I.

With many noble qualities—firmness, piety, integrity, and a thorough

affection for his family—the father of the poor prodigal, Richard

Sinclair, had many of the hard points of the Scottish character; a want

of liberality in his estimate of others, particularly of their religious

qualities; a jealousy about his family prerogative, when it was needless

to assert it; and a liking for discipline, or, as he styled it, nurture,

without tact to modify its applications. Towards his eldest son—a shy

and affectionate youth—his behaviour, indeed, seemed distinctly opposite

to what we may characterise as its usual expression—overbearing gravity.

Without this son’s advice, he never ventured on any speculation that

seemed doubtful. He was softly amenable to the mild wisdom of the lad,

and paid it a quiet deference, of which, indeed, he sometimes appeared

to be ashamed, as a degree of weakness in himself. But the youth had

never disobeyed his parents’ will in any one particular; he was grave

and gentle; and his father, who had been brought up amidst a large and

rugged family, and was thus accustomed to rather stormy usages, was now

at a loss, in matters of rebuke, how to meet this new species of

warfare, which lay in mild and quiet habits, and eventually became

afraid of the censure which was felt in the affectionate silence of his

eldest son.

This superiority might have offended old Sinclair’s self-love; but the

youth, as already stated, made ample amends, by paying in his turn a

scrupulous and entire deference to his parent, whom he thus virtually

controlled, as a good wife knows to rule her husband, by not seeming to

rule at all. From this subdued tone of his favourite prerogative in the

father before us there was a reaction—something like a compensation to

the parental authority—which began to press too hard upon his second son

Richard, who, being of a bolder character than his brother, was less

scrupulously dealt with; besides that the froward temperament of this

younger boy frequently offended against what his father honestly deemed

propriety and good rule.

He lost no opportunity, when Richard had done anything in the slightest

degree wrong, of checking him with disproportioned censure, and of

reminding him of what he owed to his parents; and this was repeated,

till bearing blame in the boy became a substitute for gratitude—till the

sense of obligation, instead of being a special call to love, was

distinctly felt to be an intolerable burden. From all these

circumstances there naturally grew up a shyness betwixt father and son,

which was unintentionally aggravated by Richard’s mother, who, aware of

her husband’s severe temper, tried to qualify it by her own soft words

and deeds of love. This only brought out the evil more distinctly in its

hard outline; and the very circumstance that she constantly tried to

explain into good his father’s austerity became her own refutation, and

stamped that austerity as a great degree of tyranny.

Home thus became associated with disagreeable feelings to young Richard

Sinclair; who, being a boy of a giddy character, and naturally

self-willed, could not cling to the good, despite of the admixture of

evil. He neglected his books, fell into gross irregularities; and the

admonitions of his father, rendered useless from the above miserable

system of discipline, were now, when most needed, thoroughly despised.

The death of his elder brother, by which he was left an only son,

softened for a while the harsh intercourse which subsisted between

Richard and his father, and checked the youth for a little in his bad

habits. But vice overcame him anew; and, growing daily worse, he at

length completed the character of the prodigal, by running off to sea,

hardening his heart against his father’s worth, and heedless of the soft

affection of his mother.

The hardships of a sea-faring life, heightened by a series of peculiar

misfortunes, still farther aggravated by a long course of bad health,

gradually subdued the young prodigal’s heart; and after the lapse of

several years we find him on his way returning to his native village,

clad in the meanest attire, slow and irregular in his step; his

countenance, besides being of a dead yellow hue from late jaundice, thin

and worn to the bone; yet improved in his moral nature, caring not for

pride, ready to forgive, and anxious to be forgiven; and, above all,

yearning to confess his crimes and sorrows to a mother’s unchanging

love.

About the noon of an October day, he reached the churchyard of his

native parish, his heart impelling him first to visit the burying-ground

of his family, under the fear, not the less striking because altogether

vague, that he might there see a recent grave; for he had heard nothing

of his parents since his first departure to sea. As he entered the

graveyard by a small postern, he saw a funeral coming in by the main

gate on the opposite side; and wishing not to be observed, he turned

into a small plantation of poplars and silver firs, which hid the place

of graves from the view of the clergyman’s manse windows. Onward came

the sable group slowly to the middle of the churchyard, where lay,

indicating the deep parallel grave beside it, the heap of fat, clammy

earth, from which two or three ragged boys were taking handfuls, to see,

from its restless crumbling, whether it was the dust of the wicked,

which, according to a popular belief, never lies still for a moment. The

dark crowd took their places round the grave; a little bustle was heard

as the coffin was uncovered; it was lowered by the creaking cords, and

again the heads of the company were all narrowly bent over it for a

moment. Not a sound was heard in the air, save the flitting wing of some

little bird among the boughs; the ruffling of another, as, with bill

engulfed in its feathers, it picked the insects from its skin; and the

melancholy cry of a single chaffinch, which foretold the coming rain.

In natural accordance with the solemnity of the mourners before him, our

youth, as he stood in the plantation, raised his hat; and when the crowd

drew back to give room to the sexton and his associates to dash in the

earth, he leant upon the wall, looking earnestly over it, to recognise,

if possible, the prime mourner. At the head of the grave, more forward a

little than the others, and apart in his sad privilege, stood a man,

apparently about sixty years of age, of a strong frame,—in which yet

there was trembling,—and a fine open bald forehead; and, notwithstanding

that the face of the mourner was compressed with the lines of unusual

affliction, and bowed down over his hat, which with both hands was

pressed upon his mouth, Richard saw him and knew him but too well—Oh,

God! his own father! And wildly the youth’s eyes rambled around the

throng, to penetrate the mystery of his own loss, till on his dim

eyeballs reeled the whole group, now scattered and melted to mist, now

gathered and compressed into one black, shapeless heap.

But now the thick air began to twinkle, as it still darkened; and the

rain, which to the surprise of all had been kept up so long, began to

fall out in steep-down streams from the low-hung clouds, driving the

black train from the half-finished grave, to mix with a throng of other

people, apparently assembling for public worship, who ran along the

sides of the church in haste to reach the doors. The bell began to toll,

but ceased almost in a minute; the clergyman hurried by in his white

bands; and before Richard could leave the plantation and advance into

the churchyard,—perhaps for the purpose of inquiring who was the person

just entombed,—every one was in save that bareheaded man—God bless

him!—who, heedless of the rain, still stood by the sexton, whose spade

was now beating round the wet turf of the compacted grave. The young

prodigal had not the heart, under a most awful sense of his own errors,

which now overcame him, to advance to his afflicted father. On the

contrary, to avoid his observation, he slunk away behind the church, and

by a door, which likewise admitted to an old staircase leading to a

family division of the gallery, he got into a back aisle, thickly

peopled with spectral marbles, which, through two or three small panes,

admitted a view of the interior of the church. “Have I lived not to

know,” said he to himself, “when comes God’s most holy Sabbath-day?

Assuredly, this loss of reckoning, this confusion of heart, is of very

hell itself. But hold—to-day is Monday; then it must be the day after a

solemn commemoration, in this place, of Christ’s bleeding sacrifice for

men. I shall sit me down on this slab a while, and see if there may be

any good thing for me—any gleam of the glorious shield that wards off

evil thoughts and the fears of the soul—any strong preparation of faith

to take me up by the hand, and lead me through my difficulties. At all

events, I shall try to pray with the good for the mourners, that claim

from me a thousand prayers: and God rest that dead one!”

Owing to the unusual darkness in the church, the twenty-third psalm was

chosen by the clergyman, as one that could be sung by most of the

congregation without referring to the book; and its beautiful pastoral

devotion suited well with the solemn dedication which yesterday had been

made of a little flock to the care of the Great Shepherd, and with their

hopes of His needful aid. And the sweet voices of the young, who in

early piety had vowed themselves to God, seemed to have caught the

assured and thrilling song of the redeemed; and their white robes, as

they rose to pray, twinkled like glimpses of angels’ parting wings,

bringing home more deeply to the heart of the poor youth in the aisle a

sense of his misery as an alien and an outcast from the ordinances of

salvation.

Richard made an effort to attend to the instructions of the clergyman;

but his heart was soon borne away from attention; and so anxious did he

become in the new calculation, which of his father’s family it might be

whom he had just seen interred, that he could not refrain from going out

before the church windows and looking at the new grave. Heedless of

being seen, he measured it by stepping, and was convinced, from its

length, that either his mother or his sister Mary must be below. “God

forbid!” he ejaculated, “that it should be my poor mother’s grave! that

she should be gone for ever, ere I have testified my sense of all her

love!” It struck him, with a new thought of remorse, that he was wishing

the other alternative, that it might be his sister Mary’s. And then he

thought upon early days, when she who was his first playmate led him

with her little hand abroad in summer days to the green meadows, and

taught him to weave the white-fingered rushes, and introduced him,

because she was his elder, to new sports and playfellows; whose heart,

he knew, would brook to lie beneath the cold flowers of the spring

sooner than give up its love for him, prodigal though he was; and how

was the alternative much better, if it was she whom he had lost! As he

made these reflections, he was again sauntering into the aisle, where,

sitting down in his former seat, the sad apprehension that his mother

was dead laid siege to his heart. Her mild image, in sainted white, rose

to his mind’s eye; and she seemed to bend over him, and to say to him,

“Come, my care-worn boy, and tell me how it has fared with you in the

hard world?” This vision soon gave place to severe realities; and in

bitter sadness he thought of her who came each night to his bedside when

he was a little child, to kiss him, and arrange the clothes around him

that his little body might be warm.

With a reeling unsteadiness of mind which, from very earnestness, could

not be stayed upon its object, he tried to remember his last interview

with her, and the tenor of his last letter to her, to find out what kind

expressions he had used, till, painfully conscious that he could muster

little to make up an argument of his love, he was again left to guess

his mother’s anguish of soul in her last hour over his neglect, and to

grapple with the conviction that his own folly had brought her down

prematurely to the grave. At length his heart, becoming passive amidst

the very multitude and activity of reflections that were tugging at it

from all sides, yielded to the weariness which the day’s fatigue, acting

upon his frame, worn by late fever, had induced, and he fell into a deep

sleep. When he awoke, the voice of the clergyman had ceased, and all was

silence in the church; the interior of which as he looked through the

small pane, he saw had been darkened by the shutting of the

window-boards. Next moment he glanced at the aisle door and saw it

closed upon him. Then looking round all over the place, with that

calmness which signifies a desperate fear at hand, “Here I am, then!” he

exclaimed; “if that door be locked upon me, as I dread it is!”

Cautiously he went to it, as if afraid of being resolved in his dreadful

apprehension; and, after first feeling with his hand that the bolt was

drawn upon him, he tried to open it, and was made distinctly aware of

his horrid captivity. Sharply he turned aghast, as if to address some

one behind him; then turning again to the door, he shook it with all his

strength, in the hope that some one might yet be lingering in the

churchyard, and so might hear him. No one, however, came to his

assistance; and now the reflection burst full and black upon him, that

here he might remain unheard till he died of hunger. His heart and

countenance fell, when he remembered how remote the churchyard was from

the village, and from the public way, and how long it was till next

Sunday should come round. From boyhood recollection he remembered well

this same aisle door; that it was black on the outside, with here and

there large white commas to represent tears; and that it was very thick,

and yet farther strengthened by being studded with a great number of

large iron nails.

“Yet I must try to the very utmost,” he said, “either to break it or

make myself be heard by the inmates of the manse, which is my best

chance of release.” Accordingly he borrowed as much impetus as the

breadth of the vault allowed him, and flung himself upon the door in a

series of attacks, shouting at the same time with all his might. But the

door stood firm as a rock despite of him; nor could he distinguish, as

he listened from time to time, the slightest symptoms of his having been

heard by any one. He went to the small grated window which lighted this

house of death, and after watching at it for some time, he saw an old

woman pass along a footpath beyond the graveyard, with a bundle of

sticks upon her head; but she never seemed to hear him when he called

upon her. A little afterwards he saw two boys sauntering near the gate

of the burying-ground; but though they heard him when he cried, it only

made them scamper off, to all appearance mightily terrified.

CHAPTER II.

With the calmness almost of despair, when the closing eve took away his

chance of seeing any more stray passengers that day, the poor youth

groped his way to his marble slab, and again sat down with a strange

vacuity of heart, as if it would refuse further thought of his dismal

situation. A new fear came over him, however, when daylight thickened at

the grated window of his low room, and the white marbles grew dark

around him. And not without creeping horror did he remember that from

this very aisle it was that old Johnny Hogg, a former sexton, was said

to have seen a strange vile animal issue forth one moonlight night, run

to a neighbouring stream, and after lapping a little, hurry back,

trotting over the blue graves, and slinking through beneath the table

stones, as if afraid of being shut out from its dull, fat haunt.

Hurriedly, yet with keen inspection, was young Sinclair fascinated to

look around him over the dim floor; and while the horrid apprehension

came over him, that he was just on the point of seeing the two eyes of

the gloating beast, white and muddy from its unhallowed surfeits, he

drew up his feet on the slab on which he sat, lest it should crawl over

them. A thousand tales—true to boyish impressions—crowded on his mind;

and by this rapid movement of sympathetic associations, enough of

itself, while it lasts, to make the stoutest heart nervous, and from the

irritation of his body from other causes, so much was his mind startled

from its propriety that he thought he heard the devil ranging through

the empty pews of the church; and there seemed to flash before his eyes

a thousand hurrying shapes, condemned and fretted ghosts of malignant

aspect, that cannot rest in their wormy graves, and milky-curdled babes

of untimely birth, that are buried in twilights, never to see the sun.

Soon, however, these silly fears went off, and the tangible evil of his

situation again stood forth, and drove him to renew his cries for

assistance, and his attacks upon the door, ere he should be quite

enfeebled by hunger and disease. Again he had to sit down, after

spending his strength in vain.

By degrees, he fell into a stupor of sleep, peopled with strange dreams,

in all of which, from natural accordance with his waking conviction that

he had that day seen his mother’s burial, her image was the central

figure. In danger she was with him—in weariness—in captivity; and when

he seemed to be struggling for life, under delirious fever, then, too,

she was with him, with her soft assuaging kiss, which was pressed upon

his throbbing brow, till his frenzy was cooled away, and he lay becalmed

in body and in spirit beneath her love. Under the last modification of

his dream, he stood by confused waters, and saw his mother drowning in

the floods. He heard her faintly call upon his name; her arms were

outstretched to him for help, as she was borne fast away into the dim

and wasteful ocean; and, unable to resist this appeal, he stripped off

his clothes and plunged in to attempt her rescue. So vivid was this last

part of his vision, that in actual correspondence with the impulse of

his dream, the poor prodigal in the aisle threw off his clothes to the

shirt to prepare himself for swimming to her deliverance. One or two

cold ropy drops, which at this moment fell from the vaulted roof upon

his neck, woke him distinctly, and recalled him to a recollection of his

situation as a captive. But being unable to account for his being naked,

he thought that he had lost, or was about to lose, his reason; and,

weeping aloud like a little child, he threw himself upon his knees, and

cried to God to keep fast his heart and mind from that dismal

alienation. He was yet prostrate when he heard feet walking on the

echoing pavement of the church; and at the same time a light shone round

about him, filling the whole aisle, and showing distinctly the black

letters on the white tombstones.

His first almost insane thought was that a miraculous answer was given

to his prayer, and that, like the two apostles of old, he had won an

angel from heaven to release him from his midnight prison. But the

footsteps went away again by the door, and ceased entirely; whilst at

the same time the light was withdrawn, leaving him to curse his folly,

which, under an absurd hope, had lost an opportunity of immediate

disenthralment. He was about to call aloud, to provoke a return of the

visitation, when, through the grated window of the aisle, he observed a

light among the graves, which he set himself to reconnoitre. It was one

of those raw, unwholesome nights, choked up with mists to the very

throat, which thicken the breath of old men with asthma, and fill

graveyards with gross and rotten beings; and, though probably not more

than twenty yards distant, Sinclair could not guess what the light was,

so tangled and bedimmed was it with the spongy vapours.

At length he heard human voices, and was glad to perceive the light

approaching his window. When the men, whom he now saw were two in

number, had got within a few yards of him, he called out,—

“I pray you, good people, be not alarmed; I have been locked up in this

aisle to-day, and must die of hunger in it if you do not get me out. You

can get into the church, and I doubt not you will find the key of this

aisle-door in the sexton’s closet. Now, I hope you have enough of

manhood not to let me remain in this horrid place from any silly fears

on your part.”

Instead of answering to this demand, the fellows took instantly to their

heels, followed by the vehement reproaches of our hero, whose heart at

the same time was smitten by the bitter reflection, that every chance of

attracting attention to his captivity was likely to be neutralized by

the superstitious fears of such as might hear him from his vault. In a

few minutes the light again approached, and after much whispering

betwixt themselves, one of the men demanded who and what the prisoner

was.

“I can only tell you farther,” replied Sinclair, “that I fell asleep in

this place during the sermon,—no very creditable confession, you will

observe,—and that, when I awoke, I found myself fairly entrapped.”

The men retired round the church, and with joy Richard heard next minute

the rattling of the keys as they were taken from the sexton’s closet. In

another minute he heard the door of his dungeon tried; it opened

readily; and with a start, as if they thought it best at once to rush

upon their danger, his two deliverers, whom he recognised to be of his

native village, advanced a little into the aisle, the foremost bearing

the light, which he held forward and aloft, looking below it into the

interior, to be aware for what sort of captive they had opened. No

sooner did Sinclair stand disclosed to them, naked as he was to the

shirt—for he had not yet got on his clothes—than the sternmost man, with

something between a yell and a groan, bended on his knees, whilst his

hair bristled in the extremity of his terror, and catching hold of his

companion’s limbs, he looked through betwixt them upon the naked spirit

of the aisle. The foremost man lowered the light by inches, and cried

aloud,—

“Fear-fa’ me! take haud o’ me, Geordie Heart! It’s the yellow dead

rising from their graves. Eh! there’s the lightning! and is yon no an

auld crooked man i’ the corner?”

“Will Balmer! Will Balmer! whaur are ye?” cried the other, from between

Will’s very knees, which, knocking upon the prostrate man’s cheeks, made

him chatter and quiver in his wild outcry.

“Oh! there’s the lightning again! Gin we could but meet wife and bairns

ance mair!” ejaculated the foremost man.

“Lord have mercy on my widow and sma’ family!” echoed the sternmost.

“Tout! it’s but the laird’s drucken mulatto after a’!” said the former,

gathering a little confidence.

“Oh, if it were! or but a man wi’ the jaundice, our days might be

lengthened,” cried the latter.

Richard advanced to explain; but at that moment the dull firmament in

the east, which had been lightning from time to time (as often happens

previously to very rainy weather), opened with another sheeted blaze of

white fire, the reflection of which on Richard’s yellow face, as he came

forward, seemed to the terrified rustics a peculiar attribute of his

nature. With a groan, he in the van tried a backward retreat; but being

straitened in the legs, he tumbled over his squatted companion. Leaving

his neighbour, however, to sit still upon his knees, he that was the

foremost man gathered himself up so well, that he crept away on his

hands and feet, till, getting right below the bell-rope at the end of

the church, he ventured to rise and begin to jow it, making the bell

toll at an unusual rate. The inmates of the manse were immediately

alarmed; and first came the minister’s man, who demanded the meaning of

such ill-timed, ringing.

“Oh! Tam Jaffray! Tam Jaffray! sic a night’s in this kirkyard! If sae be

it’s ordeened that I may ring an’ live, I’ll haud to the tow. Oh! Tam

Jaffray! Tam Jaffray! what’s become o’ puir Geordie Heart? If the

Wandering Jew o’ Jerusalem, or the Yellow Fever frae Jamaica, is no

dancing mother-naked in the aisle, then it behoves to be the dead rising

frae their graves. I trust we’ll a’ be found prepared! Rin for a

lantern, Tam.—Eh! look to that lightning!”

A light was soon brought from the manse; and a number of people from the

village having joined the original alarmists, a considerable muster

advanced to the aisle door just as Sinclair was stepping from it. Taking

the light from one of the countrymen, he returned to the relief of the

poor villager, who was still upon his knees, and who, with great

difficulty, was brought to comprehend an explanation of the whole

affair. The crowd made way as Sinclair proceeded to leave the graveyard;

but whether it was that they were indignant because the neighbourhood

had been so much disturbed, or whether they considered that proper game

was afoot for sportive insolence, they began to follow and shout after

him—

“Come back, ye yellow neegur! we’ll no send ye!—stop him! Come back, ye

squiff, and we’ll gie ye a dead subject!—Stop the resurrectionist!—After

him, gie him a paik, and see if he’s but a batch o’ badger skins dyed

yellow—hurrah!”

Sinclair wishing, for several reasons, to be clear at once of the mob,

was in the act of springing over the dyke into the plantation already

mentioned, when he was struck by a stick on the head, which brought him

back senseless to the ground. The crowd was instantly around the

prostrate youth, and in the caprice or better pity of human nature,

began to be sorry for his pale condition.

“It was a pity to strike the puir lad that gate,” said one. “Some folk

shouldna been sae rash the day, I think,” remarked another. “Stand

back,” cried Tam Jaffray, pushing from right to left; “stand back, and

gie the puir fallow air. Back, Jamieson, wi’ your shauchled shins; it

was you that cried first that he was a resurrectionist.”

The clergyman now advanced and asked what was the matter.

“It’s only a yellow yorlin we’ve catched in the aisle,” cried an

insolent clown, who aspired to be the prime wit of the village; “he was

a bare gorblin a few minutes syne, and now he’s full feathered.” This

provoked a laugh from groundlings of the same stamp, and the fellow,

grinning himself, was tempted to try another bolt,—“And he’s gayan weel

tamed by this time.”

“Peace, fellow,” said the minister, who had now seen what was wrong;

“peace, sir, and do not insult the unfortunate. I am ashamed of all

this.”

By the directions of the clergyman, the poor prodigal was carried into

the manse, where he soon recovered from the immediate stunning effects

of the blow he had received.

“How is all this?” was his first question of surprise, addressed to his

host. “May I request to know, sir, why I am here?”

“In virtue of a rash blow, which we all regret,” answered the minister.

“I crave your pardon, sir,” returned the youth. “I can now guess that I

am much indebted to your kindness.”

“May we ask you, young man,” said the clergyman, “how it has happened

that you have so alarmed our peaceful neighbourhood?”

The poor prodigal succinctly stated the way of his imprisonment in the

aisle; and with this explanation the charitable old clergyman seemed

perfectly satisfied. Not so, however, was his ruling elder, who, deeming

his presence and authority indispensable in any matter for which the

parish bell could be rung, had early rushed to the scene of alarm, and

was now in the manse, at the head of a number of the villagers. He, on

the contrary, saw it necessary to remark (glancing at his superior for

approbation),—

“Sae, mind, young man, in times future, what comes of sleeping in the

time of two peeous and yedifying discoorses.”

“A good caution, John,” said the mild old minister; “but we must make

allowances.”

“Was it you that struck me down?” said Richard eagerly to an old man,

who, with evident sorrow working in his hard muscular face, stood

watching this scene with intense interest, and who, indeed, was his own

father.

Smitten to the heart by this sudden question of the youth, ashamed of

his own violent spirit on such a night, and grieved, after the

explanation given, for the condition of the poor lad before him, old

Sinclair groaned, turned quickly half round, shifted his feet in the

agony of avowal,—then seizing his unknown prodigal boy by the hand, he

wrung it eagerly, and said,—

“There’s my hand, young man, in the first place; and now, it was me

indeed that struck you down, but I thought——”

“Oh! my prophetic conscience!” interrupted the poor prodigal, whilst he

looked his father ruefully in the face, and returned fervently the

squeeze of his hand. “Make no apologies to me, thou good old man; thy

blow was given under a most just dispensation.”

“I sent two neighbours,” said the old man, still anxious to explain, “to

see that all was right about the grave. I heard the alarm, and came off

wi’ my stick in my hand. I heard them crying to stop ye, for ye were a

resurrectionist. I saw ye jumping suspiciously into the planting. Ye

maun forgie me the rest, young man, for I thought ye had been violating

the grave of a beloved wife.”

“My own poor mother!” sobbed forth the prodigal.

Old Sinclair started—his strong chest heaved—the recollection of his

rash blow, together with the circumstance that it had been dispensed on

such a solemn night, and near the new grave of one whose gentle spirit

had been but too much troubled by the harshness and waywardness of both

husband and son, came over his heart with the sudden conviction that his

boy and himself were justly punished by the same blow, for their mutual

disrespect in former years. Yearning pity over that son’s unhappy

appearance, and the natural flow of a father’s heart, long subdued on

behalf of his poor lost prodigal, were mingled in the old man’s deep

emotion; and he sought relief by throwing himself in his boy’s arms, and

weeping on his neck.

His sturdy nature soon recovered itself a little; yet the bitter spray

was winked from his compressed eyes as he shook his head; and the lower

part of his face quivered with unusual affliction, as he said in a

hoarse whisper—

“My own Richard!—my man, has your father lived to strike you to the

ground like a brute beast, and you sae ill?—on the very day, too, o’

your mother’s burial, that loved ye aye sae weel! But come away wi’ me

to your father’s house, for ye are sick as death, and the auld man that

used ye ower ill is sair humbled the night, Richard!”

The prodigal’s heart could not stand this confession of a father. His

young bosom heaved as if about to be rent to pieces; the _mother_, and

_hysterica passio_ of old Lear, rose in his straitened throat,

overmastering the struggling respiration, and he fell back in a violent

fit. His agonized parent ran to the door, as if seeking assistance, he

knew not what or where; then checking himself in a moment, and hastening

back, yet without looking on his son, he grasped the clergyman strongly

by the hand, crying out, “Is he gone?—is my callant dead?”

Ordering the people to withdraw from around the prostrate youth, whose

head was now supported by the clergyman’s beautiful and compassionate

daughter, the kind old pastor led forward the agonised father, and

pointing to his reviving son, told him that all would soon be well

again. With head depressed upon his bosom, his hard hands slowly

wringing each other, while they were wetted with the tears which rained

from his glazed eyes, old Sinclair stood looking down upon the ghastly

boy, whose eye was severely swollen, whilst his cheek was stained with

the clotted blood which had flowed from the wound above the temples,

inflicted by his own father.

After standing a while in this position, the old man drew a white napkin

from his pocket, and, as if himself unable for the task, he gave it to

one of his neighbours, and pointed to the blood on the face of his

prodigal boy, signifying that he wished it wiped away. This was done

accordingly; and, in a few moments more, Richard rose, recovered from

his fit, and modestly thanking the clergyman and his beautiful daughter

for their attentions to him, he signified his resolve to go home

immediately with his father. The kind old minister would fain have kept

him all night, alleging the danger of exposing himself in such a state

to the night air; but the youth was determined in his purpose; and old

Sinclair cut short the matter by shaking the hand of his pastor, whilst,

without saying a word, he looked him kindly in the face to express his

thanks, and then by leading his son away by the arm.

The villagers, who had crowded into the manse, judging this one of those

levelling occasions when they might intrude into the best parlour,

allowed the father and son to depart without attempting immediately to

follow—nature teaching them that they had no right to intermeddle with

the sacred communings of the son and father’s repentance and

forgiveness, or with the sorrow of their common bereavement. Yet the

rude throng glanced at the minister, as if surprised and disappointed

that the thing had ended so simply; then slunk out of the room,

apprehensive, probably, of some rebuke from him. The ruling elder,

however, remained behind, and wherefore not?

THE BARLEY FEVER—AND REBUKE.

BY D. M. MOIR (“DELTA”).

Sages their solemn een may steek,

And raise a philosophic reek,

And, physically, causes seek

In clime and season;

But tell me _Whisky’s_ name in Greek,

I’ll tell the reason.—_Burns._

On the morning after the business of the playhouse happened,[13] I had

to take my breakfast in my bed,—a thing very uncommon for me, being

generally up by cock-craw, except on Sunday mornings whiles, when ilka

ane, according to the bidding of the Fourth Commandment, has a license

to do as he likes,—having a desperate sore head, and a squeamishness at

the stomach, occasioned, I jalouse, in a great measure from what Mr Glen

and me had discussed at Widow Grassie’s, in the shape of warm toddy,

over our cracks concerning what is called the agricultural and the

manufacturing interests. So our wife, puir body, pat a thimbleful of

brandy—Thomas Mixem’s real—into my first cup of tea, which had a

wonderful virtue in putting all things to rights; so that I was up and

had shapit a pair of leddy’s corsets (an article in which I sometimes

dealt) before ten o’clock, though, the morning being gey cauld, I didna

dispense with my Kilmarnock.

Footnote 13:

See _ante_, “My First and Last Play,” p. 394.

At eleven in the forenoon, or thereabouts,—maybe five minutes before or

after, but nae matter,—in comes my crony Maister Glen, rather dazed-like

about the een, and wi’ a large piece of white sticking-plaister, about

half-a-nail wide, across one of his cheeks, and over the brig o’ his

nose; giving him a wauff, outlandish, and rather blackguard sort of

appearance, so that I was a thocht uneasy at what neebours might

surmeese concerning our intimacy; but the honest man accounted for the

thing in a very feasible manner, from the falling down on that side of

his head of one of the brass candlesticks, while he was lying on his

braidside, before ane of the furms in the stramash.

His purpose of calling was to tell me that he couldna leave the town

without looking in upon me to bid me fareweel; mair betoken, as he

intended sending in his son Mungo wi’ the carrier for a trial, to see

how the line of life pleased him, and how I thocht he wad answer—a thing

which I was glad came from his side of the house, being likely to be in

the upshot the best for both parties. Yet I thocht he wad find our way

of doing so canny and comfortable, that it wasna very likely he could

ever start objections; and I must confess, that I lookit forrit with nae

sma’ degree of pride, seeing the probability of my sune having the son

of a Lammermuir farmer sitting cross-leggit, cheek for jowl wi’ me, on

the board, and bound to serve me at all lawful times, by night and day,

by a regular indenture of five years. Maister Glen insisted on the

laddie having a three months’ trial; and then, after a wee show of

standing out, just to make him aware that I could be elsewhere fitted if

I had a mind, I agreed that the request was reasonable, and that I had

nae yearthly objections to conforming wi’t. So, after giein’ him his

meridian, and a bit of shortbread, we shook hands, and parted in the

understanding, that his son would arrive on the tap of limping Jamie the

carrier’s cart, in the course, say, of a fortnight.

Through the hale course of the forepart of the day, I remained geyan

queerish, as if something was working about my inwards, and a droll pain

atween my een. The wife saw the case I was in, and advised me, for the

sake of the fresh air, to take a step into the bit garden, and try a

hand at the spade, the smell of the fresh earth being likely to operate

as a cordial; but na—it wadna do; and whan I came in at ane o’clock to

my dinner, the steam of the fresh broth, instead of making me feel as

usual as hungry as a hawk, was like to turn my stamach, while the sight

of the sheep’s-head, ane o’ the primest anes I had seen the hale season,

made me as sick as a dog; so I could dae naething but take a turn out

again, and swig awa’ at the sma’ beer that never seemed able to slocken

my drouth. At lang and last, I mindit having heard Andrew Redbeak, the

excise-offisher, say, that naething ever pat him right after a debosh,

except something they ca’ a bottle of soda-water; so my wife dispatched

Benjie to the place where he kent it could be found, and he returned in

a jiffie with a thing like a blacking-bottle below his daidly, as he was

bidden. There being a wire ower the cork, for some purpose or ither, or

maybe just to look neat, we had some fight to get it torn away, but at

last we succeeded. I had turned about for a jug, and the wife was

rummaging for a screw, while Benjie was fiddling away wi’ his fingers at

the cork—sauf us! a’ at ance it gaed a thud like thunder, driving the

cork ower puir Benjie’s head, while it spouted up in his een like a

fire-engine, and I had only just time to throw down the jug, and up with

the bottle to my mouth. Luckily, for the sixpence it cost, there was a

drap o’t left, which tasted by all the world just like brisk

dish-washings; but, for a’ that, it had a wonderful power of setting me

to rights; and my noddle in a while began to clear up, like a March-day

after a heavy shower.

I mind very weel too, on the afternoon of the dividual day, that my

doorneebour, Thomas Burlings, pappit in; and, in our twa-handit crack

ower the counter, after asking me in a dry, curious way, if I had come

by nae skaith in the business of the play, he said, the thing had now

spread far and wide, and was making a great noise in the world. I thocht

the body a thocht sharp in his observes; so I pretended to take it quite

lightly, proceeding in my shaping-out a pair of buckskin-breeches, which

I was making for ane of the duke’s huntsmen; so, seeing he was aff the

scent, he said in a mair jocose way—“Weel, speaking about buckskins,

I’ll tell ye a gude story about that.”

“Let us hear’t,” said I; for I was in that sort of queerish way, that I

didna care muckle about being very busy.

“Ye’se get it as I heard it,” quo’ Thomas; “and it’s no less worth

telling, that it bears a gude moral application in its tail, after the

same fashion that a blister does gude by sucking away the vicious

humours of the body, thereby making the very pain it gies precious.” And

here—though maybe it was just my thocht—the body strokit his chin, and

gied me a kind of half glee, as muckle as saying, “take that to ye,

neebour.” But I deserved it all, and couldna take it ill aff his hand,

being, like mysel, ane of the elders of our kirk, and an honest enough,

preceese-speaking man.

“Ye see, ye ken,” said Thomas, “that the Breadalbane Fencibles, a wheen

Highland birkies, were put into camp on Fisherraw links, maybe for the

benefit of their douking, on account of the fiddle[14]—or maybe in case

the French should land at the water-mouth—or maybe to gie the regiment

the benefit of the sea air—or maybe to make their bare houghs hardier,

for it was the winter time, frost and snaw being as plenty as ye like,

and no sae scarce as pantaloons among the core, or for some ither

reason, gude, bad, or indifferent, which disna muckle matter. But, ye

see, the lang and the short o’ the story is, that there they were

encamped, man and mother’s son of them, going through their dreels by

day, and sleeping by night—the privates in their tents, and the

offishers in their markees; living in the course of nature on their

usual rations of beef and tammies, and sae on. So, ye understand me,

there was nae such smart orderings of things in the army in thae days,

the men not having the beef served out to them by a butcher, supplying

each company or companies by a written contract, drawn up between him

and the paymaster before sponsible witnesses; but ilka ane bringing what

pleased him, either tripe, trotters, steaks, cow’s-cheek, pluck, hough,

spar-rib, jiggot, or so forth.”

Footnote 14:

_See_ Dr Jamieson’s “Scottish Dictionary.”

“’Od!” said I, “Thomas, ye crack like a minister. Where did ye happen to

pick up all that knowledge?”

“Where should I have got it? but from an auld half-pay sergeant-major,

that lived in our spare room, and had been out in the American war,

having seen a power of service, and been twice wounded,—ance in the aff

cuit, and the ither time in the cuff of the neck.”

“I thocht as muckle,” said I; “but say on, man; it’s unco entertaining.”

“Weel,” continued he, “let me see where I was at when ye stoppit me; for

maybe I’ll hae to begin at the beginning again. For gif ye yenterrupt

me, or edge in a word, or put me out by asking questions, I lose the

thread of my discourse, and canna proceed.”

“Ou, let me see,” said I, “ye was about the contract concerning the

beef.”

“Preceesely,” quo’ Thomas, stretching out his forefinger; “ye’ve said it

to a hair. At that time, as I was observing, the butcher didna supply a

company or companies, according to the terms of a contract, drawn up

before sponsible witnesses, between him and the paymaster; but the

soldiers got beef-money along with their pay; with which said money,

given them, ye observe, for said purpose, they were bound and obligated,

in terms of the statute, to buy, purchase, and provide the said beef,

twice a week or oftener, as it might happen; an orderly offisher making

inspection of the camp-kettles regularly every forenoon at ane o’clock

or thereabouts.

“So, as ye’ll pay attention to observe, there was a private in Captain

M‘Tavish’s company, the second to the left of the centre, of the name of

Duncan MacAlpine, a wee, hardy, blackavised, in-knee’d creature,

remarkable for naething that ever I heard tell of, except being reported

to have shotten a gauger in Badenoch, or thereabouts; and for having a

desperate red nose, the effects, ye observe, I daursay,—the effects of

drinking malt speerits.

“Weel, week after week passed ower, and better passed ower, and Duncan

played aff his tricks, like anither Herman Boaz, the slight-o’-hand

juggler—him that’s suspecket to be in league and paction with the deil.

But ye’ll hear.”

“’Od, it’s diverting, Thomas,” said I to him; “gang on, man.”

“Weel, ye see, as I was observing. Let me see, where was I at? Ou ay,

having a paction wi’ the deil. So, when all were watching beside the

camp-kettles, some stirring them wi’ spurtles, or parritch-sticks, or

forks, or whatever was necessary, the orderly offisher made a point and

practice of regularly coming by, about the chap of ane past meridian, as

I observed to ye before, to make inspection of what ilka ane had wared

his pay on; and what he had got simmering in the het water for his

dinner.

“So, on the day concerning which I am about to speak, it fell out, as

usual, that he happened to be making his rounds, halting a moment—or

twa, maybe—before ilka pat; the man that had the charge thereof, by the

way of stirring like, clapping down his lang fork, and bringing up the

piece of meat, or whatever he happened to be making kail of, to let the

inspector see whether it was lamb, pork, beef, mutton, or veal. For, ye

observe,” continued Thomas, gieing me, as I took it to mysel, anither

queer side look, “the purpose of the offisher making the inspection, was

to see that they laid out their pay-money conform to military

regulation; and no to filling their stamicks, and ruining baith soul and

body, by throwing it away on whisky, as but ower mony, that aiblins

should hae kent better, have dune but ower aften.”

“’Tis but too true,” said I till him; “but the best will fa’ intil a

faut sometimes. We have a’ our failings, Thomas.”

“Just so,” answered Thomas; “but where was I at? Ou, about the whisky.

Weel, speaking about the whisky: ye see, the offisher, Lovetenant

Todrick, I b’lief they called him, had made an observe about Duncan’s

kettle; so, when he cam to him, Duncan was sitting in the lown side of a

dyke, with his red nose, and a pipe in his cheek, on a big stane,

glowering frae him anither way; and, as I was saying, when he cam to him

he said, ‘Weel, Duncan MacAlpine, what have ye in your kettle the day,

man?’

“And Duncan, rinning down his lang fork, answered in his ain Highland

brogue way—‘Please your honour, just my auld fav’rite, tripe.’

“’Deed, Duncan,” said Lovetenant Todrick, or whatever they ca’d him, “it

is an auld fav’rite, surely, for I have never seen ye have onything else

for your denner, man.”

“Every man to his taste, please your honour,” answered Duncan MacAlpine;

“let ilka ane please her nainsel,”—hauling up a screed half a yard lang;

“ilka man to his taste, please your honour, Lovetenant Todrick.”

“’Od, man,” said I to him; “’od, man, ye’re a deacon at telling a story.

Ye’re a queer hand. Weel, what cam next?”

“What think ye should come next?” quo’ Thomas, drily.

“I’m sure I dinna ken,” answered I.

“Weel,” said he, “I’ll tell; but where was I at?”

“Ou, at the observe of Lovetenant Todrick, or what they ca’ed him, about

the tripe; and the answer of Duncan MacAlpine on that head, that ‘ilka

man had his ain taste.’”

“‘Vera true,’ said Lovetenant Todrick; ‘but lift it out a’thegither on

that dish, till I get my specs on; for never since I was born, did I

ever see before boiled tripe with buttons and button-holes intil’t.’”

At this I set up a loud laughing, which I couldna help, though it was

like to split my sides; but Thomas Burlings bade me whisht till I heard

him out.

“‘Buttons and button-holes!’ quo’ Duncan MacAlpine. ‘Look again, wi’ yer

specs; for ye’re surely wrang, Lovetenant Todrick.’”

“Buttons and button-holes! and ’deed I am surely right, Duncan,’

answered Lovetenant Todrick, taking his specs deliberately aff the brig

o’ his nose, and faulding them thegither, as he put them, first into his

morocco case, and syne into his pocket. ‘Howsomever, Duncan MacAlpine,

I’ll pass ye ower for this time, gif ye take my warning, and for the

future ware yer paymoney on wholesome butcher’s meat, like a Christian,

and no be trying to delude your ain stamick, and your offisher’s een, by

haddin’ up, on a fork, such a heathenish make-up for a dish, as the leg

of a pair o’ buckskin breeches!’”

“Buckskin breeches!” said I; “and did he really and actually boil siccan

trash to his dinner?”

“Nae sae far south as that yet, friend,” answered Thomas. “Duncan wasna

sae bowed in the intellect as ye imagine, and had some spice of

cleverality about his queer manœuvres.—Eat siccan trash to his dinner!

Nae mair, Mansie, than ye intend to eat that iron guse ye’re rinning

alang that piece claith; but he wantit to make his offishers believe

that his pay gaed the right way—like the Pharisees of old that keepit

praying, in ell-lang faces, about the corners of the streets, and gaed

hame wi’ hearts full of wickedness and a’ manner of cheatrie.”

“And what way did his pay gang then?” askit I; “and hoo did he live?”

“I telled ye before, frien,” answered Thomas, “that he was a deboshed

creature; and, like ower mony in the warld, likit weel what didna do him

ony good. It’s a wearyfu’ thing that whisky. I wish it could be banished

to Botany Bay.”

“It is that,” said I. “Muckle and nae little sin does it breed and

produce in this world.”

“I’m glad,” quo’ Thomas, stroking down his chin in a slee way. “I’m glad

the guilty should see the folly o’ their ain ways: it’s the first step,

ye ken, till amendment;—and indeed I tell’t Maister Wiggie, when he sent

me here, that I could almost become gude for yer being mair wary o’ yer

conduct for the future time to come.”

This was like a thunder-clap to me, and I didna ken, for a jiffy, what

to feel, think, or do, mair than perceiving that it was a piece of

devilish cruelty on their pairts, taking things on this strict. As for

myself, I could freely take sacred oath on the Book, that I hadna had a

dram in my head for four months before; the knowledge of which made my

corruption rise like lightning, as a man is aye brave when he is

innocent; so, giein’ my pow a bit scart, I said briskly, “So ye’re after

some session business in this veesit, are ye?”

“Ye’ve just guessed it,” answered Thomas Burlings, sleeking down his

front hair with his fingers, in a sober way; “we had a meeting this

forenoon; and it was resolved ye should stand a public rebuke in the

meeting-house, on Sunday next.”

“Hang me, if I do!” answered I, thumping my nieve down with all my might

on the counter, and throwing back my cowl behind me, into a corner.

“No, man!” added I, snapping with great pith my finger and thumb in

Thomas’s een; “no for all the ministers and elders that ever were

cleckit. They may do their best; and ye may tell them sae if ye like. I

was born a free man; I live in a free country; I am the subject of a

free king and constitution; and I’ll be shot before I submit to such

rank diabolical papistry.”

“Hooly and fairly,” quo’ Thomas, staring a wee astonished like, and not

a little surprised to see my birse up in this manner; for, when he

thought upon shearing a lamb, he fund he had catched a tartar; so,

calming down as fast as ye like, he said—“Hooly and fairly, Mansie” (or

Maister Wauch, I believe, he did me the honour to ca’ me), “they’ll

maybe no be sae hard as they threaten. But ye ken, my friend, I’m

speaking to ye as a brither; it was an unco-like business for an elder,

not only to gang till a play, which is ane of the deevil’s rendezvouses,

but to gang there in a state of liquor; making yoursel a warld’s

wonder—and you an elder of our kirk!—I put the question to yourself

soberly?”

His threatening I could despise, and could have fought, cuffed, and

kickit, wi’ a’ the ministers and elders of the General Assembly, to say

naething of the Relief Synod, and the Burgher Union, before I wad

demeaned mysel to yield to what my inward speerit plainly telled me to

be rank cruelty and injustice; but ah! his calm, britherly, flattering

way I couldna thole wi’, and the tears came rapping into my een faster

than it cared my manhood to let be seen; so I said till him, “Weel,

weel, Thomas, I ken I have dune wrang; and I am sorry for’t—they’ll

never find me in siccan a scrape again.”

Thomas Burlings then cam forrit in a friendly way, and shook hands wi’

me; telling that he wad go back and plead afore them in my behalf. He

said this ower again, as we pairted, at my shop door; and, to do him

justice, surely he hadna been waur than his word, for I have aye

attended the kirk as usual, standing, whan it came to my rotation, at

the plate, and naebody, gentle nor semple, ever spoke to me on the

subject of the playhouse, or minted the matter of the rebuke from that

day to this.

ELPHIN IRVING, THE FAIRIES’ CUPBEARER.

BY ALLAN CUNNINGHAM.

CHAPTER I.

The romantic vale of Corriewater, in Annandale, is regarded by the

inhabitants, a pastoral and unmingled people, as the last border refuge

of those beautiful and capricious beings, the fairies. Many old people,

yet living, imagine they have had intercourse of good words and good

deeds with the “gude folk;” and continue to tell that in the ancient

days the fairies danced on the hill, and revelled in the glen, and

showed themselves, like the mysterious children of the Deity of old,

among the sons and daughters of men. Their visits to the earth were

periods of joy and mirth to mankind, rather than of sorrow and

apprehension. They played on musical instruments of wonderful sweetness

and variety of note, spread unexpected feasts, the supernatural flavour

of which overpowered on many occasions the religious scruples of the

Presbyterian shepherds, performed wonderful deeds of horsemanship, and

marched in midnight processions, when the sound of their elfin

minstrelsy charmed youths and maidens into love for their persons and

pursuits; and more than one family of Corriewater have the fame of

augmenting the numbers of the elfin chivalry. Faces of friends and

relatives, long since doomed to the battle trench, or the deep sea, have

been recognised by those who dared to gaze on the fairy march. The maid

has seen her lost lover, and the mother her stolen child; and the

courage to plan and achieve their deliverance has been possessed by, at

least, one border maiden. In the legends of the people of Corrievale,

there is a singular mixture of elfin and human adventure, and the

traditional story of the Cupbearer to the Queen of the Fairies appeals

alike to our domestic feelings and imagination.

In one of the little green loops or bends, on the banks of Corriewater,

mouldered walls, and a few stunted wild plum-trees and vagrant roses,

still point out the site of a cottage and garden. A well of pure

spring-water leaps out from an old tree-root before the door; and here

the shepherds, shading themselves in summer from the influence of the

sun, tell to their children the wild tale of Elphin Irving and his

sister Phemie; and, singular as the story seems, it has gained full

credence among the people where the scene is laid.

“I ken the tale and the place weel,” interrupted an old woman, who, from

the predominance of scarlet in her apparel, seemed to have been a

follower of the camp; “I ken them weel, and the tale’s as true as a

bullet to its aim, and a spark to powder. Oh, bonnie Corriewater! a

thousand times have I pu’ed gowans on its banks wi’ ane that lies stiff

and stark on a foreign shore in a bloody grave:” and sobbing audibly,

she drew the remains of a military cloak over her face, and allowed the

story to proceed.

When Elphin Irving and his sister Phemie were in their sixteenth year

(for tradition says they were twins), their father was drowned in

Corriewater, attempting to save his sheep from a sudden swell, to which

all mountain streams are liable; and their mother, on the day of her

husband’s burial, laid down her head on the pillow, from which, on the

seventh day, it was lifted to be dressed for the same grave. The

inheritance left to the orphans may be briefly described: seventeen

acres of plough and pasture land, seven milk cows, and seven pet sheep

(many old people take delight in odd numbers); and to this may be added

seven bonnet pieces of Scottish gold, and a broadsword and spear, which

their ancestor had wielded with such strength and courage in the battle

of Dryfe-sands, that the minstrel who sang of that deed of arms ranked

him only second to the Scotts and the Johnstones.

The youth and his sister grew in stature and in beauty. The brent bright

brow, the clear blue eye, and frank and blithe deportment of the former,

gave him some influence among the young women of the valley; while the

latter was no less the admiration of the young men, and at fair and

dance, and at bridal, happy was he who touched but her hand, or received

the benediction of her eye. Like all other Scottish beauties, she was

the theme of many a song; and while tradition is yet busy with the

singular history of her brother, song has taken all the care that rustic

minstrelsy can of the gentleness of her spirit, and the charms of her

person.

“Now I vow,” exclaimed a wandering piper, “by mine own honoured

instrument, and by all other instruments that ever yielded music for the

joy and delight of mankind, that there are more bonnie songs made about

fair Phemie Irving than about all the other maidens of Annandale, and

many of them are both high and bonnie. A proud lass maun she be, if her

spirit hears; and men say the dust lies not insensible of beautiful

verse; for her charms are breathed through a thousand sweet lips, and no

farther gone than yestermorn, I heard a lass singing on a green hillside

what I shall not readily forget. If ye like to listen, ye shall judge;

and it will not stay the story long nor mar it much, for it is short,

and about Phemie Irving.” And accordingly he chanted the following rude

verses, not unaccompanied by his honoured instrument, as he called his

pipe, which chimed in with great effect, and gave richness to a voice

which felt better than it could express:—

FAIR PHEMIE IRVING.

I.

Gay is thy glen, Corrie,

With all thy groves flowering:

Green is thy glen, Corrie,

When July is showering;

And sweet is yon wood, where

The small birds are bowering,

And there dwells the sweet one

Whom I am adoring.

II.

Her round neck is whiter

Than winter when snowing;

Her meek voice is milder

Than Ae in its flowing;

The glad ground yields music

Where she goes by the river;

One kind glance would charm me

For ever and ever.

III.

The proud and the wealthy

To Phemie are bowing;

No looks of love win they

With sighing or suing;

Far away maun I stand

With my rude wooing,

She’s a flow’ret too lovely

To bloom for my pu’ing—

IV.

O were I yon violet

On which she is walking;

O were I yon small bird

To which she is talking;

Or yon rose in her hand,

With its ripe ruddy blossom;

Or some pure gentle thought,

To be blest with her bosom!

This minstrel interruption, while it established Phemie Irving’s claim

to grace and to beauty, gave me additional confidence to pursue the

story.

But minstrel skill and true love tale seemed to want their usual

influence, when they sought to win her attention; she was only observed

to pay most respect to those youths who were most beloved by her

brother; and the same hour that brought these twins to the world, seemed

to have breathed through them a sweetness and an affection of heart and

mind, which nothing could divide. If, like the virgin queen of the

immortal poet, she walked “in maiden meditation fancy free,” her brother

Elphin seemed alike untouched with the charms of the fairest virgins in

Corrie. He ploughed his field, he reaped his grain, he leaped, he ran

and wrestled, and danced and sang, with more skill and life and grace

than all other youths of the district; but he had no twilight and stolen

interviews. When all other young men had their loves by their side, he

was single, though not unsought; and his joy seemed never perfect save

when his sister was near him. If he loved to share his time with her,

she loved to share her time with him alone, or with the beasts of the

field, or the birds of the air. She watched her little flock late, and

she tended it early; not for the sordid love of the fleece, unless it

was to make mantles for her brother, but with the look of one who had

joy in its company. The very wild creatures, the deer and the hares,

seldom sought to shun her approach, and the bird forsook not its nest,

nor stinted its song, when she drew nigh; such is the confidence which

maiden innocence and beauty inspire.

It happened one summer, about three years after they became orphans,

that rain had been for a while withheld from the earth; the hillsides

began to parch, the grass in the vales to wither, and the stream of

Corrie was diminished between its banks to the size of an ordinary rill.

The shepherds drove their flocks to moorlands, and marsh and tarn had

their reeds invaded by the scythe, to supply the cattle with food. The

sheep of his sister were Elphin’s constant care; he drove them to the

moistest pastures during the day, and he often watched them at midnight,

when flocks, tempted by the sweet dewy grass, are known to browse

eagerly, that he might guard them from the fox, and lead them to the

choicest herbage. In these nocturnal watchings he sometimes drove his

little flock over the water of Corrie, for the fords were hardly

ankle-deep; or permitted his sheep to cool themselves in the stream, and

taste the grass which grew along the brink. All this time not a drop of

rain fell, nor did a cloud appear in the sky.

One evening during her brother’s absence with the flock, Phemie sat at

her cottage door, listening to the bleatings of the distant folds, and

the lessened murmur of the water of Corrie, now scarcely audible beyond

its banks. Her eyes, weary with watching along the accustomed line of

road for the return of Elphin, were turned on the pool beside her, in

which the stars were glimmering fitful and faint. As she looked, she

imagined the water grew brighter and brighter; a wild illumination

presently shone upon the pool, and leaped from bank to bank, and,

suddenly changing into a human form, ascended the margin, and passing

her, glided swiftly into the cottage. The visionary form was so like her

brother in shape and air, that, starting up, she flew into the house,

with the hope of finding him in his customary seat. She found him not;

and impressed with the terror which a wraith or apparition seldom fails

to inspire, she uttered a shriek so loud and so piercing as to be heard

at Johnstonebank, on the other side of the vale of Corrie.

An old woman now rose suddenly from her seat in the window-sill, the

living dread of shepherds, for she travelled the country with a

brilliant reputation for witchcraft, and thus she broke in upon the

narrative: “I vow, young man, ye tell us the truth upset and downthrust;

I heard my douce grandmother say that on the night when Elphin Irving,

disappeared—disappeared, I shall call it, for the bairn can but be gone

for a season, to return to us in his own appointed time,—she was seated

at the fireside at Johnstonebank; the laird had laid aside his bonnet to

take the Book, when a shriek mair loud, believe me, than a mere woman’s

shriek,—and they can shriek loud enough, else they’re sair wranged,—came

over the water of Corrie, so sharp and shrilling, that the pewter plates

dinnelled on the wall; such a shriek, my douce grandmother said, as rang

in her ear till the hour of her death, and she lived till she was aughty

and aught, forty full ripe years after the event. But there is another

matter, which, doubtless, I cannot compel ye to believe; it was the

common rumour that Elphin Irving came not into the world like the other

sinful creatures of the earth, but was one of the Kane-bairns of the

fairies, whilk they had to pay to the enemy of man’s salvation every

seventh year. The poor lady-fairy,—a mother’s aye a mother, be she elf’s

flesh or Eve’s flesh,—hid her elf son beside the christened flesh in

Marion Irving’s cradle, and the auld enemy lost his prey for a time. Now

hasten on with your story, which is not a bodle the waur for me. The

maiden saw the shape of her brother, fell into a faint or a trance, and

the neighbours came flocking in. Gang on wi’ your tale, young man, and

dinna be affronted because an auld woman helped ye wi’ it.”

It is hardly known, I resumed, how long Phemie Irving continued in a

state of insensibility. The morning was far advanced, when a

neighbouring maiden found her seated in an old chair, as white as

monumental marble; her hair, about which she had always been solicitous,

loosened from its curls, and hanging disordered over her neck and bosom,

her hands and forehead. The maiden touched the one and kissed the other;

they were as cold as snow; and her eyes, wide open, were fixed on her

brother’s empty chair, with the intensity of gaze of one who had

witnessed the appearance of a spirit. She seemed insensible of any one’s

presence, and sat fixed, and still, and motionless. The maiden, alarmed

at her looks, thus addressed her: “Phemie, lass, Phemie Irving! Dear me,

but this is awful! I have come to tell ye that seven o’ yer pet sheep

have escaped drowning in the water; for Corrie, sae quiet and sae gentle

yestreen, is rolling and dashing frae bank to bank this morning. Dear

me, woman, dinna let the loss o’ the world’s gear bereave ye of your

senses. I would rather make ye a present of a dozen mug-ewes of the

Tinwald brood mysel; and now I think on’t, if ye’ll send ower Elphin, I

will help him hame with them in the gloaming mysel. So Phemie, woman, be

comforted.”

At the mention of her brother’s name, she cried out, “Where is he? oh,

where is he?”—gazed wildly round, and, shuddering from head to foot,

fell senseless on the floor. Other inhabitants of the valley, alarmed by

the sudden swell of the river, which had augmented to a torrent deep and

impassable, now came in to inquire if any loss had been sustained, for

numbers of sheep and teds of hay had been observed floating down about

the dawn of the morning. They assisted in reclaiming the unhappy maiden

from her swoon; but insensibility was joy compared to the sorrow to

which she awakened.

“They have ta’en him away, they have ta’en him away;” she chanted in a

tone of delirious pathos; “him that was whiter and fairer than the lily

on Lyddal-lee. They have long sought, and they have long sued, and they

had the power to prevail against my prayers at last. They have ta’en him

away; the flower is plucked from among the weeds, and the dove is slain

amid a flock of ravens. They came with shout, and they came with song,

and they spread the charm, and they placed the spell, and the baptised

brow has been bowed down to the unbaptised hand. They have ta’en him

away, they have ta’en him away; he was too lovely, and too good, and too

noble, to bless us with his continuance on earth; for what are the sons

of men compared to him?—the light of the moonbeam to the morning sun;

the glow-worm to the eastern star. They have ta’en him away, the

invisible dwellers of the earth. I saw them come on him, with shouting

and with singing, and they charmed him where he sat, and away they bore

him; and the horse he rode was never shod with iron, nor owned before

the mastery of human hand. They have ta’en him away, over the water, and

over the wood, and over the hill. I got but ae look o’ his bonnie blue

ee, but ae look. But as I have endured what never maiden endured, so

will I undertake what never maiden undertook,—I will win him from them

all. I know the invisible ones of the earth; I have heard their wild and

wondrous music in the wild woods, and there shall a christened maiden

seek him and achieve his deliverance.”

She paused, and glancing round a circle of condoling faces, down which

the tears were dropping like rain, said, in a calm, but still delirious

tone,—

“Why do you weep, Mary Halliday? and why do you weep, John Graeme? Ye

think that Elphin Irving,—oh, it’s a bonnie, bonnie name, and dear to

many a maiden’s heart as well as mine,—ye think that he is drowned in

Corrie, and ye will seek in the deep, deep pools for the bonnie, bonnie

corse, that ye may weep over it, as it lies in its last linen, and lay

it, amid weeping and wailing, in the dowie kirkyard. Ye may seek, but ye

shall never find; so leave me to trim up my hair, and prepare my

dwelling, and make myself ready to watch for the hour of his return to

upper earth.”

And she resumed her household labours with an alacrity which lessened

not the sorrow of her friends.

CHAPTER II.

Meanwhile, the rumour flew over the vale that Elphin Irving was drowned

in Corriewater. Matron and maid, old man and young, collected suddenly

along the banks of the river, which now began to subside to its natural

summer limits, and commenced their search; interrupted every now and

then by calling from side to side, and from pool to pool, and by

exclamations of sorrow for this misfortune. The search was fruitless:

five sheep, pertaining to the flock which he conducted to pasture, were

found drowned in one of the deep eddies; but the river was still too

brown, from the soil of its moorland sources, to enable them to see what

its deep shelves, its pools, and its overhanging and hazelly banks

concealed. They remitted further search till the stream should become

pure; and old man taking old man aside, began to whisper about the

mystery of the youth’s disappearance: old women laid their lips to the

ears of their coevals, and talked of Elphin Irving’s fairy parentage,

and his having been dropped by an unearthly hand into a Christian

cradle. The young men and maids conversed on other themes; they grieved

for the loss of the friend and the lover, and while the former thought

that a heart so kind and true was not left in the vale, the latter

thought, as maidens will, on his handsome person, gentle manners, and

merry blue eye, and speculated with a sigh on the time when they might

have hoped a return for their love. They were soon joined by others who

had heard the wild and delirious language of his sister: the old belief

was added to the new assurance, and both again commented upon by minds

full of superstitious feeling, and hearts full of supernatural fears,

till the youths and maidens of Corrievale held no more love trysts for

seven days and nights, lest, like Elphin Irving, they should be carried

away to augment the ranks of the unchristened chivalry.

It was curious to listen to the speculations of the peasantry. “For my

part,” said a youth, “if I were sure that poor Elphin escaped from that

perilous water, I would not give the fairies a pound of hiplock wool for

their chance of him. There has not been a fairy seen in the land since

Donald Cargill, the Cameronian, conjured them into the Solway for

playing on their pipes during one of his nocturnal preachings on the hip

of the Burnswark hill.”

“Preserve me, bairn,” said an old woman, justly exasperated at the

incredulity of her nephew, “if ye winna believe what I both heard and

saw at the moonlight end of Craigyburnwood on a summer night, rank after

rank of the fairy folk, ye’ll at least believe a douce man and a ghostly

professor, even the late minister of Tinwaldkirk; his only son (I mind

the lad weel, with his long yellow locks and his bonnie blue eyes, when

I was but a gilpie of a lassie), _he_ was stolen away from off the horse

at his father’s elbow, as they crossed that false and fearsome water,

even Locherbriggflow, on the night of the Midsummer Fair of Dumfries.

Ay, ay, who can doubt the truth of that? Have not the godly inhabitants

of Almsfieldtown and Timwaldkirk seen the sweet youth riding at

midnight, in the midst of the unhallowed troop, to the sound of flute

and of dulcimer; and though meikle they prayed, naebody tried to achieve

his deliverance?”

“I have heard it said, by douce folk and sponsible,” interrupted

another, “that every seven years the elves and fairies pay kane, or make

an offering of one of their children to the grand enemy of salvation,

and that they are permitted to purloin one of the children of men to

present to the fiend; a more acceptable offering, I’ll warrant, than one

of their own infernal brood, that are Satan’s sib allies, and drink a

drop of the deil’s blood every May morning. And touching this lost lad,

ye all ken his mother was a hawk of an uncannie nest, a second cousin of

Kate Kimmer, of Barfloshan, as rank a witch as ever rode on ragwort. Ay,

sirs, what’s bred in the bone is ill to come out o’ the flesh.”

On these and similar topics, which a peasantry full of ancient tradition

and enthusiasm and superstition, readily associate with the commonest

occurrences of life, the people of Corrievale continued to converse till

the fall of evening; when each seeking their home, renewed again the

wondrous subject, and illustrated it with all that popular belief and

poetic imagination could so abundantly supply.

The night which followed this melancholy day was wild with wind and

rain; the river came down broader and deeper than before, and the

lightning, flashing by fits over the green woods of Corrie, showed the

ungovernable and perilous flood sweeping above its banks. It happened

that a farmer, returning from one of the border fairs, encountered the

full swing of the storm; but, mounted on an excellent horse, and mantled

from chin to heel in a good gray plaid, beneath which he had the farther

security of a thick great-coat, he sat dry in his saddle, and proceeded

in the anticipated joy of a subsided tempest, and a glowing morning sun.

As he entered the long grove, or rather remains of the old Galwegian

forest, which lines for some space the banks of the Corriewater, the

storm began to abate, the wind sighed milder and milder among the trees;

and here and there a star, twinkling momentarily through the sudden rack

of the clouds, showed the river raging from bank to brae. As he shook

the moisture from his clothes, he was not without a wish that the day

would dawn, and that he might be preserved on a road which his

imagination beset with greater perils than the raging river; for his

superstitious feeling let loose upon his path elf and goblin, and the

current traditions of the district supplied very largely to his

apprehension the ready materials of fear.

Just as he emerged from the wood, where a fine sloping bank, covered

with short green sward, skirts the limit of the forest, his horse made a

full pause, snorted, trembled, and started from side to side, stooped

his head, erected his ears, and seemed to scrutinize every tree and

bush. The rider, too, it may be imagined, gazed round and round, and

peered warily into every suspicious-looking place. His dread of a

supernatural visitation was not much allayed, when he observed a female

shape seated on the ground at the root of a huge old oak tree, which

stood in the centre of one of those patches of verdant sward, known by

the name of “fairy rings,” and avoided by all peasants who wish to

prosper. A long thin gleam of eastern daylight enabled him to examine

accurately the being who, in this wild place and unusual hour, gave

additional terror to this haunted spot. She was dressed in white from

the neck to the knees; her arms, long, and round, and white, were

perfectly bare; her head, uncovered, allowed her long hair to descend in

ringlet succeeding ringlet, till the half of her person was nearly

concealed in the fleece. Amidst the whole, her hands were constantly

busy in shedding aside the tresses which interposed between her steady

and uninterrupted gaze, down a line of old road which winded among the

hills to an ancient burial-ground.

As the traveller continued to gaze, the figure suddenly rose, and

wringing the rain from her long locks, paced round and round the tree,

chanting in a wild and melancholy manner an equally wild and delirious

song:—

THE FAIRY OAK OF CORRIEWATER.

I.

The small bird’s head is under its wing,

The deer sleeps on the grass;

The moon comes out, and the stars shine down,

The dew gleams like the glass:

There is no sound in the world so wide,

Save the sound of the smitten brass,

With the merry cittern and the pipe

Of the fairies as they pass.—

But oh! the fire maun burn and burn,

And the hour is gone, and will never return.

II.

The green hill cleaves, and forth, with a bound,

Come elf and elfin steed;

The moon dives down in a golden cloud,

The stars grow dim with dread;

But a light is running along the earth,

So of heaven’s they have no need:

O’er moor and moss with a shout they pass,

And the word is, spur and speed.—

But the fire maun burn, and I maun quake,

And the hour is gone that will never come back.

III.

And when they come to Craigyburn wood,

The Queen of the Fairies spoke:—

“Come, bind your steeds to the rushes so green,

And dance by the haunted oak:

I found the acorn on Heshbon-hill,

In the nook of a palmer’s poke,

A thousand years since; here it grows!”

And they danced till the greenwood shook.—

But oh! the fire, the burning fire,

The longer it burns, it but blazes the higher.

IV.

“I have won me a youth,” the Elf-queen said,

“The fairest that earth may see;

This night I have won young Elph Irving,

My cupbearer to be.

His service lasts but for seven sweet years,

And his wage is a kiss of me.”

And merrily, merrily laughed the wild elves,

Round Corrie’s greenwood tree.—

But oh! the fire it glows in my brain,

And the hour is gone, and comes not again.

V.

The Queen she has whispered a secret word,

“Come hither, my Elphin sweet,

And bring that cup of the charmèd wine,

Thy lips and mine to weet.”

But a brown elf shouted a loud, loud shout,

“Come, leap on your coursers fleet,

For here comes the smell of some baptized flesh,

And the sounding of baptized feet.”—

But oh! the fire that burns, and maun burn;

For the time that is gone will never return.

VI.

On a steed as white as the new-milked milk,

The Elf-queen leaped with a bound,

And young Elphin a steed like December snow

’Neath him at the word he found.

But a maiden came, and her christened arms

She linked her brother around,

And called on God, and the steed with a snort

Sank into the gaping ground.—

But the fire maun burn, and I maun quake,

And the time that is gone will no more come back.

VII.

And she held her brother, and lo! he grew

A wild bull waked in ire;

And she held her brother, and lo! he changed

To a river roaring higher;

And she held her brother, and he became

A flood of the raging fire;

She shrieked and sank, and the wild elves laughed,

Till mountain rang and mire.—

But oh! the fire yet burns in my brain,

And the hour is gone, and comes not again.

VIII.

“Oh, maiden, why waxed thy faith so faint,

Thy spirit so slack and slaw?

Thy courage kept good till the flame waxed wud,

Then thy might began to thaw,

Had ye kissed him with thy christened lip,

Ye had won him frae ’mang us a’.

Now bless the fire, the elfin fire,

That made thee faint and fa’;

Now bless the fire, the elfin fire,

The longer it burns it blazes the higher.”

At the close of this unusual strain, the figure sat down on the grass,

and proceeded to bind up her long and disordered tresses, gazing along

the old and unfrequented road.

“Now God be my helper,” said the traveller, who happened to be the Laird

of Johnstonebank, “can this be a trick of the fiend, or can it be bonnie

Phemie Irving, who chants this dolorous song? Something sad has

befallen, that makes her seek her seat in this eerie nook amid the

darkness and tempest: through might from abune, I will go on and see.”

And the horse, feeling something of the owner’s reviving spirit in the

application of the spur-steel, bore him at once to the foot of the tree.

The poor delirious maiden uttered a piercing yell of joy as she beheld

him, and, with the swiftness of a creature winged, linked her arms round

the rider’s waist, and shrieked till the woods rang.

“Oh, I have ye now, Elphin, I have ye now!” and she strained him to her

bosom with a convulsive grasp.

“What ails ye, my bonnie lass?” said the Laird of Johnstonebank, his

fears of the supernatural vanishing when he beheld her sad and

bewildered look.

She raised her eyes at the sound, and, seeing a strange face, her arms

slipped their hold, and she dropped with a groan on the ground.

The morning had now fairly broken: the flocks shook the rain from their

sides, the shepherds hastened to inspect their charges, and a thin blue

smoke began to stream from the cottages of the valley into the

brightening air. The laird carried Phemie Irving in his arms, till he

observed two shepherds ascending from one of the loops of Corriewater,

bearing the lifeless body of her brother. They had found him whirling

round and round in one of the numerous eddies, and his hands, clutched

and filled with wool, showed that he had lost his life in attempting to

save the flock of his sister.

A plaid was laid over the body, which, along with the unhappy maiden in

a half lifeless state, was carried into a cottage, and laid in that

apartment distinguished among the peasantry by the name of “the

chamber.” While the peasant’s wife was left to take care of Phemie, old

man, and matron, and maid had collected around the drowned youth, and

each began to relate the circumstances of his death, when the door

suddenly opened, and his sister, advancing to the corpse with a look of

delirious serenity, broke out into a wild laugh, and said,—

“O, it is wonderful, it’s truly wonderful! that bare and death-cold

body, dragged from the darkest pool of Corrie, with its hands filled

with fine wool, wears the perfect similitude of my own Elphin! I’ll tell

ye—the spiritual dwellers of the earth, the fairyfolk of our evening

tale, have stolen the living body, and fashioned this cold and inanimate

clod to mislead your pursuit. In common eyes, this seems all that Elphin

Irving would be, had he sunk in Corriewater; but so it seems not to me.

Ye have sought the living soul, and ye have found only its garment. But

oh, if ye had beheld him, as I beheld him to-night, riding among the

elfin troop, the fairest of them all; had you clasped him in your arms,

and wrestled for him with spirits and terrible shapes from the other

world, till your heart quailed and your flesh was subdued, then would ye

yield no credit to the semblance which this cold and apparent flesh

bears to my brother. But hearken—on Hallowe’en, when the spiritual

people are let loose on earth for a season, I will take my stand in the

burial-ground of Corrie; and when my Elphin and his unchristened troop

come past with the sound of all their minstrelsy, I will leap on him and

win him, or perish for ever.”

All gazed aghast on the delirious maiden, and many of her auditors gave

more credence to her distempered speech than to the visible evidence

before them. As she turned to depart, she looked round, and suddenly

sunk upon the body, with tears streaming from her eyes, and sobbed out,

“My brother! oh, my brother!” She was carried out insensible, and again

recovered; but relapsed into her ordinary delirium, in which she

continued till the Hallow-eve after her brother’s burial.

She was found seated in the ancient burial-ground, her back against a

broken grave-stone, her locks white with frost-rime, watching with

intensity of look the road to the kirk-yard; but the spirit which gave

life to the fairest form of all the maids of Annandale was fled for

ever.

Such is the singular story which the peasants know by the name of Elphin

Irving, the Fairies’ Cupbearer; and the title, in its fullest and most

supernatural sense, still obtains credence among the industrious and

virtuous dames of the romantic vale of Corrie.

CHOOSING A MINISTER.

BY JOHN GALT.

The Rev. Dr Swapkirk having had an apoplexy, the magistrates were

obligated to get Mr Pittle to be his helper. Whether it was that, by our

being used to Mr Pittle, we had ceased to have a right respect for his

parts and talents, or that in reality he was but a weak brother, I

cannot in conscience take it on me to say; but the certainty is, that

when the Doctor departed this life, there was hardly one of the hearers

who thought Mr Pittle would ever be their placed minister, and it was as

far at first from the unanimous mind of the magistrates, who are the

patrons of the parish, as anything could well be, for he was a man of no

smeddum in discourse. In verity, as Mrs Pawkie, my wife, said, his

sermons in the warm summer afternoons were just a perfect hushabaa, that

no mortal could hearken to without sleeping. Moreover, he had a sorning

way with him, that the genteeler sort couldna abide, for he was for ever

going from house to house about tea-time, to save his ain canister. As

for the young ladies, they couldna endure him at all, for he had aye the

sough and sound of love in his mouth, and a round-about ceremonial of

joking concerning the same, that was just a fasherie to them to hear.

The commonality, however, were his greatest adversaries; for he was,

notwithstanding the spareness of his abilities, a prideful creature,

taking no interest in their hamely affairs, and seldom visiting the aged

or the sick among them.

Shortly, however, before the death of the Doctor, Mr Pittle had been

very attentive to my wife’s full cousin, Miss Lizzie Pinkie,—I’ll no say

on account of the legacy of seven hundred pounds left her by an uncle,

that made his money in foreign parts, and died at Portsmouth of the

liver complaint, when he was coming home to enjoy himself; and Mrs

Pawkie told me, that as soon as Mr Pittle could get a kirk, I needna be

surprised if I heard o’ a marriage between him and Miss Lizzie.

Had I been a sordid and interested man, this news could never have given

me the satisfaction it did, for Miss Lizzie was very fond of my bairns,

and it was thought that Peter would have been her heir; but so far from

being concerned at what I heard, I rejoiced thereat, and resolved in

secret thought, whenever a vacancy happened (Dr Swapkirk being then fast

wearing away), to exert the best of my ability to get the kirk for Mr

Pittle,—not, however, unless he was previously married to Miss Lizzie;

for, to speak out, she was beginning to stand in need of a protector,

and both me and Mrs Pawkie had our fears that she might outlive her

income, and in her old age become a cess upon us. And it couldna be said

that this was any groundless fear; for Miss Lizzie, living a lonely

maiden life by herself, with only a bit lassie to run her errands, and

no being naturally of an active or eydent turn, aften wearied, and to

keep up her spirits, gaed, maybe, now and then, oftener to the gardevin

than was just necessar, by which, as we thought, she had a tavert look.

Howsoever, as Mr Pittle had taken a notion of her, and she pleased his

fancy, it was far from our hand to misliken one that was sib to us; on

the contrary, it was a duty laid on me by the ties of blood and

relationship to do all in my power to further their mutual affection

into matrimonial fruition; and what I did towards that end is the burden

of this narrative.

Dr Swapkirk, in whom the spark of life was long fading, closed his eyes,

and it went utterly out, as to this world, on a Saturday night, between

the hours of eleven and twelve. We had that afternoon got an inkling

that he was drawing near to his end. At the latest, Mrs Pawkie herself

went over to the manse, and stayed till she saw him die. “It was a

pleasant end,” she said, for he was a godly, patient man; and we were

both sorely grieved, though it was a thing for which we had been long

prepared, and, indeed, to his family and connections, except for the

loss of the stipend, it was a very gentle dispensation, for he had been

long a heavy handful, having been for years but, as it were, a breathing

lump of mortality, groosy and oozy, and doozy, his faculties being shut

up and locked in by a dumb palsy.

Having had this early intimation of the Doctor’s removal to a better

world, on the Sabbath morning when I went to join the magistrates in the

council-chamber, as the usage is, to go to the laft, with the

town-officers carrying their halberts before us, according to the

ancient custom of all royal burghs, my mind was in a degree prepared to

speak to them anent the successor. Little, however, passed at that time,

and it so happened that, by some wonder of inspiration (there were,

however, folk that said it was taken out of a book of sermons, by one

Barrow, an English divine), Mr Pittle that forenoon preached a discourse

that made an impression, insomuch that, on our way back to the

council-chamber, I said to Provost Vintner that then was—

“Really, Mr Pittle seems, if he would exert himself, to have a nerve. I

could not have thought it was in the power of his capacity to have given

us such a sermon.”

The provost thought as I did; so I replied—

“We canna, I think, do better than keep him among us. It would, indeed,

provost, no be doing justice to the young man to pass another over his

head.”

I could see that the provost wasna quite sure of what I had been saying;

for he replied, that it was a matter that needed consideration.

When we separated at the council-chamber, I threw myself in the way of

Bailie Weezle, and walked home with him, our talk being on the subject

of the vacancy; and I rehearsed to him what had passed between me and

the provost, saying, that the provost had made no objection to prefer Mr

Pittle, which was the truth.

Bailie Weezle was a man no overladen with worldly wisdom, and had been

chosen into the council principally on account of being easily managed.

In his business, he was originally by trade a baker in Glasgow, where he

made a little money, and came to settle among us with his wife, who was

a native of the town, and had her relations here. Being, therefore, an

idle man, living on his money, and of a soft and quiet nature, he was,

for the reason aforesaid, chosen into the council, where he always voted

on the provost’s side; for in controverted questions every one is

beholden to take a part, and he thought it his duty to side with the

chief magistrate.

Having convinced the bailie that Mr Pittle had already, as it were, a

sort of infeoffment in the kirk, I called in the evening on my old

predecessor in the guildry, Bailie M‘Lucre, who was not a hand to be so

easily dealt with; but I knew his inclinations, and therefore I resolved

to go roundly to work with him. So I asked him out to take a walk, and I

led him towards the town-moor, conversing loosely about one thing and

another, and touching softly here and there on the vacancy.

When we were well on into the middle of the moor, I stopped, and,

looking round me, said,—

“Bailie, surely it’s a great neglec’ of the magistrates and council to

let this braw broad piece of land, so near the town, lie in a state o’

nature, and giving pasturage to only twa-three of the poor folks’ cows.

I wonder you, that’s now a rich man, and with een worth pearls and

diamonds,—that ye dinna think of asking a tack of this land; ye might

make a great thing o’t.”

The fish nibbled, and told me that he had for some time entertained a

thought on the subject; but he was afraid that I would be over

extortionate.

“I wonder to hear you, bailie,” said I; “I trust and hope no one will

ever find me out of the way of justice; and to convince you that I can

do a friendly turn, I’ll no objec’ to gie you a’ my influence free

gratis, if ye’ll gie Mr Pittle a lift into the kirk; for, to be plain

with you, the worthy young man, who, as ye heard to-day, is no without

an ability, has long been fond of Mrs Pawkie’s cousin, Miss Lizzie

Pinkie; and I would fain do all that lies in my power to help on the

match.”

The bailie was well pleased with my frankness, and before returning

home, we came to a satisfactory understanding; so that the next thing I

had to do was to see Mr Pittle himself on the subject. Accordingly, in

the gloaming, I went over to where he stayed: it was with Miss Jenny

Killfuddy, an elderly maiden lady, whose father was the minister of

Braehill, and the same that is spoken of in the chronicle of Dalmailing,

as having had his eye almost put out by a clash of glaur, at the stormy

placing of Mr Balwhidder.

“Mr Pittle,” said I, as soon as I was in, and the door closed, “I’m come

to you as a friend. Both Mrs Pawkie and me have long discerned that ye

have had a look more than common towards our friend Miss Lizzie, and we

think it our duty to inquire your intents, before matters gang to

greater length.”

He looked a little dumfoundered at this salutation, and was at a loss

for an answer; so I continued—

“If your designs be honourable, and no doubt they are, now’s your

time;—strike while the iron’s hot. By the death of the Doctor, the

kirk’s vacant, the town-council have the patronage; and if ye marry Miss

Lizzie, my interest and influence shall not be slack in helping you into

the poopit.”

In short, out of what passed that night, on the Monday following, Mr

Pittle and Miss Lizzie were married; and by my dexterity, together with

the able help I had in Bailie M‘Lucre, he was in due season placed and

settled in the parish; and the next year, more than fifty acres of the

town-moor were inclosed, on a nine hundred and ninety-nine years’ tack,

at an easy rate, between me and the bailie, he paying the half of the

expense of the ditching and rooting out of the whins; and it was

acknowledged, by every one that saw it, that there had not been a

greater improvement for many years in all the country-side. But to the

best actions there will be adverse and discontented spirits; and, on

this occasion, there were not wanting persons naturally of a disloyal

opposition temper, who complained of the inclosure as a usurpation of

the rights and property of the poorer burghers. Such revilings, however,

are what all persons in authority must suffer; and they had only the

effect of making me button my coat, and look out the crooser to the

blast.—“_The Provost._”

THE MEAL MOB.

During the winter of 18—, there was a great scarcity of grain in the

western districts of Scotland. The expediency of the corn laws was then

hotly discussed, but the keen hunger of wives and children went further

to embitter the spirits of the lower orders. The abstract question was

grasped at as a vent for ill-humour, or despairingly, as a last chance

for preservation. As usual, exaggerated reports were caught up and

circulated by the hungry operatives, of immense prices demanded by

grain-merchants and farmers, and of great stores of grain garnered up

for exportation. As a natural consequence of all these circumstances,

serious disturbances took place in more than one burgh.

The town of ——, in which I then resided, had hitherto been spared, but a

riot was, in the temper of the poor, daily to be expected. Numbers of

special constables were sworn in. The commander of the military party

then in the barracks was warned to hold himself in readiness. Such

members of the county yeomanry corps as resided in or near the town were

requested to lend their aid, if need should be.

I was sitting comfortably by my fireside, one dark, cold evening,

conversing with a friend over a tumbler of toddy, when we were both

summoned to officiate in our capacity of constables. The poor fellows

who fell at Waterloo sprang from their hard, curtainless beds with less

reluctance. We lingered rather longer than decency allowed of, buttoning

our greatcoats and adjusting our comforters. At last, casting a piteous

look at the fire, which was just beginning to burn up gloriously, we

pressed our hats deeper over our eyes, grasped our batons, and sallied

forth.

The mischief had begun in the mills at the town-head, and as the parties

employed in the mob went to work with less reluctance than we had done,

the premises were fairly gutted, and the plunderers, (or, more properly

speaking, devastators) on their way to another scene of action, before a

sufficient _posse_ of our body could be mustered. We encountered the

horde coming down the main street. The advanced guard consisted of an

immense swarm of little ragged boys, running scatteredly with stones in

their hands and bonnets. These were flanked and followed by a number of

dirty, draggle-tailed drabs, most of them with children in their arms.

Upon them followed a dense mass of men of all ages, many of them in the

garb of sailors, for the tars had learned that the soldiery were likely

to be employed against the people, and there is a standing feud between

the “salt-waters” and the “lobsters.” There was also a vague and

ill-regulated sympathy for the suffering they saw around them, working

at the bottom. All this array we half saw, half conjectured, by the dim

light of the dirty street lamps. The body was silent, but for the

incessant pattering of their feet as they moved along.

The word was given to clear the street, and we advanced with right

ill-will upon them. The first ranks gave back, but there arose

immediately a universal and deafening hooting, groaning, yelling, and

whistling. The shrill and angry voices of women were heard above all,

mingled with the wailing of their terrified babes. “We maun hae meat;”

“Fell the gentle boutchers;” “Belay there! spank him with your pole;”

resounded on every side, in the screaming tones of women, and the deep

voices of sailors, garnished and enforced with oaths too dreadful to

mention. Nor was this all: a shower of stones came whizzing past our

ears from the boy-tirailleurs mentioned above, levelling some of our

companions, jingling among the windows, and extinguishing the lamps.

Some of the boldest of the men next attempted to wrest the batons from

the constables who stood near them. In this they were assisted by the

women, who crushed into our ranks, and prevented us giving our cudgels

free play. The stones continued to fly in all directions, hitting the

rioters as often as the preservers of the peace. The parties tugged and

pulled at each other most stubbornly, while the screams of pain and

anger, the yell of triumph, and hoarse execrations, waxed momentarily

louder and more terrific.

At last the constables were driven back, with the loss of all their

batons and most of their best men. The mob rushed onward with a

triumphant hurrah, and turned down a side street leading to a granary,

in which they believed a great quantity of grain was stored up. The

proprietor’s house stood beside it. A volley of stones was discharged

against the latter, which shattered every window in the house, and the

missiles were followed by a thunder-growl of maledictions, which made

the hair of the innocent inmates stand on their heads, and their hearts

die within them. The crowd stood irresolute for a moment. A tall

athletic sailor advanced to the door of the granary. “Have you never a

marlin-spike to bouse open the hatchway here?” A crowbar was handed to

him. “A glim! a glim!” cried voices from different parts of the crowd.

It was now for the first time discovered that some of the party had

provided themselves with torches, for after a few minutes’ fumbling a

light was struck, and immediately the pitch brands cast a lurid light

over the scene. The state of the corn merchant’s family must now have

been dreadful. The multitude stood hushed as death, or as the coming

thunderstorm. All this time the sailor of whom I have spoken had been

prising away with his bar at the granary door.

At this moment a heavy-measured tread was heard indistinctly in the

distance. It drew nearer, and became more distinct. Some respectable

burghers, who had assembled, and stood aloof gazing on the scene, now

edged closer to the crowd, and addressed the nearest women in a low

voice: “Yon’s the sodgers.” The hint was taken, for, one by one, the

women gathered their infants closer in their arms, and dropped off.

First one and then another pale-faced, consumptive-looking weaver

followed their example in silence. The trampling now sounded close at

hand, and its measured note was awful in the hush of the dark night. The

panic now spread to the boys, who flew asunder on all sides—like a

parcel of carrion flies when disturbed by a passenger—squalling, “Yon’s

the sodgers!” So effectual was the dispersion that ensued, that when the

soldiers defiled into the wider space before the granary, no one

remained except the door-breaker, and one or two of the torch-holders.

The latter threw down their brands and scampered. The lights were

snatched up before they were extinguished, by some of the boldest

constables. Of all the rioters only one remained—the tall sailor, who

may be termed their ringleader. The foremost rank of the soldiers was

nearly up to him, and others were defiling from behind to intercept him

should he attempt to reach the side streets. He stood still, watchful as

a wild beast when surrounded by hunters, but with an easy roll of his

body, and a good-humoured smile upon his face. “Yield, Robert Jones,”

cried the provost, who feared he might meditate a desperate and

unavailing resistance. But instead of answering, Robert sprung upon a

soldier who was forming into line at his right side, struck up the man’s

musket, twisted off the bayonet, and making it shine through the air in

the torchlight like a rocket, tripped up his heels. “Not yet, lobster!”

he exclaimed, as the bayonet of the fallen hero’s left-hand man glanced

innocuously past him, so saying, the sailor rapidly disappeared down a

dark lane.—_Edinburgh Literary Journal._

THE FLITTING.

It was on the day before the flitting, or removal, that John Armour’s

farm-stock, and indeed everything he had, excepting as much as might

furnish a small cottage, was to be rouped to meet his debts. No doubt it

was a heart-rending scene to all the family, though his wife considered

all their losses light, when compared with her husband’s peace of mind.

The great bustle of the sale, however, denied him the leisure which a

just view of his condition made most to be dreaded; so that it was not

till late in the evening, when all was quiet again,—his cherished

possessions removed, and time allowed him to brood over his state,—that

the deep feelings of vexation and despair laid hold of his spirit.

The evening was one of remarkable beauty; the birds never more

rapturous, the grass never greener around the farm-house. The turf seat

on which old Hugh was wont to rest, in the corner of the little garden,

was white with gowans; the willows and honeysuckles that overarched it

all full of life; the air was bland, the cushat’s distant cooing very

plaintive;—all but the inhabitants of the humble dwelling was tranquil

and delighted. But they were downcast; each one pursued some necessary

preparation for tomorrow’s great change, saying little, but deeply

occupied with sad thoughts. Once the wife ejaculated—

“Oh, that the morn was ower!”

“Yes,” said her husband, “the morn, and every morn o’ them!—but I wish

this gloaming had been stormy.”

He could not settle—he could not eat—he avoided conversation; and, with

his hat drawn over his brow, he traversed wearily the same paths, and

did over and over again the same things. It was near bedtime, when one

of the children said to her mother—

“My faither’s stan’in’ at the corner o’ the stable, and didna speak to

me when I spak to him;—gang out, mother, and bring him in.”

“If he wad but speak to me!” was the mother’s answer. She went out,—the

case had become extreme,—and she ventured to argue with and reprove him.

“Ye do wrang, John—this is no like yoursel;—the world’s fu’ of

affliction—ithers ken that as weel as you—ye maunna hae a’ things your

ain way: there’s Ane abune us wha has said, ‘In sorrow shalt thou eat

thy bread all the days of thy life.’ Ye canna expect to gang free; and I

maun say it wadna be gude for ony o’ us. Maybe greater ills are yet to

befa’ ye, and then ye’ll rue sair that ye hae gien way at this time;

come in, John, wi’ me; time will wear a’ this out o’ mind.”

He struck his hand against his brow—he grasped at his neckcloth—and

after choking on a few syllables which he could not utter, tears gushed

from his eyes, and he melted in a long heartrending fit of weeping. Oh,

it is a sorrowful thing to see a strong hard-featured man shedding

tears! His sobs are so heavy, his wail so full-toned! John Armour,

perhaps for twenty years a stranger to weeping, had now to burst the

sealed sluices of manhood’s grief, which nothing but the resistless

struggle of agony could accomplish, ere relief could reach his labouring

breast. Now it was he sought the dearest sanctuary on earth—he leaned

upon his wife’s bosom, and she lavished on him the riches of a woman’s

love. At length he went to rest, gentler in spirit, and borne down by a

less frightful woe than what had lately oppressed him.

Next morning brought round the bustle of flitting. There is a deep

interest attending a scene of this kind, altogether separate from the

feelings of those who have to leave a favourite abode. Circumstances of

antiquity—of mystery—belong to it. The demolition even of an old house

has something melancholy; the dismantling it of furniture is not less

affecting. Some of the servants that had been at one time about the farm

assisted on this occasion, and entered fully into the sentiments now

described.

“That press has been there, I’ll warran’, this fifty years; it was his

mother’s, and cam on her blithe marriage-day; the like o’t ye’ll no see

now-a-days—it’s fresh yet. Few hae seen the back o’ thee, I trow, these

twa days, but the wabsters and sclaters; they winna ken what to mak o’

this wark; let me look into the back o’t.”

“I wad be a wee eerie,” said another, feeling the gloomy appearance of

the old empty dwelling suggest thoughts allied to superstition, “about

ganging into that toom house at night; I wad aye be thinkin’ o’ meeting

wi’ auld Hugh, honest man.”

The flitting set off to a cottage about two miles distant; two cart

loads of furniture, one milk cow, and the old watch-dog, were its

amount. John Armour lingered a little behind, as did his wife, for she

was unwilling to leave him there alone. He then proceeded to every part

of the premises. The barn and stable kept him a few moments; the rest he

hurried over, excepting the kitchen and spence. When he came to the

kitchen (for it was the apartment he visited last), he leant his head

for an instant against the mantelpiece, and fixed his eyes on the

hearthstone. A deep sigh escaped him, and his wife then took him by the

hand to lead him away, which he resisted not, only saying,—

“I hae mind o’ mony a thing that happened here;”—then casting his eyes

hastily round the desolate apartment,—“but fareweel to thee for ever!”

In a few minutes they overtook the flitting, nor did he once turn again

his head towards the desolate place which had so firm a hold of his

heart.—“_My Grandfather’s Farm._”

EWEN OF THE LITTLE HEAD:

_A LEGEND OF THE WESTERN ISLES_.

About three hundred years ago, Ewen Maclean of Lochbuy, in the island of

Mull, having been engaged in a quarrel with a neighbouring chief, a day

was fixed for determining the affair by the sword. Lochbuy, before the

day arrived, consulted a celebrated witch as to the result of the feud.

The witch declared, that if Lochbuy’s wife should on the morning of that

day give him and his men food unasked, he would be victorious; but if

not, the result would be the reverse. This was a disheartening response

for the unhappy votary, his wife being a noted shrew.

The fatal morning arrived, and the hour for meeting the enemy

approached; but there appeared no symptoms of refreshment for Lochbuy

and his men. At length the unfortunate man was compelled to ask his wife

to supply them with food. She set down before them curds, but without

spoons. The men ate the curds as well as they could with their hands;

but Lochbuy himself ate none. After behaving with the greatest bravery

in the bloody conflict which ensued, he fell covered with wounds,

leaving his wife to the execration of his people.

But the miseries brought on the luckless chief by his sordid and

shrewish spouse did not end with his life, for he died fasting; and his

ghost is frequently seen to this day riding the very horse on which he

was mounted when he was killed. It was a small, but very neat and active

pony, dun or mouse coloured, to which Lochbuy was much attached, and on

which he had ridden for many years before his death. His appearance is

as accurately described in the island of Mull as any steed is in

Newmarket. The prints of his shoes are discerned by connoisseurs, and

the rattling of his curb is recognized in the darkest night. He is not

particular in regard to roads, for he goes up hill and down dale with

equal velocity. His hard-fated rider still wears the same green cloak

which covered him in his last battle; and he is particularly

distinguished by the small size of his head.

It is now above three hundred years since Ewen-a-Chin-Vig (_Anglice_,

“Hugh of the Little Head”) fell in the field of honour; but neither the

vigour of the horse nor of the rider is yet diminished. His mournful

duty has always been to attend the dying moments of every member of his

own numerous tribe, and to escort the departed spirit on its long and

arduous journey.

Some years ago, he accosted one of his own people (indeed, he has never

been known to notice any other), and shaking him cordially by the hand,

he attempted to place him on the saddle behind himself, but the

uncourteous dog declined the honour. Ewen struggled hard, but the clown

was a great strong, clumsy fellow, and stuck to the earth with all his

might. He candidly acknowledged, however, that his chief would have

prevailed, had it not been for a birch tree which stood by, and which he

got within the fold of his left arm. The contest became then very warm

indeed. At length, however, Ewen lost his seat for the first time; and

the instant the pony found he was his own master, he set off with the

fleetness of lightning. Ewen immediately pursued his steed, and the

wearied rustic sped his way homeward.—_Lit. Gazette._

BASIL ROLLAND.

CHAPTER I.

In May, quhen men yied everichone

With Robene Hoid and Littil John,

To bring in bowis and birken bobynis,

Now all sic game is fastlings gone,

Bot gif if be amangs clowin Robbynis.—_A. Scott._

The period at which the circumstances recorded in the following

narrative happened was in the troubled year of 1639. At that time the

points in dispute betwixt Charles and his subjects were most violently

contested, and the partizans of each were in arms all over the country,

endeavouring, by partial and solitary operations, to gain the ascendancy

for their faction. The first cause of these disturbances was the attempt

of the monarch to establish Episcopacy over Scotland—a form of worship

which had always been disliked by the Scotch, as they considered it but

a single step removed from Popery. The intemperate zeal with which

Charles prosecuted his views (occasioned by a misconception of the

national character of his subjects), and his averseness to compromise or

conciliation, first gave rise to the combination called the Covenanters;

weak at first, but in a short time too powerful to be shaken by the

exertions of the High Churchmen.

One of the first and most politic steps taken by the Council of the

Covenant, denominated “the Tables,” was the framing of the celebrated

Bond or Covenant; the subscribers of which bound themselves to resist

the introduction of Popery and Prelacy, and to stand by each other in

case of innovations on the established worship. Charles seeing, at last,

the strength of this association, uttered, in his turn, a covenant

renouncing Popery; he also dispensed with the use of the Prayer Book,

the Five Articles of Perth, and other things connected with public

worship which were obnoxious to the Covenanters.

During this contention, the citizens of Aberdeen remained firmly

attached to the royal interest, and appear to have come in with every

resolution that was adopted by the government. In 1638, a deputation

from “the Tables,” among whom was the celebrated Andrew Cant (from whom

the mission was denominated “Cant’s Visitation”), arrived in the town,

for the purpose of inducing the inhabitants to subscribe the Covenant;

but as their representations entirely failed of success, they were

obliged to desist. The Earl of Montrose arrived in Aberdeen in the

spring of 1639, and, partly by the terror of his arms, partly by the

representations of the clergy that accompanied him, succeeded in

imposing the Covenant on the townsmen. After his departure, a body of

the royalists, commanded by the Laird of Banff, having routed the forces

of Frazer and Forbes, took possession of the town, and wreaked their

vengeance on all who had subscribed the Covenant. They only remained

five days in the town, and, on their departure, it was occupied by the

Earl of Marischal, who in turn harassed the royalists. As soon as

Montrose heard of these occurrences, being doubtful of the fidelity of

the inhabitants, he marched to Aberdeen again, disarmed the citizens,

and imposed a heavy fine upon them. The citizens, who had been

impoverished by these unjust exactions, were somewhat relieved, when

Montrose, their greatest scourge, after another short visit, marched

into Angus and disbanded his army.

It was in the month of June that the citizens began to feel themselves

elated by the prospect, if not of peace, of the seat of the war being

removed from their dwellings, on the disbanding of Montrose’s forces,

and at liberty to say anything about the Covenant that might seem good

unto them. Those who had subscribed it under the influence of fear (and

they were not a small number) veered round to the king’s party, and

sounded the praises of the Viscount of Aboyne, who had landed at

Aberdeen on the part of his Majesty. Their former losses and sufferings

were all forgotten, and a general disposition for rejoicing was to be

seen among them. Provost Leslie and his colleagues were inclined to

encourage this, as it might lead those who had a hankering after the

Covenant to turn to the loyal side, which allowed them greater latitude

in their games and plays. It was therefore announced that, in the

ensuing week, the pastime of Robin Hood and Little John (which had not

been celebrated in the beginning of May, the usual time, on account of

the disturbances) should be practised on the playfield, along with the

usual helps to merriment.

Of all the crowds that poured out from the town on that day to see the

spectacle, it is our business only to take notice of a young man and

maiden that tripped along just as it was commencing. They appeared to be

of the first order of the citizens. The maiden was a lively, interesting

little girl, with blue eyes and a fine complexion; her limbs moulded

into the most exact symmetry, and her whole appearance in the utmost

degree fascinating. Her dress was white, with a sort of scarf or plaid

wound round her person, and fastened by a loop and silver button on the

left shoulder. Her flaxen hair, except a few ringlets which strayed down

her neck, was confined by a silken snood, which, even at that period,

was the badge of Scottish maidens. Her companion was above the middle

size, of rather a slender make and ruddy complexion, with expressive

dark eyes, and coal black hair flowing down, according to the fashion of

the royalists, in large and glossy curls. He was about twenty years of

age, and though his figure was somewhat boyish,—or feminine if you

will,—yet the fire of his eye, the intelligence of his countenance, and

the activity of his frame, confirmed his claims to manhood. Although the

young man intended only to be a spectator of the revels, he was dressed

in green, with bow and arrows, which was the dress of the actors of the

play.

As they approached the playfield, now called Gilcomston, the shouts of

the delighted populace were heard, mingled with the sounds of the pipe,

fiddle, and trumpet, the songs of the minstrels, and the cries of the

jugglers. The Abbot and Prior of Bon-Accord (or, as they were called

after the Reformation, Robin Hood and Little John) had just arrived; and

having been greeted by the populace, were forming a ring for the

celebration of the sports, which was guarded by a body of their archers.

We have no need to detail the performance; suffice it to say, that the

piece was intended for a satire on the Covenanters, they being shown to

the lieges under the semblance of evil spirits, and the royalists of

angels of light. Towards the close of it, the young man whom we have

mentioned felt his sleeve pulled by a person behind him.

“Thou art he whom I seek,” said the person who thus forced himself on

his notice; “and thy name is Basil Rolland.”

“It is,” returned he; “declare your business.”

“Not here. Thou seest we are surrounded by the multitude. Remove with me

to a little distance, for I would hold some secret converse with thee.”

“That may not be. I came to squire this maiden to the revels, and may

not leave her alone.”

“Suffer the damsel to tarry here for a short space, and follow me to a

little distance.”

“Go with the stranger, Basil,” said she, “and I will remain in the same

spot till you return.”

“Do so then, Mary,” said Basil; “I’ll return anon.”

As they retired to some distance from the crowd, Basil had leisure to

note the appearance of the stranger. From his dress little could be

learned; it was in the extremity of plainness. He had been a man of

uncommon muscular strength, but it seemed much decayed, perhaps from the

struggles of an active life. His eyes were sunk, but retained their

lustre; and premature furrows were on his brow. When he halted, Basil

addressed him:

“Will it please you then, sir, to communicate your tidings?”

“Then I ask thee, Basil Rolland, what dost thou here?”

“Why, grave sir, I’ll answer thy question with another,” said Basil,

laughing at this solemn opening of the conference: “what dost _thou_

here?”

“My gray hairs, young man, are a testimony unto thee that I come not

here on any light matter.”

“Why then, my foolish face may be a testimony to thee of the lightness

of the cause that brought me hither. Marry! we have at last got rid of

Montrose and his prickeared gang, wherefore we may be allowed to enjoy

ourselves on the prospect of peace.”

“Enjoy thyself!” said he. “And what enjoyment canst thou gain from these

absurd and impious mummeries? They are a sacrifice to the evil one; a

bloody engine of Prelacy to betray the unthinking soul. Peace! What have

ye to do with peace? Have not thy friends been treacherous as a snare,

and unstable as water? Hath not the finger of Heaven written bitter

things against them for their guile and deceit? Have not their enemies

trampled them under foot, and they in whom they trusted been as a

scourge and as a snare unto them? Have they not been lukewarm in the

good cause, regarding the favour of men more than the will of God? Are

they not even now triumphing at the hurt of Israel, and rejoicing that

the pure evangel has been withdrawn from them? Let them lean on those

whom they have chosen, and well shall it be for them if they can protect

them against the just wrath of the godly.”

“Your words are dark and threatening, old man, but to me they appear as

the ravings of a feverish dreamer. You seem to tell me of some danger

hanging over us; but our enemy’s forces are disbanded, and in my

judgment there is nothing to fear. The town is fortified: Aboyne, with a

strong army, possesses it. So away with these fancies; and if you have

aught to say that concerns me particularly, say on, for I must return to

my sister.”

“Thy sister? Well, Mary Leslie may deserve the name. I am thy friend,

wherefore I am so thou shalt quickly know. Ponder well what I have said.

Remember that the calm often precedes the storm, and that it is better

to take part with the faithful, even in adversity, than to be the friend

of covenant-breaking, soul-seducing prelatists. I will see thee

to-morrow at the booth of Samuel Fairtext at eventide. Meet me there,

and it shall be for thy good. Farewell, mayst thou be partaker of all

covenant blessings.”

So saying, he walked off, and in a short time was lost among the crowd,

leaving Basil at a loss what to make of his insinuations. When he came

up with Mary Leslie, the Skinners, who represented the royalists, had

succeeded in driving the Litsters, who represented the Covenanters, into

a smoky den or booth, which, in a moment after, took fire, while the

whole angelic train joined in a song to the praise of the Viscount of

Aboyne.

He remarked, however, that the spectators were now very inattentive to

the sports. They were drawn together into small knots, all over the

field, in earnest conversation, which, as it became more general,

entirely drowned the iron voices of the performing cherubs. The

spectators began to leave the field in great numbers. Robin Hood’s

body-guard even followed their example, and Little John, by the same

inexplicable spirit of discontent, deserted his friend and leader. The

whisper (as it was at first) was not long in extending to the spot where

Basil and Mary were standing. The cause of the disturbance may be

gathered from the following conversation:—

“Now, the like o’ this I never saw,” said Thomas Chalmers, deacon of the

fleshers. “That deil’s buckie Montrose is to the road again, an’ comin’

wi’ thousands upon thousands to the town. Fient a hoof mair will I get

killed till we be clear o’ him.”

“Weel, weel,” said Jamie Jingle, the bellman, “it’s a gude thing it’s

nae waur. Come wha like, they’ll aye need a bellman.”

“Nae waur, ye clappertongue!” said another. “I wad like to ken what waur

could come? Willna a’ thing we hae be spulzied by thae rascals,—black be

their cast!—an’ wunna there be anither speel at the Covenant, whilk we

hae a’ ta’en an’ unta’en about half-a-dozen o’ times already?”

“Ye’re vera right, Saunders,” said the chief of the tanners; “but for a’

that, Aboyne may gie him his kail through the reek; and, if the news be

true, there will be a great demand for shoon and belts, whilk sud be a

source o’ comfort, ye ken.”

“What hae I to do wi’ your belts an’ your brogues, Benjie Barkhide? What

hae I to do wi’ them, I say? A murrain on the Covenanters, say I, and a’

that pertains to them.”

“A curse on the Covenanters an’ prelatemongers baith, conjunctly and

severally!” said another citizen. “I wish the deil would snite his nose

with the hale clanjamphry, though he sud get me to the bet o’ the

bargain, for wishing them sae.”

“Wha would hae thought o’ this in the morning?” said Barkhide. “Weel,

lads, I think we sud a gae hame, an’ put as mony o’ our bits o’ things

out o’ the way as we can.”

They departed, and this sentiment becoming general, in a short time the

play field was emptied of the revellers.

As Mary and Basil moved homewards with the rest, the latter evaded the

questions put to him concerning the stranger. He saw, however, a

coincidence between his darkly expressed hints and the events of the

day; and while he resolved for the present to keep this secret, he

anxiously wished for the promised interview.

The book of Scottish story · 第 1 / 11 章